[glibmm] Regenerate docs with the new docextract_to_xml.py script.
- From: José Alburquerque <jaalburqu src gnome org>
- To: commits-list gnome org
- Cc:
- Subject: [glibmm] Regenerate docs with the new docextract_to_xml.py script.
- Date: Sun, 11 Apr 2010 20:58:26 +0000 (UTC)
commit f95b190366b7a29cc8956f7c66779a2bc0e18753
Author: José Alburquerque <jaalburqu svn gnome org>
Date: Sun Apr 11 16:28:38 2010 -0400
Regenerate docs with the new docextract_to_xml.py script.
* gio/src/gio_docs.xml:
* glib/src/glib_docs.xml: Regenerated with the new documentation
extraction script to take advantage of the new generation method it
uses.
ChangeLog | 9 +
gio/src/gio_docs.xml | 7317 +++++-----
glib/src/glib_docs.xml |38964 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++-------------------
3 files changed, 27433 insertions(+), 18857 deletions(-)
---
diff --git a/ChangeLog b/ChangeLog
index dd312fa..68e7174 100644
--- a/ChangeLog
+++ b/ChangeLog
@@ -1,3 +1,12 @@
+2010-04-11 José Alburquerque <jaalburqu svn gnome org>
+
+ Regenerate docs with the new docextract_to_xml.py script.
+
+ * gio/src/gio_docs.xml:
+ * glib/src/glib_docs.xml: Regenerated with the new documentation
+ extraction script to take advantage of the new generation method it
+ uses.
+
2010-04-02 Armin Burgmeier <armin arbur net>
* examples/network/resolver.cc:
diff --git a/gio/src/gio_docs.xml b/gio/src/gio_docs.xml
index 78fad7f..c350749 100644
--- a/gio/src/gio_docs.xml
+++ b/gio/src/gio_docs.xml
@@ -103,6 +103,20 @@ result of the operation.
<return></return>
</function>
+<function name="g_input_stream_clear_pending">
+<description>
+Clears the pending flag on @stream.
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="stream">
+<parameter_description> input stream
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return></return>
+</function>
+
<function name="g_file_attribute_info_list_ref">
<description>
References a file attribute info list.
@@ -135,37 +149,21 @@ Checks if the file enumerator has been closed.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_loadable_icon_load">
+<function name="g_srv_target_get_port">
<description>
-Loads a loadable icon. For the asynchronous version of this function,
-see g_loadable_icon_load_async().
+Gets @target's port
+Since: 2.22
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="icon">
-<parameter_description> a #GLoadableIcon.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="size">
-<parameter_description> an integer.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="type">
-<parameter_description> a location to store the type of the loaded icon, %NULL to ignore.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="cancellable">
-<parameter_description> optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="error">
-<parameter_description> a #GError location to store the error occuring, or %NULL to
-ignore.
+<parameter name="target">
+<parameter_description> a #GSrvTarget
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a #GInputStream to read the icon from.
+<return> @target's port
+
</return>
</function>
@@ -226,6 +224,22 @@ if possible.
<return></return>
</function>
+<function name="g_io_extension_get_type">
+<description>
+Gets the type associated with @extension.
+
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="extension">
+<parameter_description> a #GIOExtension
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> the type of @extension
+</return>
+</function>
+
<function name="g_drive_is_media_check_automatic">
<description>
Checks if @drive is capabable of automatically detecting media changes.
@@ -243,6 +257,22 @@ media changes, %FALSE otherwise.
</return>
</function>
+<function name="g_volume_should_automount">
+<description>
+Returns whether the volume should be automatically mounted.
+
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="volume">
+<parameter_description> a #GVolume
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> %TRUE if the volume should be automatically mounted.
+</return>
+</function>
+
<function name="g_cancellable_reset">
<description>
Resets @cancellable to its uncancelled state.
@@ -257,6 +287,43 @@ Resets @cancellable to its uncancelled state.
<return></return>
</function>
+<function name="g_socket_client_connect_to_service_async">
+<description>
+This is the asynchronous version of
+g_socket_client_connect_to_service().
+
+Since: 2.22
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="client">
+<parameter_description> a #GSocketClient
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="domain">
+<parameter_description> a domain name
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="service">
+<parameter_description> the name of the service to connect to
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="cancellable">
+<parameter_description> a #GCancellable, or %NULL
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="callback">
+<parameter_description> a #GAsyncReadyCallback
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="user_data">
+<parameter_description> user data for the callback
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return></return>
+</function>
+
<function name="g_unix_mount_monitor_new">
<description>
Gets a new #GUnixMountMonitor. The default rate limit for which the
@@ -272,32 +339,25 @@ g_unix_mount_monitor_set_rate_limit() to change this.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_unix_fd_list_new_from_array">
+<function name="g_app_info_delete">
<description>
-Creates a new #GUnixFDList containing the file descriptors given in
- fds The file descriptors become the property of the new list and
-may no longer be used by the caller. The array itself is owned by
-the caller.
-
-Each file descriptor in the array should be set to close-on-exec.
+Tries to delete a #GAppInfo.
-If @n_fds is -1 then @fds must be terminated with -1.
+On some platforms, there may be a difference between user-defined
+#GAppInfo<!-- -->s which can be deleted, and system-wide ones which
+cannot. See g_app_info_can_delete().
+Since: 2.20
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="fds">
-<parameter_description> the initial list of file descriptors
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="n_fds">
-<parameter_description> the length of #fds, or -1
+<parameter name="appinfo">
+<parameter_description> a #GAppInfo
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a new #GUnixFDList
+<return> %TRUE if @appinfo has been deleted
-Since: 2.24
</return>
</function>
@@ -308,6 +368,7 @@ service will accept new clients that connect, while
a non-active service will let connecting clients queue
up until the service is started.
+Since: 2.22
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -318,7 +379,6 @@ up until the service is started.
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if the service is active, %FALSE otherwise
-Since: 2.22
</return>
</function>
@@ -363,9 +423,46 @@ Gets the file's size.
</return>
</function>
+<function name="g_resolver_lookup_by_address_async">
+<description>
+Begins asynchronously reverse-resolving @address to determine its
+associated hostname, and eventually calls @callback, which must
+call g_resolver_lookup_by_address_finish() to get the final result.
+
+Since: 2.22
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="resolver">
+<parameter_description> a #GResolver
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="address">
+<parameter_description> the address to reverse-resolve
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="cancellable">
+<parameter_description> a #GCancellable, or %NULL
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="callback">
+<parameter_description> callback to call after resolution completes
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="user_data">
+<parameter_description> data for @callback
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return></return>
+</function>
+
<function name="g_socket_control_message_get_level">
<description>
-Returns: an integer describing the level
+Returns the "level" (i.e. the originating protocol) of the control message.
+This is often SOL_SOCKET.
+
+Since: 2.22
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -376,24 +473,25 @@ Returns: an integer describing the level
</parameters>
<return> an integer describing the level
-Since: 2.22
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_unix_mount_point_guess_can_eject">
+<function name="g_filter_input_stream_set_close_base_stream">
<description>
-Guesses whether a Unix mount point can be ejected.
-
+Sets whether the base stream will be closed when @stream is closed.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="mount_point">
-<parameter_description> a #GUnixMountPoint
+<parameter name="stream">
+<parameter_description> a #GFilterInputStream.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="close_base">
+<parameter_description> %TRUE to close the base stream.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> %TRUE if @mount_point is deemed to be ejectable.
-</return>
+<return></return>
</function>
<function name="g_file_info_set_attribute">
@@ -422,10 +520,40 @@ Sets the @attribute to contain the given value, if possible.
<return></return>
</function>
+<function name="g_async_initable_new_finish">
+<description>
+Finishes the async construction for the various g_async_initable_new calls,
+returning the created object or %NULL on error.
+
+Since: 2.22
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="initable">
+<parameter_description> the #GAsyncInitable from the callback
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="res">
+<parameter_description> the #GAsyncResult.from the callback
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="error">
+<parameter_description> a #GError location to store the error occuring, or %NULL to
+ignore.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> a newly created #GObject, or %NULL on error. Free with
+g_object_unref().
+
+</return>
+</function>
+
<function name="g_zlib_compressor_new">
<description>
Creates a new #GZlibCompressor.
+Since: 2.24
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -440,7 +568,6 @@ Creates a new #GZlibCompressor.
</parameters>
<return> a new #GZlibCompressor
-Since: 2.24
</return>
</function>
@@ -480,6 +607,7 @@ was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned.
<description>
Checks if a stream has pending actions.
+Since: 2.22
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -490,7 +618,6 @@ Checks if a stream has pending actions.
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if @stream has pending actions.
-Since: 2.22
</return>
</function>
@@ -615,86 +742,57 @@ Sets the mount operation's domain.
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_content_type_from_mime_type">
+<function name="g_file_info_set_sort_order">
<description>
-Tries to find a content type based on the mime type name.
-
+Sets the sort order attribute in the file info structure. See
+%G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_SORT_ORDER.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="mime_type">
-<parameter_description> a mime type string.
+<parameter name="info">
+<parameter_description> a #GFileInfo.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-</parameters>
-<return> Newly allocated string with content type or NULL when does not know.
-
-Since: 2.18
-</return>
-</function>
-
-<function name="GUnixMountMonitor">
-<description>
-Emitted when the unix mount points have changed.
-
-</description>
-<parameters>
-<parameter name="monitor">
-<parameter_description> the object on which the signal is emitted
+<parameter name="sort_order">
+<parameter_description> a sort order integer.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_socket_listener_new">
-<description>
-Creates a new #GSocketListener with no sockets to listen for.
-New listeners can be added with e.g. g_socket_listener_add_address()
-or g_socket_listener_add_inet_port().
-
-
-</description>
-<parameters>
-</parameters>
-<return> a new #GSocketListener.
-
-Since: 2.22
-</return>
-</function>
-
-<function name="g_resolver_lookup_by_address_async">
+<function name="g_loadable_icon_load">
<description>
-Begins asynchronously reverse-resolving @address to determine its
-associated hostname, and eventually calls @callback, which must
-call g_resolver_lookup_by_address_finish() to get the final result.
+Loads a loadable icon. For the asynchronous version of this function,
+see g_loadable_icon_load_async().
-Since: 2.22
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="resolver">
-<parameter_description> a #GResolver
+<parameter name="icon">
+<parameter_description> a #GLoadableIcon.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="address">
-<parameter_description> the address to reverse-resolve
+<parameter name="size">
+<parameter_description> an integer.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="cancellable">
-<parameter_description> a #GCancellable, or %NULL
+<parameter name="type">
+<parameter_description> a location to store the type of the loaded icon, %NULL to ignore.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="callback">
-<parameter_description> callback to call after resolution completes
+<parameter name="cancellable">
+<parameter_description> optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="user_data">
-<parameter_description> data for @callback
+<parameter name="error">
+<parameter_description> a #GError location to store the error occuring, or %NULL to
+ignore.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> a #GInputStream to read the icon from.
+</return>
</function>
<function name="g_volume_enumerate_identifiers">
@@ -732,6 +830,7 @@ is likely 0 unless cancellation happened at the same time as a
condition change). You can check for this in the callback using
g_cancellable_is_cancelled().
+Since: 2.22
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -750,26 +849,6 @@ g_cancellable_is_cancelled().
</parameters>
<return> a newly allocated %GSource, free with g_source_unref().
-Since: 2.22
-</return>
-</function>
-
-<function name="g_inet_address_new_loopback">
-<description>
-Creates a #GInetAddress for the loopback address for @family.
-
-
-</description>
-<parameters>
-<parameter name="family">
-<parameter_description> the address family
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-</parameters>
-<return> a new #GInetAddress corresponding to the loopback address
-for @family.
-
-Since: 2.22
</return>
</function>
@@ -805,55 +884,22 @@ Gets a password from the mount operation.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_output_stream_close">
+<function name="g_inet_socket_address_get_address">
<description>
-Closes the stream, releasing resources related to it.
-
-Once the stream is closed, all other operations will return %G_IO_ERROR_CLOSED.
-Closing a stream multiple times will not return an error.
-
-Closing a stream will automatically flush any outstanding buffers in the
-stream.
-
-Streams will be automatically closed when the last reference
-is dropped, but you might want to call this function to make sure
-resources are released as early as possible.
-
-Some streams might keep the backing store of the stream (e.g. a file descriptor)
-open after the stream is closed. See the documentation for the individual
-stream for details.
-
-On failure the first error that happened will be reported, but the close
-operation will finish as much as possible. A stream that failed to
-close will still return %G_IO_ERROR_CLOSED for all operations. Still, it
-is important to check and report the error to the user, otherwise
-there might be a loss of data as all data might not be written.
-
-If @cancellable is not NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by
-triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation
-was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned.
-Cancelling a close will still leave the stream closed, but there some streams
-can use a faster close that doesn't block to e.g. check errors. On
-cancellation (as with any error) there is no guarantee that all written
-data will reach the target.
+Gets @address's #GInetAddress.
+Since: 2.22
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="stream">
-<parameter_description> A #GOutputStream.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="cancellable">
-<parameter_description> optional cancellable object
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="error">
-<parameter_description> location to store the error occuring, or %NULL to ignore
+<parameter name="address">
+<parameter_description> a #GInetSocketAddress
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> %TRUE on success, %FALSE on failure
+<return> the #GInetAddress for @address, which must be
+g_object_ref()'d if it will be stored
+
</return>
</function>
@@ -1070,22 +1116,6 @@ Creates a new file attribute info list.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_unix_mount_guess_should_display">
-<description>
-Guesses whether a Unix mount should be displayed in the UI.
-
-
-</description>
-<parameters>
-<parameter name="mount_entry">
-<parameter_description> a #GUnixMountEntry
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-</parameters>
-<return> %TRUE if @mount_entry is deemed to be displayable.
-</return>
-</function>
-
<function name="g_async_result_get_user_data">
<description>
Gets the user data from a #GAsyncResult.
@@ -1098,7 +1128,7 @@ Gets the user data from a #GAsyncResult.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the user data for @res.
+<return> the user data for @res.
</return>
</function>
@@ -1106,6 +1136,7 @@ Gets the user data from a #GAsyncResult.
<description>
Sorts @targets in place according to the algorithm in RFC 2782.
+Since: 2.22
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -1116,7 +1147,6 @@ Sorts @targets in place according to the algorithm in RFC 2782.
</parameters>
<return> the head of the sorted list.
-Since: 2.22
</return>
</function>
@@ -1155,31 +1185,13 @@ Since: 2.22
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_simple_async_result_set_handle_cancellation">
-<description>
-Sets whether to handle cancellation within the asynchronous operation.
-
-
-</description>
-<parameters>
-<parameter name="simple">
-<parameter_description> a #GSimpleAsyncResult.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="handle_cancellation">
-<parameter_description> a #gboolean.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-</parameters>
-<return></return>
-</function>
-
<function name="g_socket_check_connect_result">
<description>
Checks and resets the pending connect error for the socket.
This is used to check for errors when g_socket_connect() is
used in non-blocking mode.
+Since: 2.22
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -1194,7 +1206,6 @@ used in non-blocking mode.
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if no error, %FALSE otherwise, setting @error to the error
-Since: 2.22
</return>
</function>
@@ -1239,6 +1250,7 @@ If you are planning to connect to a socket on the resolved IP
address, it may be easier to create a #GNetworkAddress and use its
#GSocketConnectable interface.
+Since: 2.22
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -1263,7 +1275,6 @@ address, it may be easier to create a #GNetworkAddress and use its
must unref each of the addresses and free the list when you are
done with it. (You can use g_resolver_free_addresses() to do this.)
-Since: 2.22
</return>
</function>
@@ -1299,49 +1310,6 @@ Since: 2.22
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_file_unmount_mountable_with_operation">
-<description>
-Unmounts a file of type G_FILE_TYPE_MOUNTABLE.
-
-If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by
-triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation
-was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned.
-
-When the operation is finished, @callback will be called. You can then call
-g_file_unmount_mountable_finish() to get the result of the operation.
-
-Since: 2.22
-
-</description>
-<parameters>
-<parameter name="file">
-<parameter_description> input #GFile.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="flags">
-<parameter_description> flags affecting the operation
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="mount_operation">
-<parameter_description> a #GMountOperation, or %NULL to avoid user interaction.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="cancellable">
-<parameter_description> optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="callback">
-<parameter_description> a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the request is satisfied, or %NULL.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="user_data">
-<parameter_description> the data to pass to callback function
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-</parameters>
-<return></return>
-</function>
-
<function name="g_file_info_clear_status">
<description>
Clears the status information from @info.
@@ -1360,6 +1328,7 @@ Clears the status information from @info.
<description>
Gets @srv's service name (eg, "ldap").
+Since: 2.22
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -1370,7 +1339,6 @@ Gets @srv's service name (eg, "ldap").
</parameters>
<return> @srv's service name
-Since: 2.22
</return>
</function>
@@ -1441,6 +1409,7 @@ If the DNS resolution failed, @error (if non-%NULL) will be set to
a value from #GResolverError. If the operation was cancelled,
@error will be set to %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED.
+Since: 2.22
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -1460,7 +1429,6 @@ a value from #GResolverError. If the operation was cancelled,
<return> a #GList of #GInetAddress, or %NULL on error. See
g_resolver_lookup_by_name() for more details.
-Since: 2.22
</return>
</function>
@@ -1505,49 +1473,13 @@ Checks if a file is a backup file.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_file_find_enclosing_mount_async">
-<description>
-Asynchronously gets the mount for the file.
-
-For more details, see g_file_find_enclosing_mount() which is
-the synchronous version of this call.
-
-When the operation is finished, @callback will be called. You can then call
-g_file_find_enclosing_mount_finish() to get the result of the operation.
-
-</description>
-<parameters>
-<parameter name="file">
-<parameter_description> a #GFile
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="io_priority">
-<parameter_description> the <link linkend="io-priority">I/O priority</link>
-of the request.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="cancellable">
-<parameter_description> optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="callback">
-<parameter_description> a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the request is satisfied
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="user_data">
-<parameter_description> the data to pass to callback function
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-</parameters>
-<return></return>
-</function>
-
<function name="g_unix_fd_message_get_fd_list">
<description>
Gets the #GUnixFDList contained in @message. This function does not
return a reference to the caller, but the returned list is valid for
the lifetime of @message.
+Since: 2.24
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -1558,7 +1490,6 @@ the lifetime of @message.
</parameters>
<return> the #GUnixFDList from @message
-Since: 2.24
</return>
</function>
@@ -1574,6 +1505,7 @@ If @cancellable is non-%NULL, it can be used to cancel the
operation, in which case @error (if non-%NULL) will be set to
%G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED.
+Since: 2.22
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -1597,46 +1529,23 @@ operation, in which case @error (if non-%NULL) will be set to
<return> a hostname (either ASCII-only, or in ASCII-encoded
form), or %NULL on error.
-Since: 2.22
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_file_load_contents_async">
+<function name="g_filter_input_stream_get_base_stream">
<description>
-Starts an asynchronous load of the @file's contents.
-
-For more details, see g_file_load_contents() which is
-the synchronous version of this call.
-
-When the load operation has completed, @callback will be called
-with @user data. To finish the operation, call
-g_file_load_contents_finish() with the #GAsyncResult returned by
-the @callback.
+Gets the base stream for the filter stream.
-If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by
-triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation
-was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="file">
-<parameter_description> input #GFile.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="cancellable">
-<parameter_description> optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="callback">
-<parameter_description> a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the request is satisfied
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="user_data">
-<parameter_description> the data to pass to callback function
+<parameter name="stream">
+<parameter_description> a #GFilterInputStream.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> a #GInputStream.
+</return>
</function>
<function name="g_file_info_get_file_type">
@@ -1656,32 +1565,6 @@ This is different from the file's content type, see g_file_info_get_content_type
</return>
</function>
-<function name="GFileMonitor">
-<description>
-Emitted when a file has been changed.
-
-</description>
-<parameters>
-<parameter name="monitor">
-<parameter_description> a #GFileMonitor.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="file">
-<parameter_description> a #GFile.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="other_file">
-<parameter_description> a #GFile.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="event_type">
-<parameter_description> a #GFileMonitorEvent.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-</parameters>
-<return></return>
-</function>
-
<function name="g_file_info_dup">
<description>
Duplicates a file info structure.
@@ -1714,24 +1597,27 @@ Checks if a file is a symlink.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_inet_address_new_any">
+<function name="g_themed_icon_append_name">
<description>
-Creates a #GInetAddress for the "any" address (unassigned/"don't
-care") for @family.
+Append a name to the list of icons from within @icon.
+<note><para>
+Note that doing so invalidates the hash computed by prior calls
+to g_icon_hash().
+</para></note>
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="family">
-<parameter_description> the address family
+<parameter name="icon">
+<parameter_description> a #GThemedIcon
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="iconname">
+<parameter_description> name of icon to append to list of icons from within @icon.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a new #GInetAddress corresponding to the "any" address
-for @family.
-
-Since: 2.22
-</return>
+<return></return>
</function>
<function name="g_mount_can_unmount">
@@ -1752,7 +1638,18 @@ Checks if @mount can be mounted.
<function name="g_file_replace_readwrite">
<description>
-Returns: a #GFileIOStream or %NULL on error.
+Returns an output stream for overwriting the file in readwrite mode,
+possibly creating a backup copy of the file first. If the file doesn't
+exist, it will be created.
+
+For details about the behaviour, see g_file_replace() which does the same
+thing but returns an output stream only.
+
+Note that in many non-local file cases read and write streams are not
+supported, so make sure you really need to do read and write streaming,
+rather than just opening for reading or writing.
+
+Since: 2.22
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -1785,42 +1682,30 @@ current #GFile, or #NULL to ignore
<return> a #GFileIOStream or %NULL on error.
Free the returned object with g_object_unref().
-Since: 2.22
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_volume_eject_with_operation">
+<function name="g_socket_set_blocking">
<description>
-Ejects a volume. This is an asynchronous operation, and is
-finished by calling g_volume_eject_with_operation_finish() with the @volume
-and #GAsyncResult data returned in the @callback.
+Sets the blocking mode of the socket. In blocking mode
+all operations block until they succeed or there is an error. In
+non-blocking mode all functions return results immediately or
+with a %G_IO_ERROR_WOULD_BLOCK error.
+
+All sockets are created in blocking mode. However, note that the
+platform level socket is always non-blocking, and blocking mode
+is a GSocket level feature.
Since: 2.22
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="volume">
-<parameter_description> a #GVolume.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="flags">
-<parameter_description> flags affecting the unmount if required for eject
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="mount_operation">
-<parameter_description> a #GMountOperation or %NULL to avoid user interaction.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="cancellable">
-<parameter_description> optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="callback">
-<parameter_description> a #GAsyncReadyCallback, or %NULL.
+<parameter name="socket">
+<parameter_description> a #GSocket.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="user_data">
-<parameter_description> user data passed to @callback.
+<parameter name="blocking">
+<parameter_description> Whether to use blocking I/O or not.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -1893,21 +1778,44 @@ Puts a signed 16-bit integer into the output stream.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_io_extension_point_lookup">
+<function name="g_socket_client_connect_to_host_async">
<description>
-Looks up an existing extension point.
+This is the asynchronous version of g_socket_client_connect_to_host().
+When the operation is finished @callback will be
+called. You can then call g_socket_client_connect_to_host_finish() to get
+the result of the operation.
+
+Since: 2.22
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="name">
-<parameter_description> the name of the extension point
+<parameter name="client">
+<parameter_description> a #GTcpClient
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="host_and_port">
+<parameter_description> the name and optionally the port of the host to connect to
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="default_port">
+<parameter_description> the default port to connect to
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="cancellable">
+<parameter_description> a #GCancellable, or %NULL
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="callback">
+<parameter_description> a #GAsyncReadyCallback
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="user_data">
+<parameter_description> user data for the callback
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the #GIOExtensionPoint, or %NULL if there is no
-registered extension point with the given name
-</return>
+<return></return>
</function>
<function name="g_volume_get_identifier">
@@ -1958,6 +1866,7 @@ See %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_CONTENT_TYPE.
Checks if graceful disconnects are used. See
g_tcp_connection_set_graceful_disconnect().
+Since: 2.22
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -1968,38 +1877,22 @@ g_tcp_connection_set_graceful_disconnect().
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if graceful disconnect is used on close, %FALSE otherwise
-Since: 2.22
</return>
</function>
-<function name="GDesktopAppInfo">
-<description>
-Information about an installed application from a desktop file.
-
-</description>
-<parameters>
-</parameters>
-<return></return>
-</function>
-
-<function name="g_output_stream_is_closing">
+<function name="g_data_input_stream_get_newline_type">
<description>
-Checks if an output stream is being closed. This can be
-used inside e.g. a flush implementation to see if the
-flush (or other i/o operation) is called from within
-the closing operation.
+Gets the current newline type for the @stream.
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="stream">
-<parameter_description> a #GOutputStream.
+<parameter_description> a given #GDataInputStream.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> %TRUE if @stream is being closed. %FALSE otherwise.
-
-Since: 2.24
+<return> #GDataStreamNewlineType for the given @stream.
</return>
</function>
@@ -2036,25 +1929,32 @@ or #G_TYPE_INVALID if the extension point has no required type
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_app_info_delete">
+<function name="g_unix_fd_list_new_from_array">
<description>
-Tries to delete a #GAppInfo.
+Creates a new #GUnixFDList containing the file descriptors given in
+ fds The file descriptors become the property of the new list and
+may no longer be used by the caller. The array itself is owned by
+the caller.
-On some platforms, there may be a difference between user-defined
-#GAppInfo<!-- -->s which can be deleted, and system-wide ones which
-cannot. See g_app_info_can_delete().
+Each file descriptor in the array should be set to close-on-exec.
+If @n_fds is -1 then @fds must be terminated with -1.
+
+Since: 2.24
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="appinfo">
-<parameter_description> a #GAppInfo
+<parameter name="fds">
+<parameter_description> the initial list of file descriptors
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="n_fds">
+<parameter_description> the length of #fds, or -1
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> %TRUE if @appinfo has been deleted
+<return> a new #GUnixFDList
-Since: 2.20
</return>
</function>
@@ -2090,24 +1990,23 @@ version of this function, see g_loadable_icon_load().
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_data_input_stream_set_byte_order">
+<function name="g_socket_control_message_get_size">
<description>
-This function sets the byte order for the given @stream. All subsequent
-reads from the @stream will be read in the given @order.
+Returns the space required for the control message, not including
+headers or alignment.
+Since: 2.22
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="stream">
-<parameter_description> a given #GDataInputStream.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="order">
-<parameter_description> a #GDataStreamByteOrder to set.
+<parameter name="message">
+<parameter_description> a #GSocketControlMessage
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> The number of bytes required.
+
+</return>
</function>
<function name="g_file_set_display_name_finish">
@@ -2136,6 +2035,24 @@ Free the returned object with g_object_unref().
</return>
</function>
+<function name="g_drive_can_start_degraded">
+<description>
+Checks if a drive can be started degraded.
+
+Since: 2.22
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="drive">
+<parameter_description> a #GDrive.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> %TRUE if the @drive can be started degraded, %FALSE otherwise.
+
+</return>
+</function>
+
<function name="g_file_info_set_edit_name">
<description>
Sets the edit name for the current file.
@@ -2159,6 +2076,7 @@ See %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_EDIT_NAME.
<description>
Checks if a drive can be started.
+Since: 2.22
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -2169,44 +2087,52 @@ Checks if a drive can be started.
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if the @drive can be started, %FALSE otherwise.
-Since: 2.22
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_emblem_get_origin">
+<function name="g_file_info_unset_attribute_mask">
<description>
-Gets the origin of the emblem.
-
+Unsets a mask set by g_file_info_set_attribute_mask(), if one
+is set.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="emblem">
-<parameter_description> a #GEmblem
+<parameter name="info">
+<parameter_description> #GFileInfo.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the origin of the emblem
-
-Since: 2.18
-</return>
+<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_filter_input_stream_set_close_base_stream">
+<function name="g_app_launch_context_get_startup_notify_id">
<description>
-Sets whether the base stream will be closed when @stream is closed.
+Initiates startup notification for the application and returns the
+DESKTOP_STARTUP_ID for the launched operation, if supported.
+
+Startup notification IDs are defined in the <ulink
+url="http://standards.freedesktop.org/startup-notification-spec/startup-notification-latest.txt">
+FreeDesktop.Org Startup Notifications standard</ulink>.
+
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="stream">
-<parameter_description> a #GFilterInputStream.
+<parameter name="context">
+<parameter_description> a #GAppLaunchContext
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="close_base">
-<parameter_description> %TRUE to close the base stream.
+<parameter name="info">
+<parameter_description> a #GAppInfo
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="files">
+<parameter_description> a #GList of of #GFile objects
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> a startup notification ID for the application, or %NULL if
+not supported.
+</return>
</function>
<function name="g_file_query_info_finish">
@@ -2235,27 +2161,53 @@ Free the returned object with g_object_unref().
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_file_attribute_info_list_lookup">
+<function name="g_file_find_enclosing_mount_finish">
<description>
-Gets the file attribute with the name @name from @list.
+Finishes an asynchronous find mount request.
+See g_file_find_enclosing_mount_async().
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="list">
-<parameter_description> a #GFileAttributeInfoList.
+<parameter name="file">
+<parameter_description> a #GFile
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="name">
-<parameter_description> the name of the attribute to lookup.
+<parameter name="res">
+<parameter_description> a #GAsyncResult
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="error">
+<parameter_description> a #GError
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a #GFileAttributeInfo for the @name, or %NULL if an
-attribute isn't found.
+<return> #GMount for given @file or %NULL on error.
+Free the returned object with g_object_unref().
</return>
</function>
+<function name="g_unix_output_stream_set_close_fd">
+<description>
+Sets whether the file descriptor of @stream shall be closed
+when the stream is closed.
+
+Since: 2.20
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="stream">
+<parameter_description> a #GUnixOutputStream
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="close_fd">
+<parameter_description> %TRUE to close the file descriptor when done
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return></return>
+</function>
+
<function name="g_file_enumerator_close_finish">
<description>
Finishes closing a file enumerator, started from g_file_enumerator_close_async().
@@ -2297,6 +2249,7 @@ Tests whether @address is a site-local address such as 10.0.0.1
not be reached directly from the Internet, but which may have
outgoing Internet connectivity via a NAT or firewall).
+Since: 2.22
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -2307,7 +2260,6 @@ outgoing Internet connectivity via a NAT or firewall).
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if @address is a site-local address.
-Since: 2.22
</return>
</function>
@@ -2339,85 +2291,21 @@ Sets the application as the default handler for a given type.
<description>
Checks if abstract unix domain socket names are supported.
+Since: 2.22
</description>
<parameters>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if supported, %FALSE otherwise
-Since: 2.22
</return>
</function>
-<function name="GCancellable">
-<description>
-Emitted when the operation has been cancelled.
-
-Can be used by implementations of cancellable operations. If the
-operation is cancelled from another thread, the signal will be
-emitted in the thread that cancelled the operation, not the
-thread that is running the operation.
-
-Note that disconnecting from this signal (or any signal) in a
-multi-threaded program is prone to race conditions. For instance
-it is possible that a signal handler may be invoked even
-<emphasis>after</emphasis> a call to
-g_signal_handler_disconnect() for that handler has already
-returned.
-
-There is also a problem when cancellation happen
-right before connecting to the signal. If this happens the
-signal will unexpectedly not be emitted, and checking before
-connecting to the signal leaves a race condition where this is
-still happening.
-
-In order to make it safe and easy to connect handlers there
-are two helper functions: g_cancellable_connect() and
-g_cancellable_disconnect() which protect against problems
-like this.
-
-An example of how to us this:
-|[
-/<!-- -->* Make sure we don't do any unnecessary work if already cancelled *<!-- -->/
-if (g_cancellable_set_error_if_cancelled (cancellable))
-return;
-
-/<!-- -->* Set up all the data needed to be able to
-* handle cancellation of the operation *<!-- -->/
-my_data = my_data_new (...);
-
-id = 0;
-if (cancellable)
-id = g_cancellable_connect (cancellable,
-G_CALLBACK (cancelled_handler)
-data, NULL);
-
-/<!-- -->* cancellable operation here... *<!-- -->/
-
-g_cancellable_disconnect (cancellable, id);
-
-/<!-- -->* cancelled_handler is never called after this, it
-* is now safe to free the data *<!-- -->/
-my_data_free (my_data);
-]|
-
-Note that the cancelled signal is emitted in the thread that
-the user cancelled from, which may be the main thread. So, the
-cancellable signal should not do something that can block.
-
-</description>
-<parameters>
-<parameter name="cancellable">
-<parameter_description> a #GCancellable.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-</parameters>
-<return></return>
-</function>
-
<function name="g_filter_input_stream_get_close_base_stream">
<description>
-Return value: %TRUE if the base stream will be closed.
+Returns whether the base stream will be closed when @stream is
+closed.
+
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -2430,21 +2318,39 @@ Return value: %TRUE if the base stream will be closed.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_converter_output_stream_get_converter">
+<function name="g_file_monitor">
<description>
-Gets the #GConverter that is used by @converter_stream.
+Obtains a file or directory monitor for the given file, depending
+on the type of the file.
+If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by
+triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation
+was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned.
+
+Since: 2.18
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="converter_stream">
-<parameter_description> a #GConverterOutputStream
+<parameter name="file">
+<parameter_description> input #GFile
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="flags">
+<parameter_description> a set of #GFileMonitorFlags
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="cancellable">
+<parameter_description> optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="error">
+<parameter_description> a #GError, or %NULL
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the converter of the converter output stream
+<return> a #GFileMonitor for the given @file, or %NULL on error.
+Free the returned object with g_object_unref().
-Since: 2.24
</return>
</function>
@@ -2503,48 +2409,16 @@ of the request.
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_file_create_readwrite_async">
+<function name="g_memory_input_stream_new">
<description>
-Asynchronously creates a new file and returns a stream for reading and
-writing to it. The file must not already exist.
-
-For more details, see g_file_create_readwrite() which is
-the synchronous version of this call.
-
-When the operation is finished, @callback will be called. You can then
-call g_file_create_readwrite_finish() to get the result of the operation.
+Creates a new empty #GMemoryInputStream.
-Since: 2.22
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="file">
-<parameter_description> input #GFile
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="flags">
-<parameter_description> a set of #GFileCreateFlags
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="io_priority">
-<parameter_description> the <link linkend="io-priority">I/O priority</link>
-of the request
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="cancellable">
-<parameter_description> optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="callback">
-<parameter_description> a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the request is satisfied
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="user_data">
-<parameter_description> the data to pass to callback function
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> a new #GInputStream
+</return>
</function>
<function name="g_resolver_free_targets">
@@ -2575,6 +2449,7 @@ If your application or library provides one or more #GIcon
implementations you need to ensure that each #GType is registered
with the type system prior to calling g_icon_new_for_string().
+Since: 2.20
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -2590,7 +2465,6 @@ with the type system prior to calling g_icon_new_for_string().
<return> An object implementing the #GIcon interface or %NULL if
@error is set.
-Since: 2.20
</return>
</function>
@@ -2633,6 +2507,7 @@ Only the first call initializes the object, further calls return the result
of the first call. This is so that its safe to implement the singleton
pattern in the GObject constructor function.
+Since: 2.22
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -2653,7 +2528,6 @@ ignore.
<return> %TRUE if successful. If an error has occurred, this function will
return %FALSE and set @error appropriately if present.
-Since: 2.22
</return>
</function>
@@ -2695,6 +2569,23 @@ its elements have been unreffed with g_object_unref().
</return>
</function>
+<function name="g_io_extension_ref_class">
+<description>
+Gets a reference to the class for the type that is
+associated with @extension.
+
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="extension">
+<parameter_description> a #GIOExtension
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> the #GTypeClass for the type of @extension
+</return>
+</function>
+
<function name="g_memory_input_stream_new_from_data">
<description>
Creates a new #GMemoryInputStream with data in memory of a given size.
@@ -2723,6 +2614,7 @@ Creates a new #GMemoryInputStream with data in memory of a given size.
<description>
Creates a new #GDesktopAppInfo.
+Since: 2.18
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -2733,7 +2625,6 @@ Creates a new #GDesktopAppInfo.
</parameters>
<return> a new #GDesktopAppInfo or %NULL on error.
-Since: 2.18
</return>
</function>
@@ -2759,6 +2650,7 @@ Gets the underlying #GSocket object of the connection.
This can be useful if you want to do something unusual on it
not supported by the #GSocketConnection APIs.
+Since: 2.22
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -2769,7 +2661,6 @@ not supported by the #GSocketConnection APIs.
</parameters>
<return> a #GSocketAddress or %NULL on error.
-Since: 2.22
</return>
</function>
@@ -2821,24 +2712,6 @@ Check if @drive has any mountable volumes.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_utf8_input_stream_new">
-<description>
-Creates a new #GUtf8InputStream from the given @base_stream.
-
-
-</description>
-<parameters>
-<parameter name="base_stream">
-<parameter_description> a #GInputStream.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-</parameters>
-<return> a #GInputStream for the given @base_stream.
-
-Since: 2.24
-</return>
-</function>
-
<function name="g_app_info_get_description">
<description>
Gets a human-readable description of an installed application.
@@ -2876,6 +2749,19 @@ Checks if two #GAppInfo<!-- -->s are equal.
</return>
</function>
+<function name="g_cancellable_get_current">
+<description>
+Gets the top cancellable from the stack.
+
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+</parameters>
+<return> a #GCancellable from the top of the stack, or %NULL
+if the stack is empty.
+</return>
+</function>
+
<function name="g_mount_remount">
<description>
Remounts a mount. This is an asynchronous operation, and is
@@ -2934,81 +2820,58 @@ Checks if an output stream has already been closed.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_socket_listener_add_address">
+<function name="g_inet_address_to_bytes">
<description>
-Creates a socket of type @type and protocol @protocol, binds
-it to @address and adds it to the set of sockets we're accepting
-sockets from.
-
-Note that adding an IPv6 address, depending on the platform,
-may or may not result in a listener that also accepts IPv4
-connections. For more determinstic behaviour, see
-g_socket_listener_add_inet_port().
-
- source_object will be passed out in the various calls
-to accept to identify this particular source, which is
-useful if you're listening on multiple addresses and do
-different things depending on what address is connected to.
-
-If successful and @effective_address is non-%NULL then it will
-be set to the address that the binding actually occured at. This
-is helpful for determining the port number that was used for when
-requesting a binding to port 0 (ie: "any port"). This address, if
-requested, belongs to the caller and must be freed.
+Gets the raw binary address data from @address.
+Since: 2.22
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="listener">
-<parameter_description> a #GSocketListener
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
<parameter name="address">
-<parameter_description> a #GSocketAddress
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="type">
-<parameter_description> a #GSocketType
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="protocol">
-<parameter_description> a #GSocketProtocol
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="source_object">
-<parameter_description> Optional #GObject identifying this source
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="effective_address">
-<parameter_description> location to store the address that was bound to, or %NULL.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="error">
-<parameter_description> #GError for error reporting, or %NULL to ignore.
+<parameter_description> a #GInetAddress
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> %TRUE on success, %FALSE on error.
+<return> a pointer to an internal array of the bytes in @address,
+which should not be modified, stored, or freed. The size of this
+array can be gotten with g_inet_address_get_native_size().
-Since: 2.22
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_vfs_get_supported_uri_schemes">
+<function name="g_file_attribute_info_list_unref">
<description>
-Gets a list of URI schemes supported by @vfs.
+Removes a reference from the given @list. If the reference count
+falls to zero, the @list is deleted.
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="list">
+<parameter_description> The #GFileAttributeInfoList to unreference.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return></return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_file_get_path">
+<description>
+Gets the local pathname for #GFile, if one exists.
+
+This call does no blocking i/o.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="vfs">
-<parameter_description> a #GVfs.
+<parameter name="file">
+<parameter_description> input #GFile.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a %NULL-terminated array of strings.
-The returned array belongs to GIO and must
-not be freed or modified.
+<return> string containing the #GFile's path, or %NULL if
+no such path exists. The returned string should be
+freed with g_free() when no longer needed.
</return>
</function>
@@ -3117,6 +2980,24 @@ Gets the source tag for the #GSimpleAsyncResult.
</return>
</function>
+<function name="g_file_descriptor_based_get_fd">
+<description>
+Gets the underlying file descriptor.
+
+Since: 2.24
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="fd_based">
+<parameter_description> a #GFileDescriptorBased.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> The file descriptor
+
+</return>
+</function>
+
<function name="g_file_append_to">
<description>
Gets an output stream for appending data to the file. If
@@ -3221,6 +3102,7 @@ If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by
triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation
was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned.
+Since: 2.18
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -3240,13 +3122,15 @@ was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned.
<return> %TRUE if all directories have been successfully created, %FALSE
otherwise.
-Since: 2.18
</return>
</function>
<function name="g_buffered_input_stream_peek_buffer">
<description>
-Returns: read-only buffer
+Returns the buffer with the currently available bytes. The returned
+buffer must not be modified and will become invalid when reading from
+the stream or filling the buffer.
+
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -3263,23 +3147,6 @@ Returns: read-only buffer
</return>
</function>
-<function name="GDrive">
-<description>
-Emitted when the physical stop button (if any) of a drive has
-been pressed.
-
-Since: 2.22
-
-</description>
-<parameters>
-<parameter name="drive">
-<parameter_description> a #GDrive.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-</parameters>
-<return></return>
-</function>
-
<function name="g_file_mount_enclosing_volume_finish">
<description>
Finishes a mount operation started by g_file_mount_enclosing_volume().
@@ -3311,6 +3178,7 @@ appropriately if present.
Creates a new #GThreadedSocketService with no listeners. Listeners
must be added with g_socket_service_add_listeners().
+Since: 2.22
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -3322,7 +3190,6 @@ handling incoming clients, -1 means no limit
</parameters>
<return> a new #GSocketService.
-Since: 2.22
</return>
</function>
@@ -3349,44 +3216,46 @@ ignore.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_resolver_lookup_service_async">
+<function name="g_data_input_stream_read_until_async">
<description>
-Begins asynchronously performing a DNS SRV lookup for the given
- service and @protocol in the given @domain, and eventually calls
- callback, which must call g_resolver_lookup_service_finish() to
-get the final result. See g_resolver_lookup_service() for more
-details.
+The asynchronous version of g_data_input_stream_read_until().
+It is an error to have two outstanding calls to this function.
-Since: 2.22
+Note that, in contrast to g_data_input_stream_read_until(),
+this function does not consume the stop character that it finds. You
+must read it for yourself.
+
+When the operation is finished, @callback will be called. You
+can then call g_data_input_stream_read_until_finish() to get
+the result of the operation.
+
+Since: 2.20
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="resolver">
-<parameter_description> a #GResolver
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="service">
-<parameter_description> the service type to look up (eg, "ldap")
+<parameter name="stream">
+<parameter_description> a given #GDataInputStream.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="protocol">
-<parameter_description> the networking protocol to use for @service (eg, "tcp")
+<parameter name="stop_chars">
+<parameter_description> characters to terminate the read.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="domain">
-<parameter_description> the DNS domain to look up the service in
+<parameter name="io_priority">
+<parameter_description> the <link linkend="io-priority">I/O priority</link>
+of the request.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="cancellable">
-<parameter_description> a #GCancellable, or %NULL
+<parameter_description> optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="callback">
-<parameter_description> callback to call after resolution completes
+<parameter_description> callback to call when the request is satisfied.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="user_data">
-<parameter_description> data for @callback
+<parameter_description> the data to pass to callback function.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -3431,40 +3300,6 @@ more addresses.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_io_scheduler_job_send_to_mainloop_async">
-<description>
-Used from an I/O job to send a callback to be run asynchronously in
-the thread that the job was started from. The callback will be run
-when the main loop is available, but at that time the I/O job might
-have finished. The return value from the callback is ignored.
-
-Note that if you are passing the @user_data from g_io_scheduler_push_job()
-on to this function you have to ensure that it is not freed before
- func is called, either by passing %NULL as @notify to
-g_io_scheduler_push_job() or by using refcounting for @user_data.
-
-</description>
-<parameters>
-<parameter name="job">
-<parameter_description> a #GIOSchedulerJob
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="func">
-<parameter_description> a #GSourceFunc callback that will be called in the original thread
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="user_data">
-<parameter_description> data to pass to @func
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="notify">
-<parameter_description> a #GDestroyNotify for @user_data, or %NULL
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-</parameters>
-<return></return>
-</function>
-
<function name="g_file_monitor_cancel">
<description>
Cancels a file monitor.
@@ -3536,6 +3371,7 @@ You are not supposed to read from the fd yourself, just check for
readable status. Reading to unset the readable status is done
with g_cancellable_reset().
+Since: 2.22
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -3551,7 +3387,6 @@ with g_cancellable_reset().
<return> %TRUE if @pollfd was successfully initialized, %FALSE on
failure to prepare the cancellable.
-Since: 2.22
</return>
</function>
@@ -3594,32 +3429,28 @@ when the stream is closed.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="GSocketService">
+<function name="g_file_input_stream_query_info_finish">
<description>
-The ::incoming signal is emitted when a new incoming connection
-to @service needs to be handled. The handler must initiate the
-handling of @connection, but may not block; in essence,
-asynchronous operations must be used.
+Finishes an asynchronous info query operation.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="service">
-<parameter_description> the #GSocketService.
+<parameter name="stream">
+<parameter_description> a #GFileInputStream.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="connection">
-<parameter_description> a new #GSocketConnection object.
+<parameter name="result">
+<parameter_description> a #GAsyncResult.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="source_object">
-<parameter_description> the source_object passed to g_socket_listener_add_address().
+<parameter name="error">
+<parameter_description> a #GError location to store the error occuring,
+or %NULL to ignore.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> %TRUE to stop other handlers from being called
-
-Since: 2.22
+<return> #GFileInfo.
</return>
</function>
@@ -3628,6 +3459,7 @@ Since: 2.22
Finishes unmounting a mount. If any errors occurred during the operation,
@error will be set to contain the errors and %FALSE will be returned.
+Since: 2.22
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -3647,49 +3479,22 @@ ignore.
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if the mount was successfully unmounted. %FALSE otherwise.
-Since: 2.22
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_app_info_launch">
+<function name="g_mount_operation_get_password_save">
<description>
-Launches the application. Passes @files to the launched application
-as arguments, using the optional @launch_context to get information
-about the details of the launcher (like what screen it is on).
-On error, @error will be set accordingly.
-
-To lauch the application without arguments pass a %NULL @files list.
-
-Note that even if the launch is successful the application launched
-can fail to start if it runs into problems during startup. There is
-no way to detect this.
-
-Some URIs can be changed when passed through a GFile (for instance
-unsupported uris with strange formats like mailto:), so if you have
-a textual uri you want to pass in as argument, consider using
-g_app_info_launch_uris() instead.
+Gets the state of saving passwords for the mount operation.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="appinfo">
-<parameter_description> a #GAppInfo
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="files">
-<parameter_description> a #GList of #GFile objects
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="launch_context">
-<parameter_description> a #GAppLaunchContext or %NULL
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="error">
-<parameter_description> a #GError
+<parameter name="op">
+<parameter_description> a #GMountOperation.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> %TRUE on successful launch, %FALSE otherwise.
+<return> a #GPasswordSave flag.
</return>
</function>
@@ -3759,31 +3564,6 @@ was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_file_input_stream_query_info_finish">
-<description>
-Finishes an asynchronous info query operation.
-
-
-</description>
-<parameters>
-<parameter name="stream">
-<parameter_description> a #GFileInputStream.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="result">
-<parameter_description> a #GAsyncResult.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="error">
-<parameter_description> a #GError location to store the error occuring,
-or %NULL to ignore.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-</parameters>
-<return> #GFileInfo.
-</return>
-</function>
-
<function name="g_seekable_seek">
<description>
Seeks in the stream by the given @offset, modified by @type.
@@ -3860,27 +3640,74 @@ given name, or %NULL if there is no extension with that name
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_data_input_stream_get_newline_type">
+<function name="g_inet_address_get_family">
<description>
-Gets the current newline type for the @stream.
+Gets @address's family
+Since: 2.22
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="stream">
-<parameter_description> a given #GDataInputStream.
+<parameter name="address">
+<parameter_description> a #GInetAddress
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> #GDataStreamNewlineType for the given @stream.
+<return> @address's family
+
</return>
</function>
+<function name="g_resolver_lookup_service_async">
+<description>
+Begins asynchronously performing a DNS SRV lookup for the given
+ service and @protocol in the given @domain, and eventually calls
+ callback, which must call g_resolver_lookup_service_finish() to
+get the final result. See g_resolver_lookup_service() for more
+details.
+
+Since: 2.22
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="resolver">
+<parameter_description> a #GResolver
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="service">
+<parameter_description> the service type to look up (eg, "ldap")
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="protocol">
+<parameter_description> the networking protocol to use for @service (eg, "tcp")
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="domain">
+<parameter_description> the DNS domain to look up the service in
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="cancellable">
+<parameter_description> a #GCancellable, or %NULL
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="callback">
+<parameter_description> callback to call after resolution completes
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="user_data">
+<parameter_description> data for @callback
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return></return>
+</function>
+
<function name="g_volume_eject_with_operation_finish">
<description>
Finishes ejecting a volume. If any errors occurred during the operation,
@error will be set to contain the errors and %FALSE will be returned.
+Since: 2.22
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -3900,7 +3727,24 @@ ignore.
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if the volume was successfully ejected. %FALSE otherwise.
-Since: 2.22
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_converter_output_stream_get_converter">
+<description>
+Gets the #GConverter that is used by @converter_stream.
+
+Since: 2.24
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="converter_stream">
+<parameter_description> a #GConverterOutputStream
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> the converter of the converter output stream
+
</return>
</function>
@@ -3984,16 +3828,48 @@ ignore.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_memory_input_stream_new">
+<function name="g_file_create_readwrite_async">
<description>
-Creates a new empty #GMemoryInputStream.
+Asynchronously creates a new file and returns a stream for reading and
+writing to it. The file must not already exist.
+For more details, see g_file_create_readwrite() which is
+the synchronous version of this call.
+
+When the operation is finished, @callback will be called. You can then
+call g_file_create_readwrite_finish() to get the result of the operation.
+
+Since: 2.22
</description>
<parameters>
+<parameter name="file">
+<parameter_description> input #GFile
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="flags">
+<parameter_description> a set of #GFileCreateFlags
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="io_priority">
+<parameter_description> the <link linkend="io-priority">I/O priority</link>
+of the request
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="cancellable">
+<parameter_description> optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="callback">
+<parameter_description> a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the request is satisfied
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="user_data">
+<parameter_description> the data to pass to callback function
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a new #GInputStream
-</return>
+<return></return>
</function>
<function name="g_socket_address_to_native">
@@ -4006,6 +3882,7 @@ If not enough space is availible, a %G_IO_ERROR_NO_SPACE error is
returned. If the address type is not known on the system
then a %G_IO_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED error is returned.
+Since: 2.22
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -4030,7 +3907,6 @@ g_socket_address_get_native_size().
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if @dest was filled in, %FALSE on error
-Since: 2.22
</return>
</function>
@@ -4071,6 +3947,7 @@ g_socket_client_set_socket_type().
If a local address is specified with g_socket_client_set_local_address() the
socket will be bound to this address before connecting.
+Since: 2.22
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -4093,7 +3970,6 @@ socket will be bound to this address before connecting.
</parameters>
<return> a #GSocketConnection on success, %NULL on error.
-Since: 2.22
</return>
</function>
@@ -4131,6 +4007,7 @@ Gets the protocol name type of the socket client.
See g_socket_client_set_protocol() for details.
+Since: 2.22
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -4141,7 +4018,40 @@ See g_socket_client_set_protocol() for details.
</parameters>
<return> a #GSocketProtocol
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_unix_mount_point_guess_can_eject">
+<description>
+Guesses whether a Unix mount point can be ejected.
+
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="mount_point">
+<parameter_description> a #GUnixMountPoint
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> %TRUE if @mount_point is deemed to be ejectable.
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_io_stream_is_closed">
+<description>
+Checks if a stream is closed.
+
Since: 2.22
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="stream">
+<parameter_description> a #GIOStream
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> %TRUE if the stream is closed.
+
</return>
</function>
@@ -4169,31 +4079,56 @@ Since: 2.22
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="GZlibDecompressor">
+<function name="g_network_service_new">
<description>
-Zlib decompression
+Creates a new #GNetworkService representing the given @service,
+ protocol, and @domain. This will initially be unresolved; use the
+#GSocketConnectable interface to resolve it.
+
+Since: 2.22
</description>
<parameters>
+<parameter name="service">
+<parameter_description> the service type to look up (eg, "ldap")
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="protocol">
+<parameter_description> the networking protocol to use for @service (eg, "tcp")
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="domain">
+<parameter_description> the DNS domain to look up the service in
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> a new #GNetworkService
+
+</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_inet_address_get_family">
+<function name="g_data_input_stream_read_byte">
<description>
-Gets @address's family
+Reads an unsigned 8-bit/1-byte value from @stream.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="address">
-<parameter_description> a #GInetAddress
+<parameter name="stream">
+<parameter_description> a given #GDataInputStream.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="cancellable">
+<parameter_description> optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="error">
+<parameter_description> #GError for error reporting.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> @address's family
-
-Since: 2.22
+<return> an unsigned 8-bit/1-byte value read from the @stream or %0
+if an error occurred.
</return>
</function>
@@ -4227,6 +4162,7 @@ described in the <ulink url="http://standards.freedesktop.org/menu-spec/
<description>
Finishes an async connect operation. See g_socket_client_connect_to_host_async()
+Since: 2.22
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -4246,17 +4182,39 @@ ignore.
</parameters>
<return> a #GSocketConnection on success, %NULL on error.
-Since: 2.22
</return>
</function>
-<function name="GNetworkAddress">
+<function name="g_io_scheduler_job_send_to_mainloop_async">
<description>
-A #GSocketConnectable for resolving a hostname and connecting to
-that host.
+Used from an I/O job to send a callback to be run asynchronously in
+the thread that the job was started from. The callback will be run
+when the main loop is available, but at that time the I/O job might
+have finished. The return value from the callback is ignored.
+
+Note that if you are passing the @user_data from g_io_scheduler_push_job()
+on to this function you have to ensure that it is not freed before
+ func is called, either by passing %NULL as @notify to
+g_io_scheduler_push_job() or by using refcounting for @user_data.
</description>
<parameters>
+<parameter name="job">
+<parameter_description> a #GIOSchedulerJob
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="func">
+<parameter_description> a #GSourceFunc callback that will be called in the original thread
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="user_data">
+<parameter_description> data to pass to @func
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="notify">
+<parameter_description> a #GDestroyNotify for @user_data, or %NULL
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
</parameters>
<return></return>
</function>
@@ -4282,60 +4240,65 @@ This array must be freed by g_strfreev() when finished.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_mount_is_shadowed">
+<function name="g_file_load_partial_contents_finish">
<description>
-Determines if @mount is shadowed. Applications or libraries should
-avoid displaying @mount in the user interface if it is shadowed.
-
-A mount is said to be shadowed if there exists one or more user
-visible objects (currently #GMount objects) with a root that is
-inside the root of @mount.
-
-One application of shadow mounts is when exposing a single file
-system that is used to address several logical volumes. In this
-situation, a #GVolumeMonitor implementation would create two
-#GVolume objects (for example, one for the camera functionality of
-the device and one for a SD card reader on the device) with
-activation URIs <literal>gphoto2://[usb:001,002]/store1/</literal>
-and <literal>gphoto2://[usb:001,002]/store2/</literal>. When the
-underlying mount (with root
-<literal>gphoto2://[usb:001,002]/</literal>) is mounted, said
-#GVolumeMonitor implementation would create two #GMount objects
-(each with their root matching the corresponding volume activation
-root) that would shadow the original mount.
-
-The proxy monitor in GVfs 2.26 and later, automatically creates and
-manage shadow mounts (and shadows the underlying mount) if the
-activation root on a #GVolume is set.
+Finishes an asynchronous partial load operation that was started
+with g_file_load_partial_contents_async(). The data is always
+zero-terminated, but this is not included in the resultant @length.
+The returned @content should be freed with g_free() when no longer
+needed.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="mount">
-<parameter_description> A #GMount.
+<parameter name="file">
+<parameter_description> input #GFile.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="res">
+<parameter_description> a #GAsyncResult.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="contents">
+<parameter_description> a location to place the contents of the file.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="length">
+<parameter_description> a location to place the length of the contents of the file,
+or %NULL if the length is not needed
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="etag_out">
+<parameter_description> a location to place the current entity tag for the file,
+or %NULL if the entity tag is not needed
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="error">
+<parameter_description> a #GError, or %NULL
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> %TRUE if @mount is shadowed.
-
-Since: 2.20
+<return> %TRUE if the load was successful. If %FALSE and @error is
+present, it will be set appropriately.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_file_info_get_icon">
+<function name="g_simple_async_result_set_from_error">
<description>
-Gets the icon for a file.
-
+Sets the result from a #GError.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="info">
-<parameter_description> a #GFileInfo.
+<parameter name="simple">
+<parameter_description> a #GSimpleAsyncResult.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="error">
+<parameter_description> #GError.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> #GIcon for the given @info.
-</return>
+<return></return>
</function>
<function name="g_filter_output_stream_set_close_base_stream">
@@ -4356,46 +4319,43 @@ Sets whether the base stream will be closed when @stream is closed.
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_file_set_display_name">
+<function name="g_mount_is_shadowed">
<description>
-Renames @file to the specified display name.
-
-The display name is converted from UTF8 to the correct encoding for the target
-filesystem if possible and the @file is renamed to this.
+Determines if @mount is shadowed. Applications or libraries should
+avoid displaying @mount in the user interface if it is shadowed.
-If you want to implement a rename operation in the user interface the edit name
-(#G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_EDIT_NAME) should be used as the initial value in the rename
-widget, and then the result after editing should be passed to g_file_set_display_name().
+A mount is said to be shadowed if there exists one or more user
+visible objects (currently #GMount objects) with a root that is
+inside the root of @mount.
-On success the resulting converted filename is returned.
+One application of shadow mounts is when exposing a single file
+system that is used to address several logical volumes. In this
+situation, a #GVolumeMonitor implementation would create two
+#GVolume objects (for example, one for the camera functionality of
+the device and one for a SD card reader on the device) with
+activation URIs <literal>gphoto2://[usb:001,002]/store1/</literal>
+and <literal>gphoto2://[usb:001,002]/store2/</literal>. When the
+underlying mount (with root
+<literal>gphoto2://[usb:001,002]/</literal>) is mounted, said
+#GVolumeMonitor implementation would create two #GMount objects
+(each with their root matching the corresponding volume activation
+root) that would shadow the original mount.
-If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by
-triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation
-was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned.
+The proxy monitor in GVfs 2.26 and later, automatically creates and
+manage shadow mounts (and shadows the underlying mount) if the
+activation root on a #GVolume is set.
+Since: 2.20
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="file">
-<parameter_description> input #GFile.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="display_name">
-<parameter_description> a string.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="cancellable">
-<parameter_description> optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="error">
-<parameter_description> a #GError, or %NULL
+<parameter name="mount">
+<parameter_description> A #GMount.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a #GFile specifying what @file was renamed to, or %NULL
-if there was an error.
-Free the returned object with g_object_unref().
+<return> %TRUE if @mount is shadowed.
+
</return>
</function>
@@ -4451,56 +4411,6 @@ an error occurred.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_output_stream_write">
-<description>
-Tries to write @count bytes from @buffer into the stream. Will block
-during the operation.
-
-If count is zero returns zero and does nothing. A value of @count
-larger than %G_MAXSSIZE will cause a %G_IO_ERROR_INVALID_ARGUMENT error.
-
-On success, the number of bytes written to the stream is returned.
-It is not an error if this is not the same as the requested size, as it
-can happen e.g. on a partial i/o error, or if there is not enough
-storage in the stream. All writes either block until at least one byte
-is written, so zero is never returned (unless @count is zero).
-
-If @cancellable is not NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by
-triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation
-was cancelled, the error G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned. If an
-operation was partially finished when the operation was cancelled the
-partial result will be returned, without an error.
-
-On error -1 is returned and @error is set accordingly.
-
-
-</description>
-<parameters>
-<parameter name="stream">
-<parameter_description> a #GOutputStream.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="buffer">
-<parameter_description> the buffer containing the data to write.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="count">
-<parameter_description> the number of bytes to write
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="cancellable">
-<parameter_description> optional cancellable object
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="error">
-<parameter_description> location to store the error occuring, or %NULL to ignore
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-</parameters>
-<return> Number of bytes written, or -1 on error
-</return>
-</function>
-
<function name="g_socket_client_set_socket_type">
<description>
Sets the socket type of the socket client.
@@ -4526,33 +4436,22 @@ Since: 2.22
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_file_poll_mountable_finish">
+<function name="g_volume_monitor_get_connected_drives">
<description>
-Finishes a poll operation. See g_file_poll_mountable() for details.
+Gets a list of drives connected to the system.
-Finish an asynchronous poll operation that was polled
-with g_file_poll_mountable().
+The returned list should be freed with g_list_free(), after
+its elements have been unreffed with g_object_unref().
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="file">
-<parameter_description> input #GFile.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="result">
-<parameter_description> a #GAsyncResult.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="error">
-<parameter_description> a #GError, or %NULL
+<parameter name="volume_monitor">
+<parameter_description> a #GVolumeMonitor.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> %TRUE if the operation finished successfully. %FALSE
-otherwise.
-
-Since: 2.22
+<return> a #GList of connected #GDrive objects.
</return>
</function>
@@ -4582,22 +4481,20 @@ ignore.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_simple_async_result_set_from_error">
+<function name="g_file_info_get_icon">
<description>
-Sets the result from a #GError.
+Gets the icon for a file.
+
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="simple">
-<parameter_description> a #GSimpleAsyncResult.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="error">
-<parameter_description> #GError.
+<parameter name="info">
+<parameter_description> a #GFileInfo.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> #GIcon for the given @info.
+</return>
</function>
<function name="g_file_new_for_commandline_arg">
@@ -4620,64 +4517,15 @@ I/O operation if @arg points to a malformed path.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_data_input_stream_read_until_async">
-<description>
-The asynchronous version of g_data_input_stream_read_until().
-It is an error to have two outstanding calls to this function.
-
-When the operation is finished, @callback will be called. You
-can then call g_data_input_stream_read_until_finish() to get
-the result of the operation.
-
-Since: 2.20
-
-</description>
-<parameters>
-<parameter name="stream">
-<parameter_description> a given #GDataInputStream.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="stop_chars">
-<parameter_description> characters to terminate the read.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="io_priority">
-<parameter_description> the <link linkend="io-priority">I/O priority</link>
-of the request.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="cancellable">
-<parameter_description> optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="callback">
-<parameter_description> callback to call when the request is satisfied.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="user_data">
-<parameter_description> the data to pass to callback function.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-</parameters>
-<return></return>
-</function>
-
-<function name="g_io_stream_get_output_stream">
+<function name="g_io_error_quark">
<description>
-Gets the output stream for this object. This is used for
-writing.
+Gets the GIO Error Quark.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="stream">
-<parameter_description> a #GIOStream
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a #GOutputStream, owned by the #GIOStream. Do not free.
-
-Since: 2.22
+<return> a #GQuark.
</return>
</function>
@@ -4700,74 +4548,29 @@ All implementations must henceforth have this type.
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_network_service_get_domain">
-<description>
-Gets the domain that @srv serves. This might be either UTF-8 or
-ASCII-encoded, depending on what @srv was created with.
-
-
-</description>
-<parameters>
-<parameter name="srv">
-<parameter_description> a #GNetworkService
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-</parameters>
-<return> @srv's domain name
-
-Since: 2.22
-</return>
-</function>
-
-<function name="GVolume">
+<function name="g_file_query_settable_attributes">
<description>
-This signal is emitted when the #GVolume have been removed. If
-the recipient is holding references to the object they should
-release them so the object can be finalized.
+Obtain the list of settable attributes for the file.
-</description>
-<parameters>
-</parameters>
-<return></return>
-</function>
-
-<function name="g_socket_address_enumerator_next_async">
-<description>
-Asynchronously retrieves the next #GSocketAddress from @enumerator
-and then calls @callback, which must call
-g_socket_address_enumerator_next_finish() to get the result.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="enumerator">
-<parameter_description> a #GSocketAddressEnumerator
+<parameter name="file">
+<parameter_description> input #GFile.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="cancellable">
<parameter_description> optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="callback">
-<parameter_description> a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the request is satisfied
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="user_data">
-<parameter_description> the data to pass to callback function
+<parameter name="error">
+<parameter_description> a #GError, or %NULL
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
-</function>
-
-<function name="GDataOutputStream">
-<description>
-Determines the byte ordering that is used when writing
-multi-byte entities (such as integers) to the stream.
-
-</description>
-<parameters>
-</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> a #GFileAttributeInfoList describing the settable attributes.
+When you are done with it, release it with g_file_attribute_info_list_unref()
+</return>
</function>
<function name="g_converter_reset">
@@ -4788,22 +4591,23 @@ Since: 2.24
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_volume_monitor_get_mounts">
+<function name="g_buffered_output_stream_new_sized">
<description>
-Gets a list of the mounts on the system.
-
-The returned list should be freed with g_list_free(), after
-its elements have been unreffed with g_object_unref().
+Creates a new buffered output stream with a given buffer size.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="volume_monitor">
-<parameter_description> a #GVolumeMonitor.
+<parameter name="base_stream">
+<parameter_description> a #GOutputStream.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="size">
+<parameter_description> a #gsize.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a #GList of #GMount objects.
+<return> a #GOutputStream with an internal buffer set to @size.
</return>
</function>
@@ -4812,6 +4616,7 @@ its elements have been unreffed with g_object_unref().
Gets the socket protocol id the socket was created with.
In case the protocol is unknown, -1 is returned.
+Since: 2.22
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -4822,7 +4627,6 @@ In case the protocol is unknown, -1 is returned.
</parameters>
<return> a protocol id, or -1 if unknown
-Since: 2.22
</return>
</function>
@@ -4873,12 +4677,22 @@ of the request.
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_file_mount_mountable_finish">
+<function name="g_file_set_display_name">
<description>
-Finishes a mount operation. See g_file_mount_mountable() for details.
+Renames @file to the specified display name.
-Finish an asynchronous mount operation that was started
-with g_file_mount_mountable().
+The display name is converted from UTF8 to the correct encoding for the target
+filesystem if possible and the @file is renamed to this.
+
+If you want to implement a rename operation in the user interface the edit name
+(#G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_EDIT_NAME) should be used as the initial value in the rename
+widget, and then the result after editing should be passed to g_file_set_display_name().
+
+On success the resulting converted filename is returned.
+
+If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by
+triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation
+was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned.
</description>
@@ -4887,8 +4701,12 @@ with g_file_mount_mountable().
<parameter_description> input #GFile.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="result">
-<parameter_description> a #GAsyncResult.
+<parameter name="display_name">
+<parameter_description> a string.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="cancellable">
+<parameter_description> optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="error">
@@ -4896,7 +4714,8 @@ with g_file_mount_mountable().
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a #GFile or %NULL on error.
+<return> a #GFile specifying what @file was renamed to, or %NULL
+if there was an error.
Free the returned object with g_object_unref().
</return>
</function>
@@ -4925,23 +4744,20 @@ Removes a supported type from an application, if possible.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_file_info_set_sort_order">
+<function name="g_socket_listener_new">
<description>
-Sets the sort order attribute in the file info structure. See
-%G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_SORT_ORDER.
+Creates a new #GSocketListener with no sockets to listen for.
+New listeners can be added with e.g. g_socket_listener_add_address()
+or g_socket_listener_add_inet_port().
+
+Since: 2.22
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="info">
-<parameter_description> a #GFileInfo.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="sort_order">
-<parameter_description> a sort order integer.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> a new #GSocketListener.
+
+</return>
</function>
<function name="g_socket_listener_set_backlog">
@@ -5010,6 +4826,7 @@ Helper function for constructing #GInitiable object. This is
similar to g_object_newv() but also initializes the object
and returns %NULL, setting an error on failure.
+Since: 2.22
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -5037,7 +4854,6 @@ ignore.
</parameters>
<return> a newly allocated #GObject, or %NULL on error
-Since: 2.22
</return>
</function>
@@ -5045,6 +4861,7 @@ Since: 2.22
<description>
Creates a new #GCharsetConverter.
+Since: 2.24
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -5063,7 +4880,6 @@ Creates a new #GCharsetConverter.
</parameters>
<return> a new #GCharsetConverter or %NULL on error.
-Since: 2.24
</return>
</function>
@@ -5083,9 +4899,43 @@ Creates a new data input stream for the @base_stream.
</return>
</function>
+<function name="g_socket_listener_accept_finish">
+<description>
+Finishes an async accept operation. See g_socket_listener_accept_async()
+
+Since: 2.22
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="listener">
+<parameter_description> a #GSocketListener
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="result">
+<parameter_description> a #GAsyncResult.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="source_object">
+<parameter_description> Optional #GObject identifying this source
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="error">
+<parameter_description> a #GError location to store the error occuring, or %NULL to
+ignore.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> a #GSocketConnection on success, %NULL on error.
+
+</return>
+</function>
+
<function name="g_unix_output_stream_get_close_fd">
<description>
-Return value: %TRUE if the file descriptor is closed when done
+Returns whether the file descriptor of @stream will be
+closed when the stream is closed.
+
+Since: 2.20
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -5096,7 +4946,6 @@ Return value: %TRUE if the file descriptor is closed when done
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if the file descriptor is closed when done
-Since: 2.20
</return>
</function>
@@ -5145,6 +4994,7 @@ Sets the operation result to a boolean within the asynchronous result.
<description>
Creates a new #GInetSocketAddress for @address and @port.
+Since: 2.22
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -5159,7 +5009,6 @@ Creates a new #GInetSocketAddress for @address and @port.
</parameters>
<return> a new #GInetSocketAddress
-Since: 2.22
</return>
</function>
@@ -5198,6 +5047,7 @@ Gets @target's weight. You should not need to look at this;
#GResolver already sorts the targets according to the algorithm in
RFC 2782.
+Since: 2.22
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -5208,7 +5058,6 @@ RFC 2782.
</parameters>
<return> @target's weight
-Since: 2.22
</return>
</function>
@@ -5227,6 +5076,7 @@ when you are done.
A possible cause of failure is exceeding the per-process or
system-wide file descriptor limit.
+Since: 2.24
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -5245,7 +5095,6 @@ system-wide file descriptor limit.
</parameters>
<return> the file descriptor, or -1 in case of error
-Since: 2.24
</return>
</function>
@@ -5279,6 +5128,7 @@ g_socket_bind().
To set the maximum amount of outstanding clients, use
g_socket_set_listen_backlog().
+Since: 2.22
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -5293,7 +5143,6 @@ g_socket_set_listen_backlog().
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE on success, %FALSE on error.
-Since: 2.22
</return>
</function>
@@ -5303,6 +5152,7 @@ Helper function for constructing #GInitiable object. This is
similar to g_object_new() but also initializes the object
and returns %NULL, setting an error on failure.
+Since: 2.22
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -5332,39 +5182,25 @@ value pairs, and ended by %NULL.
</parameters>
<return> a newly allocated #GObject, or %NULL on error
-Since: 2.22
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_file_query_writable_namespaces">
+<function name="g_mount_operation_set_anonymous">
<description>
-Obtain the list of attribute namespaces where new attributes
-can be created by a user. An example of this is extended
-attributes (in the "xattr" namespace).
-
-If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by
-triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation
-was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned.
-
+Sets the mount operation to use an anonymous user if @anonymous is %TRUE.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="file">
-<parameter_description> input #GFile.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="cancellable">
-<parameter_description> optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore.
+<parameter name="op">
+<parameter_description> a #GMountOperation.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="error">
-<parameter_description> a #GError, or %NULL
+<parameter name="anonymous">
+<parameter_description> boolean value.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a #GFileAttributeInfoList describing the writable namespaces.
-When you are done with it, release it with g_file_attribute_info_list_unref()
-</return>
+<return></return>
</function>
<function name="g_file_info_set_attribute_uint32">
@@ -5433,6 +5269,9 @@ Completes an asynchronous function in an idle handler in the <link
linkend="g-main-context-push-thread-default">thread-default main
loop</link> of the thread that @simple was initially created in.
+Calling this function takes a reference to @simple for as long as
+is needed to complete the call.
+
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="simple">
@@ -5468,40 +5307,27 @@ ignore.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_socket_listener_add_any_inet_port">
+<function name="g_file_info_set_attribute_byte_string">
<description>
-Listens for TCP connections on any available port number for both
-IPv6 and IPv4 (if each are available).
-
-This is useful if you need to have a socket for incoming connections
-but don't care about the specific port number.
-
- source_object will be passed out in the various calls
-to accept to identify this particular source, which is
-useful if you're listening on multiple addresses and do
-different things depending on what address is connected to.
-
+Sets the @attribute to contain the given @attr_value,
+if possible.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="listener">
-<parameter_description> a #GSocketListener
+<parameter name="info">
+<parameter_description> a #GFileInfo.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="source_object">
-<parameter_description> Optional #GObject identifying this source
+<parameter name="attribute">
+<parameter_description> a file attribute key.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="error">
-<parameter_description> a #GError location to store the error occuring, or %NULL to
-ignore.
+<parameter name="attr_value">
+<parameter_description> a byte string.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the port number, or 0 in case of failure.
-
-Since: 2.24
-</return>
+<return></return>
</function>
<function name="g_inet_address_get_is_link_local">
@@ -5510,6 +5336,7 @@ Tests whether @address is a link-local address (that is, if it
identifies a host on a local network that is not connected to the
Internet).
+Since: 2.22
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -5520,36 +5347,28 @@ Internet).
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if @address is a link-local address.
-Since: 2.22
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_async_initable_new_finish">
+<function name="g_emblem_new_with_origin">
<description>
-Finishes the async construction for the various g_async_initable_new calls,
-returning the created object or %NULL on error.
+Creates a new emblem for @icon.
+Since: 2.18
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="initable">
-<parameter_description> the #GAsyncInitable from the callback
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="res">
-<parameter_description> the #GAsyncResult.from the callback
+<parameter name="icon">
+<parameter_description> a GIcon containing the icon.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="error">
-<parameter_description> a #GError location to store the error occuring, or %NULL to
-ignore.
+<parameter name="origin">
+<parameter_description> a GEmblemOrigin enum defining the emblem's origin
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a newly created #GObject, or %NULL on error. Free with
-g_object_unref().
+<return> a new #GEmblem.
-Since: 2.22
</return>
</function>
@@ -5609,15 +5428,15 @@ Gets the operation result boolean from within the asynchronous result.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> %TRUE if the operation's result was %TRUE, %FALSE
-if the operation's result was %FALSE.
+<return> %TRUE if the operation's result was %TRUE, %FALSE
+if the operation's result was %FALSE.
</return>
</function>
<function name="g_simple_async_result_set_op_res_gssize">
<description>
-Sets the operation result within the asynchronous result to
-the given @op_res.
+Sets the operation result within the asynchronous result to
+the given @op_res.
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -5639,6 +5458,7 @@ Try to get the local address of a bound socket. This is only
useful if the socket has been bound to a local address,
either explicitly or implicitly when connecting.
+Since: 2.22
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -5654,7 +5474,6 @@ either explicitly or implicitly when connecting.
<return> a #GSocketAddress or %NULL on error.
Free the returned object with g_object_unref().
-Since: 2.22
</return>
</function>
@@ -5662,6 +5481,7 @@ Since: 2.22
<description>
Return the UNIX file descriptor that the stream writes to.
+Since: 2.20
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -5672,7 +5492,6 @@ Return the UNIX file descriptor that the stream writes to.
</parameters>
<return> The file descriptor of @stream
-Since: 2.20
</return>
</function>
@@ -5724,6 +5543,7 @@ ignore.
Gets the size of the native raw binary address for @address. This
is the size of the data that you get from g_inet_address_to_bytes().
+Since: 2.22
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -5734,7 +5554,6 @@ is the size of the data that you get from g_inet_address_to_bytes().
</parameters>
<return> the number of bytes used for the native version of @address.
-Since: 2.22
</return>
</function>
@@ -5745,13 +5564,13 @@ with it. #GResolver may use its reference count as a hint about how
many threads/processes, etc it should allocate for concurrent DNS
resolutions.
+Since: 2.22
</description>
<parameters>
</parameters>
<return> the default #GResolver.
-Since: 2.22
</return>
</function>
@@ -5901,6 +5720,7 @@ triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation
was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be set, and %NULL will
be returned.
+Since: 2.22
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -5923,27 +5743,9 @@ be returned.
</parameters>
<return> a #GFileInfo for the @stream, or %NULL on error.
-Since: 2.22
</return>
</function>
-<function name="GMount">
-<description>
-This signal is emitted when the #GMount is about to be
-unmounted.
-
-Since: 2.22
-
-</description>
-<parameters>
-<parameter name="mount">
-<parameter_description> the object on which the signal is emitted
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-</parameters>
-<return></return>
-</function>
-
<function name="g_content_type_can_be_executable">
<description>
Checks if a content type can be executable. Note that for instance
@@ -5967,6 +5769,7 @@ can be executable, %FALSE otherwise.
Finishes ejecting a mount. If any errors occurred during the operation,
@error will be set to contain the errors and %FALSE will be returned.
+Deprecated: 2.22: Use g_mount_eject_with_operation_finish() instead.
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -5986,21 +5789,9 @@ ignore.
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if the mount was successfully ejected. %FALSE otherwise.
-Deprecated: 2.22: Use g_mount_eject_with_operation_finish() instead.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="GUnixSocketAddress">
-<description>
-A UNIX-domain (local) socket address, corresponding to a
-<type>struct sockaddr_un</type>.
-
-</description>
-<parameters>
-</parameters>
-<return></return>
-</function>
-
<function name="g_output_stream_set_pending">
<description>
Sets @stream to have actions pending. If the pending flag is
@@ -6152,22 +5943,28 @@ required.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_data_output_stream_set_byte_order">
+<function name="g_io_modules_load_all_in_directory">
<description>
-Sets the byte order of the data output stream to @order.
+Loads all the modules in the specified directory.
+
+If don't require all modules to be initialized (and thus registering
+all gtypes) then you can use g_io_modules_scan_all_in_directory()
+which allows delayed/lazy loading of modules.
+
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="stream">
-<parameter_description> a #GDataOutputStream.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="order">
-<parameter_description> a %GDataStreamByteOrder.
+<parameter name="dirname">
+<parameter_description> pathname for a directory containing modules to load.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> a list of #GIOModules loaded from the directory,
+All the modules are loaded into memory, if you want to
+unload them (enabling on-demand loading) you must call
+g_type_module_unuse() on all the modules. Free the list
+with g_list_free().
+</return>
</function>
<function name="g_io_extension_get_priority">
@@ -6258,6 +6055,7 @@ Creates a new converter output stream for the @base_stream.
Gets the display name of the application. The display name is often more
descriptive to the user than the name itself.
+Since: 2.24
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -6269,31 +6067,22 @@ descriptive to the user than the name itself.
<return> the display name of the application for @appinfo, or the name if
no display name is available.
-Since: 2.24
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_buffered_input_stream_fill_finish">
+<function name="g_io_error_from_errno">
<description>
-Finishes an asynchronous read.
+Converts errno.h error codes into GIO error codes.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="stream">
-<parameter_description> a #GBufferedInputStream.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="result">
-<parameter_description> a #GAsyncResult.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="error">
-<parameter_description> a #GError.
+<parameter name="err_no">
+<parameter_description> Error number as defined in errno.h.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a #gssize of the read stream, or %-1 on an error.
+<return> #GIOErrorEnum value for the given errno.h error number.
</return>
</function>
@@ -6333,40 +6122,11 @@ Emits the #GMountOperation::reply signal.
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_themed_icon_new_with_default_fallbacks">
-<description>
-Creates a new themed icon for @iconname, and all the names
-that can be created by shortening @iconname at '-' characters.
-
-In the following example, @icon1 and @icon2 are equivalent:
-|[
-const char *names[] = {
-"gnome-dev-cdrom-audio",
-"gnome-dev-cdrom",
-"gnome-dev",
-"gnome"
-};
-
-icon1 = g_themed_icon_new_from_names (names, 4);
-icon2 = g_themed_icon_new_with_default_fallbacks ("gnome-dev-cdrom-audio");
-]|
-
-
-</description>
-<parameters>
-<parameter name="iconname">
-<parameter_description> a string containing an icon name
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-</parameters>
-<return> a new #GThemedIcon.
-</return>
-</function>
-
<function name="g_file_attribute_matcher_matches_only">
<description>
Checks if a attribute matcher only matches a given attribute. Always
-Returns: %TRUE if the matcher only matches @attribute. %FALSE otherwise.
+returns %FALSE if "*" was used when creating the matcher.
+
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -6404,6 +6164,7 @@ Checks if a drive can be ejected.
Creates a #GSocketAddress subclass corresponding to the native
<type>struct sockaddr</type> @native.
+Since: 2.22
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -6419,7 +6180,6 @@ Creates a #GSocketAddress subclass corresponding to the native
<return> a new #GSocketAddress if @native could successfully be converted,
otherwise %NULL.
-Since: 2.22
</return>
</function>
@@ -6427,6 +6187,7 @@ Since: 2.22
<description>
Get the #GFile container which is being enumerated.
+Since: 2.18
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -6437,7 +6198,6 @@ Get the #GFile container which is being enumerated.
</parameters>
<return> the #GFile which is being enumerated.
-Since: 2.18
</return>
</function>
@@ -6510,6 +6270,7 @@ ignore.
<description>
Tests whether @address is a node-local multicast address.
+Since: 2.22
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -6520,7 +6281,6 @@ Tests whether @address is a node-local multicast address.
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if @address is a node-local multicast address.
-Since: 2.22
</return>
</function>
@@ -6528,6 +6288,7 @@ Since: 2.22
<description>
Finishes starting a drive.
+Since: 2.22
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -6547,42 +6308,9 @@ Finishes starting a drive.
<return> %TRUE if the drive has been started successfully,
%FALSE otherwise.
-Since: 2.22
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_socket_listener_accept_socket_async">
-<description>
-This is the asynchronous version of g_socket_listener_accept_socket().
-
-When the operation is finished @callback will be
-called. You can then call g_socket_listener_accept_socket_finish()
-to get the result of the operation.
-
-Since: 2.22
-
-</description>
-<parameters>
-<parameter name="listener">
-<parameter_description> a #GSocketListener
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="cancellable">
-<parameter_description> a #GCancellable, or %NULL
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="callback">
-<parameter_description> a #GAsyncReadyCallback
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="user_data">
-<parameter_description> user data for the callback
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-</parameters>
-<return></return>
-</function>
-
<function name="g_cancellable_push_current">
<description>
Pushes @cancellable onto the cancellable stack. The current
@@ -6669,7 +6397,13 @@ g_output_stream_write().
<function name="get_all_desktop_entries_for_mime_type">
<description>
-Return value: a #GList containing the desktop ids which claim
+Returns all the desktop ids for @mime_type. The desktop files
+are listed in an order so that default applications are listed before
+non-default ones, and handlers for inherited mimetypes are listed
+after the base ones.
+
+Optionally doesn't list the desktop ids given in the @except
+
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -6687,6 +6421,24 @@ to handle @mime_type.
</return>
</function>
+<function name="g_socket_address_get_family">
+<description>
+Gets the socket family type of @address.
+
+Since: 2.22
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="address">
+<parameter_description> a #GSocketAddress
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> the socket family type of @address.
+
+</return>
+</function>
+
<function name="g_socket_set_keepalive">
<description>
Sets or unsets the %SO_KEEPALIVE flag on the underlying socket. When
@@ -6721,9 +6473,46 @@ Since: 2.22
<return></return>
</function>
+<function name="g_network_service_get_domain">
+<description>
+Gets the domain that @srv serves. This might be either UTF-8 or
+ASCII-encoded, depending on what @srv was created with.
+
+Since: 2.22
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="srv">
+<parameter_description> a #GNetworkService
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> @srv's domain name
+
+</return>
+</function>
+
<function name="g_unix_fd_message_steal_fds">
<description>
-Returns: an array of file descriptors
+Returns the array of file descriptors that is contained in this
+object.
+
+After this call, the descriptors are no longer contained in
+ message Further calls will return an empty list (unless more
+descriptors have been added).
+
+The return result of this function must be freed with g_free().
+The caller is also responsible for closing all of the file
+descriptors.
+
+If @length is non-%NULL then it is set to the number of file
+descriptors in the returned array. The returned array is also
+terminated with -1.
+
+This function never returns %NULL. In case there are no file
+descriptors contained in @message, an empty array is returned.
+
+Since: 2.22
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -6738,7 +6527,6 @@ Returns: an array of file descriptors
</parameters>
<return> an array of file descriptors
-Since: 2.22
</return>
</function>
@@ -6783,6 +6571,7 @@ is met, %TRUE is returned.
If @cancellable is cancelled before the condition is met then %FALSE
is returned and @error, if non-%NULL, is set to %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED.
+Since: 2.22
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -6805,7 +6594,6 @@ is returned and @error, if non-%NULL, is set to %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED.
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if the condition was met, %FALSE otherwise
-Since: 2.22
</return>
</function>
@@ -6813,6 +6601,7 @@ Since: 2.22
<description>
Gives back the icon from @emblem.
+Since: 2.18
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -6824,7 +6613,6 @@ Gives back the icon from @emblem.
<return> a #GIcon. The returned object belongs to the emblem
and should not be modified or freed.
-Since: 2.18
</return>
</function>
@@ -6844,30 +6632,6 @@ Checks if a unix mount point is read only.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_file_enumerator_next_file">
-<description>
-Return value: A #GFileInfo or %NULL on error or end of enumerator.
-
-</description>
-<parameters>
-<parameter name="enumerator">
-<parameter_description> a #GFileEnumerator.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="cancellable">
-<parameter_description> optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="error">
-<parameter_description> location to store the error occuring, or %NULL to ignore
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-</parameters>
-<return> A #GFileInfo or %NULL on error or end of enumerator.
-Free the returned object with g_object_unref() when no longer needed.
-</return>
-</function>
-
<function name="g_file_info_set_symlink_target">
<description>
Sets the %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_SYMLINK_TARGET attribute in the file info
@@ -6887,19 +6651,22 @@ to the given symlink target.
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_mount_operation_get_domain">
+<function name="g_unix_fd_list_get_length">
<description>
-Gets the domain of the mount operation.
+Gets the length of @list (ie: the number of file descriptors
+contained within).
+Since: 2.24
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="op">
-<parameter_description> a #GMountOperation.
+<parameter name="list">
+<parameter_description> a #GUnixFDList
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a string set to the domain.
+<return> the length of @list
+
</return>
</function>
@@ -6924,52 +6691,19 @@ or less than @mount2, respectively.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_drive_get_identifier">
-<description>
-Gets the identifier of the given kind for @drive.
-
-
-</description>
-<parameters>
-<parameter name="drive">
-<parameter_description> a #GDrive
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="kind">
-<parameter_description> the kind of identifier to return
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-</parameters>
-<return> a newly allocated string containing the
-requested identfier, or %NULL if the #GDrive
-doesn't have this kind of identifier.
-</return>
-</function>
-
-<function name="GThreadedSocketService">
+<function name="g_file_info_get_display_name">
<description>
-The ::run signal is emitted in a worker thread in response to an
-incoming connection. This thread is dedicated to handling
- connection and may perform blocking IO. The signal handler need
-not return until the connection is closed.
+Gets a display name for a file.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="service">
-<parameter_description> the #GThreadedSocketService.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="connection">
-<parameter_description> a new #GSocketConnection object.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="source_object">
-<parameter_description> the source_object passed to g_socket_listener_add_address().
+<parameter name="info">
+<parameter_description> a #GFileInfo.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> %TRUE to stope further signal handlers from being called
+<return> a string containing the display name.
</return>
</function>
@@ -7017,26 +6751,32 @@ accordingly.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_file_info_get_attribute_int32">
+<function name="g_socket_address_enumerator_next_async">
<description>
-Gets a signed 32-bit integer contained within the attribute. If the
-attribute does not contain a signed 32-bit integer, or is invalid,
-0 will be returned.
-
+Asynchronously retrieves the next #GSocketAddress from @enumerator
+and then calls @callback, which must call
+g_socket_address_enumerator_next_finish() to get the result.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="info">
-<parameter_description> a #GFileInfo.
+<parameter name="enumerator">
+<parameter_description> a #GSocketAddressEnumerator
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="attribute">
-<parameter_description> a file attribute key.
+<parameter name="cancellable">
+<parameter_description> optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="callback">
+<parameter_description> a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the request is satisfied
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="user_data">
+<parameter_description> the data to pass to callback function
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a signed 32-bit integer from the attribute.
-</return>
+<return></return>
</function>
<function name="g_socket_speaks_ipv4">
@@ -7051,6 +6791,7 @@ information.
No other types of sockets are currently considered as being capable
of speaking IPv4.
+Since: 2.22
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -7061,7 +6802,6 @@ of speaking IPv4.
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if this socket can be used with IPv4.
-Since: 2.22.
</return>
</function>
@@ -7071,6 +6811,7 @@ Sets @stream to have actions pending. If the pending flag is
already set or @stream is closed, it will return %FALSE and set
@error.
+Since: 2.22
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -7086,13 +6827,31 @@ ignore
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if pending was previously unset and is now set.
-Since: 2.22
</return>
</function>
<function name="g_unix_fd_list_steal_fds">
<description>
-Returns: an array of file descriptors
+Returns the array of file descriptors that is contained in this
+object.
+
+After this call, the descriptors are no longer contained in
+ list Further calls will return an empty list (unless more
+descriptors have been added).
+
+The return result of this function must be freed with g_free().
+The caller is also responsible for closing all of the file
+descriptors. The file descriptors in the array are set to
+close-on-exec.
+
+If @length is non-%NULL then it is set to the number of file
+descriptors in the returned array. The returned array is also
+terminated with -1.
+
+This function never returns %NULL. In case there are no file
+descriptors contained in @list, an empty array is returned.
+
+Since: 2.24
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -7107,70 +6866,23 @@ Returns: an array of file descriptors
</parameters>
<return> an array of file descriptors
-Since: 2.24
-</return>
-</function>
-
-<function name="g_simple_async_result_is_valid">
-<description>
-Ensures that the data passed to the _finish function of an async
-operation is consistent. Three checks are performed.
-
-First, @result is checked to ensure that it is really a
-#GSimpleAsyncResult. Second, @source is checked to ensure that it
-matches the source object of @result. Third, @source_tag is
-checked to ensure that it is equal to the source_tag argument given
-to g_simple_async_result_new() (which, by convention, is a pointer
-to the _async function corresponding to the _finish function from
-which this function is called).
-
-
-</description>
-<parameters>
-<parameter name="result">
-<parameter_description> the #GAsyncResult passed to the _finish function.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="source">
-<parameter_description> the #GObject passed to the _finish function.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="source_tag">
-<parameter_description> the asynchronous function.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-</parameters>
-<return> #TRUE if all checks passed or #FALSE if any failed.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_file_unmount_mountable_finish">
+<function name="g_mount_operation_get_choice">
<description>
-Finishes an unmount operation, see g_file_unmount_mountable() for details.
-
-Finish an asynchronous unmount operation that was started
-with g_file_unmount_mountable().
+Gets a choice from the mount operation.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="file">
-<parameter_description> input #GFile.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="result">
-<parameter_description> a #GAsyncResult.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="error">
-<parameter_description> a #GError, or %NULL
+<parameter name="op">
+<parameter_description> a #GMountOperation.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> %TRUE if the operation finished successfully. %FALSE
-otherwise.
-
-Deprecated: 2.22: Use g_file_unmount_mountable_with_operation_finish() instead.
+<return> an integer containing an index of the user's choice from
+the choice's list, or %0.
</return>
</function>
@@ -7234,36 +6946,6 @@ when no longer needed.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_app_launch_context_get_startup_notify_id">
-<description>
-Initiates startup notification for the application and returns the
-DESKTOP_STARTUP_ID for the launched operation, if supported.
-
-Startup notification IDs are defined in the <ulink
-url="http://standards.freedesktop.org/startup-notification-spec/startup-notification-latest.txt">
-FreeDesktop.Org Startup Notifications standard</ulink>.
-
-
-</description>
-<parameters>
-<parameter name="context">
-<parameter_description> a #GAppLaunchContext
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="info">
-<parameter_description> a #GAppInfo
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="files">
-<parameter_description> a #GList of of #GFile objects
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-</parameters>
-<return> a startup notification ID for the application, or %NULL if
-not supported.
-</return>
-</function>
-
<function name="g_file_has_prefix">
<description>
Checks whether @file has the prefix specified by @prefix. In other word,
@@ -7309,38 +6991,6 @@ Gets the device path for a unix mount point.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="GNetworkService">
-<description>
-A #GSocketConnectable for resolving a SRV record and connecting to
-that service.
-
-</description>
-<parameters>
-</parameters>
-<return></return>
-</function>
-
-<function name="g_unix_output_stream_set_close_fd">
-<description>
-Sets whether the file descriptor of @stream shall be closed
-when the stream is closed.
-
-Since: 2.20
-
-</description>
-<parameters>
-<parameter name="stream">
-<parameter_description> a #GUnixOutputStream
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="close_fd">
-<parameter_description> %TRUE to close the file descriptor when done
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-</parameters>
-<return></return>
-</function>
-
<function name="g_mount_get_drive">
<description>
Gets the drive for the @mount.
@@ -7435,6 +7085,7 @@ Creates a new #GUnixSocketAddress for @path.
To create abstract socket addresses, on systems that support that,
use g_unix_socket_address_new_abstract().
+Since: 2.22
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -7445,49 +7096,41 @@ use g_unix_socket_address_new_abstract().
</parameters>
<return> a new #GUnixSocketAddress
-Since: 2.22
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_resolver_lookup_by_name_async">
+<function name="g_file_enumerator_next_files_finish">
<description>
-Begins asynchronously resolving @hostname to determine its
-associated IP address(es), and eventually calls @callback, which
-must call g_resolver_lookup_by_name_finish() to get the result.
-See g_resolver_lookup_by_name() for more details.
+Finishes the asynchronous operation started with g_file_enumerator_next_files_async().
-Since: 2.22
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="resolver">
-<parameter_description> a #GResolver
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="hostname">
-<parameter_description> the hostname to look up the address of
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="cancellable">
-<parameter_description> a #GCancellable, or %NULL
+<parameter name="enumerator">
+<parameter_description> a #GFileEnumerator.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="callback">
-<parameter_description> callback to call after resolution completes
+<parameter name="result">
+<parameter_description> a #GAsyncResult.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="user_data">
-<parameter_description> data for @callback
+<parameter name="error">
+<parameter_description> a #GError location to store the error occuring, or %NULL to
+ignore.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> a #GList of #GFileInfo<!---->s. You must free the list with
+g_list_free() and unref the infos with g_object_unref() when you're
+done with them.
+</return>
</function>
<function name="g_drive_get_start_stop_type">
<description>
Gets a hint about how a drive can be started/stopped.
+Since: 2.22
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -7498,7 +7141,6 @@ Gets a hint about how a drive can be started/stopped.
</parameters>
<return> A value from the #GDriveStartStopType enumeration.
-Since: 2.22
</return>
</function>
@@ -7528,6 +7170,22 @@ This call does no blocking i/o.
</return>
</function>
+<function name="g_themed_icon_new">
+<description>
+Creates a new themed icon for @iconname.
+
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="iconname">
+<parameter_description> a string containing an icon name.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> a new #GThemedIcon.
+</return>
+</function>
+
<function name="g_file_set_attributes_async">
<description>
Asynchronously sets the attributes of @file with @info.
@@ -7577,6 +7235,7 @@ of the request.
<description>
Tests whether @address is a global multicast address.
+Since: 2.22
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -7587,7 +7246,25 @@ Tests whether @address is a global multicast address.
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if @address is a global multicast address.
-Since: 2.22
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_volume_monitor_get_mounts">
+<description>
+Gets a list of the mounts on the system.
+
+The returned list should be freed with g_list_free(), after
+its elements have been unreffed with g_object_unref().
+
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="volume_monitor">
+<parameter_description> a #GVolumeMonitor.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> a #GList of #GMount objects.
</return>
</function>
@@ -7596,6 +7273,7 @@ Since: 2.22
Finishes an asynchronous file create operation started with
g_file_create_readwrite_async().
+Since: 2.22
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -7615,7 +7293,6 @@ g_file_create_readwrite_async().
<return> a #GFileIOStream or %NULL on error.
Free the returned object with g_object_unref().
-Since: 2.22
</return>
</function>
@@ -7651,6 +7328,7 @@ g_tcp_connection_set_graceful_disconnect(). But of course, this
only works if the client will close its connection after the server
does.)
+Since: 2.22
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -7665,7 +7343,6 @@ does.)
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE on success, %FALSE on error
-Since: 2.22
</return>
</function>
@@ -7782,7 +7459,10 @@ Free the returned object with g_object_unref().
<function name="g_unix_input_stream_get_close_fd">
<description>
-Return value: %TRUE if the file descriptor is closed when done
+Returns whether the file descriptor of @stream will be
+closed when the stream is closed.
+
+Since: 2.20
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -7793,7 +7473,6 @@ Return value: %TRUE if the file descriptor is closed when done
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if the file descriptor is closed when done
-Since: 2.20
</return>
</function>
@@ -7836,47 +7515,45 @@ classes. However, if you override one you must override all.
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_mount_operation_get_password_save">
+<function name="g_app_info_launch">
<description>
-Gets the state of saving passwords for the mount operation.
+Launches the application. Passes @files to the launched application
+as arguments, using the optional @launch_context to get information
+about the details of the launcher (like what screen it is on).
+On error, @error will be set accordingly.
+To lauch the application without arguments pass a %NULL @files list.
-</description>
-<parameters>
-<parameter name="op">
-<parameter_description> a #GMountOperation.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-</parameters>
-<return> a #GPasswordSave flag.
-</return>
-</function>
+Note that even if the launch is successful the application launched
+can fail to start if it runs into problems during startup. There is
+no way to detect this.
-<function name="g_data_output_stream_put_uint32">
-<description>
-Puts an unsigned 32-bit integer into the stream.
+Some URIs can be changed when passed through a GFile (for instance
+unsupported uris with strange formats like mailto:), so if you have
+a textual uri you want to pass in as argument, consider using
+g_app_info_launch_uris() instead.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="stream">
-<parameter_description> a #GDataOutputStream.
+<parameter name="appinfo">
+<parameter_description> a #GAppInfo
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="data">
-<parameter_description> a #guint32.
+<parameter name="files">
+<parameter_description> a #GList of #GFile objects
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="cancellable">
-<parameter_description> optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore.
+<parameter name="launch_context">
+<parameter_description> a #GAppLaunchContext or %NULL
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="error">
-<parameter_description> a #GError, %NULL to ignore.
+<parameter_description> a #GError
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> %TRUE if @data was successfully added to the @stream.
+<return> %TRUE on successful launch, %FALSE otherwise.
</return>
</function>
@@ -7886,6 +7563,7 @@ Gets the local address of the socket client.
See g_socket_client_set_local_address() for details.
+Since: 2.22
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -7896,7 +7574,6 @@ See g_socket_client_set_local_address() for details.
</parameters>
<return> a #GSocketAddres or %NULL. don't free
-Since: 2.22
</return>
</function>
@@ -7917,6 +7594,24 @@ a buffer set to the default size (4 kilobytes).
</return>
</function>
+<function name="g_content_type_from_mime_type">
+<description>
+Tries to find a content type based on the mime type name.
+
+Since: 2.18
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="mime_type">
+<parameter_description> a mime type string.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> Newly allocated string with content type or NULL when does not know.
+
+</return>
+</function>
+
<function name="g_content_type_guess">
<description>
Guesses the content type based on example data. If the function is
@@ -7949,47 +7644,65 @@ given data.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_network_service_new">
+<function name="g_simple_async_result_set_error_va">
<description>
-Creates a new #GNetworkService representing the given @service,
- protocol, and @domain. This will initially be unresolved; use the
-#GSocketConnectable interface to resolve it.
-
+Sets an error within the asynchronous result without a #GError.
+Unless writing a binding, see g_simple_async_result_set_error().
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="service">
-<parameter_description> the service type to look up (eg, "ldap")
+<parameter name="simple">
+<parameter_description> a #GSimpleAsyncResult.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="protocol">
-<parameter_description> the networking protocol to use for @service (eg, "tcp")
+<parameter name="domain">
+<parameter_description> a #GQuark (usually #G_IO_ERROR).
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="domain">
-<parameter_description> the DNS domain to look up the service in
+<parameter name="code">
+<parameter_description> an error code.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="format">
+<parameter_description> a formatted error reporting string.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="args">
+<parameter_description> va_list of arguments.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a new #GNetworkService
-
-Since: 2.22
-</return>
+<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_socket_client_new">
+<function name="g_drive_poll_for_media">
<description>
-Creates a new #GSocketClient with the default options.
+Asynchronously polls @drive to see if media has been inserted or removed.
+When the operation is finished, @callback will be called.
+You can then call g_drive_poll_for_media_finish() to obtain the
+result of the operation.
</description>
<parameters>
+<parameter name="drive">
+<parameter_description> a #GDrive.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="cancellable">
+<parameter_description> optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="callback">
+<parameter_description> a #GAsyncReadyCallback, or %NULL.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="user_data">
+<parameter_description> user data to pass to @callback
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a #GSocketClient.
-Free the returned object with g_object_unref().
-
-Since: 2.22
-</return>
+<return></return>
</function>
<function name="g_file_enumerator_has_pending">
@@ -8016,6 +7729,7 @@ g_socket_connect()).
See g_socket_send() for additional information.
+Since: 2.22
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -8047,7 +7761,6 @@ See g_socket_send() for additional information.
<return> Number of bytes written (which may be less than @size), or -1
on error
-Since: 2.22
</return>
</function>
@@ -8086,22 +7799,35 @@ not supported.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_mount_operation_set_anonymous">
+<function name="g_file_query_writable_namespaces">
<description>
-Sets the mount operation to use an anonymous user if @anonymous is %TRUE.
+Obtain the list of attribute namespaces where new attributes
+can be created by a user. An example of this is extended
+attributes (in the "xattr" namespace).
+
+If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by
+triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation
+was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned.
+
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="op">
-<parameter_description> a #GMountOperation.
+<parameter name="file">
+<parameter_description> input #GFile.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="anonymous">
-<parameter_description> boolean value.
+<parameter name="cancellable">
+<parameter_description> optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="error">
+<parameter_description> a #GError, or %NULL
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> a #GFileAttributeInfoList describing the writable namespaces.
+When you are done with it, release it with g_file_attribute_info_list_unref()
+</return>
</function>
<function name="g_data_input_stream_read_line_finish">
@@ -8109,6 +7835,7 @@ Sets the mount operation to use an anonymous user if @anonymous is %TRUE.
Finish an asynchronous call started by
g_data_input_stream_read_line_async().
+Since: 2.20
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -8134,7 +7861,6 @@ Set @length to a #gsize to get the length of the read line.
On an error, it will return %NULL and @error will be set. If there's no
content to read, it will still return %NULL, but @error won't be set.
-Since: 2.20
</return>
</function>
@@ -8154,30 +7880,6 @@ Gets the icon for a content type.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="SECTION">
-<description>
-Data output stream implements #GOutputStream and includes functions for
-writing data directly to an output stream.
-
-
-</description>
-<parameters>
-<parameter name="short_description">
-<parameter_description> Data Output Stream
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="include">
-<parameter_description> gio/gio.h
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="see_also">
-<parameter_description> #GOutputStream
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-</parameters>
-<return></return>
-</function>
-
<function name="g_file_eject_mountable_with_operation">
<description>
Starts an asynchronous eject on a mountable.
@@ -8272,6 +7974,7 @@ Gets @target's priority. You should not need to look at this;
#GResolver already sorts the targets according to the algorithm in
RFC 2782.
+Since: 2.22
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -8282,64 +7985,44 @@ RFC 2782.
</parameters>
<return> @target's priority
-Since: 2.22
</return>
</function>
-<function name="GVolumeMonitor">
+<function name="g_zlib_decompressor_new">
<description>
-Emitted when the stop button is pressed on @drive.
+Creates a new #GZlibDecompressor.
-Since: 2.22
+Since: 2.24
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="volume_monitor">
-<parameter_description> The volume monitor emitting the signal.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="drive">
-<parameter_description> the drive where the stop button was pressed
+<parameter name="format">
+<parameter_description> The format to use for the compressed data
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
-</function>
-
-<function name="g_mount_operation_get_choice">
-<description>
-Gets a choice from the mount operation.
-
+<return> a new #GZlibDecompressor
-</description>
-<parameters>
-<parameter name="op">
-<parameter_description> a #GMountOperation.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-</parameters>
-<return> an integer containing an index of the user's choice from
-the choice's list, or %0.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_file_info_set_icon">
+<function name="g_io_extension_get_name">
<description>
-Sets the icon for a given #GFileInfo.
-See %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_ICON.
+Gets the name under which @extension was registered.
+
+Note that the same type may be registered as extension
+for multiple extension points, under different names.
+
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="info">
-<parameter_description> a #GFileInfo.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="icon">
-<parameter_description> a #GIcon.
+<parameter name="extension">
+<parameter_description> a #GIOExtension
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> the name of @extension.
+</return>
</function>
<function name="g_io_scheduler_cancel_all_jobs">
@@ -8360,6 +8043,7 @@ g_io_scheduler_push_job().
Creates a #GSocketConnection subclass of the right type for
@socket.
+Since: 2.22
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -8370,40 +8054,9 @@ Creates a #GSocketConnection subclass of the right type for
</parameters>
<return> a #GSocketConnection
-Since: 2.22
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_drive_poll_for_media">
-<description>
-Asynchronously polls @drive to see if media has been inserted or removed.
-
-When the operation is finished, @callback will be called.
-You can then call g_drive_poll_for_media_finish() to obtain the
-result of the operation.
-
-</description>
-<parameters>
-<parameter name="drive">
-<parameter_description> a #GDrive.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="cancellable">
-<parameter_description> optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="callback">
-<parameter_description> a #GAsyncReadyCallback, or %NULL.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="user_data">
-<parameter_description> user data to pass to @callback
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-</parameters>
-<return></return>
-</function>
-
<function name="g_file_trash">
<description>
Sends @file to the "Trashcan", if possible. This is similar to
@@ -8440,13 +8093,13 @@ was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned.
<description>
Creates a new #GUnixFDList containing no file descriptors.
+Since: 2.24
</description>
<parameters>
</parameters>
<return> a new #GUnixFDList
-Since: 2.24
</return>
</function>
@@ -8455,6 +8108,7 @@ Since: 2.24
Gets @addr's hostname. This might be either UTF-8 or ASCII-encoded,
depending on what @addr was created with.
+Since: 2.22
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -8465,28 +8119,53 @@ depending on what @addr was created with.
</parameters>
<return> @addr's hostname
-Since: 2.22
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_app_info_get_commandline">
+<function name="g_file_input_stream_query_info_async">
<description>
-Gets the commandline with which the application will be
-started.
+Queries the stream information asynchronously.
+When the operation is finished @callback will be called.
+You can then call g_file_input_stream_query_info_finish()
+to get the result of the operation.
+
+For the synchronous version of this function,
+see g_file_input_stream_query_info().
+
+If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by
+triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation
+was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be set
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="appinfo">
-<parameter_description> a #GAppInfo
+<parameter name="stream">
+<parameter_description> a #GFileInputStream.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="attributes">
+<parameter_description> a file attribute query string.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="io_priority">
+<parameter_description> the <link linkend="io-priority">I/O priority</link>
+of the request.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="cancellable">
+<parameter_description> optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="callback">
+<parameter_description> callback to call when the request is satisfied
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="user_data">
+<parameter_description> the data to pass to callback function
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a string containing the @appinfo's commandline,
-or %NULL if this information is not available
-
-Since: 2.20
-</return>
+<return></return>
</function>
<function name="g_file_unmount_mountable_with_operation_finish">
@@ -8496,6 +8175,7 @@ Finishes an unmount operation, see g_file_unmount_mountable_with_operation() for
Finish an asynchronous unmount operation that was started
with g_file_unmount_mountable_with_operation().
+Since: 2.22
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -8515,69 +8195,26 @@ with g_file_unmount_mountable_with_operation().
<return> %TRUE if the operation finished successfully. %FALSE
otherwise.
-Since: 2.22
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_unix_fd_message_append_fd">
-<description>
-Adds a file descriptor to @message.
-
-The file descriptor is duplicated using dup(). You keep your copy
-of the descriptor and the copy contained in @message will be closed
-when @message is finalized.
-
-A possible cause of failure is exceeding the per-process or
-system-wide file descriptor limit.
-
-
-</description>
-<parameters>
-<parameter name="message">
-<parameter_description> a #GUnixFDMessage
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="fd">
-<parameter_description> a valid open file descriptor
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="error">
-<parameter_description> a #GError pointer
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-</parameters>
-<return> %TRUE in case of success, else %FALSE (and @error is set)
-
-Since: 2.22
-</return>
-</function>
-
-<function name="g_data_output_stream_put_uint64">
+<function name="g_simple_async_result_set_handle_cancellation">
<description>
-Puts an unsigned 64-bit integer into the stream.
+Sets whether to handle cancellation within the asynchronous operation.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="stream">
-<parameter_description> a #GDataOutputStream.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="data">
-<parameter_description> a #guint64.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="cancellable">
-<parameter_description> optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore.
+<parameter name="simple">
+<parameter_description> a #GSimpleAsyncResult.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="error">
-<parameter_description> a #GError, %NULL to ignore.
+<parameter name="handle_cancellation">
+<parameter_description> a #gboolean.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> %TRUE if @data was successfully added to the @stream.
-</return>
+<return></return>
</function>
<function name="g_file_get_parent">
@@ -8602,17 +8239,6 @@ Free the returned object with g_object_unref().
</return>
</function>
-<function name="GSocketAddress">
-<description>
-A socket endpoint address, corresponding to <type>struct sockaddr</type>
-or one of its subtypes.
-
-</description>
-<parameters>
-</parameters>
-<return></return>
-</function>
-
<function name="g_file_set_attribute_byte_string">
<description>
Sets @attribute of type %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_BYTE_STRING to @value.
@@ -8658,7 +8284,8 @@ in the @file, %FALSE otherwise.
<function name="g_file_monitor_is_cancelled">
<description>
-Returns: %TRUE if monitor is canceled. %FALSE otherwise.
+Returns whether the monitor is canceled.
+
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -8671,30 +8298,46 @@ Returns: %TRUE if monitor is canceled. %FALSE otherwise.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_io_stream_close_finish">
+<function name="g_file_set_attributes_from_info">
<description>
-Closes a stream.
+Tries to set all attributes in the #GFileInfo on the target values,
+not stopping on the first error.
+
+If there is any error during this operation then @error will be set to
+the first error. Error on particular fields are flagged by setting
+the "status" field in the attribute value to
+%G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STATUS_ERROR_SETTING, which means you can also detect
+further errors.
+
+If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by
+triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation
+was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="stream">
-<parameter_description> a #GIOStream
+<parameter name="file">
+<parameter_description> input #GFile.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="result">
-<parameter_description> a #GAsyncResult
+<parameter name="info">
+<parameter_description> a #GFileInfo.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="flags">
+<parameter_description> #GFileQueryInfoFlags
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="cancellable">
+<parameter_description> optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="error">
-<parameter_description> a #GError location to store the error occuring, or %NULL to
-ignore
+<parameter_description> a #GError, or %NULL
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> %TRUE if stream was successfully closed, %FALSE otherwise.
-
-Since: 2.22
+<return> %TRUE if there was any error, %FALSE otherwise.
</return>
</function>
@@ -8743,6 +8386,7 @@ sockets with the specified @family,@type and @protocol_id.
If no type is registered, the #GSocketConnection base type is returned.
+Since: 2.22
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -8761,20 +8405,22 @@ If no type is registered, the #GSocketConnection base type is returned.
</parameters>
<return> a #GType
-Since: 2.22
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_file_create_async">
+<function name="g_file_load_partial_contents_async">
<description>
-Asynchronously creates a new file and returns an output stream for writing to it.
-The file must not already exist.
+Reads the partial contents of a file. A #GFileReadMoreCallback should be
+used to stop reading from the file when appropriate, else this function
+will behave exactly as g_file_load_contents_async(). This operation
+can be finished by g_file_load_partial_contents_finish().
-For more details, see g_file_create() which is
-the synchronous version of this call.
+Users of this function should be aware that @user_data is passed to
+both the @read_more_callback and the @callback.
-When the operation is finished, @callback will be called. You can then call
-g_file_create_finish() to get the result of the operation.
+If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by
+triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation
+was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned.
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -8782,46 +8428,51 @@ g_file_create_finish() to get the result of the operation.
<parameter_description> input #GFile.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="flags">
-<parameter_description> a set of #GFileCreateFlags.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="io_priority">
-<parameter_description> the <link linkend="io-priority">I/O priority</link>
-of the request.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
<parameter name="cancellable">
<parameter_description> optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
+<parameter name="read_more_callback">
+<parameter_description> a #GFileReadMoreCallback to receive partial data and to specify whether further data should be read.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
<parameter name="callback">
<parameter_description> a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the request is satisfied
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="user_data">
-<parameter_description> the data to pass to callback function
+<parameter_description> the data to pass to the callback functions.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_io_stream_is_closed">
+<function name="g_data_output_stream_put_uint32">
<description>
-Checks if a stream is closed.
+Puts an unsigned 32-bit integer into the stream.
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="stream">
-<parameter_description> a #GIOStream
+<parameter_description> a #GDataOutputStream.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="data">
+<parameter_description> a #guint32.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="cancellable">
+<parameter_description> optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="error">
+<parameter_description> a #GError, %NULL to ignore.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> %TRUE if the stream is closed.
-
-Since: 2.22
+<return> %TRUE if @data was successfully added to the @stream.
</return>
</function>
@@ -8841,6 +8492,7 @@ One example where this is used is graceful disconnect for TCP connections
where you close the sending side, then wait for the other side to close
the connection, thus ensuring that the other side saw all sent data.
+Since: 2.22
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -8863,7 +8515,6 @@ the connection, thus ensuring that the other side saw all sent data.
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE on success, %FALSE on error
-Since: 2.22
</return>
</function>
@@ -8895,6 +8546,7 @@ The returned string should be freed with g_free() when no longer needed.
<description>
Tests whether @address is the loopback address for its family.
+Since: 2.22
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -8905,7 +8557,6 @@ Tests whether @address is the loopback address for its family.
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if @address is the loopback address for its family.
-Since: 2.22
</return>
</function>
@@ -8932,6 +8583,7 @@ Finishes an stop operation, see g_file_stop_mountable() for details.
Finish an asynchronous stop operation that was started
with g_file_stop_mountable().
+Since: 2.22
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -8951,7 +8603,6 @@ with g_file_stop_mountable().
<return> %TRUE if the operation finished successfully. %FALSE
otherwise.
-Since: 2.22
</return>
</function>
@@ -8964,6 +8615,7 @@ or similar functions.
The attribute must exist in @info for this to work. Otherwise %FALSE
is returned and @info is unchanged.
+Since: 2.22
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -8982,7 +8634,6 @@ is returned and @info is unchanged.
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if the status was changed, %FALSE if the key was not set.
-Since: 2.22
</return>
</function>
@@ -9007,16 +8658,20 @@ of the OS.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_cancellable_get_current">
+<function name="g_file_info_get_etag">
<description>
-Gets the top cancellable from the stack.
+Gets the <link linkend="gfile-etag">entity tag</link> for a given
+#GFileInfo. See %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_ETAG_VALUE.
</description>
<parameters>
+<parameter name="info">
+<parameter_description> a #GFileInfo.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a #GCancellable from the top of the stack, or %NULL
-if the stack is empty.
+<return> a string containing the value of the "etag:value" attribute.
</return>
</function>
@@ -9054,6 +8709,7 @@ function; there's no need to listen for the 'mount-added' signal on
<description>
Creates a new emblemed icon for @icon with the emblem @emblem.
+Since: 2.18
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -9068,7 +8724,6 @@ Creates a new emblemed icon for @icon with the emblem @emblem.
</parameters>
<return> a new #GIcon
-Since: 2.18
</return>
</function>
@@ -9088,53 +8743,6 @@ Gets the icon for the application.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_volume_get_activation_root">
-<description>
-Gets the activation root for a #GVolume if it is known ahead of
-mount time. Returns %NULL otherwise. If not %NULL and if @volume
-is mounted, then the result of g_mount_get_root() on the
-#GMount object obtained from g_volume_get_mount() will always
-either be equal or a prefix of what this function returns. In
-other words, in code
-
-<programlisting>
-GMount *mount;
-GFile *mount_root
-GFile *volume_activation_root;
-
-mount = g_volume_get_mount (volume); /* mounted, so never NULL */
-mount_root = g_mount_get_root (mount);
-volume_activation_root = g_volume_get_activation_root(volume); /* assume not NULL */
-</programlisting>
-
-then the expression
-
-<programlisting>
-(g_file_has_prefix (volume_activation_root, mount_root) ||
- g_file_equal (volume_activation_root, mount_root))
-</programlisting>
-
-will always be %TRUE.
-
-Activation roots are typically used in #GVolumeMonitor
-implementations to find the underlying mount to shadow, see
-g_mount_is_shadowed() for more details.
-
-
-</description>
-<parameters>
-<parameter name="volume">
-<parameter_description> a #GVolume
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-</parameters>
-<return> the activation root of @volume or %NULL. Use
-g_object_unref() to free.
-
-Since: 2.18
-</return>
-</function>
-
<function name="g_file_parse_name">
<description>
Constructs a #GFile with the given @parse_name (i.e. something given by g_file_get_parse_name()).
@@ -9206,28 +8814,38 @@ of the request.
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_volume_monitor_get_connected_drives">
+<function name="g_file_eject_mountable_finish">
<description>
-Gets a list of drives connected to the system.
-
-The returned list should be freed with g_list_free(), after
-its elements have been unreffed with g_object_unref().
+Finishes an asynchronous eject operation started by
+g_file_eject_mountable().
+Deprecated: 2.22: Use g_file_eject_mountable_with_operation_finish() instead.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="volume_monitor">
-<parameter_description> a #GVolumeMonitor.
+<parameter name="file">
+<parameter_description> input #GFile.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="result">
+<parameter_description> a #GAsyncResult.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="error">
+<parameter_description> a #GError, or %NULL
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a #GList of connected #GDrive objects.
+<return> %TRUE if the @file was ejected successfully. %FALSE
+otherwise.
+
</return>
</function>
<function name="g_local_vfs_new">
<description>
-Returns: a new #GVfs handle.
+Returns a new #GVfs handle for a local vfs.
+
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -9291,6 +8909,9 @@ Polls @file for changes.
Reads a string from the data input stream, up to the first
occurrence of any of the stop characters.
+Note that, in contrast to g_data_input_stream_read_until_async(),
+this function consumes the stop character that it finds.
+
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -9374,6 +8995,22 @@ or less than @mount2, respectively.
</return>
</function>
+<function name="g_unix_mount_guess_icon">
+<description>
+Guesses the icon of a Unix mount.
+
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="mount_entry">
+<parameter_description> a #GUnixMountEntry
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> a #GIcon
+</return>
+</function>
+
<function name="g_resolver_free_addresses">
<description>
Frees @addresses (which should be the return value from
@@ -9405,67 +9042,21 @@ Gets the local #GVfs for the system.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_async_initable_init_async">
+<function name="g_filter_output_stream_get_close_base_stream">
<description>
-Starts asynchronous initialization of the object implementing the
-interface. This must be done before any real use of the object after
-initial construction. If the object also implements #GInitable you can
-optionally call g_initable_init() instead.
-
-When the initialization is finished, @callback will be called. You can
-then call g_async_initable_init_finish() to get the result of the
-initialization.
-
-Implementations may also support cancellation. If @cancellable is not
-%NULL, then initialization can be cancelled by triggering the cancellable
-object from another thread. If the operation was cancelled, the error
-%G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned. If @cancellable is not %NULL, and
-the object doesn't support cancellable initialization, the error
-%G_IO_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED will be returned.
-
-If this function is not called, or returns with an error, then all
-operations on the object should fail, generally returning the
-error %G_IO_ERROR_NOT_INITIALIZED.
-
-Implementations of this method must be idempotent: i.e. multiple calls
-to this function with the same argument should return the same results.
-Only the first call initializes the object; further calls return the result
-of the first call. This is so that it's safe to implement the singleton
-pattern in the GObject constructor function.
-
-For classes that also support the #GInitable interface, the default
-implementation of this method will run the g_initable_init() function
-in a thread, so if you want to support asynchronous initialization via
-threads, just implement the #GAsyncInitable interface without overriding
-any interface methods.
+Returns whether the base stream will be closed when @stream is
+closed.
-Since: 2.22
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="initable">
-<parameter_description> a #GAsyncInitable.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="io_priority">
-<parameter_description> the <link linkend="io-priority">I/O priority</link>
-of the operation.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="cancellable">
-<parameter_description> optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="callback">
-<parameter_description> a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the request is satisfied
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="user_data">
-<parameter_description> the data to pass to callback function
+<parameter name="stream">
+<parameter_description> a #GFilterOutputStream.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> %TRUE if the base stream will be closed.
+</return>
</function>
<function name="g_file_is_native">
@@ -9537,15 +9128,43 @@ in the @file, %FALSE otherwise.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_file_info_unset_attribute_mask">
+<function name="g_file_unmount_mountable_with_operation">
<description>
-Unsets a mask set by g_file_info_set_attribute_mask(), if one
-is set.
+Unmounts a file of type G_FILE_TYPE_MOUNTABLE.
+
+If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by
+triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation
+was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned.
+
+When the operation is finished, @callback will be called. You can then call
+g_file_unmount_mountable_finish() to get the result of the operation.
+
+Since: 2.22
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="info">
-<parameter_description> #GFileInfo.
+<parameter name="file">
+<parameter_description> input #GFile.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="flags">
+<parameter_description> flags affecting the operation
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="mount_operation">
+<parameter_description> a #GMountOperation, or %NULL to avoid user interaction.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="cancellable">
+<parameter_description> optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="callback">
+<parameter_description> a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the request is satisfied, or %NULL.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="user_data">
+<parameter_description> the data to pass to callback function
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -9586,10 +9205,43 @@ when no longer needed.
</return>
</function>
+<function name="g_file_enumerator_next_file">
+<description>
+Returns information for the next file in the enumerated object.
+Will block until the information is available. The #GFileInfo
+returned from this function will contain attributes that match the
+attribute string that was passed when the #GFileEnumerator was created.
+
+On error, returns %NULL and sets @error to the error. If the
+enumerator is at the end, %NULL will be returned and @error will
+be unset.
+
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="enumerator">
+<parameter_description> a #GFileEnumerator.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="cancellable">
+<parameter_description> optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="error">
+<parameter_description> location to store the error occuring, or %NULL to ignore
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> A #GFileInfo or %NULL on error or end of enumerator.
+Free the returned object with g_object_unref() when no longer needed.
+</return>
+</function>
+
<function name="g_charset_converter_get_use_fallback">
<description>
Gets the #GCharsetConverter:use-fallback property.
+Since: 2.24
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -9600,7 +9252,6 @@ Gets the #GCharsetConverter:use-fallback property.
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if fallbacks are used by @converter
-Since: 2.24
</return>
</function>
@@ -9637,19 +9288,30 @@ Gets the attribute type, value and status for an attribute key.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_seekable_can_truncate">
+<function name="g_io_stream_close_finish">
<description>
-Tests if the stream can be truncated.
+Closes a stream.
+Since: 2.22
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="seekable">
-<parameter_description> a #GSeekable.
+<parameter name="stream">
+<parameter_description> a #GIOStream
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="result">
+<parameter_description> a #GAsyncResult
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="error">
+<parameter_description> a #GError location to store the error occuring, or %NULL to
+ignore
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> %TRUE if the stream can be truncated, %FALSE otherwise.
+<return> %TRUE if stream was successfully closed, %FALSE otherwise.
+
</return>
</function>
@@ -9738,6 +9400,7 @@ at a partial multibyte sequence). Converters are supposed to try
to produce as much output as possible and then return an error
(typically %G_IO_ERROR_PARTIAL_INPUT).
+Since: 2.24
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -9780,7 +9443,6 @@ to produce as much output as possible and then return an error
</parameters>
<return> a #GConverterResult, %G_CONVERTER_ERROR on error.
-Since: 2.24
</return>
</function>
@@ -9828,42 +9490,19 @@ g_output_stream_splice().
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="GDataStream">
-<description>
-The :newline-type property determines what is considered
-as a line ending when reading complete lines from the stream.
-
-</description>
-<parameters>
-</parameters>
-<return></return>
-</function>
-
-<function name="g_data_output_stream_put_byte">
+<function name="g_unix_mount_guess_should_display">
<description>
-Puts a byte into the output stream.
+Guesses whether a Unix mount should be displayed in the UI.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="stream">
-<parameter_description> a #GDataOutputStream.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="data">
-<parameter_description> a #guchar.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="cancellable">
-<parameter_description> optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="error">
-<parameter_description> a #GError, %NULL to ignore.
+<parameter name="mount_entry">
+<parameter_description> a #GUnixMountEntry
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> %TRUE if @data was successfully added to the @stream.
+<return> %TRUE if @mount_entry is deemed to be displayable.
</return>
</function>
@@ -9888,6 +9527,7 @@ Checks if the unix mounts have changed since a given unix time.
Gets the keepalive mode of the socket. For details on this,
see g_socket_set_keepalive().
+Since: 2.22
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -9898,7 +9538,6 @@ see g_socket_set_keepalive().
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if keepalive is active, %FALSE otherwise.
-Since: 2.22
</return>
</function>
@@ -9937,6 +9576,7 @@ was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned.
<description>
Finishes an async connect operation. See g_socket_client_connect_to_service_async()
+Since: 2.22
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -9956,7 +9596,27 @@ ignore.
</parameters>
<return> a #GSocketConnection on success, %NULL on error.
-Since: 2.22
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_output_stream_is_closing">
+<description>
+Checks if an output stream is being closed. This can be
+used inside e.g. a flush implementation to see if the
+flush (or other i/o operation) is called from within
+the closing operation.
+
+Since: 2.24
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="stream">
+<parameter_description> a #GOutputStream.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> %TRUE if @stream is being closed. %FALSE otherwise.
+
</return>
</function>
@@ -9985,6 +9645,7 @@ will be returned. To be notified when data is available, wait for the
On error -1 is returned and @error is set accordingly.
+Since: 2.22
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -10012,27 +9673,28 @@ bytes long).
</parameters>
<return> Number of bytes read, or -1 on error
-Since: 2.22
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_file_io_stream_get_etag">
+<function name="g_file_info_get_attribute_int64">
<description>
-Gets the entity tag for the file when it has been written.
-This must be called after the stream has been written
-and closed, as the etag can change while writing.
+Gets a signed 64-bit integer contained within the attribute. If the
+attribute does not contain an signed 64-bit integer, or is invalid,
+0 will be returned.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="stream">
-<parameter_description> a #GFileIOStream.
+<parameter name="info">
+<parameter_description> a #GFileInfo.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="attribute">
+<parameter_description> a file attribute key.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the entity tag for the stream.
-
-Since: 2.22
+<return> a signed 64-bit integer from the attribute.
</return>
</function>
@@ -10040,6 +9702,7 @@ Since: 2.22
<description>
Gets @address's path.
+Since: 2.22
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -10050,26 +9713,88 @@ Gets @address's path.
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if the address is abstract, %FALSE otherwise
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_socket_connect">
+<description>
+Connect the socket to the specified remote address.
+
+For connection oriented socket this generally means we attempt to make
+a connection to the @address. For a connection-less socket it sets
+the default address for g_socket_send() and discards all incoming datagrams
+from other sources.
+
+Generally connection oriented sockets can only connect once, but
+connection-less sockets can connect multiple times to change the
+default address.
+
+If the connect call needs to do network I/O it will block, unless
+non-blocking I/O is enabled. Then %G_IO_ERROR_PENDING is returned
+and the user can be notified of the connection finishing by waiting
+for the G_IO_OUT condition. The result of the connection can then be
+checked with g_socket_check_connect_result().
+
Since: 2.22
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="socket">
+<parameter_description> a #GSocket.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="address">
+<parameter_description> a #GSocketAddress specifying the remote address.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="cancellable">
+<parameter_description> a %GCancellable or %NULL
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="error">
+<parameter_description> #GError for error reporting, or %NULL to ignore.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> %TRUE if connected, %FALSE on error.
+
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_io_extension_get_name">
+<function name="g_seekable_truncate">
<description>
-Gets the name under which @extension was registered.
+Truncates a stream with a given #offset.
-Note that the same type may be registered as extension
-for multiple extension points, under different names.
+If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by
+triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation
+was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned. If an
+operation was partially finished when the operation was cancelled the
+partial result will be returned, without an error.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="extension">
-<parameter_description> a #GIOExtension
+<parameter name="seekable">
+<parameter_description> a #GSeekable.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="offset">
+<parameter_description> a #goffset.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="cancellable">
+<parameter_description> optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="error">
+<parameter_description> a #GError location to store the error occuring, or %NULL to
+ignore.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the name of @extension.
+<return> %TRUE if successful. If an error
+has occurred, this function will return %FALSE and set @error
+appropriately if present.
</return>
</function>
@@ -10113,6 +9838,7 @@ On error -1 is returned and @error is set accordingly.
<description>
Finishes ejecting a drive.
+Deprecated: 2.22: Use g_drive_eject_with_operation_finish() instead.
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -10132,20 +9858,12 @@ Finishes ejecting a drive.
<return> %TRUE if the drive has been ejected successfully,
%FALSE otherwise.
-Deprecated: 2.22: Use g_drive_eject_with_operation_finish() instead.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_socket_set_blocking">
+<function name="g_socket_get_socket_type">
<description>
-Sets the blocking mode of the socket. In blocking mode
-all operations block until they succeed or there is an error. In
-non-blocking mode all functions return results immediately or
-with a %G_IO_ERROR_WOULD_BLOCK error.
-
-All sockets are created in blocking mode. However, note that the
-platform level socket is always non-blocking, and blocking mode
-is a GSocket level feature.
+Gets the socket type of the socket.
Since: 2.22
@@ -10155,12 +9873,10 @@ Since: 2.22
<parameter_description> a #GSocket.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="blocking">
-<parameter_description> Whether to use blocking I/O or not.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> a #GSocketType
+
+</return>
</function>
<function name="g_buffered_input_stream_get_buffer_size">
@@ -10181,7 +9897,21 @@ Gets the size of the input buffer.
<function name="g_unix_fd_list_peek_fds">
<description>
-Returns: an array of file descriptors
+Returns the array of file descriptors that is contained in this
+object.
+
+After this call, the descriptors remain the property of @list. The
+caller must not close them and must not free the array. The array is
+valid only until @list is changed in any way.
+
+If @length is non-%NULL then it is set to the number of file
+descriptors in the returned array. The returned array is also
+terminated with -1.
+
+This function never returns %NULL. In case there are no file
+descriptors contained in @list, an empty array is returned.
+
+Since: 2.24
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -10196,23 +9926,19 @@ Returns: an array of file descriptors
</parameters>
<return> an array of file descriptors
-Since: 2.24
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_file_load_partial_contents_async">
+<function name="g_file_create_async">
<description>
-Reads the partial contents of a file. A #GFileReadMoreCallback should be
-used to stop reading from the file when appropriate, else this function
-will behave exactly as g_file_load_contents_async(). This operation
-can be finished by g_file_load_partial_contents_finish().
+Asynchronously creates a new file and returns an output stream for writing to it.
+The file must not already exist.
-Users of this function should be aware that @user_data is passed to
-both the @read_more_callback and the @callback.
+For more details, see g_file_create() which is
+the synchronous version of this call.
-If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by
-triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation
-was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned.
+When the operation is finished, @callback will be called. You can then call
+g_file_create_finish() to get the result of the operation.
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -10220,12 +9946,17 @@ was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned.
<parameter_description> input #GFile.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="cancellable">
-<parameter_description> optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore.
+<parameter name="flags">
+<parameter_description> a set of #GFileCreateFlags.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="read_more_callback">
-<parameter_description> a #GFileReadMoreCallback to receive partial data and to specify whether further data should be read.
+<parameter name="io_priority">
+<parameter_description> the <link linkend="io-priority">I/O priority</link>
+of the request.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="cancellable">
+<parameter_description> optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="callback">
@@ -10233,30 +9964,19 @@ was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="user_data">
-<parameter_description> the data to pass to the callback functions.
+<parameter_description> the data to pass to callback function
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="_fen_add">
-<description>
-Won't hold a ref, we have a timout callback to clean unused fdata.
-If there is no value for a key, add it and return it; else return the old
-one.
-
-</description>
-<parameters>
-</parameters>
-<return></return>
-</function>
-
<function name="g_file_info_has_namespace">
<description>
Checks if a file info structure has an attribute in the
specified @name_space.
+Since: 2.22
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -10272,7 +9992,6 @@ specified @name_space.
<return> %TRUE if @Ginfo has an attribute in @name_space,
%FALSE otherwise.
-Since: 2.22
</return>
</function>
@@ -10281,6 +10000,7 @@ Since: 2.22
Obtains the information whether the #GAppInfo can be deleted.
See g_app_info_delete().
+Since: 2.20
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -10291,7 +10011,6 @@ See g_app_info_delete().
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if @appinfo can be deleted
-Since: 2.20
</return>
</function>
@@ -10333,74 +10052,88 @@ Since: 2.22
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_srv_target_new">
+<function name="g_file_set_attribute">
<description>
-Creates a new #GSrvTarget with the given parameters.
+Sets an attribute in the file with attribute name @attribute to @value.
-You should not need to use this; normally #GSrvTarget<!-- -->s are
-created by #GResolver.
+If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by
+triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation
+was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="hostname">
-<parameter_description> the host that the service is running on
+<parameter name="file">
+<parameter_description> input #GFile.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="port">
-<parameter_description> the port that the service is running on
+<parameter name="attribute">
+<parameter_description> a string containing the attribute's name.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="priority">
-<parameter_description> the target's priority
+<parameter name="type">
+<parameter_description> The type of the attribute
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="weight">
-<parameter_description> the target's weight
+<parameter name="value_p">
+<parameter_description> a pointer to the value (or the pointer itself if the type is a pointer type)
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="flags">
+<parameter_description> a set of #GFileQueryInfoFlags.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="cancellable">
+<parameter_description> optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="error">
+<parameter_description> a #GError, or %NULL
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a new #GSrvTarget.
-
-Since: 2.22
+<return> %TRUE if the attribute was set, %FALSE otherwise.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_seekable_truncate">
+<function name="g_simple_async_report_error_in_idle">
<description>
-Truncates a stream with a given #offset.
-
-If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by
-triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation
-was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned. If an
-operation was partially finished when the operation was cancelled the
-partial result will be returned, without an error.
-
+Reports an error in an asynchronous function in an idle function by
+directly setting the contents of the #GAsyncResult with the given error
+information.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="seekable">
-<parameter_description> a #GSeekable.
+<parameter name="object">
+<parameter_description> a #GObject.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="offset">
-<parameter_description> a #goffset.
+<parameter name="callback">
+<parameter_description> a #GAsyncReadyCallback.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="cancellable">
-<parameter_description> optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore.
+<parameter name="user_data">
+<parameter_description> user data passed to @callback.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="error">
-<parameter_description> a #GError location to store the error occuring, or %NULL to
-ignore.
+<parameter name="domain">
+<parameter_description> a #GQuark containing the error domain (usually #G_IO_ERROR).
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="code">
+<parameter_description> a specific error code.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="format">
+<parameter_description> a formatted error reporting string.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="Varargs">
+<parameter_description> a list of variables to fill in @format.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> %TRUE if successful. If an error
-has occurred, this function will return %FALSE and set @error
-appropriately if present.
-</return>
+<return></return>
</function>
<function name="g_file_icon_new">
@@ -10419,45 +10152,6 @@ Creates a new icon for a file.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_file_unmount_mountable">
-<description>
-Unmounts a file of type G_FILE_TYPE_MOUNTABLE.
-
-If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by
-triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation
-was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned.
-
-When the operation is finished, @callback will be called. You can then call
-g_file_unmount_mountable_finish() to get the result of the operation.
-
-Deprecated: 2.22: Use g_file_unmount_mountable_with_operation() instead.
-
-</description>
-<parameters>
-<parameter name="file">
-<parameter_description> input #GFile.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="flags">
-<parameter_description> flags affecting the operation
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="cancellable">
-<parameter_description> optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="callback">
-<parameter_description> a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the request is satisfied, or %NULL.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="user_data">
-<parameter_description> the data to pass to callback function
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-</parameters>
-<return></return>
-</function>
-
<function name="g_socket_client_set_family">
<description>
Sets the socket family of the socket client.
@@ -10555,6 +10249,42 @@ Since: 2.22
<return></return>
</function>
+<function name="g_socket_listener_add_any_inet_port">
+<description>
+Listens for TCP connections on any available port number for both
+IPv6 and IPv4 (if each are available).
+
+This is useful if you need to have a socket for incoming connections
+but don't care about the specific port number.
+
+ source_object will be passed out in the various calls
+to accept to identify this particular source, which is
+useful if you're listening on multiple addresses and do
+different things depending on what address is connected to.
+
+Since: 2.24
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="listener">
+<parameter_description> a #GSocketListener
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="source_object">
+<parameter_description> Optional #GObject identifying this source
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="error">
+<parameter_description> a #GError location to store the error occuring, or %NULL to
+ignore.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> the port number, or 0 in case of failure.
+
+</return>
+</function>
+
<function name="g_app_info_get_default_for_uri_scheme">
<description>
Gets the default application for launching applications
@@ -10628,6 +10358,7 @@ Finishes setting an attribute started in g_file_set_attributes_async().
Gets the listen backlog setting of the socket. For details on this,
see g_socket_set_listen_backlog().
+Since: 2.22
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -10638,7 +10369,6 @@ see g_socket_set_listen_backlog().
</parameters>
<return> the maximum number of pending connections.
-Since: 2.22
</return>
</function>
@@ -10695,6 +10425,7 @@ finished
<description>
Gets @srv's protocol name (eg, "tcp").
+Since: 2.22
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -10705,29 +10436,53 @@ Gets @srv's protocol name (eg, "tcp").
</parameters>
<return> @srv's protocol name
-Since: 2.22
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_unix_fd_message_new">
+<function name="g_file_unmount_mountable">
<description>
-Creates a new #GUnixFDMessage containing an empty file descriptor
-list.
+Unmounts a file of type G_FILE_TYPE_MOUNTABLE.
+If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by
+triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation
+was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned.
+
+When the operation is finished, @callback will be called. You can then call
+g_file_unmount_mountable_finish() to get the result of the operation.
+
+Deprecated: 2.22: Use g_file_unmount_mountable_with_operation() instead.
</description>
<parameters>
+<parameter name="file">
+<parameter_description> input #GFile.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="flags">
+<parameter_description> flags affecting the operation
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="cancellable">
+<parameter_description> optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="callback">
+<parameter_description> a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the request is satisfied, or %NULL.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="user_data">
+<parameter_description> the data to pass to callback function
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a new #GUnixFDMessage
-
-Since: 2.22
-</return>
+<return></return>
</function>
<function name="g_network_address_get_port">
<description>
Gets @addr's port number
+Since: 2.22
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -10738,10 +10493,47 @@ Gets @addr's port number
</parameters>
<return> @addr's port (which may be 0)
-Since: 2.22
</return>
</function>
+<function name="g_volume_eject_with_operation">
+<description>
+Ejects a volume. This is an asynchronous operation, and is
+finished by calling g_volume_eject_with_operation_finish() with the @volume
+and #GAsyncResult data returned in the @callback.
+
+Since: 2.22
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="volume">
+<parameter_description> a #GVolume.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="flags">
+<parameter_description> flags affecting the unmount if required for eject
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="mount_operation">
+<parameter_description> a #GMountOperation or %NULL to avoid user interaction.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="cancellable">
+<parameter_description> optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="callback">
+<parameter_description> a #GAsyncReadyCallback, or %NULL.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="user_data">
+<parameter_description> user data passed to @callback.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return></return>
+</function>
+
<function name="g_unix_fd_list_append">
<description>
Adds a file descriptor to @list.
@@ -10757,6 +10549,7 @@ The index of the file descriptor in the list is returned. If you use
this index with g_unix_fd_list_get() then you will receive back a
duplicated copy of the same file descriptor.
+Since: 2.24
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -10776,35 +10569,6 @@ duplicated copy of the same file descriptor.
<return> the index of the appended fd in case of success, else -1
(and @error is set)
-Since: 2.24
-</return>
-</function>
-
-<function name="g_data_output_stream_put_uint16">
-<description>
-Puts an unsigned 16-bit integer into the output stream.
-
-
-</description>
-<parameters>
-<parameter name="stream">
-<parameter_description> a #GDataOutputStream.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="data">
-<parameter_description> a #guint16.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="cancellable">
-<parameter_description> optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="error">
-<parameter_description> a #GError, %NULL to ignore.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-</parameters>
-<return> %TRUE if @data was successfully added to the @stream.
</return>
</function>
@@ -10869,24 +10633,6 @@ g_simple_async_result_complete_in_idle().
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_srv_target_get_port">
-<description>
-Gets @target's port
-
-
-</description>
-<parameters>
-<parameter name="target">
-<parameter_description> a #GSrvTarget
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-</parameters>
-<return> @target's port
-
-Since: 2.22
-</return>
-</function>
-
<function name="g_drive_get_icon">
<description>
Gets the icon for @drive.
@@ -10960,27 +10706,24 @@ Checks if an input stream has pending actions.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_themed_icon_append_name">
+<function name="g_inet_address_new_any">
<description>
-Append a name to the list of icons from within @icon.
+Creates a #GInetAddress for the "any" address (unassigned/"don't
+care") for @family.
-<note><para>
-Note that doing so invalidates the hash computed by prior calls
-to g_icon_hash().
-</para></note>
+Since: 2.22
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="icon">
-<parameter_description> a #GThemedIcon
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="iconname">
-<parameter_description> name of icon to append to list of icons from within @icon.
+<parameter name="family">
+<parameter_description> the address family
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> a new #GInetAddress corresponding to the "any" address
+for @family.
+
+</return>
</function>
<function name="g_socket_listener_add_socket">
@@ -10994,6 +10737,7 @@ to accept to identify this particular source, which is
useful if you're listening on multiple addresses and do
different things depending on what address is connected to.
+Since: 2.22
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -11016,47 +10760,6 @@ different things depending on what address is connected to.
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE on success, %FALSE on error.
-Since: 2.22
-</return>
-</function>
-
-<function name="g_file_info_set_attribute_byte_string">
-<description>
-Sets the @attribute to contain the given @attr_value,
-if possible.
-
-</description>
-<parameters>
-<parameter name="info">
-<parameter_description> a #GFileInfo.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="attribute">
-<parameter_description> a file attribute key.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="attr_value">
-<parameter_description> a byte string.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-</parameters>
-<return></return>
-</function>
-
-<function name="g_socket_control_message_get_msg_type">
-<description>
-Returns: an integer describing the type of control message
-
-</description>
-<parameters>
-<parameter name="message">
-<parameter_description> a #GSocketControlMessage
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-</parameters>
-<return> an integer describing the type of control message
-
-Since: 2.22
</return>
</function>
@@ -11082,79 +10785,43 @@ not contain a byte string, %NULL will be returned.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_buffered_output_stream_new_sized">
+<function name="g_data_input_stream_read_uint64">
<description>
-Creates a new buffered output stream with a given buffer size.
-
-
-</description>
-<parameters>
-<parameter name="base_stream">
-<parameter_description> a #GOutputStream.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="size">
-<parameter_description> a #gsize.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-</parameters>
-<return> a #GOutputStream with an internal buffer set to @size.
-</return>
-</function>
+Reads an unsigned 64-bit/8-byte value from @stream.
-<function name="g_async_initable_new_async">
-<description>
-Helper function for constructing #GAsyncInitiable object. This is
-similar to g_object_new() but also initializes the object asynchronously.
+In order to get the correct byte order for this read operation,
+see g_data_stream_get_byte_order().
-When the initialization is finished, @callback will be called. You can
-then call g_async_initable_new_finish() to get the new object and check
-for any errors.
+If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by
+triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation
+was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned.
-Since: 2.22
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="object_type">
-<parameter_description> a #GType supporting #GAsyncInitable.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="io_priority">
-<parameter_description> the <link linkend="io-priority">I/O priority</link>
-of the operation.
+<parameter name="stream">
+<parameter_description> a given #GDataInputStream.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="cancellable">
<parameter_description> optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="callback">
-<parameter_description> a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the initialization is
-finished
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="user_data">
-<parameter_description> the data to pass to callback function
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="first_property_name">
-<parameter_description> the name of the first property, or %NULL if no
-properties
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="Varargs">
-<parameter_description> the value of the first property, followed by other property
-value pairs, and ended by %NULL.
+<parameter name="error">
+<parameter_description> #GError for error reporting.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> an unsigned 64-bit/8-byte read from @stream or %0 if
+an error occurred.
+</return>
</function>
<function name="g_emblemed_icon_get_emblems">
<description>
Gets the list of emblems for the @icon.
+Since: 2.18
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -11165,29 +10832,49 @@ Gets the list of emblems for the @icon.
</parameters>
<return> a #GList of #GEmblem <!-- -->s that is owned by @emblemed
-Since: 2.18
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_emblem_new_with_origin">
+<function name="g_data_output_stream_put_uint64">
<description>
-Creates a new emblem for @icon.
+Puts an unsigned 64-bit integer into the stream.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="icon">
-<parameter_description> a GIcon containing the icon.
+<parameter name="stream">
+<parameter_description> a #GDataOutputStream.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="origin">
-<parameter_description> a GEmblemOrigin enum defining the emblem's origin
+<parameter name="data">
+<parameter_description> a #guint64.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="cancellable">
+<parameter_description> optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="error">
+<parameter_description> a #GError, %NULL to ignore.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a new #GEmblem.
+<return> %TRUE if @data was successfully added to the @stream.
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_socket_client_new">
+<description>
+Creates a new #GSocketClient with the default options.
+
+Since: 2.22
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+</parameters>
+<return> a #GSocketClient.
+Free the returned object with g_object_unref().
-Since: 2.18
</return>
</function>
@@ -11196,6 +10883,7 @@ Since: 2.18
Finalizes the asynchronous query started
by g_file_io_stream_query_info_async().
+Since: 2.22
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -11214,7 +10902,6 @@ by g_file_io_stream_query_info_async().
</parameters>
<return> A #GFileInfo for the finished query.
-Since: 2.22
</return>
</function>
@@ -11239,19 +10926,6 @@ add to a #GHashTable or similar data structure.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="_ih_startup">
-<description>
-Initializes the inotify backend. This must be called before
-any other functions in this module.
-
-
-</description>
-<parameters>
-</parameters>
-<return> #TRUE if initialization succeeded, #FALSE otherwise
-</return>
-</function>
-
<function name="g_file_output_stream_query_info">
<description>
Queries a file output stream for the given @attributes.
@@ -11296,59 +10970,40 @@ be returned.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_io_extension_get_type">
+<function name="g_io_extension_point_lookup">
<description>
-Gets the type associated with @extension.
+Looks up an existing extension point.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="extension">
-<parameter_description> a #GIOExtension
+<parameter name="name">
+<parameter_description> the name of the extension point
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the type of @extension
+<return> the #GIOExtensionPoint, or %NULL if there is no
+registered extension point with the given name
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_file_info_get_etag">
+<function name="g_inet_address_new_loopback">
<description>
-Gets the <link linkend="gfile-etag">entity tag</link> for a given
-#GFileInfo. See %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_ETAG_VALUE.
+Creates a #GInetAddress for the loopback address for @family.
+Since: 2.22
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="info">
-<parameter_description> a #GFileInfo.
+<parameter name="family">
+<parameter_description> the address family
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a string containing the value of the "etag:value" attribute.
-</return>
-</function>
-
-<function name="g_unix_mount_monitor_set_rate_limit">
-<description>
-Sets the rate limit to which the @mount_monitor will report
-consecutive change events to the mount and mount point entry files.
-
-Since: 2.18
+<return> a new #GInetAddress corresponding to the loopback address
+for @family.
-</description>
-<parameters>
-<parameter name="mount_monitor">
-<parameter_description> a #GUnixMountMonitor
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="limit_msec">
-<parameter_description> a integer with the limit in milliseconds to
-poll for changes.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-</parameters>
-<return></return>
+</return>
</function>
<function name="g_file_copy">
@@ -11515,6 +11170,7 @@ was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned.
<description>
Checks whether a socket is closed.
+Since: 2.22
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -11525,7 +11181,6 @@ Checks whether a socket is closed.
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if socket is closed, %FALSE otherwise
-Since: 2.22
</return>
</function>
@@ -11548,15 +11203,19 @@ complete directory names, and not file names.
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_file_enumerator_next_files_finish">
+<function name="g_file_poll_mountable_finish">
<description>
-Finishes the asynchronous operation started with g_file_enumerator_next_files_async().
+Finishes a poll operation. See g_file_poll_mountable() for details.
+
+Finish an asynchronous poll operation that was polled
+with g_file_poll_mountable().
+Since: 2.22
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="enumerator">
-<parameter_description> a #GFileEnumerator.
+<parameter name="file">
+<parameter_description> input #GFile.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="result">
@@ -11564,21 +11223,20 @@ Finishes the asynchronous operation started with g_file_enumerator_next_files_as
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="error">
-<parameter_description> a #GError location to store the error occuring, or %NULL to
-ignore.
+<parameter_description> a #GError, or %NULL
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a #GList of #GFileInfo<!---->s. You must free the list with
-g_list_free() and unref the infos with g_object_unref() when you're
-done with them.
+<return> %TRUE if the operation finished successfully. %FALSE
+otherwise.
+
</return>
</function>
<function name="g_simple_async_report_gerror_in_idle">
<description>
-Reports an error in an idle function. Similar to
-g_simple_async_report_error_in_idle(), but takes a #GError rather
+Reports an error in an idle function. Similar to
+g_simple_async_report_error_in_idle(), but takes a #GError rather
than building a new one.
</description>
@@ -11588,7 +11246,7 @@ than building a new one.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="callback">
-<parameter_description> a #GAsyncReadyCallback.
+<parameter_description> a #GAsyncReadyCallback.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="user_data">
@@ -11620,18 +11278,35 @@ string should be freed when no longer needed.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_filter_output_stream_get_close_base_stream">
+<function name="g_file_get_child_for_display_name">
<description>
-Return value: %TRUE if the base stream will be closed.
+Gets the child of @file for a given @display_name (i.e. a UTF8
+version of the name). If this function fails, it returns %NULL and @error will be
+set. This is very useful when constructing a GFile for a new file
+and the user entered the filename in the user interface, for instance
+when you select a directory and type a filename in the file selector.
+
+This call does no blocking i/o.
+
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="stream">
-<parameter_description> a #GFilterOutputStream.
+<parameter name="file">
+<parameter_description> input #GFile.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="display_name">
+<parameter_description> string to a possible child.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="error">
+<parameter_description> #GError.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> %TRUE if the base stream will be closed.
+<return> a #GFile to the specified child, or
+%NULL if the display name couldn't be converted.
+Free the returned object with g_object_unref().
</return>
</function>
@@ -11639,6 +11314,7 @@ Return value: %TRUE if the base stream will be closed.
<description>
Creates a new #GUnixFDMessage containing @list.
+Since: 2.24
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -11649,7 +11325,53 @@ Creates a new #GUnixFDMessage containing @list.
</parameters>
<return> a new #GUnixFDMessage
-Since: 2.24
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_volume_get_activation_root">
+<description>
+Gets the activation root for a #GVolume if it is known ahead of
+mount time. Returns %NULL otherwise. If not %NULL and if @volume
+is mounted, then the result of g_mount_get_root() on the
+#GMount object obtained from g_volume_get_mount() will always
+either be equal or a prefix of what this function returns. In
+other words, in code
+
+<programlisting>
+GMount *mount;
+GFile *mount_root
+GFile *volume_activation_root;
+
+mount = g_volume_get_mount (volume); /* mounted, so never NULL */
+mount_root = g_mount_get_root (mount);
+volume_activation_root = g_volume_get_activation_root(volume); /* assume not NULL */
+</programlisting>
+
+then the expression
+
+<programlisting>
+(g_file_has_prefix (volume_activation_root, mount_root) ||
+ g_file_equal (volume_activation_root, mount_root))
+</programlisting>
+
+will always be %TRUE.
+
+Activation roots are typically used in #GVolumeMonitor
+implementations to find the underlying mount to shadow, see
+g_mount_is_shadowed() for more details.
+
+Since: 2.18
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="volume">
+<parameter_description> a #GVolume
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> the activation root of @volume or %NULL. Use
+g_object_unref() to free.
+
</return>
</function>
@@ -11732,13 +11454,13 @@ Creates a new #GSocketService with no sockets to listen for.
New listeners can be added with e.g. g_socket_listener_add_address()
or g_socket_listener_add_inet_port().
+Since: 2.22
</description>
<parameters>
</parameters>
<return> a new #GSocketService.
-Since: 2.22
</return>
</function>
@@ -11768,6 +11490,7 @@ As well as reading the fd this also reads a single byte from the
stream, as this is required for fd passing to work on some
implementations.
+Since: 2.22
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -11786,7 +11509,6 @@ implementations.
</parameters>
<return> a file descriptor on success, -1 on error.
-Since: 2.22
</return>
</function>
@@ -11856,6 +11578,7 @@ string (although in general abstract names need not be zero terminated
and can have embedded nuls). All bytes after @path_len up to the max size
of an abstract unix domain name is filled with zero bytes.
+Since: 2.22
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -11870,7 +11593,6 @@ of an abstract unix domain name is filled with zero bytes.
</parameters>
<return> a new #GUnixSocketAddress
-Since: 2.22
</return>
</function>
@@ -11945,6 +11667,7 @@ of message and if so deserialize it into a #GSocketControlMessage.
If there is no implementation for this kind of control message, %NULL
will be returned.
+Since: 2.22
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -11967,7 +11690,6 @@ will be returned.
</parameters>
<return> the deserialized message or %NULL
-Since: 2.22
</return>
</function>
@@ -11975,6 +11697,7 @@ Since: 2.22
<description>
Gets the socket family of the socket.
+Since: 2.22
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -11985,39 +11708,6 @@ Gets the socket family of the socket.
</parameters>
<return> a #GSocketFamily
-Since: 2.22
-</return>
-</function>
-
-<function name="g_filter_input_stream_get_base_stream">
-<description>
-Gets the base stream for the filter stream.
-
-
-</description>
-<parameters>
-<parameter name="stream">
-<parameter_description> a #GFilterInputStream.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-</parameters>
-<return> a #GInputStream.
-</return>
-</function>
-
-<function name="g_unix_mount_point_get_fs_type">
-<description>
-Gets the file system type for the mount point.
-
-
-</description>
-<parameters>
-<parameter name="mount_point">
-<parameter_description> a #GUnixMountPoint.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-</parameters>
-<return> a string containing the file system type.
</return>
</function>
@@ -12058,20 +11748,31 @@ Removes all cases of @attribute from @info if it exists.
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_file_info_get_sort_order">
+<function name="g_drive_eject_with_operation_finish">
<description>
-Gets the value of the sort_order attribute from the #GFileInfo.
-See %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_SORT_ORDER.
+Finishes ejecting a drive. If any errors occurred during the operation,
+ error will be set to contain the errors and %FALSE will be returned.
+Since: 2.22
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="info">
-<parameter_description> a #GFileInfo.
+<parameter name="drive">
+<parameter_description> a #GDrive.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="result">
+<parameter_description> a #GAsyncResult.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="error">
+<parameter_description> a #GError location to store the error occuring, or %NULL to
+ignore.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a #gint32 containing the value of the "standard::sort_order" attribute.
+<return> %TRUE if the drive was successfully ejected. %FALSE otherwise.
+
</return>
</function>
@@ -12081,6 +11782,7 @@ Gets the socket type of the socket client.
See g_socket_client_set_socket_type() for details.
+Since: 2.22
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -12091,69 +11793,115 @@ See g_socket_client_set_socket_type() for details.
</parameters>
<return> a #GSocketFamily
-Since: 2.22
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_app_info_get_executable">
+<function name="g_socket_listener_accept">
<description>
-Gets the executable's name for the installed application.
+Blocks waiting for a client to connect to any of the sockets added
+to the listener. Returns a #GSocketConnection for the socket that was
+accepted.
+If @source_object is not %NULL it will be filled out with the source
+object specified when the corresponding socket or address was added
+to the listener.
+
+If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by
+triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation
+was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned.
+
+Since: 2.22
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="appinfo">
-<parameter_description> a #GAppInfo
+<parameter name="listener">
+<parameter_description> a #GSocketListener
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="source_object">
+<parameter_description> location where #GObject pointer will be stored, or %NULL
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="cancellable">
+<parameter_description> optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="error">
+<parameter_description> #GError for error reporting, or %NULL to ignore.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a string containing the @appinfo's application
-binaries name
+<return> a #GSocketConnection on success, %NULL on error.
+
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_file_get_child_for_display_name">
+<function name="g_async_initable_new_async">
<description>
-Gets the child of @file for a given @display_name (i.e. a UTF8
-version of the name). If this function fails, it returns %NULL and @error will be
-set. This is very useful when constructing a GFile for a new file
-and the user entered the filename in the user interface, for instance
-when you select a directory and type a filename in the file selector.
+Helper function for constructing #GAsyncInitiable object. This is
+similar to g_object_new() but also initializes the object asynchronously.
-This call does no blocking i/o.
+When the initialization is finished, @callback will be called. You can
+then call g_async_initable_new_finish() to get the new object and check
+for any errors.
+Since: 2.22
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="file">
-<parameter_description> input #GFile.
+<parameter name="object_type">
+<parameter_description> a #GType supporting #GAsyncInitable.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="display_name">
-<parameter_description> string to a possible child.
+<parameter name="io_priority">
+<parameter_description> the <link linkend="io-priority">I/O priority</link>
+of the operation.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="error">
-<parameter_description> #GError.
+<parameter name="cancellable">
+<parameter_description> optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="callback">
+<parameter_description> a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the initialization is
+finished
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="user_data">
+<parameter_description> the data to pass to callback function
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="first_property_name">
+<parameter_description> the name of the first property, or %NULL if no
+properties
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="Varargs">
+<parameter_description> the value of the first property, followed by other property
+value pairs, and ended by %NULL.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a #GFile to the specified child, or
-%NULL if the display name couldn't be converted.
-Free the returned object with g_object_unref().
-</return>
+<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="GUnixInputStream">
+<function name="g_desktop_app_info_get_filename">
<description>
-Whether to close the file descriptor when the stream is closed.
+When @info was created from a known filename, return it. In some
+situations such as the #GDesktopAppInfo returned from
+g_desktop_app_info_new_from_keyfile(), this function will return %NULL.
-Since: 2.20
+Since: 2.24
</description>
<parameters>
+<parameter name="info">
+<parameter_description> a #GDesktopAppInfo
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> The full path to the file for @info, or %NULL if not known.
+</return>
</function>
<function name="g_file_info_get_attribute_string">
@@ -12178,35 +11926,6 @@ not contain a string, %NULL will be returned.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_simple_async_result_new">
-<description>
-Creates a #GSimpleAsyncResult.
-
-
-</description>
-<parameters>
-<parameter name="source_object">
-<parameter_description> a #GObject the asynchronous function was called with,
-or %NULL.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="callback">
-<parameter_description> a #GAsyncReadyCallback.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="user_data">
-<parameter_description> user data passed to @callback.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="source_tag">
-<parameter_description> the asynchronous function.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-</parameters>
-<return> a #GSimpleAsyncResult.
-</return>
-</function>
-
<function name="g_content_type_equals">
<description>
Compares two content types for equality.
@@ -12247,31 +11966,36 @@ to the given size.
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_file_eject_mountable_finish">
+<function name="g_simple_async_result_is_valid">
<description>
-Finishes an asynchronous eject operation started by
-g_file_eject_mountable().
+Ensures that the data passed to the _finish function of an async
+operation is consistent. Three checks are performed.
+
+First, @result is checked to ensure that it is really a
+#GSimpleAsyncResult. Second, @source is checked to ensure that it
+matches the source object of @result. Third, @source_tag is
+checked to ensure that it is equal to the source_tag argument given
+to g_simple_async_result_new() (which, by convention, is a pointer
+to the _async function corresponding to the _finish function from
+which this function is called).
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="file">
-<parameter_description> input #GFile.
+<parameter name="result">
+<parameter_description> the #GAsyncResult passed to the _finish function.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="result">
-<parameter_description> a #GAsyncResult.
+<parameter name="source">
+<parameter_description> the #GObject passed to the _finish function.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="error">
-<parameter_description> a #GError, or %NULL
+<parameter name="source_tag">
+<parameter_description> the asynchronous function.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> %TRUE if the @file was ejected successfully. %FALSE
-otherwise.
-
-Deprecated: 2.22: Use g_file_eject_mountable_with_operation_finish() instead.
+<return> #TRUE if all checks passed or #FALSE if any failed.
</return>
</function>
@@ -12308,14 +12032,23 @@ Free the returned object with g_object_unref().
</return>
</function>
-<function name="GFileIcon">
+<function name="g_inet_address_to_string">
<description>
-The file containing the icon.
+Converts @address to string form.
+
+Since: 2.22
</description>
<parameters>
+<parameter name="address">
+<parameter_description> a #GInetAddress
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> a representation of @address as a string, which should be
+freed after use.
+
+</return>
</function>
<function name="g_socket_bind">
@@ -12338,6 +12071,7 @@ fully cleaned-up by the kernel. Failing to set this flag on a server
socket may cause the bind call to return %G_IO_ERROR_ADDRESS_IN_USE if
the server program is stopped and then immediately restarted.)
+Since: 2.22
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -12360,7 +12094,6 @@ the server program is stopped and then immediately restarted.)
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE on success, %FALSE on error.
-Since: 2.22
</return>
</function>
@@ -12446,6 +12179,7 @@ As well as sending the fd this also writes a single byte to the
stream, as this is required for fd passing to work on some
implementations.
+Since: 2.22
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -12468,7 +12202,6 @@ implementations.
</parameters>
<return> a %TRUE on success, %NULL on error.
-Since: 2.22
</return>
</function>
@@ -12506,6 +12239,7 @@ If the DNS resolution failed, @error (if non-%NULL) will be set to
a value from #GResolverError. If the operation was cancelled,
@error will be set to %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED.
+Since: 2.22
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -12525,7 +12259,22 @@ a value from #GResolverError. If the operation was cancelled,
<return> a hostname (either ASCII-only, or in ASCII-encoded
form), or %NULL on error.
-Since: 2.22
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_unix_mount_point_get_fs_type">
+<description>
+Gets the file system type for the mount point.
+
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="mount_point">
+<parameter_description> a #GUnixMountPoint.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> a string containing the file system type.
</return>
</function>
@@ -12549,7 +12298,13 @@ while on win32 it is "*".
<function name="g_socket_get_fd">
<description>
-Returns: the file descriptor of the socket.
+Returns the underlying OS socket object. On unix this
+is a socket file descriptor, and on windows this is
+a Winsock2 SOCKET handle. This may be useful for
+doing platform specific or otherwise unusual operations
+on the socket.
+
+Since: 2.22
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -12560,7 +12315,6 @@ Returns: the file descriptor of the socket.
</parameters>
<return> the file descriptor of the socket.
-Since: 2.22
</return>
</function>
@@ -12647,55 +12401,68 @@ of the request.
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_unix_mount_guess_can_eject">
+<function name="g_data_output_stream_set_byte_order">
<description>
-Guesses whether a Unix mount can be ejected.
-
+Sets the byte order of the data output stream to @order.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="mount_entry">
-<parameter_description> a #GUnixMountEntry
+<parameter name="stream">
+<parameter_description> a #GDataOutputStream.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="order">
+<parameter_description> a %GDataStreamByteOrder.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> %TRUE if @mount_entry is deemed to be ejectable.
-</return>
+<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_socket_control_message_get_size">
+<function name="g_data_input_stream_set_byte_order">
<description>
-Returns: The number of bytes required.
+This function sets the byte order for the given @stream. All subsequent
+reads from the @stream will be read in the given @order.
+
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="message">
-<parameter_description> a #GSocketControlMessage
+<parameter name="stream">
+<parameter_description> a given #GDataInputStream.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="order">
+<parameter_description> a #GDataStreamByteOrder to set.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> The number of bytes required.
-
-Since: 2.22
-</return>
+<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_inet_address_to_string">
+<function name="g_drive_stop_finish">
<description>
-Converts @address to string form.
+Finishes stopping a drive.
+Since: 2.22
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="address">
-<parameter_description> a #GInetAddress
+<parameter name="drive">
+<parameter_description> a #GDrive.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="result">
+<parameter_description> a #GAsyncResult.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="error">
+<parameter_description> a #GError, or %NULL
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a representation of @address as a string, which should be
-freed after use.
+<return> %TRUE if the drive has been stopped successfully,
+%FALSE otherwise.
-Since: 2.22
</return>
</function>
@@ -12739,35 +12506,20 @@ Sets a default choice for the mount operation.
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_data_input_stream_read_int64">
+<function name="g_mount_operation_get_anonymous">
<description>
-Reads a 64-bit/8-byte value from @stream.
-
-In order to get the correct byte order for this read operation,
-see g_data_stream_get_byte_order() and g_data_stream_set_byte_order().
-
-If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by
-triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation
-was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned.
+Check to see whether the mount operation is being used
+for an anonymous user.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="stream">
-<parameter_description> a given #GDataInputStream.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="cancellable">
-<parameter_description> optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="error">
-<parameter_description> #GError for error reporting.
+<parameter name="op">
+<parameter_description> a #GMountOperation.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a signed 64-bit/8-byte value read from @stream or %0 if
-an error occurred.
+<return> %TRUE if mount operation is anonymous.
</return>
</function>
@@ -12833,19 +12585,22 @@ by g_file_output_stream_query_info_async().
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_simple_async_result_get_op_res_gpointer">
+<function name="g_socket_is_connected">
<description>
-Gets a pointer result as returned by the asynchronous function.
+Check whether the socket is connected. This is only useful for
+connection-oriented sockets.
+Since: 2.22
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="simple">
-<parameter_description> a #GSimpleAsyncResult.
+<parameter name="socket">
+<parameter_description> a #GSocket.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a pointer from the result.
+<return> %TRUE if socket is connected, %FALSE otherwise.
+
</return>
</function>
@@ -12874,6 +12629,7 @@ If you are planning to connect to the service, it is usually easier
to create a #GNetworkService and use its #GSocketConnectable
interface.
+Since: 2.22
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -12906,7 +12662,6 @@ interface.
free each of the targets and the list when you are done with it.
(You can use g_resolver_free_targets() to do this.)
-Since: 2.22
</return>
</function>
@@ -13000,17 +12755,6 @@ Frees a unix mount point.
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="GInetSocketAddress">
-<description>
-An IPv4 or IPv6 socket address, corresponding to a <type>struct
-sockaddr_in</type> or <type>struct sockaddr_in6</type>.
-
-</description>
-<parameters>
-</parameters>
-<return></return>
-</function>
-
<function name="g_drive_start">
<description>
Asynchronously starts a drive.
@@ -13075,6 +12819,7 @@ Note that in many non-local file cases read and write streams are not
supported, so make sure you really need to do read and write streaming,
rather than just opening for reading or writing.
+Since: 2.22
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -13098,45 +12843,67 @@ rather than just opening for reading or writing.
<return> a #GFileIOStream for the newly created file, or %NULL on error.
Free the returned object with g_object_unref().
-Since: 2.22
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_file_read_async">
+<function name="g_socket_listener_add_address">
<description>
-Asynchronously opens @file for reading.
+Creates a socket of type @type and protocol @protocol, binds
+it to @address and adds it to the set of sockets we're accepting
+sockets from.
-For more details, see g_file_read() which is
-the synchronous version of this call.
+Note that adding an IPv6 address, depending on the platform,
+may or may not result in a listener that also accepts IPv4
+connections. For more determinstic behaviour, see
+g_socket_listener_add_inet_port().
-When the operation is finished, @callback will be called. You can then call
-g_file_read_finish() to get the result of the operation.
+ source_object will be passed out in the various calls
+to accept to identify this particular source, which is
+useful if you're listening on multiple addresses and do
+different things depending on what address is connected to.
+
+If successful and @effective_address is non-%NULL then it will
+be set to the address that the binding actually occured at. This
+is helpful for determining the port number that was used for when
+requesting a binding to port 0 (ie: "any port"). This address, if
+requested, belongs to the caller and must be freed.
+
+Since: 2.22
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="file">
-<parameter_description> input #GFile
+<parameter name="listener">
+<parameter_description> a #GSocketListener
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="io_priority">
-<parameter_description> the <link linkend="io-priority">I/O priority</link>
-of the request.
+<parameter name="address">
+<parameter_description> a #GSocketAddress
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="cancellable">
-<parameter_description> optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore.
+<parameter name="type">
+<parameter_description> a #GSocketType
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="callback">
-<parameter_description> a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the request is satisfied
+<parameter name="protocol">
+<parameter_description> a #GSocketProtocol
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="user_data">
-<parameter_description> the data to pass to callback function
+<parameter name="source_object">
+<parameter_description> Optional #GObject identifying this source
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="effective_address">
+<parameter_description> location to store the address that was bound to, or %NULL.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="error">
+<parameter_description> #GError for error reporting, or %NULL to ignore.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> %TRUE on success, %FALSE on error.
+
+</return>
</function>
<function name="g_data_input_stream_read_int32">
@@ -13171,6 +12938,24 @@ an error occurred.
</return>
</function>
+<function name="g_emblem_get_origin">
+<description>
+Gets the origin of the emblem.
+
+Since: 2.18
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="emblem">
+<parameter_description> a #GEmblem
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> the origin of the emblem
+
+</return>
+</function>
+
<function name="g_file_info_set_display_name">
<description>
Sets the display name for the current #GFileInfo.
@@ -13216,49 +13001,46 @@ Free the returned object with g_object_unref().
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_socket_receive_from">
+<function name="g_file_mount_enclosing_volume">
<description>
-Receive data (up to @size bytes) from a socket.
-
-If @address is non-%NULL then @address will be set equal to the
-source address of the received packet.
- address is owned by the caller.
+Starts a @mount_operation, mounting the volume that contains the file @location.
-See g_socket_receive() for additional information.
+When this operation has completed, @callback will be called with
+ user_user data, and the operation can be finalized with
+g_file_mount_enclosing_volume_finish().
+If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by
+triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation
+was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="socket">
-<parameter_description> a #GSocket
+<parameter name="location">
+<parameter_description> input #GFile.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="address">
-<parameter_description> a pointer to a #GSocketAddress pointer, or %NULL
+<parameter name="flags">
+<parameter_description> flags affecting the operation
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="buffer">
-<parameter_description> a buffer to read data into (which should be at least @size
-bytes long).
+<parameter name="mount_operation">
+<parameter_description> a #GMountOperation or %NULL to avoid user interaction.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="size">
-<parameter_description> the number of bytes you want to read from the socket
+<parameter name="cancellable">
+<parameter_description> optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="cancellable">
-<parameter_description> a %GCancellable or %NULL
+<parameter name="callback">
+<parameter_description> a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the request is satisfied, or %NULL.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="error">
-<parameter_description> #GError for error reporting, or %NULL to ignore.
+<parameter name="user_data">
+<parameter_description> the data to pass to callback function
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> Number of bytes read, or -1 on error
-
-Since: 2.22
-</return>
+<return></return>
</function>
<function name="g_seekable_can_seek">
@@ -13282,6 +13064,7 @@ Tests if the stream supports the #GSeekableIface.
Gets the value of a stringv attribute. If the attribute does
not contain a stringv, %NULL will be returned.
+Since: 2.22
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -13297,7 +13080,6 @@ not contain a stringv, %NULL will be returned.
<return> the contents of the @attribute value as a stringv, or
%NULL otherwise. Do not free.
-Since: 2.22
</return>
</function>
@@ -13326,7 +13108,48 @@ if possible.
<function name="g_file_replace">
<description>
-Returns: a #GFileOutputStream or %NULL on error.
+Returns an output stream for overwriting the file, possibly
+creating a backup copy of the file first. If the file doesn't exist,
+it will be created.
+
+This will try to replace the file in the safest way possible so
+that any errors during the writing will not affect an already
+existing copy of the file. For instance, for local files it
+may write to a temporary file and then atomically rename over
+the destination when the stream is closed.
+
+By default files created are generally readable by everyone,
+but if you pass #G_FILE_CREATE_PRIVATE in @flags the file
+will be made readable only to the current user, to the level that
+is supported on the target filesystem.
+
+If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by
+triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation
+was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned.
+
+If you pass in a non-#NULL @etag value, then this value is
+compared to the current entity tag of the file, and if they differ
+an G_IO_ERROR_WRONG_ETAG error is returned. This generally means
+that the file has been changed since you last read it. You can get
+the new etag from g_file_output_stream_get_etag() after you've
+finished writing and closed the #GFileOutputStream. When you load
+a new file you can use g_file_input_stream_query_info() to get
+the etag of the file.
+
+If @make_backup is %TRUE, this function will attempt to make a backup
+of the current file before overwriting it. If this fails a G_IO_ERROR_CANT_CREATE_BACKUP
+error will be returned. If you want to replace anyway, try again with
+ make_backup set to %FALSE.
+
+If the file is a directory the G_IO_ERROR_IS_DIRECTORY error will be returned,
+and if the file is some other form of non-regular file then a
+G_IO_ERROR_NOT_REGULAR_FILE error will be returned.
+Some file systems don't allow all file names, and may
+return an G_IO_ERROR_INVALID_FILENAME error, and if the name
+is to long G_IO_ERROR_FILENAME_TOO_LONG will be returned.
+Other errors are possible too, and depend on what kind of
+filesystem the file is on.
+
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -13373,37 +13196,21 @@ Creates a new mount operation.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_file_monitor_directory">
+<function name="g_inet_address_get_is_mc_org_local">
<description>
-Obtains a directory monitor for the given file.
-This may fail if directory monitoring is not supported.
-
-If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by
-triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation
-was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned.
+Tests whether @address is an organization-local multicast address.
+Since: 2.22
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="file">
-<parameter_description> input #GFile.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="flags">
-<parameter_description> a set of #GFileMonitorFlags.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="cancellable">
-<parameter_description> optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="error">
-<parameter_description> a #GError, or %NULL.
+<parameter name="address">
+<parameter_description> a #GInetAddress
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a #GFileMonitor for the given @file, or %NULL on error.
-Free the returned object with g_object_unref().
+<return> %TRUE if @address is an organization-local multicast address.
+
</return>
</function>
@@ -13446,36 +13253,6 @@ all keys in the unix namespace.</entry></row>
</return>
</function>
-<function name="GCharsetConverter">
-<description>
-Conversions between character sets.
-
-</description>
-<parameters>
-</parameters>
-<return></return>
-</function>
-
-<function name="g_io_modules_load_all_in_directory">
-<description>
-Loads all the modules in the specified directory.
-
-
-</description>
-<parameters>
-<parameter name="dirname">
-<parameter_description> pathname for a directory containing modules to load.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-</parameters>
-<return> a list of #GIOModules loaded from the directory,
-All the modules are loaded into memory, if you want to
-unload them (enabling on-demand loading) you must call
-g_type_module_unuse() on all the modules. Free the list
-with g_list_free().
-</return>
-</function>
-
<function name="g_socket_condition_check">
<description>
Checks on the readiness of @socket to perform operations.
@@ -13488,6 +13265,7 @@ these conditions will always be set in the output if they are true.
This call never blocks.
+Since: 2.22
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -13502,7 +13280,6 @@ This call never blocks.
</parameters>
<return> the @GIOCondition mask of the current state
-Since: 2.22
</return>
</function>
@@ -13513,6 +13290,7 @@ this to the user, you should use g_hostname_is_ascii_encoded() to
check if it contains encoded Unicode segments, and use
g_hostname_to_unicode() to convert it if it does.)
+Since: 2.22
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -13523,7 +13301,6 @@ g_hostname_to_unicode() to convert it if it does.)
</parameters>
<return> @target's hostname
-Since: 2.22
</return>
</function>
@@ -13649,53 +13426,28 @@ extension point, the existing #GIOExtension object is returned.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="GResolver">
-<description>
-Emitted when the resolver notices that the system resolver
-configuration has changed.
-
-</description>
-<parameters>
-<parameter name="resolver">
-<parameter_description> a #GResolver
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-</parameters>
-<return></return>
-</function>
-
-<function name="g_unix_mount_is_readonly">
+<function name="g_file_attribute_matcher_enumerate_next">
<description>
-Checks if a unix mount is mounted read only.
+Gets the next matched attribute from a #GFileAttributeMatcher.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="mount_entry">
-<parameter_description> a #GUnixMount.
+<parameter name="matcher">
+<parameter_description> a #GFileAttributeMatcher.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> %TRUE if @mount_entry is read only.
+<return> a string containing the next attribute or %NULL if
+no more attribute exist.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="GUnixOutputStream">
-<description>
-Whether to close the file descriptor when the stream is closed.
-
-Since: 2.20
-
-</description>
-<parameters>
-</parameters>
-<return></return>
-</function>
-
<function name="g_inet_address_new_from_string">
<description>
Parses @string as an IP address and creates a new #GInetAddress.
+Since: 2.22
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -13707,7 +13459,6 @@ Parses @string as an IP address and creates a new #GInetAddress.
<return> a new #GInetAddress corresponding to @string, or %NULL if
@string could not be parsed.
-Since: 2.22
</return>
</function>
@@ -13732,61 +13483,49 @@ Gets the attribute type for an attribute key.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_file_find_enclosing_mount_finish">
+<function name="g_file_attribute_info_list_lookup">
<description>
-Finishes an asynchronous find mount request.
-See g_file_find_enclosing_mount_async().
+Gets the file attribute with the name @name from @list.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="file">
-<parameter_description> a #GFile
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="res">
-<parameter_description> a #GAsyncResult
+<parameter name="list">
+<parameter_description> a #GFileAttributeInfoList.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="error">
-<parameter_description> a #GError
+<parameter name="name">
+<parameter_description> the name of the attribute to lookup.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> #GMount for given @file or %NULL on error.
-Free the returned object with g_object_unref().
+<return> a #GFileAttributeInfo for the @name, or %NULL if an
+attribute isn't found.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_inet_socket_address_get_port">
+<function name="g_app_info_get_id">
<description>
-Gets @address's port.
+Gets the ID of an application. An id is a string that
+identifies the application. The exact format of the id is
+platform dependent. For instance, on Unix this is the
+desktop file id from the xdg menu specification.
+
+Note that the returned ID may be %NULL, depending on how
+the @appinfo has been constructed.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="address">
-<parameter_description> a #GInetSocketAddress
+<parameter name="appinfo">
+<parameter_description> a #GAppInfo.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the port for @address
-
-Since: 2.22
+<return> a string containing the application's ID.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="GMountOperation">
-<description>
-The index of the user's choice when a question is asked during the
-mount operation. See the #GMountOperation::ask-question signal.
-
-</description>
-<parameters>
-</parameters>
-<return></return>
-</function>
-
<function name="g_mount_eject_with_operation">
<description>
Ejects a mount. This is an asynchronous operation, and is
@@ -13899,6 +13638,25 @@ Appends @data to data that can be read from the input stream
<return></return>
</function>
+<function name="g_io_stream_get_output_stream">
+<description>
+Gets the output stream for this object. This is used for
+writing.
+
+Since: 2.22
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="stream">
+<parameter_description> a #GIOStream
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> a #GOutputStream, owned by the #GIOStream. Do not free.
+
+</return>
+</function>
+
<function name="g_content_type_get_description">
<description>
Gets the human readable description of the content type.
@@ -13965,6 +13723,7 @@ or %NULL if the entity tag is not needed
<description>
Tests whether @address is a multicast address.
+Since: 2.22
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -13975,7 +13734,6 @@ Tests whether @address is a multicast address.
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if @address is a multicast address.
-Since: 2.22
</return>
</function>
@@ -14007,22 +13765,55 @@ Puts a signed 64-bit integer into the stream.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_inet_socket_address_get_address">
+<function name="g_output_stream_close">
<description>
-Gets @address's #GInetAddress.
+Closes the stream, releasing resources related to it.
+
+Once the stream is closed, all other operations will return %G_IO_ERROR_CLOSED.
+Closing a stream multiple times will not return an error.
+
+Closing a stream will automatically flush any outstanding buffers in the
+stream.
+
+Streams will be automatically closed when the last reference
+is dropped, but you might want to call this function to make sure
+resources are released as early as possible.
+
+Some streams might keep the backing store of the stream (e.g. a file descriptor)
+open after the stream is closed. See the documentation for the individual
+stream for details.
+
+On failure the first error that happened will be reported, but the close
+operation will finish as much as possible. A stream that failed to
+close will still return %G_IO_ERROR_CLOSED for all operations. Still, it
+is important to check and report the error to the user, otherwise
+there might be a loss of data as all data might not be written.
+
+If @cancellable is not NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by
+triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation
+was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned.
+Cancelling a close will still leave the stream closed, but there some streams
+can use a faster close that doesn't block to e.g. check errors. On
+cancellation (as with any error) there is no guarantee that all written
+data will reach the target.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="address">
-<parameter_description> a #GInetSocketAddress
+<parameter name="stream">
+<parameter_description> A #GOutputStream.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="cancellable">
+<parameter_description> optional cancellable object
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="error">
+<parameter_description> location to store the error occuring, or %NULL to ignore
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the #GInetAddress for @address, which must be
-g_object_ref()'d if it will be stored
-
-Since: 2.22
+<return> %TRUE on success, %FALSE on failure
</return>
</function>
@@ -14095,6 +13886,7 @@ appropriately if present.
<description>
Creates a #GSocketAddressEnumerator for @connectable.
+Since: 2.22
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -14105,95 +13897,52 @@ Creates a #GSocketAddressEnumerator for @connectable.
</parameters>
<return> a new #GSocketAddressEnumerator.
-Since: 2.22
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_emblemed_icon_get_icon">
+<function name="g_unix_input_stream_get_fd">
<description>
-Gets the main icon for @emblemed.
+Return the UNIX file descriptor that the stream reads from.
+Since: 2.20
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="emblemed">
-<parameter_description> a #GEmblemedIcon
+<parameter name="stream">
+<parameter_description> a #GUnixInputStream
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a #GIcon that is owned by @emblemed
+<return> The file descriptor of @stream
-Since: 2.18
</return>
</function>
-<function name="GSrvTarget">
-<description>
-A single target host/port that a network service is running on.
-
-</description>
-<parameters>
-</parameters>
-<return></return>
-</function>
-
-<function name="g_file_replace_contents_async">
+<function name="g_socket_client_connect_finish">
<description>
-Starts an asynchronous replacement of @file with the given
- contents of @length bytes. @etag will replace the document's
-current entity tag.
-
-When this operation has completed, @callback will be called with
- user_user data, and the operation can be finalized with
-g_file_replace_contents_finish().
-
-If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by
-triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation
-was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned.
+Finishes an async connect operation. See g_socket_client_connect_async()
-If @make_backup is %TRUE, this function will attempt to
-make a backup of @file.
+Since: 2.22
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="file">
-<parameter_description> input #GFile.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="contents">
-<parameter_description> string of contents to replace the file with.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="length">
-<parameter_description> the length of @contents in bytes.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="etag">
-<parameter_description> a new <link linkend="gfile-etag">entity tag</link> for the @file, or %NULL
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="make_backup">
-<parameter_description> %TRUE if a backup should be created.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="flags">
-<parameter_description> a set of #GFileCreateFlags.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="cancellable">
-<parameter_description> optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore.
+<parameter name="client">
+<parameter_description> a #GSocketClient.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="callback">
-<parameter_description> a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the request is satisfied
+<parameter name="result">
+<parameter_description> a #GAsyncResult.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="user_data">
-<parameter_description> the data to pass to callback function
+<parameter name="error">
+<parameter_description> a #GError location to store the error occuring, or %NULL to
+ignore.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> a #GSocketConnection on success, %NULL on error.
+
+</return>
</function>
<function name="g_volume_monitor_get_volume_for_uuid">
@@ -14274,6 +14023,7 @@ In general, @host_and_port is expected to be provided by the user
(allowing them to give the hostname, and a port overide if necessary)
and @default_port is expected to be provided by the application.
+Since: 2.22
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -14292,7 +14042,6 @@ and @default_port is expected to be provided by the application.
</parameters>
<return> the new #GNetworkAddress, or %NULL on error
-Since: 2.22
</return>
</function>
@@ -14312,6 +14061,7 @@ Note that in many non-local file cases read and write streams are not supported,
so make sure you really need to do read and write streaming, rather than
just opening for reading or writing.
+Since: 2.22
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -14331,7 +14081,6 @@ just opening for reading or writing.
<return> #GFileIOStream or %NULL on error.
Free the returned object with g_object_unref().
-Since: 2.22
</return>
</function>
@@ -14352,6 +14101,7 @@ If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by
triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation
was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned.
+Since: 2.22
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -14374,48 +14124,29 @@ was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned.
</parameters>
<return> a #GSocket on success, %NULL on error.
-Since: 2.22
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_unix_mount_guess_icon">
-<description>
-Guesses the icon of a Unix mount.
-
-
-</description>
-<parameters>
-<parameter name="mount_entry">
-<parameter_description> a #GUnixMountEntry
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-</parameters>
-<return> a #GIcon
-</return>
-</function>
-
-<function name="g_socket_address_get_family">
+<function name="g_file_attribute_matcher_unref">
<description>
-Gets the socket family type of @address.
+Unreferences @matcher. If the reference count falls below 1,
+the @matcher is automatically freed.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="address">
-<parameter_description> a #GSocketAddress
+<parameter name="matcher">
+<parameter_description> a #GFileAttributeMatcher.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the socket family type of @address.
-
-Since: 2.22
-</return>
+<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_file_monitor">
+<function name="g_file_set_attribute_int32">
<description>
-Obtains a file or directory monitor for the given file, depending
-on the type of the file.
+Sets @attribute of type %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_INT32 to @value.
+If @attribute is of a different type, this operation will fail.
If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by
triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation
@@ -14425,15 +14156,23 @@ was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned.
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="file">
-<parameter_description> input #GFile
+<parameter_description> input #GFile.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="attribute">
+<parameter_description> a string containing the attribute's name.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="value">
+<parameter_description> a #gint32 containing the attribute's new value.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="flags">
-<parameter_description> a set of #GFileMonitorFlags
+<parameter_description> a #GFileQueryInfoFlags.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="cancellable">
-<parameter_description> optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore
+<parameter_description> optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="error">
@@ -14441,67 +14180,47 @@ was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a #GFileMonitor for the given @file, or %NULL on error.
-Free the returned object with g_object_unref().
-
-Since: 2.18
+<return> %TRUE if the @attribute was successfully set to @value
+in the @file, %FALSE otherwise.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_simple_async_result_get_op_res_gssize">
+<function name="g_unix_mount_at">
<description>
-Gets a gssize from the asynchronous result.
+Gets a #GUnixMountEntry for a given mount path. If @time_read
+is set, it will be filled with a unix timestamp for checking
+if the mounts have changed since with g_unix_mounts_changed_since().
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="simple">
-<parameter_description> a #GSimpleAsyncResult.
+<parameter name="mount_path">
+<parameter_description> path for a possible unix mount.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="time_read">
+<parameter_description> guint64 to contain a timestamp.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a gssize returned from the asynchronous function.
+<return> a #GUnixMount.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_simple_async_report_error_in_idle">
+<function name="g_simple_async_result_get_op_res_gssize">
<description>
-Reports an error in an asynchronous function in an idle function by
-directly setting the contents of the #GAsyncResult with the given error
-information.
+Gets a gssize from the asynchronous result.
+
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="object">
-<parameter_description> a #GObject.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="callback">
-<parameter_description> a #GAsyncReadyCallback.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="user_data">
-<parameter_description> user data passed to @callback.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="domain">
-<parameter_description> a #GQuark containing the error domain (usually #G_IO_ERROR).
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="code">
-<parameter_description> a specific error code.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="format">
-<parameter_description> a formatted error reporting string.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="Varargs">
-<parameter_description> a list of variables to fill in @format.
+<parameter name="simple">
+<parameter_description> a #GSimpleAsyncResult.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> a gssize returned from the asynchronous function.
+</return>
</function>
<function name="g_file_append_to_async">
@@ -14557,21 +14276,31 @@ Gets the default #GVfs for the system.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_drive_can_start_degraded">
+<function name="g_file_mount_mountable_finish">
<description>
-Checks if a drive can be started degraded.
+Finishes a mount operation. See g_file_mount_mountable() for details.
+
+Finish an asynchronous mount operation that was started
+with g_file_mount_mountable().
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="drive">
-<parameter_description> a #GDrive.
+<parameter name="file">
+<parameter_description> input #GFile.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="result">
+<parameter_description> a #GAsyncResult.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="error">
+<parameter_description> a #GError, or %NULL
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> %TRUE if the @drive can be started degraded, %FALSE otherwise.
-
-Since: 2.22
+<return> a #GFile or %NULL on error.
+Free the returned object with g_object_unref().
</return>
</function>
@@ -14637,6 +14366,7 @@ context</link>).
Gets the input stream for this object. This is used
for reading.
+Since: 2.22
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -14647,7 +14377,6 @@ for reading.
</parameters>
<return> a #GInputStream, owned by the #GIOStream. Do not free.
-Since: 2.22
</return>
</function>
@@ -14676,6 +14405,7 @@ Gets the length of @address's path.
For details, see g_unix_socket_address_get_path().
+Since: 2.22
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -14686,7 +14416,6 @@ For details, see g_unix_socket_address_get_path().
</parameters>
<return> the length of the path
-Since: 2.22
</return>
</function>
@@ -14843,7 +14572,13 @@ Deprecated: 2.22: Use g_mount_unmount_with_operation() instead.
<function name="g_file_query_default_handler">
<description>
-Returns: a #GAppInfo if the handle was found, %NULL if there were errors.
+Returns the #GAppInfo that is registered as the default
+application to handle the file specified by @file.
+
+If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by
+triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation
+was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned.
+
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -14865,28 +14600,6 @@ When you are done with it, release it with g_object_unref()
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_unix_mount_at">
-<description>
-Gets a #GUnixMountEntry for a given mount path. If @time_read
-is set, it will be filled with a unix timestamp for checking
-if the mounts have changed since with g_unix_mounts_changed_since().
-
-
-</description>
-<parameters>
-<parameter name="mount_path">
-<parameter_description> path for a possible unix mount.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="time_read">
-<parameter_description> guint64 to contain a timestamp.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-</parameters>
-<return> a #GUnixMount.
-</return>
-</function>
-
<function name="g_app_info_supports_files">
<description>
Checks if the application accepts files as arguments.
@@ -14903,48 +14616,6 @@ Checks if the application accepts files as arguments.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_file_set_attribute_int32">
-<description>
-Sets @attribute of type %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_INT32 to @value.
-If @attribute is of a different type, this operation will fail.
-
-If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by
-triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation
-was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned.
-
-
-</description>
-<parameters>
-<parameter name="file">
-<parameter_description> input #GFile.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="attribute">
-<parameter_description> a string containing the attribute's name.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="value">
-<parameter_description> a #gint32 containing the attribute's new value.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="flags">
-<parameter_description> a #GFileQueryInfoFlags.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="cancellable">
-<parameter_description> optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="error">
-<parameter_description> a #GError, or %NULL
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-</parameters>
-<return> %TRUE if the @attribute was successfully set to @value
-in the @file, %FALSE otherwise.
-</return>
-</function>
-
<function name="g_unix_mount_point_is_user_mountable">
<description>
Checks if a unix mount point is mountable by the user.
@@ -14977,22 +14648,23 @@ Checks if the application supports reading files and directories from URIs.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_zlib_decompressor_new">
+<function name="g_file_info_set_icon">
<description>
-Creates a new #GZlibDecompressor.
-
+Sets the icon for a given #GFileInfo.
+See %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_ICON.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="format">
-<parameter_description> The format to use for the compressed data
+<parameter name="info">
+<parameter_description> a #GFileInfo.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="icon">
+<parameter_description> a #GIcon.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a new #GZlibDecompressor
-
-Since: 2.24
-</return>
+<return></return>
</function>
<function name="g_file_attribute_info_list_dup">
@@ -15015,6 +14687,7 @@ Makes a duplicate of a file attribute info list.
<description>
Checks if a drive can be stopped.
+Since: 2.22
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -15025,54 +14698,43 @@ Checks if a drive can be stopped.
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if the @drive can be stopped, %FALSE otherwise.
-Since: 2.22
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_file_input_stream_query_info_async">
+<function name="g_app_info_get_commandline">
<description>
-Queries the stream information asynchronously.
-When the operation is finished @callback will be called.
-You can then call g_file_input_stream_query_info_finish()
-to get the result of the operation.
-
-For the synchronous version of this function,
-see g_file_input_stream_query_info().
-
-If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by
-triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation
-was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be set
+Gets the commandline with which the application will be
+started.
+Since: 2.20
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="stream">
-<parameter_description> a #GFileInputStream.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="attributes">
-<parameter_description> a file attribute query string.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="io_priority">
-<parameter_description> the <link linkend="io-priority">I/O priority</link>
-of the request.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="cancellable">
-<parameter_description> optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="callback">
-<parameter_description> callback to call when the request is satisfied
+<parameter name="appinfo">
+<parameter_description> a #GAppInfo
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="user_data">
-<parameter_description> the data to pass to callback function
+</parameters>
+<return> a string containing the @appinfo's commandline,
+or %NULL if this information is not available
+
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_seekable_can_truncate">
+<description>
+Tests if the stream can be truncated.
+
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="seekable">
+<parameter_description> a #GSeekable.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> %TRUE if the stream can be truncated, %FALSE otherwise.
+</return>
</function>
<function name="g_socket_new_from_fd">
@@ -15085,6 +14747,7 @@ all properties should work. Note that the file descriptor
will be set to non-blocking mode, independent on the blocking
mode of the #GSocket.
+Since: 2.22
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -15100,7 +14763,22 @@ mode of the #GSocket.
<return> a #GSocket or %NULL on error.
Free the returned object with g_object_unref().
-Since: 2.22
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_seekable_tell">
+<description>
+Tells the current position within the stream.
+
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="seekable">
+<parameter_description> a #GSeekable.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> the offset from the beginning of the buffer.
</return>
</function>
@@ -15108,6 +14786,7 @@ Since: 2.22
<description>
Gets the number of fallbacks that @converter has applied so far.
+Since: 2.24
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -15118,7 +14797,6 @@ Gets the number of fallbacks that @converter has applied so far.
</parameters>
<return> the number of fallbacks that @converter has applied
-Since: 2.24
</return>
</function>
@@ -15158,6 +14836,7 @@ cancelled.
See #GCancellable::cancelled for details on how to use this.
+Since: 2.22
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -15181,7 +14860,6 @@ See #GCancellable::cancelled for details on how to use this.
<return> The id of the signal handler or 0 if @cancellable has already
been cancelled.
-Since: 2.22
</return>
</function>
@@ -15189,6 +14867,7 @@ Since: 2.22
<description>
Creates a new emblem for @icon.
+Since: 2.18
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -15199,7 +14878,6 @@ Creates a new emblem for @icon.
</parameters>
<return> a new #GEmblem.
-Since: 2.18
</return>
</function>
@@ -15208,6 +14886,7 @@ Since: 2.18
Gets the blocking mode of the socket. For details on blocking I/O,
see g_socket_set_blocking().
+Since: 2.22
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -15218,7 +14897,6 @@ see g_socket_set_blocking().
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if blocking I/O is used, %FALSE otherwise.
-Since: 2.22
</return>
</function>
@@ -15227,6 +14905,7 @@ Since: 2.22
Creates a new #GSocketConnectable for connecting to the given
@hostname and @port.
+Since: 2.22
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -15241,7 +14920,6 @@ Creates a new #GSocketConnectable for connecting to the given
</parameters>
<return> the new #GNetworkAddress
-Since: 2.22
</return>
</function>
@@ -15475,112 +15153,72 @@ with a buffer set to @size.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_file_query_settable_attributes">
+<function name="g_buffered_input_stream_fill_finish">
<description>
-Obtain the list of settable attributes for the file.
+Finishes an asynchronous read.
-Returns: a #GFileAttributeInfoList describing the settable attributes.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="file">
-<parameter_description> input #GFile.
+<parameter name="stream">
+<parameter_description> a #GBufferedInputStream.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="cancellable">
-<parameter_description> optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore.
+<parameter name="result">
+<parameter_description> a #GAsyncResult.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="error">
-<parameter_description> a #GError, or %NULL
+<parameter_description> a #GError.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a #GFileAttributeInfoList describing the settable attributes.
-When you are done with it, release it with g_file_attribute_info_list_unref()
+<return> a #gssize of the read stream, or %-1 on an error.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_io_error_from_errno">
+<function name="g_socket_receive_from">
<description>
-Converts errno.h error codes into GIO error codes.
-
-
-</description>
-<parameters>
-<parameter name="err_no">
-<parameter_description> Error number as defined in errno.h.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-</parameters>
-<return> #GIOErrorEnum value for the given errno.h error number.
-</return>
-</function>
+Receive data (up to @size bytes) from a socket.
-<function name="g_file_mount_enclosing_volume">
-<description>
-Starts a @mount_operation, mounting the volume that contains the file @location.
+If @address is non-%NULL then @address will be set equal to the
+source address of the received packet.
+ address is owned by the caller.
-When this operation has completed, @callback will be called with
- user_user data, and the operation can be finalized with
-g_file_mount_enclosing_volume_finish().
+See g_socket_receive() for additional information.
-If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by
-triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation
-was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned.
+Since: 2.22
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="location">
-<parameter_description> input #GFile.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="flags">
-<parameter_description> flags affecting the operation
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="mount_operation">
-<parameter_description> a #GMountOperation or %NULL to avoid user interaction.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="cancellable">
-<parameter_description> optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore.
+<parameter name="socket">
+<parameter_description> a #GSocket
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="callback">
-<parameter_description> a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the request is satisfied, or %NULL.
+<parameter name="address">
+<parameter_description> a pointer to a #GSocketAddress pointer, or %NULL
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="user_data">
-<parameter_description> the data to pass to callback function
+<parameter name="buffer">
+<parameter_description> a buffer to read data into (which should be at least @size
+bytes long).
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-</parameters>
-<return></return>
-</function>
-
-<function name="g_data_input_stream_read_byte">
-<description>
-Reads an unsigned 8-bit/1-byte value from @stream.
-
-
-</description>
-<parameters>
-<parameter name="stream">
-<parameter_description> a given #GDataInputStream.
+<parameter name="size">
+<parameter_description> the number of bytes you want to read from the socket
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="cancellable">
-<parameter_description> optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore.
+<parameter_description> a %GCancellable or %NULL
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="error">
-<parameter_description> #GError for error reporting.
+<parameter_description> #GError for error reporting, or %NULL to ignore.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> an unsigned 8-bit/1-byte value read from the @stream or %0
-if an error occurred.
+<return> Number of bytes read, or -1 on error
+
</return>
</function>
@@ -15725,20 +15363,35 @@ Gets the name for a file.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_mount_operation_get_anonymous">
+<function name="g_data_input_stream_read_int64">
<description>
-Check to see whether the mount operation is being used
-for an anonymous user.
+Reads a 64-bit/8-byte value from @stream.
+
+In order to get the correct byte order for this read operation,
+see g_data_stream_get_byte_order() and g_data_stream_set_byte_order().
+
+If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by
+triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation
+was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="op">
-<parameter_description> a #GMountOperation.
+<parameter name="stream">
+<parameter_description> a given #GDataInputStream.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="cancellable">
+<parameter_description> optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="error">
+<parameter_description> #GError for error reporting.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> %TRUE if mount operation is anonymous.
+<return> a signed 64-bit/8-byte value read from @stream or %0 if
+an error occurred.
</return>
</function>
@@ -15762,30 +15415,78 @@ g_object_unref() when no longer needed.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_socket_is_connected">
+<function name="g_simple_async_result_get_op_res_gpointer">
<description>
-Check whether the socket is connected. This is only useful for
-connection-oriented sockets.
+Gets a pointer result as returned by the asynchronous function.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="socket">
-<parameter_description> a #GSocket.
+<parameter name="simple">
+<parameter_description> a #GSimpleAsyncResult.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> %TRUE if socket is connected, %FALSE otherwise.
+<return> a pointer from the result.
+</return>
+</function>
-Since: 2.22
+<function name="g_data_output_stream_put_byte">
+<description>
+Puts a byte into the output stream.
+
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="stream">
+<parameter_description> a #GDataOutputStream.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="data">
+<parameter_description> a #guchar.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="cancellable">
+<parameter_description> optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="error">
+<parameter_description> a #GError, %NULL to ignore.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> %TRUE if @data was successfully added to the @stream.
</return>
</function>
+<function name="g_unix_mount_monitor_set_rate_limit">
+<description>
+Sets the rate limit to which the @mount_monitor will report
+consecutive change events to the mount and mount point entry files.
+
+Since: 2.18
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="mount_monitor">
+<parameter_description> a #GUnixMountMonitor
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="limit_msec">
+<parameter_description> a integer with the limit in milliseconds to
+poll for changes.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return></return>
+</function>
+
<function name="g_socket_get_remote_address">
<description>
Try to get the remove address of a connected socket. This is only
useful for connection oriented sockets that have been connected.
+Since: 2.22
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -15801,7 +15502,6 @@ useful for connection oriented sockets that have been connected.
<return> a #GSocketAddress or %NULL on error.
Free the returned object with g_object_unref().
-Since: 2.22
</return>
</function>
@@ -15883,21 +15583,21 @@ an error occurred.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_unix_input_stream_get_fd">
+<function name="g_emblemed_icon_get_icon">
<description>
-Return the UNIX file descriptor that the stream reads from.
+Gets the main icon for @emblemed.
+Since: 2.18
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="stream">
-<parameter_description> a #GUnixInputStream
+<parameter name="emblemed">
+<parameter_description> a #GEmblemedIcon
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> The file descriptor of @stream
+<return> a #GIcon that is owned by @emblemed
-Since: 2.20
</return>
</function>
@@ -15907,6 +15607,7 @@ Gets the socket family of the socket client.
See g_socket_client_set_family() for details.
+Since: 2.22
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -15917,7 +15618,6 @@ See g_socket_client_set_family() for details.
</parameters>
<return> a #GSocketFamily
-Since: 2.22
</return>
</function>
@@ -15942,20 +15642,33 @@ when no longer needed.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_file_attribute_matcher_unref">
+<function name="g_simple_async_result_new">
<description>
-Unreferences @matcher. If the reference count falls below 1,
-the @matcher is automatically freed.
+Creates a #GSimpleAsyncResult.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="matcher">
-<parameter_description> a #GFileAttributeMatcher.
+<parameter name="source_object">
+<parameter_description> a #GObject the asynchronous function was called with,
+or %NULL.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="callback">
+<parameter_description> a #GAsyncReadyCallback.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="user_data">
+<parameter_description> user data passed to @callback.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="source_tag">
+<parameter_description> the asynchronous function.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> a #GSimpleAsyncResult.
+</return>
</function>
<function name="g_content_type_get_mime_type">
@@ -15978,24 +15691,47 @@ Gets the mime-type for the content type. If one is registered
<description>
Gets the #GResolver Error Quark.
+Since: 2.22
</description>
<parameters>
</parameters>
<return> a #GQuark.
-Since: 2.22
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_input_stream_clear_pending">
+<function name="g_file_find_enclosing_mount_async">
<description>
-Clears the pending flag on @stream.
+Asynchronously gets the mount for the file.
+
+For more details, see g_file_find_enclosing_mount() which is
+the synchronous version of this call.
+
+When the operation is finished, @callback will be called. You can then call
+g_file_find_enclosing_mount_finish() to get the result of the operation.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="stream">
-<parameter_description> input stream
+<parameter name="file">
+<parameter_description> a #GFile
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="io_priority">
+<parameter_description> the <link linkend="io-priority">I/O priority</link>
+of the request.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="cancellable">
+<parameter_description> optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="callback">
+<parameter_description> a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the request is satisfied
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="user_data">
+<parameter_description> the data to pass to callback function
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -16086,6 +15822,36 @@ of the request.
<return></return>
</function>
+<function name="g_themed_icon_new_with_default_fallbacks">
+<description>
+Creates a new themed icon for @iconname, and all the names
+that can be created by shortening @iconname at '-' characters.
+
+In the following example, @icon1 and @icon2 are equivalent:
+|[
+const char *names[] = {
+"gnome-dev-cdrom-audio",
+"gnome-dev-cdrom",
+"gnome-dev",
+"gnome"
+};
+
+icon1 = g_themed_icon_new_from_names (names, 4);
+icon2 = g_themed_icon_new_with_default_fallbacks ("gnome-dev-cdrom-audio");
+]|
+
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="iconname">
+<parameter_description> a string containing an icon name
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> a new #GThemedIcon.
+</return>
+</function>
+
<function name="g_mount_get_name">
<description>
Gets the name of @mount.
@@ -16168,6 +15934,7 @@ list available applications.
Finishes ejecting a mount. If any errors occurred during the operation,
@error will be set to contain the errors and %FALSE will be returned.
+Since: 2.22
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -16187,7 +15954,6 @@ ignore.
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if the mount was successfully ejected. %FALSE otherwise.
-Since: 2.22
</return>
</function>
@@ -16250,6 +16016,7 @@ very common due to the way the underlying APIs work.)
On error -1 is returned and @error is set accordingly.
+Since: 2.22
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -16277,57 +16044,36 @@ On error -1 is returned and @error is set accordingly.
<return> Number of bytes written (which may be less than @size), or -1
on error
-Since: 2.22
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_resolver_lookup_service_finish">
+<function name="g_file_get_basename">
<description>
-Retrieves the result of a previous call to
-g_resolver_lookup_service_async().
-
-If the DNS resolution failed, @error (if non-%NULL) will be set to
-a value from #GResolverError. If the operation was cancelled,
- error will be set to %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED.
-
+Gets the base name (the last component of the path) for a given #GFile.
-</description>
-<parameters>
-<parameter name="resolver">
-<parameter_description> a #GResolver
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="result">
-<parameter_description> the result passed to your #GAsyncReadyCallback
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="error">
-<parameter_description> return location for a #GError, or %NULL
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-</parameters>
-<return> a #GList of #GSrvTarget, or %NULL on error. See
-g_resolver_lookup_service() for more details.
+If called for the top level of a system (such as the filesystem root
+or a uri like sftp://host/) it will return a single directory separator
+(and on Windows, possibly a drive letter).
-Since: 2.22
-</return>
-</function>
+The base name is a byte string (*not* UTF-8). It has no defined encoding
+or rules other than it may not contain zero bytes. If you want to use
+filenames in a user interface you should use the display name that you
+can get by requesting the %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_DISPLAY_NAME
+attribute with g_file_query_info().
-<function name="g_volume_get_drive">
-<description>
-Gets the drive for the @volume.
+This call does no blocking i/o.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="volume">
-<parameter_description> a #GVolume.
+<parameter name="file">
+<parameter_description> input #GFile.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a #GDrive or %NULL if @volume is not associated with a drive.
-The returned object should be unreffed with g_object_unref()
-when no longer needed.
+<return> string containing the #GFile's base name, or %NULL
+if given #GFile is invalid. The returned string should be
+freed with g_free() when no longer needed.
</return>
</function>
@@ -16386,6 +16132,7 @@ if possible.
Finishes an asynchronous file read operation started with
g_file_open_readwrite_async().
+Since: 2.22
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -16405,7 +16152,6 @@ g_file_open_readwrite_async().
<return> a #GFileIOStream or %NULL on error.
Free the returned object with g_object_unref().
-Since: 2.22
</return>
</function>
@@ -16426,25 +16172,6 @@ Checks if the buffer automatically grows as data is added.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_memory_output_stream_get_data">
-<description>
-Gets any loaded data from the @ostream.
-
-Note that the returned pointer may become invalid on the next
-write or truncate operation on the stream.
-
-
-</description>
-<parameters>
-<parameter name="ostream">
-<parameter_description> a #GMemoryOutputStream
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-</parameters>
-<return> pointer to the stream's data
-</return>
-</function>
-
<function name="g_cancellable_cancel">
<description>
Will set @cancellable to cancelled, and will emit the
@@ -16488,6 +16215,7 @@ The protocol id is passed directly to the operating
system, so you can use protocols not listed in #GSocketProtocol if you
know the protocol number used for it.
+Since: 2.22
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -16511,37 +16239,38 @@ know the protocol number used for it.
<return> a #GSocket or %NULL on error.
Free the returned object with g_object_unref().
-Since: 2.22
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_file_get_basename">
+<function name="g_resolver_lookup_service_finish">
<description>
-Gets the base name (the last component of the path) for a given #GFile.
-
-If called for the top level of a system (such as the filesystem root
-or a uri like sftp://host/) it will return a single directory separator
-(and on Windows, possibly a drive letter).
-
-The base name is a byte string (*not* UTF-8). It has no defined encoding
-or rules other than it may not contain zero bytes. If you want to use
-filenames in a user interface you should use the display name that you
-can get by requesting the %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_DISPLAY_NAME
-attribute with g_file_query_info().
+Retrieves the result of a previous call to
+g_resolver_lookup_service_async().
-This call does no blocking i/o.
+If the DNS resolution failed, @error (if non-%NULL) will be set to
+a value from #GResolverError. If the operation was cancelled,
+ error will be set to %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED.
+Since: 2.22
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="file">
-<parameter_description> input #GFile.
+<parameter name="resolver">
+<parameter_description> a #GResolver
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="result">
+<parameter_description> the result passed to your #GAsyncReadyCallback
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="error">
+<parameter_description> return location for a #GError, or %NULL
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> string containing the #GFile's base name, or %NULL
-if given #GFile is invalid. The returned string should be
-freed with g_free() when no longer needed.
+<return> a #GList of #GSrvTarget, or %NULL on error. See
+g_resolver_lookup_service() for more details.
+
</return>
</function>
@@ -16566,42 +16295,92 @@ Free the returned object with g_object_unref().
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_file_attribute_matcher_enumerate_next">
+<function name="g_unix_fd_message_append_fd">
<description>
-Gets the next matched attribute from a #GFileAttributeMatcher.
+Adds a file descriptor to @message.
+The file descriptor is duplicated using dup(). You keep your copy
+of the descriptor and the copy contained in @message will be closed
+when @message is finalized.
+
+A possible cause of failure is exceeding the per-process or
+system-wide file descriptor limit.
+
+Since: 2.22
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="matcher">
-<parameter_description> a #GFileAttributeMatcher.
+<parameter name="message">
+<parameter_description> a #GUnixFDMessage
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="fd">
+<parameter_description> a valid open file descriptor
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="error">
+<parameter_description> a #GError pointer
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a string containing the next attribute or %NULL if
-no more attribute exist.
+<return> %TRUE in case of success, else %FALSE (and @error is set)
+
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_file_info_get_attribute_int64">
+<function name="g_volume_get_drive">
<description>
-Gets a signed 64-bit integer contained within the attribute. If the
-attribute does not contain an signed 64-bit integer, or is invalid,
-0 will be returned.
+Gets the drive for the @volume.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="info">
-<parameter_description> a #GFileInfo.
+<parameter name="volume">
+<parameter_description> a #GVolume.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="attribute">
-<parameter_description> a file attribute key.
+</parameters>
+<return> a #GDrive or %NULL if @volume is not associated with a drive.
+The returned object should be unreffed with g_object_unref()
+when no longer needed.
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_converter_input_stream_get_converter">
+<description>
+Gets the #GConverter that is used by @converter_stream.
+
+Since: 2.24
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="converter_stream">
+<parameter_description> a #GConverterInputStream
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a signed 64-bit integer from the attribute.
+<return> the converter of the converter input stream
+
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_file_io_stream_get_etag">
+<description>
+Gets the entity tag for the file when it has been written.
+This must be called after the stream has been written
+and closed, as the etag can change while writing.
+
+Since: 2.22
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="stream">
+<parameter_description> a #GFileIOStream.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> the entity tag for the stream.
+
</return>
</function>
@@ -16654,6 +16433,7 @@ simply the name (such as <literal>network-server</literal>).
</para></listitem>
</itemizedlist>
+Since: 2.20
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -16665,7 +16445,6 @@ simply the name (such as <literal>network-server</literal>).
<return> An allocated NUL-terminated UTF8 string or %NULL if @icon can't
be serialized. Use g_free() to free.
-Since: 2.20
</return>
</function>
@@ -16743,6 +16522,11 @@ The other is for implementing a #GVolumeMonitor whose sole purpose
is to return #GVolume objects representing entries in the users
"favorite servers" list or similar.
+Deprecated: 2.20: Instead of using this function, #GVolumeMonitor
+implementations should instead create shadow mounts with the URI of
+the mount they intend to adopt. See the proxy volume monitor in
+gvfs for an example of this. Also see g_mount_is_shadowed(),
+g_mount_shadow() and g_mount_unshadow() functions.
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -16754,11 +16538,6 @@ is to return #GVolume objects representing entries in the users
<return> the #GVolume object that is the parent for @mount or %NULL
if no wants to adopt the #GMount.
-Deprecated: 2.20: Instead of using this function, #GVolumeMonitor
-implementations should instead create shadow mounts with the URI of
-the mount they intend to adopt. See the proxy volume monitor in
-gvfs for an example of this. Also see g_mount_is_shadowed(),
-g_mount_shadow() and g_mount_unshadow() functions.
</return>
</function>
@@ -16791,48 +16570,22 @@ sure resources are released as early as possible.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_socket_connect">
+<function name="g_socket_control_message_get_msg_type">
<description>
-Connect the socket to the specified remote address.
-
-For connection oriented socket this generally means we attempt to make
-a connection to the @address. For a connection-less socket it sets
-the default address for g_socket_send() and discards all incoming datagrams
-from other sources.
-
-Generally connection oriented sockets can only connect once, but
-connection-less sockets can connect multiple times to change the
-default address.
-
-If the connect call needs to do network I/O it will block, unless
-non-blocking I/O is enabled. Then %G_IO_ERROR_PENDING is returned
-and the user can be notified of the connection finishing by waiting
-for the G_IO_OUT condition. The result of the connection can then be
-checked with g_socket_check_connect_result().
+Returns the protocol specific type of the control message.
+For instance, for UNIX fd passing this would be SCM_RIGHTS.
+Since: 2.22
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="socket">
-<parameter_description> a #GSocket.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="address">
-<parameter_description> a #GSocketAddress specifying the remote address.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="cancellable">
-<parameter_description> a %GCancellable or %NULL
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="error">
-<parameter_description> #GError for error reporting, or %NULL to ignore.
+<parameter name="message">
+<parameter_description> a #GSocketControlMessage
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> %TRUE if connected, %FALSE on error.
+<return> an integer describing the type of control message
-Since: 2.22
</return>
</function>
@@ -16898,117 +16651,117 @@ Checks if two icons are equal.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_volume_should_automount">
-<description>
-Returns: %TRUE if the volume should be automatically mounted.
-
-</description>
-<parameters>
-<parameter name="volume">
-<parameter_description> a #GVolume
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-</parameters>
-<return> %TRUE if the volume should be automatically mounted.
-</return>
-</function>
-
-<function name="g_seekable_tell">
+<function name="g_input_stream_skip_async">
<description>
-Tells the current position within the stream.
-
+Request an asynchronous skip of @count bytes from the stream.
+When the operation is finished @callback will be called.
+You can then call g_input_stream_skip_finish() to get the result of the
+operation.
-</description>
-<parameters>
-<parameter name="seekable">
-<parameter_description> a #GSeekable.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-</parameters>
-<return> the offset from the beginning of the buffer.
-</return>
-</function>
+During an async request no other sync and async calls are allowed, and will
+result in %G_IO_ERROR_PENDING errors.
-<function name="g_file_set_attributes_from_info">
-<description>
-Tries to set all attributes in the #GFileInfo on the target values,
-not stopping on the first error.
+A value of @count larger than %G_MAXSSIZE will cause a %G_IO_ERROR_INVALID_ARGUMENT error.
-If there is any error during this operation then @error will be set to
-the first error. Error on particular fields are flagged by setting
-the "status" field in the attribute value to
-%G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STATUS_ERROR_SETTING, which means you can also detect
-further errors.
+On success, the number of bytes skipped will be passed to the
+callback. It is not an error if this is not the same as the requested size, as it
+can happen e.g. near the end of a file, but generally we try to skip
+as many bytes as requested. Zero is returned on end of file
+(or if @count is zero), but never otherwise.
-If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by
-triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation
-was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned.
+Any outstanding i/o request with higher priority (lower numerical value) will
+be executed before an outstanding request with lower priority. Default
+priority is %G_PRIORITY_DEFAULT.
+The asyncronous methods have a default fallback that uses threads to implement
+asynchronicity, so they are optional for inheriting classes. However, if you
+override one you must override all.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="file">
-<parameter_description> input #GFile.
+<parameter name="stream">
+<parameter_description> A #GInputStream.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="info">
-<parameter_description> a #GFileInfo.
+<parameter name="count">
+<parameter_description> the number of bytes that will be skipped from the stream
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="flags">
-<parameter_description> #GFileQueryInfoFlags
+<parameter name="io_priority">
+<parameter_description> the <link linkend="io-priority">I/O priority</link>
+of the request.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="cancellable">
-<parameter_description> optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore.
+<parameter_description> optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="error">
-<parameter_description> a #GError, or %NULL
+<parameter name="callback">
+<parameter_description> callback to call when the request is satisfied
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="user_data">
+<parameter_description> the data to pass to callback function
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> %TRUE if there was any error, %FALSE otherwise.
-</return>
+<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_simple_async_result_new_error">
+<function name="g_memory_output_stream_get_data">
<description>
-Creates a new #GSimpleAsyncResult with a set error.
+Gets any loaded data from the @ostream.
+
+Note that the returned pointer may become invalid on the next
+write or truncate operation on the stream.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="source_object">
-<parameter_description> a #GObject, or %NULL.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="callback">
-<parameter_description> a #GAsyncReadyCallback.
+<parameter name="ostream">
+<parameter_description> a #GMemoryOutputStream
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="user_data">
-<parameter_description> user data passed to @callback.
+</parameters>
+<return> pointer to the stream's data
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_initable_new_valist">
+<description>
+Helper function for constructing #GInitiable object. This is
+similar to g_object_new_valist() but also initializes the object
+and returns %NULL, setting an error on failure.
+
+Since: 2.22
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="object_type">
+<parameter_description> a #GType supporting #GInitable.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="domain">
-<parameter_description> a #GQuark.
+<parameter name="first_property_name">
+<parameter_description> the name of the first property, followed by
+the value, and other property value pairs, and ended by %NULL.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="code">
-<parameter_description> an error code.
+<parameter name="var_args">
+<parameter_description> The var args list generated from @first_property_name.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="format">
-<parameter_description> a string with format characters.
+<parameter name="cancellable">
+<parameter_description> optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="Varargs">
-<parameter_description> a list of values to insert into @format.
+<parameter name="error">
+<parameter_description> a #GError location to store the error occuring, or %NULL to
+ignore.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a #GSimpleAsyncResult.
+<return> a newly allocated #GObject, or %NULL on error
+
</return>
</function>
@@ -17023,6 +16776,7 @@ to accept to identify this particular source, which is
useful if you're listening on multiple addresses and do
different things depending on what address is connected to.
+Since: 2.22
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -17045,7 +16799,6 @@ different things depending on what address is connected to.
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE on success, %FALSE on error.
-Since: 2.22
</return>
</function>
@@ -17069,6 +16822,7 @@ Gets the mount path for a unix mount.
<description>
Finishes an async accept operation. See g_socket_listener_accept_socket_async()
+Since: 2.22
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -17092,7 +16846,6 @@ ignore.
</parameters>
<return> a #GSocket on success, %NULL on error.
-Since: 2.22
</return>
</function>
@@ -17113,34 +16866,41 @@ or %NULL on error.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_io_error_quark">
+<function name="g_file_read_async">
<description>
-Gets the GIO Error Quark.
-
-
-</description>
-<parameters>
-</parameters>
-<return> a #GQuark.
-</return>
-</function>
+Asynchronously opens @file for reading.
-<function name="g_socket_get_socket_type">
-<description>
-Gets the socket type of the socket.
+For more details, see g_file_read() which is
+the synchronous version of this call.
+When the operation is finished, @callback will be called. You can then call
+g_file_read_finish() to get the result of the operation.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="socket">
-<parameter_description> a #GSocket.
+<parameter name="file">
+<parameter_description> input #GFile
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="io_priority">
+<parameter_description> the <link linkend="io-priority">I/O priority</link>
+of the request.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="cancellable">
+<parameter_description> optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="callback">
+<parameter_description> a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the request is satisfied
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="user_data">
+<parameter_description> the data to pass to callback function
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a #GSocketType
-
-Since: 2.22
-</return>
+<return></return>
</function>
<function name="g_socket_client_connect_to_host">
@@ -17235,6 +16995,7 @@ Creates a new #GInetAddress from the given @family and @bytes.
@bytes should be 4 bytes for %G_INET_ADDRESS_IPV4 and 16 bytes for
%G_INET_ADDRESS_IPV6.
+Since: 2.22
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -17249,7 +17010,6 @@ Creates a new #GInetAddress from the given @family and @bytes.
</parameters>
<return> a new #GInetAddress corresponding to @family and @bytes.
-Since: 2.22
</return>
</function>
@@ -17272,15 +17032,32 @@ g_unix_mounts_points_changed_since().
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_file_attribute_info_list_unref">
+<function name="g_socket_listener_accept_socket_async">
<description>
-Removes a reference from the given @list. If the reference count
-falls to zero, the @list is deleted.
+This is the asynchronous version of g_socket_listener_accept_socket().
+
+When the operation is finished @callback will be
+called. You can then call g_socket_listener_accept_socket_finish()
+to get the result of the operation.
+
+Since: 2.22
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="list">
-<parameter_description> The #GFileAttributeInfoList to unreference.
+<parameter name="listener">
+<parameter_description> a #GSocketListener
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="cancellable">
+<parameter_description> a #GCancellable, or %NULL
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="callback">
+<parameter_description> a #GAsyncReadyCallback
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="user_data">
+<parameter_description> user data for the callback
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -17298,6 +17075,7 @@ specification for more on x-content types.
This is an synchronous operation and as such may block doing IO;
see g_mount_guess_content_type() for the asynchronous version.
+Since: 2.18
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -17323,7 +17101,6 @@ ignore
<return> a %NULL-terminated array of content types or %NULL on error.
Caller should free this array with g_strfreev() when done with it.
-Since: 2.18
</return>
</function>
@@ -17332,6 +17109,7 @@ Since: 2.18
Finishes asynchronous initialization and returns the result.
See g_async_initable_init_async().
+Since: 2.22
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -17352,57 +17130,62 @@ ignore.
<return> %TRUE if successful. If an error has occurred, this function
will return %FALSE and set @error appropriately if present.
-Since: 2.22
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_input_stream_skip_async">
+<function name="g_async_initable_init_async">
<description>
-Request an asynchronous skip of @count bytes from the stream.
-When the operation is finished @callback will be called.
-You can then call g_input_stream_skip_finish() to get the result of the
-operation.
+Starts asynchronous initialization of the object implementing the
+interface. This must be done before any real use of the object after
+initial construction. If the object also implements #GInitable you can
+optionally call g_initable_init() instead.
-During an async request no other sync and async calls are allowed, and will
-result in %G_IO_ERROR_PENDING errors.
+When the initialization is finished, @callback will be called. You can
+then call g_async_initable_init_finish() to get the result of the
+initialization.
-A value of @count larger than %G_MAXSSIZE will cause a %G_IO_ERROR_INVALID_ARGUMENT error.
+Implementations may also support cancellation. If @cancellable is not
+%NULL, then initialization can be cancelled by triggering the cancellable
+object from another thread. If the operation was cancelled, the error
+%G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned. If @cancellable is not %NULL, and
+the object doesn't support cancellable initialization, the error
+%G_IO_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED will be returned.
-On success, the number of bytes skipped will be passed to the
-callback. It is not an error if this is not the same as the requested size, as it
-can happen e.g. near the end of a file, but generally we try to skip
-as many bytes as requested. Zero is returned on end of file
-(or if @count is zero), but never otherwise.
+If this function is not called, or returns with an error, then all
+operations on the object should fail, generally returning the
+error %G_IO_ERROR_NOT_INITIALIZED.
-Any outstanding i/o request with higher priority (lower numerical value) will
-be executed before an outstanding request with lower priority. Default
-priority is %G_PRIORITY_DEFAULT.
+Implementations of this method must be idempotent: i.e. multiple calls
+to this function with the same argument should return the same results.
+Only the first call initializes the object; further calls return the result
+of the first call. This is so that it's safe to implement the singleton
+pattern in the GObject constructor function.
-The asyncronous methods have a default fallback that uses threads to implement
-asynchronicity, so they are optional for inheriting classes. However, if you
-override one you must override all.
+For classes that also support the #GInitable interface, the default
+implementation of this method will run the g_initable_init() function
+in a thread, so if you want to support asynchronous initialization via
+threads, just implement the #GAsyncInitable interface without overriding
+any interface methods.
+
+Since: 2.22
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="stream">
-<parameter_description> A #GInputStream.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="count">
-<parameter_description> the number of bytes that will be skipped from the stream
+<parameter name="initable">
+<parameter_description> a #GAsyncInitable.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="io_priority">
-<parameter_description> the <link linkend="io-priority">I/O priority</link>
-of the request.
+<parameter_description> the <link linkend="io-priority">I/O priority</link>
+of the operation.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="cancellable">
-<parameter_description> optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore.
+<parameter_description> optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="callback">
-<parameter_description> callback to call when the request is satisfied
+<parameter_description> a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the request is satisfied
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="user_data">
@@ -17421,6 +17204,7 @@ during the operation, @error will be set to contain the errors and
%G_IO_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED if the mount does not support content
guessing.
+Since: 2.18
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -17441,7 +17225,6 @@ ignore
<return> a %NULL-terminated array of content types or %NULL on error.
Caller should free this array with g_strfreev() when done with it.
-Since: 2.18
</return>
</function>
@@ -17547,6 +17330,7 @@ errors that can happen due to races when you execute the operation.
<description>
Tests whether @address is the "any" address for its family.
+Since: 2.22
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -17557,7 +17341,6 @@ Tests whether @address is the "any" address for its family.
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if @address is the "any" address for its family.
-Since: 2.22
</return>
</function>
@@ -17570,6 +17353,7 @@ may contain embedded zeros, and thus you should use
g_unix_socket_address_get_path_len() to get the true length
of this string.
+Since: 2.22
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -17580,7 +17364,6 @@ of this string.
</parameters>
<return> the path for @address
-Since: 2.22
</return>
</function>
@@ -17605,23 +17388,6 @@ Since: 2.20
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_io_extension_ref_class">
-<description>
-Gets a reference to the class for the type that is
-associated with @extension.
-
-
-</description>
-<parameters>
-<parameter name="extension">
-<parameter_description> a #GIOExtension
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-</parameters>
-<return> the #GTypeClass for the type of @extension
-</return>
-</function>
-
<function name="g_app_info_get_default_for_type">
<description>
Gets the #GAppInfo that corresponds to a given content type.
@@ -17824,6 +17590,9 @@ Runs the asynchronous job in a separate thread and then calls
g_simple_async_result_complete_in_idle() on @simple to return
the result to the appropriate main loop.
+Calling this function takes a reference to @simple for as long as
+is needed to run the job and report its completion.
+
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="simple">
@@ -17839,21 +17608,28 @@ the result to the appropriate main loop.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="cancellable">
-<parameter_description> optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore.
+<parameter_description> optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_file_load_partial_contents_finish">
+<function name="g_file_load_contents_async">
<description>
-Finishes an asynchronous partial load operation that was started
-with g_file_load_partial_contents_async(). The data is always
-zero-terminated, but this is not included in the resultant @length.
-The returned @content should be freed with g_free() when no longer
-needed.
+Starts an asynchronous load of the @file's contents.
+
+For more details, see g_file_load_contents() which is
+the synchronous version of this call.
+
+When the load operation has completed, @callback will be called
+with @user data. To finish the operation, call
+g_file_load_contents_finish() with the #GAsyncResult returned by
+the @callback.
+If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by
+triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation
+was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned.
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -17861,51 +17637,69 @@ needed.
<parameter_description> input #GFile.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="res">
-<parameter_description> a #GAsyncResult.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="contents">
-<parameter_description> a location to place the contents of the file.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="length">
-<parameter_description> a location to place the length of the contents of the file,
-or %NULL if the length is not needed
+<parameter name="cancellable">
+<parameter_description> optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="etag_out">
-<parameter_description> a location to place the current entity tag for the file,
-or %NULL if the entity tag is not needed
+<parameter name="callback">
+<parameter_description> a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the request is satisfied
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="error">
-<parameter_description> a #GError, or %NULL
+<parameter name="user_data">
+<parameter_description> the data to pass to callback function
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> %TRUE if the load was successful. If %FALSE and @error is
-present, it will be set appropriately.
-</return>
+<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_inet_address_to_bytes">
+<function name="g_output_stream_write">
<description>
-Gets the raw binary address data from @address.
+Tries to write @count bytes from @buffer into the stream. Will block
+during the operation.
+
+If count is zero returns zero and does nothing. A value of @count
+larger than %G_MAXSSIZE will cause a %G_IO_ERROR_INVALID_ARGUMENT error.
+
+On success, the number of bytes written to the stream is returned.
+It is not an error if this is not the same as the requested size, as it
+can happen e.g. on a partial i/o error, or if there is not enough
+storage in the stream. All writes either block until at least one byte
+is written, so zero is never returned (unless @count is zero).
+
+If @cancellable is not NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by
+triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation
+was cancelled, the error G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned. If an
+operation was partially finished when the operation was cancelled the
+partial result will be returned, without an error.
+
+On error -1 is returned and @error is set accordingly.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="address">
-<parameter_description> a #GInetAddress
+<parameter name="stream">
+<parameter_description> a #GOutputStream.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="buffer">
+<parameter_description> the buffer containing the data to write.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="count">
+<parameter_description> the number of bytes to write
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="cancellable">
+<parameter_description> optional cancellable object
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="error">
+<parameter_description> location to store the error occuring, or %NULL to ignore
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a pointer to an internal array of the bytes in @address,
-which should not be modified, stored, or freed. The size of this
-array can be gotten with g_inet_address_get_native_size().
-
-Since: 2.22
+<return> Number of bytes written, or -1 on error
</return>
</function>
@@ -17957,23 +17751,21 @@ written to the stream
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_file_get_path">
+<function name="g_vfs_get_supported_uri_schemes">
<description>
-Gets the local pathname for #GFile, if one exists.
-
-This call does no blocking i/o.
+Gets a list of URI schemes supported by @vfs.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="file">
-<parameter_description> input #GFile.
+<parameter name="vfs">
+<parameter_description> a #GVfs.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> string containing the #GFile's path, or %NULL if
-no such path exists. The returned string should be
-freed with g_free() when no longer needed.
+<return> a %NULL-terminated array of strings.
+The returned array belongs to GIO and must
+not be freed or modified.
</return>
</function>
@@ -18011,45 +17803,72 @@ Free the returned object with g_object_unref().
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_converter_input_stream_get_converter">
+<function name="g_file_output_stream_get_etag">
<description>
-Gets the #GConverter that is used by @converter_stream.
+Gets the entity tag for the file when it has been written.
+This must be called after the stream has been written
+and closed, as the etag can change while writing.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="converter_stream">
-<parameter_description> a #GConverterInputStream
+<parameter name="stream">
+<parameter_description> a #GFileOutputStream.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the converter of the converter input stream
-
-Since: 2.24
+<return> the entity tag for the stream.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_file_output_stream_get_etag">
+<function name="g_input_stream_close">
<description>
-Gets the entity tag for the file when it has been written.
-This must be called after the stream has been written
-and closed, as the etag can change while writing.
+Closes the stream, releasing resources related to it.
+
+Once the stream is closed, all other operations will return %G_IO_ERROR_CLOSED.
+Closing a stream multiple times will not return an error.
+
+Streams will be automatically closed when the last reference
+is dropped, but you might want to call this function to make sure
+resources are released as early as possible.
+
+Some streams might keep the backing store of the stream (e.g. a file descriptor)
+open after the stream is closed. See the documentation for the individual
+stream for details.
+
+On failure the first error that happened will be reported, but the close
+operation will finish as much as possible. A stream that failed to
+close will still return %G_IO_ERROR_CLOSED for all operations. Still, it
+is important to check and report the error to the user.
+
+If @cancellable is not NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by
+triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation
+was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned.
+Cancelling a close will still leave the stream closed, but some streams
+can use a faster close that doesn't block to e.g. check errors.
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="stream">
-<parameter_description> a #GFileOutputStream.
+<parameter_description> A #GInputStream.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="cancellable">
+<parameter_description> optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="error">
+<parameter_description> location to store the error occuring, or %NULL to ignore
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the entity tag for the stream.
+<return> %TRUE on success, %FALSE on failure
</return>
</function>
<function name="g_file_move">
<description>
-
Tries to move the file or directory @source to the location specified by @destination.
If native move operations are supported then this is used, otherwise a copy + delete
fallback is used. The native implementation may support moving directories (for instance
@@ -18126,6 +17945,7 @@ may be returned (if the native move operation isn't available).
<description>
Try to get the local address of a socket connection.
+Since: 2.22
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -18141,7 +17961,6 @@ Try to get the local address of a socket connection.
<return> a #GSocketAddress or %NULL on error.
Free the returned object with g_object_unref().
-Since: 2.22
</return>
</function>
@@ -18149,6 +17968,7 @@ Since: 2.22
<description>
Tests whether @address is a link-local multicast address.
+Since: 2.22
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -18159,7 +17979,6 @@ Tests whether @address is a link-local multicast address.
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if @address is a link-local multicast address.
-Since: 2.22
</return>
</function>
@@ -18195,79 +18014,36 @@ Gets the edit name for a file.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_file_set_attribute">
+<function name="g_srv_target_new">
<description>
-Sets an attribute in the file with attribute name @attribute to @value.
+Creates a new #GSrvTarget with the given parameters.
-If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by
-triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation
-was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned.
+You should not need to use this; normally #GSrvTarget<!-- -->s are
+created by #GResolver.
+Since: 2.22
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="file">
-<parameter_description> input #GFile.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="attribute">
-<parameter_description> a string containing the attribute's name.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="type">
-<parameter_description> The type of the attribute
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="value_p">
-<parameter_description> a pointer to the value (or the pointer itself if the type is a pointer type)
+<parameter name="hostname">
+<parameter_description> the host that the service is running on
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="flags">
-<parameter_description> a set of #GFileQueryInfoFlags.
+<parameter name="port">
+<parameter_description> the port that the service is running on
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="cancellable">
-<parameter_description> optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore.
+<parameter name="priority">
+<parameter_description> the target's priority
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="error">
-<parameter_description> a #GError, or %NULL
+<parameter name="weight">
+<parameter_description> the target's weight
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> %TRUE if the attribute was set, %FALSE otherwise.
-</return>
-</function>
-
-<function name="g_data_input_stream_read_uint64">
-<description>
-Reads an unsigned 64-bit/8-byte value from @stream.
-
-In order to get the correct byte order for this read operation,
-see g_data_stream_get_byte_order().
-
-If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by
-triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation
-was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned.
-
+<return> a new #GSrvTarget.
-</description>
-<parameters>
-<parameter name="stream">
-<parameter_description> a given #GDataInputStream.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="cancellable">
-<parameter_description> optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="error">
-<parameter_description> #GError for error reporting.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-</parameters>
-<return> an unsigned 64-bit/8-byte read from @stream or %0 if
-an error occurred.
</return>
</function>
@@ -18471,6 +18247,7 @@ data is available, wait for the %G_IO_IN condition.
On error -1 is returned and @error is set accordingly.
+Since: 2.22
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -18515,7 +18292,6 @@ elements in @messages, or %NULL
</parameters>
<return> Number of bytes read, or -1 on error
-Since: 2.22
</return>
</function>
@@ -18523,6 +18299,7 @@ Since: 2.22
<description>
Copies @target
+Since: 2.22
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -18533,7 +18310,6 @@ Copies @target
</parameters>
<return> a copy of @target
-Since: 2.22
</return>
</function>
@@ -18541,6 +18317,7 @@ Since: 2.22
<description>
Tests whether @address is a site-local multicast address.
+Since: 2.22
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -18551,7 +18328,6 @@ Tests whether @address is a site-local multicast address.
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if @address is a site-local multicast address.
-Since: 2.22
</return>
</function>
@@ -18572,7 +18348,7 @@ a given destination.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> %TRUE if the error was propegated to @dest. %FALSE otherwise.
+<return> %TRUE if the error was propagated to @dest. %FALSE otherwise.
</return>
</function>
@@ -18581,6 +18357,7 @@ a given destination.
Finishes an asynchronous file replace operation started with
g_file_replace_readwrite_async().
+Since: 2.22
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -18600,23 +18377,9 @@ g_file_replace_readwrite_async().
<return> a #GFileIOStream, or %NULL on error.
Free the returned object with g_object_unref().
-Since: 2.22
</return>
</function>
-<function name="GInetAddress">
-<description>
-Whether this is a site-local multicast address.
-See g_inet_address_get_is_mc_site_local().
-
-Since: 2.22
-
-</description>
-<parameters>
-</parameters>
-<return></return>
-</function>
-
<function name="g_app_launch_context_get_display">
<description>
Gets the display string for the display. This is used to ensure new
@@ -18660,6 +18423,32 @@ set to True.
</return>
</function>
+<function name="g_io_modules_scan_all_in_directory">
+<description>
+Scans all the modules in the specified directory, ensuring that
+any extension point implemented by a module is registered.
+
+This may not actually load and initialize all the types in each
+module, some modules may be lazily loaded and initialized when
+an extension point it implementes is used with e.g.
+g_io_extension_point_get_extensions() or
+g_io_extension_point_get_extension_by_name().
+
+If you need to guarantee that all types are loaded in all the modules,
+use g_io_modules_scan_all_in_directory().
+
+Since: 2.24
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="dirname">
+<parameter_description> pathname for a directory containing modules to scan.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return></return>
+</function>
+
<function name="g_socket_service_stop">
<description>
Stops the service, i.e. stops accepting connections
@@ -18685,6 +18474,7 @@ Since: 2.22
Finishes an asynchronous eject operation started by
g_file_eject_mountable_with_operation().
+Since: 2.22
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -18704,7 +18494,6 @@ g_file_eject_mountable_with_operation().
<return> %TRUE if the @file was ejected successfully. %FALSE
otherwise.
-Since: 2.22
</return>
</function>
@@ -18776,6 +18565,7 @@ very common due to the way the underlying APIs work.)
On error -1 is returned and @error is set accordingly.
+Since: 2.22
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -18820,7 +18610,6 @@ On error -1 is returned and @error is set accordingly.
<return> Number of bytes written (which may be less than @size), or -1
on error
-Since: 2.22
</return>
</function>
@@ -18885,37 +18674,6 @@ Checks if the VFS is active.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_simple_async_result_set_error_va">
-<description>
-Sets an error within the asynchronous result without a #GError.
-Unless writing a binding, see g_simple_async_result_set_error().
-
-</description>
-<parameters>
-<parameter name="simple">
-<parameter_description> a #GSimpleAsyncResult.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="domain">
-<parameter_description> a #GQuark (usually #G_IO_ERROR).
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="code">
-<parameter_description> an error code.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="format">
-<parameter_description> a formatted error reporting string.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="args">
-<parameter_description> va_list of arguments.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-</parameters>
-<return></return>
-</function>
-
<function name="g_srv_target_free">
<description>
Frees @target
@@ -18996,43 +18754,6 @@ finished
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_socket_client_connect_to_service_async">
-<description>
-This is the asynchronous version of
-g_socket_client_connect_to_service().
-
-Since: 2.22
-
-</description>
-<parameters>
-<parameter name="client">
-<parameter_description> a #GSocketClient
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="domain">
-<parameter_description> a domain name
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="service">
-<parameter_description> the name of the service to connect to
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="cancellable">
-<parameter_description> a #GCancellable, or %NULL
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="callback">
-<parameter_description> a #GAsyncReadyCallback
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="user_data">
-<parameter_description> user data for the callback
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-</parameters>
-<return></return>
-</function>
-
<function name="g_simple_async_result_new_from_error">
<description>
Creates a #GSimpleAsyncResult from an error condition.
@@ -19061,28 +18782,20 @@ Creates a #GSimpleAsyncResult from an error condition.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="GThemedIcon">
+<function name="g_unix_mount_is_readonly">
<description>
-Whether to use the default fallbacks found by shortening the icon name
-at '-' characters. If the "names" array has more than one element,
-ignores any past the first.
+Checks if a unix mount is mounted read only.
-For example, if the icon name was "gnome-dev-cdrom-audio", the array
-would become
-|[
-{
-"gnome-dev-cdrom-audio",
-"gnome-dev-cdrom",
-"gnome-dev",
-"gnome",
-NULL
-};
-]|
</description>
<parameters>
+<parameter name="mount_entry">
+<parameter_description> a #GUnixMount.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> %TRUE if @mount_entry is read only.
+</return>
</function>
<function name="g_content_type_guess_for_tree">
@@ -19098,6 +18811,7 @@ specification for more on x-content types.
This function is useful in the implementation of g_mount_guess_content_type().
+Since: 2.18
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -19109,7 +18823,6 @@ This function is useful in the implementation of g_mount_guess_content_type().
<return> an %NULL-terminated array of zero or more content types, or %NULL.
Free with g_strfreev()
-Since: 2.18
</return>
</function>
@@ -19120,6 +18833,7 @@ Finishes a start operation. See g_file_start_mountable() for details.
Finish an asynchronous start operation that was started
with g_file_start_mountable().
+Since: 2.22
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -19139,26 +18853,22 @@ with g_file_start_mountable().
<return> %TRUE if the operation finished successfully. %FALSE
otherwise.
-Since: 2.22
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_unix_fd_list_get_length">
+<function name="g_mount_operation_get_domain">
<description>
-Gets the length of @list (ie: the number of file descriptors
-contained within).
+Gets the domain of the mount operation.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="list">
-<parameter_description> a #GUnixFDList
+<parameter name="op">
+<parameter_description> a #GMountOperation.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the length of @list
-
-Since: 2.24
+<return> a string set to the domain.
</return>
</function>
@@ -19223,47 +18933,37 @@ of the request.
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_drive_eject_with_operation_finish">
+<function name="g_file_info_get_sort_order">
<description>
-Finishes ejecting a drive. If any errors occurred during the operation,
- error will be set to contain the errors and %FALSE will be returned.
+Gets the value of the sort_order attribute from the #GFileInfo.
+See %G_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_STANDARD_SORT_ORDER.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="drive">
-<parameter_description> a #GDrive.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="result">
-<parameter_description> a #GAsyncResult.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="error">
-<parameter_description> a #GError location to store the error occuring, or %NULL to
-ignore.
+<parameter name="info">
+<parameter_description> a #GFileInfo.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> %TRUE if the drive was successfully ejected. %FALSE otherwise.
-
-Since: 2.22
+<return> a #gint32 containing the value of the "standard::sort_order" attribute.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_themed_icon_new">
+<function name="g_app_info_get_executable">
<description>
-Creates a new themed icon for @iconname.
+Gets the executable's name for the installed application.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="iconname">
-<parameter_description> a string containing an icon name.
+<parameter name="appinfo">
+<parameter_description> a #GAppInfo
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a new #GThemedIcon.
+<return> a string containing the @appinfo's application
+binaries name
</return>
</function>
@@ -19310,22 +19010,28 @@ present, it will be set appropriately.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_file_get_uri">
+<function name="g_input_stream_read_finish">
<description>
-Gets the URI for the @file.
-
-This call does no blocking i/o.
+Finishes an asynchronous stream read operation.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="file">
-<parameter_description> input #GFile.
+<parameter name="stream">
+<parameter_description> a #GInputStream.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="result">
+<parameter_description> a #GAsyncResult.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="error">
+<parameter_description> a #GError location to store the error occuring, or %NULL to
+ignore.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a string containing the #GFile's URI.
-The returned string should be freed with g_free() when no longer needed.
+<return> number of bytes read in, or -1 on error.
</return>
</function>
@@ -19379,16 +19085,6 @@ g_object_unref() when no longer needed.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="GZlibCompressor">
-<description>
-Zlib decompression
-
-</description>
-<parameters>
-</parameters>
-<return></return>
-</function>
-
<function name="g_buffered_input_stream_get_available">
<description>
Gets the size of the available data within the stream.
@@ -19405,33 +19101,6 @@ Gets the size of the available data within the stream.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_drive_stop_finish">
-<description>
-Finishes stopping a drive.
-
-
-</description>
-<parameters>
-<parameter name="drive">
-<parameter_description> a #GDrive.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="result">
-<parameter_description> a #GAsyncResult.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="error">
-<parameter_description> a #GError, or %NULL
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-</parameters>
-<return> %TRUE if the drive has been stopped successfully,
-%FALSE otherwise.
-
-Since: 2.22
-</return>
-</function>
-
<function name="missing_remove">
<description>
Unsafe, need lock fen_lock.
@@ -19444,19 +19113,23 @@ Unsafe, need lock fen_lock.
<function name="g_memory_output_stream_new">
<description>
-Creates a new #GMemoryOutputStream.
+Creates a new #GMemoryOutputStream.
If @data is non-%NULL, the stream will use that for its internal storage.
If @realloc_fn is non-%NULL, it will be used for resizing the internal
-storage when necessary. To construct a fixed-size output stream,
+storage when necessary. To construct a fixed-size output stream,
pass %NULL as @realloc_fn.
+
|[
/* a stream that can grow */
stream = g_memory_output_stream_new (NULL, 0, realloc, free);
+/* another stream that can grow */
+stream2 = g_memory_output_stream_new (NULL, 0, g_realloc, g_free);
+
/* a fixed-size stream */
data = malloc (200);
-stream2 = g_memory_output_stream_new (data, 200, NULL, free);
+stream3 = g_memory_output_stream_new (data, 200, NULL, free);
]|
@@ -19466,18 +19139,18 @@ stream2 = g_memory_output_stream_new (data, 200, NULL, free);
<parameter_description> pointer to a chunk of memory to use, or %NULL
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="len">
+<parameter name="size">
<parameter_description> the size of @data
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="realloc_fn">
-<parameter_description> a function with realloc() semantics to be called when
- data needs to be grown, or %NULL
+<parameter name="realloc_function">
+<parameter_description> a function with realloc() semantics (like g_realloc())
+to be called when @data needs to be grown, or %NULL
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="destroy">
-<parameter_description> a function to be called on @data when the stream is finalized,
-or %NULL
+<parameter name="destroy_function">
+<parameter_description> a function to be called on @data when the stream is
+finalized, or %NULL
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -19485,78 +19158,60 @@ or %NULL
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_file_info_get_display_name">
+<function name="g_drive_get_identifier">
<description>
-Gets a display name for a file.
+Gets the identifier of the given kind for @drive.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="info">
-<parameter_description> a #GFileInfo.
+<parameter name="drive">
+<parameter_description> a #GDrive
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-</parameters>
-<return> a string containing the display name.
-</return>
-</function>
-
-<function name="g_inet_address_get_is_mc_org_local">
-<description>
-Tests whether @address is an organization-local multicast address.
-
-
-</description>
-<parameters>
-<parameter name="address">
-<parameter_description> a #GInetAddress
+<parameter name="kind">
+<parameter_description> the kind of identifier to return
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> %TRUE if @address is an organization-local multicast address.
-
-Since: 2.22
+<return> a newly allocated string containing the
+requested identfier, or %NULL if the #GDrive
+doesn't have this kind of identifier.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_socket_client_connect_to_host_async">
+<function name="g_file_monitor_directory">
<description>
-This is the asynchronous version of g_socket_client_connect_to_host().
+Obtains a directory monitor for the given file.
+This may fail if directory monitoring is not supported.
-When the operation is finished @callback will be
-called. You can then call g_socket_client_connect_to_host_finish() to get
-the result of the operation.
+If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by
+triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation
+was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned.
-Since: 2.22
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="client">
-<parameter_description> a #GTcpClient
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="host_and_port">
-<parameter_description> the name and optionally the port of the host to connect to
+<parameter name="file">
+<parameter_description> input #GFile.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="default_port">
-<parameter_description> the default port to connect to
+<parameter name="flags">
+<parameter_description> a set of #GFileMonitorFlags.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="cancellable">
-<parameter_description> a #GCancellable, or %NULL
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="callback">
-<parameter_description> a #GAsyncReadyCallback
+<parameter_description> optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="user_data">
-<parameter_description> user data for the callback
+<parameter name="error">
+<parameter_description> a #GError, or %NULL.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> a #GFileMonitor for the given @file, or %NULL on error.
+Free the returned object with g_object_unref().
+</return>
</function>
<function name="g_volume_eject_finish">
@@ -19564,6 +19219,7 @@ Since: 2.22
Finishes ejecting a volume. If any errors occured during the operation,
@error will be set to contain the errors and %FALSE will be returned.
+Deprecated: 2.22: Use g_volume_eject_with_operation_finish() instead.
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -19582,7 +19238,6 @@ Finishes ejecting a volume. If any errors occured during the operation,
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE, %FALSE if operation failed.
-Deprecated: 2.22: Use g_volume_eject_with_operation_finish() instead.
</return>
</function>
@@ -19640,31 +19295,63 @@ Checks if the unix mount points have changed since a given unix time.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_socket_client_connect_finish">
+<function name="g_file_replace_contents_async">
<description>
-Finishes an async connect operation. See g_socket_client_connect_async()
+Starts an asynchronous replacement of @file with the given
+ contents of @length bytes. @etag will replace the document's
+current entity tag.
+When this operation has completed, @callback will be called with
+ user_user data, and the operation can be finalized with
+g_file_replace_contents_finish().
+
+If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by
+triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation
+was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned.
+
+If @make_backup is %TRUE, this function will attempt to
+make a backup of @file.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="client">
-<parameter_description> a #GSocketClient.
+<parameter name="file">
+<parameter_description> input #GFile.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="result">
-<parameter_description> a #GAsyncResult.
+<parameter name="contents">
+<parameter_description> string of contents to replace the file with.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="error">
-<parameter_description> a #GError location to store the error occuring, or %NULL to
-ignore.
+<parameter name="length">
+<parameter_description> the length of @contents in bytes.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="etag">
+<parameter_description> a new <link linkend="gfile-etag">entity tag</link> for the @file, or %NULL
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="make_backup">
+<parameter_description> %TRUE if a backup should be created.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="flags">
+<parameter_description> a set of #GFileCreateFlags.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="cancellable">
+<parameter_description> optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="callback">
+<parameter_description> a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the request is satisfied
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="user_data">
+<parameter_description> the data to pass to callback function
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a #GSocketConnection on success, %NULL on error.
-
-Since: 2.22
-</return>
+<return></return>
</function>
<function name="g_file_query_file_type">
@@ -19675,6 +19362,7 @@ implemented using g_file_query_info() and as such does blocking I/O.
The primary use case of this method is to check if a file is a regular file,
directory, or symlink.
+Since: 2.18
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -19694,7 +19382,6 @@ directory, or symlink.
<return> The #GFileType of the file and #G_FILE_TYPE_UNKNOWN if the file
does not exist
-Since: 2.18
</return>
</function>
@@ -19703,6 +19390,7 @@ Since: 2.18
Finishes unmounting a mount. If any errors occurred during the operation,
@error will be set to contain the errors and %FALSE will be returned.
+Deprecated: 2.22: Use g_mount_unmount_with_operation_finish() instead.
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -19722,7 +19410,6 @@ ignore.
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if the mount was successfully unmounted. %FALSE otherwise.
-Deprecated: 2.22: Use g_mount_unmount_with_operation_finish() instead.
</return>
</function>
@@ -19742,6 +19429,28 @@ Gets the size of the buffer in the @stream.
</return>
</function>
+<function name="g_file_info_get_attribute_int32">
+<description>
+Gets a signed 32-bit integer contained within the attribute. If the
+attribute does not contain a signed 32-bit integer, or is invalid,
+0 will be returned.
+
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="info">
+<parameter_description> a #GFileInfo.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="attribute">
+<parameter_description> a file attribute key.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> a signed 32-bit integer from the attribute.
+</return>
+</function>
+
<function name="g_drive_stop">
<description>
Asynchronously stops a drive.
@@ -19823,7 +19532,11 @@ not contain a #GObject, %NULL will be returned.
<function name="g_memory_output_stream_get_data_size">
<description>
-Returns: the number of bytes written to the stream
+Returns the number of bytes from the start up
+to including the last byte written in the stream
+that has not been truncated away.
+
+Since: 2.18
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -19834,7 +19547,6 @@ Returns: the number of bytes written to the stream
</parameters>
<return> the number of bytes written to the stream
-Since: 2.18
</return>
</function>
@@ -19854,35 +19566,21 @@ References a file attribute matcher.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="GFilenameCompleter">
-<description>
-Emitted when the file name completion information comes available.
-
-</description>
-<parameters>
-</parameters>
-<return></return>
-</function>
-
-<function name="g_app_info_get_id">
+<function name="g_inet_socket_address_get_port">
<description>
-Gets the ID of an application. An id is a string that
-identifies the application. The exact format of the id is
-platform dependent. For instance, on Unix this is the
-desktop file id from the xdg menu specification.
-
-Note that the returned ID may be %NULL, depending on how
-the @appinfo has been constructed.
+Gets @address's port.
+Since: 2.22
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="appinfo">
-<parameter_description> a #GAppInfo.
+<parameter name="address">
+<parameter_description> a #GInetSocketAddress
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a string containing the application's ID.
+<return> the port for @address
+
</return>
</function>
@@ -19920,6 +19618,7 @@ If @parent is %NULL then this function returns %TRUE if @file has any
parent at all. If @parent is non-%NULL then %TRUE is only returned
if @file is a child of @parent.
+Since: 2.24
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -19935,7 +19634,6 @@ if @file is a child of @parent.
<return> %TRUE if @file is a child of @parent (or any parent in the
case that @parent is %NULL).
-Since: 2.24
</return>
</function>
@@ -19978,6 +19676,7 @@ the output stream is destroyed.
<description>
Try to get the remote address of a socket connection.
+Since: 2.22
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -19993,7 +19692,6 @@ Try to get the remote address of a socket connection.
<return> a #GSocketAddress or %NULL on error.
Free the returned object with g_object_unref().
-Since: 2.22
</return>
</function>
@@ -20017,37 +19715,19 @@ Since: 2.22
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_input_stream_close">
+<function name="g_data_output_stream_put_uint16">
<description>
-Closes the stream, releasing resources related to it.
-
-Once the stream is closed, all other operations will return %G_IO_ERROR_CLOSED.
-Closing a stream multiple times will not return an error.
-
-Streams will be automatically closed when the last reference
-is dropped, but you might want to call this function to make sure
-resources are released as early as possible.
-
-Some streams might keep the backing store of the stream (e.g. a file descriptor)
-open after the stream is closed. See the documentation for the individual
-stream for details.
-
-On failure the first error that happened will be reported, but the close
-operation will finish as much as possible. A stream that failed to
-close will still return %G_IO_ERROR_CLOSED for all operations. Still, it
-is important to check and report the error to the user.
-
-If @cancellable is not NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by
-triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation
-was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned.
-Cancelling a close will still leave the stream closed, but some streams
-can use a faster close that doesn't block to e.g. check errors.
+Puts an unsigned 16-bit integer into the output stream.
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="stream">
-<parameter_description> A #GInputStream.
+<parameter_description> a #GDataOutputStream.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="data">
+<parameter_description> a #guint16.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="cancellable">
@@ -20055,49 +19735,51 @@ can use a faster close that doesn't block to e.g. check errors.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="error">
-<parameter_description> location to store the error occuring, or %NULL to ignore
+<parameter_description> a #GError, %NULL to ignore.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> %TRUE on success, %FALSE on failure
+<return> %TRUE if @data was successfully added to the @stream.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_initable_new_valist">
+<function name="g_simple_async_result_new_error">
<description>
-Helper function for constructing #GInitiable object. This is
-similar to g_object_new_valist() but also initializes the object
-and returns %NULL, setting an error on failure.
+Creates a new #GSimpleAsyncResult with a set error.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="object_type">
-<parameter_description> a #GType supporting #GInitable.
+<parameter name="source_object">
+<parameter_description> a #GObject, or %NULL.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="first_property_name">
-<parameter_description> the name of the first property, followed by
-the value, and other property value pairs, and ended by %NULL.
+<parameter name="callback">
+<parameter_description> a #GAsyncReadyCallback.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="var_args">
-<parameter_description> The var args list generated from @first_property_name.
+<parameter name="user_data">
+<parameter_description> user data passed to @callback.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="cancellable">
-<parameter_description> optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore.
+<parameter name="domain">
+<parameter_description> a #GQuark.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="error">
-<parameter_description> a #GError location to store the error occuring, or %NULL to
-ignore.
+<parameter name="code">
+<parameter_description> an error code.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="format">
+<parameter_description> a string with format characters.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="Varargs">
+<parameter_description> a list of values to insert into @format.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a newly allocated #GObject, or %NULL on error
-
-Since: 2.22
+<return> a #GSimpleAsyncResult.
</return>
</function>
@@ -20114,6 +19796,7 @@ If there are no outstanding connections then the operation will block
or return %G_IO_ERROR_WOULD_BLOCK if non-blocking I/O is enabled.
To be notified of an incoming connection, wait for the %G_IO_IN condition.
+Since: 2.22
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -20133,7 +19816,6 @@ To be notified of an incoming connection, wait for the %G_IO_IN condition.
<return> a new #GSocket, or %NULL on error.
Free the returned object with g_object_unref().
-Since: 2.22
</return>
</function>
@@ -20178,34 +19860,33 @@ of the request.
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_socket_listener_accept_finish">
+<function name="g_file_unmount_mountable_finish">
<description>
-Finishes an async accept operation. See g_socket_listener_accept_async()
+Finishes an unmount operation, see g_file_unmount_mountable() for details.
+Finish an asynchronous unmount operation that was started
+with g_file_unmount_mountable().
+
+Deprecated: 2.22: Use g_file_unmount_mountable_with_operation_finish() instead.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="listener">
-<parameter_description> a #GSocketListener
+<parameter name="file">
+<parameter_description> input #GFile.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="result">
<parameter_description> a #GAsyncResult.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="source_object">
-<parameter_description> Optional #GObject identifying this source
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
<parameter name="error">
-<parameter_description> a #GError location to store the error occuring, or %NULL to
-ignore.
+<parameter_description> a #GError, or %NULL
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a #GSocketConnection on success, %NULL on error.
+<return> %TRUE if the operation finished successfully. %FALSE
+otherwise.
-Since: 2.22
</return>
</function>
@@ -20217,6 +19898,7 @@ contexts</link>. If this returns %FALSE, you cannot perform
asynchronous operations on @file in a thread that has a
thread-default context.
+Since: 2.22
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -20227,7 +19909,6 @@ thread-default context.
</parameters>
<return> Whether or not @file supports thread-default contexts.
-Since: 2.22
</return>
</function>
@@ -20237,6 +19918,7 @@ Gets the size of @address's native <type>struct sockaddr</type>.
You can use this to allocate memory to pass to
g_socket_address_to_native().
+Since: 2.22
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -20248,7 +19930,6 @@ g_socket_address_to_native().
<return> the size of the native <type>struct sockaddr</type> that
@address represents
-Since: 2.22
</return>
</function>
@@ -20317,6 +19998,47 @@ Since: 2.22
<return></return>
</function>
+<function name="g_io_stream_close_async">
+<description>
+Requests an asynchronous close of the stream, releasing resources
+related to it. When the operation is finished @callback will be
+called. You can then call g_io_stream_close_finish() to get
+the result of the operation.
+
+For behaviour details see g_io_stream_close().
+
+The asynchronous methods have a default fallback that uses threads
+to implement asynchronicity, so they are optional for inheriting
+classes. However, if you override one you must override all.
+
+Since: 2.22
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="stream">
+<parameter_description> a #GIOStream
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="io_priority">
+<parameter_description> the io priority of the request
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="callback">
+<parameter_description> callback to call when the request is satisfied
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="user_data">
+<parameter_description> the data to pass to callback function
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="cancellable">
+<parameter_description> optional cancellable object
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return></return>
+</function>
+
<function name="g_io_stream_close">
<description>
Closes the stream, releasing resources related to it. This will also
@@ -20353,6 +20075,7 @@ can use a faster close that doesn't block to e.g. check errors.
The default implementation of this method just calls close on the
individual input/output streams.
+Since: 2.22
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -20371,47 +20094,21 @@ individual input/output streams.
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE on success, %FALSE on failure
-Since: 2.22
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_socket_listener_accept">
+<function name="g_unix_fd_message_new">
<description>
-Blocks waiting for a client to connect to any of the sockets added
-to the listener. Returns a #GSocketConnection for the socket that was
-accepted.
-
-If @source_object is not %NULL it will be filled out with the source
-object specified when the corresponding socket or address was added
-to the listener.
-
-If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by
-triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation
-was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned.
+Creates a new #GUnixFDMessage containing an empty file descriptor
+list.
+Since: 2.22
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="listener">
-<parameter_description> a #GSocketListener
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="source_object">
-<parameter_description> location where #GObject pointer will be stored, or %NULL
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="cancellable">
-<parameter_description> optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="error">
-<parameter_description> #GError for error reporting, or %NULL to ignore.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a #GSocketConnection on success, %NULL on error.
+<return> a new #GUnixFDMessage
-Since: 2.22
</return>
</function>
@@ -20479,28 +20176,22 @@ in @result.
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_input_stream_read_finish">
+<function name="g_file_get_uri">
<description>
-Finishes an asynchronous stream read operation.
+Gets the URI for the @file.
+
+This call does no blocking i/o.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="stream">
-<parameter_description> a #GInputStream.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="result">
-<parameter_description> a #GAsyncResult.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="error">
-<parameter_description> a #GError location to store the error occuring, or %NULL to
-ignore.
+<parameter name="file">
+<parameter_description> input #GFile.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> number of bytes read in, or -1 on error.
+<return> a string containing the #GFile's URI.
+The returned string should be freed with g_free() when no longer needed.
</return>
</function>
@@ -20541,41 +20232,51 @@ Since: 2.20
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_io_stream_close_async">
+<function name="g_unix_mount_guess_can_eject">
<description>
-Requests an asynchronous close of the stream, releasing resources
-related to it. When the operation is finished @callback will be
-called. You can then call g_io_stream_close_finish() to get
-the result of the operation.
+Guesses whether a Unix mount can be ejected.
-For behaviour details see g_io_stream_close().
-The asynchronous methods have a default fallback that uses threads
-to implement asynchronicity, so they are optional for inheriting
-classes. However, if you override one you must override all.
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="mount_entry">
+<parameter_description> a #GUnixMountEntry
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> %TRUE if @mount_entry is deemed to be ejectable.
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_resolver_lookup_by_name_async">
+<description>
+Begins asynchronously resolving @hostname to determine its
+associated IP address(es), and eventually calls @callback, which
+must call g_resolver_lookup_by_name_finish() to get the result.
+See g_resolver_lookup_by_name() for more details.
Since: 2.22
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="stream">
-<parameter_description> a #GIOStream
+<parameter name="resolver">
+<parameter_description> a #GResolver
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="io_priority">
-<parameter_description> the io priority of the request
+<parameter name="hostname">
+<parameter_description> the hostname to look up the address of
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="callback">
-<parameter_description> callback to call when the request is satisfied
+<parameter name="cancellable">
+<parameter_description> a #GCancellable, or %NULL
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="user_data">
-<parameter_description> the data to pass to callback function
+<parameter name="callback">
+<parameter_description> callback to call after resolution completes
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="cancellable">
-<parameter_description> optional cancellable object
+<parameter name="user_data">
+<parameter_description> data for @callback
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
diff --git a/glib/src/glib_docs.xml b/glib/src/glib_docs.xml
index 705f7fd..0920957 100644
--- a/glib/src/glib_docs.xml
+++ b/glib/src/glib_docs.xml
@@ -1,20 +1,4 @@
<root>
-<function name="g_io_channel_ref">
-<description>
-Increments the reference count of a #GIOChannel.
-
-
-</description>
-<parameters>
-<parameter name="channel">
-<parameter_description> a #GIOChannel
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-</parameters>
-<return> the @channel that was passed in (since 2.6)
-</return>
-</function>
-
<function name="g_str_hash">
<description>
Converts a string to a hash value.
@@ -33,60 +17,6 @@ parameter, when using strings as keys in a #GHashTable.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_source_destroy">
-<description>
-Removes a source from its #GMainContext, if any, and mark it as
-destroyed. The source cannot be subsequently added to another
-context.
-
-</description>
-<parameters>
-<parameter name="source">
-<parameter_description> a #GSource
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-</parameters>
-<return></return>
-</function>
-
-<function name="g_unichar_isdigit">
-<description>
-Determines whether a character is numeric (i.e. a digit). This
-covers ASCII 0-9 and also digits in other languages/scripts. Given
-some UTF-8 text, obtain a character value with g_utf8_get_char().
-
-
-</description>
-<parameters>
-<parameter name="c">
-<parameter_description> a Unicode character
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-</parameters>
-<return> %TRUE if @c is a digit
-</return>
-</function>
-
-<function name="g_flags_get_first_value">
-<description>
-Returns: the first #GFlagsValue which is set in @value, or %NULL if
-
-</description>
-<parameters>
-<parameter name="flags_class">
-<parameter_description> a #GFlagsClass
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="value">
-<parameter_description> the value
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-</parameters>
-<return> the first #GFlagsValue which is set in @value, or %NULL if
-none is set
-</return>
-</function>
-
<function name="g_shell_unquote">
<description>
Unquotes a string as the shell (/bin/sh) would. Only handles
@@ -106,8 +36,8 @@ errors are in the #G_SHELL_ERROR domain.
Shell quoting rules are a bit strange. Single quotes preserve the
literal string exactly. escape sequences are not allowed; not even
-\' - if you want a ' in the quoted text, you have to do something
-like 'foo'\''bar'. Double quotes allow $, `, ", \, and newline to
+\' - if you want a ' in the quoted text, you have to do something
+like 'foo'\''bar'. Double quotes allow $, `, ", \, and newline to
be escaped with backslash. Otherwise double quotes preserve things
literally.
@@ -153,6 +83,7 @@ Behaves exactly like g_build_path(), but takes the path elements
as a string array, instead of varargs. This function is mainly
meant for language bindings.
+Since: 2.8
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -167,123 +98,148 @@ meant for language bindings.
</parameters>
<return> a newly-allocated string that must be freed with g_free().
-Since: 2.8
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_value_array_sort_with_data">
+<function name="g_thread_pool_get_num_threads">
<description>
-Sort @value_array using @compare_func to compare the elements accoring
-to the semantics of #GCompareDataFunc.
+Returns the number of threads currently running in @pool.
-The current implementation uses Quick-Sort as sorting algorithm.
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="pool">
+<parameter_description> a #GThreadPool
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> the number of threads currently running
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_bookmark_file_get_applications">
+<description>
+Retrieves the names of the applications that have registered the
+bookmark for @uri.
+
+In the event the URI cannot be found, %NULL is returned and
+ error is set to #G_BOOKMARK_FILE_ERROR_URI_NOT_FOUND.
+
+Since: 2.12
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="value_array">
-<parameter_description> #GValueArray to sort
+<parameter name="bookmark">
+<parameter_description> a #GBookmarkFile
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="compare_func">
-<parameter_description> function to compare elements
+<parameter name="uri">
+<parameter_description> a valid URI
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="user_data">
-<parameter_description> extra data argument provided for @compare_func
+<parameter name="length">
+<parameter_description> return location of the length of the returned list, or %NULL
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="error">
+<parameter_description> return location for a #GError, or %NULL
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the #GValueArray passed in as @value_array
+<return> a newly allocated %NULL-terminated array of strings.
+Use g_strfreev() to free it.
+
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_propagate_error">
+<function name="g_variant_equal">
<description>
-If @dest is %NULL, free @src; otherwise, moves @src into * dest
-The error variable @dest points to must be %NULL.
+Checks if @one and @two have the same type and value.
+
+The types of @one and @two are #gconstpointer only to allow use of
+this function with #GHashTable. They must each be a #GVariant.
+
+Since: 2.24
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="dest">
-<parameter_description> error return location
+<parameter name="one">
+<parameter_description> a #GVariant instance
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="src">
-<parameter_description> error to move into the return location
+<parameter name="two">
+<parameter_description> a #GVariant instance
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> %TRUE if @one and @two are equal
+</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_thread_pool_get_num_threads">
+<function name="g_intern_string">
<description>
-Return value: the number of threads currently running
+Returns a canonical representation for @string. Interned strings can
+be compared for equality by comparing the pointers, instead of using strcmp().
+
+Since: 2.10
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="pool">
-<parameter_description> a #GThreadPool
+<parameter name="string">
+<parameter_description> a string
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the number of threads currently running
+<return> a canonical representation for the string
+
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_cclosure_marshal_VOID__UCHAR">
+<function name="g_type_add_class_private">
<description>
-A marshaller for a #GCClosure with a callback of type
-&lt;literal&gt;void (*callback) (gpointer instance, guchar arg1, gpointer user_data)&lt;/literal&gt;.
+Registers a private class structure for a classed type;
+when the class is allocated, the private structures for
+the class and all of its parent types are allocated
+sequentially in the same memory block as the public
+structures. This function should be called in the
+type's get_type() function after the type is registered.
+The private structure can be retrieved using the
+G_TYPE_CLASS_GET_PRIVATE() macro.
+
+Since: 2.24
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="closure">
-<parameter_description> the #GClosure to which the marshaller belongs
+<parameter name="class_type">
+<parameter_description> GType of an classed type.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="return_value">
-<parameter_description> ignored
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="n_param_values">
-<parameter_description> 2
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="param_values">
-<parameter_description> a #GValue array holding the instance and the #guchar parameter
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="invocation_hint">
-<parameter_description> the invocation hint given as the last argument
-to g_closure_invoke()
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="marshal_data">
-<parameter_description> additional data specified when registering the marshaller
+<parameter name="private_size">
+<parameter_description> size of private structure.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_signal_type_cclosure_new">
+<function name="g_cclosure_new">
<description>
-Creates a new closure which invokes the function found at the offset
- struct_offset in the class structure of the interface or classed type
-identified by @itype.
+Creates a new closure which invokes @callback_func with @user_data as
+the last parameter.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="itype">
-<parameter_description> the #GType identifier of an interface or classed type
+<parameter name="callback_func">
+<parameter_description> the function to invoke
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="struct_offset">
-<parameter_description> the offset of the member function of @itype's class
-structure which is to be invoked by the new closure
+<parameter name="user_data">
+<parameter_description> user data to pass to @callback_func
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="destroy_data">
+<parameter_description> destroy notify to be called when @user_data is no longer used
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -291,1852 +247,2192 @@ structure which is to be invoked by the new closure
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_signal_emit">
+<function name="g_source_new">
<description>
-Emits a signal.
+Creates a new #GSource structure. The size is specified to
+allow creating structures derived from #GSource that contain
+additional data. The size passed in must be at least
+<literal>sizeof (GSource)</literal>.
+
+The source will not initially be associated with any #GMainContext
+and must be added to one with g_source_attach() before it will be
+executed.
-Note that g_signal_emit() resets the return value to the default
-if no handlers are connected, in contrast to g_signal_emitv().
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="instance">
-<parameter_description> the instance the signal is being emitted on.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="signal_id">
-<parameter_description> the signal id
+<parameter name="source_funcs">
+<parameter_description> structure containing functions that implement
+the sources behavior.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="detail">
-<parameter_description> the detail
+<parameter name="struct_size">
+<parameter_description> size of the #GSource structure to create.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="Varargs">
-<parameter_description> parameters to be passed to the signal, followed by a
-location for the return value. If the return type of the signal
-is #G_TYPE_NONE, the return value location can be omitted.
+</parameters>
+<return> the newly-created #GSource.
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_param_spec_sink">
+<description>
+The initial reference count of a newly created #GParamSpec is 1,
+even though no one has explicitly called g_param_spec_ref() on it
+yet. So the initial reference count is flagged as "floating", until
+someone calls <literal>g_param_spec_ref (pspec); g_param_spec_sink
+(pspec);</literal> in sequence on it, taking over the initial
+reference count (thus ending up with a @pspec that has a reference
+count of 1 still, but is not flagged "floating" anymore).
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="pspec">
+<parameter_description> a valid #GParamSpec
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_bookmark_file_get_applications">
+<function name="g_node_n_children">
<description>
-Retrieves the names of the applications that have registered the
-bookmark for @uri.
-
-In the event the URI cannot be found, %NULL is returned and
- error is set to #G_BOOKMARK_FILE_ERROR_URI_NOT_FOUND.
+Gets the number of children of a #GNode.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="bookmark">
-<parameter_description> a #GBookmarkFile
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="uri">
-<parameter_description> a valid URI
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="length">
-<parameter_description> return location of the length of the returned list, or %NULL
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="error">
-<parameter_description> return location for a #GError, or %NULL
+<parameter name="node">
+<parameter_description> a #GNode
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a newly allocated %NULL-terminated array of strings.
-Use g_strfreev() to free it.
-
-Since: 2.12
+<return> the number of children of @node
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_io_channel_close">
+<function name="g_string_chunk_new">
<description>
-Close an IO channel. Any pending data to be written will be
-flushed, ignoring errors. The channel will not be freed until the
-last reference is dropped using g_io_channel_unref().
+Creates a new #GStringChunk.
-Deprecated:2.2: Use g_io_channel_shutdown() instead.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="channel">
-<parameter_description> A #GIOChannel
+<parameter name="size">
+<parameter_description> the default size of the blocks of memory which are
+allocated to store the strings. If a particular string
+is larger than this default size, a larger block of
+memory will be allocated for it.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> a new #GStringChunk
+</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_string_equal">
+<function name="g_chunk_new">
<description>
-Compares two strings for equality, returning %TRUE if they are equal.
-For use with #GHashTable.
+A convenience macro to allocate an atom of memory from a #GMemChunk.
+It calls g_mem_chunk_alloc() and casts the returned atom to a
+pointer to the given type, avoiding a type cast in the source code.
+Deprecated:2.10: Use g_slice_new() instead
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="v">
-<parameter_description> a #GString
+<parameter name="type">
+<parameter_description> the type of the #GMemChunk atoms, typically a structure name.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="v2">
-<parameter_description> another #GString
+<parameter name="chunk">
+<parameter_description> a #GMemChunk.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> %TRUE if they strings are the same length and contain the
-same bytes
+<return> a pointer to the allocated atom, cast to a pointer to
+ type
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_checksum_type_get_length">
+<function name="g_signal_add_emission_hook">
<description>
-Gets the length in bytes of digests of type @checksum_type
+Adds an emission hook for a signal, which will get called for any emission
+of that signal, independent of the instance. This is possible only
+for signals which don't have #G_SIGNAL_NO_HOOKS flag set.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="checksum_type">
-<parameter_description> a #GChecksumType
+<parameter name="signal_id">
+<parameter_description> the signal identifier, as returned by g_signal_lookup().
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="detail">
+<parameter_description> the detail on which to call the hook.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="hook_func">
+<parameter_description> a #GSignalEmissionHook function.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="hook_data">
+<parameter_description> user data for @hook_func.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="data_destroy">
+<parameter_description> a #GDestroyNotify for @hook_data.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the checksum length, or -1 if @checksum_type is
-not supported.
-
-Since: 2.16
+<return> the hook id, for later use with g_signal_remove_emission_hook().
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_slist_reverse">
+<function name="g_dir_read_name">
<description>
-Reverses a #GSList.
+Retrieves the name of the next entry in the directory. The '.' and
+'..' entries are omitted. On Windows, the returned name is in
+UTF-8. On Unix, it is in the on-disk encoding.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="list">
-<parameter_description> a #GSList
+<parameter name="dir">
+<parameter_description> a #GDir* created by g_dir_open()
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the start of the reversed #GSList
+<return> The entry's name or %NULL if there are no
+more entries. The return value is owned by GLib and
+must not be modified or freed.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_bookmark_file_get_is_private">
+<function name="g_main_context_wakeup">
<description>
-Gets whether the private flag of the bookmark for @uri is set.
+If @context is currently waiting in a poll(), interrupt
+the poll(), and continue the iteration process.
-In the event the URI cannot be found, %FALSE is returned and
- error is set to #G_BOOKMARK_FILE_ERROR_URI_NOT_FOUND. In the
-event that the private flag cannot be found, %FALSE is returned and
- error is set to #G_BOOKMARK_FILE_ERROR_INVALID_VALUE.
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="context">
+<parameter_description> a #GMainContext
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return></return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_closure_set_meta_marshal">
+<description>
+Sets the meta marshaller of @closure. A meta marshaller wraps
+ closure->marshal and modifies the way it is called in some
+fashion. The most common use of this facility is for C callbacks.
+The same marshallers (generated by <link
+linkend="glib-genmarshal">glib-genmarshal</link>) are used
+everywhere, but the way that we get the callback function
+differs. In most cases we want to use @closure->callback, but in
+other cases we want to use some different technique to retrieve the
+callback function.
+For example, class closures for signals (see
+g_signal_type_cclosure_new()) retrieve the callback function from a
+fixed offset in the class structure. The meta marshaller retrieves
+the right callback and passes it to the marshaller as the
+ marshal_data argument.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="bookmark">
-<parameter_description> a #GBookmarkFile
+<parameter name="closure">
+<parameter_description> a #GClosure
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="uri">
-<parameter_description> a valid URI
+<parameter name="marshal_data">
+<parameter_description> context-dependent data to pass to @meta_marshal
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="error">
-<parameter_description> return location for a #GError, or %NULL
+<parameter name="meta_marshal">
+<parameter_description> a #GClosureMarshal function
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> %TRUE if the private flag is set, %FALSE otherwise.
-
-Since: 2.12
-</return>
+<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_main_current_source">
+<function name="g_variant_get_byte">
<description>
-Return value: The currently firing source or %NULL.
+Returns the byte value of @value.
+
+It is an error to call this function with a @value of any type
+other than %G_VARIANT_TYPE_BYTE.
+
+Since: 2.24
</description>
<parameters>
+<parameter name="value">
+<parameter_description> a byte #GVariant instance
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> The currently firing source or %NULL.
-
-Since: 2.12
+<return> a #guchar
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_intern_string">
+<function name="g_get_tmp_dir">
<description>
-Returns: a canonical representation for the string
+Gets the directory to use for temporary files. This is found from
+inspecting the environment variables <envar>TMPDIR</envar>,
+<envar>TMP</envar>, and <envar>TEMP</envar> in that order. If none
+of those are defined "/tmp" is returned on UNIX and "C:\" on Windows.
+The encoding of the returned string is system-defined. On Windows,
+it is always UTF-8. The return value is never %NULL.
+
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="string">
-<parameter_description> a string
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a canonical representation for the string
-
-Since: 2.10
+<return> the directory to use for temporary files.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_source_set_closure">
+<function name="g_variant_ref_sink">
<description>
-Set the callback for a source as a #GClosure.
+#GVariant uses a floating reference count system. All functions with
+names starting with <literal>g_variant_new_</literal> return floating
+references.
-If the source is not one of the standard GLib types, the @closure_callback
-and @closure_marshal fields of the #GSourceFuncs structure must have been
-filled in with pointers to appropriate functions.
+Calling g_variant_ref_sink() on a #GVariant with a floating reference
+will convert the floating reference into a full reference. Calling
+g_variant_ref_sink() on a non-floating #GVariant results in an
+additional normal reference being added.
+
+In other words, if the @value is floating, then this call "assumes
+ownership" of the floating reference, converting it to a normal
+reference. If the @value is not floating, then this call adds a
+new normal reference increasing the reference count by one.
+
+All calls that result in a #GVariant instance being inserted into a
+container will call g_variant_ref_sink() on the instance. This means
+that if the value was just created (and has only its floating
+reference) then the container will assume sole ownership of the value
+at that point and the caller will not need to unreference it. This
+makes certain common styles of programming much easier while still
+maintaining normal refcounting semantics in situations where values
+are not floating.
+
+Since: 2.24
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="source">
-<parameter_description> the source
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="closure">
-<parameter_description> a #GClosure
+<parameter name="value">
+<parameter_description> a #GVariant
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> the same @value
+</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_type_interface_peek_parent">
+<function name="g_match_info_get_string">
<description>
-Returns: The corresponding #GTypeInterface structure of the parent
+Returns the string searched with @match_info. This is the
+string passed to g_regex_match() or g_regex_replace() so
+you may not free it before calling this function.
+
+Since: 2.14
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="g_iface">
-<parameter_description> A #GTypeInterface structure.
+<parameter name="match_info">
+<parameter_description> a #GMatchInfo
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> The corresponding #GTypeInterface structure of the parent
-type of the instance type to which @g_iface belongs, or
-%NULL if the parent type doesn't conform to the interface.
+<return> the string searched with @match_info
+
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_key_file_set_double_list">
+<function name="g_sequence_iter_compare">
<description>
-Associates a list of double values with @key under
- group_name If @key cannot be found then it is created.
+Returns a negative number if @a comes before @b, 0 if they are equal,
+and a positive number if @a comes after @b.
-Since: 2.12
+The @a and @b iterators must point into the same sequence.
+
+Since: 2.14
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="key_file">
-<parameter_description> a #GKeyFile
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="group_name">
-<parameter_description> a group name
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="key">
-<parameter_description> a key
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="list">
-<parameter_description> an array of double values
+<parameter name="a">
+<parameter_description> a #GSequenceIter
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="length">
-<parameter_description> number of double values in @list
+<parameter name="b">
+<parameter_description> a #GSequenceIter
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> A negative number if @a comes before @b, 0 if they are
+equal, and a positive number if @a comes after @b.
+
+</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_cclosure_new">
+<function name="g_idle_add_full">
<description>
-Creates a new closure which invokes @callback_func with @user_data as
-the last parameter.
+Adds a function to be called whenever there are no higher priority
+events pending. If the function returns %FALSE it is automatically
+removed from the list of event sources and will not be called again.
+
+This internally creates a main loop source using g_idle_source_new()
+and attaches it to the main loop context using g_source_attach().
+You can do these steps manually if you need greater control.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="callback_func">
-<parameter_description> the function to invoke
+<parameter name="priority">
+<parameter_description> the priority of the idle source. Typically this will be in the
+range between #G_PRIORITY_DEFAULT_IDLE and #G_PRIORITY_HIGH_IDLE.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="user_data">
-<parameter_description> user data to pass to @callback_func
+<parameter name="function">
+<parameter_description> function to call
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="destroy_data">
-<parameter_description> destroy notify to be called when @user_data is no longer used
+<parameter name="data">
+<parameter_description> data to pass to @function
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="notify">
+<parameter_description> function to call when the idle is removed, or %NULL
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a new #GCClosure
+<return> the ID (greater than 0) of the event source.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_sequence_iter_get_position">
+<function name="g_variant_type_is_definite">
<description>
-Return value: the position of @iter
+Determines if the given @type is definite (ie: not indefinite).
+
+A type is definite if its type string does not contain any indefinite
+type characters ('*', '?', or 'r').
+
+A #GVariant instance may not have an indefinite type, so calling
+this function on the result of g_variant_get_type() will always
+result in %TRUE being returned. Calling this function on an
+indefinite type like %G_VARIANT_TYPE_ARRAY, however, will result in
+%FALSE being returned.
+
+Since 2.24
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="iter">
-<parameter_description> a #GSequenceIter
+<parameter name="type">
+<parameter_description> a #GVariantType
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the position of @iter
-
-Since: 2.14
+<return> %TRUE if @type is definite
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_source_new">
+<function name="g_queue_pop_nth">
<description>
-Creates a new #GSource structure. The size is specified to
-allow creating structures derived from #GSource that contain
-additional data. The size passed in must be at least
-&lt;literal&gt;sizeof (GSource)&lt;/literal&gt;.
-
-The source will not initially be associated with any #GMainContext
-and must be added to one with g_source_attach() before it will be
-executed.
+Removes the @n'th element of @queue.
+Since: 2.4
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="source_funcs">
-<parameter_description> structure containing functions that implement
-the sources behavior.
+<parameter name="queue">
+<parameter_description> a #GQueue
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="struct_size">
-<parameter_description> size of the #GSource structure to create.
+<parameter name="n">
+<parameter_description> the position of the element.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the newly-created #GSource.
+<return> the element's data, or %NULL if @n is off the end of @queue.
+
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_value_get_ulong">
+<function name="g_timer_destroy">
<description>
-Get the contents of a %G_TYPE_ULONG #GValue.
-
+Destroys a timer, freeing associated resources.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="value">
-<parameter_description> a valid #GValue of type %G_TYPE_ULONG
+<parameter name="timer">
+<parameter_description> a #GTimer to destroy.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> unsigned long integer contents of @value
-</return>
+<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_io_channel_set_encoding">
+<function name="g_slist_prepend">
<description>
-Sets the encoding for the input/output of the channel.
-The internal encoding is always UTF-8. The default encoding
-for the external file is UTF-8.
+Adds a new element on to the start of the list.
-The encoding %NULL is safe to use with binary data.
+<note><para>
+The return value is the new start of the list, which
+may have changed, so make sure you store the new value.
+</para></note>
-The encoding can only be set if one of the following conditions
-is true:
-&lt;itemizedlist&gt;
-&lt;listitem&gt;&lt;para&gt;
-The channel was just created, and has not been written to or read
-from yet.
-&lt;/para&gt;&lt;/listitem&gt;
-&lt;listitem&gt;&lt;para&gt;
-The channel is write-only.
-&lt;/para&gt;&lt;/listitem&gt;
-&lt;listitem&gt;&lt;para&gt;
-The channel is a file, and the file pointer was just
-repositioned by a call to g_io_channel_seek_position().
-(This flushes all the internal buffers.)
-&lt;/para&gt;&lt;/listitem&gt;
-&lt;listitem&gt;&lt;para&gt;
-The current encoding is %NULL or UTF-8.
-&lt;/para&gt;&lt;/listitem&gt;
-&lt;listitem&gt;&lt;para&gt;
-One of the (new API) read functions has just returned %G_IO_STATUS_EOF
-(or, in the case of g_io_channel_read_to_end(), %G_IO_STATUS_NORMAL).
-&lt;/para&gt;&lt;/listitem&gt;
-&lt;listitem&gt;&lt;para&gt;
-One of the functions g_io_channel_read_chars() or
-g_io_channel_read_unichar() has returned %G_IO_STATUS_AGAIN or
-%G_IO_STATUS_ERROR. This may be useful in the case of
-%G_CONVERT_ERROR_ILLEGAL_SEQUENCE.
-Returning one of these statuses from g_io_channel_read_line(),
-g_io_channel_read_line_string(), or g_io_channel_read_to_end()
-does &lt;emphasis&gt;not&lt;/emphasis&gt; guarantee that the encoding can
-be changed.
-&lt;/para&gt;&lt;/listitem&gt;
-&lt;/itemizedlist&gt;
-Channels which do not meet one of the above conditions cannot call
-g_io_channel_seek_position() with an offset of %G_SEEK_CUR, and, if
-they are "seekable", cannot call g_io_channel_write_chars() after
-calling one of the API "read" functions.
+|[
+/* Notice that it is initialized to the empty list. */
+GSList *list = NULL;
+list = g_slist_prepend (list, "last");
+list = g_slist_prepend (list, "first");
+]|
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="channel">
-<parameter_description> a #GIOChannel
+<parameter name="list">
+<parameter_description> a #GSList
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="encoding">
-<parameter_description> the encoding type
+<parameter name="data">
+<parameter_description> the data for the new element
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="error">
-<parameter_description> location to store an error of type #GConvertError
+</parameters>
+<return> the new start of the #GSList
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_rand_double">
+<description>
+Returns the next random #gdouble from @rand_ equally distributed over
+the range [0..1).
+
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="rand_">
+<parameter_description> a #GRand.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> %G_IO_STATUS_NORMAL if the encoding was successfully set.
+<return> A random number.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_flags_get_value_by_name">
+<function name="g_dataset_foreach">
<description>
-Looks up a #GFlagsValue by name.
-
+Calls the given function for each data element which is associated
+with the given location. Note that this function is NOT thread-safe.
+So unless @datalist can be protected from any modifications during
+invocation of this function, it should not be called.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="flags_class">
-<parameter_description> a #GFlagsClass
+<parameter name="dataset_location">
+<parameter_description> the location identifying the dataset.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="name">
-<parameter_description> the name to look up
+<parameter name="func">
+<parameter_description> the function to call for each data element.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="user_data">
+<parameter_description> user data to pass to the function.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the #GFlagsValue with name @name, or %NULL if there is no
-flag with that name
-</return>
+<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_node_n_children">
+<function name="g_variant_type_is_container">
<description>
-Gets the number of children of a #GNode.
+Determines if the given @type is a container type.
+Container types are any array, maybe, tuple, or dictionary
+entry types plus the variant type.
+
+This function returns %TRUE for any indefinite type for which every
+definite subtype is a container -- %G_VARIANT_TYPE_ARRAY, for
+example.
+
+Since 2.24
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="node">
-<parameter_description> a #GNode
+<parameter name="type">
+<parameter_description> a #GVariantType
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the number of children of @node
+<return> %TRUE if @type is a container type
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_markup_parse_context_free">
+<function name="g_signal_emit_valist">
<description>
-Frees a #GMarkupParseContext. Can't be called from inside
-one of the #GMarkupParser functions. Can't be called while
-a subparser is pushed.
+Emits a signal.
+
+Note that g_signal_emit_valist() resets the return value to the default
+if no handlers are connected, in contrast to g_signal_emitv().
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="context">
-<parameter_description> a #GMarkupParseContext
+<parameter name="instance">
+<parameter_description> the instance the signal is being emitted on.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="signal_id">
+<parameter_description> the signal id
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="detail">
+<parameter_description> the detail
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="var_args">
+<parameter_description> a list of parameters to be passed to the signal, followed by a
+location for the return value. If the return type of the signal
+is #G_TYPE_NONE, the return value location can be omitted.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_string_chunk_new">
+<function name="g_ptr_array_ref">
<description>
-Creates a new #GStringChunk.
+Atomically increments the reference count of @array by one. This
+function is MT-safe and may be called from any thread.
+Since: 2.22
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="size">
-<parameter_description> the default size of the blocks of memory which are
-allocated to store the strings. If a particular string
-is larger than this default size, a larger block of
-memory will be allocated for it.
+<parameter name="array">
+<parameter_description> A #GArray.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a new #GStringChunk
+<return> The passed in #GPtrArray.
+
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_utf8_normalize">
+<function name="g_bookmark_file_load_from_data_dirs">
<description>
-Converts a string into canonical form, standardizing
-such issues as whether a character with an accent
-is represented as a base character and combining
-accent or as a single precomposed character. The
-string has to be valid UTF-8, otherwise %NULL is
-returned. You should generally call g_utf8_normalize()
-before comparing two Unicode strings.
-
-The normalization mode %G_NORMALIZE_DEFAULT only
-standardizes differences that do not affect the
-text content, such as the above-mentioned accent
-representation. %G_NORMALIZE_ALL also standardizes
-the "compatibility" characters in Unicode, such
-as SUPERSCRIPT THREE to the standard forms
-(in this case DIGIT THREE). Formatting information
-may be lost but for most text operations such
-characters should be considered the same.
-
-%G_NORMALIZE_DEFAULT_COMPOSE and %G_NORMALIZE_ALL_COMPOSE
-are like %G_NORMALIZE_DEFAULT and %G_NORMALIZE_ALL,
-but returned a result with composed forms rather
-than a maximally decomposed form. This is often
-useful if you intend to convert the string to
-a legacy encoding or pass it to a system with
-less capable Unicode handling.
+This function looks for a desktop bookmark file named @file in the
+paths returned from g_get_user_data_dir() and g_get_system_data_dirs(),
+loads the file into @bookmark and returns the file's full path in
+ full_path If the file could not be loaded then an %error is
+set to either a #GFileError or #GBookmarkFileError.
+Since: 2.12
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="str">
-<parameter_description> a UTF-8 encoded string.
+<parameter name="bookmark">
+<parameter_description> a #GBookmarkFile
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="len">
-<parameter_description> length of @str, in bytes, or -1 if @str is nul-terminated.
+<parameter name="file">
+<parameter_description> a relative path to a filename to open and parse
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="mode">
-<parameter_description> the type of normalization to perform.
+<parameter name="full_path">
+<parameter_description> return location for a string containing the full path
+of the file, or %NULL
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="error">
+<parameter_description> return location for a #GError, or %NULL
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a newly allocated string, that is the
-normalized form of @str, or %NULL if @str is not
-valid UTF-8.
+<return> %TRUE if a key file could be loaded, %FALSE othewise
+
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_type_interface_prerequisites">
+<function name="g_option_context_get_main_group">
<description>
-Returns: a newly-allocated zero-terminated array of #GType containing
+Returns a pointer to the main group of @context.
+
+Since: 2.6
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="interface_type">
-<parameter_description> an interface type
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="n_prerequisites">
-<parameter_description> location to return the number of prerequisites, or %NULL
+<parameter name="context">
+<parameter_description> a #GOptionContext
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a newly-allocated zero-terminated array of #GType containing
-the prerequisites of @interface_type
+<return> the main group of @context, or %NULL if @context doesn't
+have a main group. Note that group belongs to @context and should
+not be modified or freed.
+
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_match_info_next">
+<function name="g_ascii_strdown">
<description>
-Scans for the next match using the same parameters of the previous
-call to g_regex_match_full() or g_regex_match() that returned
- match_info
-
-The match is done on the string passed to the match function, so you
-cannot free it before calling this function.
+Converts all upper case ASCII letters to lower case ASCII letters.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="match_info">
-<parameter_description> a #GMatchInfo structure
+<parameter name="str">
+<parameter_description> a string.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="error">
-<parameter_description> location to store the error occuring, or %NULL to ignore errors
+<parameter name="len">
+<parameter_description> length of @str in bytes, or -1 if @str is nul-terminated.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> %TRUE is the string matched, %FALSE otherwise
-
-Since: 2.14
+<return> a newly-allocated string, with all the upper case
+characters in @str converted to lower case, with
+semantics that exactly match g_ascii_tolower(). (Note
+that this is unlike the old g_strdown(), which modified
+the string in place.)
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_signal_connect_closure_by_id">
+<function name="g_bookmark_file_get_groups">
<description>
-Connects a closure to a signal for a particular object.
+Retrieves the list of group names of the bookmark for @uri.
+In the event the URI cannot be found, %NULL is returned and
+ error is set to #G_BOOKMARK_FILE_ERROR_URI_NOT_FOUND.
+
+The returned array is %NULL terminated, so @length may optionally
+be %NULL.
+
+Since: 2.12
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="instance">
-<parameter_description> the instance to connect to.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="signal_id">
-<parameter_description> the id of the signal.
+<parameter name="bookmark">
+<parameter_description> a #GBookmarkFile
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="detail">
-<parameter_description> the detail.
+<parameter name="uri">
+<parameter_description> a valid URI
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="closure">
-<parameter_description> the closure to connect.
+<parameter name="length">
+<parameter_description> return location for the length of the returned string, or %NULL
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="after">
-<parameter_description> whether the handler should be called before or after the
-default handler of the signal.
+<parameter name="error">
+<parameter_description> return location for a #GError, or %NULL
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the handler id
+<return> a newly allocated %NULL-terminated array of group names.
+Use g_strfreev() to free it.
+
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_qsort_with_data">
+<function name="g_static_private_set">
<description>
-This is just like the standard C qsort() function, but
-the comparison routine accepts a user data argument.
+Sets the pointer keyed to @private_key for the current thread and
+the function @notify to be called with that pointer (%NULL or
+non-%NULL), whenever the pointer is set again or whenever the
+current thread ends.
+This function works even if g_thread_init() has not yet been called.
+If g_thread_init() is called later, the @data keyed to @private_key
+will be inherited only by the main thread, i.e. the one that called
+g_thread_init().
+
+<note><para>@notify is used quite differently from @destructor in
+g_private_new().</para></note>
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="pbase">
-<parameter_description> start of array to sort
+<parameter name="private_key">
+<parameter_description> a #GStaticPrivate.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="total_elems">
-<parameter_description> elements in the array
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="size">
-<parameter_description> size of each element
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="compare_func">
-<parameter_description> function to compare elements
+<parameter name="data">
+<parameter_description> the new pointer.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="user_data">
-<parameter_description> data to pass to @compare_func
+<parameter name="notify">
+<parameter_description> a function to be called with the pointer whenever the
+current thread ends or sets this pointer again.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_dir_read_name">
+<function name="g_key_file_get_start_group">
<description>
-Retrieves the name of the next entry in the directory. The '.' and
-'..' entries are omitted. On Windows, the returned name is in
-UTF-8. On Unix, it is in the on-disk encoding.
+Returns the name of the start group of the file.
+Since: 2.6
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="dir">
-<parameter_description> a #GDir* created by g_dir_open()
+<parameter name="key_file">
+<parameter_description> a #GKeyFile
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> The entry's name or %NULL if there are no
-more entries. The return value is owned by GLib and
-must not be modified or freed.
+<return> The start group of the key file.
+
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_main_context_wakeup">
+<function name="g_thread_pool_get_max_idle_time">
<description>
-If @context is currently waiting in a poll(), interrupt
-the poll(), and continue the iteration process.
+This function will return the maximum @interval that a thread will
+wait in the thread pool for new tasks before being stopped.
+
+If this function returns 0, threads waiting in the thread pool for
+new work are not stopped.
+
+Since: 2.10
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="context">
-<parameter_description> a #GMainContext
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> the maximum @interval to wait for new tasks in the
+thread pool before stopping the thread (1/1000ths of a second).
+
+</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_get_application_name">
+<function name="g_string_erase">
<description>
-Gets a human-readable name for the application, as set by
-g_set_application_name(). This name should be localized if
-possible, and is intended for display to the user. Contrast with
-g_get_prgname(), which gets a non-localized name. If
-g_set_application_name() has not been called, returns the result of
-g_get_prgname() (which may be %NULL if g_set_prgname() has also not
-been called).
+Removes @len bytes from a #GString, starting at position @pos.
+The rest of the #GString is shifted down to fill the gap.
</description>
<parameters>
+<parameter name="string">
+<parameter_description> a #GString
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="pos">
+<parameter_description> the position of the content to remove
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="len">
+<parameter_description> the number of bytes to remove, or -1 to remove all
+following bytes
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> human-readable application name. may return %NULL
-
-Since: 2.2
+<return> @string
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_value_get_string">
+<function name="g_type_set_qdata">
<description>
-Get the contents of a %G_TYPE_STRING #GValue.
+Attaches arbitrary data to a type.
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="type">
+<parameter_description> a #GType
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="quark">
+<parameter_description> a #GQuark id to identify the data
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="data">
+<parameter_description> the data
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return></return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_slist_find_custom">
+<description>
+Finds an element in a #GSList, using a supplied function to
+find the desired element. It iterates over the list, calling
+the given function which should return 0 when the desired
+element is found. The function takes two #gconstpointer arguments,
+the #GSList element's data as the first argument and the
+given user data.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="value">
-<parameter_description> a valid #GValue of type %G_TYPE_STRING
+<parameter name="list">
+<parameter_description> a #GSList
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="data">
+<parameter_description> user data passed to the function
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="func">
+<parameter_description> the function to call for each element.
+It should return 0 when the desired element is found
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> string content of @value
+<return> the found #GSList element, or %NULL if it is not found
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_get_tmp_dir">
+<function name="g_get_user_data_dir">
<description>
-Gets the directory to use for temporary files. This is found from
-inspecting the environment variables &lt;envar&gt;TMPDIR&lt;/envar&gt;,
-&lt;envar&gt;TMP&lt;/envar&gt;, and &lt;envar&gt;TEMP&lt;/envar&gt; in that order. If none
-of those are defined "/tmp" is returned on UNIX and "C:\" on Windows.
-The encoding of the returned string is system-defined. On Windows,
-it is always UTF-8. The return value is never %NULL.
+Returns a base directory in which to access application data such
+as icons that is customized for a particular user.
+
+On UNIX platforms this is determined using the mechanisms described in
+the <ulink url="http://www.freedesktop.org/Standards/basedir-spec">
+XDG Base Directory Specification</ulink>
+Since: 2.6
</description>
<parameters>
</parameters>
-<return> the directory to use for temporary files.
+<return> a string owned by GLib that must not be modified
+or freed.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_snprintf">
+<function name="g_dgettext">
<description>
-A safer form of the standard sprintf() function. The output is guaranteed
-to not exceed @n characters (including the terminating nul character), so
-it is easy to ensure that a buffer overflow cannot occur.
+This function is a wrapper of dgettext() which does not translate
+the message if the default domain as set with textdomain() has no
+translations for the current locale.
-See also g_strdup_printf().
+The advantage of using this function over dgettext() proper is that
+libraries using this function (like GTK+) will not use translations
+if the application using the library does not have translations for
+the current locale. This results in a consistent English-only
+interface instead of one having partial translations. For this
+feature to work, the call to textdomain() and setlocale() should
+precede any g_dgettext() invocations. For GTK+, it means calling
+textdomain() before gtk_init or its variants.
-In versions of GLib prior to 1.2.3, this function may return -1 if the
-output was truncated, and the truncated string may not be nul-terminated.
-In versions prior to 1.3.12, this function returns the length of the output
-string.
+This function disables translations if and only if upon its first
+call all the following conditions hold:
+<itemizedlist>
+<listitem>@domain is not %NULL</listitem>
+<listitem>textdomain() has been called to set a default text domain</listitem>
+<listitem>there is no translations available for the default text domain
+and the current locale</listitem>
+<listitem>current locale is not "C" or any English locales (those
+starting with "en_")</listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
-The return value of g_snprintf() conforms to the snprintf()
-function as standardized in ISO C99. Note that this is different from
-traditional snprintf(), which returns the length of the output string.
+Note that this behavior may not be desired for example if an application
+has its untranslated messages in a language other than English. In those
+cases the application should call textdomain() after initializing GTK+.
-The format string may contain positional parameters, as specified in
-the Single Unix Specification.
+Applications should normally not use this function directly,
+but use the _() macro for translations.
+Since: 2.18
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="string">
-<parameter_description> the buffer to hold the output.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="n">
-<parameter_description> the maximum number of bytes to produce (including the
-terminating nul character).
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="format">
-<parameter_description> a standard printf() format string, but notice
-&lt;link linkend="string-precision"&gt;string precision pitfalls&lt;/link&gt;.
+<parameter name="domain">
+<parameter_description> the translation domain to use, or %NULL to use
+the domain set with textdomain()
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="Varargs">
-<parameter_description> the arguments to insert in the output.
+<parameter name="msgid">
+<parameter_description> message to translate
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the number of bytes which would be produced if the buffer
-was large enough.
+<return> The translated string
+
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_match_info_fetch">
+<function name="g_ascii_strncasecmp">
<description>
-Retrieves the text matching the @match_num&lt;!-- --&gt;'th capturing
-parentheses. 0 is the full text of the match, 1 is the first paren
-set, 2 the second, and so on.
-
-If @match_num is a valid sub pattern but it didn't match anything
-(e.g. sub pattern 1, matching "b" against "(a)?b") then an empty
-string is returned.
+Compare @s1 and @s2, ignoring the case of ASCII characters and any
+characters after the first @n in each string.
-If the match was obtained using the DFA algorithm, that is using
-g_regex_match_all() or g_regex_match_all_full(), the retrieved
-string is not that of a set of parentheses but that of a matched
-substring. Substrings are matched in reverse order of length, so
-0 is the longest match.
+Unlike the BSD strcasecmp() function, this only recognizes standard
+ASCII letters and ignores the locale, treating all non-ASCII
+characters as if they are not letters.
-The string is fetched from the string passed to the match function,
-so you cannot call this function after freeing the string.
+The same warning as in g_ascii_strcasecmp() applies: Use this
+function only on strings known to be in encodings where bytes
+corresponding to ASCII letters always represent themselves.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="match_info">
-<parameter_description> #GMatchInfo structure
+<parameter name="s1">
+<parameter_description> string to compare with @s2.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="match_num">
-<parameter_description> number of the sub expression
+<parameter name="s2">
+<parameter_description> string to compare with @s1.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="n">
+<parameter_description> number of characters to compare.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> The matched substring, or %NULL if an error occurred.
-You have to free the string yourself
-
-Since: 2.14
+<return> 0 if the strings match, a negative value if @s1 < @s2,
+or a positive value if @s1 > @s2.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_main_context_ref">
+<function name="g_hash_table_ref">
<description>
-Increases the reference count on a #GMainContext object by one.
+Atomically increments the reference count of @hash_table by one.
+This function is MT-safe and may be called from any thread.
+Since: 2.10
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="context">
-<parameter_description> a #GMainContext
+<parameter name="hash_table">
+<parameter_description> a valid #GHashTable.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the @context that was passed in (since 2.6)
+<return> the passed in #GHashTable.
+
</return>
</function>
-<function name="SECTION">
+<function name="g_main_loop_run">
<description>
-The GType API is the foundation of the GObject system. It provides the
-facilities for registering and managing all fundamental data types,
-user-defined object and interface types. Before using any GType
-or GObject functions, g_type_init() must be called to initialize the
-type system.
+Runs a main loop until g_main_loop_quit() is called on the loop.
+If this is called for the thread of the loop's #GMainContext,
+it will process events from the loop, otherwise it will
+simply wait.
-For type creation and registration purposes, all types fall into one of
-two categories: static or dynamic. Static types are never loaded or
-unloaded at run-time as dynamic types may be. Static types are created
-with g_type_register_static() that gets type specific information passed
-in via a #GTypeInfo structure.
-Dynamic types are created with g_type_register_dynamic() which takes a
-#GTypePlugin structure instead. The remaining type information (the
-#GTypeInfo structure) is retrieved during runtime through #GTypePlugin
-and the g_type_plugin_*() API.
-These registration functions are usually called only once from a
-function whose only purpose is to return the type identifier for a
-specific class. Once the type (or class or interface) is registered,
-it may be instantiated, inherited, or implemented depending on exactly
-what sort of type it is.
-There is also a third registration function for registering fundamental
-types called g_type_register_fundamental() which requires both a #GTypeInfo
-structure and a #GTypeFundamentalInfo structure but it is seldom used
-since most fundamental types are predefined rather than user-defined.
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="loop">
+<parameter_description> a #GMainLoop
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return></return>
+</function>
-A final word about type names.
-Such an identifier needs to be at least three characters long. There is no
-upper length limit. The first character needs to be a letter (a-z or A-Z)
-or an underscore '_'. Subsequent characters can be letters, numbers or
-any of '-_+'.
+<function name="g_queue_push_head_link">
+<description>
+Adds a new element at the head of the queue.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="short_description">
-<parameter_description> The GLib Runtime type identification and
-management system
+<parameter name="queue">
+<parameter_description> a #GQueue.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="title">
-<parameter_description>Type Information
+<parameter name="link_">
+<parameter_description> a single #GList element, <emphasis>not</emphasis> a list with
+more than one element.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_set_application_name">
+<function name="g_strdown">
<description>
-Sets a human-readable name for the application. This name should be
-localized if possible, and is intended for display to the user.
-Contrast with g_set_prgname(), which sets a non-localized name.
-g_set_prgname() will be called automatically by gtk_init(),
-but g_set_application_name() will not.
-
-Note that for thread safety reasons, this function can only
-be called once.
-
-The application name will be used in contexts such as error messages,
-or when displaying an application's name in the task list.
+Converts a string to lower case.
-Since: 2.2
+Deprecated:2.2: This function is totally broken for the reasons discussed
+in the g_strncasecmp() docs - use g_ascii_strdown() or g_utf8_strdown()
+instead.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="application_name">
-<parameter_description> localized name of the application
+<parameter name="string">
+<parameter_description> the string to convert.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> the string
+
+</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_main_context_acquire">
+<function name="g_queue_find_custom">
<description>
-Tries to become the owner of the specified context.
-If some other thread is the owner of the context,
-Return value: %TRUE if the operation succeeded, and
+Finds an element in a #GQueue, using a supplied function to find the
+desired element. It iterates over the queue, calling the given function
+which should return 0 when the desired element is found. The function
+takes two gconstpointer arguments, the #GQueue element's data as the
+first argument and the given user data as the second argument.
+
+Since: 2.4
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="context">
-<parameter_description> a #GMainContext
+<parameter name="queue">
+<parameter_description> a #GQueue
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="data">
+<parameter_description> user data passed to @func
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="func">
+<parameter_description> a #GCompareFunc to call for each element. It should return 0
+when the desired element is found
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> %TRUE if the operation succeeded, and
-this thread is now the owner of @context.
+<return> The found link, or %NULL if it wasn't found
+
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_test_timer_start">
+<function name="g_option_group_set_error_hook">
<description>
-Start a timing test. Call g_test_timer_elapsed() when the task is supposed
-to be done. Call this function again to restart the timer.
+Associates a function with @group which will be called
+from g_option_context_parse() when an error occurs.
-Since: 2.16
+Note that the user data to be passed to @error_func can be
+specified when constructing the group with g_option_group_new().
+
+Since: 2.6
</description>
<parameters>
+<parameter name="group">
+<parameter_description> a #GOptionGroup
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="error_func">
+<parameter_description> a function to call when an error occurs
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
</parameters>
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_match_info_get_string">
+<function name="g_type_children">
<description>
-Returns: the string searched with @match_info
+Return a newly allocated and 0-terminated array of type IDs, listing the
+child types of @type. The return value has to be g_free()ed after use.
+
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="match_info">
-<parameter_description> a #GMatchInfo
+<parameter name="type">
+<parameter_description> The parent type.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="n_children">
+<parameter_description> Optional #guint pointer to contain the number of child types.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the string searched with @match_info
-
-Since: 2.14
+<return> Newly allocated and 0-terminated array of child types.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_file_set_contents">
+<function name="g_hash_table_iter_init">
<description>
-Writes all of @contents to a file named @filename, with good error checking.
-If a file called @filename already exists it will be overwritten.
-
-This write is atomic in the sense that it is first written to a temporary
-file which is then renamed to the final name. Notes:
-&lt;itemizedlist&gt;
-&lt;listitem&gt;
-On Unix, if @filename already exists hard links to @filename will break.
-Also since the file is recreated, existing permissions, access control
-lists, metadata etc. may be lost. If @filename is a symbolic link,
-the link itself will be replaced, not the linked file.
-&lt;/listitem&gt;
-&lt;listitem&gt;
-On Windows renaming a file will not remove an existing file with the
-new name, so on Windows there is a race condition between the existing
-file being removed and the temporary file being renamed.
-&lt;/listitem&gt;
-&lt;listitem&gt;
-On Windows there is no way to remove a file that is open to some
-process, or mapped into memory. Thus, this function will fail if
- filename already exists and is open.
-&lt;/listitem&gt;
-&lt;/itemizedlist&gt;
+Initializes a key/value pair iterator and associates it with
+ hash_table Modifying the hash table after calling this function
+invalidates the returned iterator.
+|[
+GHashTableIter iter;
+gpointer key, value;
-If the call was sucessful, it returns %TRUE. If the call was not successful,
-it returns %FALSE and sets @error. The error domain is #G_FILE_ERROR.
-Possible error codes are those in the #GFileError enumeration.
+g_hash_table_iter_init (&iter, hash_table);
+while (g_hash_table_iter_next (&iter, &key, &value))
+{
+/* do something with key and value */
+}
+]|
+Since: 2.16
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="filename">
-<parameter_description> name of a file to write @contents to, in the GLib file name
-encoding
+<parameter name="iter">
+<parameter_description> an uninitialized #GHashTableIter.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="contents">
-<parameter_description> string to write to the file
+<parameter name="hash_table">
+<parameter_description> a #GHashTable.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="length">
-<parameter_description> length of @contents, or -1 if @contents is a nul-terminated string
+</parameters>
+<return></return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_thread_pool_free">
+<description>
+Frees all resources allocated for @pool.
+
+If @immediate is %TRUE, no new task is processed for
+ pool Otherwise @pool is not freed before the last task is
+processed. Note however, that no thread of this pool is
+interrupted, while processing a task. Instead at least all still
+running threads can finish their tasks before the @pool is freed.
+
+If @wait_ is %TRUE, the functions does not return before all tasks
+to be processed (dependent on @immediate, whether all or only the
+currently running) are ready. Otherwise the function returns immediately.
+
+After calling this function @pool must not be used anymore.
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="pool">
+<parameter_description> a #GThreadPool
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="error">
-<parameter_description> return location for a #GError, or %NULL
+<parameter name="immediate">
+<parameter_description> should @pool shut down immediately?
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="wait_">
+<parameter_description> should the function wait for all tasks to be finished?
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> %TRUE on success, %FALSE if an error occurred
-
-Since: 2.8
-</return>
+<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_signal_emit_by_name">
+<function name="g_flags_get_value_by_nick">
<description>
-Emits a signal.
+Looks up a #GFlagsValue by nickname.
-Note that g_signal_emit_by_name() resets the return value to the default
-if no handlers are connected, in contrast to g_signal_emitv().
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="instance">
-<parameter_description> the instance the signal is being emitted on.
+<parameter name="flags_class">
+<parameter_description> a #GFlagsClass
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="detailed_signal">
-<parameter_description> a string of the form "signal-name::detail".
+<parameter name="nick">
+<parameter_description> the nickname to look up
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="Varargs">
-<parameter_description> parameters to be passed to the signal, followed by a
-location for the return value. If the return type of the signal
-is #G_TYPE_NONE, the return value location can be omitted.
+</parameters>
+<return> the #GFlagsValue with nickname @nick, or %NULL if there is
+no flag with that nickname
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_type_free_instance">
+<description>
+Frees an instance of a type, returning it to the instance pool for
+the type, if there is one.
+
+Like g_type_create_instance(), this function is reserved for
+implementors of fundamental types.
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="instance">
+<parameter_description> an instance of a type.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_value_set_pointer">
+<function name="g_hash_table_lookup">
<description>
-Set the contents of a pointer #GValue to @v_pointer.
+Looks up a key in a #GHashTable. Note that this function cannot
+distinguish between a key that is not present and one which is present
+and has the value %NULL. If you need this distinction, use
+g_hash_table_lookup_extended().
+
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="value">
-<parameter_description> a valid #GValue of %G_TYPE_POINTER
+<parameter name="hash_table">
+<parameter_description> a #GHashTable.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="v_pointer">
-<parameter_description> pointer value to be set
+<parameter name="key">
+<parameter_description> the key to look up.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> the associated value, or %NULL if the key is not found.
+</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_idle_add_full">
+<function name="g_dataset_id_remove_no_notify">
<description>
-Adds a function to be called whenever there are no higher priority
-events pending. If the function returns %FALSE it is automatically
-removed from the list of event sources and will not be called again.
-
-This internally creates a main loop source using g_idle_source_new()
-and attaches it to the main loop context using g_source_attach().
-You can do these steps manually if you need greater control.
-
+Removes an element, without calling its destroy notification
+function.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="priority">
-<parameter_description> the priority of the idle source. Typically this will be in the
-range btweeen #G_PRIORITY_DEFAULT_IDLE and #G_PRIORITY_HIGH_IDLE.
+<parameter name="dataset_location">
+<parameter_description> the location identifying the dataset.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="function">
-<parameter_description> function to call
+<parameter name="key_id">
+<parameter_description> the #GQuark ID identifying the data element.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> the data previously stored at @key_id, or %NULL if none.
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_base64_encode">
+<description>
+Encode a sequence of binary data into its Base-64 stringified
+representation.
+
+Since: 2.12
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
<parameter name="data">
-<parameter_description> data to pass to @function
+<parameter_description> the binary data to encode
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="notify">
-<parameter_description> function to call when the idle is removed, or %NULL
+<parameter name="len">
+<parameter_description> the length of @data
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the ID (greater than 0) of the event source.
+<return> a newly allocated, zero-terminated Base-64 encoded
+string representing @data. The returned string must
+be freed with g_free().
+
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_type_depth">
+<function name="g_closure_new_object">
<description>
-Returns: The depth of @type.
+A variant of g_closure_new_simple() which stores @object in the
+ data field of the closure and calls g_object_watch_closure() on
+ object and the created closure. This function is mainly useful
+when implementing new types of closures.
+
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="type">
-<parameter_description> A #GType value.
+<parameter name="sizeof_closure">
+<parameter_description> the size of the structure to allocate, must be at least
+<literal>sizeof (GClosure)</literal>
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="object">
+<parameter_description> a #GObject pointer to store in the @data field of the newly
+allocated #GClosure
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> The depth of @type.
+<return> a newly allocated #GClosure
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_enum_register_static">
+<function name="g_string_chunk_insert">
<description>
-Registers a new static enumeration type with the name @name.
+Adds a copy of @string to the #GStringChunk.
+It returns a pointer to the new copy of the string
+in the #GStringChunk. The characters in the string
+can be changed, if necessary, though you should not
+change anything after the end of the string.
-It is normally more convenient to let &lt;link
-linkend="glib-mkenums"&gt;glib-mkenums&lt;/link&gt; generate a
-my_enum_get_type() function from a usual C enumeration definition
-than to write one yourself using g_enum_register_static().
+Unlike g_string_chunk_insert_const(), this function
+does not check for duplicates. Also strings added
+with g_string_chunk_insert() will not be searched
+by g_string_chunk_insert_const() when looking for
+duplicates.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="name">
-<parameter_description> A nul-terminated string used as the name of the new type.
+<parameter name="chunk">
+<parameter_description> a #GStringChunk
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="const_static_values">
-<parameter_description> An array of #GEnumValue structs for the possible
-enumeration values. The array is terminated by a struct with all
-members being 0. GObject keeps a reference to the data, so it cannot
-be stack-allocated.
+<parameter name="string">
+<parameter_description> the string to add
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> The new type identifier.
+<return> a pointer to the copy of @string within
+the #GStringChunk
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_dir_rewind">
+<function name="g_node_destroy">
<description>
-Resets the given directory. The next call to g_dir_read_name()
-will return the first entry again.
+Removes @root and its children from the tree, freeing any memory
+allocated.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="dir">
-<parameter_description> a #GDir* created by g_dir_open()
+<parameter name="root">
+<parameter_description> the root of the tree/subtree to destroy
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_hash_table_get_keys">
+<function name="g_mem_chunk_clean">
<description>
-Retrieves every key inside @hash_table. The returned data is valid
-until @hash_table is modified.
+Frees any blocks in a #GMemChunk which are no longer being used.
+Deprecated:2.10: Use the <link linkend="glib-Memory-Slices">slice
+allocator</link> instead
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="hash_table">
-<parameter_description> a #GHashTable
+<parameter name="mem_chunk">
+<parameter_description> a #GMemChunk.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a #GList containing all the keys inside the hash
-table. The content of the list is owned by the hash table and
-should not be modified or freed. Use g_list_free() when done
-using the list.
-
-Since: 2.14
-</return>
+<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_get_system_config_dirs">
+<function name="g_match_info_next">
<description>
-Return value: a %NULL-terminated array of strings owned by GLib that must
+Scans for the next match using the same parameters of the previous
+call to g_regex_match_full() or g_regex_match() that returned
+ match_info
+
+The match is done on the string passed to the match function, so you
+cannot free it before calling this function.
+
+Since: 2.14
</description>
<parameters>
+<parameter name="match_info">
+<parameter_description> a #GMatchInfo structure
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="error">
+<parameter_description> location to store the error occuring, or %NULL to ignore errors
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a %NULL-terminated array of strings owned by GLib that must
-not be modified or freed.
-Since: 2.6
+<return> %TRUE is the string matched, %FALSE otherwise
+
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_value_set_param">
+<function name="g_find_program_in_path">
<description>
-Set the contents of a %G_TYPE_PARAM #GValue to @param.
+Locates the first executable named @program in the user's path, in the
+same way that execvp() would locate it. Returns an allocated string
+with the absolute path name, or %NULL if the program is not found in
+the path. If @program is already an absolute path, returns a copy of
+ program if @program exists and is executable, and %NULL otherwise.
+
+On Windows, if @program does not have a file type suffix, tries
+with the suffixes .exe, .cmd, .bat and .com, and the suffixes in
+the <envar>PATHEXT</envar> environment variable.
+
+On Windows, it looks for the file in the same way as CreateProcess()
+would. This means first in the directory where the executing
+program was loaded from, then in the current directory, then in the
+Windows 32-bit system directory, then in the Windows directory, and
+finally in the directories in the <envar>PATH</envar> environment
+variable. If the program is found, the return value contains the
+full name including the type suffix.
+
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="value">
-<parameter_description> a valid #GValue of type %G_TYPE_PARAM
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="param">
-<parameter_description> the #GParamSpec to be set
+<parameter name="program">
+<parameter_description> a program name in the GLib file name encoding
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> absolute path, or %NULL
+</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_queue_pop_nth">
+<function name="g_markup_printf_escaped">
<description>
-Removes the @n'th element of @queue.
+Formats arguments according to @format, escaping
+all string and character arguments in the fashion
+of g_markup_escape_text(). This is useful when you
+want to insert literal strings into XML-style markup
+output, without having to worry that the strings
+might themselves contain markup.
+|[
+const char *store = "Fortnum & Mason";
+const char *item = "Tea";
+char *output;
+
+output = g_markup_printf_escaped ("<purchase>"
+"<store>%s</store>"
+"<item>%s</item>"
+"</purchase>",
+store, item);
+]|
+
+Since: 2.4
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="queue">
-<parameter_description> a #GQueue
+<parameter name="format">
+<parameter_description> printf() style format string
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="n">
-<parameter_description> the position of the element.
+<parameter name="Varargs">
+<parameter_description> the arguments to insert in the format string
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the element's data, or %NULL if @n is off the end of @queue.
+<return> newly allocated result from formatting
+operation. Free with g_free().
-Since: 2.4
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_key_file_has_key">
+<function name="g_static_private_get">
<description>
-Looks whether the key file has the key @key in the group
- group_name
+Works like g_private_get() only for a #GStaticPrivate.
+This function works even if g_thread_init() has not yet been called.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="key_file">
-<parameter_description> a #GKeyFile
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="group_name">
-<parameter_description> a group name
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="key">
-<parameter_description> a key name
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="error">
-<parameter_description> return location for a #GError
+<parameter name="private_key">
+<parameter_description> a #GStaticPrivate.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> %TRUE if @key is a part of @group_name, %FALSE
-otherwise.
-
-Since: 2.6
+<return> the corresponding pointer.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_io_channel_read_chars">
+<function name="g_param_spec_ulong">
<description>
-Replacement for g_io_channel_read() with the new API.
+Creates a new #GParamSpecULong instance specifying a %G_TYPE_ULONG
+property.
+
+See g_param_spec_internal() for details on property names.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="channel">
-<parameter_description> a #GIOChannel
+<parameter name="name">
+<parameter_description> canonical name of the property specified
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="buf">
-<parameter_description> a buffer to read data into
+<parameter name="nick">
+<parameter_description> nick name for the property specified
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="count">
-<parameter_description> the size of the buffer. Note that the buffer may
-not be complelely filled even if there is data
-in the buffer if the remaining data is not a
-complete character.
+<parameter name="blurb">
+<parameter_description> description of the property specified
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="bytes_read">
-<parameter_description> The number of bytes read. This may be zero even on
-success if count &lt; 6 and the channel's encoding is non-%NULL.
-This indicates that the next UTF-8 character is too wide for
-the buffer.
+<parameter name="minimum">
+<parameter_description> minimum value for the property specified
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="error">
-<parameter_description> a location to return an error of type #GConvertError
-or #GIOChannelError.
+<parameter name="maximum">
+<parameter_description> maximum value for the property specified
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="default_value">
+<parameter_description> default value for the property specified
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="flags">
+<parameter_description> flags for the property specified
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the status of the operation.
+<return> a newly created parameter specification
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_slist_prepend">
+<function name="g_string_vprintf">
<description>
-Adds a new element on to the start of the list.
-
-&lt;note&gt;&lt;para&gt;
-The return value is the new start of the list, which
-may have changed, so make sure you store the new value.
-&lt;/para&gt;&lt;/note&gt;
-
-|[
-/&ast; Notice that it is initialized to the empty list. &ast;/
-GSList *list = NULL;
-list = g_slist_prepend (list, "last");
-list = g_slist_prepend (list, "first");
-]|
+Writes a formatted string into a #GString.
+This function is similar to g_string_printf() except that
+the arguments to the format string are passed as a va_list.
+Since: 2.14
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="list">
-<parameter_description> a #GSList
+<parameter name="string">
+<parameter_description> a #GString
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="data">
-<parameter_description> the data for the new element
+<parameter name="format">
+<parameter_description> the string format. See the printf() documentation
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="args">
+<parameter_description> the parameters to insert into the format string
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the new start of the #GSList
+<return></return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_listenv">
+<description>
+Gets the names of all variables set in the environment.
+
+Since: 2.8
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+</parameters>
+<return> a %NULL-terminated list of strings which must be freed
+with g_strfreev().
+
+Programs that want to be portable to Windows should typically use
+this function and g_getenv() instead of using the environ array
+from the C library directly. On Windows, the strings in the environ
+array are in system codepage encoding, while in most of the typical
+use cases for environment variables in GLib-using programs you want
+the UTF-8 encoding that this function and g_getenv() provide.
+
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_key_file_set_boolean_list">
+<function name="g_sequence_set">
<description>
-Associates a list of boolean values with @key under @group_name.
-If @key cannot be found then it is created.
-If @group_name is %NULL, the start_group is used.
+Changes the data for the item pointed to by @iter to be @data. If
+the sequence has a data destroy function associated with it, that
+function is called on the existing data that @iter pointed to.
-Since: 2.6
+Since: 2.14
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="key_file">
-<parameter_description> a #GKeyFile
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="group_name">
-<parameter_description> a group name
+<parameter name="iter">
+<parameter_description> a #GSequenceIter
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="key">
-<parameter_description> a key
+<parameter name="data">
+<parameter_description> new data for the item
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="list">
-<parameter_description> an array of boolean values
+</parameters>
+<return></return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_static_rec_mutex_init">
+<description>
+A #GStaticRecMutex must be initialized with this function before it
+can be used. Alternatively you can initialize it with
+#G_STATIC_REC_MUTEX_INIT.
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="mutex">
+<parameter_description> a #GStaticRecMutex to be initialized.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="length">
-<parameter_description> length of @list
+</parameters>
+<return></return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_random_int">
+<description>
+Return a random #guint32 equally distributed over the range
+[0..2^32-1].
+
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+</parameters>
+<return> A random number.
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_get_application_name">
+<description>
+Gets a human-readable name for the application, as set by
+g_set_application_name(). This name should be localized if
+possible, and is intended for display to the user. Contrast with
+g_get_prgname(), which gets a non-localized name. If
+g_set_application_name() has not been called, returns the result of
+g_get_prgname() (which may be %NULL if g_set_prgname() has also not
+been called).
+
+Since: 2.2
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+</parameters>
+<return> human-readable application name. may return %NULL
+
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_sequence_get_length">
+<description>
+Returns the length of @seq
+
+Since: 2.14
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="seq">
+<parameter_description> a #GSequence
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> the length of @seq
+
+</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_value_set_object_take_ownership">
+<function name="g_date_set_time">
<description>
-This is an internal function introduced mainly for C marshallers.
+Sets the value of a date from a #GTime value.
+The time to date conversion is done using the user's current timezone.
-Deprecated: 2.4: Use g_value_take_object() instead.
+Deprecated: 2.10: Use g_date_set_time_t() instead.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="value">
-<parameter_description> a valid #GValue of %G_TYPE_OBJECT derived type
+<parameter name="date">
+<parameter_description> a #GDate.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="v_object">
-<parameter_description> object value to be set
+<parameter name="time_">
+<parameter_description> #GTime value to set.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_rand_double">
+<function name="g_test_timer_elapsed">
<description>
-Return value: A random number.
+Get the time since the last start of the timer with g_test_timer_start().
+
+Since: 2.16
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="rand_">
-<parameter_description> a #GRand.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> A random number.
+<return> the time since the last start of the timer, as a double
+
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_object_set_data_full">
+<function name="g_static_rw_lock_reader_lock">
<description>
-Like g_object_set_data() except it adds notification
-for when the association is destroyed, either by setting it
-to a different value or when the object is destroyed.
+Locks @lock for reading. There may be unlimited concurrent locks for
+reading of a #GStaticRWLock at the same time. If @lock is already
+locked for writing by another thread or if another thread is already
+waiting to lock @lock for writing, this function will block until
+ lock is unlocked by the other writing thread and no other writing
+threads want to lock @lock. This lock has to be unlocked by
+g_static_rw_lock_reader_unlock().
-Note that the @destroy callback is not called if @data is %NULL.
+#GStaticRWLock is not recursive. It might seem to be possible to
+recursively lock for reading, but that can result in a deadlock, due
+to writer preference.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="object">
-<parameter_description> #GObject containing the associations
+<parameter name="lock">
+<parameter_description> a #GStaticRWLock to lock for reading.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="key">
-<parameter_description> name of the key
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="data">
-<parameter_description> data to associate with that key
+</parameters>
+<return></return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_markup_vprintf_escaped">
+<description>
+Formats the data in @args according to @format, escaping
+all string and character arguments in the fashion
+of g_markup_escape_text(). See g_markup_printf_escaped().
+
+Since: 2.4
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="format">
+<parameter_description> printf() style format string
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="destroy">
-<parameter_description> function to call when the association is destroyed
+<parameter name="args">
+<parameter_description> variable argument list, similar to vprintf()
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> newly allocated result from formatting
+operation. Free with g_free().
+
+</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_markup_parse_context_parse">
+<function name="g_param_spec_gtype">
<description>
-Feed some data to the #GMarkupParseContext. The data need not
-be valid UTF-8; an error will be signaled if it's invalid.
-The data need not be an entire document; you can feed a document
-into the parser incrementally, via multiple calls to this function.
-Typically, as you receive data from a network connection or file,
-you feed each received chunk of data into this function, aborting
-the process if an error occurs. Once an error is reported, no further
-data may be fed to the #GMarkupParseContext; all errors are fatal.
+Creates a new #GParamSpecGType instance specifying a
+%G_TYPE_GTYPE property.
+
+See g_param_spec_internal() for details on property names.
+
+Since: 2.10
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="context">
-<parameter_description> a #GMarkupParseContext
+<parameter name="name">
+<parameter_description> canonical name of the property specified
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="text">
-<parameter_description> chunk of text to parse
+<parameter name="nick">
+<parameter_description> nick name for the property specified
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="text_len">
-<parameter_description> length of @text in bytes
+<parameter name="blurb">
+<parameter_description> description of the property specified
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="error">
-<parameter_description> return location for a #GError
+<parameter name="is_a_type">
+<parameter_description> a #GType whose subtypes are allowed as values
+of the property (use %G_TYPE_NONE for any type)
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="flags">
+<parameter_description> flags for the property specified
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> %FALSE if an error occurred, %TRUE on success
+<return> a newly created parameter specification
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_main_context_set_poll_func">
+<function name="g_slist_copy">
<description>
-Sets the function to use to handle polling of file descriptors. It
-will be used instead of the poll() system call
-(or GLib's replacement function, which is used where
-poll() isn't available).
+Copies a #GSList.
+
+<note><para>
+Note that this is a "shallow" copy. If the list elements
+consist of pointers to data, the pointers are copied but
+the actual data isn't.
+</para></note>
-This function could possibly be used to integrate the GLib event
-loop with an external event loop.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="context">
-<parameter_description> a #GMainContext
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="func">
-<parameter_description> the function to call to poll all file descriptors
+<parameter name="list">
+<parameter_description> a #GSList
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> a copy of @list
+</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_main_context_iteration">
+<function name="g_match_info_free">
<description>
-Runs a single iteration for the given main loop. This involves
-checking to see if any event sources are ready to be processed,
-then if no events sources are ready and @may_block is %TRUE, waiting
-for a source to become ready, then dispatching the highest priority
-events sources that are ready. Otherwise, if @may_block is %FALSE
-sources are not waited to become ready, only those highest priority
-events sources will be dispatched (if any), that are ready at this
-given moment without further waiting.
-
-Note that even when @may_block is %TRUE, it is still possible for
-g_main_context_iteration() to return %FALSE, since the the wait may
-be interrupted for other reasons than an event source becoming ready.
+Frees all the memory associated with the #GMatchInfo structure.
+Since: 2.14
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="context">
-<parameter_description> a #GMainContext (if %NULL, the default context will be used)
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="may_block">
-<parameter_description> whether the call may block.
+<parameter name="match_info">
+<parameter_description> a #GMatchInfo
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> %TRUE if events were dispatched.
-</return>
+<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_file_read_link">
+<function name="g_signal_handlers_unblock_matched">
<description>
-Reads the contents of the symbolic link @filename like the POSIX
-readlink() function. The returned string is in the encoding used
-for filenames. Use g_filename_to_utf8() to convert it to UTF-8.
+Unblocks all handlers on an instance that match a certain selection
+criteria. The criteria mask is passed as an OR-ed combination of
+#GSignalMatchType flags, and the criteria values are passed as arguments.
+Passing at least one of the %G_SIGNAL_MATCH_CLOSURE, %G_SIGNAL_MATCH_FUNC
+or %G_SIGNAL_MATCH_DATA match flags is required for successful matches.
+If no handlers were found, 0 is returned, the number of unblocked handlers
+otherwise. The match criteria should not apply to any handlers that are
+not currently blocked.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="filename">
-<parameter_description> the symbolic link
+<parameter name="instance">
+<parameter_description> The instance to unblock handlers from.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="error">
-<parameter_description> return location for a #GError
+<parameter name="mask">
+<parameter_description> Mask indicating which of @signal_id, @detail, @closure, @func
+and/or @data the handlers have to match.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="signal_id">
+<parameter_description> Signal the handlers have to be connected to.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="detail">
+<parameter_description> Signal detail the handlers have to be connected to.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="closure">
+<parameter_description> The closure the handlers will invoke.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="func">
+<parameter_description> The C closure callback of the handlers (useless for non-C closures).
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="data">
+<parameter_description> The closure data of the handlers' closures.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> A newly-allocated string with the contents of the symbolic link,
-or %NULL if an error occurred.
-
-Since: 2.4
+<return> The number of handlers that matched.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_param_spec_pool_list">
+<function name="g_variant_type_new_tuple">
<description>
-Gets an array of all #GParamSpec&lt;!-- --&gt;s owned by @owner_type in
-the pool.
+Constructs a new tuple type, from @items.
+
+ length is the number of items in @items, or -1 to indicate that
+ items is %NULL-terminated.
+It is appropriate to call g_variant_type_free() on the return value.
+
+Since 2.24
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="pool">
-<parameter_description> a #GParamSpecPool
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="owner_type">
-<parameter_description> the owner to look for
+<parameter name="items">
+<parameter_description> an array of #GVariantTypes, one for each item
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="n_pspecs_p">
-<parameter_description> return location for the length of the returned array
+<parameter name="length">
+<parameter_description> the length of @items, or -1
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a newly allocated array containing pointers to all
-#GParamSpec&lt;!-- --&gt;s owned by @owner_type in the pool
+<return> a new tuple #GVariantType
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_unichar_totitle">
+<function name="g_queue_peek_head">
<description>
-Converts a character to the titlecase.
+Returns the first element of the queue.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="c">
-<parameter_description> a Unicode character
+<parameter name="queue">
+<parameter_description> a #GQueue.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the result of converting @c to titlecase.
-If @c is not an uppercase or lowercase character,
- c is returned unchanged.
+<return> the data of the first element in the queue, or %NULL if the queue
+is empty.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_signal_lookup">
+<function name="g_get_system_data_dirs">
<description>
-Given the name of the signal and the type of object it connects to, gets
-the signal's identifying integer. Emitting the signal by number is
-somewhat faster than using the name each time.
+Returns an ordered list of base directories in which to access
+system-wide application data.
-Also tries the ancestors of the given type.
+On UNIX platforms this is determined using the mechanisms described in
+the <ulink url="http://www.freedesktop.org/Standards/basedir-spec">
+XDG Base Directory Specification</ulink>
-See g_signal_new() for details on allowed signal names.
+On Windows the first elements in the list are the Application Data
+and Documents folders for All Users. (These can be determined only
+on Windows 2000 or later and are not present in the list on other
+Windows versions.) See documentation for CSIDL_COMMON_APPDATA and
+CSIDL_COMMON_DOCUMENTS.
+
+Then follows the "share" subfolder in the installation folder for
+the package containing the DLL that calls this function, if it can
+be determined.
+
+Finally the list contains the "share" subfolder in the installation
+folder for GLib, and in the installation folder for the package the
+application's .exe file belongs to.
+
+The installation folders above are determined by looking up the
+folder where the module (DLL or EXE) in question is located. If the
+folder's name is "bin", its parent is used, otherwise the folder
+itself.
+
+Note that on Windows the returned list can vary depending on where
+this function is called.
+Since: 2.6
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="name">
-<parameter_description> the signal's name.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="itype">
-<parameter_description> the type that the signal operates on.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the signal's identifying number, or 0 if no signal was found.
+<return> a %NULL-terminated array of strings owned by GLib that must
+not be modified or freed.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_sequence_new">
+<function name="g_object_class_list_properties">
<description>
-Creates a new GSequence. The @data_destroy function, if non-%NULL will
-be called on all items when the sequence is destroyed and on items that
-are removed from the sequence.
+Get an array of #GParamSpec* for all properties of a class.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="data_destroy">
-<parameter_description> a #GDestroyNotify function, or %NULL
+<parameter name="oclass">
+<parameter_description> a #GObjectClass
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="n_properties">
+<parameter_description> return location for the length of the returned array
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a new #GSequence
-
-Since: 2.14
+<return> an array of #GParamSpec* which should be freed after use
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_main_loop_unref">
+<function name="g_cclosure_marshal_VOID__BOXED">
<description>
-Decreases the reference count on a #GMainLoop object by one. If
-the result is zero, free the loop and free all associated memory.
+A marshaller for a #GCClosure with a callback of type
+<literal>void (*callback) (gpointer instance, GBoxed *arg1, gpointer user_data)</literal>.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="loop">
-<parameter_description> a #GMainLoop
+<parameter name="closure">
+<parameter_description> the #GClosure to which the marshaller belongs
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="return_value">
+<parameter_description> ignored
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="n_param_values">
+<parameter_description> 2
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="param_values">
+<parameter_description> a #GValue array holding the instance and the #GBoxed* parameter
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="invocation_hint">
+<parameter_description> the invocation hint given as the last argument
+to g_closure_invoke()
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="marshal_data">
+<parameter_description> additional data specified when registering the marshaller
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_signal_emit_valist">
+<function name="g_param_spec_pool_lookup">
<description>
-Emits a signal.
+Looks up a #GParamSpec in the pool.
-Note that g_signal_emit_valist() resets the return value to the default
-if no handlers are connected, in contrast to g_signal_emitv().
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="instance">
-<parameter_description> the instance the signal is being emitted on.
+<parameter name="pool">
+<parameter_description> a #GParamSpecPool
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="signal_id">
-<parameter_description> the signal id
+<parameter name="param_name">
+<parameter_description> the name to look for
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="detail">
-<parameter_description> the detail
+<parameter name="owner_type">
+<parameter_description> the owner to look for
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="var_args">
-<parameter_description> a list of parameters to be passed to the signal, followed by a
-location for the return value. If the return type of the signal
-is #G_TYPE_NONE, the return value location can be omitted.
+<parameter name="walk_ancestors">
+<parameter_description> If %TRUE, also try to find a #GParamSpec with @param_name
+owned by an ancestor of @owner_type.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> The found #GParamSpec, or %NULL if no matching #GParamSpec was found.
+</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_value_array_new">
+<function name="g_unichar_combining_class">
<description>
-Allocate and initialize a new #GValueArray, optionally preserve space
-for @n_prealloced elements. New arrays always contain 0 elements,
-regardless of the value of @n_prealloced.
+Determines the canonical combining class of a Unicode character.
+Since: 2.14
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="n_prealloced">
-<parameter_description> number of values to preallocate space for
+<parameter name="uc">
+<parameter_description> a Unicode character
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a newly allocated #GValueArray with 0 values
+<return> the combining class of the character
+
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_async_queue_unref_and_unlock">
+<function name="g_signal_query">
<description>
-Decreases the reference count of the asynchronous @queue by 1 and
-releases the lock. This function must be called while holding the
- queue's lock. If the reference count went to 0, the @queue will be
-destroyed and the memory allocated will be freed.
-
- Deprecated: Since 2.8, reference counting is done atomically
-so g_async_queue_unref() can be used regardless of the @queue's
-lock.
+Queries the signal system for in-depth information about a
+specific signal. This function will fill in a user-provided
+structure to hold signal-specific information. If an invalid
+signal id is passed in, the @signal_id member of the #GSignalQuery
+is 0. All members filled into the #GSignalQuery structure should
+be considered constant and have to be left untouched.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="queue">
-<parameter_description> a #GAsyncQueue.
+<parameter name="signal_id">
+<parameter_description> The signal id of the signal to query information for.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="query">
+<parameter_description> A user provided structure that is filled in with constant
+values upon success.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_bookmark_file_get_added">
+<function name="g_queue_push_nth">
<description>
-Gets the time the bookmark for @uri was added to @bookmark
-
-In the event the URI cannot be found, -1 is returned and
- error is set to #G_BOOKMARK_FILE_ERROR_URI_NOT_FOUND.
+Inserts a new element into @queue at the given position
+Since: 2.4
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="bookmark">
-<parameter_description> a #GBookmarkFile
+<parameter name="queue">
+<parameter_description> a #GQueue
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="uri">
-<parameter_description> a valid URI
+<parameter name="data">
+<parameter_description> the data for the new element
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="error">
-<parameter_description> return location for a #GError, or %NULL
+<parameter name="n">
+<parameter_description> the position to insert the new element. If @n is negative or
+larger than the number of elements in the @queue, the element is
+added to the end of the queue.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a timestamp
-
-Since: 2.12
-</return>
+<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_main_context_find_source_by_funcs_user_data">
+<function name="g_queue_insert_after">
<description>
-Finds a source with the given source functions and user data. If
-multiple sources exist with the same source function and user data,
-the first one found will be returned.
+Inserts @data into @queue after @sibling
+
+ sibling must be part of @queue
+Since: 2.4
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="context">
-<parameter_description> a #GMainContext (if %NULL, the default context will be used).
+<parameter name="queue">
+<parameter_description> a #GQueue
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="funcs">
-<parameter_description> the @source_funcs passed to g_source_new().
+<parameter name="sibling">
+<parameter_description> a #GList link that <emphasis>must</emphasis> be part of @queue
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="user_data">
-<parameter_description> the user data from the callback.
+<parameter name="data">
+<parameter_description> the data to insert
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the source, if one was found, otherwise %NULL
-</return>
+<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_bookmark_file_load_from_data_dirs">
+<function name="g_list_find">
<description>
-This function looks for a desktop bookmark file named @file in the
-paths returned from g_get_user_data_dir() and g_get_system_data_dirs(),
-loads the file into @bookmark and returns the file's full path in
- full_path If the file could not be loaded then an %error is
-set to either a #GFileError or #GBookmarkFileError.
+Finds the element in a #GList which
+contains the given data.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="bookmark">
-<parameter_description> a #GBookmarkFile
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="file">
-<parameter_description> a relative path to a filename to open and parse
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="full_path">
-<parameter_description> return location for a string containing the full path
-of the file, or %NULL
+<parameter name="list">
+<parameter_description> a #GList
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="error">
-<parameter_description> return location for a #GError, or %NULL
+<parameter name="data">
+<parameter_description> the element data to find
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> %TRUE if a key file could be loaded, %FALSE othewise
-
-Since: 2.12
+<return> the found #GList element,
+or %NULL if it is not found
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_base64_decode_step">
+<function name="g_base64_encode_step">
<description>
-Incrementally decode a sequence of binary data from its Base-64 stringified
+Incrementally encode a sequence of binary data into its Base-64 stringified
representation. By calling this function multiple times you can convert
data in chunks to avoid having to have the full encoded data in memory.
+When all of the data has been converted you must call
+g_base64_encode_close() to flush the saved state.
+
The output buffer must be large enough to fit all the data that will
-be written to it. Since base64 encodes 3 bytes in 4 chars you need
-at least: @len * 3 / 4 bytes.
+be written to it. Due to the way base64 encodes you will need
+at least: (@len / 3 + 1) * 4 + 4 bytes (+ 4 may be needed in case of
+non-zero state). If you enable line-breaking you will need at least:
+((@len / 3 + 1) * 4 + 4) / 72 + 1 bytes of extra space.
+ break_lines is typically used when putting base64-encoded data in emails.
+It breaks the lines at 72 columns instead of putting all of the text on
+the same line. This avoids problems with long lines in the email system.
+
+Since: 2.12
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="in">
-<parameter_description> binary input data
+<parameter_description> the binary data to encode
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="len">
-<parameter_description> max length of @in data to decode
+<parameter_description> the length of @in
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="break_lines">
+<parameter_description> whether to break long lines
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="out">
-<parameter_description> output buffer
+<parameter_description> pointer to destination buffer
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="state">
@@ -2150,363 +2446,332 @@ at least: @len * 3 / 4 bytes.
</parameters>
<return> The number of bytes of output that was written
-Since: 2.12
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_convert">
+<function name="g_slist_pop_allocator">
<description>
-Converts a string from one character set to another.
+Restores the previous #GAllocator, used when allocating #GSList
+elements.
-Note that you should use g_iconv() for streaming
-conversions&lt;footnoteref linkend="streaming-state"/&gt;.
+Note that this function is not available if GLib has been compiled
+with <option>--disable-mem-pools</option>
+Deprecated: 2.10: It does nothing, since #GSList has been converted
+to the <link linkend="glib-Memory-Slices">slice
+allocator</link>
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="str">
-<parameter_description> the string to convert
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="len">
-<parameter_description> the length of the string, or -1 if the string is
-nul-terminated&lt;footnote id="nul-unsafe"&gt;
- &lt;para&gt;
- Note that some encodings may allow nul bytes to
- occur inside strings. In that case, using -1 for
- the @len parameter is unsafe.
- &lt;/para&gt;
- &lt;/footnote&gt;.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="to_codeset">
-<parameter_description> name of character set into which to convert @str
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="from_codeset">
-<parameter_description> character set of @str.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="bytes_read">
-<parameter_description> location to store the number of bytes in the
-input string that were successfully converted, or %NULL.
-Even if the conversion was successful, this may be
-less than @len if there were partial characters
-at the end of the input. If the error
-#G_CONVERT_ERROR_ILLEGAL_SEQUENCE occurs, the value
-stored will the byte offset after the last valid
-input sequence.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="bytes_written">
-<parameter_description> the number of bytes stored in the output buffer (not
-including the terminating nul).
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="error">
-<parameter_description> location to store the error occuring, or %NULL to ignore
-errors. Any of the errors in #GConvertError may occur.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> If the conversion was successful, a newly allocated
-nul-terminated string, which must be freed with
-g_free(). Otherwise %NULL and @error will be set.
-</return>
+<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_value_get_uint64">
+<function name="g_ptr_array_sort">
<description>
-Get the contents of a %G_TYPE_UINT64 #GValue.
+Sorts the array, using @compare_func which should be a qsort()-style
+comparison function (returns less than zero for first arg is less
+than second arg, zero for equal, greater than zero if irst arg is
+greater than second arg).
+If two array elements compare equal, their order in the sorted array
+is undefined.
+
+<note><para>The comparison function for g_ptr_array_sort() doesn't
+take the pointers from the array as arguments, it takes pointers to
+the pointers in the array.</para></note>
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="value">
-<parameter_description> a valid #GValue of type %G_TYPE_UINT64
+<parameter name="array">
+<parameter_description> a #GPtrArray.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="compare_func">
+<parameter_description> comparison function.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> unsigned 64bit integer contents of @value
-</return>
+<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_sequence_range_get_midpoint">
+<function name="g_mapped_file_ref">
<description>
-Finds an iterator somewhere in the range (@begin, @end). This
-iterator will be close to the middle of the range, but is not
-guaranteed to be &lt;emphasis&gt;exactly&lt;/emphasis&gt; in the middle.
-
-The @begin and @end iterators must both point to the same sequence and
- begin must come before or be equal to @end in the sequence.
+Increments the reference count of @file by one. It is safe to call
+this function from any thread.
+Since: 2.22
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="begin">
-<parameter_description> a #GSequenceIter
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="end">
-<parameter_description> a #GSequenceIter
+<parameter name="file">
+<parameter_description> a #GMappedFile
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> A #GSequenceIter pointing somewhere in the
-(@begin, @end) range.
+<return> the passed in #GMappedFile.
-Since: 2.14
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_main_context_add_poll">
+<function name="g_slist_sort_with_data">
<description>
-Adds a file descriptor to the set of file descriptors polled for
-this context. This will very seldomly be used directly. Instead
-a typical event source will use g_source_add_poll() instead.
+Like g_slist_sort(), but the sort function accepts a user data argument.
+
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="context">
-<parameter_description> a #GMainContext (or %NULL for the default context)
+<parameter name="list">
+<parameter_description> a #GSList
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="fd">
-<parameter_description> a #GPollFD structure holding information about a file
-descriptor to watch.
+<parameter name="compare_func">
+<parameter_description> comparison function
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="priority">
-<parameter_description> the priority for this file descriptor which should be
-the same as the priority used for g_source_attach() to ensure that the
-file descriptor is polled whenever the results may be needed.
+<parameter name="user_data">
+<parameter_description> data to pass to comparison function
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> new head of the list
+</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_test_run_suite">
+<function name="g_strtod">
<description>
-Execute the tests within @suite and all nested #GTestSuites.
-The test suites to be executed are filtered according to
-test path arguments (-p &lt;replaceable&gt;testpath&lt;/replaceable&gt;)
-as parsed by g_test_init().
-g_test_run_suite() or g_test_run() may only be called once
-in a program.
+Converts a string to a #gdouble value.
+It calls the standard strtod() function to handle the conversion, but
+if the string is not completely converted it attempts the conversion
+again with g_ascii_strtod(), and returns the best match.
+
+This function should seldomly be used. The normal situation when reading
+numbers not for human consumption is to use g_ascii_strtod(). Only when
+you know that you must expect both locale formatted and C formatted numbers
+should you use this. Make sure that you don't pass strings such as comma
+separated lists of values, since the commas may be interpreted as a decimal
+point in some locales, causing unexpected results.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="suite">
-<parameter_description> a #GTestSuite
+<parameter name="nptr">
+<parameter_description> the string to convert to a numeric value.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="endptr">
+<parameter_description> if non-%NULL, it returns the character after
+the last character used in the conversion.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> 0 on success
-
-Since: 2.16
+<return> the #gdouble value.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_option_group_set_translation_domain">
+<function name="g_type_qname">
<description>
-A convenience function to use gettext() for translating
-user-visible strings.
+Get the corresponding quark of the type IDs name.
-Since: 2.6
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="group">
-<parameter_description> a #GOptionGroup
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="domain">
-<parameter_description> the domain to use
+<parameter name="type">
+<parameter_description> Type to return quark of type name for.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> The type names quark or 0.
+</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_option_context_get_main_group">
+<function name="g_variant_get_strv">
<description>
-Return value: the main group of @context, or %NULL if @context doesn't
+Gets the contents of an array of strings #GVariant. This call
+makes a shallow copy; the return result should be released with
+g_free(), but the individual strings must not be modified.
+
+If @length is non-%NULL then the number of elements in the result
+is stored there. In any case, the resulting array will be
+%NULL-terminated.
+
+For an empty array, @length will be set to 0 and a pointer to a
+%NULL pointer will be returned.
+
+Since: 2.24
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="context">
-<parameter_description> a #GOptionContext
+<parameter name="value">
+<parameter_description> an array of strings #GVariant
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="length">
+<parameter_description> the length of the result, or %NULL
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the main group of @context, or %NULL if @context doesn't
-have a main group. Note that group belongs to @context and should
-not be modified or freed.
-
-Since: 2.6
+<return> an array of constant strings
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_slist_nth">
+<function name="g_param_spec_boxed">
<description>
-Gets the element at the given position in a #GSList.
+Creates a new #GParamSpecBoxed instance specifying a %G_TYPE_BOXED
+derived property.
+
+See g_param_spec_internal() for details on property names.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="list">
-<parameter_description> a #GSList
+<parameter name="name">
+<parameter_description> canonical name of the property specified
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="n">
-<parameter_description> the position of the element, counting from 0
+<parameter name="nick">
+<parameter_description> nick name for the property specified
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="blurb">
+<parameter_description> description of the property specified
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="boxed_type">
+<parameter_description> %G_TYPE_BOXED derived type of this property
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="flags">
+<parameter_description> flags for the property specified
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the element, or %NULL if the position is off
-the end of the #GSList
+<return> a newly created parameter specification
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_test_trap_fork">
+<function name="g_key_file_get_locale_string">
<description>
-Fork the current test program to execute a test case that might
-not return or that might abort. The forked test case is aborted
-and considered failing if its run time exceeds @usec_timeout.
-
-The forking behavior can be configured with the #GTestTrapFlags flags.
+Returns the value associated with @key under @group_name
+translated in the given @locale if available. If @locale is
+%NULL then the current locale is assumed.
-In the following example, the test code forks, the forked child
-process produces some sample output and exits successfully.
-The forking parent process then asserts successful child program
-termination and validates child program outputs.
-
-|[
-static void
-test_fork_patterns (void)
-{
-if (g_test_trap_fork (0, G_TEST_TRAP_SILENCE_STDOUT | G_TEST_TRAP_SILENCE_STDERR))
-{
-g_print ("some stdout text: somagic17\n");
-g_printerr ("some stderr text: semagic43\n");
-exit (0); /&ast; successful test run &ast;/
-}
-g_test_trap_assert_passed();
-g_test_trap_assert_stdout ("*somagic17*");
-g_test_trap_assert_stderr ("*semagic43*");
-}
-]|
-
-This function is implemented only on Unix platforms.
+If @key cannot be found then %NULL is returned and @error is set
+to #G_KEY_FILE_ERROR_KEY_NOT_FOUND. If the value associated
+with @key cannot be interpreted or no suitable translation can
+be found then the untranslated value is returned.
+Since: 2.6
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="usec_timeout">
-<parameter_description> Timeout for the forked test in micro seconds.
+<parameter name="key_file">
+<parameter_description> a #GKeyFile
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="test_trap_flags">
-<parameter_description> Flags to modify forking behaviour.
+<parameter name="group_name">
+<parameter_description> a group name
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="key">
+<parameter_description> a key
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="locale">
+<parameter_description> a locale identifier or %NULL
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="error">
+<parameter_description> return location for a #GError, or %NULL
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> %TRUE for the forked child and %FALSE for the executing parent process.
+<return> a newly allocated string or %NULL if the specified
+key cannot be found.
-Since: 2.16
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_unicode_canonical_ordering">
+<function name="g_param_spec_pointer">
<description>
-Computes the canonical ordering of a string in-place.
-This rearranges decomposed characters in the string
-according to their combining classes. See the Unicode
-manual for more information.
+Creates a new #GParamSpecPoiner instance specifying a pointer property.
+
+See g_param_spec_internal() for details on property names.
+
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="string">
-<parameter_description> a UCS-4 encoded string.
+<parameter name="name">
+<parameter_description> canonical name of the property specified
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="len">
-<parameter_description> the maximum length of @string to use.
+<parameter name="nick">
+<parameter_description> nick name for the property specified
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="blurb">
+<parameter_description> description of the property specified
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="flags">
+<parameter_description> flags for the property specified
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> a newly created parameter specification
+</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_ascii_strdown">
+<function name="g_int_hash">
<description>
-Converts all upper case ASCII letters to lower case ASCII letters.
+Converts a pointer to a #gint to a hash value.
+It can be passed to g_hash_table_new() as the @hash_func parameter,
+when using pointers to integers values as keys in a #GHashTable.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="str">
-<parameter_description> a string.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="len">
-<parameter_description> length of @str in bytes, or -1 if @str is nul-terminated.
+<parameter name="v">
+<parameter_description> a pointer to a #gint key
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a newly-allocated string, with all the upper case
-characters in @str converted to lower case, with
-semantics that exactly match g_ascii_tolower(). (Note
-that this is unlike the old g_strdown(), which modified
-the string in place.)
+<return> a hash value corresponding to the key.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_tree_search">
+<function name="g_strdup_vprintf">
<description>
-Searches a #GTree using @search_func.
+Similar to the standard C vsprintf() function but safer, since it
+calculates the maximum space required and allocates memory to hold
+the result. The returned string should be freed with g_free() when
+no longer needed.
-The @search_func is called with a pointer to the key of a key/value pair in
-the tree, and the passed in @user_data. If @search_func returns 0 for a
-key/value pair, then g_tree_search_func() will return the value of that
-pair. If @search_func returns -1, searching will proceed among the
-key/value pairs that have a smaller key; if @search_func returns 1,
-searching will proceed among the key/value pairs that have a larger key.
+See also g_vasprintf(), which offers the same functionality, but
+additionally returns the length of the allocated string.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="tree">
-<parameter_description> a #GTree.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="search_func">
-<parameter_description> a function used to search the #GTree.
+<parameter name="format">
+<parameter_description> a standard printf() format string, but notice
+<link linkend="string-precision">string precision pitfalls</link>
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="user_data">
-<parameter_description> the data passed as the second argument to the @search_func
-function.
+<parameter name="args">
+<parameter_description> the list of parameters to insert into the format string
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the value corresponding to the found key, or %NULL if the key
-was not found.
+<return> a newly-allocated string holding the result
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_bookmark_file_get_groups">
+<function name="g_bookmark_file_remove_item">
<description>
-Retrieves the list of group names of the bookmark for @uri.
-
-In the event the URI cannot be found, %NULL is returned and
- error is set to #G_BOOKMARK_FILE_ERROR_URI_NOT_FOUND.
-
-The returned array is %NULL terminated, so @length may optionally
-be %NULL.
+Removes the bookmark for @uri from the bookmark file @bookmark.
+Since: 2.12
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -2518,79 +2783,85 @@ be %NULL.
<parameter_description> a valid URI
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="length">
-<parameter_description> return location for the length of the returned string, or %NULL
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
<parameter name="error">
<parameter_description> return location for a #GError, or %NULL
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a newly allocated %NULL-terminated array of group names.
-Use g_strfreev() to free it.
+<return> %TRUE if the bookmark was removed successfully.
-Since: 2.12
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_slist_position">
+<function name="g_completion_complete_utf8">
<description>
-Gets the position of the given element
-in the #GSList (starting from 0).
+Attempts to complete the string @prefix using the #GCompletion target items.
+In contrast to g_completion_complete(), this function returns the largest common
+prefix that is a valid UTF-8 string, omitting a possible common partial
+character.
+You should use this function instead of g_completion_complete() if your
+items are UTF-8 strings.
+
+Since: 2.4
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="list">
-<parameter_description> a #GSList
+<parameter name="cmp">
+<parameter_description> the #GCompletion
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="llink">
-<parameter_description> an element in the #GSList
+<parameter name="prefix">
+<parameter_description> the prefix string, typically used by the user, which is compared
+with each of the items
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="new_prefix">
+<parameter_description> if non-%NULL, returns the longest prefix which is common to all
+items that matched @prefix, or %NULL if no items matched @prefix.
+This string should be freed when no longer needed.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the position of the element in the #GSList,
-or -1 if the element is not found
+<return> the list of items whose strings begin with @prefix. This should
+not be changed.
+
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_freopen">
+<function name="g_node_find">
<description>
-A wrapper for the POSIX freopen() function. The freopen() function
-opens a file and associates it with an existing stream.
-
-See your C library manual for more details about freopen().
+Finds a #GNode in a tree.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="filename">
-<parameter_description> a pathname in the GLib file name encoding (UTF-8 on Windows)
+<parameter name="root">
+<parameter_description> the root #GNode of the tree to search
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="mode">
-<parameter_description> a string describing the mode in which the file should be
-opened
+<parameter name="order">
+<parameter_description> the order in which nodes are visited - %G_IN_ORDER,
+%G_PRE_ORDER, %G_POST_ORDER, or %G_LEVEL_ORDER
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="stream">
-<parameter_description> an existing stream which will be reused, or %NULL
+<parameter name="flags">
+<parameter_description> which types of children are to be searched, one of
+%G_TRAVERSE_ALL, %G_TRAVERSE_LEAVES and %G_TRAVERSE_NON_LEAVES
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="data">
+<parameter_description> the data to find
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> A &lt;type&gt;FILE&lt;/type&gt; pointer if the file was successfully
-opened, or %NULL if an error occurred.
-
-Since: 2.6
+<return> the found #GNode, or %NULL if the data is not found
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_queue_foreach">
+<function name="g_queue_push_nth_link">
<description>
-Calls @func for each element in the queue passing @user_data to the
-function.
+Inserts @link into @queue at the given position.
Since: 2.4
@@ -2600,1215 +2871,1450 @@ Since: 2.4
<parameter_description> a #GQueue
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="func">
-<parameter_description> the function to call for each element's data
+<parameter name="n">
+<parameter_description> the position to insert the link. If this is negative or larger than
+the number of elements in @queue, the link is added to the end of
+ queue
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="user_data">
-<parameter_description> user data to pass to @func
+<parameter name="link_">
+<parameter_description> the link to add to @queue
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_queue_remove">
+<function name="g_thread_foreach">
<description>
-Removes the first element in @queue that contains @data.
+Call @thread_func on all existing #GThread structures. Note that
+threads may decide to exit while @thread_func is running, so
+without intimate knowledge about the lifetime of foreign threads,
+ thread_func shouldn't access the GThread* pointer passed in as
+first argument. However, @thread_func will not be called for threads
+which are known to have exited already.
-Since: 2.4
+Due to thread lifetime checks, this function has an execution complexity
+which is quadratic in the number of existing threads.
+
+Since: 2.10
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="queue">
-<parameter_description> a #GQueue
+<parameter name="thread_func">
+<parameter_description> function to call for all GThread structures
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="data">
-<parameter_description> data to remove.
+<parameter name="user_data">
+<parameter_description> second argument to @thread_func
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_param_values_cmp">
+<function name="g_str_has_prefix">
<description>
-Compares @value1 with @value2 according to @pspec, and return -1, 0 or +1,
-if @value1 is found to be less than, equal to or greater than @value2,
-respectively.
+Looks whether the string @str begins with @prefix.
+Since: 2.2
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="pspec">
-<parameter_description> a valid #GParamSpec
+<parameter name="str">
+<parameter_description> a nul-terminated string.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="value1">
-<parameter_description> a #GValue of correct type for @pspec
+<parameter name="prefix">
+<parameter_description> the nul-terminated prefix to look for.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="value2">
-<parameter_description> a #GValue of correct type for @pspec
+</parameters>
+<return> %TRUE if @str begins with @prefix, %FALSE otherwise.
+
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_queue_push_head">
+<description>
+Adds a new element at the head of the queue.
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="queue">
+<parameter_description> a #GQueue.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="data">
+<parameter_description> the data for the new element.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> -1, 0 or +1, for a less than, equal to or greater than result
+<return></return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_get_prgname">
+<description>
+Gets the name of the program. This name should <emphasis>not</emphasis>
+be localized, contrast with g_get_application_name().
+(If you are using GDK or GTK+ the program name is set in gdk_init(),
+which is called by gtk_init(). The program name is found by taking
+the last component of <literal>argv[0]</literal>.)
+
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+</parameters>
+<return> the name of the program. The returned string belongs
+to GLib and must not be modified or freed.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_str_equal">
+<function name="g_sequence_iter_is_begin">
<description>
-Compares two strings for byte-by-byte equality and returns %TRUE
-if they are equal. It can be passed to g_hash_table_new() as the
- key_equal_func parameter, when using strings as keys in a #GHashTable.
+Returns whether @iter is the begin iterator
+Since: 2.14
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="v1">
-<parameter_description> a key
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="v2">
-<parameter_description> a key to compare with @v1
+<parameter name="iter">
+<parameter_description> a #GSequenceIter
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> %TRUE if the two keys match
+<return> whether @iter is the begin iterator
+
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_key_file_get_start_group">
+<function name="g_signal_override_class_handler">
<description>
-Return value: The start group of the key file.
+Overrides the class closure (i.e. the default handler) for the
+given signal for emissions on instances of @instance_type with
+callabck @class_handler. @instance_type must be derived from the
+type to which the signal belongs.
+
+See g_signal_chain_from_overridden() and
+g_signal_chain_from_overridden_handler() for how to chain up to the
+parent class closure from inside the overridden one.
+
+Since: 2.18
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="key_file">
-<parameter_description> a #GKeyFile
+<parameter name="signal_name">
+<parameter_description> the name for the signal
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="instance_type">
+<parameter_description> the instance type on which to override the class handler
+for the signal.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="class_handler">
+<parameter_description> the handler.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> The start group of the key file.
+<return></return>
+</function>
-Since: 2.6
+<function name="g_pattern_match">
+<description>
+Matches a string against a compiled pattern. Passing the correct
+length of the string given is mandatory. The reversed string can be
+omitted by passing %NULL, this is more efficient if the reversed
+version of the string to be matched is not at hand, as
+g_pattern_match() will only construct it if the compiled pattern
+requires reverse matches.
+
+Note that, if the user code will (possibly) match a string against a
+multitude of patterns containing wildcards, chances are high that
+some patterns will require a reversed string. In this case, it's
+more efficient to provide the reversed string to avoid multiple
+constructions thereof in the various calls to g_pattern_match().
+
+Note also that the reverse of a UTF-8 encoded string can in general
+<emphasis>not</emphasis> be obtained by g_strreverse(). This works
+only if the string doesn't contain any multibyte characters. GLib
+offers the g_utf8_strreverse() function to reverse UTF-8 encoded
+strings.
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="pspec">
+<parameter_description> a #GPatternSpec
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="string_length">
+<parameter_description> the length of @string (in bytes, i.e. strlen(),
+<emphasis>not</emphasis> g_utf8_strlen())
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="string">
+<parameter_description> the UTF-8 encoded string to match
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="string_reversed">
+<parameter_description> the reverse of @string or %NULL
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> %TRUE if @string matches @pspec
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_type_class_ref">
+<function name="g_strnfill">
<description>
-Increments the reference count of the class structure belonging to
- type This function will demand-create the class if it doesn't
-exist already.
+Creates a new string @length bytes long filled with @fill_char.
+The returned string should be freed when no longer needed.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="type">
-<parameter_description> Type ID of a classed type.
+<parameter name="length">
+<parameter_description> the length of the new string
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="fill_char">
+<parameter_description> the byte to fill the string with
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> The #GTypeClass structure for the given type ID.
+<return> a newly-allocated string filled the @fill_char
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_tree_lookup">
+<function name="g_build_filename">
<description>
-Gets the value corresponding to the given key. Since a #GTree is
-automatically balanced as key/value pairs are added, key lookup is very
-fast.
+Creates a filename from a series of elements using the correct
+separator for filenames.
+
+On Unix, this function behaves identically to <literal>g_build_path
+(G_DIR_SEPARATOR_S, first_element, ....)</literal>.
+
+On Windows, it takes into account that either the backslash
+(<literal>\</literal> or slash (<literal>/</literal>) can be used
+as separator in filenames, but otherwise behaves as on Unix. When
+file pathname separators need to be inserted, the one that last
+previously occurred in the parameters (reading from left to right)
+is used.
+
+No attempt is made to force the resulting filename to be an absolute
+path. If the first element is a relative path, the result will
+be a relative path.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="tree">
-<parameter_description> a #GTree.
+<parameter name="first_element">
+<parameter_description> the first element in the path
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="key">
-<parameter_description> the key to look up.
+<parameter name="Varargs">
+<parameter_description> remaining elements in path, terminated by %NULL
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the value corresponding to the key, or %NULL if the key was
-not found.
+<return> a newly-allocated string that must be freed with g_free().
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_type_module_set_name">
+<function name="g_flags_get_first_value">
<description>
-Sets the name for a #GTypeModule
+Returns the first #GFlagsValue which is set in @value.
+
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="module">
-<parameter_description> a #GTypeModule.
+<parameter name="flags_class">
+<parameter_description> a #GFlagsClass
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="name">
-<parameter_description> a human-readable name to use in error messages.
+<parameter name="value">
+<parameter_description> the value
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> the first #GFlagsValue which is set in @value, or %NULL if
+none is set
+</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_hash_table_iter_get_hash_table">
+<function name="g_list_first">
<description>
-Return value: the #GHashTable associated with @iter.
+Gets the first element in a #GList.
+
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="iter">
-<parameter_description> an initialized #GHashTableIter.
+<parameter name="list">
+<parameter_description> a #GList
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the #GHashTable associated with @iter.
+<return> the first element in the #GList,
+or %NULL if the #GList has no elements
+</return>
+</function>
-Since: 2.16
+<function name="g_relation_delete">
+<description>
+Deletes any records from a #GRelation that have the given key value
+in the given field.
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="relation">
+<parameter_description> a #GRelation.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="key">
+<parameter_description> the value to compare with.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="field">
+<parameter_description> the field of each record to match.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> the number of records deleted.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_hash_table_destroy">
+<function name="g_io_channel_write">
<description>
-Destroys all keys and values in the #GHashTable and decrements its
-reference count by 1. If keys and/or values are dynamically allocated,
-you should either free them first or create the #GHashTable with destroy
-notifiers using g_hash_table_new_full(). In the latter case the destroy
-functions you supplied will be called on all keys and values during the
-destruction phase.
+Writes data to a #GIOChannel.
+
+Deprecated:2.2: Use g_io_channel_write_chars() instead.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="hash_table">
-<parameter_description> a #GHashTable.
+<parameter name="channel">
+<parameter_description> a #GIOChannel
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="buf">
+<parameter_description> the buffer containing the data to write
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="count">
+<parameter_description> the number of bytes to write
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="bytes_written">
+<parameter_description> the number of bytes actually written
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> %G_IO_ERROR_NONE if the operation was successful.
+
+</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_key_file_get_double">
+<function name="g_key_file_load_from_data_dirs">
<description>
-Return value: the value associated with the key as a double, or
+This function looks for a key file named @file in the paths
+returned from g_get_user_data_dir() and g_get_system_data_dirs(),
+loads the file into @key_file and returns the file's full path in
+ full_path If the file could not be loaded then an %error is
+set to either a #GFileError or #GKeyFileError.
+
+Since: 2.6
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="key_file">
-<parameter_description> a #GKeyFile
+<parameter_description> an empty #GKeyFile struct
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="group_name">
-<parameter_description> a group name
+<parameter name="file">
+<parameter_description> a relative path to a filename to open and parse
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="key">
-<parameter_description> a key
+<parameter name="full_path">
+<parameter_description> return location for a string containing the full path
+of the file, or %NULL
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="flags">
+<parameter_description> flags from #GKeyFileFlags
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="error">
-<parameter_description> return location for a #GError
+<parameter_description> return location for a #GError, or %NULL
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the value associated with the key as a double, or
-0.0 if the key was not found or could not be parsed.
-
-Since: 2.12
+<return> %TRUE if a key file could be loaded, %FALSE othewise
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_queue_clear">
+<function name="g_test_bug">
<description>
-Removes all the elements in @queue. If queue elements contain
-dynamically-allocated memory, they should be freed first.
+This function adds a message to test reports that
+associates a bug URI with a test case.
+Bug URIs are constructed from a base URI set with g_test_bug_base()
+and @bug_uri_snippet.
-Since: 2.14
+Since: 2.16
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="queue">
-<parameter_description> a #GQueue
+<parameter name="bug_uri_snippet">
+<parameter_description> Bug specific bug tracker URI portion.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_thread_pool_get_max_idle_time">
+<function name="g_dataset_id_remove_data">
<description>
-This function will return the maximum @interval that a thread will
-wait in the thread pool for new tasks before being stopped.
-
-If this function returns 0, threads waiting in the thread pool for
-new work are not stopped.
-
+Removes a data element from a dataset. The data element's destroy
+function is called if it has been set.
</description>
<parameters>
+<parameter name="l">
+<parameter_description> the location identifying the dataset.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="k">
+<parameter_description> the #GQuark id identifying the data element.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the maximum @interval to wait for new tasks in the
-thread pool before stopping the thread (1/1000ths of a second).
-
-Since: 2.10
-</return>
+<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_tree_height">
+<function name="g_string_hash">
<description>
-Gets the height of a #GTree.
-
-If the #GTree contains no nodes, the height is 0.
-If the #GTree contains only one root node the height is 1.
-If the root node has children the height is 2, etc.
+Creates a hash code for @str; for use with #GHashTable.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="tree">
-<parameter_description> a #GTree.
+<parameter name="str">
+<parameter_description> a string to hash
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the height of the #GTree.
+<return> hash code for @str
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_string_erase">
+<function name="g_vsprintf">
<description>
-Removes @len bytes from a #GString, starting at position @pos.
-The rest of the #GString is shifted down to fill the gap.
+An implementation of the standard vsprintf() function which supports
+positional parameters, as specified in the Single Unix Specification.
+Since: 2.2
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="string">
-<parameter_description> a #GString
+<parameter_description> the buffer to hold the output.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="pos">
-<parameter_description> the position of the content to remove
+<parameter name="format">
+<parameter_description> a standard printf() format string, but notice
+<link linkend="string-precision">string precision pitfalls</link>.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="len">
-<parameter_description> the number of bytes to remove, or -1 to remove all
-following bytes
+<parameter name="args">
+<parameter_description> the list of arguments to insert in the output.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> @string
+<return> the number of bytes printed.
+
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_test_timer_last">
+<function name="g_async_queue_try_pop">
<description>
-Report the last result of g_test_timer_elapsed().
+Tries to pop data from the @queue. If no data is available, %NULL is
+returned.
</description>
<parameters>
+<parameter name="queue">
+<parameter_description> a #GAsyncQueue.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the last result of g_test_timer_elapsed(), as a double
-
-Since: 2.16
+<return> data from the queue or %NULL, when no data is
+available immediately.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_test_log_msg_free">
+<function name="g_value_take_param">
<description>
-Internal function for gtester to free test log messages, no ABI guarantees provided.
+Sets the contents of a %G_TYPE_PARAM #GValue to @param and takes
+over the ownership of the callers reference to @param; the caller
+doesn't have to unref it any more.
+
+Since: 2.4
</description>
<parameters>
+<parameter name="value">
+<parameter_description> a valid #GValue of type %G_TYPE_PARAM
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="param">
+<parameter_description> the #GParamSpec to be set
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
</parameters>
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_signal_newv">
+<function name="g_io_channel_read_line_string">
<description>
-Creates a new signal. (This is usually done in the class initializer.)
-
-See g_signal_new() for details on allowed signal names.
+Reads a line from a #GIOChannel, using a #GString as a buffer.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="signal_name">
-<parameter_description> the name for the signal
+<parameter name="channel">
+<parameter_description> a #GIOChannel
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="itype">
-<parameter_description> the type this signal pertains to. It will also pertain to
-types which are derived from this type
+<parameter name="buffer">
+<parameter_description> a #GString into which the line will be written.
+If @buffer already contains data, the old data will
+be overwritten.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="signal_flags">
-<parameter_description> a combination of #GSignalFlags specifying detail of when
-the default handler is to be invoked. You should at least specify
-%G_SIGNAL_RUN_FIRST or %G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST
+<parameter name="terminator_pos">
+<parameter_description> location to store position of line terminator, or %NULL
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="class_closure">
-<parameter_description> The closure to invoke on signal emission; may be %NULL
+<parameter name="error">
+<parameter_description> a location to store an error of type #GConvertError
+or #GIOChannelError
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="accumulator">
-<parameter_description> the accumulator for this signal; may be %NULL
+</parameters>
+<return> the status of the operation.
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_set_error">
+<description>
+Does nothing if @err is %NULL; if @err is non-%NULL, then * err
+must be %NULL. A new #GError is created and assigned to * err
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="err">
+<parameter_description> a return location for a #GError, or %NULL
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="accu_data">
-<parameter_description> user data for the @accumulator
+<parameter name="domain">
+<parameter_description> error domain
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="c_marshaller">
-<parameter_description> the function to translate arrays of parameter values to
-signal emissions into C language callback invocations
+<parameter name="code">
+<parameter_description> error code
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="return_type">
-<parameter_description> the type of return value, or #G_TYPE_NONE for a signal
-without a return value
+<parameter name="format">
+<parameter_description> printf()-style format
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="n_params">
-<parameter_description> the length of @param_types
+<parameter name="Varargs">
+<parameter_description> args for @format
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="param_types">
-<parameter_description> an array of types, one for each parameter
+</parameters>
+<return></return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_queue_peek_head_link">
+<description>
+Returns the first link in @queue
+
+Since: 2.4
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="queue">
+<parameter_description> a #GQueue
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the signal id
+<return> the first link in @queue, or %NULL if @queue is empty
+
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_slist_find_custom">
+<function name="g_list_alloc">
<description>
-Finds an element in a #GSList, using a supplied function to
-find the desired element. It iterates over the list, calling
-the given function which should return 0 when the desired
-element is found. The function takes two #gconstpointer arguments,
-the #GSList element's data as the first argument and the
-given user data.
+Allocates space for one #GList element. It is called by
+g_list_append(), g_list_prepend(), g_list_insert() and
+g_list_insert_sorted() and so is rarely used on its own.
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+</parameters>
+<return> a pointer to the newly-allocated #GList element.
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_slist_insert_before">
+<description>
+Inserts a node before @sibling containing @data.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="list">
+<parameter name="slist">
<parameter_description> a #GSList
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="data">
-<parameter_description> user data passed to the function
+<parameter name="sibling">
+<parameter_description> node to insert @data before
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="func">
-<parameter_description> the function to call for each element.
-It should return 0 when the desired element is found
+<parameter name="data">
+<parameter_description> data to put in the newly-inserted node
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the found #GSList element, or %NULL if it is not found
+<return> the new head of the list.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_get_user_data_dir">
+<function name="g_mapped_file_free">
<description>
-Return value: a string owned by GLib that must not be modified
+This call existed before #GMappedFile had refcounting and is currently
+exactly the same as g_mapped_file_unref().
+
+Since: 2.8
+Deprecated:2.22: Use g_mapped_file_unref() instead.
</description>
<parameters>
+<parameter name="file">
+<parameter_description> a #GMappedFile
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a string owned by GLib that must not be modified
-or freed.
-Since: 2.6
-</return>
+<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_dgettext">
+<function name="g_mem_chunk_destroy">
<description>
-This function is a wrapper of dgettext() which does not translate
-the message if the default domain as set with textdomain() has no
-translations for the current locale.
-
-The advantage of using this function over dgettext() proper is that
-libraries using this function (like GTK+) will not use translations
-if the application using the library does not have translations for
-the current locale. This results in a consistent English-only
-interface instead of one having partial translations. For this
-feature to work, the call to textdomain() and setlocale() should
-precede any g_dgettext() invocations. For GTK+, it means calling
-textdomain() before gtk_init or its variants.
-
-This function disables translations if and only if upon its first
-call all the following conditions hold:
-&lt;itemizedlist&gt;
-&lt;listitem&gt;@domain is not %NULL&lt;/listitem&gt;
-&lt;listitem&gt;textdomain() has been called to set a default text domain&lt;/listitem&gt;
-&lt;listitem&gt;there is no translations available for the default text domain
-and the current locale&lt;/listitem&gt;
-&lt;listitem&gt;current locale is not "C" or any English locales (those
-starting with "en_")&lt;/listitem&gt;
-&lt;/itemizedlist&gt;
-
-Note that this behavior may not be desired for example if an application
-has its untranslated messages in a language other than English. In those
-cases the application should call textdomain() after initializing GTK+.
-
-Applications should normally not use this function directly,
-but use the _() macro for translations.
+Frees all of the memory allocated for a #GMemChunk.
+Deprecated:2.10: Use the <link linkend="glib-Memory-Slices">slice
+allocator</link> instead
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="domain">
-<parameter_description> the translation domain to use, or %NULL to use
-the domain set with textdomain()
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="msgid">
-<parameter_description> message to translate
+<parameter name="mem_chunk">
+<parameter_description> a #GMemChunk.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> The translated string
-
-Since: 2.18
-</return>
+<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_ascii_strncasecmp">
+<function name="g_variant_iter_init">
<description>
-Compare @s1 and @s2, ignoring the case of ASCII characters and any
-characters after the first @n in each string.
-
-Unlike the BSD strcasecmp() function, this only recognizes standard
-ASCII letters and ignores the locale, treating all non-ASCII
-characters as if they are not letters.
+Initialises (without allocating) a #GVariantIter. @iter may be
+completely uninitialised prior to this call; its old value is
+ignored.
-The same warning as in g_ascii_strcasecmp() applies: Use this
-function only on strings known to be in encodings where bytes
-corresponding to ASCII letters always represent themselves.
+The iterator remains valid for as long as @value exists, and need not
+be freed in any way.
+Since: 2.24
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="s1">
-<parameter_description> string to compare with @s2.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="s2">
-<parameter_description> string to compare with @s1.
+<parameter name="iter">
+<parameter_description> a pointer to a #GVariantIter
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="n">
-<parameter_description> number of characters to compare.
+<parameter name="value">
+<parameter_description> a container #GVariant
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> 0 if the strings match, a negative value if @s1 &lt; @s2,
-or a positive value if @s1 &gt; @s2.
+<return> the number of items in @value
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_source_unref">
+<function name="g_cond_new">
<description>
-Decreases the reference count of a source by one. If the
-resulting reference count is zero the source and associated
-memory will be destroyed.
+Creates a new #GCond. This function will abort, if g_thread_init()
+has not been called yet.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="source">
-<parameter_description> a #GSource
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> a new #GCond.
+</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_iconv_close">
+<function name="g_array_prepend_val">
<description>
-Same as the standard UNIX routine iconv_close(), but
-may be implemented via libiconv on UNIX flavors that lack
-a native implementation. Should be called to clean up
-the conversion descriptor from g_iconv_open() when
-you are done converting things.
+Adds the value on to the start of the array. The array will grow in
+size automatically if necessary.
-GLib provides g_convert() and g_locale_to_utf8() which are likely
-more convenient than the raw iconv wrappers.
+This operation is slower than g_array_append_val() since the
+existing elements in the array have to be moved to make space for
+the new element.
+<note><para>g_array_prepend_val() is a macro which uses a reference
+to the value parameter @v. This means that you cannot use it with
+literal values such as "27". You must use variables.</para></note>
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="converter">
-<parameter_description> a conversion descriptor from g_iconv_open()
+<parameter name="a">
+<parameter_description> a #GArray.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="v">
+<parameter_description> the value to prepend to the #GArray.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> -1 on error, 0 on success
+<return> the #GArray.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_option_context_get_help_enabled">
+<function name="g_bookmark_file_get_title">
<description>
-Returns: %TRUE if automatic help generation is turned on.
+Returns the title of the bookmark for @uri.
+
+If @uri is %NULL, the title of @bookmark is returned.
+
+In the event the URI cannot be found, %NULL is returned and
+ error is set to #G_BOOKMARK_FILE_ERROR_URI_NOT_FOUND.
+
+Since: 2.12
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="context">
-<parameter_description> a #GOptionContext
+<parameter name="bookmark">
+<parameter_description> a #GBookmarkFile
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="uri">
+<parameter_description> a valid URI or %NULL
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="error">
+<parameter_description> return location for a #GError, or %NULL
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> %TRUE if automatic help generation is turned on.
+<return> a newly allocated string or %NULL if the specified
+URI cannot be found.
-Since: 2.6
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_main_loop_run">
+<function name="g_option_group_free">
<description>
-Runs a main loop until g_main_loop_quit() is called on the loop.
-If this is called for the thread of the loop's #GMainContext,
-it will process events from the loop, otherwise it will
-simply wait.
+Frees a #GOptionGroup. Note that you must <emphasis>not</emphasis>
+free groups which have been added to a #GOptionContext.
+
+Since: 2.6
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="loop">
-<parameter_description> a #GMainLoop
+<parameter name="group">
+<parameter_description> a #GOptionGroup
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_queue_push_head_link">
+<function name="g_value_set_param">
<description>
-Adds a new element at the head of the queue.
+Set the contents of a %G_TYPE_PARAM #GValue to @param.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="queue">
-<parameter_description> a #GQueue.
+<parameter name="value">
+<parameter_description> a valid #GValue of type %G_TYPE_PARAM
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="link_">
-<parameter_description> a single #GList element, &lt;emphasis&gt;not&lt;/emphasis&gt; a list with
-more than one element.
+<parameter name="param">
+<parameter_description> the #GParamSpec to be set
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_type_get_plugin">
+<function name="g_thread_pool_stop_unused_threads">
<description>
-Returns: The corresponding plugin if @type is a dynamic type,
+Stops all currently unused threads. This does not change the
+maximal number of unused threads. This function can be used to
+regularly stop all unused threads e.g. from g_timeout_add().
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="type">
-<parameter_description> The #GType to retrieve the plugin for.
+</parameters>
+<return></return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_static_rw_lock_reader_unlock">
+<description>
+Unlocks @lock. If a thread waits to lock @lock for writing and all
+locks for reading have been unlocked, the waiting thread is woken up
+and can lock @lock for writing.
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="lock">
+<parameter_description> a #GStaticRWLock to unlock after reading.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> The corresponding plugin if @type is a dynamic type,
-%NULL otherwise.
-</return>
+<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_unichar_iswide">
+<function name="g_source_get_priority">
<description>
-Determines if a character is typically rendered in a double-width
-cell.
+Gets the priority of a source.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="c">
-<parameter_description> a Unicode character
+<parameter name="source">
+<parameter_description> a #GSource
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> %TRUE if the character is wide
+<return> the priority of the source
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_slist_remove_link">
+<function name="g_signal_new_valist">
<description>
-Removes an element from a #GSList, without
-freeing the element. The removed element's next
-link is set to %NULL, so that it becomes a
-self-contained list with one element.
+Creates a new signal. (This is usually done in the class initializer.)
+
+See g_signal_new() for details on allowed signal names.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="list">
-<parameter_description> a #GSList
+<parameter name="signal_name">
+<parameter_description> the name for the signal
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="link_">
-<parameter_description> an element in the #GSList
+<parameter name="itype">
+<parameter_description> the type this signal pertains to. It will also pertain to
+types which are derived from this type.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="signal_flags">
+<parameter_description> a combination of #GSignalFlags specifying detail of when
+the default handler is to be invoked. You should at least specify
+%G_SIGNAL_RUN_FIRST or %G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="class_closure">
+<parameter_description> The closure to invoke on signal emission; may be %NULL.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="accumulator">
+<parameter_description> the accumulator for this signal; may be %NULL.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="accu_data">
+<parameter_description> user data for the @accumulator.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="c_marshaller">
+<parameter_description> the function to translate arrays of parameter values to
+signal emissions into C language callback invocations.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="return_type">
+<parameter_description> the type of return value, or #G_TYPE_NONE for a signal
+without a return value.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="n_params">
+<parameter_description> the number of parameter types in @args.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="args">
+<parameter_description> va_list of #GType, one for each parameter.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the new start of the #GSList, without the element
+<return> the signal id
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_strdown">
+<function name="g_regex_replace_literal">
<description>
-Converts a string to lower case.
+Replaces all occurrences of the pattern in @regex with the
+replacement text. @replacement is replaced literally, to
+include backreferences use g_regex_replace().
+Setting @start_position differs from just passing over a
+shortened string and setting #G_REGEX_MATCH_NOTBOL in the
+case of a pattern that begins with any kind of lookbehind
+assertion, such as "\b".
+
+Since: 2.14
</description>
<parameters>
+<parameter name="regex">
+<parameter_description> a #GRegex structure
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
<parameter name="string">
-<parameter_description> the string to convert.
+<parameter_description> the string to perform matches against
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="string_len">
+<parameter_description> the length of @string, or -1 if @string is nul-terminated
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="start_position">
+<parameter_description> starting index of the string to match
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="replacement">
+<parameter_description> text to replace each match with
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="match_options">
+<parameter_description> options for the match
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="error">
+<parameter_description> location to store the error occuring, or %NULL to ignore errors
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the string
+<return> a newly allocated string containing the replacements
-Deprecated:2.2: This function is totally broken for the reasons discussed
-in the g_strncasecmp() docs - use g_ascii_strdown() or g_utf8_strdown()
-instead.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_queue_find_custom">
+<function name="g_variant_new_handle">
<description>
-Finds an element in a #GQueue, using a supplied function to find the
-desired element. It iterates over the queue, calling the given function
-which should return 0 when the desired element is found. The function
-takes two gconstpointer arguments, the #GQueue element's data as the
-first argument and the given user data as the second argument.
+Creates a new handle #GVariant instance.
+
+By convention, handles are indexes into an array of file descriptors
+that are sent alongside a DBus message. If you're not interacting
+with DBus, you probably don't need them.
+Since: 2.24
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="queue">
-<parameter_description> a #GQueue
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="data">
-<parameter_description> user data passed to @func
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="func">
-<parameter_description> a #GCompareFunc to call for each element. It should return 0
-when the desired element is found
+<parameter name="handle">
+<parameter_description> a #gint32 value
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> The found link, or %NULL if it wasn't found
-
-Since: 2.4
+<return> a new handle #GVariant instance
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_value_set_int64">
+<function name="g_param_spec_pool_list_owned">
<description>
-Set the contents of a %G_TYPE_INT64 #GValue to @v_int64.
+Gets an #GList of all #GParamSpec<!-- -->s owned by @owner_type in
+the pool.
+
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="value">
-<parameter_description> a valid #GValue of type %G_TYPE_INT64
+<parameter name="pool">
+<parameter_description> a #GParamSpecPool
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="v_int64">
-<parameter_description> 64bit integer value to be set
+<parameter name="owner_type">
+<parameter_description> the owner to look for
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> a #GList of all #GParamSpec<!-- -->s owned by @owner_type
+in the pool#GParamSpec<!-- -->s.
+</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_value_set_boxed">
+<function name="g_variant_new_tuple">
<description>
-Set the contents of a %G_TYPE_BOXED derived #GValue to @v_boxed.
+Creates a new tuple #GVariant out of the items in @children. The
+type is determined from the types of @children. No entry in the
+ children array may be %NULL.
+
+If @n_children is 0 then the unit tuple is constructed.
+
+Since: 2.24
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="value">
-<parameter_description> a valid #GValue of %G_TYPE_BOXED derived type
+<parameter name="children">
+<parameter_description> the items to make the tuple out of
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="v_boxed">
-<parameter_description> boxed value to be set
+<parameter name="n_children">
+<parameter_description> the length of @children
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> a new #GVariant tuple
+</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_regex_get_capture_count">
+<function name="glib_gettext">
<description>
-Returns: the number of capturing subpatterns
+Returns the translated string from the glib translations.
+This is an internal function and should only be used by
+the internals of glib (such as libgio).
+
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="regex">
-<parameter_description> a #GRegex
+<parameter name="str">
+<parameter_description> The string to be translated
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the number of capturing subpatterns
-
-Since: 2.14
+<return> the transation of @str to the current locale
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_option_group_set_error_hook">
+<function name="g_variant_get_int32">
<description>
-Associates a function with @group which will be called
-from g_option_context_parse() when an error occurs.
+Returns the 32-bit signed integer value of @value.
-Note that the user data to be passed to @error_func can be
-specified when constructing the group with g_option_group_new().
+It is an error to call this function with a @value of any type
+other than %G_VARIANT_TYPE_INT32.
-Since: 2.6
+Since: 2.24
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="group">
-<parameter_description> a #GOptionGroup
+<parameter name="value">
+<parameter_description> a int32 #GVariant instance
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="error_func">
-<parameter_description> a function to call when an error occurs
+</parameters>
+<return> a #gint32
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_byte_array_sort_with_data">
+<description>
+Like g_byte_array_sort(), but the comparison function takes an extra
+user data argument.
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="array">
+<parameter_description> a #GByteArray.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="compare_func">
+<parameter_description> comparison function.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="user_data">
+<parameter_description> data to pass to @compare_func.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_unichar_validate">
+<function name="g_enum_get_value_by_name">
<description>
-Checks whether @ch is a valid Unicode character. Some possible
-integer values of @ch will not be valid. 0 is considered a valid
-character, though it's normally a string terminator.
+Looks up a #GEnumValue by name.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="ch">
-<parameter_description> a Unicode character
+<parameter name="enum_class">
+<parameter_description> a #GEnumClass
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="name">
+<parameter_description> the name to look up
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> %TRUE if @ch is a valid Unicode character
+<return> the #GEnumValue with name @name, or %NULL if the
+enumeration doesn't have a member with that name
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_slist_free_1">
+<function name="g_mkstemp">
<description>
-Frees one #GSList element.
-It is usually used after g_slist_remove_link().
+Opens a temporary file. See the mkstemp() documentation
+on most UNIX-like systems.
+
+The parameter is a string that should follow the rules for
+mkstemp() templates, i.e. contain the string "XXXXXX".
+g_mkstemp() is slightly more flexible than mkstemp()
+in that the sequence does not have to occur at the very end of the
+template. The X string will
+be modified to form the name of a file that didn't exist.
+The string should be in the GLib file name encoding. Most importantly,
+on Windows it should be in UTF-8.
+
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="list">
-<parameter_description> a #GSList element
+<parameter name="tmpl">
+<parameter_description> template filename
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> A file handle (as from open()) to the file
+opened for reading and writing. The file is opened in binary mode
+on platforms where there is a difference. The file handle should be
+closed with close(). In case of errors, -1 is returned.
+</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_object_thaw_notify">
+<function name="g_utf8_to_ucs4_fast">
<description>
-Reverts the effect of a previous call to
-g_object_freeze_notify(). The freeze count is decreased on @object
-and when it reaches zero, all queued "notify" signals are emitted.
+Convert a string from UTF-8 to a 32-bit fixed width
+representation as UCS-4, assuming valid UTF-8 input.
+This function is roughly twice as fast as g_utf8_to_ucs4()
+but does no error checking on the input.
-It is an error to call this function when the freeze count is zero.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="object">
-<parameter_description> a #GObject
+<parameter name="str">
+<parameter_description> a UTF-8 encoded string
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="len">
+<parameter_description> the maximum length of @str to use, in bytes. If @len < 0,
+then the string is nul-terminated.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="items_written">
+<parameter_description> location to store the number of characters in the
+result, or %NULL.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> a pointer to a newly allocated UCS-4 string.
+This value must be freed with g_free().
+</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_hash_table_iter_init">
+<function name="g_hash_table_replace">
<description>
-Initializes a key/value pair iterator and associates it with
- hash_table Modifying the hash table after calling this function
-invalidates the returned iterator.
-|[
-GHashTableIter iter;
-gpointer key, value;
-
-g_hash_table_iter_init (&iter, hash_table);
-while (g_hash_table_iter_next (&iter, &key, &value))
-{
-/&ast; do something with key and value &ast;/
-}
-]|
-
-Since: 2.16
+Inserts a new key and value into a #GHashTable similar to
+g_hash_table_insert(). The difference is that if the key already exists
+in the #GHashTable, it gets replaced by the new key. If you supplied a
+ value_destroy_func when creating the #GHashTable, the old value is freed
+using that function. If you supplied a @key_destroy_func when creating the
+#GHashTable, the old key is freed using that function.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="iter">
-<parameter_description> an uninitialized #GHashTableIter.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
<parameter name="hash_table">
<parameter_description> a #GHashTable.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
+<parameter name="key">
+<parameter_description> a key to insert.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="value">
+<parameter_description> the value to associate with the key.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
</parameters>
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_thread_pool_free">
+<function name="g_type_module_add_interface">
<description>
-Frees all resources allocated for @pool.
-
-If @immediate is %TRUE, no new task is processed for
- pool Otherwise @pool is not freed before the last task is
-processed. Note however, that no thread of this pool is
-interrupted, while processing a task. Instead at least all still
-running threads can finish their tasks before the @pool is freed.
-
-If @wait_ is %TRUE, the functions does not return before all tasks
-to be processed (dependent on @immediate, whether all or only the
-currently running) are ready. Otherwise the function returns immediately.
+Registers an additional interface for a type, whose interface lives
+in the given type plugin. If the interface was already registered
+for the type in this plugin, nothing will be done.
-After calling this function @pool must not be used anymore.
+As long as any instances of the type exist, the type plugin will
+not be unloaded.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="pool">
-<parameter_description> a #GThreadPool
+<parameter name="module">
+<parameter_description> a #GTypeModule
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="immediate">
-<parameter_description> should @pool shut down immediately?
+<parameter name="instance_type">
+<parameter_description> type to which to add the interface.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="wait_">
-<parameter_description> should the function wait for all tasks to be finished?
+<parameter name="interface_type">
+<parameter_description> interface type to add
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="interface_info">
+<parameter_description> type information structure
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_flags_get_value_by_nick">
+<function name="g_type_register_static">
<description>
-Looks up a #GFlagsValue by nickname.
+Registers @type_name as the name of a new static type derived from
+ parent_type The type system uses the information contained in the
+#GTypeInfo structure pointed to by @info to manage the type and its
+instances (if not abstract). The value of @flags determines the nature
+(e.g. abstract or not) of the type.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="flags_class">
-<parameter_description> a #GFlagsClass
+<parameter name="parent_type">
+<parameter_description> Type from which this type will be derived.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="nick">
-<parameter_description> the nickname to look up
+<parameter name="type_name">
+<parameter_description> 0-terminated string used as the name of the new type.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="info">
+<parameter_description> The #GTypeInfo structure for this type.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="flags">
+<parameter_description> Bitwise combination of #GTypeFlags values.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the #GFlagsValue with nickname @nick, or %NULL if there is
-no flag with that nickname
+<return> The new type identifier.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_bookmark_file_get_modified">
+<function name="g_error_new_literal">
<description>
-Gets the time when the bookmark for @uri was last modified.
-
-In the event the URI cannot be found, -1 is returned and
- error is set to #G_BOOKMARK_FILE_ERROR_URI_NOT_FOUND.
+Creates a new #GError; unlike g_error_new(), @message is
+not a printf()-style format string. Use this function if
+ message contains text you don't have control over,
+that could include printf() escape sequences.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="bookmark">
-<parameter_description> a #GBookmarkFile
+<parameter name="domain">
+<parameter_description> error domain
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="uri">
-<parameter_description> a valid URI
+<parameter name="code">
+<parameter_description> error code
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="error">
-<parameter_description> return location for a #GError, or %NULL
+<parameter name="message">
+<parameter_description> error message
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a timestamp
-
-Since: 2.12
+<return> a new #GError
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_value_take_string">
+<function name="g_slist_free1">
<description>
-Sets the contents of a %G_TYPE_STRING #GValue to @v_string.
+A macro which does the same as g_slist_free_1().
-Since: 2.4
+Since: 2.10
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="value">
-<parameter_description> a valid #GValue of type %G_TYPE_STRING
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="v_string">
-<parameter_description> string to take ownership of
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
</parameters>
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_type_default_interface_unref">
+<function name="g_queue_link_index">
<description>
-Decrements the reference count for the type corresponding to the
-interface default vtable @g_iface. If the type is dynamic, then
-when no one is using the interface and all references have
-been released, the finalize function for the interface's default
-vtable (the &lt;structfield&gt;class_finalize&lt;/structfield&gt; member of
-#GTypeInfo) will be called.
+Returns the position of @link_ in @queue.
Since: 2.4
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="g_iface">
-<parameter_description> the default vtable structure for a interface, as
-returned by g_type_default_interface_ref()
+<parameter name="queue">
+<parameter_description> a #Gqueue
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="link_">
+<parameter_description> A #GList link
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> The position of @link_, or -1 if the link is
+not part of @queue
+
+</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_utf8_prev_char">
+<function name="g_mutex_free">
<description>
-Finds the previous UTF-8 character in the string before @p.
-
- p does not have to be at the beginning of a UTF-8 character. No check
-is made to see if the character found is actually valid other than
-it starts with an appropriate byte. If @p might be the first
-character of the string, you must use g_utf8_find_prev_char() instead.
+Destroys @mutex.
+<note><para>Calling g_mutex_free() on a locked mutex may result in
+undefined behaviour.</para></note>
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="p">
-<parameter_description> a pointer to a position within a UTF-8 encoded string
+<parameter name="mutex">
+<parameter_description> a #GMutex.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a pointer to the found character.
-</return>
+<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_cclosure_marshal_VOID__VOID">
+<function name="g_thread_yield">
<description>
-A marshaller for a #GCClosure with a callback of type
-&lt;literal&gt;void (*callback) (gpointer instance, gpointer user_data)&lt;/literal&gt;.
+Gives way to other threads waiting to be scheduled.
+
+This function is often used as a method to make busy wait less evil.
+But in most cases you will encounter, there are better methods to do
+that. So in general you shouldn't use this function.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="closure">
-<parameter_description> the #GClosure to which the marshaller belongs
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="return_value">
-<parameter_description> ignored
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="n_param_values">
-<parameter_description> 1
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="param_values">
-<parameter_description> a #GValue array holding only the instance
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="invocation_hint">
-<parameter_description> the invocation hint given as the last argument
-to g_closure_invoke()
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="marshal_data">
-<parameter_description> additional data specified when registering the marshaller
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
</parameters>
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_param_spec_int64">
+<function name="g_value_get_uint64">
<description>
-Creates a new #GParamSpecInt64 instance specifying a %G_TYPE_INT64 property.
-
-See g_param_spec_internal() for details on property names.
+Get the contents of a %G_TYPE_UINT64 #GValue.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="name">
-<parameter_description> canonical name of the property specified
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="nick">
-<parameter_description> nick name for the property specified
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="blurb">
-<parameter_description> description of the property specified
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="minimum">
-<parameter_description> minimum value for the property specified
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="maximum">
-<parameter_description> maximum value for the property specified
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="default_value">
-<parameter_description> default value for the property specified
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="flags">
-<parameter_description> flags for the property specified
+<parameter name="value">
+<parameter_description> a valid #GValue of type %G_TYPE_UINT64
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a newly created parameter specification
+<return> unsigned 64bit integer contents of @value
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_fprintf">
+<function name="g_test_rand_double">
<description>
-An implementation of the standard fprintf() function which supports
-positional parameters, as specified in the Single Unix Specification.
+Get a reproducible random floating point number,
+see g_test_rand_int() for details on test case random numbers.
+Since: 2.16
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="file">
-<parameter_description> the stream to write to.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="format">
-<parameter_description> a standard printf() format string, but notice
-&lt;link linkend="string-precision"&gt;string precision pitfalls&lt;/link&gt;.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="Varargs">
-<parameter_description> the arguments to insert in the output.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the number of bytes printed.
+<return> a random number from the seeded random number generator.
-Since: 2.2
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_value_set_double">
+<function name="g_int64_equal">
<description>
-Set the contents of a %G_TYPE_DOUBLE #GValue to @v_double.
+Compares the two #gint64 values being pointed to and returns
+%TRUE if they are equal.
+It can be passed to g_hash_table_new() as the @key_equal_func
+parameter, when using pointers to 64-bit integers as keys in a #GHashTable.
+
+Since: 2.22
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="value">
-<parameter_description> a valid #GValue of type %G_TYPE_DOUBLE
+<parameter name="v1">
+<parameter_description> a pointer to a #gint64 key.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="v_double">
-<parameter_description> double value to be set
+<parameter name="v2">
+<parameter_description> a pointer to a #gint64 key to compare with @v1.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> %TRUE if the two keys match.
+
+</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_io_channel_write_unichar">
+<function name="g_option_group_add_entries">
<description>
-Writes a Unicode character to @channel.
-This function cannot be called on a channel with %NULL encoding.
+Adds the options specified in @entries to @group.
+Since: 2.6
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="channel">
-<parameter_description> a #GIOChannel
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="thechar">
-<parameter_description> a character
+<parameter name="group">
+<parameter_description> a #GOptionGroup
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="error">
-<parameter_description> location to return an error of type #GConvertError
-or #GIOChannelError
+<parameter name="entries">
+<parameter_description> a %NULL-terminated array of #GOptionEntry<!-- -->s
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a #GIOStatus
-</return>
+<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_type_name">
+<function name="g_byte_array_remove_index">
<description>
-Get the unique name that is assigned to a type ID. Note that this
-function (like all other GType API) cannot cope with invalid type
-IDs. %G_TYPE_INVALID may be passed to this function, as may be any
-other validly registered type ID, but randomized type IDs should
-not be passed in and will most likely lead to a crash.
-
+Removes the byte at the given index from a #GByteArray. The
+following bytes are moved down one place.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="type">
-<parameter_description> Type to return name for.
+<parameter name="array">
+<parameter_description> a #GByteArray.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="index_">
+<parameter_description> the index of the byte to remove.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> Static type name or %NULL.
+<return> the #GByteArray.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_filename_from_utf8">
+<function name="g_filename_to_utf8">
<description>
-Converts a string from UTF-8 to the encoding GLib uses for
-filenames. Note that on Windows GLib uses UTF-8 for filenames;
-on other platforms, this function indirectly depends on the
-&lt;link linkend="setlocale"&gt;current locale&lt;/link&gt;.
+Converts a string which is in the encoding used by GLib for
+filenames into a UTF-8 string. Note that on Windows GLib uses UTF-8
+for filenames; on other platforms, this function indirectly depends on
+the <link linkend="setlocale">current locale</link>.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="utf8string">
-<parameter_description> a UTF-8 encoded string.
+<parameter name="opsysstring">
+<parameter_description> a string in the encoding for filenames
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="len">
<parameter_description> the length of the string, or -1 if the string is
-nul-terminated.
+nul-terminated<footnoteref linkend="nul-unsafe"/>.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="bytes_read">
@@ -3837,243 +4343,282 @@ errors. Any of the errors in #GConvertError may occur.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_spawn_command_line_async">
+<function name="g_strrstr">
<description>
-A simple version of g_spawn_async() that parses a command line with
-g_shell_parse_argv() and passes it to g_spawn_async(). Runs a
-command line in the background. Unlike g_spawn_async(), the
-%G_SPAWN_SEARCH_PATH flag is enabled, other flags are not. Note
-that %G_SPAWN_SEARCH_PATH can have security implications, so
-consider using g_spawn_async() directly if appropriate. Possible
-errors are those from g_shell_parse_argv() and g_spawn_async().
-
-The same concerns on Windows apply as for g_spawn_command_line_sync().
+Searches the string @haystack for the last occurrence
+of the string @needle.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="command_line">
-<parameter_description> a command line
+<parameter name="haystack">
+<parameter_description> a nul-terminated string.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="error">
-<parameter_description> return location for errors
+<parameter name="needle">
+<parameter_description> the nul-terminated string to search for.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> %TRUE on success, %FALSE if error is set.
+<return> a pointer to the found occurrence, or
+%NULL if not found.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_value_set_instance">
+<function name="g_param_spec_ref">
<description>
-Sets @value from an instantiatable type via the
-value_table's collect_value() function.
+Increments the reference count of @pspec.
+
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="value">
-<parameter_description> An initialized #GValue structure.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="instance">
-<parameter_description> the instance
+<parameter name="pspec">
+<parameter_description> a valid #GParamSpec
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> the #GParamSpec that was passed into this function
+</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_type_free_instance">
+<function name="g_get_host_name">
<description>
-Frees an instance of a type, returning it to the instance pool for
-the type, if there is one.
+Return a name for the machine.
-Like g_type_create_instance(), this function is reserved for
-implementors of fundamental types.
+The returned name is not necessarily a fully-qualified domain name,
+or even present in DNS or some other name service at all. It need
+not even be unique on your local network or site, but usually it
+is. Callers should not rely on the return value having any specific
+properties like uniqueness for security purposes. Even if the name
+of the machine is changed while an application is running, the
+return value from this function does not change. The returned
+string is owned by GLib and should not be modified or freed. If no
+name can be determined, a default fixed string "localhost" is
+returned.
+
+Since: 2.8
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="instance">
-<parameter_description> an instance of a type.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> the host name of the machine.
+
+</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_signal_emitv">
+<function name="g_date_set_time_t">
<description>
-Emits a signal.
+Sets the value of a date to the date corresponding to a time
+specified as a time_t. The time to date conversion is done using
+the user's current timezone.
-Note that g_signal_emitv() doesn't change @return_value if no handlers are
-connected, in contrast to g_signal_emit() and g_signal_emit_valist().
+To set the value of a date to the current day, you could write:
+|[
+g_date_set_time_t (date, time (NULL));
+]|
+
+Since: 2.10
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="instance_and_params">
-<parameter_description> argument list for the signal emission. The first
-element in the array is a #GValue for the instance the signal is
-being emitted on. The rest are any arguments to be passed to the
-signal.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="signal_id">
-<parameter_description> the signal id
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="detail">
-<parameter_description> the detail
+<parameter name="date">
+<parameter_description> a #GDate
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="return_value">
-<parameter_description> Location to store the return value of the signal emission.
+<parameter name="timet">
+<parameter_description> <type>time_t</type> value to set
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_hash_table_lookup">
+<function name="g_hostname_is_non_ascii">
<description>
-Looks up a key in a #GHashTable. Note that this function cannot
-distinguish between a key that is not present and one which is present
-and has the value %NULL. If you need this distinction, use
-g_hash_table_lookup_extended().
+Tests if @hostname contains Unicode characters. If this returns
+%TRUE, you need to encode the hostname with g_hostname_to_ascii()
+before using it in non-IDN-aware contexts.
+Note that a hostname might contain a mix of encoded and unencoded
+segments, and so it is possible for g_hostname_is_non_ascii() and
+g_hostname_is_ascii_encoded() to both return %TRUE for a name.
+
+Since: 2.22
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="hash_table">
-<parameter_description> a #GHashTable.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="key">
-<parameter_description> the key to look up.
+<parameter name="hostname">
+<parameter_description> a hostname
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the associated value, or %NULL if the key is not found.
+<return> %TRUE if @hostname contains any non-ASCII characters
+
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_type_plugin_complete_interface_info">
+<function name="g_variant_get_size">
<description>
-Calls the @complete_interface_info function from the
-#GTypePluginClass of @plugin. There should be no need to use this
-function outside of the GObject type system itself.
+Determines the number of bytes that would be required to store @value
+with g_variant_store().
+
+If @value has a fixed-sized type then this function always returned
+that fixed size.
+
+In the case that @value is already in serialised form or the size has
+already been calculated (ie: this function has been called before)
+then this function is O(1). Otherwise, the size is calculated, an
+operation which is approximately O(n) in the number of values
+involved.
+
+Since: 2.24
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="plugin">
-<parameter_description> the #GTypePlugin
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="instance_type">
-<parameter_description> the #GType of an instantiable type to which the interface
-is added
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="interface_type">
-<parameter_description> the #GType of the interface whose info is completed
+<parameter name="value">
+<parameter_description> a #GVariant instance
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="info">
-<parameter_description> the #GInterfaceInfo to fill in
+</parameters>
+<return> the serialised size of @value
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_static_rec_mutex_unlock">
+<description>
+Unlocks @mutex. Another thread will be allowed to lock @mutex only
+when it has been unlocked as many times as it had been locked
+before. If @mutex is completely unlocked and another thread is
+blocked in a g_static_rec_mutex_lock() call for @mutex, it will be
+woken and can lock @mutex itself.
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="mutex">
+<parameter_description> a #GStaticRecMutex to unlock.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_random_double_range">
+<function name="g_slist_next">
<description>
-Return value: A random number.
+A convenience macro to get the next element in a #GSList.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="begin">
-<parameter_description> lower closed bound of the interval.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="end">
-<parameter_description> upper open bound of the interval.
+<parameter name="slist">
+<parameter_description> an element in a #GSList.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> A random number.
+<return> the next element, or %NULL if there are no more elements.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_signal_chain_from_overridden">
+<function name="g_strndup">
<description>
-Calls the original class closure of a signal. This function should only
-be called from an overridden class closure; see
-g_signal_override_class_closure() and
-g_signal_override_class_handler().
+Duplicates the first @n bytes of a string, returning a newly-allocated
+buffer @n + 1 bytes long which will always be nul-terminated.
+If @str is less than @n bytes long the buffer is padded with nuls.
+If @str is %NULL it returns %NULL.
+The returned value should be freed when no longer needed.
+
+<note><para>
+To copy a number of characters from a UTF-8 encoded string, use
+g_utf8_strncpy() instead.
+</para></note>
+
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="instance_and_params">
-<parameter_description> the argument list of the signal emission. The first
-element in the array is a #GValue for the instance the signal is being
-emitted on. The rest are any arguments to be passed to the signal.
+<parameter name="str">
+<parameter_description> the string to duplicate
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="return_value">
-<parameter_description> Location for the return value.
+<parameter name="n">
+<parameter_description> the maximum number of bytes to copy from @str
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> a newly-allocated buffer containing the first @n bytes
+of @str, nul-terminated
+</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_path_get_basename">
+<function name="g_param_spec_steal_qdata">
<description>
-Gets the last component of the filename. If @file_name ends with a
-directory separator it gets the component before the last slash. If
- file_name consists only of directory separators (and on Windows,
-possibly a drive letter), a single separator is returned. If
- file_name is empty, it gets ".".
+Gets back user data pointers stored via g_param_spec_set_qdata()
+and removes the @data from @pspec without invoking its destroy()
+function (if any was set). Usually, calling this function is only
+required to update user data pointers with a destroy notifier.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="file_name">
-<parameter_description> the name of the file.
+<parameter name="pspec">
+<parameter_description> the #GParamSpec to get a stored user data pointer from
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="quark">
+<parameter_description> a #GQuark, naming the user data pointer
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a newly allocated string containing the last component of
-the filename.
+<return> the user data pointer set, or %NULL
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_time_val_add">
+<function name="g_relation_index">
<description>
-Adds the given number of microseconds to @time_. @microseconds can
-also be negative to decrease the value of @time_.
+Creates an index on the given field. Note that this must be called
+before any records are added to the #GRelation.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="time_">
-<parameter_description> a #GTimeVal
+<parameter name="relation">
+<parameter_description> a #GRelation.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="microseconds">
-<parameter_description> number of microseconds to add to @time
+<parameter name="field">
+<parameter_description> the field to index, counting from 0.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="hash_func">
+<parameter_description> a function to produce a hash value from the field data.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="key_equal_func">
+<parameter_description> a function to compare two values of the given field.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_key_file_set_double">
+<function name="g_test_log_buffer_free">
<description>
-Associates a new double value with @key under @group_name.
-If @key cannot be found then it is created.
+Internal function for gtester to free test log messages, no ABI guarantees provided.
-Since: 2.12
+</description>
+<parameters>
+</parameters>
+<return></return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_key_file_get_string">
+<description>
+Returns the string value associated with @key under @group_name.
+Unlike g_key_file_get_value(), this function handles escape sequences
+like \s.
+
+In the event the key cannot be found, %NULL is returned and
+ error is set to #G_KEY_FILE_ERROR_KEY_NOT_FOUND. In the
+event that the @group_name cannot be found, %NULL is returned
+and @error is set to #G_KEY_FILE_ERROR_GROUP_NOT_FOUND.
+
+Since: 2.6
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -4089,655 +4634,781 @@ Since: 2.12
<parameter_description> a key
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="value">
-<parameter_description> an double value
+<parameter name="error">
+<parameter_description> return location for a #GError, or %NULL
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> a newly allocated string or %NULL if the specified
+key cannot be found.
+
+</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_value_set_gtype">
+<function name="g_unsetenv">
<description>
-Set the contents of a %G_TYPE_GTYPE #GValue to @v_gtype.
+Removes an environment variable from the environment.
-Since: 2.12
+Note that on some systems, when variables are overwritten, the memory
+used for the previous variables and its value isn't reclaimed.
+Furthermore, this function can't be guaranteed to operate in a
+threadsafe way.
+
+Since: 2.4
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="value">
-<parameter_description> a valid #GValue of type %G_TYPE_GTYPE
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="v_gtype">
-<parameter_description> #GType to be set
+<parameter name="variable">
+<parameter_description> the environment variable to remove, must not contain '='.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_test_add_data_func">
+<function name="g_regex_match_all_full">
<description>
-Create a new test case, similar to g_test_create_case(). However
-the test is assumed to use no fixture, and test suites are automatically
-created on the fly and added to the root fixture, based on the
-slash-separated portions of @testpath. The @test_data argument
-will be passed as first argument to @test_func.
+Using the standard algorithm for regular expression matching only
+the longest match in the string is retrieved, it is not possibile
+to obtain all the available matches. For instance matching
+"<a> <b> <c>" against the pattern "<.*>"
+you get "<a> <b> <c>".
-Since: 2.16
+This function uses a different algorithm (called DFA, i.e. deterministic
+finite automaton), so it can retrieve all the possible matches, all
+starting at the same point in the string. For instance matching
+"<a> <b> <c>" against the pattern "<.*>"
+you would obtain three matches: "<a> <b> <c>",
+"<a> <b>" and "<a>".
+
+The number of matched strings is retrieved using
+g_match_info_get_match_count(). To obtain the matched strings and
+their position you can use, respectively, g_match_info_fetch() and
+g_match_info_fetch_pos(). Note that the strings are returned in
+reverse order of length; that is, the longest matching string is
+given first.
+
+Note that the DFA algorithm is slower than the standard one and it
+is not able to capture substrings, so backreferences do not work.
+
+Setting @start_position differs from just passing over a shortened
+string and setting #G_REGEX_MATCH_NOTBOL in the case of a pattern
+that begins with any kind of lookbehind assertion, such as "\b".
+
+A #GMatchInfo structure, used to get information on the match, is
+stored in @match_info if not %NULL. Note that if @match_info is
+not %NULL then it is created even if the function returns %FALSE,
+i.e. you must free it regardless if regular expression actually
+matched.
+
+ string is not copied and is used in #GMatchInfo internally. If
+you use any #GMatchInfo method (except g_match_info_free()) after
+freeing or modifying @string then the behaviour is undefined.
+
+Since: 2.14
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="testpath">
-<parameter_description> Slash-separated test case path name for the test.
+<parameter name="regex">
+<parameter_description> a #GRegex structure from g_regex_new()
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="test_data">
-<parameter_description> Test data argument for the test function.
+<parameter name="string">
+<parameter_description> the string to scan for matches
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="test_func">
-<parameter_description> The test function to invoke for this test.
+<parameter name="string_len">
+<parameter_description> the length of @string, or -1 if @string is nul-terminated
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="start_position">
+<parameter_description> starting index of the string to match
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="match_options">
+<parameter_description> match options
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="match_info">
+<parameter_description> pointer to location where to store the #GMatchInfo,
+or %NULL if you do not need it
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="error">
+<parameter_description> location to store the error occuring, or %NULL to ignore errors
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> %TRUE is the string matched, %FALSE otherwise
+
+</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_value_fits_pointer">
+<function name="g_get_real_name">
<description>
-Determines if @value will fit inside the size of a pointer value.
-This is an internal function introduced mainly for C marshallers.
+Gets the real name of the user. This usually comes from the user's entry
+in the <filename>passwd</filename> file. The encoding of the returned
+string is system-defined. (On Windows, it is, however, always UTF-8.)
+If the real user name cannot be determined, the string "Unknown" is
+returned.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="value">
-<parameter_description> An initialized #GValue structure.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> %TRUE if @value will fit inside a pointer value.
+<return> the user's real name.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_base64_encode">
+<function name="g_unichar_type">
<description>
-Encode a sequence of binary data into its Base-64 stringified
-representation.
+Classifies a Unicode character by type.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="data">
-<parameter_description> the binary data to encode
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="len">
-<parameter_description> the length of @data
+<parameter name="c">
+<parameter_description> a Unicode character
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a newly allocated, zero-terminated Base-64 encoded
-string representing @data. The returned string must
-be freed with g_free().
-
-Since: 2.12
+<return> the type of the character.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_rename">
+<function name="g_key_file_set_value">
<description>
-A wrapper for the POSIX rename() function. The rename() function
-renames a file, moving it between directories if required.
+Associates a new value with @key under @group_name.
-See your C library manual for more details about how rename() works
-on your system. It is not possible in general on Windows to rename
-a file that is open to some process.
+If @key cannot be found then it is created. If @group_name cannot
+be found then it is created. To set an UTF-8 string which may contain
+characters that need escaping (such as newlines or spaces), use
+g_key_file_set_string().
+Since: 2.6
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="oldfilename">
-<parameter_description> a pathname in the GLib file name encoding (UTF-8 on Windows)
+<parameter name="key_file">
+<parameter_description> a #GKeyFile
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="newfilename">
-<parameter_description> a pathname in the GLib file name encoding
+<parameter name="group_name">
+<parameter_description> a group name
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-</parameters>
-<return> 0 if the renaming succeeded, -1 if an error occurred
-
-Since: 2.6
-</return>
-</function>
-
-<function name="g_list_position">
-<description>
-Gets the position of the given element
-in the #GList (starting from 0).
-
-
-</description>
-<parameters>
-<parameter name="list">
-<parameter_description> a #GList
+<parameter name="key">
+<parameter_description> a key
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="llink">
-<parameter_description> an element in the #GList
+<parameter name="value">
+<parameter_description> a string
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the position of the element in the #GList,
-or -1 if the element is not found
-</return>
+<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_option_context_new">
+<function name="g_node_depth">
<description>
-Creates a new option context.
-
-The @parameter_string can serve multiple purposes. It can be used
-to add descriptions for "rest" arguments, which are not parsed by
-the #GOptionContext, typically something like "FILES" or
-"FILE1 FILE2...". If you are using #G_OPTION_REMAINING for
-collecting "rest" arguments, GLib handles this automatically by
-using the @arg_description of the corresponding #GOptionEntry in
-the usage summary.
-
-Another usage is to give a short summary of the program
-functionality, like " - frob the strings", which will be displayed
-in the same line as the usage. For a longer description of the
-program functionality that should be displayed as a paragraph
-below the usage line, use g_option_context_set_summary().
+Gets the depth of a #GNode.
-Note that the @parameter_string is translated using the
-function set with g_option_context_set_translate_func(), so
-it should normally be passed untranslated.
+If @node is %NULL the depth is 0. The root node has a depth of 1.
+For the children of the root node the depth is 2. And so on.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="parameter_string">
-<parameter_description> a string which is displayed in
-the first line of &lt;option&gt;--help&lt;/option&gt; output, after the
-usage summary
-&lt;literal&gt;&lt;replaceable&gt;programname&lt;/replaceable&gt; [OPTION...]&lt;/literal&gt;
+<parameter name="node">
+<parameter_description> a #GNode
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a newly created #GOptionContext, which must be
-freed with g_option_context_free() after use.
-
-Since: 2.6
+<return> the depth of the #GNode
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_closure_new_object">
+<function name="g_value_get_long">
<description>
-A variant of g_closure_new_simple() which stores @object in the
- data field of the closure and calls g_object_watch_closure() on
- object and the created closure. This function is mainly useful
-when implementing new types of closures.
+Get the contents of a %G_TYPE_LONG #GValue.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="sizeof_closure">
-<parameter_description> the size of the structure to allocate, must be at least
-&lt;literal&gt;sizeof (GClosure)&lt;/literal&gt;
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="object">
-<parameter_description> a #GObject pointer to store in the @data field of the newly
-allocated #GClosure
+<parameter name="value">
+<parameter_description> a valid #GValue of type %G_TYPE_LONG
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a newly allocated #GClosure
+<return> long integer contents of @value
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_child_watch_add">
+<function name="g_async_queue_push_sorted_unlocked">
<description>
-Sets a function to be called when the child indicated by @pid
-exits, at a default priority, #G_PRIORITY_DEFAULT.
-
-If you obtain @pid from g_spawn_async() or g_spawn_async_with_pipes()
-you will need to pass #G_SPAWN_DO_NOT_REAP_CHILD as flag to
-the spawn function for the child watching to work.
+Inserts @data into @queue using @func to determine the new
+position.
-Note that on platforms where #GPid must be explicitly closed
-(see g_spawn_close_pid()) @pid must not be closed while the
-source is still active. Typically, you will want to call
-g_spawn_close_pid() in the callback function for the source.
+This function requires that the @queue is sorted before pushing on
+new elements.
-GLib supports only a single callback per process id.
+This function is called while holding the @queue's lock.
-This internally creates a main loop source using
-g_child_watch_source_new() and attaches it to the main loop context
-using g_source_attach(). You can do these steps manually if you
-need greater control.
+For an example of @func see g_async_queue_sort().
+Since: 2.10
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="pid">
-<parameter_description> process id to watch. On POSIX the pid of a child process. On
-Windows a handle for a process (which doesn't have to be a child).
+<parameter name="queue">
+<parameter_description> a #GAsyncQueue
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="function">
-<parameter_description> function to call
+<parameter name="data">
+<parameter_description> the @data to push into the @queue
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="data">
-<parameter_description> data to pass to @function
+<parameter name="func">
+<parameter_description> the #GCompareDataFunc is used to sort @queue. This function
+is passed two elements of the @queue. The function should return
+0 if they are equal, a negative value if the first element
+should be higher in the @queue or a positive value if the first
+element should be lower in the @queue than the second element.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="user_data">
+<parameter_description> user data passed to @func.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the ID (greater than 0) of the event source.
-
-Since: 2.4
-</return>
+<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_type_module_use">
+<function name="g_thread_init">
<description>
-Increases the use count of a #GTypeModule by one. If the
-use count was zero before, the plugin will be loaded.
+If you use GLib from more than one thread, you must initialize the
+thread system by calling g_thread_init(). Most of the time you will
+only have to call <literal>g_thread_init (NULL)</literal>.
+<note><para>Do not call g_thread_init() with a non-%NULL parameter unless
+you really know what you are doing.</para></note>
+
+<note><para>g_thread_init() must not be called directly or indirectly as a
+callback from GLib. Also no mutexes may be currently locked while
+calling g_thread_init().</para></note>
+
+<note><para>g_thread_init() changes the way in which #GTimer measures
+elapsed time. As a consequence, timers that are running while
+g_thread_init() is called may report unreliable times.</para></note>
+
+Calling g_thread_init() multiple times is allowed (since version
+2.24), but nothing happens except for the first call. If the
+argument is non-%NULL on such a call a warning will be printed, but
+otherwise the argument is ignored.
+
+If no thread system is available and @vtable is %NULL or if not all
+elements of @vtable are non-%NULL, then g_thread_init() will abort.
+
+<note><para>To use g_thread_init() in your program, you have to link with
+the libraries that the command <command>pkg-config --libs
+gthread-2.0</command> outputs. This is not the case for all the
+other thread related functions of GLib. Those can be used without
+having to link with the thread libraries.</para></note>
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="module">
-<parameter_description> a #GTypeModule
+<parameter name="vtable">
+<parameter_description> a function table of type #GThreadFunctions, that provides
+the entry points to the thread system to be used.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> %FALSE if the plugin needed to be loaded and
-loading the plugin failed.
-</return>
+<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_type_create_instance">
+<function name="g_value_get_boolean">
<description>
-Creates and initializes an instance of @type if @type is valid and
-can be instantiated. The type system only performs basic allocation
-and structure setups for instances: actual instance creation should
-happen through functions supplied by the type's fundamental type
-implementation. So use of g_type_create_instance() is reserved for
-implementators of fundamental types only. E.g. instances of the
-#GObject hierarchy should be created via g_object_new() and
-&lt;emphasis&gt;never&lt;/emphasis&gt; directly through
-g_type_create_instance() which doesn't handle things like singleton
-objects or object construction. Note: Do &lt;emphasis&gt;not&lt;/emphasis&gt;
-use this function, unless you're implementing a fundamental
-type. Also language bindings should &lt;emphasis&gt;not&lt;/emphasis&gt; use
-this function but g_object_new() instead.
+Get the contents of a %G_TYPE_BOOLEAN #GValue.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="type">
-<parameter_description> An instantiatable type to create an instance for.
+<parameter name="value">
+<parameter_description> a valid #GValue of type %G_TYPE_BOOLEAN
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> An allocated and initialized instance, subject to further
-treatment by the fundamental type implementation.
+<return> boolean contents of @value
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_list_free">
+<function name="g_key_file_free">
<description>
-Frees all of the memory used by a #GList.
-The freed elements are returned to the slice allocator.
+Frees a #GKeyFile.
-&lt;note&gt;&lt;para&gt;
-If list elements contain dynamically-allocated memory,
-they should be freed first.
-&lt;/para&gt;&lt;/note&gt;
+Since: 2.6
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="list">
-<parameter_description> a #GList
+<parameter name="key_file">
+<parameter_description> a #GKeyFile
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_ascii_formatd">
+<function name="g_tree_traverse">
<description>
-Converts a #gdouble to a string, using the '.' as
-decimal point. To format the number you pass in
-a printf()-style format string. Allowed conversion
-specifiers are 'e', 'E', 'f', 'F', 'g' and 'G'.
-
-If you just want to want to serialize the value into a
-string, use g_ascii_dtostr().
+Calls the given function for each node in the #GTree.
+Deprecated:2.2: The order of a balanced tree is somewhat arbitrary. If you
+just want to visit all nodes in sorted order, use g_tree_foreach()
+instead. If you really need to visit nodes in a different order, consider
+using an <link linkend="glib-N-ary-Trees">N-ary Tree</link>.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="buffer">
-<parameter_description> A buffer to place the resulting string in
+<parameter name="tree">
+<parameter_description> a #GTree.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="buf_len">
-<parameter_description> The length of the buffer.
+<parameter name="traverse_func">
+<parameter_description> the function to call for each node visited. If this
+function returns %TRUE, the traversal is stopped.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="format">
-<parameter_description> The printf()-style format to use for the
-code to use for converting.
+<parameter name="traverse_type">
+<parameter_description> the order in which nodes are visited, one of %G_IN_ORDER,
+%G_PRE_ORDER and %G_POST_ORDER.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="d">
-<parameter_description> The #gdouble to convert
+<parameter name="user_data">
+<parameter_description> user data to pass to the function.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> The pointer to the buffer with the converted string.
-</return>
+<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_io_channel_set_buffer_size">
+<function name="g_once_init_enter">
<description>
-Sets the buffer size.
+Function to be called when starting a critical initialization
+section. The argument @value_location must point to a static
+0-initialized variable that will be set to a value other than 0 at
+the end of the initialization section. In combination with
+g_once_init_leave() and the unique address @value_location, it can
+be ensured that an initialization section will be executed only once
+during a program's life time, and that concurrent threads are
+blocked until initialization completed. To be used in constructs
+like this:
+
+<informalexample>
+<programlisting>
+static gsize initialization_value = 0;
+
+if (g_once_init_enter (&initialization_value))
+{
+gsize setup_value = 42; /<!-- -->* initialization code here *<!-- -->/
+
+g_once_init_leave (&initialization_value, setup_value);
+}
+
+/<!-- -->* use initialization_value here *<!-- -->/
+</programlisting>
+</informalexample>
+
+Since: 2.14
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="channel">
-<parameter_description> a #GIOChannel
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="size">
-<parameter_description> the size of the buffer, or 0 to let GLib pick a good size
+<parameter name="value_location">
+<parameter_description> location of a static initializable variable
+containing 0.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> %TRUE if the initialization section should be entered,
+%FALSE and blocks otherwise
+</return>
</function>
-<function name="GObject">
+<function name="g_value_array_prepend">
<description>
-The notify signal is emitted on an object when one of its
-properties has been changed. Note that getting this signal
-doesn't guarantee that the value of the property has actually
-changed, it may also be emitted when the setter for the property
-is called to reinstate the previous value.
+Insert a copy of @value as first element of @value_array.
-This signal is typically used to obtain change notification for a
-single property, by specifying the property name as a detail in the
-g_signal_connect() call, like this:
-|[
-g_signal_connect (text_view-&gt;buffer, "notify::paste-target-list",
-G_CALLBACK (gtk_text_view_target_list_notify),
-text_view)
-]|
-It is important to note that you must use
-&lt;link linkend="canonical-parameter-name"&gt;canonical&lt;/link&gt; parameter names as
-detail strings for the notify signal.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="pspec">
-<parameter_description> the #GParamSpec of the property which changed
+<parameter name="value_array">
+<parameter_description> #GValueArray to add an element to
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="gobject">
-<parameter_description> the object which received the signal.
+<parameter name="value">
+<parameter_description> #GValue to copy into #GValueArray
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> the #GValueArray passed in as @value_array
+</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_node_destroy">
+<function name="g_markup_parse_context_push">
<description>
-Removes @root and its children from the tree, freeing any memory
-allocated.
+Temporarily redirects markup data to a sub-parser.
+
+This function may only be called from the start_element handler of
+a #GMarkupParser. It must be matched with a corresponding call to
+g_markup_parse_context_pop() in the matching end_element handler
+(except in the case that the parser aborts due to an error).
+
+All tags, text and other data between the matching tags is
+redirected to the subparser given by @parser. @user_data is used
+as the user_data for that parser. @user_data is also passed to the
+error callback in the event that an error occurs. This includes
+errors that occur in subparsers of the subparser.
+
+The end tag matching the start tag for which this call was made is
+handled by the previous parser (which is given its own user_data)
+which is why g_markup_parse_context_pop() is provided to allow "one
+last access" to the @user_data provided to this function. In the
+case of error, the @user_data provided here is passed directly to
+the error callback of the subparser and g_markup_parse_context()
+should not be called. In either case, if @user_data was allocated
+then it ought to be freed from both of these locations.
+
+This function is not intended to be directly called by users
+interested in invoking subparsers. Instead, it is intended to be
+used by the subparsers themselves to implement a higher-level
+interface.
+
+As an example, see the following implementation of a simple
+parser that counts the number of tags encountered.
+
+|[
+typedef struct
+{
+gint tag_count;
+} CounterData;
+
+static void
+counter_start_element (GMarkupParseContext *context,
+const gchar *element_name,
+const gchar **attribute_names,
+const gchar **attribute_values,
+gpointer user_data,
+GError **error)
+{
+CounterData *data = user_data;
+
+data->tag_count++;
+}
+
+static void
+counter_error (GMarkupParseContext *context,
+GError *error,
+gpointer user_data)
+{
+CounterData *data = user_data;
+
+g_slice_free (CounterData, data);
+}
+
+static GMarkupParser counter_subparser =
+{
+counter_start_element,
+NULL,
+NULL,
+NULL,
+counter_error
+};
+]|
+
+In order to allow this parser to be easily used as a subparser, the
+following interface is provided:
+
+|[
+void
+start_counting (GMarkupParseContext *context)
+{
+CounterData *data = g_slice_new (CounterData);
+
+data->tag_count = 0;
+g_markup_parse_context_push (context, &counter_subparser, data);
+}
+
+gint
+end_counting (GMarkupParseContext *context)
+{
+CounterData *data = g_markup_parse_context_pop (context);
+int result;
+
+result = data->tag_count;
+g_slice_free (CounterData, data);
+
+return result;
+}
+]|
+
+The subparser would then be used as follows:
+
+|[
+static void start_element (context, element_name, ...)
+{
+if (strcmp (element_name, "count-these") == 0)
+start_counting (context);
+
+/* else, handle other tags... */
+}
+
+static void end_element (context, element_name, ...)
+{
+if (strcmp (element_name, "count-these") == 0)
+g_print ("Counted %d tags\n", end_counting (context));
+
+/* else, handle other tags... */
+}
+]|
+
+Since: 2.18
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="root">
-<parameter_description> the root of the tree/subtree to destroy
+<parameter name="context">
+<parameter_description> a #GMarkupParseContext
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="parser">
+<parameter_description> a #GMarkupParser
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="user_data">
+<parameter_description> user data to pass to #GMarkupParser functions
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_signal_name">
+<function name="g_get_filename_charsets">
<description>
-Given the signal's identifier, finds its name.
+Determines the preferred character sets used for filenames.
+The first character set from the @charsets is the filename encoding, the
+subsequent character sets are used when trying to generate a displayable
+representation of a filename, see g_filename_display_name().
-Two different signals may have the same name, if they have differing types.
+On Unix, the character sets are determined by consulting the
+environment variables <envar>G_FILENAME_ENCODING</envar> and
+<envar>G_BROKEN_FILENAMES</envar>. On Windows, the character set
+used in the GLib API is always UTF-8 and said environment variables
+have no effect.
+
+<envar>G_FILENAME_ENCODING</envar> may be set to a comma-separated list
+of character set names. The special token "@locale" is taken to
+mean the character set for the <link linkend="setlocale">current
+locale</link>. If <envar>G_FILENAME_ENCODING</envar> is not set, but
+<envar>G_BROKEN_FILENAMES</envar> is, the character set of the current
+locale is taken as the filename encoding. If neither environment variable
+is set, UTF-8 is taken as the filename encoding, but the character
+set of the current locale is also put in the list of encodings.
+
+The returned @charsets belong to GLib and must not be freed.
+
+Note that on Unix, regardless of the locale character set or
+<envar>G_FILENAME_ENCODING</envar> value, the actual file names present
+on a system might be in any random encoding or just gibberish.
+Since: 2.6
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="signal_id">
-<parameter_description> the signal's identifying number.
+<parameter name="charsets">
+<parameter_description> return location for the %NULL-terminated list of encoding names
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the signal name, or %NULL if the signal number was invalid.
+<return> %TRUE if the filename encoding is UTF-8.
+
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_value_take_boxed">
+<function name="g_queue_peek_tail_link">
<description>
-Sets the contents of a %G_TYPE_BOXED derived #GValue to @v_boxed
-and takes over the ownership of the callers reference to @v_boxed;
-the caller doesn't have to unref it any more.
+Returns the last link @queue.
Since: 2.4
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="value">
-<parameter_description> a valid #GValue of %G_TYPE_BOXED derived type
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="v_boxed">
-<parameter_description> duplicated unowned boxed value to be set
+<parameter name="queue">
+<parameter_description> a #GQueue
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> the last link in @queue, or %NULL if @queue is empty
+
+</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_find_program_in_path">
+<function name="g_param_spec_get_qdata">
<description>
-Locates the first executable named @program in the user's path, in the
-same way that execvp() would locate it. Returns an allocated string
-with the absolute path name, or %NULL if the program is not found in
-the path. If @program is already an absolute path, returns a copy of
- program if @program exists and is executable, and %NULL otherwise.
-
-On Windows, if @program does not have a file type suffix, tries
-with the suffixes .exe, .cmd, .bat and .com, and the suffixes in
-the &lt;envar&gt;PATHEXT&lt;/envar&gt; environment variable.
-
-On Windows, it looks for the file in the same way as CreateProcess()
-would. This means first in the directory where the executing
-program was loaded from, then in the current directory, then in the
-Windows 32-bit system directory, then in the Windows directory, and
-finally in the directories in the &lt;envar&gt;PATH&lt;/envar&gt; environment
-variable. If the program is found, the return value contains the
-full name including the type suffix.
+Gets back user data pointers stored via g_param_spec_set_qdata().
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="program">
-<parameter_description> a program name in the GLib file name encoding
+<parameter name="pspec">
+<parameter_description> a valid #GParamSpec
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="quark">
+<parameter_description> a #GQuark, naming the user data pointer
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> absolute path, or %NULL
+<return> the user data pointer set, or %NULL
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_cclosure_new_object_swap">
+<function name="g_list_find_custom">
<description>
-A variant of g_cclosure_new_swap() which uses @object as @user_data
-and calls g_object_watch_closure() on @object and the created
-closure. This function is useful when you have a callback closely
-associated with a #GObject, and want the callback to no longer run
-after the object is is freed.
+Finds an element in a #GList, using a supplied function to
+find the desired element. It iterates over the list, calling
+the given function which should return 0 when the desired
+element is found. The function takes two #gconstpointer arguments,
+the #GList element's data as the first argument and the
+given user data.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="callback_func">
-<parameter_description> the function to invoke
+<parameter name="list">
+<parameter_description> a #GList
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="object">
-<parameter_description> a #GObject pointer to pass to @callback_func
+<parameter name="data">
+<parameter_description> user data passed to the function
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="func">
+<parameter_description> the function to call for each element.
+It should return 0 when the desired element is found
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a new #GCClosure
+<return> the found #GList element, or %NULL if it is not found
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_value_set_uint">
+<function name="g_mem_chunk_reset">
<description>
-Set the contents of a %G_TYPE_UINT #GValue to @v_uint.
+Resets a GMemChunk to its initial state. It frees all of the
+currently allocated blocks of memory.
+
+Deprecated:2.10: Use the <link linkend="glib-Memory-Slices">slice
+allocator</link> instead
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="value">
-<parameter_description> a valid #GValue of type %G_TYPE_UINT
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="v_uint">
-<parameter_description> unsigned integer value to be set
+<parameter name="mem_chunk">
+<parameter_description> a #GMemChunk.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_io_channel_set_flags">
+<function name="g_closure_add_invalidate_notifier">
<description>
-Sets the (writeable) flags in @channel to (@flags & %G_IO_CHANNEL_SET_MASK).
-
+Registers an invalidation notifier which will be called when the
+ closure is invalidated with g_closure_invalidate(). Invalidation
+notifiers are invoked before finalization notifiers, in an
+unspecified order.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="channel">
-<parameter_description> a #GIOChannel
+<parameter name="closure">
+<parameter_description> a #GClosure
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="flags">
-<parameter_description> the flags to set on the IO channel
+<parameter name="notify_data">
+<parameter_description> data to pass to @notify_func
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="error">
-<parameter_description> A location to return an error of type #GIOChannelError
+<parameter name="notify_func">
+<parameter_description> the callback function to register
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the status of the operation.
-</return>
+<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_idle_add">
+<function name="g_queue_foreach">
<description>
-Adds a function to be called whenever there are no higher priority
-events pending to the default main loop. The function is given the
-default idle priority, #G_PRIORITY_DEFAULT_IDLE. If the function
-Return value: the ID (greater than 0) of the event source.
+Calls @func for each element in the queue passing @user_data to the
+function.
+
+Since: 2.4
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="function">
-<parameter_description> function to call
+<parameter name="queue">
+<parameter_description> a #GQueue
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="data">
-<parameter_description> data to pass to @function.
+<parameter name="func">
+<parameter_description> the function to call for each element's data
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="user_data">
+<parameter_description> user data to pass to @func
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the ID (greater than 0) of the event source.
-</return>
+<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_string_append_printf">
+<function name="g_source_get_id">
<description>
-Appends a formatted string onto the end of a #GString.
-This function is similar to g_string_printf() except
-that the text is appended to the #GString.
+Returns the numeric ID for a particular source. The ID of a source
+is a positive integer which is unique within a particular main loop
+context. The reverse
+mapping from ID to source is done by g_main_context_find_source_by_id().
+
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="string">
-<parameter_description> a #GString
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="format">
-<parameter_description> the string format. See the printf() documentation
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="Varargs">
-<parameter_description> the parameters to insert into the format string
+<parameter name="source">
+<parameter_description> a #GSource
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> the ID (greater than 0) for the source
+</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_io_channel_set_buffered">
+<function name="g_variant_new_variant">
<description>
-The buffering state can only be set if the channel's encoding
-is %NULL. For any other encoding, the channel must be buffered.
+Boxes @value. The result is a #GVariant instance representing a
+variant containing the original value.
-A buffered channel can only be set unbuffered if the channel's
-internal buffers have been flushed. Newly created channels or
-channels which have returned %G_IO_STATUS_EOF
-not require such a flush. For write-only channels, a call to
-g_io_channel_flush () is sufficient. For all other channels,
-the buffers may be flushed by a call to g_io_channel_seek_position ().
-This includes the possibility of seeking with seek type %G_SEEK_CUR
-and an offset of zero. Note that this means that socket-based
-channels cannot be set unbuffered once they have had data
-read from them.
-
-On unbuffered channels, it is safe to mix read and write
-calls from the new and old APIs, if this is necessary for
-maintaining old code.
-
-The default state of the channel is buffered.
+Since: 2.24
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="channel">
-<parameter_description> a #GIOChannel
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="buffered">
-<parameter_description> whether to set the channel buffered or unbuffered
+<parameter name="value">
+<parameter_description> a #GVariance instance
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> a new variant #GVariant instance
+</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_cclosure_marshal_VOID__PARAM">
+<function name="g_cclosure_marshal_VOID__ENUM">
<description>
A marshaller for a #GCClosure with a callback of type
-&lt;literal&gt;void (*callback) (gpointer instance, GParamSpec *arg1, gpointer user_data)&lt;/literal&gt;.
+<literal>void (*callback) (gpointer instance, gint arg1, gpointer user_data)</literal> where the #gint parameter denotes an enumeration type..
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -4754,7 +5425,7 @@ A marshaller for a #GCClosure with a callback of type
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="param_values">
-<parameter_description> a #GValue array holding the instance and the #GParamSpec* parameter
+<parameter_description> a #GValue array holding the instance and the enumeration parameter
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="invocation_hint">
@@ -4770,844 +5441,1240 @@ to g_closure_invoke()
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_markup_printf_escaped">
+<function name="g_bookmark_file_load_from_data">
<description>
-Formats arguments according to @format, escaping
-all string and character arguments in the fashion
-of g_markup_escape_text(). This is useful when you
-want to insert literal strings into XML-style markup
-output, without having to worry that the strings
-might themselves contain markup.
-
-|[
-const char *store = "Fortnum &amp; Mason";
-const char *item = "Tea";
-char *output;
-&nbsp;
-output = g_markup_printf_escaped ("&lt;purchase&gt;"
-"&lt;store&gt;&percnt;s&lt;/store&gt;"
-"&lt;item&gt;&percnt;s&lt;/item&gt;"
-"&lt;/purchase&gt;",
-store, item);
-]|
+Loads a bookmark file from memory into an empty #GBookmarkFile
+structure. If the object cannot be created then @error is set to a
+#GBookmarkFileError.
+Since: 2.12
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="format">
-<parameter_description> printf() style format string
+<parameter name="bookmark">
+<parameter_description> an empty #GBookmarkFile struct
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="Varargs">
-<parameter_description> the arguments to insert in the format string
+<parameter name="data">
+<parameter_description> desktop bookmarks loaded in memory
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="length">
+<parameter_description> the length of @data in bytes
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="error">
+<parameter_description> return location for a #GError, or %NULL
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> newly allocated result from formatting
-operation. Free with g_free().
+<return> %TRUE if a desktop bookmark could be loaded.
-Since: 2.4
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_enum_get_value_by_nick">
+<function name="g_ptr_array_unref">
<description>
-Looks up a #GEnumValue by nickname.
+Atomically decrements the reference count of @array by one. If the
+reference count drops to 0, the effect is the same as calling
+g_ptr_array_free() with @free_segment set to %TRUE. This function
+is MT-safe and may be called from any thread.
+Since: 2.22
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="enum_class">
-<parameter_description> a #GEnumClass
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="nick">
-<parameter_description> the nickname to look up
+<parameter name="array">
+<parameter_description> A #GPtrArray.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the #GEnumValue with nickname @nick, or %NULL if the
-enumeration doesn't have a member with that nickname
-</return>
+<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_value_get_float">
+<function name="g_getenv">
<description>
-Get the contents of a %G_TYPE_FLOAT #GValue.
+Returns the value of an environment variable. The name and value
+are in the GLib file name encoding. On UNIX, this means the actual
+bytes which might or might not be in some consistent character set
+and encoding. On Windows, it is in UTF-8. On Windows, in case the
+environment variable's value contains references to other
+environment variables, they are expanded.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="value">
-<parameter_description> a valid #GValue of type %G_TYPE_FLOAT
+<parameter name="variable">
+<parameter_description> the environment variable to get, in the GLib file name encoding.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> float contents of @value
+<return> the value of the environment variable, or %NULL if
+the environment variable is not found. The returned string may be
+overwritten by the next call to g_getenv(), g_setenv() or
+g_unsetenv().
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_signal_add_emission_hook">
+<function name="g_signal_chain_from_overridden_handler">
<description>
-Adds an emission hook for a signal, which will get called for any emission
-of that signal, independent of the instance. This is possible only
-for signals which don't have #G_SIGNAL_NO_HOOKS flag set.
+Calls the original class closure of a signal. This function should
+only be called from an overridden class closure; see
+g_signal_override_class_closure() and
+g_signal_override_class_handler().
+Since: 2.18
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="signal_id">
-<parameter_description> the signal identifier, as returned by g_signal_lookup().
+<parameter name="instance">
+<parameter_description> the instance the signal is being emitted on.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="detail">
-<parameter_description> the detail on which to call the hook.
+<parameter name="Varargs">
+<parameter_description> parameters to be passed to the parent class closure, followed by a
+location for the return value. If the return type of the signal
+is #G_TYPE_NONE, the return value location can be omitted.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="hook_func">
-<parameter_description> a #GSignalEmissionHook function.
+</parameters>
+<return></return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_param_spec_pool_insert">
+<description>
+Inserts a #GParamSpec in the pool.
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="pool">
+<parameter_description> a #GParamSpecPool.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="hook_data">
-<parameter_description> user data for @hook_func.
+<parameter name="pspec">
+<parameter_description> the #GParamSpec to insert
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="data_destroy">
-<parameter_description> a #GDestroyNotify for @hook_data.
+<parameter name="owner_type">
+<parameter_description> a #GType identifying the owner of @pspec
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the hook id, for later use with g_signal_remove_emission_hook().
-</return>
+<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_utf8_find_prev_char">
+<function name="g_type_register_static_simple">
<description>
-Given a position @p with a UTF-8 encoded string @str, find the start
-of the previous UTF-8 character starting before @p. Returns %NULL if no
-UTF-8 characters are present in @str before @p.
+Registers @type_name as the name of a new static type derived from
+ parent_type The value of @flags determines the nature (e.g.
+abstract or not) of the type. It works by filling a #GTypeInfo
+struct and calling g_type_register_static().
- p does not have to be at the beginning of a UTF-8 character. No check
-is made to see if the character found is actually valid other than
-it starts with an appropriate byte.
+Since: 2.12
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="str">
-<parameter_description> pointer to the beginning of a UTF-8 encoded string
+<parameter name="parent_type">
+<parameter_description> Type from which this type will be derived.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="p">
-<parameter_description> pointer to some position within @str
+<parameter name="type_name">
+<parameter_description> 0-terminated string used as the name of the new type.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="class_size">
+<parameter_description> Size of the class structure (see #GTypeInfo)
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="class_init">
+<parameter_description> Location of the class initialization function (see #GTypeInfo)
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="instance_size">
+<parameter_description> Size of the instance structure (see #GTypeInfo)
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="instance_init">
+<parameter_description> Location of the instance initialization function (see #GTypeInfo)
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="flags">
+<parameter_description> Bitwise combination of #GTypeFlags values.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a pointer to the found character or %NULL.
+<return> The new type identifier.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_node_insert_before">
+<function name="g_variant_ref">
<description>
-Inserts a #GNode beneath the parent before the given sibling.
+Increases the reference count of @value.
+Since: 2.24
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="parent">
-<parameter_description> the #GNode to place @node under
+<parameter name="value">
+<parameter_description> a #GVariant
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="sibling">
-<parameter_description> the sibling #GNode to place @node before.
-If sibling is %NULL, the node is inserted as the last child of @parent.
+</parameters>
+<return> the same @value
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_signal_handler_disconnect">
+<description>
+Disconnects a handler from an instance so it will not be called during
+any future or currently ongoing emissions of the signal it has been
+connected to. The @handler_id becomes invalid and may be reused.
+
+The @handler_id has to be a valid signal handler id, connected to a
+signal of @instance.
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="instance">
+<parameter_description> The instance to remove the signal handler from.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="node">
-<parameter_description> the #GNode to insert
+<parameter name="handler_id">
+<parameter_description> Handler id of the handler to be disconnected.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the inserted #GNode
-</return>
+<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_object_class_list_properties">
+<function name="g_uri_unescape_segment">
<description>
-Get an array of #GParamSpec* for all properties of a class.
+Unescapes a segment of an escaped string.
+
+If any of the characters in @illegal_characters or the character zero appears
+as an escaped character in @escaped_string then that is an error and %NULL
+will be returned. This is useful it you want to avoid for instance having a
+slash being expanded in an escaped path element, which might confuse pathname
+handling.
+Since: 2.16
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="oclass">
-<parameter_description> a #GObjectClass
+<parameter name="escaped_string">
+<parameter_description> a string.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="n_properties">
-<parameter_description> return location for the length of the returned array
+<parameter name="escaped_string_end">
+<parameter_description> a string.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="illegal_characters">
+<parameter_description> an optional string of illegal characters not to be allowed.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> an array of #GParamSpec* which should be freed after use
+<return> an unescaped version of @escaped_string or %NULL on error.
+The returned string should be freed when no longer needed.
+
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_sequence_search_iter">
+<function name="g_file_get_contents">
<description>
-Like g_sequence_search(), but uses
-a #GSequenceIterCompareFunc instead of a #GCompareDataFunc as
-the compare function.
+Reads an entire file into allocated memory, with good error
+checking.
+
+If the call was successful, it returns %TRUE and sets @contents to the file
+contents and @length to the length of the file contents in bytes. The string
+stored in @contents will be nul-terminated, so for text files you can pass
+%NULL for the @length argument. If the call was not successful, it returns
+%FALSE and sets @error. The error domain is #G_FILE_ERROR. Possible error
+codes are those in the #GFileError enumeration. In the error case,
+ contents is set to %NULL and @length is set to zero.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="seq">
-<parameter_description> a #GSequence
+<parameter name="filename">
+<parameter_description> name of a file to read contents from, in the GLib file name encoding
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="data">
-<parameter_description> data for the new item
+<parameter name="contents">
+<parameter_description> location to store an allocated string, use g_free() to free
+the returned string
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="iter_cmp">
-<parameter_description> the #GSequenceIterCompare function used to compare iterators
-in the sequence. It is called with two iterators pointing into @seq.
-It should return 0 if the iterators are equal, a negative value if the
-first iterator comes before the second, and a positive value if the
-second iterator comes before the first.
+<parameter name="length">
+<parameter_description> location to store length in bytes of the contents, or %NULL
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="cmp_data">
-<parameter_description> user data passed to @iter_cmp
+<parameter name="error">
+<parameter_description> return location for a #GError, or %NULL
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a #GSequenceIter pointing to the position in @seq
-where @data would have been inserted according to @iter_cmp and @cmp_data.
-
-Since: 2.14
+<return> %TRUE on success, %FALSE if an error occurred
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_sequence_move">
+<function name="g_hash_table_iter_next">
<description>
-Moves the item pointed to by @src to the position indicated by @dest.
-After calling this function @dest will point to the position immediately
-after @src. It is allowed for @src and @dest to point into different
-sequences.
+Advances @iter and retrieves the key and/or value that are now
+pointed to as a result of this advancement. If %FALSE is returned,
+ key and @value are not set, and the iterator becomes invalid.
-Since: 2.14
+Since: 2.16
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="src">
-<parameter_description> a #GSequenceIter pointing to the item to move
+<parameter name="iter">
+<parameter_description> an initialized #GHashTableIter.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="dest">
-<parameter_description> a #GSequenceIter pointing to the position to which
-the item is moved.
+<parameter name="key">
+<parameter_description> a location to store the key, or %NULL.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="value">
+<parameter_description> a location to store the value, or %NULL.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> %FALSE if the end of the #GHashTable has been reached.
+
+</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_string_vprintf">
+<function name="g_list_length">
<description>
-Writes a formatted string into a #GString.
-This function is similar to g_string_printf() except that
-the arguments to the format string are passed as a va_list.
+Gets the number of elements in a #GList.
+
+<note><para>
+This function iterates over the whole list to
+count its elements.
+</para></note>
-Since: 2.14
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="string">
-<parameter_description> a #GString
+<parameter name="list">
+<parameter_description> a #GList
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="format">
-<parameter_description> the string format. See the printf() documentation
+</parameters>
+<return> the number of elements in the #GList
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_test_add_func">
+<description>
+Create a new test case, similar to g_test_create_case(). However
+the test is assumed to use no fixture, and test suites are automatically
+created on the fly and added to the root fixture, based on the
+slash-separated portions of @testpath.
+
+Since: 2.16
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="testpath">
+<parameter_description> Slash-separated test case path name for the test.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="args">
-<parameter_description> the parameters to insert into the format string
+<parameter name="test_func">
+<parameter_description> The test function to invoke for this test.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_main_context_unref">
+<function name="g_list_remove_link">
<description>
-Decreases the reference count on a #GMainContext object by one. If
-the result is zero, free the context and free all associated memory.
+Removes an element from a #GList, without freeing the element.
+The removed element's prev and next links are set to %NULL, so
+that it becomes a self-contained list with one element.
+
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="context">
-<parameter_description> a #GMainContext
+<parameter name="list">
+<parameter_description> a #GList
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="llink">
+<parameter_description> an element in the #GList
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> the new start of the #GList, without the element
+</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_enum_complete_type_info">
+<function name="g_param_spec_pool_remove">
<description>
-This function is meant to be called from the complete_type_info()
-function of a #GTypePlugin implementation, as in the following
-example:
-
-|[
-static void
-my_enum_complete_type_info (GTypePlugin *plugin,
-GType g_type,
-GTypeInfo *info,
-GTypeValueTable *value_table)
-{
-static const GEnumValue values[] = {
-{ MY_ENUM_FOO, "MY_ENUM_FOO", "foo" },
-{ MY_ENUM_BAR, "MY_ENUM_BAR", "bar" },
-{ 0, NULL, NULL }
-};
-
-g_enum_complete_type_info (type, info, values);
-}
-]|
+Removes a #GParamSpec from the pool.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="g_enum_type">
-<parameter_description> the type identifier of the type being completed
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="info">
-<parameter_description> the #GTypeInfo struct to be filled in
+<parameter name="pool">
+<parameter_description> a #GParamSpecPool
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="const_values">
-<parameter_description> An array of #GEnumValue structs for the possible
-enumeration values. The array is terminated by a struct with all
-members being 0.
+<parameter name="pspec">
+<parameter_description> the #GParamSpec to remove
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_listenv">
+<function name="g_param_spec_unref">
<description>
-Gets the names of all variables set in the environment.
-
+Decrements the reference count of a @pspec.
</description>
<parameters>
+<parameter name="pspec">
+<parameter_description> a valid #GParamSpec
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a %NULL-terminated list of strings which must be freed
-with g_strfreev().
-
-Programs that want to be portable to Windows should typically use
-this function and g_getenv() instead of using the environ array
-from the C library directly. On Windows, the strings in the environ
-array are in system codepage encoding, while in most of the typical
-use cases for environment variables in GLib-using programs you want
-the UTF-8 encoding that this function and g_getenv() provide.
-
-Since: 2.8
-</return>
+<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_flags_register_static">
+<function name="g_strjoin">
<description>
-Registers a new static flags type with the name @name.
-
-It is normally more convenient to let &lt;link
-linkend="glib-mkenums"&gt;glib-mkenums&lt;/link&gt; generate a
-my_flags_get_type() function from a usual C enumeration definition
-than to write one yourself using g_flags_register_static().
+Joins a number of strings together to form one long string, with the
+optional @separator inserted between each of them. The returned string
+should be freed with g_free().
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="name">
-<parameter_description> A nul-terminated string used as the name of the new type.
+<parameter name="separator">
+<parameter_description> a string to insert between each of the strings, or %NULL
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="const_static_values">
-<parameter_description> An array of #GFlagsValue structs for the possible
-flags values. The array is terminated by a struct with all members being 0.
-GObject keeps a reference to the data, so it cannot be stack-allocated.
+<parameter name="Varargs">
+<parameter_description> a %NULL-terminated list of strings to join
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> The new type identifier.
+<return> a newly-allocated string containing all of the strings joined
+together, with @separator between them
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_timeout_add_seconds">
+<function name="g_io_channel_read">
<description>
-Sets a function to be called at regular intervals with the default
-priority, #G_PRIORITY_DEFAULT. The function is called repeatedly until
-it returns %FALSE, at which point the timeout is automatically destroyed
-and the function will not be called again.
-
-This internally creates a main loop source using
-g_timeout_source_new_seconds() and attaches it to the main loop context
-using g_source_attach(). You can do these steps manually if you need
-greater control. Also see g_timout_add_seconds_full().
+Reads data from a #GIOChannel.
+Deprecated:2.2: Use g_io_channel_read_chars() instead.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="interval">
-<parameter_description> the time between calls to the function, in seconds
+<parameter name="channel">
+<parameter_description> a #GIOChannel
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="function">
-<parameter_description> function to call
+<parameter name="buf">
+<parameter_description> a buffer to read the data into (which should be at least
+count bytes long)
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="data">
-<parameter_description> data to pass to @function
+<parameter name="count">
+<parameter_description> the number of bytes to read from the #GIOChannel
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="bytes_read">
+<parameter_description> returns the number of bytes actually read
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the ID (greater than 0) of the event source.
+<return> %G_IO_ERROR_NONE if the operation was successful.
-Since: 2.14
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_dpgettext">
+<function name="g_array_index">
<description>
-This function is a variant of g_dgettext() which supports
-a disambiguating message context. GNU gettext uses the
-'\004' character to separate the message context and
-message id in @msgctxtid.
-If 0 is passed as @msgidoffset, this function will fall back to
-trying to use the deprecated convention of using "|" as a separation
-character.
-
-This uses g_dgettext() internally. See that functions for differences
-with dgettext() proper.
-
-Applications should normally not use this function directly,
-but use the C_() macro for translations with context.
+Returns the element of a #GArray at the given index. The return
+value is cast to the given type.
+<example>
+<title>Getting a pointer to an element in a #GArray</title>
+<programlisting>
+EDayViewEvent *event;
+/<!-- -->* This gets a pointer to the 4th element
+in the array of EDayViewEvent structs. *<!-- -->/
+event = &g_array_index (events, EDayViewEvent, 3);
+</programlisting>
+</example>
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="domain">
-<parameter_description> the translation domain to use, or %NULL to use
-the domain set with textdomain()
+<parameter name="a">
+<parameter_description> a #GArray.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="msgctxtid">
-<parameter_description> a combined message context and message id, separated
-by a \004 character
+<parameter name="t">
+<parameter_description> the type of the elements.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="msgidoffset">
-<parameter_description> the offset of the message id in @msgctxid
+<parameter name="i">
+<parameter_description> the index of the element to return.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> The translated string
-
-Since: 2.16
+<return> the element of the #GArray at the index given by @i.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_value_init">
+<function name="g_value_set_flags">
<description>
-Initializes @value with the default value of @type.
-
+Set the contents of a %G_TYPE_FLAGS #GValue to @v_flags.
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="value">
-<parameter_description> A zero-filled (uninitialized) #GValue structure.
+<parameter_description> a valid #GValue whose type is derived from %G_TYPE_FLAGS
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="g_type">
-<parameter_description> Type the #GValue should hold values of.
+<parameter name="v_flags">
+<parameter_description> flags value to be set
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the #GValue structure that has been passed in
+<return></return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_checksum_get_string">
+<description>
+Gets the digest as an hexadecimal string.
+
+Once this function has been called the #GChecksum can no longer be
+updated with g_checksum_update().
+
+The hexadecimal characters will be lower case.
+
+Since: 2.16
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="checksum">
+<parameter_description> a #GChecksum
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> the hexadecimal representation of the checksum. The
+returned string is owned by the checksum and should not be modified
+or freed.
+
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_value_get_char">
+<function name="g_checksum_new">
<description>
-Get the contents of a %G_TYPE_CHAR #GValue.
+Creates a new #GChecksum, using the checksum algorithm @checksum_type.
+If the @checksum_type is not known, %NULL is returned.
+A #GChecksum can be used to compute the checksum, or digest, of an
+arbitrary binary blob, using different hashing algorithms.
+A #GChecksum works by feeding a binary blob through g_checksum_update()
+until there is data to be checked; the digest can then be extracted
+using g_checksum_get_string(), which will return the checksum as a
+hexadecimal string; or g_checksum_get_digest(), which will return a
+vector of raw bytes. Once either g_checksum_get_string() or
+g_checksum_get_digest() have been called on a #GChecksum, the checksum
+will be closed and it won't be possible to call g_checksum_update()
+on it anymore.
+
+Since: 2.16
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="value">
-<parameter_description> a valid #GValue of type %G_TYPE_CHAR
+<parameter name="checksum_type">
+<parameter_description> the desired type of checksum
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> character contents of @value
+<return> the newly created #GChecksum, or %NULL.
+Use g_checksum_free() to free the memory allocated by it.
+
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_bookmark_file_set_added">
+<function name="g_variant_new_array">
<description>
-Sets the time the bookmark for @uri was added into @bookmark.
+Creates a new #GVariant array from @children.
-If no bookmark for @uri is found then it is created.
+ child_type must be non-%NULL if @n_children is zero. Otherwise, the
+child type is determined by inspecting the first element of the
+ children array. If @child_type is non-%NULL then it must be a
+definite type.
-Since: 2.12
+The items of the array are taken from the @children array. No entry
+in the @children array may be %NULL.
+
+All items in the array must have the same type, which must be the
+same as @child_type, if given.
+
+Since: 2.24
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="bookmark">
-<parameter_description> a #GBookmarkFile
+<parameter name="child_type">
+<parameter_description> the element type of the new array
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="uri">
-<parameter_description> a valid URI
+<parameter name="children">
+<parameter_description> an array of #GVariant pointers, the children
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="added">
-<parameter_description> a timestamp or -1 to use the current time
+<parameter name="n_children">
+<parameter_description> the length of @children
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> a new #GVariant array
+</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_markup_parse_context_end_parse">
+<function name="g_object_run_dispose">
<description>
-Signals to the #GMarkupParseContext that all data has been
-fed into the parse context with g_markup_parse_context_parse().
-This function reports an error if the document isn't complete,
-for example if elements are still open.
+Releases all references to other objects. This can be used to break
+reference cycles.
+This functions should only be called from object system implementations.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="context">
-<parameter_description> a #GMarkupParseContext
+<parameter name="object">
+<parameter_description> a #GObject
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="error">
-<parameter_description> return location for a #GError
+</parameters>
+<return></return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_ascii_xdigit_value">
+<description>
+Determines the numeric value of a character as a hexidecimal
+digit. Differs from g_unichar_xdigit_value() because it takes
+a char, so there's no worry about sign extension if characters
+are signed.
+
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="c">
+<parameter_description> an ASCII character.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> %TRUE on success, %FALSE if an error was set
+<return> If @c is a hex digit (according to
+g_ascii_isxdigit()), its numeric value. Otherwise, -1.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_sequence_set">
+<function name="g_dataset_id_set_data_full">
<description>
-Changes the data for the item pointed to by @iter to be @data. If
-the sequence has a data destroy function associated with it, that
-function is called on the existing data that @iter pointed to.
-
-Since: 2.14
+Sets the data element associated with the given #GQuark id, and also
+the function to call when the data element is destroyed. Any
+previous data with the same key is removed, and its destroy function
+is called.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="iter">
-<parameter_description> a #GSequenceIter
+<parameter name="dataset_location">
+<parameter_description> the location identifying the dataset.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="key_id">
+<parameter_description> the #GQuark id to identify the data element.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="data">
-<parameter_description> new data for the item
+<parameter_description> the data element.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="destroy_func">
+<parameter_description> the function to call when the data element is
+removed. This function will be called with the data
+element and can be used to free any memory allocated
+for it.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_main_context_is_owner">
+<function name="g_strconcat">
<description>
-Determines whether this thread holds the (recursive)
-ownership of this #GMaincontext. This is useful to
-know before waiting on another thread that may be
-blocking to get ownership of @context.
+Concatenates all of the given strings into one long string.
+The returned string should be freed with g_free() when no longer needed.
+
+
+<warning><para>The variable argument list <emphasis>must</emphasis> end
+with %NULL. If you forget the %NULL, g_strconcat() will start appending
+random memory junk to your string.</para></warning>
</description>
<parameters>
+<parameter name="string1">
+<parameter_description> the first string to add, which must not be %NULL
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="Varargs">
+<parameter_description> a %NULL-terminated list of strings to append to the string
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> a newly-allocated string containing all the string arguments
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_main_context_release">
+<description>
+Releases ownership of a context previously acquired by this thread
+with g_main_context_acquire(). If the context was acquired multiple
+times, the ownership will be released only when g_main_context_release()
+is called as many times as it was acquired.
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
<parameter name="context">
<parameter_description> a #GMainContext
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> %TRUE if current thread is owner of @context.
-
-Since: 2.10
-</return>
+<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_random_int">
+<function name="g_dngettext">
<description>
-Return a random #guint32 equally distributed over the range
-[0..2^32-1].
+This function is a wrapper of dngettext() which does not translate
+the message if the default domain as set with textdomain() has no
+translations for the current locale.
+See g_dgettext() for details of how this differs from dngettext()
+proper.
+
+Since: 2.18
</description>
<parameters>
+<parameter name="domain">
+<parameter_description> the translation domain to use, or %NULL to use
+the domain set with textdomain()
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="msgid">
+<parameter_description> message to translate
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="msgid_plural">
+<parameter_description> plural form of the message
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="n">
+<parameter_description> the quantity for which translation is needed
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> A random number.
+<return> The translated string
+
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_get_current_time">
+<function name="g_strsignal">
<description>
-Equivalent to the UNIX gettimeofday() function, but portable.
+Returns a string describing the given signal, e.g. "Segmentation fault".
+You should use this function in preference to strsignal(), because it
+returns a string in UTF-8 encoding, and since not all platforms support
+the strsignal() function.
+
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="result">
-<parameter_description> #GTimeVal structure in which to store current time.
+<parameter name="signum">
+<parameter_description> the signal number. See the <literal>signal</literal>
+documentation
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> a UTF-8 string describing the signal. If the signal is unknown,
+it returns "unknown signal (<signum>)". The string can only be
+used until the next call to g_strsignal()
+</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_type_get_qdata">
+<function name="g_list_sort">
<description>
-Obtains data which has previously been attached to @type
-with g_type_set_qdata().
+Sorts a #GList using the given comparison function.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="type">
-<parameter_description> a #GType
+<parameter name="list">
+<parameter_description> a #GList
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="quark">
-<parameter_description> a #GQuark id to identify the data
+<parameter name="compare_func">
+<parameter_description> the comparison function used to sort the #GList.
+This function is passed the data from 2 elements of the #GList
+and should return 0 if they are equal, a negative value if the
+first element comes before the second, or a positive value if
+the first element comes after the second.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the data, or %NULL if no data was found
+<return> the start of the sorted #GList
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_unichar_break_type">
+<function name="g_list_insert_sorted">
<description>
-Determines the break type of @c. @c should be a Unicode character
-(to derive a character from UTF-8 encoded text, use
-g_utf8_get_char()). The break type is used to find word and line
-breaks ("text boundaries"), Pango implements the Unicode boundary
-resolution algorithms and normally you would use a function such
-as pango_break() instead of caring about break types yourself.
+Inserts a new element into the list, using the given comparison
+function to determine its position.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="c">
-<parameter_description> a Unicode character
+<parameter name="list">
+<parameter_description> a pointer to a #GList
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="data">
+<parameter_description> the data for the new element
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="func">
+<parameter_description> the function to compare elements in the list. It should
+return a number > 0 if the first parameter comes after the
+second parameter in the sort order.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the break type of @c
+<return> the new start of the #GList
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_hash_table_steal">
+<function name="g_param_spec_unichar">
<description>
-Removes a key and its associated value from a #GHashTable without
-calling the key and value destroy functions.
+Creates a new #GParamSpecUnichar instance specifying a %G_TYPE_UINT
+property. #GValue structures for this property can be accessed with
+g_value_set_uint() and g_value_get_uint().
+
+See g_param_spec_internal() for details on property names.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="hash_table">
-<parameter_description> a #GHashTable.
+<parameter name="name">
+<parameter_description> canonical name of the property specified
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="key">
-<parameter_description> the key to remove.
+<parameter name="nick">
+<parameter_description> nick name for the property specified
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="blurb">
+<parameter_description> description of the property specified
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="default_value">
+<parameter_description> default value for the property specified
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="flags">
+<parameter_description> flags for the property specified
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> %TRUE if the key was found and removed from the #GHashTable.
+<return> a newly created parameter specification
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_sequence_get_length">
+<function name="g_bookmark_file_set_mime_type">
<description>
-Return value: the length of @seq
+Sets @mime_type as the MIME type of the bookmark for @uri.
+
+If a bookmark for @uri cannot be found then it is created.
+
+Since: 2.12
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="seq">
-<parameter_description> a #GSequence
+<parameter name="bookmark">
+<parameter_description> a #GBookmarkFile
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="uri">
+<parameter_description> a valid URI
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="mime_type">
+<parameter_description> a MIME type
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the length of @seq
+<return></return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_regex_match">
+<description>
+Scans for a match in string for the pattern in @regex.
+The @match_options are combined with the match options specified
+when the @regex structure was created, letting you have more
+flexibility in reusing #GRegex structures.
+
+A #GMatchInfo structure, used to get information on the match,
+is stored in @match_info if not %NULL. Note that if @match_info
+is not %NULL then it is created even if the function returns %FALSE,
+i.e. you must free it regardless if regular expression actually matched.
+
+To retrieve all the non-overlapping matches of the pattern in
+string you can use g_match_info_next().
+
+|[
+static void
+print_uppercase_words (const gchar *string)
+{
+/* Print all uppercase-only words. */
+GRegex *regex;
+GMatchInfo *match_info;
+
+regex = g_regex_new ("[A-Z]+", 0, 0, NULL);
+g_regex_match (regex, string, 0, &match_info);
+while (g_match_info_matches (match_info))
+{
+gchar *word = g_match_info_fetch (match_info, 0);
+g_print ("Found: %s\n", word);
+g_free (word);
+g_match_info_next (match_info, NULL);
+}
+g_match_info_free (match_info);
+g_regex_unref (regex);
+}
+]|
+
+ string is not copied and is used in #GMatchInfo internally. If
+you use any #GMatchInfo method (except g_match_info_free()) after
+freeing or modifying @string then the behaviour is undefined.
Since: 2.14
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="regex">
+<parameter_description> a #GRegex structure from g_regex_new()
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="string">
+<parameter_description> the string to scan for matches
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="match_options">
+<parameter_description> match options
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="match_info">
+<parameter_description> pointer to location where to store the #GMatchInfo,
+or %NULL if you do not need it
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> %TRUE is the string matched, %FALSE otherwise
+
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_source_set_callback_indirect">
+<function name="g_key_file_remove_comment">
<description>
-Sets the callback function storing the data as a refcounted callback
-"object". This is used internally. Note that calling
-g_source_set_callback_indirect() assumes
-an initial reference count on @callback_data, and thus
- callback_funcs-&gt;unref will eventually be called once more
-than @callback_funcs-&gt;ref.
+Removes a comment above @key from @group_name.
+If @key is %NULL then @comment will be removed above @group_name.
+If both @key and @group_name are %NULL, then @comment will
+be removed above the first group in the file.
+
+Since: 2.6
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="source">
-<parameter_description> the source
+<parameter name="key_file">
+<parameter_description> a #GKeyFile
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="callback_data">
-<parameter_description> pointer to callback data "object"
+<parameter name="group_name">
+<parameter_description> a group name, or %NULL
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="callback_funcs">
-<parameter_description> functions for reference counting @callback_data
-and getting the callback and data
+<parameter name="key">
+<parameter_description> a key
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="error">
+<parameter_description> return location for a #GError
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> %TRUE if the comment was removed, %FALSE otherwise
+
+</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_date_set_time">
+<function name="g_unichar_isgraph">
<description>
-Sets the value of a date from a #GTime value.
-The time to date conversion is done using the user's current timezone.
+Determines whether a character is printable and not a space
+(returns %FALSE for control characters, format characters, and
+spaces). g_unichar_isprint() is similar, but returns %TRUE for
+spaces. Given some UTF-8 text, obtain a character value with
+g_utf8_get_char().
- Deprecated:2.10: Use g_date_set_time_t() instead.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="date">
-<parameter_description> a #GDate.
+<parameter name="c">
+<parameter_description> a Unicode character
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="time_">
-<parameter_description> #GTime value to set.
+</parameters>
+<return> %TRUE if @c is printable unless it's a space
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_node_unlink">
+<description>
+Unlinks a #GNode from a tree, resulting in two separate trees.
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="node">
+<parameter_description> the #GNode to unlink, which becomes the root of a new tree
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_test_timer_elapsed">
+<function name="g_unichar_ismark">
<description>
-Get the time since the last start of the timer with g_test_timer_start().
+Determines whether a character is a mark (non-spacing mark,
+combining mark, or enclosing mark in Unicode speak).
+Given some UTF-8 text, obtain a character value
+with g_utf8_get_char().
+
+Note: in most cases where isalpha characters are allowed,
+ismark characters should be allowed to as they are essential
+for writing most European languages as well as many non-Latin
+scripts.
+Since: 2.14
</description>
<parameters>
+<parameter name="c">
+<parameter_description> a Unicode character
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the time since the last start of the timer, as a double
+<return> %TRUE if @c is a mark character
-Since: 2.16
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_string_new_len">
+<function name="g_node_last_child">
<description>
-Creates a new #GString with @len bytes of the @init buffer.
-Because a length is provided, @init need not be nul-terminated,
-and can contain embedded nul bytes.
+Gets the last child of a #GNode.
-Since this function does not stop at nul bytes, it is the caller's
-responsibility to ensure that @init has at least @len addressable
-bytes.
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="node">
+<parameter_description> a #GNode (must not be %NULL)
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> the last child of @node, or %NULL if @node has no children
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_bookmark_file_get_app_info">
+<description>
+Gets the registration informations of @app_name for the bookmark for
+ uri See g_bookmark_file_set_app_info() for more informations about
+the returned data.
+
+The string returned in @app_exec must be freed.
+
+In the event the URI cannot be found, %FALSE is returned and
+ error is set to #G_BOOKMARK_FILE_ERROR_URI_NOT_FOUND. In the
+event that no application with name @app_name has registered a bookmark
+for @uri, %FALSE is returned and error is set to
+#G_BOOKMARK_FILE_ERROR_APP_NOT_REGISTERED. In the event that unquoting
+the command line fails, an error of the #G_SHELL_ERROR domain is
+set and %FALSE is returned.
+
+Since: 2.12
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="init">
-<parameter_description> initial contents of the string
+<parameter name="bookmark">
+<parameter_description> a #GBookmarkFile
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="len">
-<parameter_description> length of @init to use
+<parameter name="uri">
+<parameter_description> a valid URI
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="name">
+<parameter_description> an application's name
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="exec">
+<parameter_description> location for the command line of the application, or %NULL
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="count">
+<parameter_description> return location for the registration count, or %NULL
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="stamp">
+<parameter_description> return location for the last registration time, or %NULL
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="error">
+<parameter_description> return location for a #GError, or %NULL
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a new #GString
+<return> %TRUE on success.
+
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_slist_sort">
+<function name="g_unichar_ispunct">
<description>
-Sorts a #GSList using the given comparison function.
+Determines whether a character is punctuation or a symbol.
+Given some UTF-8 text, obtain a character value with
+g_utf8_get_char().
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="list">
-<parameter_description> a #GSList
+<parameter name="c">
+<parameter_description> a Unicode character
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="compare_func">
-<parameter_description> the comparison function used to sort the #GSList.
-This function is passed the data from 2 elements of the #GSList
-and should return 0 if they are equal, a negative value if the
-first element comes before the second, or a positive value if
-the first element comes after the second.
+</parameters>
+<return> %TRUE if @c is a punctuation or symbol character
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_completion_add_items">
+<description>
+Adds items to the #GCompletion.
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="cmp">
+<parameter_description> the #GCompletion.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="items">
+<parameter_description> the list of items to add.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the start of the sorted #GSList
+<return></return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_vprintf">
+<description>
+An implementation of the standard vprintf() function which supports
+positional parameters, as specified in the Single Unix Specification.
+
+Since: 2.2
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="format">
+<parameter_description> a standard printf() format string, but notice
+<link linkend="string-precision">string precision pitfalls</link>.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="args">
+<parameter_description> the list of arguments to insert in the output.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> the number of bytes printed.
+
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_sequence_insert_sorted_iter">
+<function name="g_bookmark_file_has_group">
<description>
-Like g_sequence_insert_sorted(), but uses
-a #GSequenceIterCompareFunc instead of a #GCompareDataFunc as
-the compare function.
+Checks whether @group appears in the list of groups to which
+the bookmark for @uri belongs to.
+In the event the URI cannot be found, %FALSE is returned and
+ error is set to #G_BOOKMARK_FILE_ERROR_URI_NOT_FOUND.
+
+Since: 2.12
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="seq">
-<parameter_description> a #GSequence
+<parameter name="bookmark">
+<parameter_description> a #GBookmarkFile
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="data">
-<parameter_description> data for the new item
+<parameter name="uri">
+<parameter_description> a valid URI
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="iter_cmp">
-<parameter_description> the #GSequenceItercompare used to compare iterators in the
-sequence. It is called with two iterators pointing into @seq. It should
-return 0 if the iterators are equal, a negative value if the first
-iterator comes before the second, and a positive value if the second
-iterator comes before the first.
+<parameter name="group">
+<parameter_description> the group name to be searched
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="cmp_data">
-<parameter_description> user data passed to @cmp_func
+<parameter name="error">
+<parameter_description> return location for a #GError, or %NULL
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a #GSequenceIter pointing to the new item
+<return> %TRUE if @group was found.
-Since: 2.14
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_cclosure_marshal_VOID__FLOAT">
+<function name="g_dataset_get_data">
+<description>
+Gets the data element corresponding to a string.
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="l">
+<parameter_description> the location identifying the dataset.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="k">
+<parameter_description> the string identifying the data element.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> the data element corresponding to the string, or %NULL if
+it is not found.
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_cclosure_marshal_STRING__OBJECT_POINTER">
<description>
A marshaller for a #GCClosure with a callback of type
-&lt;literal&gt;void (*callback) (gpointer instance, gfloat arg1, gpointer user_data)&lt;/literal&gt;.
+<literal>gchar* (*callback) (gpointer instance, GObject *arg1, gpointer arg2, gpointer user_data)</literal>.
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -5616,15 +6683,15 @@ A marshaller for a #GCClosure with a callback of type
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="return_value">
-<parameter_description> ignored
+<parameter_description> a #GValue, which can store the returned string
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="n_param_values">
-<parameter_description> 2
+<parameter_description> 3
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="param_values">
-<parameter_description> a #GValue array holding the instance and the #gfloat parameter
+<parameter_description> a #GValue array holding instance, arg1 and arg2
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="invocation_hint">
@@ -5640,1631 +6707,2037 @@ to g_closure_invoke()
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_queue_push_tail">
+<function name="g_value_set_param_take_ownership">
<description>
-Adds a new element at the tail of the queue.
+This is an internal function introduced mainly for C marshallers.
+
+Deprecated: 2.4: Use g_value_take_param() instead.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="queue">
-<parameter_description> a #GQueue.
+<parameter name="value">
+<parameter_description> a valid #GValue of type %G_TYPE_PARAM
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="data">
-<parameter_description> the data for the new element.
+<parameter name="param">
+<parameter_description> the #GParamSpec to be set
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_access">
+<function name="g_rand_new">
<description>
-A wrapper for the POSIX access() function. This function is used to
-test a pathname for one or several of read, write or execute
-permissions, or just existence.
+Creates a new random number generator initialized with a seed taken
+either from <filename>/dev/urandom</filename> (if existing) or from
+the current time (as a fallback).
-On Windows, the file protection mechanism is not at all POSIX-like,
-and the underlying function in the C library only checks the
-FAT-style READONLY attribute, and does not look at the ACL of a
-file at all. This function is this in practise almost useless on
-Windows. Software that needs to handle file permissions on Windows
-more exactly should use the Win32 API.
-See your C library manual for more details about access().
+</description>
+<parameters>
+</parameters>
+<return> the new #GRand.
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_static_rw_lock_free">
+<description>
+Releases all resources allocated to @lock.
+You don't have to call this functions for a #GStaticRWLock with an
+unbounded lifetime, i.e. objects declared 'static', but if you have
+a #GStaticRWLock as a member of a structure, and the structure is
+freed, you should also free the #GStaticRWLock.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="filename">
-<parameter_description> a pathname in the GLib file name encoding (UTF-8 on Windows)
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="mode">
-<parameter_description> as in access()
+<parameter name="lock">
+<parameter_description> a #GStaticRWLock to be freed.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> zero if the pathname refers to an existing file system
-object that has all the tested permissions, or -1 otherwise or on
-error.
-
-Since: 2.8
-</return>
+<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_param_spec_gtype">
+<function name="g_hash_table_find">
<description>
-Creates a new #GParamSpecGType instance specifying a
-%G_TYPE_GTYPE property.
-
-See g_param_spec_internal() for details on property names.
+Calls the given function for key/value pairs in the #GHashTable until
+ predicate returns %TRUE. The function is passed the key and value of
+each pair, and the given @user_data parameter. The hash table may not
+be modified while iterating over it (you can't add/remove items).
-Since: 2.10
+Note, that hash tables are really only optimized for forward lookups,
+i.e. g_hash_table_lookup().
+So code that frequently issues g_hash_table_find() or
+g_hash_table_foreach() (e.g. in the order of once per every entry in a
+hash table) should probably be reworked to use additional or different
+data structures for reverse lookups (keep in mind that an O(n) find/foreach
+operation issued for all n values in a hash table ends up needing O(n*n)
+operations).
+Since: 2.4
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="name">
-<parameter_description> canonical name of the property specified
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="nick">
-<parameter_description> nick name for the property specified
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="blurb">
-<parameter_description> description of the property specified
+<parameter name="hash_table">
+<parameter_description> a #GHashTable.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="is_a_type">
-<parameter_description> a #GType whose subtypes are allowed as values
-of the property (use %G_TYPE_NONE for any type)
+<parameter name="predicate">
+<parameter_description> function to test the key/value pairs for a certain property.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="flags">
-<parameter_description> flags for the property specified
+<parameter name="user_data">
+<parameter_description> user data to pass to the function.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a newly created parameter specification
+<return> The value of the first key/value pair is returned, for which
+func evaluates to %TRUE. If no pair with the requested property is found,
+%NULL is returned.
+
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_slist_copy">
+<function name="g_object_new">
<description>
-Copies a #GSList.
+Creates a new instance of a #GObject subtype and sets its properties.
-&lt;note&gt;&lt;para&gt;
-Note that this is a "shallow" copy. If the list elements
-consist of pointers to data, the pointers are copied but
-the actual data isn't.
-&lt;/para&gt;&lt;/note&gt;
+Construction parameters (see #G_PARAM_CONSTRUCT, #G_PARAM_CONSTRUCT_ONLY)
+which are not explicitly specified are set to their default values.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="list">
-<parameter_description> a #GSList
+<parameter name="object_type">
+<parameter_description> the type id of the #GObject subtype to instantiate
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="first_property_name">
+<parameter_description> the name of the first property
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="Varargs">
+<parameter_description> the value of the first property, followed optionally by more
+name/value pairs, followed by %NULL
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a copy of @list
+<return> a new instance of @object_type
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_match_info_free">
+<function name="g_flags_get_value_by_name">
<description>
-Frees all the memory associated with the #GMatchInfo structure.
+Looks up a #GFlagsValue by name.
-Since: 2.14
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="match_info">
-<parameter_description> a #GMatchInfo
+<parameter name="flags_class">
+<parameter_description> a #GFlagsClass
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="name">
+<parameter_description> the name to look up
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> the #GFlagsValue with name @name, or %NULL if there is no
+flag with that name
+</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_object_set_data">
+<function name="g_cclosure_new_object">
<description>
-Each object carries around a table of associations from
-strings to pointers. This function lets you set an association.
+A variant of g_cclosure_new() which uses @object as @user_data and
+calls g_object_watch_closure() on @object and the created
+closure. This function is useful when you have a callback closely
+associated with a #GObject, and want the callback to no longer run
+after the object is is freed.
-If the object already had an association with that name,
-the old association will be destroyed.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="object">
-<parameter_description> #GObject containing the associations.
+<parameter name="callback_func">
+<parameter_description> the function to invoke
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="key">
-<parameter_description> name of the key
+<parameter name="object">
+<parameter_description> a #GObject pointer to pass to @callback_func
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="data">
-<parameter_description> data to associate with that key
+</parameters>
+<return> a new #GCClosure
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_static_mutex_free">
+<description>
+Releases all resources allocated to @mutex.
+
+You don't have to call this functions for a #GStaticMutex with an
+unbounded lifetime, i.e. objects declared 'static', but if you have
+a #GStaticMutex as a member of a structure and the structure is
+freed, you should also free the #GStaticMutex.
+
+<note><para>Calling g_static_mutex_free() on a locked mutex may
+result in undefined behaviour.</para></note>
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="mutex">
+<parameter_description> a #GStaticMutex to be freed.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_signal_new_class_handler">
+<function name="g_io_channel_win32_new_fd">
<description>
-Creates a new signal. (This is usually done in the class initializer.)
+Creates a new #GIOChannel given a file descriptor on Windows. This
+works for file descriptors from the C runtime.
-This is a variant of g_signal_new() that takes a C callback instead
-off a class offset for the signal's class handler. This function
-doesn't need a function pointer exposed in the class structure of
-an object definition, instead the function pointer is passed
-directly and can be overriden by derived classes with
-g_signal_override_class_closure() or
-g_signal_override_class_handler()and chained to with
-g_signal_chain_from_overridden() or
-g_signal_chain_from_overridden_handler().
+This function works for file descriptors as returned by the open(),
+creat(), pipe() and fileno() calls in the Microsoft C runtime. In
+order to meaningfully use this function your code should use the
+same C runtime as GLib uses, which is msvcrt.dll. Note that in
+current Microsoft compilers it is near impossible to convince it to
+build code that would use msvcrt.dll. The last Microsoft compiler
+version that supported using msvcrt.dll as the C runtime was version
+6. The GNU compiler and toolchain for Windows, also known as Mingw,
+fully supports msvcrt.dll.
-See g_signal_new() for information about signal names.
+If you have created a #GIOChannel for a file descriptor and started
+watching (polling) it, you shouldn't call read() on the file
+descriptor. This is because adding polling for a file descriptor is
+implemented in GLib on Windows by starting a thread that sits
+blocked in a read() from the file descriptor most of the time. All
+reads from the file descriptor should be done by this internal GLib
+thread. Your code should call only g_io_channel_read().
+This function is available only in GLib on Windows.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="signal_name">
-<parameter_description> the name for the signal
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="itype">
-<parameter_description> the type this signal pertains to. It will also pertain to
-types which are derived from this type.
+<parameter name="fd">
+<parameter_description> a C library file descriptor.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="signal_flags">
-<parameter_description> a combination of #GSignalFlags specifying detail of when
-the default handler is to be invoked. You should at least specify
-%G_SIGNAL_RUN_FIRST or %G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST.
+</parameters>
+<return> a new #GIOChannel.
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_utf8_strchr">
+<description>
+Finds the leftmost occurrence of the given Unicode character
+in a UTF-8 encoded string, while limiting the search to @len bytes.
+If @len is -1, allow unbounded search.
+
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="p">
+<parameter_description> a nul-terminated UTF-8 encoded string
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="class_handler">
-<parameter_description> a #GCallback which acts as class implementation of
-this signal. Used to invoke a class method generically. Pass %NULL to
-not associate a class method with this signal.
+<parameter name="len">
+<parameter_description> the maximum length of @p
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="accumulator">
-<parameter_description> the accumulator for this signal; may be %NULL.
+<parameter name="c">
+<parameter_description> a Unicode character
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="accu_data">
-<parameter_description> user data for the @accumulator.
+</parameters>
+<return> %NULL if the string does not contain the character,
+otherwise, a pointer to the start of the leftmost occurrence of
+the character in the string.
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_key_file_get_string_list">
+<description>
+Returns the values associated with @key under @group_name.
+
+In the event the key cannot be found, %NULL is returned and
+ error is set to #G_KEY_FILE_ERROR_KEY_NOT_FOUND. In the
+event that the @group_name cannot be found, %NULL is returned
+and @error is set to #G_KEY_FILE_ERROR_GROUP_NOT_FOUND.
+
+Since: 2.6
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="key_file">
+<parameter_description> a #GKeyFile
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="c_marshaller">
-<parameter_description> the function to translate arrays of parameter values to
-signal emissions into C language callback invocations.
+<parameter name="group_name">
+<parameter_description> a group name
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="return_type">
-<parameter_description> the type of return value, or #G_TYPE_NONE for a signal
-without a return value.
+<parameter name="key">
+<parameter_description> a key
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="n_params">
-<parameter_description> the number of parameter types to follow.
+<parameter name="length">
+<parameter_description> return location for the number of returned strings, or %NULL
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="Varargs">
-<parameter_description> a list of types, one for each parameter.
+<parameter name="error">
+<parameter_description> return location for a #GError, or %NULL
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the signal id
+<return> a %NULL-terminated string array or %NULL if the specified
+key cannot be found. The array should be freed with g_strfreev().
-Since: 2.18
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_key_file_has_group">
+<function name="g_regex_unref">
<description>
-Looks whether the key file has the group @group_name.
+Decreases reference count of @regex by 1. When reference count drops
+to zero, it frees all the memory associated with the regex structure.
+Since: 2.14
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="key_file">
-<parameter_description> a #GKeyFile
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="group_name">
-<parameter_description> a group name
+<parameter name="regex">
+<parameter_description> a #GRegex
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> %TRUE if @group_name is a part of @key_file, %FALSE
-otherwise.
-Since: 2.6
-</return>
+<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_param_value_validate">
+<function name="g_value_dup_string">
<description>
-Ensures that the contents of @value comply with the specifications
-set out by @pspec. For example, a #GParamSpecInt might require
-that integers stored in @value may not be smaller than -42 and not be
-greater than +42. If @value contains an integer outside of this range,
-it is modified accordingly, so the resulting value will fit into the
-range -42 .. +42.
+Get a copy the contents of a %G_TYPE_STRING #GValue.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="pspec">
-<parameter_description> a valid #GParamSpec
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
<parameter name="value">
-<parameter_description> a #GValue of correct type for @pspec
+<parameter_description> a valid #GValue of type %G_TYPE_STRING
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> whether modifying @value was necessary to ensure validity
+<return> a newly allocated copy of the string content of @value
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_memmove">
+<function name="g_shell_parse_argv">
<description>
-Copies a block of memory @len bytes long, from @src to @dest.
-The source and destination areas may overlap.
+Parses a command line into an argument vector, in much the same way
+the shell would, but without many of the expansions the shell would
+perform (variable expansion, globs, operators, filename expansion,
+etc. are not supported). The results are defined to be the same as
+those you would get from a UNIX98 /bin/sh, as long as the input
+contains none of the unsupported shell expansions. If the input
+does contain such expansions, they are passed through
+literally. Possible errors are those from the #G_SHELL_ERROR
+domain. Free the returned vector with g_strfreev().
-In order to use this function, you must include
-&lt;filename&gt;string.h&lt;/filename&gt; yourself, because this macro will
-typically simply resolve to memmove() and GLib does not include
-&lt;filename&gt;string.h&lt;/filename&gt; for you.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="dest">
-<parameter_description> the destination address to copy the bytes to.
+<parameter name="command_line">
+<parameter_description> command line to parse
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="src">
-<parameter_description> the source address to copy the bytes from.
+<parameter name="argcp">
+<parameter_description> return location for number of args
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="len">
-<parameter_description> the number of bytes to copy.
+<parameter name="argvp">
+<parameter_description> return location for array of args
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="error">
+<parameter_description> return location for error
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> %TRUE on success, %FALSE if error set
+</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_queue_pop_head">
+<function name="g_value_set_boxed">
<description>
-Removes the first element of the queue.
-
+Set the contents of a %G_TYPE_BOXED derived #GValue to @v_boxed.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="queue">
-<parameter_description> a #GQueue.
+<parameter name="value">
+<parameter_description> a valid #GValue of %G_TYPE_BOXED derived type
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="v_boxed">
+<parameter_description> boxed value to be set
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the data of the first element in the queue, or %NULL if the queue
-is empty.
-</return>
+<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_signal_handler_find">
+<function name="g_thread_set_priority">
<description>
-Finds the first signal handler that matches certain selection criteria.
-The criteria mask is passed as an OR-ed combination of #GSignalMatchType
-flags, and the criteria values are passed as arguments.
-The match @mask has to be non-0 for successful matches.
-If no handler was found, 0 is returned.
+Changes the priority of @thread to @priority.
+<note><para>It is not guaranteed that threads with different
+priorities really behave accordingly. On some systems (e.g. Linux)
+there are no thread priorities. On other systems (e.g. Solaris) there
+doesn't seem to be different scheduling for different priorities. All
+in all try to avoid being dependent on priorities.</para></note>
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="instance">
-<parameter_description> The instance owning the signal handler to be found.
+<parameter name="thread">
+<parameter_description> a #GThread.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="mask">
-<parameter_description> Mask indicating which of @signal_id, @detail, @closure, @func
-and/or @data the handler has to match.
+<parameter name="priority">
+<parameter_description> a new priority for @thread.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="signal_id">
-<parameter_description> Signal the handler has to be connected to.
+</parameters>
+<return></return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_iconv_close">
+<description>
+Same as the standard UNIX routine iconv_close(), but
+may be implemented via libiconv on UNIX flavors that lack
+a native implementation. Should be called to clean up
+the conversion descriptor from g_iconv_open() when
+you are done converting things.
+
+GLib provides g_convert() and g_locale_to_utf8() which are likely
+more convenient than the raw iconv wrappers.
+
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="converter">
+<parameter_description> a conversion descriptor from g_iconv_open()
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="detail">
-<parameter_description> Signal detail the handler has to be connected to.
+</parameters>
+<return> -1 on error, 0 on success
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_async_queue_ref_unlocked">
+<description>
+Increases the reference count of the asynchronous @queue by 1.
+
+ Deprecated: Since 2.8, reference counting is done atomically
+so g_async_queue_ref() can be used regardless of the @queue's
+lock.
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="queue">
+<parameter_description> a #GAsyncQueue.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="closure">
-<parameter_description> The closure the handler will invoke.
+</parameters>
+<return></return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_list_sort_with_data">
+<description>
+Like g_list_sort(), but the comparison function accepts
+a user data argument.
+
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="list">
+<parameter_description> a #GList
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="func">
-<parameter_description> The C closure callback of the handler (useless for non-C closures).
+<parameter name="compare_func">
+<parameter_description> comparison function
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="data">
-<parameter_description> The closure data of the handler's closure.
+<parameter name="user_data">
+<parameter_description> user data to pass to comparison function
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> A valid non-0 signal handler id for a successful match.
+<return> the new head of @list
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_cclosure_marshal_VOID__STRING">
+<function name="g_key_file_to_data">
<description>
-A marshaller for a #GCClosure with a callback of type
-&lt;literal&gt;void (*callback) (gpointer instance, const gchar *arg1, gpointer user_data)&lt;/literal&gt;.
+This function outputs @key_file as a string.
+
+Note that this function never reports an error,
+so it is safe to pass %NULL as @error.
+
+Since: 2.6
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="closure">
-<parameter_description> the #GClosure to which the marshaller belongs
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="return_value">
-<parameter_description> ignored
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="n_param_values">
-<parameter_description> 2
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="param_values">
-<parameter_description> a #GValue array holding the instance and the #gchar* parameter
+<parameter name="key_file">
+<parameter_description> a #GKeyFile
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="invocation_hint">
-<parameter_description> the invocation hint given as the last argument
-to g_closure_invoke()
+<parameter name="length">
+<parameter_description> return location for the length of the
+returned string, or %NULL
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="marshal_data">
-<parameter_description> additional data specified when registering the marshaller
+<parameter name="error">
+<parameter_description> return location for a #GError, or %NULL
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> a newly allocated string holding
+the contents of the #GKeyFile
+
+</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_queue_peek_head">
+<function name="g_match_info_matches">
<description>
-Returns: the data of the first element in the queue, or %NULL if the queue
+Returns whether the previous match operation succeeded.
+
+Since: 2.14
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="queue">
-<parameter_description> a #GQueue.
+<parameter name="match_info">
+<parameter_description> a #GMatchInfo structure
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the data of the first element in the queue, or %NULL if the queue
-is empty.
+<return> %TRUE if the previous match operation succeeded,
+%FALSE otherwise
+
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_option_group_set_parse_hooks">
+<function name="g_timer_elapsed">
<description>
-Associates two functions with @group which will be called
-from g_option_context_parse() before the first option is parsed
-and after the last option has been parsed, respectively.
+If @timer has been started but not stopped, obtains the time since
+the timer was started. If @timer has been stopped, obtains the
+elapsed time between the time it was started and the time it was
+stopped. The return value is the number of seconds elapsed,
+including any fractional part. The @microseconds out parameter is
+essentially useless.
-Note that the user data to be passed to @pre_parse_func and
- post_parse_func can be specified when constructing the group
-with g_option_group_new().
-
-Since: 2.6
+<warning><para>
+Calling initialization functions, in particular g_thread_init(), while a
+timer is running will cause invalid return values from this function.
+</para></warning>
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="group">
-<parameter_description> a #GOptionGroup
+<parameter name="timer">
+<parameter_description> a #GTimer.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="pre_parse_func">
-<parameter_description> a function to call before parsing, or %NULL
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="post_parse_func">
-<parameter_description> a function to call after parsing, or %NULL
+<parameter name="microseconds">
+<parameter_description> return location for the fractional part of seconds
+elapsed, in microseconds (that is, the total number
+of microseconds elapsed, modulo 1000000), or %NULL
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> seconds elapsed as a floating point value, including any
+fractional part.
+</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_regex_replace">
+<function name="g_option_group_set_translate_func">
<description>
-Replaces all occurances of the pattern in @regex with the
-replacement text. Backreferences of the form '\number' or
-'\g&lt;number&gt;' in the replacement text are interpolated by the
-number-th captured subexpression of the match, '\g&lt;name&gt;' refers
-to the captured subexpression with the given name. '\0' refers to the
-complete match, but '\0' followed by a number is the octal representation
-of a character. To include a literal '\' in the replacement, write '\\'.
-There are also escapes that changes the case of the following text:
-
-&lt;variablelist&gt;
-&lt;varlistentry&gt;&lt;term&gt;\l&lt;/term&gt;
-&lt;listitem&gt;
-&lt;para&gt;Convert to lower case the next character&lt;/para&gt;
-&lt;/listitem&gt;
-&lt;/varlistentry&gt;
-&lt;varlistentry&gt;&lt;term&gt;\u&lt;/term&gt;
-&lt;listitem&gt;
-&lt;para&gt;Convert to upper case the next character&lt;/para&gt;
-&lt;/listitem&gt;
-&lt;/varlistentry&gt;
-&lt;varlistentry&gt;&lt;term&gt;\L&lt;/term&gt;
-&lt;listitem&gt;
-&lt;para&gt;Convert to lower case till \E&lt;/para&gt;
-&lt;/listitem&gt;
-&lt;/varlistentry&gt;
-&lt;varlistentry&gt;&lt;term&gt;\U&lt;/term&gt;
-&lt;listitem&gt;
-&lt;para&gt;Convert to upper case till \E&lt;/para&gt;
-&lt;/listitem&gt;
-&lt;/varlistentry&gt;
-&lt;varlistentry&gt;&lt;term&gt;\E&lt;/term&gt;
-&lt;listitem&gt;
-&lt;para&gt;End case modification&lt;/para&gt;
-&lt;/listitem&gt;
-&lt;/varlistentry&gt;
-&lt;/variablelist&gt;
-
-If you do not need to use backreferences use g_regex_replace_literal().
-
-The @replacement string must be UTF-8 encoded even if #G_REGEX_RAW was
-passed to g_regex_new(). If you want to use not UTF-8 encoded stings
-you can use g_regex_replace_literal().
+Sets the function which is used to translate user-visible
+strings, for <option>--help</option> output. Different
+groups can use different #GTranslateFunc<!-- -->s. If @func
+is %NULL, strings are not translated.
-Setting @start_position differs from just passing over a shortened
-string and setting #G_REGEX_MATCH_NOTBOL in the case of a pattern that
-begins with any kind of lookbehind assertion, such as "\b".
+If you are using gettext(), you only need to set the translation
+domain, see g_option_group_set_translation_domain().
+Since: 2.6
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="regex">
-<parameter_description> a #GRegex structure
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="string">
-<parameter_description> the string to perform matches against
+<parameter name="group">
+<parameter_description> a #GOptionGroup
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="string_len">
-<parameter_description> the length of @string, or -1 if @string is nul-terminated
+<parameter name="func">
+<parameter_description> the #GTranslateFunc, or %NULL
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="start_position">
-<parameter_description> starting index of the string to match
+<parameter name="data">
+<parameter_description> user data to pass to @func, or %NULL
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="replacement">
-<parameter_description> text to replace each match with
+<parameter name="destroy_notify">
+<parameter_description> a function which gets called to free @data, or %NULL
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="match_options">
-<parameter_description> options for the match
+</parameters>
+<return></return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_cache_remove">
+<description>
+Decreases the reference count of the given value. If it drops to 0
+then the value and its corresponding key are destroyed, using the
+ value_destroy_func and @key_destroy_func passed to g_cache_new().
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="cache">
+<parameter_description> a #GCache.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="error">
-<parameter_description> location to store the error occuring, or %NULL to ignore errors
+<parameter name="value">
+<parameter_description> the value to remove.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a newly allocated string containing the replacements
-
-Since: 2.14
-</return>
+<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_get_system_data_dirs">
+<function name="g_get_language_names">
<description>
-Return value: a %NULL-terminated array of strings owned by GLib that must
+Computes a list of applicable locale names, which can be used to
+e.g. construct locale-dependent filenames or search paths. The returned
+list is sorted from most desirable to least desirable and always contains
+the default locale "C".
+
+For example, if LANGUAGE=de:en_US, then the returned list is
+"de", "en_US", "en", "C".
+
+This function consults the environment variables <envar>LANGUAGE</envar>,
+<envar>LC_ALL</envar>, <envar>LC_MESSAGES</envar> and <envar>LANG</envar>
+to find the list of locales specified by the user.
+
+Since: 2.6
</description>
<parameters>
</parameters>
-<return> a %NULL-terminated array of strings owned by GLib that must
-not be modified or freed.
-Since: 2.6
+<return> a %NULL-terminated array of strings owned by GLib
+that must not be modified or freed.
+
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_bookmark_file_add_application">
+<function name="g_thread_pool_set_sort_function">
<description>
-Adds the application with @name and @exec to the list of
-applications that have registered a bookmark for @uri into
- bookmark
+Sets the function used to sort the list of tasks. This allows the
+tasks to be processed by a priority determined by @func, and not
+just in the order in which they were added to the pool.
-Every bookmark inside a #GBookmarkFile must have at least an
-application registered. Each application must provide a name, a
-command line useful for launching the bookmark, the number of times
-the bookmark has been registered by the application and the last
-time the application registered this bookmark.
+Note, if the maximum number of threads is more than 1, the order
+that threads are executed can not be guranteed 100%. Threads are
+scheduled by the operating system and are executed at random. It
+cannot be assumed that threads are executed in the order they are
+created.
-If @name is %NULL, the name of the application will be the
-same returned by g_get_application(); if @exec is %NULL, the
-command line will be a composition of the program name as
-returned by g_get_prgname() and the "%u" modifier, which will be
-expanded to the bookmark's URI.
+Since: 2.10
-This function will automatically take care of updating the
-registrations count and timestamping in case an application
-with the same @name had already registered a bookmark for
- uri inside @bookmark.
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="pool">
+<parameter_description> a #GThreadPool
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="func">
+<parameter_description> the #GCompareDataFunc used to sort the list of tasks.
+This function is passed two tasks. It should return
+0 if the order in which they are handled does not matter,
+a negative value if the first task should be processed before
+the second or a positive value if the second task should be
+processed first.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="user_data">
+<parameter_description> user data passed to @func.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return></return>
+</function>
-If no bookmark for @uri is found, one is created.
+<function name="g_tree_insert">
+<description>
+Inserts a key/value pair into a #GTree. If the given key already exists
+in the #GTree its corresponding value is set to the new value. If you
+supplied a value_destroy_func when creating the #GTree, the old value is
+freed using that function. If you supplied a @key_destroy_func when
+creating the #GTree, the passed key is freed using that function.
-Since: 2.12
+The tree is automatically 'balanced' as new key/value pairs are added,
+so that the distance from the root to every leaf is as small as possible.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="bookmark">
-<parameter_description> a #GBookmarkFile
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="uri">
-<parameter_description> a valid URI
+<parameter name="tree">
+<parameter_description> a #GTree.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="name">
-<parameter_description> the name of the application registering the bookmark
-or %NULL
+<parameter name="key">
+<parameter_description> the key to insert.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="exec">
-<parameter_description> command line to be used to launch the bookmark or %NULL
+<parameter name="value">
+<parameter_description> the value corresponding to the key.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_io_channel_unref">
+<function name="g_async_queue_unlock">
<description>
-Decrements the reference count of a #GIOChannel.
+Releases the queue's lock.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="channel">
-<parameter_description> a #GIOChannel
+<parameter name="queue">
+<parameter_description> a #GAsyncQueue.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_utime">
+<function name="g_rand_new_with_seed">
<description>
-A wrapper for the POSIX utime() function. The utime() function
-sets the access and modification timestamps of a file.
-
-See your C library manual for more details about how utime() works
-on your system.
+Creates a new random number generator initialized with @seed.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="filename">
-<parameter_description> a pathname in the GLib file name encoding (UTF-8 on Windows)
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="utb">
-<parameter_description> a pointer to a struct utimbuf.
+<parameter name="seed">
+<parameter_description> a value to initialize the random number generator.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> 0 if the operation was successful, -1 if an error
-occurred
-
-Since: 2.18
+<return> the new #GRand.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_cclosure_marshal_VOID__BOXED">
+<function name="g_locale_to_utf8">
<description>
-A marshaller for a #GCClosure with a callback of type
-&lt;literal&gt;void (*callback) (gpointer instance, GBoxed *arg1, gpointer user_data)&lt;/literal&gt;.
+Converts a string which is in the encoding used for strings by
+the C runtime (usually the same as that used by the operating
+system) in the <link linkend="setlocale">current locale</link> into a
+UTF-8 string.
+
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="closure">
-<parameter_description> the #GClosure to which the marshaller belongs
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="return_value">
-<parameter_description> ignored
+<parameter name="opsysstring">
+<parameter_description> a string in the encoding of the current locale. On Windows
+this means the system codepage.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="n_param_values">
-<parameter_description> 2
+<parameter name="len">
+<parameter_description> the length of the string, or -1 if the string is
+nul-terminated<footnoteref linkend="nul-unsafe"/>.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="param_values">
-<parameter_description> a #GValue array holding the instance and the #GBoxed* parameter
+<parameter name="bytes_read">
+<parameter_description> location to store the number of bytes in the
+input string that were successfully converted, or %NULL.
+Even if the conversion was successful, this may be
+less than @len if there were partial characters
+at the end of the input. If the error
+#G_CONVERT_ERROR_ILLEGAL_SEQUENCE occurs, the value
+stored will the byte offset after the last valid
+input sequence.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="invocation_hint">
-<parameter_description> the invocation hint given as the last argument
-to g_closure_invoke()
+<parameter name="bytes_written">
+<parameter_description> the number of bytes stored in the output buffer (not
+including the terminating nul).
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="marshal_data">
-<parameter_description> additional data specified when registering the marshaller
+<parameter name="error">
+<parameter_description> location to store the error occuring, or %NULL to ignore
+errors. Any of the errors in #GConvertError may occur.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> The converted string, or %NULL on an error.
+</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_type_module_add_interface">
+<function name="g_async_queue_push_sorted">
<description>
-Registers an additional interface for a type, whose interface lives
-in the given type plugin. If the interface was already registered
-for the type in this plugin, nothing will be done.
+Inserts @data into @queue using @func to determine the new
+position.
-As long as any instances of the type exist, the type plugin will
-not be unloaded.
+This function requires that the @queue is sorted before pushing on
+new elements.
+
+This function will lock @queue before it sorts the queue and unlock
+it when it is finished.
+
+For an example of @func see g_async_queue_sort().
+
+Since: 2.10
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="module">
-<parameter_description> a #GTypeModule
+<parameter name="queue">
+<parameter_description> a #GAsyncQueue
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="instance_type">
-<parameter_description> type to which to add the interface.
+<parameter name="data">
+<parameter_description> the @data to push into the @queue
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="interface_type">
-<parameter_description> interface type to add
+<parameter name="func">
+<parameter_description> the #GCompareDataFunc is used to sort @queue. This function
+is passed two elements of the @queue. The function should return
+0 if they are equal, a negative value if the first element
+should be higher in the @queue or a positive value if the first
+element should be lower in the @queue than the second element.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="interface_info">
-<parameter_description> type information structure
+<parameter name="user_data">
+<parameter_description> user data passed to @func.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_tree_destroy">
+<function name="g_node_pop_allocator">
<description>
-Destroys the #GTree. If keys and/or values are dynamically allocated, you
-should either free them first or create the #GTree using g_tree_new_full().
-In the latter case the destroy functions you supplied will be called on
-all keys and values before destroying the #GTree.
+Restores the previous #GAllocator, used when allocating #GNode
+elements.
+
+Note that this function is not available if GLib has been compiled
+with <option>--disable-mem-pools</option>
+
+Deprecated:2.10: It does nothing, since #GNode has been converted to
+the <link linkend="glib-Memory-Slices">slice
+allocator</link>
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="tree">
-<parameter_description> a #GTree.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
</parameters>
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_dir_close">
+<function name="g_string_overwrite">
<description>
-Closes the directory and deallocates all related resources.
+Overwrites part of a string, lengthening it if necessary.
+
+Since: 2.14
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="dir">
-<parameter_description> a #GDir* created by g_dir_open()
+<parameter name="string">
+<parameter_description> a #GString
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="pos">
+<parameter_description> the position at which to start overwriting
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="val">
+<parameter_description> the string that will overwrite the @string starting at @pos
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> @string
+
+</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_type_class_peek_parent">
+<function name="g_win32_get_windows_version">
<description>
-This is a convenience function often needed in class initializers.
-It returns the class structure of the immediate parent type of the
-class passed in. Since derived classes hold a reference count on
-their parent classes as long as they are instantiated, the returned
-class will always exist. This function is essentially equivalent
-to:
+Returns version information for the Windows operating system the
+code is running on. See MSDN documentation for the GetVersion()
+function. To summarize, the most significant bit is one on Win9x,
+and zero on NT-based systems. Since version 2.14, GLib works only
+on NT-based systems, so checking whether your are running on Win9x
+in your own software is moot. The least significant byte is 4 on
+Windows NT 4, and 5 on Windows XP. Software that needs really
+detailled version and feature information should use Win32 API like
+GetVersionEx() and VerifyVersionInfo().
-&lt;programlisting&gt;
-g_type_class_peek (g_type_parent (G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (g_class)));
-&lt;/programlisting&gt;
+Since: 2.6
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+</parameters>
+<return> The version information.
+
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_value_get_double">
+<description>
+Get the contents of a %G_TYPE_DOUBLE #GValue.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="g_class">
-<parameter_description> The #GTypeClass structure to retrieve the parent class for.
+<parameter name="value">
+<parameter_description> a valid #GValue of type %G_TYPE_DOUBLE
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> The parent class of @g_class.
+<return> double contents of @value
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_string_append_len">
+<function name="g_filename_from_uri">
<description>
-Appends @len bytes of @val to @string. Because @len is
-provided, @val may contain embedded nuls and need not
-be nul-terminated.
-
-Since this function does not stop at nul bytes, it is
-the caller's responsibility to ensure that @val has at
-least @len addressable bytes.
+Converts an escaped ASCII-encoded URI to a local filename in the
+encoding used for filenames.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="string">
-<parameter_description> a #GString
+<parameter name="uri">
+<parameter_description> a uri describing a filename (escaped, encoded in ASCII).
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="val">
-<parameter_description> bytes to append
+<parameter name="hostname">
+<parameter_description> Location to store hostname for the URI, or %NULL.
+If there is no hostname in the URI, %NULL will be
+stored in this location.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="len">
-<parameter_description> number of bytes of @val to use
+<parameter name="error">
+<parameter_description> location to store the error occuring, or %NULL to ignore
+errors. Any of the errors in #GConvertError may occur.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> @string
+<return> a newly-allocated string holding the resulting
+filename, or %NULL on an error.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_option_context_get_help">
+<function name="g_io_channel_get_buffered">
<description>
-Returns: A newly allocated string containing the help text
+Returns whether @channel is buffered.
+
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="context">
-<parameter_description> a #GOptionContext
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="main_help">
-<parameter_description> if %TRUE, only include the main group
+<parameter name="channel">
+<parameter_description> a #GIOChannel
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="group">
-<parameter_description> the #GOptionGroup to create help for, or %NULL
+</parameters>
+<return> %TRUE if the @channel is buffered.
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_source_get_context">
+<description>
+Gets the #GMainContext with which the source is associated.
+Calling this function on a destroyed source is an error.
+
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="source">
+<parameter_description> a #GSource
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> A newly allocated string containing the help text
-
-Since: 2.14
+<return> the #GMainContext with which the source is associated,
+or %NULL if the context has not yet been added
+to a source.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_signal_query">
+<function name="g_unichar_tolower">
<description>
-Queries the signal system for in-depth information about a
-specific signal. This function will fill in a user-provided
-structure to hold signal-specific information. If an invalid
-signal id is passed in, the @signal_id member of the #GSignalQuery
-is 0. All members filled into the #GSignalQuery structure should
-be considered constant and have to be left untouched.
+Converts a character to lower case.
+
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="signal_id">
-<parameter_description> The signal id of the signal to query information for.
+<parameter name="c">
+<parameter_description> a Unicode character.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="query">
-<parameter_description> A user provided structure that is filled in with constant
-values upon success.
+</parameters>
+<return> the result of converting @c to lower case.
+If @c is not an upperlower or titlecase character,
+or has no lowercase equivalent @c is returned unchanged.
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_completion_free">
+<description>
+Frees all memory used by the #GCompletion.
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="cmp">
+<parameter_description> the #GCompletion.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_signal_has_handler_pending">
+<function name="g_byte_array_unref">
<description>
-Returns: %TRUE if a handler is connected to the signal, %FALSE
+Atomically decrements the reference count of @array by one. If the
+reference count drops to 0, all memory allocated by the array is
+released. This function is MT-safe and may be called from any
+thread.
+
+Since: 2.22
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="instance">
-<parameter_description> the object whose signal handlers are sought.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="signal_id">
-<parameter_description> the signal id.
+<parameter name="array">
+<parameter_description> A #GByteArray.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="detail">
-<parameter_description> the detail.
+</parameters>
+<return></return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_utf8_pointer_to_offset">
+<description>
+Converts from a pointer to position within a string to a integer
+character offset.
+
+Since 2.10, this function allows @pos to be before @str, and returns
+a negative offset in this case.
+
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="str">
+<parameter_description> a UTF-8 encoded string
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="may_be_blocked">
-<parameter_description> whether blocked handlers should count as match.
+<parameter name="pos">
+<parameter_description> a pointer to a position within @str
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> %TRUE if a handler is connected to the signal, %FALSE
-otherwise.
+<return> the resulting character offset
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_enum_get_value">
+<function name="g_unichar_xdigit_value">
<description>
-Returns: the #GEnumValue for @value, or %NULL if @value is not a
+Determines the numeric value of a character as a hexidecimal
+digit.
+
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="enum_class">
-<parameter_description> a #GEnumClass
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="value">
-<parameter_description> the value to look up
+<parameter name="c">
+<parameter_description> a Unicode character
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the #GEnumValue for @value, or %NULL if @value is not a
-member of the enumeration
+<return> If @c is a hex digit (according to
+g_unichar_isxdigit()), its numeric value. Otherwise, -1.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_param_spec_enum">
+<function name="g_spawn_sync">
<description>
-Creates a new #GParamSpecEnum instance specifying a %G_TYPE_ENUM
-property.
+Executes a child synchronously (waits for the child to exit before returning).
+All output from the child is stored in @standard_output and @standard_error,
+if those parameters are non-%NULL. Note that you must set the
+%G_SPAWN_STDOUT_TO_DEV_NULL and %G_SPAWN_STDERR_TO_DEV_NULL flags when
+passing %NULL for @standard_output and @standard_error.
+If @exit_status is non-%NULL, the exit status of the child is stored
+there as it would be returned by waitpid(); standard UNIX macros such
+as WIFEXITED() and WEXITSTATUS() must be used to evaluate the exit status.
+Note that this function call waitpid() even if @exit_status is %NULL, and
+does not accept the %G_SPAWN_DO_NOT_REAP_CHILD flag.
+If an error occurs, no data is returned in @standard_output,
+ standard_error, or @exit_status.
-See g_param_spec_internal() for details on property names.
+This function calls g_spawn_async_with_pipes() internally; see that
+function for full details on the other parameters and details on
+how these functions work on Windows.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="name">
-<parameter_description> canonical name of the property specified
+<parameter name="working_directory">
+<parameter_description> child's current working directory, or %NULL to inherit parent's
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="nick">
-<parameter_description> nick name for the property specified
+<parameter name="argv">
+<parameter_description> child's argument vector
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="blurb">
-<parameter_description> description of the property specified
+<parameter name="envp">
+<parameter_description> child's environment, or %NULL to inherit parent's
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="enum_type">
-<parameter_description> a #GType derived from %G_TYPE_ENUM
+<parameter name="flags">
+<parameter_description> flags from #GSpawnFlags
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="default_value">
-<parameter_description> default value for the property specified
+<parameter name="child_setup">
+<parameter_description> function to run in the child just before exec()
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="flags">
-<parameter_description> flags for the property specified
+<parameter name="user_data">
+<parameter_description> user data for @child_setup
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="standard_output">
+<parameter_description> return location for child output, or %NULL
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="standard_error">
+<parameter_description> return location for child error messages, or %NULL
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="exit_status">
+<parameter_description> return location for child exit status, as returned by waitpid(), or %NULL
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="error">
+<parameter_description> return location for error, or %NULL
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a newly created parameter specification
+<return> %TRUE on success, %FALSE if an error was set.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_option_context_set_main_group">
+<function name="g_queue_index">
<description>
-Sets a #GOptionGroup as main group of the @context.
-This has the same effect as calling g_option_context_add_group(),
-the only difference is that the options in the main group are
-treated differently when generating &lt;option&gt;--help&lt;/option&gt; output.
+Returns the position of the first element in @queue which contains @data.
-Since: 2.6
+Since: 2.4
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="context">
-<parameter_description> a #GOptionContext
+<parameter name="queue">
+<parameter_description> a #GQueue
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="group">
-<parameter_description> the group to set as main group
+<parameter name="data">
+<parameter_description> the data to find.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> The position of the first element in @queue which contains @data, or -1 if no element in @queue contains @data.
+
+</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_queue_push_nth">
+<function name="g_type_add_interface_check">
<description>
-Inserts a new element into @queue at the given position
+Adds a function to be called after an interface vtable is
+initialized for any class (i.e. after the @interface_init member of
+#GInterfaceInfo has been called).
+
+This function is useful when you want to check an invariant that
+depends on the interfaces of a class. For instance, the
+implementation of #GObject uses this facility to check that an
+object implements all of the properties that are defined on its
+interfaces.
Since: 2.4
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="queue">
-<parameter_description> a #GQueue
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="data">
-<parameter_description> the data for the new element
+<parameter name="check_data">
+<parameter_description> data to pass to @check_func
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="n">
-<parameter_description> the position to insert the new element. If @n is negative or
-larger than the number of elements in the @queue, the element is
-added to the end of the queue.
+<parameter name="check_func">
+<parameter_description> function to be called after each interface
+is initialized.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_queue_insert_after">
+<function name="g_test_message">
<description>
-Inserts @data into @queue after @sibling
-
- sibling must be part of @queue
+Add a message to the test report.
-Since: 2.4
+Since: 2.16
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="queue">
-<parameter_description> a #GQueue
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="sibling">
-<parameter_description> a #GList link that &lt;emphasis&gt;must&lt;/emphasis&gt; be part of @queue
+<parameter name="format">
+<parameter_description> the format string
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="data">
-<parameter_description> the data to insert
+<parameter name="Varargs">
+<parameter_description> printf-like arguments to @format
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_unichar_isalnum">
+<function name="g_value_array_copy">
<description>
-Determines whether a character is alphanumeric.
-Given some UTF-8 text, obtain a character value
-with g_utf8_get_char().
+Construct an exact copy of a #GValueArray by duplicating all its
+contents.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="c">
-<parameter_description> a Unicode character
+<parameter name="value_array">
+<parameter_description> #GValueArray to copy
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> %TRUE if @c is an alphanumeric character
+<return> Newly allocated copy of #GValueArray
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_base64_encode_step">
+<function name="g_utf8_strrchr">
<description>
-Incrementally encode a sequence of binary data into it's Base-64 stringified
-representation. By calling this function multiple times you can convert
-data in chunks to avoid having to have the full encoded data in memory.
-
-When all of the data has been converted you must call
-g_base64_encode_close() to flush the saved state.
-
-The output buffer must be large enough to fit all the data that will
-be written to it. Due to the way base64 encodes you will need
-at least: @len * 4 / 3 + 6 bytes. If you enable line-breaking you will
-need at least: @len * 4 / 3 + @len * 4 / (3 * 72) + 7 bytes.
-
- break_lines is typically used when putting base64-encoded data in emails.
-It breaks the lines at 72 columns instead of putting all of the text on
-the same line. This avoids problems with long lines in the email system.
+Find the rightmost occurrence of the given Unicode character
+in a UTF-8 encoded string, while limiting the search to @len bytes.
+If @len is -1, allow unbounded search.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="in">
-<parameter_description> the binary data to encode
+<parameter name="p">
+<parameter_description> a nul-terminated UTF-8 encoded string
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="len">
-<parameter_description> the length of @in
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="break_lines">
-<parameter_description> whether to break long lines
+<parameter_description> the maximum length of @p
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="out">
-<parameter_description> pointer to destination buffer
+<parameter name="c">
+<parameter_description> a Unicode character
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="state">
-<parameter_description> Saved state between steps, initialize to 0
+</parameters>
+<return> %NULL if the string does not contain the character,
+otherwise, a pointer to the start of the rightmost occurrence of the
+character in the string.
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_clear_error">
+<description>
+If @err is %NULL, does nothing. If @err is non-%NULL,
+calls g_error_free() on * err and sets * err to %NULL.
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="err">
+<parameter_description> a #GError return location
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="save">
-<parameter_description> Saved state between steps, initialize to 0
+</parameters>
+<return></return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_sequence_get_end_iter">
+<description>
+Returns the end iterator for @seg
+
+Since: 2.14
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="seq">
+<parameter_description> a #GSequence
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> The number of bytes of output that was written
+<return> the end iterator for @seq
-Since: 2.12
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_main_context_new">
+<function name="g_ascii_tolower">
<description>
-Creates a new #GMainContext structure.
+Convert a character to ASCII lower case.
+
+Unlike the standard C library tolower() function, this only
+recognizes standard ASCII letters and ignores the locale, returning
+all non-ASCII characters unchanged, even if they are lower case
+letters in a particular character set. Also unlike the standard
+library function, this takes and returns a char, not an int, so
+don't call it on %EOF but no need to worry about casting to #guchar
+before passing a possibly non-ASCII character in.
</description>
<parameters>
+<parameter name="c">
+<parameter_description> any character.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the new #GMainContext
+<return> the result of converting @c to lower case.
+If @c is not an ASCII upper case letter,
+ c is returned unchanged.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_vsnprintf">
+<function name="g_variant_get_string">
<description>
-A safer form of the standard vsprintf() function. The output is guaranteed
-to not exceed @n characters (including the terminating nul character), so
-it is easy to ensure that a buffer overflow cannot occur.
-
-See also g_strdup_vprintf().
+Returns the string value of a #GVariant instance with a string
+type. This includes the types %G_VARIANT_TYPE_STRING,
+%G_VARIANT_TYPE_OBJECT_PATH and %G_VARIANT_TYPE_SIGNATURE.
-In versions of GLib prior to 1.2.3, this function may return -1 if the
-output was truncated, and the truncated string may not be nul-terminated.
-In versions prior to 1.3.12, this function returns the length of the output
-string.
+If @length is non-%NULL then the length of the string (in bytes) is
+returned there. For trusted values, this information is already
+known. For untrusted values, a strlen() will be performed.
-The return value of g_vsnprintf() conforms to the vsnprintf() function
-as standardized in ISO C99. Note that this is different from traditional
-vsnprintf(), which returns the length of the output string.
+It is an error to call this function with a @value of any type
+other than those three.
-The format string may contain positional parameters, as specified in
-the Single Unix Specification.
+The return value remains valid as long as @value exists.
+Since: 2.24
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="string">
-<parameter_description> the buffer to hold the output.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="n">
-<parameter_description> the maximum number of bytes to produce (including the
-terminating nul character).
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="format">
-<parameter_description> a standard printf() format string, but notice
-&lt;link linkend="string-precision"&gt;string precision pitfalls&lt;/link&gt;.
+<parameter name="value">
+<parameter_description> a string #GVariant instance
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="args">
-<parameter_description> the list of arguments to insert in the output.
+<parameter name="length">
+<parameter_description> a pointer to a #gsize, to store the length
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the number of bytes which would be produced if the buffer
-was large enough.
+<return> the constant string
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_cclosure_marshal_VOID__DOUBLE">
+<function name="g_byte_array_remove_index_fast">
<description>
-A marshaller for a #GCClosure with a callback of type
-&lt;literal&gt;void (*callback) (gpointer instance, gdouble arg1, gpointer user_data)&lt;/literal&gt;.
+Removes the byte at the given index from a #GByteArray. The last
+element in the array is used to fill in the space, so this function
+does not preserve the order of the #GByteArray. But it is faster
+than g_byte_array_remove_index().
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="closure">
-<parameter_description> the #GClosure to which the marshaller belongs
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="return_value">
-<parameter_description> ignored
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="n_param_values">
-<parameter_description> 2
+<parameter name="array">
+<parameter_description> a #GByteArray.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="param_values">
-<parameter_description> a #GValue array holding the instance and the #gdouble parameter
+<parameter name="index_">
+<parameter_description> the index of the byte to remove.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="invocation_hint">
-<parameter_description> the invocation hint given as the last argument
-to g_closure_invoke()
+</parameters>
+<return> the #GByteArray.
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_type_remove_interface_check">
+<description>
+Removes an interface check function added with
+g_type_add_interface_check().
+
+Since: 2.4
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="check_data">
+<parameter_description> callback data passed to g_type_add_interface_check()
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="marshal_data">
-<parameter_description> additional data specified when registering the marshaller
+<parameter name="check_func">
+<parameter_description> callback function passed to g_type_add_interface_check()
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_object_set_valist">
+<function name="g_variant_type_next">
<description>
-Sets properties on an object.
+Determines the next item type of a tuple or dictionary entry
+type.
+
+ type must be the result of a previous call to
+g_variant_type_first() or g_variant_type_next().
+
+If called on the key type of a dictionary entry then this call
+returns the value type. If called on the value type of a dictionary
+entry then this call returns %NULL.
+
+For tuples, %NULL is returned when @type is the last item in a tuple.
+
+Since 2.24
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="object">
-<parameter_description> a #GObject
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="first_property_name">
-<parameter_description> name of the first property to set
+<parameter name="type">
+<parameter_description> a #GVariantType from a previous call
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="var_args">
-<parameter_description> value for the first property, followed optionally by more
-name/value pairs, followed by %NULL
+</parameters>
+<return> the next #GVariantType after @type, or %NULL
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_static_rw_lock_init">
+<description>
+A #GStaticRWLock must be initialized with this function before it
+can be used. Alternatively you can initialize it with
+#G_STATIC_RW_LOCK_INIT.
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="lock">
+<parameter_description> a #GStaticRWLock to be initialized.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_time_val_from_iso8601">
+<function name="g_win32_error_message">
<description>
-Converts a string containing an ISO 8601 encoded date and time
-to a #GTimeVal and puts it into @time_.
+Translate a Win32 error code (as returned by GetLastError()) into
+the corresponding message. The message is either language neutral,
+or in the thread's language, or the user's language, the system's
+language, or US English (see docs for FormatMessage()). The
+returned string is in UTF-8. It should be deallocated with
+g_free().
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="iso_date">
-<parameter_description> an ISO 8601 encoded date string
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="time_">
-<parameter_description> a #GTimeVal
+<parameter name="error">
+<parameter_description> error code.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> %TRUE if the conversion was successful.
-
-Since: 2.12
+<return> newly-allocated error message
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_slist_sort_with_data">
+<function name="g_value_array_sort">
<description>
-Like g_slist_sort(), but the sort function accepts a user data argument.
+Sort @value_array using @compare_func to compare the elements accoring to
+the semantics of #GCompareFunc.
+
+The current implementation uses Quick-Sort as sorting algorithm.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="list">
-<parameter_description> a #GSList
+<parameter name="value_array">
+<parameter_description> #GValueArray to sort
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="compare_func">
-<parameter_description> comparison function
+<parameter_description> function to compare elements
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="user_data">
-<parameter_description> data to pass to comparison function
+</parameters>
+<return> the #GValueArray passed in as @value_array
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_unlink">
+<description>
+A wrapper for the POSIX unlink() function. The unlink() function
+deletes a name from the filesystem. If this was the last link to the
+file and no processes have it opened, the diskspace occupied by the
+file is freed.
+
+See your C library manual for more details about unlink(). Note
+that on Windows, it is in general not possible to delete files that
+are open to some process, or mapped into memory.
+
+Since: 2.6
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="filename">
+<parameter_description> a pathname in the GLib file name encoding (UTF-8 on Windows)
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> new head of the list
+<return> 0 if the name was successfully deleted, -1 if an error
+occurred
+
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_key_file_get_value">
+<function name="g_type_default_interface_ref">
<description>
-Return value: a newly allocated string or %NULL if the specified
+Increments the reference count for the interface type @g_type,
+and returns the default interface vtable for the type.
+
+If the type is not currently in use, then the default vtable
+for the type will be created and initalized by calling
+the base interface init and default vtable init functions for
+the type (the @<structfield>base_init</structfield>
+and <structfield>class_init</structfield> members of #GTypeInfo).
+Calling g_type_default_interface_ref() is useful when you
+want to make sure that signals and properties for an interface
+have been installed.
+
+Since: 2.4
+
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="key_file">
-<parameter_description> a #GKeyFile
+<parameter name="g_type">
+<parameter_description> an interface type
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="group_name">
-<parameter_description> a group name
+</parameters>
+<return> the default vtable for the interface; call
+g_type_default_interface_unref() when you are done using
+the interface.
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_object_unref">
+<description>
+Decreases the reference count of @object. When its reference count
+drops to 0, the object is finalized (i.e. its memory is freed).
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="object">
+<parameter_description> a #GObject
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="key">
-<parameter_description> a key
+</parameters>
+<return></return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_value_take_object">
+<description>
+Sets the contents of a %G_TYPE_OBJECT derived #GValue to @v_object
+and takes over the ownership of the callers reference to @v_object;
+the caller doesn't have to unref it any more (i.e. the reference
+count of the object is not increased).
+
+If you want the #GValue to hold its own reference to @v_object, use
+g_value_set_object() instead.
+
+Since: 2.4
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="value">
+<parameter_description> a valid #GValue of %G_TYPE_OBJECT derived type
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="error">
-<parameter_description> return location for a #GError, or %NULL
+<parameter name="v_object">
+<parameter_description> object value to be set
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a newly allocated string or %NULL if the specified
-key cannot be found.
+<return></return>
+</function>
-Since: 2.6
+<function name="g_main_depth">
+<description>
+Returns the depth of the stack of calls to
+g_main_context_dispatch() on any #GMainContext in the current thread.
+That is, when called from the toplevel, it gives 0. When
+called from within a callback from g_main_context_iteration()
+(or g_main_loop_run(), etc.) it returns 1. When called from within
+a callback to a recursive call to g_main_context_iterate(),
+it returns 2. And so forth.
+
+This function is useful in a situation like the following:
+Imagine an extremely simple "garbage collected" system.
+
+|[
+static GList *free_list;
+
+gpointer
+allocate_memory (gsize size)
+{
+gpointer result = g_malloc (size);
+free_list = g_list_prepend (free_list, result);
+return result;
+}
+
+void
+free_allocated_memory (void)
+{
+GList *l;
+for (l = free_list; l; l = l->next);
+g_free (l->data);
+g_list_free (free_list);
+free_list = NULL;
+}
+
+[...]
+
+while (TRUE);
+{
+g_main_context_iteration (NULL, TRUE);
+free_allocated_memory();
+}
+]|
+
+This works from an application, however, if you want to do the same
+thing from a library, it gets more difficult, since you no longer
+control the main loop. You might think you can simply use an idle
+function to make the call to free_allocated_memory(), but that
+doesn't work, since the idle function could be called from a
+recursive callback. This can be fixed by using g_main_depth()
+
+|[
+gpointer
+allocate_memory (gsize size)
+{
+FreeListBlock *block = g_new (FreeListBlock, 1);
+block->mem = g_malloc (size);
+block->depth = g_main_depth ();
+free_list = g_list_prepend (free_list, block);
+return block->mem;
+}
+
+void
+free_allocated_memory (void)
+{
+GList *l;
+
+int depth = g_main_depth ();
+for (l = free_list; l; );
+{
+GList *next = l->next;
+FreeListBlock *block = l->data;
+if (block->depth > depth)
+{
+g_free (block->mem);
+g_free (block);
+free_list = g_list_delete_link (free_list, l);
+}
+
+l = next;
+}
+}
+]|
+
+There is a temptation to use g_main_depth() to solve
+problems with reentrancy. For instance, while waiting for data
+to be received from the network in response to a menu item,
+the menu item might be selected again. It might seem that
+one could make the menu item's callback return immediately
+and do nothing if g_main_depth() returns a value greater than 1.
+However, this should be avoided since the user then sees selecting
+the menu item do nothing. Furthermore, you'll find yourself adding
+these checks all over your code, since there are doubtless many,
+many things that the user could do. Instead, you can use the
+following techniques:
+
+<orderedlist>
+<listitem>
+<para>
+Use gtk_widget_set_sensitive() or modal dialogs to prevent
+the user from interacting with elements while the main
+loop is recursing.
+</para>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<para>
+Avoid main loop recursion in situations where you can't handle
+arbitrary callbacks. Instead, structure your code so that you
+simply return to the main loop and then get called again when
+there is more work to do.
+</para>
+</listitem>
+</orderedlist>
+
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+</parameters>
+<return> The main loop recursion level in the current thread
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_ascii_strup">
+<function name="g_signal_accumulator_true_handled">
<description>
-Converts all lower case ASCII letters to upper case ASCII letters.
+A predefined #GSignalAccumulator for signals that return a
+boolean values. The behavior that this accumulator gives is
+that a return of %TRUE stops the signal emission: no further
+callbacks will be invoked, while a return of %FALSE allows
+the emission to coninue. The idea here is that a %TRUE return
+indicates that the callback <emphasis>handled</emphasis> the signal,
+and no further handling is needed.
+
+Since: 2.4
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="str">
-<parameter_description> a string.
+<parameter name="ihint">
+<parameter_description> standard #GSignalAccumulator parameter
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="len">
-<parameter_description> length of @str in bytes, or -1 if @str is nul-terminated.
+<parameter name="return_accu">
+<parameter_description> standard #GSignalAccumulator parameter
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="handler_return">
+<parameter_description> standard #GSignalAccumulator parameter
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="dummy">
+<parameter_description> standard #GSignalAccumulator parameter
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a newly allocated string, with all the lower case
-characters in @str converted to upper case, with
-semantics that exactly match g_ascii_toupper(). (Note
-that this is unlike the old g_strup(), which modified
-the string in place.)
+<return> standard #GSignalAccumulator result
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_set_error_literal">
+<function name="g_error_matches">
<description>
-Does nothing if @err is %NULL; if @err is non-%NULL, then * err must
-be %NULL. A new #GError is created and assigned to * err
-Unlike g_set_error(), @message is not a printf()-style format string.
-Use this function if @message contains text you don't have control over,
-that could include printf() escape sequences.
+Returns %TRUE if @error matches @domain and @code, %FALSE
+otherwise. In particular, when @error is %NULL, %FALSE will
+be returned.
-Since: 2.18
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="err">
-<parameter_description> a return location for a #GError, or %NULL
+<parameter name="error">
+<parameter_description> a #GError or %NULL
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="domain">
-<parameter_description> error domain
+<parameter_description> an error domain
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="code">
-<parameter_description> error code
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="message">
-<parameter_description> error message
+<parameter_description> an error code
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> whether @error has @domain and @code
+</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_async_queue_push">
+<function name="g_string_sized_new">
<description>
-Pushes the @data into the @queue. @data must not be %NULL.
+Creates a new #GString, with enough space for @dfl_size
+bytes. This is useful if you are going to add a lot of
+text to the string and don't want it to be reallocated
+too often.
+
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="queue">
-<parameter_description> a #GAsyncQueue.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="data">
-<parameter_description> @data to push into the @queue.
+<parameter name="dfl_size">
+<parameter_description> the default size of the space allocated to
+hold the string
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> the new #GString
+</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_strtod">
+<function name="g_variant_is_signature">
<description>
-Converts a string to a #gdouble value.
-It calls the standard strtod() function to handle the conversion, but
-if the string is not completely converted it attempts the conversion
-again with g_ascii_strtod(), and returns the best match.
+Determines if a given string is a valid DBus type signature. You
+should ensure that a string is a valid DBus object path before
+passing it to g_variant_new_signature().
-This function should seldomly be used. The normal situation when reading
-numbers not for human consumption is to use g_ascii_strtod(). Only when
-you know that you must expect both locale formatted and C formatted numbers
-should you use this. Make sure that you don't pass strings such as comma
-separated lists of values, since the commas may be interpreted as a decimal
-point in some locales, causing unexpected results.
+DBus type signatures consist of zero or more definite #GVariantType
+strings in sequence.
+Since: 2.24
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="nptr">
-<parameter_description> the string to convert to a numeric value.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="endptr">
-<parameter_description> if non-%NULL, it returns the character after
-the last character used in the conversion.
+<parameter name="string">
+<parameter_description> a normal C nul-terminated string
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the #gdouble value.
+<return> %TRUE if @string is a DBus type signature
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_boxed_copy">
+<function name="g_variant_is_of_type">
<description>
-Provide a copy of a boxed structure @src_boxed which is of type @boxed_type.
+Checks if a value has a type matching the provided type.
+Since: 2.24
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="boxed_type">
-<parameter_description> The type of @src_boxed.
+<parameter name="value">
+<parameter_description> a #GVariant instance
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="src_boxed">
-<parameter_description> The boxed structure to be copied.
+<parameter name="type">
+<parameter_description> a #GVariantType
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> The newly created copy of the boxed structure.
+<return> %TRUE if the type of @value matches @type
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_param_spec_set_qdata">
+<function name="g_slist_foreach">
<description>
-Sets an opaque, named pointer on a #GParamSpec. The name is
-specified through a #GQuark (retrieved e.g. via
-g_quark_from_static_string()), and the pointer can be gotten back
-from the @pspec with g_param_spec_get_qdata(). Setting a
-previously set user data pointer, overrides (frees) the old pointer
-set, using %NULL as pointer essentially removes the data stored.
+Calls a function for each element of a #GSList.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="pspec">
-<parameter_description> the #GParamSpec to set store a user data pointer
+<parameter name="list">
+<parameter_description> a #GSList
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="quark">
-<parameter_description> a #GQuark, naming the user data pointer
+<parameter name="func">
+<parameter_description> the function to call with each element's data
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="data">
-<parameter_description> an opaque user data pointer
+<parameter name="user_data">
+<parameter_description> user data to pass to the function
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_param_spec_value_array">
+<function name="g_dir_open">
<description>
-Creates a new #GParamSpecValueArray instance specifying a
-%G_TYPE_VALUE_ARRAY property. %G_TYPE_VALUE_ARRAY is a
-%G_TYPE_BOXED type, as such, #GValue structures for this property
-can be accessed with g_value_set_boxed() and g_value_get_boxed().
-
-See g_param_spec_internal() for details on property names.
+Opens a directory for reading. The names of the files in the
+directory can then be retrieved using g_dir_read_name().
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="name">
-<parameter_description> canonical name of the property specified
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="nick">
-<parameter_description> nick name for the property specified
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="blurb">
-<parameter_description> description of the property specified
+<parameter name="path">
+<parameter_description> the path to the directory you are interested in. On Unix
+in the on-disk encoding. On Windows in UTF-8
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="element_spec">
-<parameter_description> a #GParamSpec describing the elements contained in
-arrays of this property, may be %NULL
+<parameter name="flags">
+<parameter_description> Currently must be set to 0. Reserved for future use.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="flags">
-<parameter_description> flags for the property specified
+<parameter name="error">
+<parameter_description> return location for a #GError, or %NULL.
+If non-%NULL, an error will be set if and only if
+g_dir_open() fails.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a newly created parameter specification
+<return> a newly allocated #GDir on success, %NULL on failure.
+If non-%NULL, you must free the result with g_dir_close()
+when you are finished with it.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_param_spec_ref_sink">
+<function name="g_lstat">
<description>
-Convenience function to ref and sink a #GParamSpec.
+A wrapper for the POSIX lstat() function. The lstat() function is
+like stat() except that in the case of symbolic links, it returns
+information about the symbolic link itself and not the file that it
+refers to. If the system does not support symbolic links g_lstat()
+is identical to g_stat().
-Since: 2.10
+See your C library manual for more details about lstat().
+
+Since: 2.6
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="pspec">
-<parameter_description> a valid #GParamSpec
+<parameter name="filename">
+<parameter_description> a pathname in the GLib file name encoding (UTF-8 on Windows)
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="buf">
+<parameter_description> a pointer to a <structname>stat</structname> struct, which
+will be filled with the file information
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the #GParamSpec that was passed into this function
+<return> 0 if the information was successfully retrieved, -1 if an error
+occurred
+
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_sequence_iter_compare">
+<function name="g_array_get_element_size">
<description>
-Return value: A negative number if @a comes before @b, 0 if they are
+Gets the size of the elements in @array.
+
+Since: 2.22
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="a">
-<parameter_description> a #GSequenceIter
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="b">
-<parameter_description> a #GSequenceIter
+<parameter name="array">
+<parameter_description> A #GArray.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> A negative number if @a comes before @b, 0 if they are
-equal, and a positive number if @a comes after @b.
+<return> Size of each element, in bytes.
-Since: 2.14
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_string_prepend">
+<function name="g_test_bug_base">
<description>
-Adds a string on to the start of a #GString,
-expanding it if necessary.
+Specify the base URI for bug reports.
+The base URI is used to construct bug report messages for
+g_test_message() when g_test_bug() is called.
+Calling this function outside of a test case sets the
+default base URI for all test cases. Calling it from within
+a test case changes the base URI for the scope of the test
+case only.
+Bug URIs are constructed by appending a bug specific URI
+portion to @uri_pattern, or by replacing the special string
+'%s' within @uri_pattern if that is present.
+
+Since: 2.16
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="string">
-<parameter_description> a #GString
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="val">
-<parameter_description> the string to prepend on the start of @string
+<parameter name="uri_pattern">
+<parameter_description> the base pattern for bug URIs
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> @string
-</return>
+<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_cclosure_marshal_BOOLEAN__FLAGS">
+<function name="g_strip_context">
<description>
-A marshaller for a #GCClosure with a callback of type
-&lt;literal&gt;gboolean (*callback) (gpointer instance, gint arg1, gpointer user_data)&lt;/literal&gt; where the #gint parameter
-denotes a flags type.
+An auxiliary function for gettext() support (see Q_()).
+
+Since: 2.4
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="closure">
-<parameter_description> the #GClosure to which the marshaller belongs
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="return_value">
-<parameter_description> a #GValue which can store the returned #gboolean
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="n_param_values">
-<parameter_description> 2
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="param_values">
-<parameter_description> a #GValue array holding instance and arg1
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="invocation_hint">
-<parameter_description> the invocation hint given as the last argument
-to g_closure_invoke()
+<parameter name="msgid">
+<parameter_description> a string
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="marshal_data">
-<parameter_description> additional data specified when registering the marshaller
+<parameter name="msgval">
+<parameter_description> another string
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> @msgval, unless @msgval is identical to @msgid and contains
+a '|' character, in which case a pointer to the substring of msgid after
+the first '|' character is returned.
+
+</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_type_qname">
+<function name="g_object_notify">
<description>
-Get the corresponding quark of the type IDs name.
-
+Emits a "notify" signal for the property @property_name on @object.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="type">
-<parameter_description> Type to return quark of type name for.
+<parameter name="object">
+<parameter_description> a #GObject
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="property_name">
+<parameter_description> the name of a property installed on the class of @object.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> The type names quark or 0.
-</return>
+<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_string_append_unichar">
+<function name="g_queue_init">
<description>
-Converts a Unicode character into UTF-8, and appends it
-to the string.
+A statically-allocated #GQueue must be initialized with this function
+before it can be used. Alternatively you can initialize it with
+#G_QUEUE_INIT. It is not necessary to initialize queues created with
+g_queue_new().
+Since: 2.14
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="string">
-<parameter_description> a #GString
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="wc">
-<parameter_description> a Unicode character
+<parameter name="queue">
+<parameter_description> an uninitialized #GQueue
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> @string
-</return>
+<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_hash_table_iter_next">
+<function name="g_match_info_expand_references">
<description>
-Advances @iter and retrieves the key and/or value that are now
-pointed to as a result of this advancement. If %FALSE is returned,
- key and @value are not set, and the iterator becomes invalid.
+Returns a new string containing the text in @string_to_expand with
+references and escape sequences expanded. References refer to the last
+match done with @string against @regex and have the same syntax used by
+g_regex_replace().
+
+The @string_to_expand must be UTF-8 encoded even if #G_REGEX_RAW was
+passed to g_regex_new().
+
+The backreferences are extracted from the string passed to the match
+function, so you cannot call this function after freeing the string.
+
+ match_info may be %NULL in which case @string_to_expand must not
+contain references. For instance "foo\n" does not refer to an actual
+pattern and '\n' merely will be replaced with \n character,
+while to expand "\0" (whole match) one needs the result of a match.
+Use g_regex_check_replacement() to find out whether @string_to_expand
+contains references.
+Since: 2.14
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="iter">
-<parameter_description> an initialized #GHashTableIter.
+<parameter name="match_info">
+<parameter_description> a #GMatchInfo or %NULL
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="key">
-<parameter_description> a location to store the key, or %NULL.
+<parameter name="string_to_expand">
+<parameter_description> the string to expand
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="value">
-<parameter_description> a location to store the value, or %NULL.
+<parameter name="error">
+<parameter_description> location to store the error occuring, or %NULL to ignore errors
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> %FALSE if the end of the #GHashTable has been reached.
+<return> the expanded string, or %NULL if an error occurred
-Since: 2.16
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_param_spec_uint64">
+<function name="g_param_spec_char">
<description>
-Creates a new #GParamSpecUInt64 instance specifying a %G_TYPE_UINT64
-property.
-
-See g_param_spec_internal() for details on property names.
+Creates a new #GParamSpecChar instance specifying a %G_TYPE_CHAR property.
</description>
@@ -7302,485 +8775,860 @@ See g_param_spec_internal() for details on property names.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_option_context_get_ignore_unknown_options">
+<function name="g_datalist_set_data_full">
<description>
-Returns: %TRUE if unknown options are ignored.
+Sets the data element corresponding to the given string identifier,
+and the function to be called when the data element is removed.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="context">
-<parameter_description> a #GOptionContext
+<parameter name="dl">
+<parameter_description> a datalist.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="k">
+<parameter_description> the string to identify the data element.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="d">
+<parameter_description> the data element, or %NULL to remove any previous element
+corresponding to @k.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="f">
+<parameter_description> the function to call when the data element is removed. This
+function will be called with the data element and can be used to
+free any memory allocated for it. If @d is %NULL, then @f must
+also be %NULL.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> %TRUE if unknown options are ignored.
+<return></return>
+</function>
-Since: 2.6
+<function name="g_variant_classify">
+<description>
+Classifies @value according to its top-level type.
+
+Since: 2.24
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="value">
+<parameter_description> a #GVariant
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> the #GVariantClass of @value
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_object_remove_weak_pointer">
+<function name="g_main_context_set_poll_func">
<description>
-Removes a weak reference from @object that was previously added
-using g_object_add_weak_pointer(). The @weak_pointer_location has
-to match the one used with g_object_add_weak_pointer().
+Sets the function to use to handle polling of file descriptors. It
+will be used instead of the poll() system call
+(or GLib's replacement function, which is used where
+poll() isn't available).
+
+This function could possibly be used to integrate the GLib event
+loop with an external event loop.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="object">
-<parameter_description> The object that is weak referenced.
+<parameter name="context">
+<parameter_description> a #GMainContext
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="weak_pointer_location">
-<parameter_description> The memory address of a pointer.
+<parameter name="func">
+<parameter_description> the function to call to poll all file descriptors
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_regex_split_full">
+<function name="g_queue_pop_tail">
<description>
-Breaks the string on the pattern, and returns an array of the tokens.
-If the pattern contains capturing parentheses, then the text for each
-of the substrings will also be returned. If the pattern does not match
-anywhere in the string, then the whole string is returned as the first
-token.
+Removes the last element of the queue.
-As a special case, the result of splitting the empty string "" is an
-empty vector, not a vector containing a single string. The reason for
-this special case is that being able to represent a empty vector is
-typically more useful than consistent handling of empty elements. If
-you do need to represent empty elements, you'll need to check for the
-empty string before calling this function.
-A pattern that can match empty strings splits @string into separate
-characters wherever it matches the empty string between characters.
-For example splitting "ab c" using as a separator "\s*", you will get
-"a", "b" and "c".
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="queue">
+<parameter_description> a #GQueue.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> the data of the last element in the queue, or %NULL if the queue
+is empty.
+</return>
+</function>
-Setting @start_position differs from just passing over a shortened
-string and setting #G_REGEX_MATCH_NOTBOL in the case of a pattern
-that begins with any kind of lookbehind assertion, such as "\b".
+<function name="g_value_dup_param">
+<description>
+Get the contents of a %G_TYPE_PARAM #GValue, increasing its
+reference count.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="regex">
-<parameter_description> a #GRegex structure
+<parameter name="value">
+<parameter_description> a valid #GValue whose type is derived from %G_TYPE_PARAM
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="string">
-<parameter_description> the string to split with the pattern
+</parameters>
+<return> #GParamSpec content of @value, should be unreferenced when
+no longer needed.
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_array_sized_new">
+<description>
+Creates a new #GArray with @reserved_size elements preallocated and
+a reference count of 1. This avoids frequent reallocation, if you
+are going to add many elements to the array. Note however that the
+size of the array is still 0.
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="zero_terminated">
+<parameter_description> %TRUE if the array should have an extra element at
+the end with all bits cleared.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="string_len">
-<parameter_description> the length of @string, or -1 if @string is nul-terminated
+<parameter name="clear_">
+<parameter_description> %TRUE if all bits in the array should be cleared to 0 on
+allocation.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="start_position">
-<parameter_description> starting index of the string to match
+<parameter name="element_size">
+<parameter_description> size of each element in the array.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="match_options">
-<parameter_description> match time option flags
+<parameter name="reserved_size">
+<parameter_description> number of elements preallocated.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="max_tokens">
-<parameter_description> the maximum number of tokens to split @string into.
-If this is less than 1, the string is split completely
+</parameters>
+<return> the new #GArray.
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_utf8_strncpy">
+<description>
+Like the standard C strncpy() function, but
+copies a given number of characters instead of a given number of
+bytes. The @src string must be valid UTF-8 encoded text.
+(Use g_utf8_validate() on all text before trying to use UTF-8
+utility functions with it.)
+
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="dest">
+<parameter_description> buffer to fill with characters from @src
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="error">
-<parameter_description> return location for a #GError
+<parameter name="src">
+<parameter_description> UTF-8 encoded string
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="n">
+<parameter_description> character count
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a %NULL-terminated gchar ** array. Free it using g_strfreev()
-
-Since: 2.14
+<return> @dest
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_value_set_boolean">
+<function name="g_filename_display_name">
<description>
-Set the contents of a %G_TYPE_BOOLEAN #GValue to @v_boolean.
+Converts a filename into a valid UTF-8 string. The conversion is
+not necessarily reversible, so you should keep the original around
+and use the return value of this function only for display purposes.
+Unlike g_filename_to_utf8(), the result is guaranteed to be non-%NULL
+even if the filename actually isn't in the GLib file name encoding.
+
+If GLib can not make sense of the encoding of @filename, as a last resort it
+replaces unknown characters with U+FFFD, the Unicode replacement character.
+You can search the result for the UTF-8 encoding of this character (which is
+"\357\277\275" in octal notation) to find out if @filename was in an invalid
+encoding.
+
+If you know the whole pathname of the file you should use
+g_filename_display_basename(), since that allows location-based
+translation of filenames.
+
+Since: 2.6
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="value">
-<parameter_description> a valid #GValue of type %G_TYPE_BOOLEAN
+<parameter name="filename">
+<parameter_description> a pathname hopefully in the GLib file name encoding
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="v_boolean">
-<parameter_description> boolean value to be set
+</parameters>
+<return> a newly allocated string containing
+a rendition of the filename in valid UTF-8
+
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_cond_broadcast">
+<description>
+If threads are waiting for @cond, all of them are woken up. It is
+good practice to lock the same mutex as the waiting threads, while
+calling this function, though not required.
+
+This function can be used even if g_thread_init() has not yet been
+called, and, in that case, will do nothing.
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="cond">
+<parameter_description> a #GCond.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_param_spec_boxed">
+<function name="g_error_copy">
<description>
-Creates a new #GParamSpecBoxed instance specifying a %G_TYPE_BOXED
-derived property.
-
-See g_param_spec_internal() for details on property names.
+Makes a copy of @error.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="name">
-<parameter_description> canonical name of the property specified
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="nick">
-<parameter_description> nick name for the property specified
+<parameter name="error">
+<parameter_description> a #GError
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="blurb">
-<parameter_description> description of the property specified
+</parameters>
+<return> a new #GError
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_value_array_append">
+<description>
+Insert a copy of @value as last element of @value_array.
+
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="value_array">
+<parameter_description> #GValueArray to add an element to
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="boxed_type">
-<parameter_description> %G_TYPE_BOXED derived type of this property
+<parameter name="value">
+<parameter_description> #GValue to copy into #GValueArray
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="flags">
-<parameter_description> flags for the property specified
+</parameters>
+<return> the #GValueArray passed in as @value_array
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_io_channel_unix_get_fd">
+<description>
+Returns the file descriptor of the #GIOChannel.
+
+On Windows this function returns the file descriptor or socket of
+the #GIOChannel.
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="channel">
+<parameter_description> a #GIOChannel, created with g_io_channel_unix_new().
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a newly created parameter specification
+<return> the file descriptor of the #GIOChannel.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_utf8_offset_to_pointer">
+<function name="g_ascii_strup">
<description>
-Converts from an integer character offset to a pointer to a position
-within the string.
-
-Since 2.10, this function allows to pass a negative @offset to
-step backwards. It is usually worth stepping backwards from the end
-instead of forwards if @offset is in the last fourth of the string,
-since moving forward is about 3 times faster than moving backward.
+Converts all lower case ASCII letters to upper case ASCII letters.
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="str">
-<parameter_description> a UTF-8 encoded string
+<parameter_description> a string.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="offset">
-<parameter_description> a character offset within @str
+<parameter name="len">
+<parameter_description> length of @str in bytes, or -1 if @str is nul-terminated.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the resulting pointer
+<return> a newly allocated string, with all the lower case
+characters in @str converted to upper case, with
+semantics that exactly match g_ascii_toupper(). (Note
+that this is unlike the old g_strup(), which modified
+the string in place.)
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_io_channel_get_encoding">
+<function name="g_source_attach">
<description>
-Gets the encoding for the input/output of the channel.
-The internal encoding is always UTF-8. The encoding %NULL
-makes the channel safe for binary data.
+Adds a #GSource to a @context so that it will be executed within
+that context. Remove it by calling g_source_destroy().
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="channel">
-<parameter_description> a #GIOChannel
+<parameter name="source">
+<parameter_description> a #GSource
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="context">
+<parameter_description> a #GMainContext (if %NULL, the default context will be used)
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> A string containing the encoding, this string is
-owned by GLib and must not be freed.
+<return> the ID (greater than 0) for the source within the
+#GMainContext.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_win32_get_package_installation_directory_of_module">
+<function name="g_value_set_boolean">
<description>
-This function tries to determine the installation directory of a
-software package based on the location of a DLL of the software
-package.
-
- hmodule should be the handle of a loaded DLL or %NULL. The
-function looks up the directory that DLL was loaded from. If
- hmodule is NULL, the directory the main executable of the current
-process is looked up. If that directory's last component is "bin"
-or "lib", its parent directory is returned, otherwise the directory
-itself.
+Set the contents of a %G_TYPE_BOOLEAN #GValue to @v_boolean.
-It thus makes sense to pass only the handle to a "public" DLL of a
-software package to this function, as such DLLs typically are known
-to be installed in a "bin" or occasionally "lib" subfolder of the
-installation folder. DLLs that are of the dynamically loaded module
-or plugin variety are often located in more private locations
-deeper down in the tree, from which it is impossible for GLib to
-deduce the root of the package installation.
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="value">
+<parameter_description> a valid #GValue of type %G_TYPE_BOOLEAN
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="v_boolean">
+<parameter_description> boolean value to be set
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return></return>
+</function>
-The typical use case for this function is to have a DllMain() that
-saves the handle for the DLL. Then when code in the DLL needs to
-construct names of files in the installation tree it calls this
-function passing the DLL handle.
+<function name="g_value_set_string_take_ownership">
+<description>
+This is an internal function introduced mainly for C marshallers.
+Deprecated: 2.4: Use g_value_take_string() instead.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="hmodule">
-<parameter_description> The Win32 handle for a DLL loaded into the current process, or %NULL
+<parameter name="value">
+<parameter_description> a valid #GValue of type %G_TYPE_STRING
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="v_string">
+<parameter_description> duplicated unowned string to be set
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a string containing the guessed installation directory for
-the software package @hmodule is from. The string is in the GLib
-file name encoding, i.e. UTF-8. The return value should be freed
-with g_free() when not needed any longer. If the function fails
-%NULL is returned.
+<return></return>
+</function>
-Since: 2.16
+<function name="g_async_queue_new">
+<description>
+Creates a new asynchronous queue with the initial reference count of 1.
+
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+</parameters>
+<return> the new #GAsyncQueue.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_key_file_get_locale_string">
+<function name="g_type_interface_add_prerequisite">
<description>
-Return value: a newly allocated string or %NULL if the specified
+Adds @prerequisite_type to the list of prerequisites of @interface_type.
+This means that any type implementing @interface_type must also implement
+ prerequisite_type Prerequisites can be thought of as an alternative to
+interface derivation (which GType doesn't support). An interface can have
+at most one instantiatable prerequisite type.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="key_file">
-<parameter_description> a #GKeyFile
+<parameter name="interface_type">
+<parameter_description> #GType value of an interface type.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="group_name">
-<parameter_description> a group name
+<parameter name="prerequisite_type">
+<parameter_description> #GType value of an interface or instantiatable type.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="key">
-<parameter_description> a key
+</parameters>
+<return></return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_uri_list_extract_uris">
+<description>
+Splits an URI list conforming to the text/uri-list
+mime type defined in RFC 2483 into individual URIs,
+discarding any comments. The URIs are not validated.
+
+Since: 2.6
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="uri_list">
+<parameter_description> an URI list
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="locale">
-<parameter_description> a locale identifier or %NULL
+</parameters>
+<return> a newly allocated %NULL-terminated list of
+strings holding the individual URIs. The array should
+be freed with g_strfreev().
+
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_filename_to_uri">
+<description>
+Converts an absolute filename to an escaped ASCII-encoded URI, with the path
+component following Section 3.3. of RFC 2396.
+
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="filename">
+<parameter_description> an absolute filename specified in the GLib file name encoding,
+which is the on-disk file name bytes on Unix, and UTF-8 on
+Windows
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="hostname">
+<parameter_description> A UTF-8 encoded hostname, or %NULL for none.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="error">
-<parameter_description> return location for a #GError, or %NULL
+<parameter_description> location to store the error occuring, or %NULL to ignore
+errors. Any of the errors in #GConvertError may occur.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a newly allocated string or %NULL if the specified
-key cannot be found.
-
-Since: 2.6
+<return> a newly-allocated string holding the resulting
+URI, or %NULL on an error.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_sequence_insert_before">
+<function name="g_uri_escape_string">
<description>
-Inserts a new item just before the item pointed to by @iter.
+Escapes a string for use in a URI.
+Normally all characters that are not "unreserved" (i.e. ASCII alphanumerical
+characters plus dash, dot, underscore and tilde) are escaped.
+But if you specify characters in @reserved_chars_allowed they are not
+escaped. This is useful for the "reserved" characters in the URI
+specification, since those are allowed unescaped in some portions of
+a URI.
+
+Since: 2.16
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="iter">
-<parameter_description> a #GSequenceIter
+<parameter name="unescaped">
+<parameter_description> the unescaped input string.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="data">
-<parameter_description> the data for the new item
+<parameter name="reserved_chars_allowed">
+<parameter_description> a string of reserved characters that are
+allowed to be used.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="allow_utf8">
+<parameter_description> %TRUE if the result can include UTF-8 characters.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> an iterator pointing to the new item
+<return> an escaped version of @unescaped. The returned string should be
+freed when no longer needed.
-Since: 2.14
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_bookmark_file_load_from_file">
+<function name="g_string_chunk_insert_const">
<description>
-Loads a desktop bookmark file into an empty #GBookmarkFile structure.
-If the file could not be loaded then @error is set to either a #GFileError
-or #GBookmarkFileError.
+Adds a copy of @string to the #GStringChunk, unless the same
+string has already been added to the #GStringChunk with
+g_string_chunk_insert_const().
+
+This function is useful if you need to copy a large number
+of strings but do not want to waste space storing duplicates.
+But you must remember that there may be several pointers to
+the same string, and so any changes made to the strings
+should be done very carefully.
+
+Note that g_string_chunk_insert_const() will not return a
+pointer to a string added with g_string_chunk_insert(), even
+if they do match.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="bookmark">
-<parameter_description> an empty #GBookmarkFile struct
+<parameter name="chunk">
+<parameter_description> a #GStringChunk
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="filename">
-<parameter_description> the path of a filename to load, in the GLib file name encoding
+<parameter name="string">
+<parameter_description> the string to add
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="error">
-<parameter_description> return location for a #GError, or %NULL
+</parameters>
+<return> a pointer to the new or existing copy of @string
+within the #GStringChunk
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_hostname_is_ascii_encoded">
+<description>
+Tests if @hostname contains segments with an ASCII-compatible
+encoding of an Internationalized Domain Name. If this returns
+%TRUE, you should decode the hostname with g_hostname_to_unicode()
+before displaying it to the user.
+
+Note that a hostname might contain a mix of encoded and unencoded
+segments, and so it is possible for g_hostname_is_non_ascii() and
+g_hostname_is_ascii_encoded() to both return %TRUE for a name.
+
+Since: 2.22
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="hostname">
+<parameter_description> a hostname
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> %TRUE if a desktop bookmark file could be loaded
+<return> %TRUE if @hostname contains any ASCII-encoded
+segments.
-Since: 2.12
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_signal_connect_data">
+<function name="g_test_maximized_result">
<description>
-Connects a #GCallback function to a signal for a particular object. Similar
-to g_signal_connect(), but allows to provide a #GClosureNotify for the data
-which will be called when the signal handler is disconnected and no longer
-used. Specify @connect_flags if you need &lt;literal&gt;..._after()&lt;/literal&gt; or
-&lt;literal&gt;..._swapped()&lt;/literal&gt; variants of this function.
+Report the result of a performance or measurement test.
+The test should generally strive to maximize the reported
+quantities (larger values are better than smaller ones),
+this and @maximized_quantity can determine sorting
+order for test result reports.
+Since: 2.16
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="instance">
-<parameter_description> the instance to connect to.
+<parameter name="maximized_quantity">
+<parameter_description> the reported value
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="detailed_signal">
-<parameter_description> a string of the form "signal-name::detail".
+<parameter name="format">
+<parameter_description> the format string of the report message
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="c_handler">
-<parameter_description> the #GCallback to connect.
+<parameter name="Varargs">
+<parameter_description> arguments to pass to the printf() function
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="data">
-<parameter_description> data to pass to @c_handler calls.
+</parameters>
+<return></return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_unicode_canonical_decomposition">
+<description>
+Computes the canonical decomposition of a Unicode character.
+
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="ch">
+<parameter_description> a Unicode character.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="destroy_data">
-<parameter_description> a #GClosureNotify for @data.
+<parameter name="result_len">
+<parameter_description> location to store the length of the return value.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="connect_flags">
-<parameter_description> a combination of #GConnectFlags.
+</parameters>
+<return> a newly allocated string of Unicode characters.
+ result_len is set to the resulting length of the string.
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_node_get_root">
+<description>
+Gets the root of a tree.
+
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="node">
+<parameter_description> a #GNode
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the handler id
+<return> the root of the tree
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_chmod">
+<function name="g_rand_int">
<description>
-A wrapper for the POSIX chmod() function. The chmod() function is
-used to set the permissions of a file system object.
+Returns the next random #guint32 from @rand_ equally distributed over
+the range [0..2^32-1].
-On Windows the file protection mechanism is not at all POSIX-like,
-and the underlying chmod() function in the C library just sets or
-clears the FAT-style READONLY attribute. It does not touch any
-ACL. Software that needs to manage file permissions on Windows
-exactly should use the Win32 API.
-See your C library manual for more details about chmod().
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="rand_">
+<parameter_description> a #GRand.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> A random number.
+</return>
+</function>
+<function name="g_value_copy">
+<description>
+Copies the value of @src_value into @dest_value.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="filename">
-<parameter_description> a pathname in the GLib file name encoding (UTF-8 on Windows)
+<parameter name="src_value">
+<parameter_description> An initialized #GValue structure.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="mode">
-<parameter_description> as in chmod()
+<parameter name="dest_value">
+<parameter_description> An initialized #GValue structure of the same type as @src_value.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> zero if the operation succeeded, -1 on error.
-
-Since: 2.8
-</return>
+<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_match_info_fetch_named">
+<function name="g_hash_table_foreach">
<description>
-Retrieves the text matching the capturing parentheses named @name.
-
-If @name is a valid sub pattern name but it didn't match anything
-(e.g. sub pattern "X", matching "b" against "(?P&lt;X&gt;a)?b")
-then an empty string is returned.
-
-The string is fetched from the string passed to the match function,
-so you cannot call this function after freeing the string.
+Calls the given function for each of the key/value pairs in the
+#GHashTable. The function is passed the key and value of each
+pair, and the given @user_data parameter. The hash table may not
+be modified while iterating over it (you can't add/remove
+items). To remove all items matching a predicate, use
+g_hash_table_foreach_remove().
+See g_hash_table_find() for performance caveats for linear
+order searches in contrast to g_hash_table_lookup().
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="match_info">
-<parameter_description> #GMatchInfo structure
+<parameter name="hash_table">
+<parameter_description> a #GHashTable.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="name">
-<parameter_description> name of the subexpression
+<parameter name="func">
+<parameter_description> the function to call for each key/value pair.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="user_data">
+<parameter_description> user data to pass to the function.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> The matched substring, or %NULL if an error occurred.
-You have to free the string yourself
+<return></return>
+</function>
-Since: 2.14
+<function name="g_variant_type_n_items">
+<description>
+Determines the number of items contained in a tuple or
+dictionary entry type.
+
+This function may only be used with tuple or dictionary entry types,
+but must not be used with the generic tuple type
+%G_VARIANT_TYPE_TUPLE.
+
+In the case of a dictionary entry type, this function will always
+return 2.
+
+Since 2.24
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="type">
+<parameter_description> a tuple or dictionary entry #GVariantType
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> the number of items in @type
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_unichar_isxdigit">
+<function name="g_sequence_append">
<description>
-Determines if a character is a hexidecimal digit.
+Adds a new item to the end of @seq.
+Since: 2.14
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="c">
-<parameter_description> a Unicode character.
+<parameter name="seq">
+<parameter_description> a #GSequencePointer
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="data">
+<parameter_description> the data for the new item
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> %TRUE if the character is a hexadecimal digit
+<return> an iterator pointing to the new item
+
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_markup_parse_context_new">
+<function name="g_datalist_set_data">
<description>
-Creates a new parse context. A parse context is used to parse
-marked-up documents. You can feed any number of documents into
-a context, as long as no errors occur; once an error occurs,
-the parse context can't continue to parse text (you have to free it
-and create a new parse context).
+Sets the data element corresponding to the given string identifier.
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="dl">
+<parameter_description> a datalist.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="k">
+<parameter_description> the string to identify the data element.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="d">
+<parameter_description> the data element, or %NULL to remove any previous element
+corresponding to @k.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return></return>
+</function>
+<function name="g_nullify_pointer">
+<description>
+Set the pointer at the specified location to %NULL.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="parser">
-<parameter_description> a #GMarkupParser
+<parameter name="nullify_location">
+<parameter_description> the memory address of the pointer.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="flags">
-<parameter_description> one or more #GMarkupParseFlags
+</parameters>
+<return></return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_test_init">
+<description>
+Initialize the GLib testing framework, e.g. by seeding the
+test random number generator, the name for g_get_prgname()
+and parsing test related command line args.
+So far, the following arguments are understood:
+<variablelist>
+<varlistentry>
+<term><option>-l</option></term>
+<listitem><para>
+list test cases available in a test executable.
+</para></listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry>
+<term><option>--seed=<replaceable>RANDOMSEED</replaceable></option></term>
+<listitem><para>
+provide a random seed to reproduce test runs using random numbers.
+</para></listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry>
+<term><option>--verbose</option></term>
+<listitem><para>run tests verbosely.</para></listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry>
+<term><option>-q</option>, <option>--quiet</option></term>
+<listitem><para>run tests quietly.</para></listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry>
+<term><option>-p <replaceable>TESTPATH</replaceable></option></term>
+<listitem><para>
+execute all tests matching <replaceable>TESTPATH</replaceable>.
+</para></listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry>
+<term><option>-m {perf|slow|thorough|quick}</option></term>
+<listitem><para>
+execute tests according to these test modes:
+<variablelist>
+<varlistentry>
+<term>perf</term>
+<listitem><para>
+performance tests, may take long and report results.
+</para></listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry>
+<term>slow, thorough</term>
+<listitem><para>
+slow and thorough tests, may take quite long and
+maximize coverage.
+</para></listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry>
+<term>quick</term>
+<listitem><para>
+quick tests, should run really quickly and give good coverage.
+</para></listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+</para></listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry>
+<term><option>--debug-log</option></term>
+<listitem><para>debug test logging output.</para></listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry>
+<term><option>-k</option>, <option>--keep-going</option></term>
+<listitem><para>gtester-specific argument.</para></listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry>
+<term><option>--GTestLogFD <replaceable>N</replaceable></option></term>
+<listitem><para>gtester-specific argument.</para></listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry>
+<term><option>--GTestSkipCount <replaceable>N</replaceable></option></term>
+<listitem><para>gtester-specific argument.</para></listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+Since: 2.16
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="argc">
+<parameter_description> Address of the @argc parameter of the main() function.
+Changed if any arguments were handled.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="user_data">
-<parameter_description> user data to pass to #GMarkupParser functions
+<parameter name="argv">
+<parameter_description> Address of the @argv parameter of main().
+Any parameters understood by g_test_init() stripped before return.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="user_data_dnotify">
-<parameter_description> user data destroy notifier called when the parse context is freed
+<parameter name="Varargs">
+<parameter_description> Reserved for future extension. Currently, you must pass %NULL.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a new #GMarkupParseContext
-</return>
+<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_key_file_set_boolean">
+<function name="g_key_file_set_locale_string">
<description>
-Associates a new boolean value with @key under @group_name.
-If @key cannot be found then it is created.
+Associates a string value for @key and @locale under @group_name.
+If the translation for @key cannot be found then it is created.
Since: 2.6
@@ -7798,533 +9646,863 @@ Since: 2.6
<parameter_description> a key
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="value">
-<parameter_description> %TRUE or %FALSE
+<parameter name="locale">
+<parameter_description> a locale identifier
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="string">
+<parameter_description> a string
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_string_chunk_clear">
+<function name="g_bookmark_file_free">
<description>
-Frees all strings contained within the #GStringChunk.
-After calling g_string_chunk_clear() it is not safe to
-access any of the strings which were contained within it.
+Frees a #GBookmarkFile.
-Since: 2.14
+Since: 2.12
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="chunk">
-<parameter_description> a #GStringChunk
+<parameter name="bookmark">
+<parameter_description> a #GBookmarkFile
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_bookmark_file_add_group">
+<function name="g_regex_match_full">
<description>
-Adds @group to the list of groups to which the bookmark for @uri
-belongs to.
+Scans for a match in string for the pattern in @regex.
+The @match_options are combined with the match options specified
+when the @regex structure was created, letting you have more
+flexibility in reusing #GRegex structures.
-If no bookmark for @uri is found then it is created.
+Setting @start_position differs from just passing over a shortened
+string and setting #G_REGEX_MATCH_NOTBOL in the case of a pattern
+that begins with any kind of lookbehind assertion, such as "\b".
-Since: 2.12
+A #GMatchInfo structure, used to get information on the match, is
+stored in @match_info if not %NULL. Note that if @match_info is
+not %NULL then it is created even if the function returns %FALSE,
+i.e. you must free it regardless if regular expression actually
+matched.
+
+ string is not copied and is used in #GMatchInfo internally. If
+you use any #GMatchInfo method (except g_match_info_free()) after
+freeing or modifying @string then the behaviour is undefined.
+
+To retrieve all the non-overlapping matches of the pattern in
+string you can use g_match_info_next().
+
+|[
+static void
+print_uppercase_words (const gchar *string)
+{
+/* Print all uppercase-only words. */
+GRegex *regex;
+GMatchInfo *match_info;
+GError *error = NULL;
+
+regex = g_regex_new ("[A-Z]+", 0, 0, NULL);
+g_regex_match_full (regex, string, -1, 0, 0, &match_info, &error);
+while (g_match_info_matches (match_info))
+{
+gchar *word = g_match_info_fetch (match_info, 0);
+g_print ("Found: %s\n", word);
+g_free (word);
+g_match_info_next (match_info, &error);
+}
+g_match_info_free (match_info);
+g_regex_unref (regex);
+if (error != NULL)
+{
+g_printerr ("Error while matching: %s\n", error->message);
+g_error_free (error);
+}
+}
+]|
+
+Since: 2.14
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="bookmark">
-<parameter_description> a #GBookmarkFile
+<parameter name="regex">
+<parameter_description> a #GRegex structure from g_regex_new()
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="uri">
-<parameter_description> a valid URI
+<parameter name="string">
+<parameter_description> the string to scan for matches
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="group">
-<parameter_description> the group name to be added
+<parameter name="string_len">
+<parameter_description> the length of @string, or -1 if @string is nul-terminated
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="start_position">
+<parameter_description> starting index of the string to match
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="match_options">
+<parameter_description> match options
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="match_info">
+<parameter_description> pointer to location where to store the #GMatchInfo,
+or %NULL if you do not need it
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="error">
+<parameter_description> location to store the error occuring, or %NULL to ignore errors
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> %TRUE is the string matched, %FALSE otherwise
+
+</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_value_set_char">
+<function name="g_key_file_set_string_list">
<description>
-Set the contents of a %G_TYPE_CHAR #GValue to @v_char.
+Associates a list of string values for @key under @group_name.
+If @key cannot be found then it is created.
+If @group_name cannot be found then it is created.
+
+Since: 2.6
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="value">
-<parameter_description> a valid #GValue of type %G_TYPE_CHAR
+<parameter name="key_file">
+<parameter_description> a #GKeyFile
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="v_char">
-<parameter_description> character value to be set
+<parameter name="group_name">
+<parameter_description> a group name
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="key">
+<parameter_description> a key
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="list">
+<parameter_description> an array of string values
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="length">
+<parameter_description> number of string values in @list
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_unichar_get_script">
+<function name="g_param_spec_override">
<description>
-Looks up the #GUnicodeScript for a particular character (as defined
-by Unicode Standard Annex #24). No check is made for @ch being a
-valid Unicode character; if you pass in invalid character, the
-result is undefined.
+Creates a new property of type #GParamSpecOverride. This is used
+to direct operations to another paramspec, and will not be directly
+useful unless you are implementing a new base type similar to GObject.
-This function is equivalent to pango_script_for_unichar() and the
-two are interchangeable.
+Since: 2.4
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="ch">
-<parameter_description> a Unicode character
+<parameter name="name">
+<parameter_description> the name of the property.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="overridden">
+<parameter_description> The property that is being overridden
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the #GUnicodeScript for the character.
-
-Since: 2.14
+<return> the newly created #GParamSpec
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_list_length">
+<function name="g_type_value_table_peek">
<description>
-Gets the number of elements in a #GList.
-
-&lt;note&gt;&lt;para&gt;
-This function iterates over the whole list to
-count its elements.
-&lt;/para&gt;&lt;/note&gt;
+Returns the location of the #GTypeValueTable associated with @type.
+<emphasis>Note that this function should only be used from source code
+that implements or has internal knowledge of the implementation of
+ type </emphasis>
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="list">
-<parameter_description> a #GList
+<parameter name="type">
+<parameter_description> A #GType value.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the number of elements in the #GList
+<return> Location of the #GTypeValueTable associated with @type or
+%NULL if there is no #GTypeValueTable associated with @type.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_test_log_buffer_pop">
+<function name="g_closure_unref">
<description>
-Internal function for gtester to retrieve test log messages, no ABI guarantees provided.
+Decrements the reference count of a closure after it was previously
+incremented by the same caller. If no other callers are using the
+closure, then the closure will be destroyed and freed.
</description>
<parameters>
+<parameter name="closure">
+<parameter_description> #GClosure to decrement the reference count on
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
</parameters>
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_ucs4_to_utf8">
+<function name="g_signal_emitv">
<description>
-Convert a string from a 32-bit fixed width representation as UCS-4.
-to UTF-8. The result will be terminated with a 0 byte.
+Emits a signal.
+Note that g_signal_emitv() doesn't change @return_value if no handlers are
+connected, in contrast to g_signal_emit() and g_signal_emit_valist().
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="str">
-<parameter_description> a UCS-4 encoded string
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="len">
-<parameter_description> the maximum length (number of characters) of @str to use.
-If @len &lt; 0, then the string is nul-terminated.
+<parameter name="instance_and_params">
+<parameter_description> argument list for the signal emission. The first
+element in the array is a #GValue for the instance the signal is
+being emitted on. The rest are any arguments to be passed to the
+signal.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="items_read">
-<parameter_description> location to store number of characters read, or %NULL.
+<parameter name="signal_id">
+<parameter_description> the signal id
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="items_written">
-<parameter_description> location to store number of bytes written or %NULL.
-The value here stored does not include the trailing 0
-byte.
+<parameter name="detail">
+<parameter_description> the detail
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="error">
-<parameter_description> location to store the error occuring, or %NULL to ignore
-errors. Any of the errors in #GConvertError other than
-%G_CONVERT_ERROR_NO_CONVERSION may occur.
+<parameter name="return_value">
+<parameter_description> Location to store the return value of the signal emission.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a pointer to a newly allocated UTF-8 string.
-This value must be freed with g_free(). If an
-error occurs, %NULL will be returned and
- error set. In that case, @items_read will be
-set to the position of the first invalid input
-character.
-</return>
+<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_uri_list_extract_uris">
+<function name="g_signal_list_ids">
<description>
-Splits an URI list conforming to the text/uri-list
-mime type defined in RFC 2483 into individual URIs,
-discarding any comments. The URIs are not validated.
+Lists the signals by id that a certain instance or interface type
+created. Further information about the signals can be acquired through
+g_signal_query().
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="uri_list">
-<parameter_description> an URI list
+<parameter name="itype">
+<parameter_description> Instance or interface type.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="n_ids">
+<parameter_description> Location to store the number of signal ids for @itype.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a newly allocated %NULL-terminated list of
-strings holding the individual URIs. The array should
-be freed with g_strfreev().
-
-Since: 2.6
+<return> Newly allocated array of signal IDs.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_completion_complete_utf8">
+<function name="g_boxed_copy">
<description>
-Attempts to complete the string @prefix using the #GCompletion target items.
-In contrast to g_completion_complete(), this function returns the largest common
-prefix that is a valid UTF-8 string, omitting a possible common partial
-character.
-
-You should use this function instead of g_completion_complete() if your
-items are UTF-8 strings.
+Provide a copy of a boxed structure @src_boxed which is of type @boxed_type.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="cmp">
-<parameter_description> the #GCompletion
+<parameter name="boxed_type">
+<parameter_description> The type of @src_boxed.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="prefix">
-<parameter_description> the prefix string, typically used by the user, which is compared
-with each of the items
+<parameter name="src_boxed">
+<parameter_description> The boxed structure to be copied.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="new_prefix">
-<parameter_description> if non-%NULL, returns the longest prefix which is common to all
-items that matched @prefix, or %NULL if no items matched @prefix.
-This string should be freed when no longer needed.
+</parameters>
+<return> The newly created copy of the boxed structure.
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_pattern_spec_free">
+<description>
+Frees the memory allocated for the #GPatternSpec.
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="pspec">
+<parameter_description> a #GPatternSpec
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the list of items whose strings begin with @prefix. This should
-not be changed.
+<return></return>
+</function>
-Since: 2.4
+<function name="g_variant_type_hash">
+<description>
+Hashes @type.
+
+The argument type of @type is only #gconstpointer to allow use with
+#GHashTable without function pointer casting. A valid
+#GVariantType must be provided.
+
+Since 2.24
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="type">
+<parameter_description> a #GVariantType
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> the hash value
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_node_find">
+<function name="g_once_init_leave">
<description>
-Finds a #GNode in a tree.
+Counterpart to g_once_init_enter(). Expects a location of a static
+0-initialized initialization variable, and an initialization value
+other than 0. Sets the variable to the initialization value, and
+releases concurrent threads blocking in g_once_init_enter() on this
+initialization variable.
+Since: 2.14
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="root">
-<parameter_description> the root #GNode of the tree to search
+<parameter name="value_location">
+<parameter_description> location of a static initializable variable
+containing 0.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="order">
-<parameter_description> the order in which nodes are visited - %G_IN_ORDER,
-%G_PRE_ORDER, %G_POST_ORDER, or %G_LEVEL_ORDER
+<parameter name="initialization_value">
+<parameter_description> new non-0 value for * value_location
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="flags">
-<parameter_description> which types of children are to be searched, one of
-%G_TRAVERSE_ALL, %G_TRAVERSE_LEAVES and %G_TRAVERSE_NON_LEAVES
+</parameters>
+<return></return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_slist_delete_link">
+<description>
+Removes the node link_ from the list and frees it.
+Compare this to g_slist_remove_link() which removes the node
+without freeing it.
+
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="list">
+<parameter_description> a #GSList
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="data">
-<parameter_description> the data to find
+<parameter name="link_">
+<parameter_description> node to delete
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the found #GNode, or %NULL if the data is not found
+<return> the new head of @list
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_sequence_prepend">
+<function name="g_strsplit">
<description>
-Adds a new item to the front of @seq
+Splits a string into a maximum of @max_tokens pieces, using the given
+ delimiter If @max_tokens is reached, the remainder of @string is appended
+to the last token.
+
+As a special case, the result of splitting the empty string "" is an empty
+vector, not a vector containing a single string. The reason for this
+special case is that being able to represent a empty vector is typically
+more useful than consistent handling of empty elements. If you do need
+to represent empty elements, you'll need to check for the empty string
+before calling g_strsplit().
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="seq">
-<parameter_description> a #GSequence
+<parameter name="string">
+<parameter_description> a string to split.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="data">
-<parameter_description> the data for the new item
+<parameter name="delimiter">
+<parameter_description> a string which specifies the places at which to split the string.
+The delimiter is not included in any of the resulting strings, unless
+ max_tokens is reached.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="max_tokens">
+<parameter_description> the maximum number of pieces to split @string into. If this is
+less than 1, the string is split completely.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> an iterator pointing to the new item
+<return> a newly-allocated %NULL-terminated array of strings. Use
+g_strfreev() to free it.
+</return>
+</function>
-Since: 2.14
+<function name="g_static_mutex_lock">
+<description>
+Works like g_mutex_lock(), but for a #GStaticMutex.
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="mutex">
+<parameter_description> a #GStaticMutex.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return></return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_variant_new_double">
+<description>
+Creates a new double #GVariant instance.
+
+Since: 2.24
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="floating">
+<parameter_description> a #gdouble floating point value
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> a new double #GVariant instance
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_utf8_to_utf16">
+<function name="g_param_spec_param">
<description>
-Convert a string from UTF-8 to UTF-16. A 0 character will be
-added to the result after the converted text.
+Creates a new #GParamSpecParam instance specifying a %G_TYPE_PARAM
+property.
+
+See g_param_spec_internal() for details on property names.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="str">
-<parameter_description> a UTF-8 encoded string
+<parameter name="name">
+<parameter_description> canonical name of the property specified
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="len">
-<parameter_description> the maximum length (number of characters) of @str to use.
-If @len &lt; 0, then the string is nul-terminated.
+<parameter name="nick">
+<parameter_description> nick name for the property specified
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="items_read">
-<parameter_description> location to store number of bytes read, or %NULL.
-If %NULL, then %G_CONVERT_ERROR_PARTIAL_INPUT will be
-returned in case @str contains a trailing partial
-character. If an error occurs then the index of the
-invalid input is stored here.
+<parameter name="blurb">
+<parameter_description> description of the property specified
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="items_written">
-<parameter_description> location to store number of &lt;type&gt;gunichar2&lt;/type&gt; written,
-or %NULL.
-The value stored here does not include the trailing 0.
+<parameter name="param_type">
+<parameter_description> a #GType derived from %G_TYPE_PARAM
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="error">
-<parameter_description> location to store the error occuring, or %NULL to ignore
-errors. Any of the errors in #GConvertError other than
-%G_CONVERT_ERROR_NO_CONVERSION may occur.
+<parameter name="flags">
+<parameter_description> flags for the property specified
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a pointer to a newly allocated UTF-16 string.
-This value must be freed with g_free(). If an
-error occurs, %NULL will be returned and
- error set.
+<return> a newly created parameter specification
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_type_fundamental">
+<function name="g_list_free_1">
<description>
-Internal function, used to extract the fundamental type ID portion.
-use G_TYPE_FUNDAMENTAL() instead.
+Frees one #GList element.
+It is usually used after g_list_remove_link().
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="list">
+<parameter_description> a #GList element
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return></return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_variant_type_is_tuple">
+<description>
+Determines if the given @type is a tuple type. This is true if the
+type string for @type starts with a '(' or if @type is
+%G_VARIANT_TYPE_TUPLE.
+
+This function returns %TRUE for any indefinite type for which every
+definite subtype is a tuple type -- %G_VARIANT_TYPE_TUPLE, for
+example.
+
+Since 2.24
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="type_id">
-<parameter_description> valid type ID
+<parameter name="type">
+<parameter_description> a #GVariantType
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> fundamental type ID
+<return> %TRUE if @type is a tuple type
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_object_interface_install_property">
+<function name="g_async_queue_length">
<description>
-Add a property to an interface; this is only useful for interfaces
-that are added to GObject-derived types. Adding a property to an
-interface forces all objects classes with that interface to have a
-compatible property. The compatible property could be a newly
-created #GParamSpec, but normally
-g_object_class_override_property() will be used so that the object
-class only needs to provide an implementation and inherits the
-property description, default value, bounds, and so forth from the
-interface property.
+Returns the length of the queue, negative values mean waiting
+threads, positive values mean available entries in the
+ queue Actually this function returns the number of data items in
+the queue minus the number of waiting threads. Thus a return value
+of 0 could mean 'n' entries in the queue and 'n' thread waiting.
+That can happen due to locking of the queue or due to
+scheduling.
-This function is meant to be called from the interface's default
-vtable initialization function (the @class_init member of
-#GTypeInfo.) It must not be called after after @class_init has
-been called for any object types implementing this interface.
-Since: 2.4
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="queue">
+<parameter_description> a #GAsyncQueue.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> the length of the @queue.
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_ascii_strtoll">
+<description>
+Converts a string to a #gint64 value.
+This function behaves like the standard strtoll() function
+does in the C locale. It does this without actually
+changing the current locale, since that would not be
+thread-safe.
+
+This function is typically used when reading configuration
+files or other non-user input that should be locale independent.
+To handle input from the user you should normally use the
+locale-sensitive system strtoll() function.
+
+If the correct value would cause overflow, %G_MAXINT64 or %G_MININT64
+is returned, and %ERANGE is stored in %errno. If the base is
+outside the valid range, zero is returned, and %EINVAL is stored
+in %errno. If the string conversion fails, zero is returned, and
+ endptr returns @nptr (if @endptr is non-%NULL).
+
+Since: 2.12
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="g_iface">
-<parameter_description> any interface vtable for the interface, or the default
-vtable for the interface.
+<parameter name="nptr">
+<parameter_description> the string to convert to a numeric value.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="pspec">
-<parameter_description> the #GParamSpec for the new property
+<parameter name="endptr">
+<parameter_description> if non-%NULL, it returns the character after
+the last character used in the conversion.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="base">
+<parameter_description> to be used for the conversion, 2..36 or 0
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> the #gint64 value or zero on error.
+
+</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_dpgettext2">
+<function name="g_pattern_spec_equal">
<description>
-This function is a variant of g_dgettext() which supports
-a disambiguating message context. GNU gettext uses the
-'\004' character to separate the message context and
-message id in @msgctxtid.
+Compares two compiled pattern specs and returns whether they will
+match the same set of strings.
-This uses g_dgettext() internally. See that functions for differences
-with dgettext() proper.
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="pspec1">
+<parameter_description> a #GPatternSpec
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="pspec2">
+<parameter_description> another #GPatternSpec
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> Whether the compiled patterns are equal
+</return>
+</function>
-This function differs from C_() in that it is not a macro and
-thus you may use non-string-literals as context and msgid arguments.
+<function name="g_mkdir">
+<description>
+A wrapper for the POSIX mkdir() function. The mkdir() function
+attempts to create a directory with the given name and permissions.
+The mode argument is ignored on Windows.
+
+See your C library manual for more details about mkdir().
+Since: 2.6
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="domain">
-<parameter_description> the translation domain to use, or %NULL to use
-the domain set with textdomain()
+<parameter name="filename">
+<parameter_description> a pathname in the GLib file name encoding (UTF-8 on Windows)
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="context">
-<parameter_description> the message context
+<parameter name="mode">
+<parameter_description> permissions to use for the newly created directory
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="msgid">
-<parameter_description> the message
+</parameters>
+<return> 0 if the directory was successfully created, -1 if an error
+occurred
+
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_option_context_get_summary">
+<description>
+Returns the summary. See g_option_context_set_summary().
+
+Since: 2.12
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="context">
+<parameter_description> a #GOptionContext
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> The translated string
+<return> the summary
-Since: 2.18
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_queue_push_nth_link">
+<function name="g_object_class_override_property">
<description>
-Inserts @link into @queue at the given position.
+Registers @property_id as referring to a property with the
+name @name in a parent class or in an interface implemented
+by @oclass. This allows this class to <firstterm>override</firstterm>
+a property implementation in a parent class or to provide
+the implementation of a property from an interface.
+
+<note>
+Internally, overriding is implemented by creating a property of type
+#GParamSpecOverride; generally operations that query the properties of
+the object class, such as g_object_class_find_property() or
+g_object_class_list_properties() will return the overridden
+property. However, in one case, the @construct_properties argument of
+the @constructor virtual function, the #GParamSpecOverride is passed
+instead, so that the @param_id field of the #GParamSpec will be
+correct. For virtually all uses, this makes no difference. If you
+need to get the overridden property, you can call
+g_param_spec_get_redirect_target().
+</note>
Since: 2.4
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="queue">
-<parameter_description> a #GQueue
+<parameter name="oclass">
+<parameter_description> a #GObjectClass
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="n">
-<parameter_description> the position to insert the link. If this is negative or larger than
-the number of elements in @queue, the link is added to the end of
- queue
+<parameter name="property_id">
+<parameter_description> the new property ID
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="link_">
-<parameter_description> the link to add to @queue
+<parameter name="name">
+<parameter_description> the name of a property registered in a parent class or
+in an interface of this class.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_slist_remove">
+<function name="g_unichar_isalpha">
<description>
-Removes an element from a #GSList.
-If two elements contain the same data, only the first is removed.
-If none of the elements contain the data, the #GSList is unchanged.
+Determines whether a character is alphabetic (i.e. a letter).
+Given some UTF-8 text, obtain a character value with
+g_utf8_get_char().
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="list">
-<parameter_description> a #GSList
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="data">
-<parameter_description> the data of the element to remove
+<parameter name="c">
+<parameter_description> a Unicode character
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the new start of the #GSList
+<return> %TRUE if @c is an alphabetic character
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_queue_peek_tail">
+<function name="g_queue_unlink">
<description>
-Returns: the data of the last element in the queue, or %NULL if the queue
+Unlinks @link_ so that it will no longer be part of @queue. The link is
+not freed.
+
+ link_ must be part of @queue,
+
+Since: 2.4
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="queue">
-<parameter_description> a #GQueue.
+<parameter_description> a #GQueue
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="link_">
+<parameter_description> a #GList link that <emphasis>must</emphasis> be part of @queue
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the data of the last element in the queue, or %NULL if the queue
-is empty.
+<return></return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_io_channel_win32_new_socket">
+<description>
+Creates a new #GIOChannel given a socket on Windows.
+
+This function works for sockets created by Winsock. It's available
+only in GLib on Windows.
+
+Polling a #GSource created to watch a channel for a socket puts the
+socket in non-blocking mode. This is a side-effect of the
+implementation and unavoidable.
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="socket">
+<parameter_description> a Winsock socket
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> a new #GIOChannel
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_format_size_for_display">
+<function name="g_source_destroy">
<description>
-Formats a size (for example the size of a file) into a human readable string.
-Sizes are rounded to the nearest size prefix (KB, MB, GB) and are displayed
-rounded to the nearest tenth. E.g. the file size 3292528 bytes will be
-converted into the string "3.1 MB".
+Removes a source from its #GMainContext, if any, and mark it as
+destroyed. The source cannot be subsequently added to another
+context.
-The prefix units base is 1024 (i.e. 1 KB is 1024 bytes).
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="source">
+<parameter_description> a #GSource
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return></return>
+</function>
-This string should be freed with g_free() when not needed any longer.
+<function name="g_bookmark_file_get_is_private">
+<description>
+Gets whether the private flag of the bookmark for @uri is set.
+
+In the event the URI cannot be found, %FALSE is returned and
+ error is set to #G_BOOKMARK_FILE_ERROR_URI_NOT_FOUND. In the
+event that the private flag cannot be found, %FALSE is returned and
+ error is set to #G_BOOKMARK_FILE_ERROR_INVALID_VALUE.
+Since: 2.12
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="size">
-<parameter_description> a size in bytes.
+<parameter name="bookmark">
+<parameter_description> a #GBookmarkFile
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="uri">
+<parameter_description> a valid URI
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="error">
+<parameter_description> return location for a #GError, or %NULL
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a newly-allocated formatted string containing a human readable
-file size.
+<return> %TRUE if the private flag is set, %FALSE otherwise.
-Since: 2.16
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_list_remove">
+<function name="g_source_set_closure">
<description>
-Removes an element from a #GList.
-If two elements contain the same data, only the first is removed.
-If none of the elements contain the data, the #GList is unchanged.
+Set the callback for a source as a #GClosure.
+If the source is not one of the standard GLib types, the @closure_callback
+and @closure_marshal fields of the #GSourceFuncs structure must have been
+filled in with pointers to appropriate functions.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="list">
-<parameter_description> a #GList
+<parameter name="source">
+<parameter_description> the source
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="data">
-<parameter_description> the data of the element to remove
+<parameter name="closure">
+<parameter_description> a #GClosure
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the new start of the #GList
+<return></return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_type_interface_peek_parent">
+<description>
+Returns the corresponding #GTypeInterface structure of the parent type
+of the instance type to which @g_iface belongs. This is useful when
+deriving the implementation of an interface from the parent type and
+then possibly overriding some methods.
+
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="g_iface">
+<parameter_description> A #GTypeInterface structure.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> The corresponding #GTypeInterface structure of the parent
+type of the instance type to which @g_iface belongs, or
+%NULL if the parent type doesn't conform to the interface.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_cclosure_marshal_VOID__POINTER">
+<function name="g_variant_type_value">
+<description>
+Determines the value type of a dictionary entry type.
+
+This function may only be used with a dictionary entry type.
+
+Since 2.24
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="type">
+<parameter_description> a dictionary entry #GVariantType
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> the value type of the dictionary entry
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_cclosure_marshal_VOID__CHAR">
<description>
A marshaller for a #GCClosure with a callback of type
-&lt;literal&gt;void (*callback) (gpointer instance, gpointer arg1, gpointer user_data)&lt;/literal&gt;.
+<literal>void (*callback) (gpointer instance, gchar arg1, gpointer user_data)</literal>.
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -8341,7 +10519,7 @@ A marshaller for a #GCClosure with a callback of type
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="param_values">
-<parameter_description> a #GValue array holding the instance and the #gpointer parameter
+<parameter_description> a #GValue array holding the instance and the #gchar parameter
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="invocation_hint">
@@ -8357,141 +10535,356 @@ to g_closure_invoke()
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_queue_push_head">
+<function name="g_io_channel_set_encoding">
<description>
-Adds a new element at the head of the queue.
+Sets the encoding for the input/output of the channel.
+The internal encoding is always UTF-8. The default encoding
+for the external file is UTF-8.
+
+The encoding %NULL is safe to use with binary data.
+
+The encoding can only be set if one of the following conditions
+is true:
+<itemizedlist>
+<listitem><para>
+The channel was just created, and has not been written to or read
+from yet.
+</para></listitem>
+<listitem><para>
+The channel is write-only.
+</para></listitem>
+<listitem><para>
+The channel is a file, and the file pointer was just
+repositioned by a call to g_io_channel_seek_position().
+(This flushes all the internal buffers.)
+</para></listitem>
+<listitem><para>
+The current encoding is %NULL or UTF-8.
+</para></listitem>
+<listitem><para>
+One of the (new API) read functions has just returned %G_IO_STATUS_EOF
+(or, in the case of g_io_channel_read_to_end(), %G_IO_STATUS_NORMAL).
+</para></listitem>
+<listitem><para>
+One of the functions g_io_channel_read_chars() or
+g_io_channel_read_unichar() has returned %G_IO_STATUS_AGAIN or
+%G_IO_STATUS_ERROR. This may be useful in the case of
+%G_CONVERT_ERROR_ILLEGAL_SEQUENCE.
+Returning one of these statuses from g_io_channel_read_line(),
+g_io_channel_read_line_string(), or g_io_channel_read_to_end()
+does <emphasis>not</emphasis> guarantee that the encoding can
+be changed.
+</para></listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+Channels which do not meet one of the above conditions cannot call
+g_io_channel_seek_position() with an offset of %G_SEEK_CUR, and, if
+they are "seekable", cannot call g_io_channel_write_chars() after
+calling one of the API "read" functions.
+
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="queue">
-<parameter_description> a #GQueue.
+<parameter name="channel">
+<parameter_description> a #GIOChannel
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="data">
-<parameter_description> the data for the new element.
+<parameter name="encoding">
+<parameter_description> the encoding type
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="error">
+<parameter_description> location to store an error of type #GConvertError
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> %G_IO_STATUS_NORMAL if the encoding was successfully set.
+</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_async_queue_unref">
+<function name="g_mapped_file_get_contents">
<description>
-Decreases the reference count of the asynchronous @queue by 1. If
-the reference count went to 0, the @queue will be destroyed and the
-memory allocated will be freed. So you are not allowed to use the
- queue afterwards, as it might have disappeared. You do not need to
-hold the lock to call this function.
+Returns the contents of a #GMappedFile.
+
+Note that the contents may not be zero-terminated,
+even if the #GMappedFile is backed by a text file.
+
+If the file is empty then %NULL is returned.
+
+Since: 2.8
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="queue">
-<parameter_description> a #GAsyncQueue.
+<parameter name="file">
+<parameter_description> a #GMappedFile
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> the contents of @file, or %NULL.
+
+</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_enum_get_value_by_name">
+<function name="g_type_create_instance">
<description>
-Looks up a #GEnumValue by name.
+Creates and initializes an instance of @type if @type is valid and
+can be instantiated. The type system only performs basic allocation
+and structure setups for instances: actual instance creation should
+happen through functions supplied by the type's fundamental type
+implementation. So use of g_type_create_instance() is reserved for
+implementators of fundamental types only. E.g. instances of the
+#GObject hierarchy should be created via g_object_new() and
+<emphasis>never</emphasis> directly through
+g_type_create_instance() which doesn't handle things like singleton
+objects or object construction. Note: Do <emphasis>not</emphasis>
+use this function, unless you're implementing a fundamental
+type. Also language bindings should <emphasis>not</emphasis> use
+this function but g_object_new() instead.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="enum_class">
-<parameter_description> a #GEnumClass
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="name">
-<parameter_description> the name to look up
+<parameter name="type">
+<parameter_description> An instantiatable type to create an instance for.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the #GEnumValue with name @name, or %NULL if the
-enumeration doesn't have a member with that name
+<return> An allocated and initialized instance, subject to further
+treatment by the fundamental type implementation.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_child_watch_add_full">
+<function name="g_qsort_with_data">
<description>
-Sets a function to be called when the child indicated by @pid
-exits, at the priority @priority.
+This is just like the standard C qsort() function, but
+the comparison routine accepts a user data argument.
-If you obtain @pid from g_spawn_async() or g_spawn_async_with_pipes()
-you will need to pass #G_SPAWN_DO_NOT_REAP_CHILD as flag to
-the spawn function for the child watching to work.
-Note that on platforms where #GPid must be explicitly closed
-(see g_spawn_close_pid()) @pid must not be closed while the
-source is still active. Typically, you will want to call
-g_spawn_close_pid() in the callback function for the source.
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="pbase">
+<parameter_description> start of array to sort
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="total_elems">
+<parameter_description> elements in the array
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="size">
+<parameter_description> size of each element
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="compare_func">
+<parameter_description> function to compare elements
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="user_data">
+<parameter_description> data to pass to @compare_func
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return></return>
+</function>
-GLib supports only a single callback per process id.
+<function name="g_variant_builder_end">
+<description>
+Ends the builder process and returns the constructed value.
-This internally creates a main loop source using
-g_child_watch_source_new() and attaches it to the main loop context
-using g_source_attach(). You can do these steps manually if you
-need greater control.
+This call automatically reduces the reference count on @builder by
+one, unless it has previously had g_variant_builder_no_autofree()
+called on it. Unless you've taken other actions, this is usually
+sufficient to free @builder.
+
+Even if additional references are held, it is not permissible to use
+ builder in any way after this call except for further reference
+counting operations.
+
+It is an error to call this function in any way that would create an
+inconsistent value to be constructed (ie: insufficient number of
+items added to a container with a specific number of children
+required). It is also an error to call this function if the builder
+was created with an indefinite array or maybe type and no children
+have been added; in this case it is impossible to infer the type of
+the empty array.
+Since: 2.24
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="priority">
-<parameter_description> the priority of the idle source. Typically this will be in the
-range between #G_PRIORITY_DEFAULT_IDLE and #G_PRIORITY_HIGH_IDLE.
+<parameter name="builder">
+<parameter_description> a #GVariantBuilder
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="pid">
-<parameter_description> process to watch. On POSIX the pid of a child process. On
-Windows a handle for a process (which doesn't have to be a child).
+</parameters>
+<return> a new, floating, #GVariant
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_static_rec_mutex_lock_full">
+<description>
+Works like calling g_static_rec_mutex_lock() for @mutex @depth times.
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="mutex">
+<parameter_description> a #GStaticRecMutex to lock.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="function">
-<parameter_description> function to call
+<parameter name="depth">
+<parameter_description> number of times this mutex has to be unlocked to be
+completely unlocked.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="data">
-<parameter_description> data to pass to @function
+</parameters>
+<return></return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_value_type_transformable">
+<description>
+Check whether g_value_transform() is able to transform values
+of type @src_type into values of type @dest_type.
+
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="src_type">
+<parameter_description> Source type.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="notify">
-<parameter_description> function to call when the idle is removed, or %NULL
+<parameter name="dest_type">
+<parameter_description> Target type.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the ID (greater than 0) of the event source.
+<return> %TRUE if the transformation is possible, %FALSE otherwise.
+</return>
+</function>
-Since: 2.4
+<function name="g_main_context_ref">
+<description>
+Increases the reference count on a #GMainContext object by one.
+
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="context">
+<parameter_description> a #GMainContext
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> the @context that was passed in (since 2.6)
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_slist_index">
+<function name="g_variant_builder_unref">
<description>
-Gets the position of the element containing
-the given data (starting from 0).
+Decreases the reference count on @builder.
+In the event that there are no more references, releases all memory
+associated with the #GVariantBuilder.
+
+Don't call this on stack-allocated #GVariantBuilder instances or bad
+things will happen.
+
+Since: 2.24
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="list">
-<parameter_description> a #GSList
+<parameter name="builder">
+<parameter_description> a #GVariantBuilder allocated by g_variant_builder_new()
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="data">
-<parameter_description> the data to find
+</parameters>
+<return></return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_test_timer_start">
+<description>
+Start a timing test. Call g_test_timer_elapsed() when the task is supposed
+to be done. Call this function again to restart the timer.
+
+Since: 2.16
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+</parameters>
+<return></return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_closure_sink">
+<description>
+Takes over the initial ownership of a closure. Each closure is
+initially created in a <firstterm>floating</firstterm> state, which
+means that the initial reference count is not owned by any caller.
+g_closure_sink() checks to see if the object is still floating, and
+if so, unsets the floating state and decreases the reference
+count. If the closure is not floating, g_closure_sink() does
+nothing. The reason for the existance of the floating state is to
+prevent cumbersome code sequences like:
+|[
+closure = g_cclosure_new (cb_func, cb_data);
+g_source_set_closure (source, closure);
+g_closure_unref (closure); // XXX GObject doesn't really need this
+]|
+Because g_source_set_closure() (and similar functions) take ownership of the
+initial reference count, if it is unowned, we instead can write:
+|[
+g_source_set_closure (source, g_cclosure_new (cb_func, cb_data));
+]|
+
+Generally, this function is used together with g_closure_ref(). Ane example
+of storing a closure for later notification looks like:
+|[
+static GClosure *notify_closure = NULL;
+void
+foo_notify_set_closure (GClosure *closure)
+{
+if (notify_closure)
+g_closure_unref (notify_closure);
+notify_closure = closure;
+if (notify_closure)
+{
+g_closure_ref (notify_closure);
+g_closure_sink (notify_closure);
+}
+}
+]|
+
+Because g_closure_sink() may decrement the reference count of a closure
+(if it hasn't been called on @closure yet) just like g_closure_unref(),
+g_closure_ref() should be called prior to this function.
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="closure">
+<parameter_description> #GClosure to decrement the initial reference count on, if it's
+still being held
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the index of the element containing the data,
-or -1 if the data is not found
-</return>
+<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_key_file_get_double_list">
+<function name="g_dir_rewind">
+<description>
+Resets the given directory. The next call to g_dir_read_name()
+will return the first entry again.
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="dir">
+<parameter_description> a #GDir* created by g_dir_open()
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return></return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_key_file_has_key">
<description>
-Return value: the values associated with the key as a list of
+Looks whether the key file has the key @key in the group
+ group_name
+
+Since: 2.6
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -8504,11 +10897,7 @@ Return value: the values associated with the key as a list of
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="key">
-<parameter_description> a key
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="length">
-<parameter_description> the number of doubles returned
+<parameter_description> a key name
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="error">
@@ -8516,636 +10905,753 @@ Return value: the values associated with the key as a list of
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the values associated with the key as a list of
-doubles, or %NULL if the key was not found or could not be parsed.
+<return> %TRUE if @key is a part of @group_name, %FALSE
+otherwise.
-Since: 2.12
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_sequence_iter_prev">
+<function name="g_allocator_new">
<description>
-Return value: a #GSequenceIter pointing to the previous position before
+Creates a new #GAllocator.
+
+Deprecated:2.10: Use the <link linkend="glib-Memory-Slices">slice
+allocator</link> instead
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="iter">
-<parameter_description> a #GSequenceIter
+<parameter name="name">
+<parameter_description> the name of the #GAllocator. This name is used to set the
+name of the #GMemChunk used by the #GAllocator, and is only
+used for debugging.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="n_preallocs">
+<parameter_description> the number of elements in each block of memory
+allocated. Larger blocks mean less calls to
+g_malloc(), but some memory may be wasted. (GLib uses
+128 elements per block by default.) The value must be
+between 1 and 65535.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a #GSequenceIter pointing to the previous position before
- iter
-
-Since: 2.14
+<return> a new #GAllocator.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_option_context_free">
+<function name="g_markup_parse_context_parse">
<description>
-Frees context and all the groups which have been
-added to it.
+Feed some data to the #GMarkupParseContext. The data need not
+be valid UTF-8; an error will be signaled if it's invalid.
+The data need not be an entire document; you can feed a document
+into the parser incrementally, via multiple calls to this function.
+Typically, as you receive data from a network connection or file,
+you feed each received chunk of data into this function, aborting
+the process if an error occurs. Once an error is reported, no further
+data may be fed to the #GMarkupParseContext; all errors are fatal.
-Since: 2.6
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="context">
-<parameter_description> a #GOptionContext
+<parameter_description> a #GMarkupParseContext
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="text">
+<parameter_description> chunk of text to parse
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="text_len">
+<parameter_description> length of @text in bytes
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="error">
+<parameter_description> return location for a #GError
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> %FALSE if an error occurred, %TRUE on success
+</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_io_channel_seek">
+<function name="g_node_copy_deep">
<description>
-Sets the current position in the #GIOChannel, similar to the standard
-library function fseek().
+Recursively copies a #GNode and its data.
+Since: 2.4
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="channel">
-<parameter_description> a #GIOChannel
+<parameter name="node">
+<parameter_description> a #GNode
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="offset">
-<parameter_description> an offset, in bytes, which is added to the position specified
-by @type
+<parameter name="copy_func">
+<parameter_description> the function which is called to copy the data inside each node,
+or %NULL to use the original data.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="type">
-<parameter_description> the position in the file, which can be %G_SEEK_CUR (the current
-position), %G_SEEK_SET (the start of the file), or %G_SEEK_END
-(the end of the file)
+<parameter name="data">
+<parameter_description> data to pass to @copy_func
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> %G_IO_ERROR_NONE if the operation was successful.
+<return> a new #GNode containing copies of the data in @node.
-Deprecated:2.2: Use g_io_channel_seek_position() instead.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_utf8_strdown">
+<function name="g_file_read_link">
<description>
-Converts all Unicode characters in the string that have a case
-to lowercase. The exact manner that this is done depends
-on the current locale, and may result in the number of
-characters in the string changing.
+Reads the contents of the symbolic link @filename like the POSIX
+readlink() function. The returned string is in the encoding used
+for filenames. Use g_filename_to_utf8() to convert it to UTF-8.
+Since: 2.4
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="str">
-<parameter_description> a UTF-8 encoded string
+<parameter name="filename">
+<parameter_description> the symbolic link
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="len">
-<parameter_description> length of @str, in bytes, or -1 if @str is nul-terminated.
+<parameter name="error">
+<parameter_description> return location for a #GError
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a newly allocated string, with all characters
-converted to lowercase.
+<return> A newly-allocated string with the contents of the symbolic link,
+or %NULL if an error occurred.
+
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_stat">
+<function name="g_signal_lookup">
<description>
-A wrapper for the POSIX stat() function. The stat() function
-Returns: 0 if the information was successfully retrieved, -1 if an error
+Given the name of the signal and the type of object it connects to, gets
+the signal's identifying integer. Emitting the signal by number is
+somewhat faster than using the name each time.
+
+Also tries the ancestors of the given type.
+
+See g_signal_new() for details on allowed signal names.
+
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="filename">
-<parameter_description> a pathname in the GLib file name encoding (UTF-8 on Windows)
+<parameter name="name">
+<parameter_description> the signal's name.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="buf">
-<parameter_description> a pointer to a &lt;structname&gt;stat&lt;/structname&gt; struct, which
-will be filled with the file information
+<parameter name="itype">
+<parameter_description> the type that the signal operates on.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> 0 if the information was successfully retrieved, -1 if an error
-occurred
-
-Since: 2.6
+<return> the signal's identifying number, or 0 if no signal was found.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_match_info_get_match_count">
+<function name="g_strlcat">
<description>
-Retrieves the number of matched substrings (including substring 0,
-that is the whole matched text), so 1 is returned if the pattern
-has no substrings in it and 0 is returned if the match failed.
+Portability wrapper that calls strlcat() on systems which have it,
+and emulates it otherwise. Appends nul-terminated @src string to @dest,
+guaranteeing nul-termination for @dest. The total size of @dest won't
+exceed @dest_size.
-If the last match was obtained using the DFA algorithm, that is
-using g_regex_match_all() or g_regex_match_all_full(), the retrieved
-count is not that of the number of capturing parentheses but that of
-the number of matched substrings.
+At most dest_size - 1 characters will be copied.
+Unlike strncat, dest_size is the full size of dest, not the space left over.
+This function does NOT allocate memory.
+This always NUL terminates (unless siz == 0 or there were no NUL characters
+in the dest_size characters of dest to start with).
+
+<note><para>Caveat: this is supposedly a more secure alternative to
+strcat() or strncat(), but for real security g_strconcat() is harder
+to mess up.</para></note>
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="match_info">
-<parameter_description> a #GMatchInfo structure
+<parameter name="dest">
+<parameter_description> destination buffer, already containing one nul-terminated string
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="src">
+<parameter_description> source buffer
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="dest_size">
+<parameter_description> length of @dest buffer in bytes (not length of existing string
+inside @dest)
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> Number of matched substrings, or -1 if an error occurred
-
-Since: 2.14
+<return>size of attempted result, which is
+MIN (dest_size, strlen (original dest)) + strlen (src),
+so if retval >= dest_size, truncation occurred.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_bookmark_file_set_description">
+<function name="g_async_queue_unref_and_unlock">
<description>
-Sets @description as the description of the bookmark for @uri.
-
-If @uri is %NULL, the description of @bookmark is set.
-
-If a bookmark for @uri cannot be found then it is created.
+Decreases the reference count of the asynchronous @queue by 1 and
+releases the lock. This function must be called while holding the
+ queue's lock. If the reference count went to 0, the @queue will be
+destroyed and the memory allocated will be freed.
-Since: 2.12
+ Deprecated: Since 2.8, reference counting is done atomically
+so g_async_queue_unref() can be used regardless of the @queue's
+lock.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="bookmark">
-<parameter_description> a #GBookmarkFile
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="uri">
-<parameter_description> a valid URI or %NULL
+<parameter name="queue">
+<parameter_description> a #GAsyncQueue.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="description">
-<parameter_description> a string
+</parameters>
+<return></return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_list_copy">
+<description>
+Copies a #GList.
+
+<note><para>
+Note that this is a "shallow" copy. If the list elements
+consist of pointers to data, the pointers are copied but
+the actual data is not.
+</para></note>
+
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="list">
+<parameter_description> a #GList
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> a copy of @list
+</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_utf8_casefold">
+<function name="g_base64_decode_step">
<description>
-Converts a string into a form that is independent of case. The
-result will not correspond to any particular case, but can be
-compared for equality or ordered with the results of calling
-g_utf8_casefold() on other strings.
+Incrementally decode a sequence of binary data from its Base-64 stringified
+representation. By calling this function multiple times you can convert
+data in chunks to avoid having to have the full encoded data in memory.
-Note that calling g_utf8_casefold() followed by g_utf8_collate() is
-only an approximation to the correct linguistic case insensitive
-ordering, though it is a fairly good one. Getting this exactly
-right would require a more sophisticated collation function that
-takes case sensitivity into account. GLib does not currently
-provide such a function.
+The output buffer must be large enough to fit all the data that will
+be written to it. Since base64 encodes 3 bytes in 4 chars you need
+at least: (@len / 4) * 3 + 3 bytes (+ 3 may be needed in case of non-zero
+state).
+Since: 2.12
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="str">
-<parameter_description> a UTF-8 encoded string
+<parameter name="in">
+<parameter_description> binary input data
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="len">
-<parameter_description> length of @str, in bytes, or -1 if @str is nul-terminated.
+<parameter_description> max length of @in data to decode
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="out">
+<parameter_description> output buffer
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="state">
+<parameter_description> Saved state between steps, initialize to 0
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="save">
+<parameter_description> Saved state between steps, initialize to 0
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a newly allocated string, that is a
-case independent form of @str.
+<return> The number of bytes of output that was written
+
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_bookmark_file_to_file">
+<function name="g_convert">
<description>
-This function outputs @bookmark into a file. The write process is
-guaranteed to be atomic by using g_file_set_contents() internally.
+Converts a string from one character set to another.
+
+Note that you should use g_iconv() for streaming
+conversions<footnoteref linkend="streaming-state"/>.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="bookmark">
-<parameter_description> a #GBookmarkFile
+<parameter name="str">
+<parameter_description> the string to convert
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="filename">
-<parameter_description> path of the output file
+<parameter name="len">
+<parameter_description> the length of the string, or -1 if the string is
+nul-terminated<footnote id="nul-unsafe">
+ <para>
+ Note that some encodings may allow nul bytes to
+ occur inside strings. In that case, using -1 for
+ the @len parameter is unsafe.
+ </para>
+ </footnote>.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="to_codeset">
+<parameter_description> name of character set into which to convert @str
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="from_codeset">
+<parameter_description> character set of @str.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="bytes_read">
+<parameter_description> location to store the number of bytes in the
+input string that were successfully converted, or %NULL.
+Even if the conversion was successful, this may be
+less than @len if there were partial characters
+at the end of the input. If the error
+#G_CONVERT_ERROR_ILLEGAL_SEQUENCE occurs, the value
+stored will the byte offset after the last valid
+input sequence.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="bytes_written">
+<parameter_description> the number of bytes stored in the output buffer (not
+including the terminating nul).
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="error">
-<parameter_description> return location for a #GError, or %NULL
+<parameter_description> location to store the error occuring, or %NULL to ignore
+errors. Any of the errors in #GConvertError may occur.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> %TRUE if the file was successfully written.
-
-Since: 2.12
+<return> If the conversion was successful, a newly allocated
+nul-terminated string, which must be freed with
+g_free(). Otherwise %NULL and @error will be set.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_value_set_static_string">
+<function name="g_main_context_add_poll">
<description>
-Set the contents of a %G_TYPE_STRING #GValue to @v_string.
-The string is assumed to be static, and is thus not duplicated
-when setting the #GValue.
+Adds a file descriptor to the set of file descriptors polled for
+this context. This will very seldomly be used directly. Instead
+a typical event source will use g_source_add_poll() instead.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="value">
-<parameter_description> a valid #GValue of type %G_TYPE_STRING
+<parameter name="context">
+<parameter_description> a #GMainContext (or %NULL for the default context)
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="v_string">
-<parameter_description> static string to be set
+<parameter name="fd">
+<parameter_description> a #GPollFD structure holding information about a file
+descriptor to watch.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="priority">
+<parameter_description> the priority for this file descriptor which should be
+the same as the priority used for g_source_attach() to ensure that the
+file descriptor is polled whenever the results may be needed.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_datalist_set_flags">
+<function name="g_test_run_suite">
<description>
-Turns on flag values for a data list. This function is used
-to keep a small number of boolean flags in an object with
-a data list without using any additional space. It is
-not generally useful except in circumstances where space
-is very tight. (It is used in the base #GObject type, for
-example.)
+Execute the tests within @suite and all nested #GTestSuites.
+The test suites to be executed are filtered according to
+test path arguments (-p <replaceable>testpath</replaceable>)
+as parsed by g_test_init().
+g_test_run_suite() or g_test_run() may only be called once
+in a program.
-Since: 2.8
+Since: 2.16
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="datalist">
-<parameter_description> pointer to the location that holds a list
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="flags">
-<parameter_description> the flags to turn on. The values of the flags are
-restricted by %G_DATALIST_FLAGS_MASK (currently
-3; giving two possible boolean flags).
-A value for @flags that doesn't fit within the mask is
-an error.
+<parameter name="suite">
+<parameter_description> a #GTestSuite
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> 0 on success
+
+</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_utf8_validate">
+<function name="g_tuples_index">
<description>
-Validates UTF-8 encoded text. @str is the text to validate;
-if @str is nul-terminated, then @max_len can be -1, otherwise
- max_len should be the number of bytes to validate.
-If @end is non-%NULL, then the end of the valid range
-will be stored there (i.e. the start of the first invalid
-character if some bytes were invalid, or the end of the text
-being validated otherwise).
-
-Note that g_utf8_validate() returns %FALSE if @max_len is
-positive and NUL is met before @max_len bytes have been read.
-
-Return value: %TRUE if the text was valid UTF-8
+Gets a field from the records returned by g_relation_select(). It
+returns the given field of the record at the given index. The
+returned value should not be changed.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="str">
-<parameter_description> a pointer to character data
+<parameter name="tuples">
+<parameter_description> the tuple data, returned by g_relation_select().
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="max_len">
-<parameter_description> max bytes to validate, or -1 to go until NUL
+<parameter name="index_">
+<parameter_description> the index of the record.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="end">
-<parameter_description> return location for end of valid data
+<parameter name="field">
+<parameter_description> the field to return.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> %TRUE if the text was valid UTF-8
+<return> the field of the record.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_type_default_interface_ref">
+<function name="g_quark_from_string">
<description>
-Increments the reference count for the interface type @g_type,
-and returns the default interface vtable for the type.
-
-If the type is not currently in use, then the default vtable
-for the type will be created and initalized by calling
-the base interface init and default vtable init functions for
-the type (the @&lt;structfield&gt;base_init&lt;/structfield&gt;
-and &lt;structfield&gt;class_init&lt;/structfield&gt; members of #GTypeInfo).
-Calling g_type_default_interface_ref() is useful when you
-want to make sure that signals and properties for an interface
-have been installed.
-
-Since: 2.4
-
+Gets the #GQuark identifying the given string. If the string does
+not currently have an associated #GQuark, a new #GQuark is created,
+using a copy of the string.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="g_type">
-<parameter_description> an interface type
+<parameter name="string">
+<parameter_description> a string.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the default vtable for the interface; call
-g_type_default_interface_unref() when you are done using
-the interface.
+<return> the #GQuark identifying the string, or 0 if @string is
+%NULL.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_param_spec_unref">
+<function name="g_variant_builder_close">
<description>
-Decrements the reference count of a @pspec.
+Closes the subcontainer inside the given @builder that was opened by
+the most recent call to g_variant_builder_open().
+
+It is an error to call this function in any way that would create an
+inconsistent value to be constructed (ie: too few values added to the
+subcontainer).
+
+Since: 2.24
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="pspec">
-<parameter_description> a valid #GParamSpec
+<parameter name="builder">
+<parameter_description> a #GVariantBuilder
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_param_spec_set_qdata_full">
+<function name="g_signal_emit_by_name">
<description>
-This function works like g_param_spec_set_qdata(), but in addition,
-a &lt;literal&gt;void (*destroy) (gpointer)&lt;/literal&gt; function may be
-specified which is called with @data as argument when the @pspec is
-finalized, or the data is being overwritten by a call to
-g_param_spec_set_qdata() with the same @quark.
+Emits a signal.
+
+Note that g_signal_emit_by_name() resets the return value to the default
+if no handlers are connected, in contrast to g_signal_emitv().
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="pspec">
-<parameter_description> the #GParamSpec to set store a user data pointer
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="quark">
-<parameter_description> a #GQuark, naming the user data pointer
+<parameter name="instance">
+<parameter_description> the instance the signal is being emitted on.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="data">
-<parameter_description> an opaque user data pointer
+<parameter name="detailed_signal">
+<parameter_description> a string of the form "signal-name::detail".
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="destroy">
-<parameter_description> function to invoke with @data as argument, when @data needs to
-be freed
+<parameter name="Varargs">
+<parameter_description> parameters to be passed to the signal, followed by a
+location for the return value. If the return type of the signal
+is #G_TYPE_NONE, the return value location can be omitted.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_hash_table_unref">
+<function name="g_datalist_id_remove_no_notify">
<description>
-Atomically decrements the reference count of @hash_table by one.
-If the reference count drops to 0, all keys and values will be
-destroyed, and all memory allocated by the hash table is released.
-This function is MT-safe and may be called from any thread.
-
-Since: 2.10
+Removes an element, without calling its destroy notification
+function.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="hash_table">
-<parameter_description> a valid #GHashTable.
+<parameter name="datalist">
+<parameter_description> a datalist.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="key_id">
+<parameter_description> the #GQuark identifying a data element.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> the data previously stored at @key_id, or %NULL if none.
+</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_timeout_source_new_seconds">
+<function name="g_list_nth">
<description>
-Creates a new timeout source.
-
-The source will not initially be associated with any #GMainContext
-and must be added to one with g_source_attach() before it will be
-executed.
-
-The scheduling granularity/accuracy of this timeout source will be
-in seconds.
+Gets the element at the given position in a #GList.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="interval">
-<parameter_description> the timeout interval in seconds
+<parameter name="list">
+<parameter_description> a #GList
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="n">
+<parameter_description> the position of the element, counting from 0
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the newly-created timeout source
-
-Since: 2.14
+<return> the element, or %NULL if the position is off
+the end of the #GList
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_utf8_collate_key">
+<function name="g_str_equal">
<description>
-Converts a string into a collation key that can be compared
-with other collation keys produced by the same function using
-strcmp().
-
-The results of comparing the collation keys of two strings
-with strcmp() will always be the same as comparing the two
-original keys with g_utf8_collate().
+Compares two strings for byte-by-byte equality and returns %TRUE
+if they are equal. It can be passed to g_hash_table_new() as the
+ key_equal_func parameter, when using strings as keys in a #GHashTable.
-Note that this function depends on the
-&lt;link linkend="setlocale"&gt;current locale&lt;/link&gt;.
+Note that this function is primarily meant as a hash table comparison
+function. For a general-purpose, %NULL-safe string comparison function,
+see g_strcmp0().
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="str">
-<parameter_description> a UTF-8 encoded string.
+<parameter name="v1">
+<parameter_description> a key
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="len">
-<parameter_description> length of @str, in bytes, or -1 if @str is nul-terminated.
+<parameter name="v2">
+<parameter_description> a key to compare with @v1
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a newly allocated string. This string should
-be freed with g_free() when you are done with it.
+<return> %TRUE if the two keys match
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_strnfill">
+<function name="g_type_class_ref">
<description>
-Creates a new string @length bytes long filled with @fill_char.
-The returned string should be freed when no longer needed.
+Increments the reference count of the class structure belonging to
+ type This function will demand-create the class if it doesn't
+exist already.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="length">
-<parameter_description> the length of the new string
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="fill_char">
-<parameter_description> the byte to fill the string with
+<parameter name="type">
+<parameter_description> Type ID of a classed type.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a newly-allocated string filled the @fill_char
+<return> The #GTypeClass structure for the given type ID.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_key_file_get_integer">
+<function name="g_bookmark_file_has_item">
<description>
-Return value: the value associated with the key as an integer, or
+Looks whether the desktop bookmark has an item with its URI set to @uri.
+
+Since: 2.12
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="key_file">
-<parameter_description> a #GKeyFile
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="group_name">
-<parameter_description> a group name
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="key">
-<parameter_description> a key
+<parameter name="bookmark">
+<parameter_description> a #GBookmarkFile
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="error">
-<parameter_description> return location for a #GError
+<parameter name="uri">
+<parameter_description> a valid URI
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the value associated with the key as an integer, or
-0 if the key was not found or could not be parsed.
+<return> %TRUE if @uri is inside @bookmark, %FALSE otherwise
-Since: 2.6
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_unichar_get_mirror_char">
+<function name="g_source_unref">
<description>
-In Unicode, some characters are &lt;firstterm&gt;mirrored&lt;/firstterm&gt;. This
-means that their images are mirrored horizontally in text that is laid
-out from right to left. For instance, "(" would become its mirror image,
-")", in right-to-left text.
+Decreases the reference count of a source by one. If the
+resulting reference count is zero the source and associated
+memory will be destroyed.
-If @ch has the Unicode mirrored property and there is another unicode
-character that typically has a glyph that is the mirror image of @ch's
-glyph and @mirrored_ch is set, it puts that character in the address
-pointed to by @mirrored_ch. Otherwise the original character is put.
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="source">
+<parameter_description> a #GSource
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return></return>
+</function>
+<function name="g_relation_insert">
+<description>
+Inserts a record into a #GRelation.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="ch">
-<parameter_description> a Unicode character
+<parameter name="relation">
+<parameter_description> a #GRelation.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="mirrored_ch">
-<parameter_description> location to store the mirrored character
+<parameter name="Varargs">
+<parameter_description> the fields of the record to add. These must match the
+number of fields in the #GRelation, and of type #gpointer
+or #gconstpointer.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> %TRUE if @ch has a mirrored character, %FALSE otherwise
+<return></return>
+</function>
-Since: 2.4
+<function name="g_ptr_array_remove_index">
+<description>
+Removes the pointer at the given index from the pointer array. The
+following elements are moved down one place. If @array has a
+non-%NULL #GDestroyNotify function it is called for the removed
+element.
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="array">
+<parameter_description> a #GPtrArray.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="index_">
+<parameter_description> the index of the pointer to remove.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> the pointer which was removed.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_build_filename">
+<function name="g_utf8_prev_char">
<description>
-Creates a filename from a series of elements using the correct
-separator for filenames.
+Finds the previous UTF-8 character in the string before @p.
-On Unix, this function behaves identically to &lt;literal&gt;g_build_path
-(G_DIR_SEPARATOR_S, first_element, ....)&lt;/literal&gt;.
+ p does not have to be at the beginning of a UTF-8 character. No check
+is made to see if the character found is actually valid other than
+it starts with an appropriate byte. If @p might be the first
+character of the string, you must use g_utf8_find_prev_char() instead.
-On Windows, it takes into account that either the backslash
-(&lt;literal&gt;\&lt;/literal&gt; or slash (&lt;literal&gt;/&lt;/literal&gt;) can be used
-as separator in filenames, but otherwise behaves as on Unix. When
-file pathname separators need to be inserted, the one that last
-previously occurred in the parameters (reading from left to right)
-is used.
-No attempt is made to force the resulting filename to be an absolute
-path. If the first element is a relative path, the result will
-be a relative path.
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="p">
+<parameter_description> a pointer to a position within a UTF-8 encoded string
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> a pointer to the found character.
+</return>
+</function>
+<function name="g_fprintf">
+<description>
+An implementation of the standard fprintf() function which supports
+positional parameters, as specified in the Single Unix Specification.
+
+Since: 2.2
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="first_element">
-<parameter_description> the first element in the path
+<parameter name="file">
+<parameter_description> the stream to write to.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="format">
+<parameter_description> a standard printf() format string, but notice
+<link linkend="string-precision">string precision pitfalls</link>.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="Varargs">
-<parameter_description> remaining elements in path, terminated by %NULL
+<parameter_description> the arguments to insert in the output.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a newly-allocated string that must be freed with g_free().
+<return> the number of bytes printed.
+
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_unichar_combining_class">
+<function name="g_value_set_double">
<description>
-Determines the canonical combining class of a Unicode character.
-
+Set the contents of a %G_TYPE_DOUBLE #GValue to @v_double.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="uc">
-<parameter_description> a Unicode character
+<parameter name="value">
+<parameter_description> a valid #GValue of type %G_TYPE_DOUBLE
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="v_double">
+<parameter_description> double value to be set
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the combining class of the character
+<return></return>
+</function>
-Since: 2.14
+<function name="find_conversion">
+<description>
+Find the next conversion in a printf-style format string.
+Partially based on code from printf-parser.c,
+Copyright (C) 1999-2000, 2002-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="format">
+<parameter_description> a printf-style format string
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="after">
+<parameter_description> location to store a pointer to the character after
+the returned conversion. On a %NULL return, returns the
+pointer to the trailing NUL in the string
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> pointer to the next conversion in @format,
+or %NULL, if none.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_convert_with_iconv">
+<function name="g_filename_from_utf8">
<description>
-Converts a string from one character set to another.
-
-Note that you should use g_iconv() for streaming
-conversions&lt;footnote id="streaming-state"&gt;
-&lt;para&gt;
-Despite the fact that @byes_read can return information about partial
-characters, the &lt;literal&gt;g_convert_...&lt;/literal&gt; functions
-are not generally suitable for streaming. If the underlying converter
-being used maintains internal state, then this won't be preserved
-across successive calls to g_convert(), g_convert_with_iconv() or
-g_convert_with_fallback(). (An example of this is the GNU C converter
-for CP1255 which does not emit a base character until it knows that
-the next character is not a mark that could combine with the base
-character.)
-&lt;/para&gt;
-&lt;/footnote&gt;.
+Converts a string from UTF-8 to the encoding GLib uses for
+filenames. Note that on Windows GLib uses UTF-8 for filenames;
+on other platforms, this function indirectly depends on the
+<link linkend="setlocale">current locale</link>.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="str">
-<parameter_description> the string to convert
+<parameter name="utf8string">
+<parameter_description> a UTF-8 encoded string.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="len">
-<parameter_description> the length of the string, or -1 if the string is
-nul-terminated&lt;footnoteref linkend="nul-unsafe"/&gt;.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="converter">
-<parameter_description> conversion descriptor from g_iconv_open()
+<parameter_description> the length of the string, or -1 if the string is
+nul-terminated.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="bytes_read">
@@ -9170,673 +11676,1022 @@ errors. Any of the errors in #GConvertError may occur.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> If the conversion was successful, a newly allocated
-nul-terminated string, which must be freed with
-g_free(). Otherwise %NULL and @error will be set.
+<return> The converted string, or %NULL on an error.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_strdupv">
+<function name="g_variant_get_normal_form">
<description>
-Copies %NULL-terminated array of strings. The copy is a deep copy;
-the new array should be freed by first freeing each string, then
-the array itself. g_strfreev() does this for you. If called
-on a %NULL value, g_strdupv() simply returns %NULL.
+Gets a #GVariant instance that has the same value as @value and is
+trusted to be in normal form.
+
+If @value is already trusted to be in normal form then a new
+reference to @value is returned.
+
+If @value is not already trusted, then it is scanned to check if it
+is in normal form. If it is found to be in normal form then it is
+marked as trusted and a new reference to it is returned.
+If @value is found not to be in normal form then a new trusted
+#GVariant is created with the same value as @value.
+
+It makes sense to call this function if you've received #GVariant
+data from untrusted sources and you want to ensure your serialised
+output is definitely in normal form.
+
+Since: 2.24
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="str_array">
-<parameter_description> %NULL-terminated array of strings.
+<parameter name="value">
+<parameter_description> a #GVariant
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a new %NULL-terminated array of strings.
+<return> a trusted #GVariant
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_string_append">
+<function name="g_value_set_gtype">
<description>
-Adds a string onto the end of a #GString, expanding
-it if necessary.
+Set the contents of a %G_TYPE_GTYPE #GValue to @v_gtype.
+Since: 2.12
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="string">
-<parameter_description> a #GString
+<parameter name="value">
+<parameter_description> a valid #GValue of type %G_TYPE_GTYPE
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="val">
-<parameter_description> the string to append onto the end of @string
+<parameter name="v_gtype">
+<parameter_description> #GType to be set
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> @string
-</return>
+<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_ascii_dtostr">
+<function name="g_value_fits_pointer">
<description>
-Converts a #gdouble to a string, using the '.' as
-decimal point.
+Determines if @value will fit inside the size of a pointer value.
+This is an internal function introduced mainly for C marshallers.
-This functions generates enough precision that converting
-the string back using g_ascii_strtod() gives the same machine-number
-(on machines with IEEE compatible 64bit doubles). It is
-guaranteed that the size of the resulting string will never
-be larger than @G_ASCII_DTOSTR_BUF_SIZE bytes.
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="value">
+<parameter_description> An initialized #GValue structure.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> %TRUE if @value will fit inside a pointer value.
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_byte_array_append">
+<description>
+Adds the given bytes to the end of the #GByteArray. The array will
+grow in size automatically if necessary.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="buffer">
-<parameter_description> A buffer to place the resulting string in
+<parameter name="array">
+<parameter_description> a #GByteArray.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="buf_len">
-<parameter_description> The length of the buffer.
+<parameter name="data">
+<parameter_description> the byte data to be added.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="d">
-<parameter_description> The #gdouble to convert
+<parameter name="len">
+<parameter_description> the number of bytes to add.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> The pointer to the buffer with the converted string.
+<return> the #GByteArray.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_bookmark_file_get_size">
+<function name="g_slist_sort">
<description>
-Gets the number of bookmarks inside @bookmark.
+Sorts a #GSList using the given comparison function.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="bookmark">
-<parameter_description> a #GBookmarkFile
+<parameter name="list">
+<parameter_description> a #GSList
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="compare_func">
+<parameter_description> the comparison function used to sort the #GSList.
+This function is passed the data from 2 elements of the #GSList
+and should return 0 if they are equal, a negative value if the
+first element comes before the second, or a positive value if
+the first element comes after the second.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the number of bookmarks
-
-Since: 2.12
+<return> the start of the sorted #GSList
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_bookmark_file_get_uris">
+<function name="g_list_free">
<description>
-Return value: a newly allocated %NULL-terminated array of strings.
+Frees all of the memory used by a #GList.
+The freed elements are returned to the slice allocator.
+
+<note><para>
+If list elements contain dynamically-allocated memory,
+they should be freed first.
+</para></note>
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="bookmark">
-<parameter_description> a #GBookmarkFile
+<parameter name="list">
+<parameter_description> a #GList
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="length">
-<parameter_description> return location for the number of returned URIs, or %NULL
+</parameters>
+<return></return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_async_queue_length_unlocked">
+<description>
+Returns the length of the queue, negative values mean waiting
+threads, positive values mean available entries in the
+ queue Actually this function returns the number of data items in
+the queue minus the number of waiting threads. Thus a return value
+of 0 could mean 'n' entries in the queue and 'n' thread waiting.
+That can happen due to locking of the queue or due to
+scheduling. This function must be called while holding the @queue's
+lock.
+
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="queue">
+<parameter_description> a #GAsyncQueue.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a newly allocated %NULL-terminated array of strings.
-Use g_strfreev() to free it.
-
-Since: 2.12
+<return> the length of the @queue.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="glib_check_version">
+<function name="g_list_free1">
<description>
-Checks that the GLib library in use is compatible with the
-given version. Generally you would pass in the constants
-#GLIB_MAJOR_VERSION, #GLIB_MINOR_VERSION, #GLIB_MICRO_VERSION
-as the three arguments to this function; that produces
-a check that the library in use is compatible with
-the version of GLib the application or module was compiled
-against.
+Another name for g_list_free_1().
-Compatibility is defined by two things: first the version
-of the running library is newer than the version
- required_major required_minor @required_micro. Second
-the running library must be binary compatible with the
-version @required_major required_minor required_micro
-(same major version.)
+</description>
+<parameters>
+</parameters>
+<return></return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_hash_table_new_full">
+<description>
+Creates a new #GHashTable like g_hash_table_new() with a reference count
+of 1 and allows to specify functions to free the memory allocated for the
+key and value that get called when removing the entry from the #GHashTable.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="required_major">
-<parameter_description> the required major version.
+<parameter name="hash_func">
+<parameter_description> a function to create a hash value from a key.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="required_minor">
-<parameter_description> the required minor version.
+<parameter name="key_equal_func">
+<parameter_description> a function to check two keys for equality.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="required_micro">
-<parameter_description> the required micro version.
+<parameter name="key_destroy_func">
+<parameter_description> a function to free the memory allocated for the key
+used when removing the entry from the #GHashTable or %NULL if you
+don't want to supply such a function.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="value_destroy_func">
+<parameter_description> a function to free the memory allocated for the
+value used when removing the entry from the #GHashTable or %NULL if
+you don't want to supply such a function.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> %NULL if the GLib library is compatible with the
-given version, or a string describing the version mismatch.
-The returned string is owned by GLib and must not be modified
-or freed.
-
-Since: 2.6
+<return> a new #GHashTable.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_test_add">
+<function name="g_io_channel_set_buffered">
<description>
-Hook up a new test case at @testpath, similar to g_test_add_func().
-A fixture data structure with setup and teardown function may be provided
-though, similar to g_test_create_case().
-g_test_add() is implemented as a macro, so that the fsetup(), ftest() and
-fteardown() callbacks can expect a @Fixture pointer as first argument in
-a type safe manner.
+The buffering state can only be set if the channel's encoding
+is %NULL. For any other encoding, the channel must be buffered.
-Since: 2.16
+A buffered channel can only be set unbuffered if the channel's
+internal buffers have been flushed. Newly created channels or
+channels which have returned %G_IO_STATUS_EOF
+not require such a flush. For write-only channels, a call to
+g_io_channel_flush () is sufficient. For all other channels,
+the buffers may be flushed by a call to g_io_channel_seek_position ().
+This includes the possibility of seeking with seek type %G_SEEK_CUR
+and an offset of zero. Note that this means that socket-based
+channels cannot be set unbuffered once they have had data
+read from them.
+
+On unbuffered channels, it is safe to mix read and write
+calls from the new and old APIs, if this is necessary for
+maintaining old code.
+
+The default state of the channel is buffered.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="testpath">
-<parameter_description> The test path for a new test case.
+<parameter name="channel">
+<parameter_description> a #GIOChannel
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="Fixture">
-<parameter_description> The type of a fixture data structure.
+<parameter name="buffered">
+<parameter_description> whether to set the channel buffered or unbuffered
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="tdata">
-<parameter_description> Data argument for the test functions.
+</parameters>
+<return></return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_utf8_find_prev_char">
+<description>
+Given a position @p with a UTF-8 encoded string @str, find the start
+of the previous UTF-8 character starting before @p. Returns %NULL if no
+UTF-8 characters are present in @str before @p.
+
+ p does not have to be at the beginning of a UTF-8 character. No check
+is made to see if the character found is actually valid other than
+it starts with an appropriate byte.
+
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="str">
+<parameter_description> pointer to the beginning of a UTF-8 encoded string
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="fsetup">
-<parameter_description> The function to set up the fixture data.
+<parameter name="p">
+<parameter_description> pointer to some position within @str
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="ftest">
-<parameter_description> The actual test function.
+</parameters>
+<return> a pointer to the found character or %NULL.
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_sequence_move">
+<description>
+Moves the item pointed to by @src to the position indicated by @dest.
+After calling this function @dest will point to the position immediately
+after @src. It is allowed for @src and @dest to point into different
+sequences.
+
+Since: 2.14
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="src">
+<parameter_description> a #GSequenceIter pointing to the item to move
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="fteardown">
-<parameter_description> The function to tear down the fixture data.
+<parameter name="dest">
+<parameter_description> a #GSequenceIter pointing to the position to which
+the item is moved.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_test_suite_add">
+<function name="g_cond_wait">
<description>
-Adds @test_case to @suite.
+Waits until this thread is woken up on @cond. The @mutex is unlocked
+before falling asleep and locked again before resuming.
-Since: 2.16
+This function can be used even if g_thread_init() has not yet been
+called, and, in that case, will immediately return.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="suite">
-<parameter_description> a #GTestSuite
+<parameter name="cond">
+<parameter_description> a #GCond.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="test_case">
-<parameter_description> a #GTestCase
+<parameter name="mutex">
+<parameter_description> a #GMutex, that is currently locked.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_value_set_uchar">
+<function name="g_array_append_vals">
<description>
-Set the contents of a %G_TYPE_UCHAR #GValue to @v_uchar.
+Adds @len elements onto the end of the array.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="value">
-<parameter_description> a valid #GValue of type %G_TYPE_UCHAR
+<parameter name="array">
+<parameter_description> a #GArray.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="v_uchar">
-<parameter_description> unsigned character value to be set
+<parameter name="data">
+<parameter_description> a pointer to the elements to append to the end of the array.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="len">
+<parameter_description> the number of elements to append.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> the #GArray.
+</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_io_channel_write">
+<function name="g_variant_iter_loop">
<description>
-Writes data to a #GIOChannel.
+Gets the next item in the container and unpacks it into the variable
+argument list according to @format_string, returning %TRUE.
+
+If no more items remain then %FALSE is returned.
+
+On the first call to this function, the pointers appearing on the
+variable argument list are assumed to point at uninitialised memory.
+On the second and later calls, it is assumed that the same pointers
+will be given and that they will point to the memory as set by the
+previous call to this function. This allows the previous values to
+be freed, as appropriate.
+
+This function is intended to be used with a while loop as
+demonstrated in the following example. This function can only be
+used when iterating over an array. It is only valid to call this
+function with a string constant for the format string and the same
+string constant must be used each time. Mixing calls to this
+function and g_variant_iter_next() or g_variant_iter_next_value() on
+the same iterator is not recommended.
+
+<example>
+<title>Memory management with g_variant_iter_loop()</title>
+<programlisting>
+/<!-- -->* Iterates a dictionary of type 'a{sv}' *<!-- -->/
+void
+iterate_dictionary (GVariant *dictionary)
+{
+GVariantIter iter;
+GVariant *value;
+gchar *key;
+
+g_variant_iter_init (&iter, dictionary);
+while (g_variant_iter_loop (&iter, "{sv}", &key, &value))
+{
+g_print ("Item '%s' has type '%s'\n", key,
+g_variant_get_type_string (value));
+
+/<!-- -->* no need to free 'key' and 'value' here *<!-- -->/
+}
+}
+</programlisting>
+</example>
+If you want a slightly less magical alternative that requires more
+typing, see g_variant_iter_next().
+
+Since: 2.24
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="channel">
-<parameter_description> a #GIOChannel
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="buf">
-<parameter_description> the buffer containing the data to write
+<parameter name="iter">
+<parameter_description> a #GVariantIter
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="count">
-<parameter_description> the number of bytes to write
+<parameter name="format_string">
+<parameter_description> a GVariant format string
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="bytes_written">
-<parameter_description> the number of bytes actually written
+<parameter name="Varargs">
+<parameter_description> the arguments to unpack the value into
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> %G_IO_ERROR_NONE if the operation was successful.
-
-Deprecated:2.2: Use g_io_channel_write_chars() instead.
+<return> %TRUE if a value was unpacked, or %FALSE if there as no
+value
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_param_spec_get_name">
+<function name="g_dpgettext">
<description>
-Get the name of a #GParamSpec.
+This function is a variant of g_dgettext() which supports
+a disambiguating message context. GNU gettext uses the
+'\004' character to separate the message context and
+message id in @msgctxtid.
+If 0 is passed as @msgidoffset, this function will fall back to
+trying to use the deprecated convention of using "|" as a separation
+character.
+
+This uses g_dgettext() internally. See that functions for differences
+with dgettext() proper.
+Applications should normally not use this function directly,
+but use the C_() macro for translations with context.
+
+Since: 2.16
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="pspec">
-<parameter_description> a valid #GParamSpec
+<parameter name="domain">
+<parameter_description> the translation domain to use, or %NULL to use
+the domain set with textdomain()
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="msgctxtid">
+<parameter_description> a combined message context and message id, separated
+by a \004 character
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="msgidoffset">
+<parameter_description> the offset of the message id in @msgctxid
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the name of @pspec.
+<return> The translated string
+
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_key_file_load_from_data_dirs">
+<function name="g_bookmark_file_set_added">
<description>
-This function looks for a key file named @file in the paths
-returned from g_get_user_data_dir() and g_get_system_data_dirs(),
-loads the file into @key_file and returns the file's full path in
- full_path If the file could not be loaded then an %error is
-set to either a #GFileError or #GKeyFileError.
+Sets the time the bookmark for @uri was added into @bookmark.
+If no bookmark for @uri is found then it is created.
+
+Since: 2.12
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="key_file">
-<parameter_description> an empty #GKeyFile struct
+<parameter name="bookmark">
+<parameter_description> a #GBookmarkFile
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="file">
-<parameter_description> a relative path to a filename to open and parse
+<parameter name="uri">
+<parameter_description> a valid URI
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="full_path">
-<parameter_description> return location for a string containing the full path
-of the file, or %NULL
+<parameter name="added">
+<parameter_description> a timestamp or -1 to use the current time
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="flags">
-<parameter_description> flags from #GKeyFileFlags
+</parameters>
+<return></return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_main_context_is_owner">
+<description>
+Determines whether this thread holds the (recursive)
+ownership of this #GMaincontext. This is useful to
+know before waiting on another thread that may be
+blocking to get ownership of @context.
+
+Since: 2.10
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="context">
+<parameter_description> a #GMainContext
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="error">
-<parameter_description> return location for a #GError, or %NULL
+</parameters>
+<return> %TRUE if current thread is owner of @context.
+
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_datalist_get_data">
+<description>
+Gets a data element, using its string identifer. This is slower than
+g_datalist_id_get_data() because the string is first converted to a
+#GQuark.
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="dl">
+<parameter_description> a datalist.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="k">
+<parameter_description> the string identifying a data element.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> %TRUE if a key file could be loaded, %FALSE othewise
-Since: 2.6
+<return> the data element, or %NULL if it is not found.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_test_bug">
+<function name="g_dataset_set_data">
<description>
-This function adds a message to test reports that
-associates a bug URI with a test case.
-Bug URIs are constructed from a base URI set with g_test_bug_base()
-and @bug_uri_snippet.
-
-Since: 2.16
+Sets the data corresponding to the given string identifier.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="bug_uri_snippet">
-<parameter_description> Bug specific bug tracker URI portion.
+<parameter name="l">
+<parameter_description> the location identifying the dataset.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="k">
+<parameter_description> the string to identify the data element.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="d">
+<parameter_description> the data element.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_main_context_find_source_by_user_data">
+<function name="g_ptr_array_remove">
<description>
-Finds a source with the given user data for the callback. If
-multiple sources exist with the same user data, the first
-one found will be returned.
+Removes the first occurrence of the given pointer from the pointer
+array. The following elements are moved down one place. If @array
+has a non-%NULL #GDestroyNotify function it is called for the
+removed element.
+It returns %TRUE if the pointer was removed, or %FALSE if the
+pointer was not found.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="context">
-<parameter_description> a #GMainContext
+<parameter name="array">
+<parameter_description> a #GPtrArray.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="user_data">
-<parameter_description> the user_data for the callback.
+<parameter name="data">
+<parameter_description> the pointer to remove.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the source, if one was found, otherwise %NULL
+<return> %TRUE if the pointer is removed. %FALSE if the pointer is
+not found in the array.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_queue_push_tail_link">
+<function name="g_datalist_clear">
<description>
-Adds a new element at the tail of the queue.
+Frees all the data elements of the datalist. The data elements'
+destroy functions are called if they have been set.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="queue">
-<parameter_description> a #GQueue.
+<parameter name="datalist">
+<parameter_description> a datalist.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="link_">
-<parameter_description> a single #GList element, &lt;emphasis&gt;not&lt;/emphasis&gt; a list with
-more than one element.
+</parameters>
+<return></return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_source_set_callback_indirect">
+<description>
+Sets the callback function storing the data as a refcounted callback
+"object". This is used internally. Note that calling
+g_source_set_callback_indirect() assumes
+an initial reference count on @callback_data, and thus
+ callback_funcs->unref will eventually be called once more
+than @callback_funcs->ref.
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="source">
+<parameter_description> the source
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="callback_data">
+<parameter_description> pointer to callback data "object"
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="callback_funcs">
+<parameter_description> functions for reference counting @callback_data
+and getting the callback and data
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_string_hash">
+<function name="g_allocator_free">
<description>
-Creates a hash code for @str; for use with #GHashTable.
+Frees all of the memory allocated by the #GAllocator.
+Deprecated:2.10: Use the <link linkend="glib-Memory-Slices">slice
+allocator</link> instead
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="str">
-<parameter_description> a string to hash
+<parameter name="allocator">
+<parameter_description> a #GAllocator.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> hash code for @str
+<return></return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_variant_get_int64">
+<description>
+Returns the 64-bit signed integer value of @value.
+
+It is an error to call this function with a @value of any type
+other than %G_VARIANT_TYPE_INT64.
+
+Since: 2.24
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="value">
+<parameter_description> a int64 #GVariant instance
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> a #gint64
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_vsprintf">
+<function name="g_strlcpy">
<description>
-An implementation of the standard vsprintf() function which supports
-positional parameters, as specified in the Single Unix Specification.
+Portability wrapper that calls strlcpy() on systems which have it,
+and emulates strlcpy() otherwise. Copies @src to @dest; @dest is
+guaranteed to be nul-terminated; @src must be nul-terminated;
+ dest_size is the buffer size, not the number of chars to copy.
+
+At most dest_size - 1 characters will be copied. Always nul-terminates
+(unless dest_size == 0). This function does <emphasis>not</emphasis>
+allocate memory. Unlike strncpy(), this function doesn't pad dest (so
+it's often faster). It returns the size of the attempted result,
+strlen (src), so if @retval >= @dest_size, truncation occurred.
+
+<note><para>Caveat: strlcpy() is supposedly more secure than
+strcpy() or strncpy(), but if you really want to avoid screwups,
+g_strdup() is an even better idea.</para></note>
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="string">
-<parameter_description> the buffer to hold the output.
+<parameter name="dest">
+<parameter_description> destination buffer
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="format">
-<parameter_description> a standard printf() format string, but notice
-&lt;link linkend="string-precision"&gt;string precision pitfalls&lt;/link&gt;.
+<parameter name="src">
+<parameter_description> source buffer
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="args">
-<parameter_description> the list of arguments to insert in the output.
+<parameter name="dest_size">
+<parameter_description> length of @dest in bytes
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the number of bytes printed.
-
-Since: 2.2
+<return> length of @src
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_async_queue_try_pop">
+<function name="g_option_context_new">
<description>
-Tries to pop data from the @queue. If no data is available, %NULL is
-returned.
+Creates a new option context.
+The @parameter_string can serve multiple purposes. It can be used
+to add descriptions for "rest" arguments, which are not parsed by
+the #GOptionContext, typically something like "FILES" or
+"FILE1 FILE2...". If you are using #G_OPTION_REMAINING for
+collecting "rest" arguments, GLib handles this automatically by
+using the @arg_description of the corresponding #GOptionEntry in
+the usage summary.
+
+Another usage is to give a short summary of the program
+functionality, like " - frob the strings", which will be displayed
+in the same line as the usage. For a longer description of the
+program functionality that should be displayed as a paragraph
+below the usage line, use g_option_context_set_summary().
+
+Note that the @parameter_string is translated using the
+function set with g_option_context_set_translate_func(), so
+it should normally be passed untranslated.
+
+Since: 2.6
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="queue">
-<parameter_description> a #GAsyncQueue.
+<parameter name="parameter_string">
+<parameter_description> a string which is displayed in
+the first line of <option>--help</option> output, after the
+usage summary
+<literal><replaceable>programname</replaceable> [OPTION...]</literal>
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> data from the queue or %NULL, when no data is
-available immediately.
+<return> a newly created #GOptionContext, which must be
+freed with g_option_context_free() after use.
+
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_spawn_async">
+<function name="g_key_file_has_group">
<description>
-See g_spawn_async_with_pipes() for a full description; this function
-simply calls the g_spawn_async_with_pipes() without any pipes.
+Looks whether the key file has the group @group_name.
-You should call g_spawn_close_pid() on the returned child process
-reference when you don't need it any more.
+Since: 2.6
-&lt;note&gt;&lt;para&gt;
-If you are writing a GTK+ application, and the program you
-are spawning is a graphical application, too, then you may
-want to use gdk_spawn_on_screen() instead to ensure that
-the spawned program opens its windows on the right screen.
-&lt;/para&gt;&lt;/note&gt;
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="key_file">
+<parameter_description> a #GKeyFile
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="group_name">
+<parameter_description> a group name
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> %TRUE if @group_name is a part of @key_file, %FALSE
+otherwise.
+</return>
+</function>
-&lt;note&gt;&lt;para&gt; Note that the returned @child_pid on Windows is a
-handle to the child process and not its identifier. Process handles
-and process identifiers are different concepts on Windows.
-&lt;/para&gt;&lt;/note&gt;
+<function name="g_param_value_validate">
+<description>
+Ensures that the contents of @value comply with the specifications
+set out by @pspec. For example, a #GParamSpecInt might require
+that integers stored in @value may not be smaller than -42 and not be
+greater than +42. If @value contains an integer outside of this range,
+it is modified accordingly, so the resulting value will fit into the
+range -42 .. +42.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="working_directory">
-<parameter_description> child's current working directory, or %NULL to inherit parent's
+<parameter name="pspec">
+<parameter_description> a valid #GParamSpec
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="argv">
-<parameter_description> child's argument vector
+<parameter name="value">
+<parameter_description> a #GValue of correct type for @pspec
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="envp">
-<parameter_description> child's environment, or %NULL to inherit parent's
+</parameters>
+<return> whether modifying @value was necessary to ensure validity
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_signal_handler_find">
+<description>
+Finds the first signal handler that matches certain selection criteria.
+The criteria mask is passed as an OR-ed combination of #GSignalMatchType
+flags, and the criteria values are passed as arguments.
+The match @mask has to be non-0 for successful matches.
+If no handler was found, 0 is returned.
+
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="instance">
+<parameter_description> The instance owning the signal handler to be found.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="flags">
-<parameter_description> flags from #GSpawnFlags
+<parameter name="mask">
+<parameter_description> Mask indicating which of @signal_id, @detail, @closure, @func
+and/or @data the handler has to match.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="child_setup">
-<parameter_description> function to run in the child just before exec()
+<parameter name="signal_id">
+<parameter_description> Signal the handler has to be connected to.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="user_data">
-<parameter_description> user data for @child_setup
+<parameter name="detail">
+<parameter_description> Signal detail the handler has to be connected to.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="child_pid">
-<parameter_description> return location for child process reference, or %NULL
+<parameter name="closure">
+<parameter_description> The closure the handler will invoke.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="error">
-<parameter_description> return location for error
+<parameter name="func">
+<parameter_description> The C closure callback of the handler (useless for non-C closures).
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="data">
+<parameter_description> The closure data of the handler's closure.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> %TRUE on success, %FALSE if error is set
+<return> A valid non-0 signal handler id for a successful match.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_object_class_find_property">
+<function name="g_unichar_isalnum">
<description>
-Looks up the #GParamSpec for a property of a class.
+Determines whether a character is alphanumeric.
+Given some UTF-8 text, obtain a character value
+with g_utf8_get_char().
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="oclass">
-<parameter_description> a #GObjectClass
+<parameter name="c">
+<parameter_description> a Unicode character
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="property_name">
-<parameter_description> the name of the property to look up
+</parameters>
+<return> %TRUE if @c is an alphanumeric character
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_io_channel_unref">
+<description>
+Decrements the reference count of a #GIOChannel.
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="channel">
+<parameter_description> a #GIOChannel
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the #GParamSpec for the property, or %NULL if the class
-doesn't have a property of that name
-</return>
+<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_slist_concat">
+<function name="g_utime">
<description>
-Adds the second #GSList onto the end of the first #GSList.
-Note that the elements of the second #GSList are not copied.
-They are used directly.
+A wrapper for the POSIX utime() function. The utime() function
+sets the access and modification timestamps of a file.
+
+See your C library manual for more details about how utime() works
+on your system.
+Since: 2.18
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="list1">
-<parameter_description> a #GSList
+<parameter name="filename">
+<parameter_description> a pathname in the GLib file name encoding (UTF-8 on Windows)
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="list2">
-<parameter_description> the #GSList to add to the end of the first #GSList
+<parameter name="utb">
+<parameter_description> a pointer to a struct utimbuf.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the start of the new #GSList
+<return> 0 if the operation was successful, -1 if an error
+occurred
+
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_win32_locale_filename_from_utf8">
+<function name="g_type_check_instance">
<description>
-Converts a filename from UTF-8 to the system codepage.
+Private helper function to aid implementation of the G_TYPE_CHECK_INSTANCE()
+macro.
-On NT-based Windows, on NTFS file systems, file names are in
-Unicode. It is quite possible that Unicode file names contain
-characters not representable in the system codepage. (For instance,
-Greek or Cyrillic characters on Western European or US Windows
-installations, or various less common CJK characters on CJK Windows
-installations.)
-In such a case, and if the filename refers to an existing file, and
-the file system stores alternate short (8.3) names for directory
-entries, the short form of the filename is returned. Note that the
-"short" name might in fact be longer than the Unicode name if the
-Unicode name has very short pathname components containing
-non-ASCII characters. If no system codepage name for the file is
-possible, %NULL is returned.
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="instance">
+<parameter_description> A valid #GTypeInstance structure.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> #TRUE if @instance is valid, #FALSE otherwise.
+</return>
+</function>
-The return value is dynamically allocated and should be freed with
-g_free() when no longer needed.
+<function name="g_string_append_len">
+<description>
+Appends @len bytes of @val to @string. Because @len is
+provided, @val may contain embedded nuls and need not
+be nul-terminated.
+
+Since this function does not stop at nul bytes, it is
+the caller's responsibility to ensure that @val has at
+least @len addressable bytes.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="utf8filename">
-<parameter_description> a UTF-8 encoded filename.
+<parameter name="string">
+<parameter_description> a #GString
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="val">
+<parameter_description> bytes to append
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="len">
+<parameter_description> number of bytes of @val to use
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> The converted filename, or %NULL on conversion
-failure and lack of short names.
-
-Since: 2.8
+<return> @string
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_io_channel_read_line_string">
+<function name="g_signal_has_handler_pending">
<description>
-Reads a line from a #GIOChannel, using a #GString as a buffer.
+Returns whether there are any handlers connected to @instance for the
+given signal id and detail.
+
+One example of when you might use this is when the arguments to the
+signal are difficult to compute. A class implementor may opt to not
+emit the signal if no one is attached anyway, thus saving the cost
+of building the arguments.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="channel">
-<parameter_description> a #GIOChannel
+<parameter name="instance">
+<parameter_description> the object whose signal handlers are sought.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="buffer">
-<parameter_description> a #GString into which the line will be written.
-If @buffer already contains data, the old data will
-be overwritten.
+<parameter name="signal_id">
+<parameter_description> the signal id.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="terminator_pos">
-<parameter_description> location to store position of line terminator, or %NULL
+<parameter name="detail">
+<parameter_description> the detail.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="error">
-<parameter_description> a location to store an error of type #GConvertError
-or #GIOChannelError
+<parameter name="may_be_blocked">
+<parameter_description> whether blocked handlers should count as match.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the status of the operation.
+<return> %TRUE if a handler is connected to the signal, %FALSE
+otherwise.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_set_error">
+<function name="g_param_spec_enum">
<description>
-Does nothing if @err is %NULL; if @err is non-%NULL, then * err must
-be %NULL. A new #GError is created and assigned to * err
+Creates a new #GParamSpecEnum instance specifying a %G_TYPE_ENUM
+property.
+
+See g_param_spec_internal() for details on property names.
+
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="err">
-<parameter_description> a return location for a #GError, or %NULL
+<parameter name="name">
+<parameter_description> canonical name of the property specified
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="domain">
-<parameter_description> error domain
+<parameter name="nick">
+<parameter_description> nick name for the property specified
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="code">
-<parameter_description> error code
+<parameter name="blurb">
+<parameter_description> description of the property specified
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="format">
-<parameter_description> printf()-style format
+<parameter name="enum_type">
+<parameter_description> a #GType derived from %G_TYPE_ENUM
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="Varargs">
-<parameter_description> args for @format
+<parameter name="default_value">
+<parameter_description> default value for the property specified
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="flags">
+<parameter_description> flags for the property specified
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> a newly created parameter specification
+</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_queue_peek_head_link">
+<function name="g_value_set_long">
<description>
-Return value: the first link in @queue, or %NULL if @queue is empty
+Set the contents of a %G_TYPE_LONG #GValue to @v_long.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="queue">
-<parameter_description> a #GQueue
+<parameter name="value">
+<parameter_description> a valid #GValue of type %G_TYPE_LONG
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="v_long">
+<parameter_description> long integer value to be set
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the first link in @queue, or %NULL if @queue is empty
-
-Since: 2.4
-</return>
+<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_cclosure_marshal_VOID__OBJECT">
+<function name="g_cclosure_marshal_VOID__DOUBLE">
<description>
A marshaller for a #GCClosure with a callback of type
-&lt;literal&gt;void (*callback) (gpointer instance, GOBject *arg1, gpointer user_data)&lt;/literal&gt;.
+<literal>void (*callback) (gpointer instance, gdouble arg1, gpointer user_data)</literal>.
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -9853,7 +12708,7 @@ A marshaller for a #GCClosure with a callback of type
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="param_values">
-<parameter_description> a #GValue array holding the instance and the #GObject* parameter
+<parameter_description> a #GValue array holding the instance and the #gdouble parameter
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="invocation_hint">
@@ -9869,601 +12724,760 @@ to g_closure_invoke()
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_random_set_seed">
+<function name="g_time_val_from_iso8601">
<description>
-Sets the seed for the global random number generator, which is used
-by the &lt;function&gt;g_random_*&lt;/function&gt; functions, to @seed.
+Converts a string containing an ISO 8601 encoded date and time
+to a #GTimeVal and puts it into @time_.
+
+Since: 2.12
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="seed">
-<parameter_description> a value to reinitialize the global random number generator.
+<parameter name="iso_date">
+<parameter_description> an ISO 8601 encoded date string
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="time_">
+<parameter_description> a #GTimeVal
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> %TRUE if the conversion was successful.
+
+</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_option_group_new">
+<function name="g_async_queue_push">
<description>
-Creates a new #GOptionGroup.
-
+Pushes the @data into the @queue. @data must not be %NULL.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="name">
-<parameter_description> the name for the option group, this is used to provide
-help for the options in this group with &lt;option&gt;--help-&lt;/option&gt;@name
+<parameter name="queue">
+<parameter_description> a #GAsyncQueue.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="description">
-<parameter_description> a description for this group to be shown in
-&lt;option&gt;--help&lt;/option&gt;. This string is translated using the translation
-domain or translation function of the group
+<parameter name="data">
+<parameter_description> @data to push into the @queue.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="help_description">
-<parameter_description> a description for the &lt;option&gt;--help-&lt;/option&gt;@name option.
-This string is translated using the translation domain or translation function
-of the group
+</parameters>
+<return></return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_param_spec_set_qdata">
+<description>
+Sets an opaque, named pointer on a #GParamSpec. The name is
+specified through a #GQuark (retrieved e.g. via
+g_quark_from_static_string()), and the pointer can be gotten back
+from the @pspec with g_param_spec_get_qdata(). Setting a
+previously set user data pointer, overrides (frees) the old pointer
+set, using %NULL as pointer essentially removes the data stored.
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="pspec">
+<parameter_description> the #GParamSpec to set store a user data pointer
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="user_data">
-<parameter_description> user data that will be passed to the pre- and post-parse hooks,
-the error hook and to callbacks of %G_OPTION_ARG_CALLBACK options, or %NULL
+<parameter name="quark">
+<parameter_description> a #GQuark, naming the user data pointer
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="destroy">
-<parameter_description> a function that will be called to free @user_data, or %NULL
+<parameter name="data">
+<parameter_description> an opaque user data pointer
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a newly created option group. It should be added
-to a #GOptionContext or freed with g_option_group_free().
-
-Since: 2.6
-</return>
+<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_type_module_register_flags">
+<function name="g_thread_exit">
<description>
-Looks up or registers a flags type that is implemented with a particular
-type plugin. If a type with name @type_name was previously registered,
-the #GType identifier for the type is returned, otherwise the type
-is newly registered, and the resulting #GType identifier returned.
+Exits the current thread. If another thread is waiting for that
+thread using g_thread_join() and the current thread is joinable, the
+waiting thread will be woken up and get @retval as the return value
+of g_thread_join(). If the current thread is not joinable, @retval
+is ignored. Calling
-As long as any instances of the type exist, the type plugin will
-not be unloaded.
+<informalexample>
+<programlisting>
+g_thread_exit (retval);
+</programlisting>
+</informalexample>
-Since: 2.6
+is equivalent to returning @retval from the function @func, as given
+to g_thread_create().
+<note><para>Never call g_thread_exit() from within a thread of a
+#GThreadPool, as that will mess up the bookkeeping and lead to funny
+and unwanted results.</para></note>
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="module">
-<parameter_description> a #GTypeModule
+<parameter name="retval">
+<parameter_description> the return value of this thread.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="name">
-<parameter_description> name for the type
+</parameters>
+<return></return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_strstr_len">
+<description>
+Searches the string @haystack for the first occurrence
+of the string @needle, limiting the length of the search
+to @haystack_len.
+
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="haystack">
+<parameter_description> a string.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="const_static_values">
-<parameter_description> an array of #GFlagsValue structs for the
-possible flags values. The array is
-terminated by a struct with all members being
-0.
+<parameter name="haystack_len">
+<parameter_description> the maximum length of @haystack. Note that -1 is
+a valid length, if @haystack is nul-terminated, meaning it will
+search through the whole string.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="needle">
+<parameter_description> the string to search for.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the new or existing type ID
+<return> a pointer to the found occurrence, or
+%NULL if not found.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_slist_insert_before">
+<function name="g_unichar_isxdigit">
<description>
-Inserts a node before @sibling containing @data.
+Determines if a character is a hexidecimal digit.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="slist">
-<parameter_description> a #GSList
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="sibling">
-<parameter_description> node to insert @data before
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="data">
-<parameter_description> data to put in the newly-inserted node
+<parameter name="c">
+<parameter_description> a Unicode character.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the new head of the list.
+<return> %TRUE if the character is a hexadecimal digit
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_mapped_file_free">
+<function name="g_string_chunk_clear">
<description>
-Unmaps the buffer of @file and frees it.
+Frees all strings contained within the #GStringChunk.
+After calling g_string_chunk_clear() it is not safe to
+access any of the strings which were contained within it.
-Since: 2.8
+Since: 2.14
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="file">
-<parameter_description> a #GMappedFile
+<parameter name="chunk">
+<parameter_description> a #GStringChunk
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_thread_pool_get_max_unused_threads">
+<function name="g_array_ref">
<description>
-Return value: the maximal number of unused threads
+Atomically increments the reference count of @array by one. This
+function is MT-safe and may be called from any thread.
+
+Since: 2.22
</description>
<parameters>
+<parameter name="array">
+<parameter_description> A #GArray.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the maximal number of unused threads
+<return> The passed in #GArray.
+
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_node_copy_deep">
+<function name="g_async_queue_unref">
<description>
-Recursively copies a #GNode and its data.
-
+Decreases the reference count of the asynchronous @queue by 1. If
+the reference count went to 0, the @queue will be destroyed and the
+memory allocated will be freed. So you are not allowed to use the
+ queue afterwards, as it might have disappeared. You do not need to
+hold the lock to call this function.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="node">
-<parameter_description> a #GNode
+<parameter name="queue">
+<parameter_description> a #GAsyncQueue.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="copy_func">
-<parameter_description> the function which is called to copy the data inside each node,
-or %NULL to use the original data.
+</parameters>
+<return></return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_stat">
+<description>
+A wrapper for the POSIX stat() function. The stat() function
+returns information about a file. On Windows the stat() function in
+the C library checks only the FAT-style READONLY attribute and does
+not look at the ACL at all. Thus on Windows the protection bits in
+the st_mode field are a fabrication of little use.
+
+See your C library manual for more details about stat().
+
+Since: 2.6
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="filename">
+<parameter_description> a pathname in the GLib file name encoding (UTF-8 on Windows)
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="data">
-<parameter_description> data to pass to @copy_func
+<parameter name="buf">
+<parameter_description> a pointer to a <structname>stat</structname> struct, which
+will be filled with the file information
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a new #GNode containing copies of the data in @node.
+<return> 0 if the information was successfully retrieved, -1 if an error
+occurred
-Since: 2.4
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_io_channel_error_from_errno">
+<function name="g_timeout_source_new_seconds">
<description>
-Converts an &lt;literal&gt;errno&lt;/literal&gt; error number to a #GIOChannelError.
+Creates a new timeout source.
+The source will not initially be associated with any #GMainContext
+and must be added to one with g_source_attach() before it will be
+executed.
+
+The scheduling granularity/accuracy of this timeout source will be
+in seconds.
+
+Since: 2.14
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="en">
-<parameter_description> an &lt;literal&gt;errno&lt;/literal&gt; error number, e.g. %EINVAL
+<parameter name="interval">
+<parameter_description> the timeout interval in seconds
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a #GIOChannelError error number, e.g.
-%G_IO_CHANNEL_ERROR_INVAL.
+<return> the newly-created timeout source
+
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_value_transform">
+<function name="g_atexit">
<description>
-Tries to cast the contents of @src_value into a type appropriate
-to store in @dest_value, e.g. to transform a %G_TYPE_INT value
-into a %G_TYPE_FLOAT value. Performing transformations between
-value types might incur precision lossage. Especially
-transformations into strings might reveal seemingly arbitrary
-results and shouldn't be relied upon for production code (such
-as rcfile value or object property serialization).
+Specifies a function to be called at normal program termination.
+Since GLib 2.8.2, on Windows g_atexit() actually is a preprocessor
+macro that maps to a call to the atexit() function in the C
+library. This means that in case the code that calls g_atexit(),
+i.e. atexit(), is in a DLL, the function will be called when the
+DLL is detached from the program. This typically makes more sense
+than that the function is called when the GLib DLL is detached,
+which happened earlier when g_atexit() was a function in the GLib
+DLL.
+
+The behaviour of atexit() in the context of dynamically loaded
+modules is not formally specified and varies wildly.
+
+On POSIX systems, calling g_atexit() (or atexit()) in a dynamically
+loaded module which is unloaded before the program terminates might
+well cause a crash at program exit.
+
+Some POSIX systems implement atexit() like Windows, and have each
+dynamically loaded module maintain an own atexit chain that is
+called when the module is unloaded.
+
+On other POSIX systems, before a dynamically loaded module is
+unloaded, the registered atexit functions (if any) residing in that
+module are called, regardless where the code that registered them
+resided. This is presumably the most robust approach.
+
+As can be seen from the above, for portability it's best to avoid
+calling g_atexit() (or atexit()) except in the main executable of a
+program.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="src_value">
-<parameter_description> Source value.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="dest_value">
-<parameter_description> Target value.
+<parameter name="func">
+<parameter_description> the function to call on normal program termination.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> Whether a transformation rule was found and could be applied.
-Upon failing transformations, @dest_value is left untouched.
-</return>
+<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_int_equal">
+<function name="g_ascii_dtostr">
<description>
-Compares the two #gint values being pointed to and returns
-%TRUE if they are equal.
-It can be passed to g_hash_table_new() as the @key_equal_func
-parameter, when using pointers to integers as keys in a #GHashTable.
+Converts a #gdouble to a string, using the '.' as
+decimal point.
+
+This functions generates enough precision that converting
+the string back using g_ascii_strtod() gives the same machine-number
+(on machines with IEEE compatible 64bit doubles). It is
+guaranteed that the size of the resulting string will never
+be larger than @G_ASCII_DTOSTR_BUF_SIZE bytes.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="v1">
-<parameter_description> a pointer to a #gint key.
+<parameter name="buffer">
+<parameter_description> A buffer to place the resulting string in
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="v2">
-<parameter_description> a pointer to a #gint key to compare with @v1.
+<parameter name="buf_len">
+<parameter_description> The length of the buffer.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="d">
+<parameter_description> The #gdouble to convert
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> %TRUE if the two keys match.
+<return> The pointer to the buffer with the converted string.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_boxed_type_register_static">
+<function name="g_test_add">
<description>
-This function creates a new %G_TYPE_BOXED derived type id for a new
-boxed type with name @name. Boxed type handling functions have to be
-provided to copy and free opaque boxed structures of this type.
+Hook up a new test case at @testpath, similar to g_test_add_func().
+A fixture data structure with setup and teardown function may be provided
+though, similar to g_test_create_case().
+g_test_add() is implemented as a macro, so that the fsetup(), ftest() and
+fteardown() callbacks can expect a @Fixture pointer as first argument in
+a type safe manner.
+Since: 2.16
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="name">
-<parameter_description> Name of the new boxed type.
+<parameter name="testpath">
+<parameter_description> The test path for a new test case.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="boxed_copy">
-<parameter_description> Boxed structure copy function.
+<parameter name="Fixture">
+<parameter_description> The type of a fixture data structure.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="boxed_free">
-<parameter_description> Boxed structure free function.
+<parameter name="tdata">
+<parameter_description> Data argument for the test functions.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="fsetup">
+<parameter_description> The function to set up the fixture data.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="ftest">
+<parameter_description> The actual test function.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="fteardown">
+<parameter_description> The function to tear down the fixture data.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> New %G_TYPE_BOXED derived type id for @name.
-</return>
+<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="GMarkupCollectType">
+<function name="g_signal_handlers_disconnect_matched">
<description>
-A mixed enumerated type and flags field. You must specify one type
-(string, strdup, boolean, tristate). Additionally, you may
-optionally bitwise OR the type with the flag
-%G_MARKUP_COLLECT_OPTIONAL.
+Disconnects all handlers on an instance that match a certain
+selection criteria. The criteria mask is passed as an OR-ed
+combination of #GSignalMatchType flags, and the criteria values are
+passed as arguments. Passing at least one of the
+%G_SIGNAL_MATCH_CLOSURE, %G_SIGNAL_MATCH_FUNC or
+%G_SIGNAL_MATCH_DATA match flags is required for successful
+matches. If no handlers were found, 0 is returned, the number of
+disconnected handlers otherwise.
-It is likely that this enum will be extended in the future to
-support other types.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="G_MARKUP_COLLECT_INVALID">
-<parameter_description> used to terminate the list of attributes
-to collect.
+<parameter name="instance">
+<parameter_description> The instance to remove handlers from.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="mask">
+<parameter_description> Mask indicating which of @signal_id, @detail, @closure, @func
+and/or @data the handlers have to match.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="G_MARKUP_COLLECT_STRING">
-<parameter_description> collect the string pointer directly from
-the attribute_values[] array. Expects a
-parameter of type (const char **). If
-%G_MARKUP_COLLECT_OPTIONAL is specified
-and the attribute isn't present then the
-pointer will be set to %NULL.
+<parameter name="signal_id">
+<parameter_description> Signal the handlers have to be connected to.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="G_MARKUP_COLLECT_STRDUP">
-<parameter_description> as with %G_MARKUP_COLLECT_STRING, but
-expects a paramter of type (char **) and
-g_strdup()s the returned pointer. The
-pointer must be freed with g_free().
+<parameter name="detail">
+<parameter_description> Signal detail the handlers have to be connected to.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="G_MARKUP_COLLECT_BOOLEAN">
-<parameter_description> expects a parameter of type (gboolean *)
-and parses the attribute value as a
-boolean. Sets %FALSE if the attribute
-isn't present. Valid boolean values
-consist of (case insensitive) "false",
-"f", "no", "n", "0" and "true", "t",
-"yes", "y", "1".
+<parameter name="closure">
+<parameter_description> The closure the handlers will invoke.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="G_MARKUP_COLLECT_TRISTATE">
-<parameter_description> as with %G_MARKUP_COLLECT_BOOLEAN, but
-in the case of a missing attribute a
-value is set that compares equal to
-neither %FALSE nor %TRUE.
-G_MARKUP_COLLECT_OPTIONAL is implied.
+<parameter name="func">
+<parameter_description> The C closure callback of the handlers (useless for non-C closures).
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="G_MARKUP_COLLECT_OPTIONAL">
-<parameter_description> can be bitwise ORed with the other
-fields. If present, allows the
-attribute not to appear. A default
-value is set depending on what value
-type is used.
+<parameter name="data">
+<parameter_description> The closure data of the handlers' closures.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> The number of handlers that matched.
+</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_idle_source_new">
+<function name="g_test_trap_fork">
<description>
-Creates a new idle source.
+Fork the current test program to execute a test case that might
+not return or that might abort. The forked test case is aborted
+and considered failing if its run time exceeds @usec_timeout.
-The source will not initially be associated with any #GMainContext
-and must be added to one with g_source_attach() before it will be
-executed. Note that the default priority for idle sources is
-%G_PRIORITY_DEFAULT_IDLE, as compared to other sources which
-have a default priority of %G_PRIORITY_DEFAULT.
+The forking behavior can be configured with the #GTestTrapFlags flags.
+In the following example, the test code forks, the forked child
+process produces some sample output and exits successfully.
+The forking parent process then asserts successful child program
+termination and validates child program outputs.
+
+|[
+static void
+test_fork_patterns (void)
+{
+if (g_test_trap_fork (0, G_TEST_TRAP_SILENCE_STDOUT | G_TEST_TRAP_SILENCE_STDERR))
+{
+g_print ("some stdout text: somagic17\n");
+g_printerr ("some stderr text: semagic43\n");
+exit (0); /* successful test run */
+}
+g_test_trap_assert_passed();
+g_test_trap_assert_stdout ("*somagic17*");
+g_test_trap_assert_stderr ("*semagic43*");
+}
+]|
+
+This function is implemented only on Unix platforms.
+
+Since: 2.16
</description>
<parameters>
+<parameter name="usec_timeout">
+<parameter_description> Timeout for the forked test in micro seconds.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="test_trap_flags">
+<parameter_description> Flags to modify forking behaviour.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the newly-created idle source
+<return> %TRUE for the forked child and %FALSE for the executing parent process.
+
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_list_find">
+<function name="g_main_context_find_source_by_user_data">
<description>
-Finds the element in a #GList which
-contains the given data.
+Finds a source with the given user data for the callback. If
+multiple sources exist with the same user data, the first
+one found will be returned.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="list">
-<parameter_description> a #GList
+<parameter name="context">
+<parameter_description> a #GMainContext
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="data">
-<parameter_description> the element data to find
+<parameter name="user_data">
+<parameter_description> the user_data for the callback.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the found #GList element,
-or %NULL if it is not found
+<return> the source, if one was found, otherwise %NULL
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_string_chunk_insert_len">
+<function name="g_spawn_async">
<description>
-Adds a copy of the first @len bytes of @string to the #GStringChunk.
-The copy is nul-terminated.
+See g_spawn_async_with_pipes() for a full description; this function
+simply calls the g_spawn_async_with_pipes() without any pipes.
-Since this function does not stop at nul bytes, it is the caller's
-responsibility to ensure that @string has at least @len addressable
-bytes.
+You should call g_spawn_close_pid() on the returned child process
+reference when you don't need it any more.
-The characters in the returned string can be changed, if necessary,
-though you should not change anything after the end of the string.
+<note><para>
+If you are writing a GTK+ application, and the program you
+are spawning is a graphical application, too, then you may
+want to use gdk_spawn_on_screen() instead to ensure that
+the spawned program opens its windows on the right screen.
+</para></note>
+
+<note><para> Note that the returned @child_pid on Windows is a
+handle to the child process and not its identifier. Process handles
+and process identifiers are different concepts on Windows.
+</para></note>
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="chunk">
-<parameter_description> a #GStringChunk
+<parameter name="working_directory">
+<parameter_description> child's current working directory, or %NULL to inherit parent's
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="string">
-<parameter_description> bytes to insert
+<parameter name="argv">
+<parameter_description> child's argument vector
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="len">
-<parameter_description> number of bytes of @string to insert, or -1 to insert a
-nul-terminated string
+<parameter name="envp">
+<parameter_description> child's environment, or %NULL to inherit parent's
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="flags">
+<parameter_description> flags from #GSpawnFlags
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="child_setup">
+<parameter_description> function to run in the child just before exec()
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="user_data">
+<parameter_description> user data for @child_setup
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="child_pid">
+<parameter_description> return location for child process reference, or %NULL
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="error">
+<parameter_description> return location for error
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a pointer to the copy of @string within the #GStringChunk
-
-Since: 2.4
+<return> %TRUE on success, %FALSE if error is set
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_list_delete_link">
+<function name="g_object_class_find_property">
<description>
-Removes the node link_ from the list and frees it.
-Compare this to g_list_remove_link() which removes the node
-without freeing it.
+Looks up the #GParamSpec for a property of a class.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="list">
-<parameter_description> a #GList
+<parameter name="oclass">
+<parameter_description> a #GObjectClass
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="link_">
-<parameter_description> node to delete from @list
+<parameter name="property_name">
+<parameter_description> the name of the property to look up
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the new head of @list
+<return> the #GParamSpec for the property, or %NULL if the class
+doesn't have a property of that name
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_sequence_sort_changed_iter">
+<function name="g_string_sprintfa">
<description>
-Like g_sequence_sort_changed(), but uses
-a #GSequenceIterCompareFunc instead of a #GCompareDataFunc as
-the compare function.
+Appends a formatted string onto the end of a #GString.
+This function is similar to g_string_sprintf() except that
+the text is appended to the #GString.
-Since: 2.14
+Deprecated: This function has been renamed to g_string_append_printf()
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="iter">
-<parameter_description> a #GSequenceIter
+<parameter name="string">
+<parameter_description> a #GString
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="iter_cmp">
-<parameter_description> the #GSequenceItercompare used to compare iterators in the
-sequence. It is called with two iterators pointing into @seq. It should
-return 0 if the iterators are equal, a negative value if the first
-iterator comes before the second, and a positive value if the second
-iterator comes before the first.
+<parameter name="format">
+<parameter_description> the string format. See the sprintf() documentation
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="cmp_data">
-<parameter_description> user data passed to @cmp_func
+<parameter name="Varargs">
+<parameter_description> the parameters to insert into the format string
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_value_get_uchar">
+<function name="g_closure_ref">
<description>
-Get the contents of a %G_TYPE_UCHAR #GValue.
+Increments the reference count on a closure to force it staying
+alive while the caller holds a pointer to it.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="value">
-<parameter_description> a valid #GValue of type %G_TYPE_UCHAR
+<parameter name="closure">
+<parameter_description> #GClosure to increment the reference count on
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> unsigned character contents of @value
+<return> The @closure passed in, for convenience
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_value_get_param">
+<function name="g_random_set_seed">
<description>
-Get the contents of a %G_TYPE_PARAM #GValue.
-
+Sets the seed for the global random number generator, which is used
+by the <function>g_random_*</function> functions, to @seed.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="value">
-<parameter_description> a valid #GValue whose type is derived from %G_TYPE_PARAM
+<parameter name="seed">
+<parameter_description> a value to reinitialize the global random number generator.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> #GParamSpec content of @value
-</return>
+<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_value_get_enum">
+<function name="g_option_group_new">
<description>
-Get the contents of a %G_TYPE_ENUM #GValue.
+Creates a new #GOptionGroup.
+Since: 2.6
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="value">
-<parameter_description> a valid #GValue whose type is derived from %G_TYPE_ENUM
+<parameter name="name">
+<parameter_description> the name for the option group, this is used to provide
+help for the options in this group with <option>--help-</option>@name
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="description">
+<parameter_description> a description for this group to be shown in
+<option>--help</option>. This string is translated using the translation
+domain or translation function of the group
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="help_description">
+<parameter_description> a description for the <option>--help-</option>@name option.
+This string is translated using the translation domain or translation function
+of the group
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="user_data">
+<parameter_description> user data that will be passed to the pre- and post-parse hooks,
+the error hook and to callbacks of %G_OPTION_ARG_CALLBACK options, or %NULL
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="destroy">
+<parameter_description> a function that will be called to free @user_data, or %NULL
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> enum contents of @value
+<return> a newly created option group. It should be added
+to a #GOptionContext or freed with g_option_group_free().
+
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_unichar_isdefined">
+<function name="g_thread_pool_get_max_unused_threads">
<description>
-Determines if a given character is assigned in the Unicode
-standard.
+Returns the maximal allowed number of unused threads.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="c">
-<parameter_description> a Unicode character
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> %TRUE if the character has an assigned value
+<return> the maximal number of unused threads
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_markup_vprintf_escaped">
+<function name="g_int_equal">
<description>
-Formats the data in @args according to @format, escaping
-all string and character arguments in the fashion
-of g_markup_escape_text(). See g_markup_printf_escaped().
+Compares the two #gint values being pointed to and returns
+%TRUE if they are equal.
+It can be passed to g_hash_table_new() as the @key_equal_func
+parameter, when using pointers to integers as keys in a #GHashTable.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="format">
-<parameter_description> printf() style format string
+<parameter name="v1">
+<parameter_description> a pointer to a #gint key.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="args">
-<parameter_description> variable argument list, similar to vprintf()
+<parameter name="v2">
+<parameter_description> a pointer to a #gint key to compare with @v1.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> newly allocated result from formatting
-operation. Free with g_free().
-
-Since: 2.4
+<return> %TRUE if the two keys match.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_bookmark_file_set_is_private">
+<function name="g_signal_emit">
<description>
-Sets the private flag of the bookmark for @uri.
-
-If a bookmark for @uri cannot be found then it is created.
+Emits a signal.
-Since: 2.12
+Note that g_signal_emit() resets the return value to the default
+if no handlers are connected, in contrast to g_signal_emitv().
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="bookmark">
-<parameter_description> a #GBookmarkFile
+<parameter name="instance">
+<parameter_description> the instance the signal is being emitted on.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="uri">
-<parameter_description> a valid URI
+<parameter name="signal_id">
+<parameter_description> the signal id
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="is_private">
-<parameter_description> %TRUE if the bookmark should be marked as private
+<parameter name="detail">
+<parameter_description> the detail
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="Varargs">
+<parameter_description> parameters to be passed to the signal, followed by a
+location for the return value. If the return type of the signal
+is #G_TYPE_NONE, the return value location can be omitted.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_key_file_get_boolean">
+<function name="g_byte_array_free">
<description>
-Return value: the value associated with the key as a boolean,
+Frees the memory allocated by the #GByteArray. If @free_segment is
+%TRUE it frees the actual byte data. If the reference count of
+ array is greater than one, the #GByteArray wrapper is preserved but
+the size of @array will be set to zero.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="key_file">
-<parameter_description> a #GKeyFile
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="group_name">
-<parameter_description> a group name
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="key">
-<parameter_description> a key
+<parameter name="array">
+<parameter_description> a #GByteArray.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="error">
-<parameter_description> return location for a #GError
+<parameter name="free_segment">
+<parameter_description> if %TRUE the actual byte data is freed as well.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the value associated with the key as a boolean,
-or %FALSE if the key was not found or could not be parsed.
-
-Since: 2.6
+<return> the element data if @free_segment is %FALSE, otherwise
+%NULL. The element data should be freed using g_free().
</return>
</function>
@@ -10483,7 +13497,7 @@ gint32 id2;
id1 = GPOINTER_TO_INT (element1);
id2 = GPOINTER_TO_INT (element2);
-return (id1 &gt; id2 ? +1 : id1 == id2 ? 0 : -1);
+return (id1 > id2 ? +1 : id1 == id2 ? 0 : -1);
]|
Since: 2.10
@@ -10513,7 +13527,10 @@ the second element.
<function name="g_path_is_absolute">
<description>
-Returns: %TRUE if @file_name is an absolute path.
+Returns %TRUE if the given @file_name is an absolute file name,
+i.e. it contains a full path from the root directory such as "/usr/local"
+on UNIX or "C:\windows" on Windows systems.
+
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -10526,35 +13543,6 @@ Returns: %TRUE if @file_name is an absolute path.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_hash_table_new">
-<description>
-Creates a new #GHashTable with a reference count of 1.
-
-
-</description>
-<parameters>
-<parameter name="hash_func">
-<parameter_description> a function to create a hash value from a key.
-Hash values are used to determine where keys are stored within the
-#GHashTable data structure. The g_direct_hash(), g_int_hash() and
-g_str_hash() functions are provided for some common types of keys.
-If hash_func is %NULL, g_direct_hash() is used.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="key_equal_func">
-<parameter_description> a function to check two keys for equality. This is
-used when looking up keys in the #GHashTable. The g_direct_equal(),
-g_int_equal() and g_str_equal() functions are provided for the most
-common types of keys. If @key_equal_func is %NULL, keys are compared
-directly in a similar fashion to g_direct_equal(), but without the
-overhead of a function call.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-</parameters>
-<return> a new #GHashTable.
-</return>
-</function>
-
<function name="g_string_prepend_len">
<description>
Prepends @len bytes of @val to @string.
@@ -10562,7 +13550,7 @@ Because @len is provided, @val may contain
embedded nuls and need not be nul-terminated.
Since this function does not stop at nul bytes,
-it is the caller's responsibility to ensure that
+it is the caller's responsibility to ensure that
@val has at least @len addressable bytes.
@@ -10590,6 +13578,7 @@ it is the caller's responsibility to ensure that
Overwrites part of a string, lengthening it if necessary.
This function will work with embedded nuls.
+Since: 2.14
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -10612,7 +13601,6 @@ This function will work with embedded nuls.
</parameters>
<return> @string
-Since: 2.14
</return>
</function>
@@ -10632,1675 +13620,1700 @@ Checks to see if the main loop is currently being run via g_main_loop_run().
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_bookmark_file_get_title">
+<function name="g_string_new">
<description>
-Return value: a newly allocated string or %NULL if the specified
+Creates a new #GString, initialized with the given string.
+
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="bookmark">
-<parameter_description> a #GBookmarkFile
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="uri">
-<parameter_description> a valid URI or %NULL
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="error">
-<parameter_description> return location for a #GError, or %NULL
+<parameter name="init">
+<parameter_description> the initial text to copy into the string
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a newly allocated string or %NULL if the specified
-URI cannot be found.
-
-Since: 2.12
+<return> the new #GString
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_string_new">
+<function name="g_source_remove_by_user_data">
<description>
-Creates a new #GString, initialized with the given string.
+Removes a source from the default main loop context given the user
+data for the callback. If multiple sources exist with the same user
+data, only one will be destroyed.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="init">
-<parameter_description> the initial text to copy into the string
+<parameter name="user_data">
+<parameter_description> the user_data for the callback.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the new #GString
+<return> %TRUE if a source was found and removed.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_test_rand_int">
+<function name="g_variant_type_key">
<description>
-Get a reproducible random integer number.
-
-The random numbers generated by the g_test_rand_*() family of functions
-change with every new test program start, unless the --seed option is
-given when starting test programs.
+Determines the key type of a dictionary entry type.
-For individual test cases however, the random number generator is
-reseeded, to avoid dependencies between tests and to make --seed
-effective for all test cases.
+This function may only be used with a dictionary entry type. Other
+than the additional restriction, this call is equivalent to
+g_variant_type_first().
+Since 2.24
</description>
<parameters>
+<parameter name="type">
+<parameter_description> a dictionary entry #GVariantType
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a random number from the seeded random number generator.
-
-Since: 2.16
+<return> the key type of the dictionary entry
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_string_down">
+<function name="g_mem_chunk_alloc0">
<description>
-Converts a #GString to lowercase.
+Allocates an atom of memory from a #GMemChunk, setting the memory to
+0.
+Deprecated:2.10: Use g_slice_alloc0() instead
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="string">
-<parameter_description> a #GString
+<parameter name="mem_chunk">
+<parameter_description> a #GMemChunk.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the #GString.
-
-Deprecated:2.2: This function uses the locale-specific
-tolower() function, which is almost never the right thing.
-Use g_string_ascii_down() or g_utf8_strdown() instead.
+<return> a pointer to the allocated atom.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_strup">
+<function name="g_key_file_remove_key">
<description>
-Converts a string to upper case.
+Removes @key in @group_name from the key file.
+Since: 2.6
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="string">
-<parameter_description> the string to convert.
+<parameter name="key_file">
+<parameter_description> a #GKeyFile
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="group_name">
+<parameter_description> a group name
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="key">
+<parameter_description> a key name to remove
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="error">
+<parameter_description> return location for a #GError or %NULL
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the string
+<return> %TRUE if the key was removed, %FALSE otherwise
-Deprecated:2.2: This function is totally broken for the reasons discussed
-in the g_strncasecmp() docs - use g_ascii_strup() or g_utf8_strup() instead.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_date_get_iso8601_week_of_year">
+<function name="g_bookmark_file_new">
<description>
-Returns: ISO 8601 week number of the year.
+Creates a new empty #GBookmarkFile object.
+
+Use g_bookmark_file_load_from_file(), g_bookmark_file_load_from_data()
+or g_bookmark_file_load_from_data_dirs() to read an existing bookmark
+file.
+
+Since: 2.12
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="date">
-<parameter_description> a valid #GDate
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> ISO 8601 week number of the year.
+<return> an empty #GBookmarkFile
-Since: 2.6
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_value_set_float">
+<function name="g_queue_pop_nth_link">
<description>
-Set the contents of a %G_TYPE_FLOAT #GValue to @v_float.
+Removes and returns the link at the given position.
+
+Since: 2.4
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="value">
-<parameter_description> a valid #GValue of type %G_TYPE_FLOAT
+<parameter name="queue">
+<parameter_description> a #GQueue
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="v_float">
-<parameter_description> float value to be set
+<parameter name="n">
+<parameter_description> the link's position
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> The @n'th link, or %NULL if @n is off the end of @queue.
+
+</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_markup_parse_context_get_element_stack">
+<function name="g_async_queue_pop">
<description>
-Retrieves the element stack from the internal state of the parser.
-The returned #GSList is a list of strings where the first item is
-the currently open tag (as would be returned by
-g_markup_parse_context_get_element()) and the next item is its
-immediate parent.
-
-This function is intended to be used in the start_element and
-end_element handlers where g_markup_parse_context_get_element()
-would merely return the name of the element that is being
-processed.
+Pops data from the @queue. This function blocks until data become
+available.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="context">
-<parameter_description> a #GMarkupParseContext
+<parameter name="queue">
+<parameter_description> a #GAsyncQueue.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the element stack, which must not be modified
-
-Since: 2.16
+<return> data from the queue.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_win32_get_package_installation_directory">
+<function name="g_stpcpy">
<description>
-Try to determine the installation directory for a software package.
-
-This function is deprecated. Use
-g_win32_get_package_installation_directory_of_module() instead.
-
-The use of @package is deprecated. You should always pass %NULL. A
-warning is printed if non-NULL is passed as @package.
-
-The original intended use of @package was for a short identifier of
-the package, typically the same identifier as used for
-&lt;literal&gt;GETTEXT_PACKAGE&lt;/literal&gt; in software configured using GNU
-autotools. The function first looks in the Windows Registry for the
-value &lt;literal&gt;&num;InstallationDirectory&lt;/literal&gt; in the key
-&lt;literal&gt;&num;HKLM\Software\ package&lt;/literal&gt;, and if that value
-exists and is a string, returns that.
-
-It is strongly recommended that packagers of GLib-using libraries
-for Windows do not store installation paths in the Registry to be
-used by this function as that interfers with having several
-parallel installations of the library. Enabling multiple
-installations of different versions of some GLib-using library, or
-GLib itself, is desirable for various reasons.
-
-For this reason it is recommeded to always pass %NULL as
- package to this function, to avoid the temptation to use the
-Registry. In version 2.20 of GLib the @package parameter
-will be ignored and this function won't look in the Registry at all.
-
-If @package is %NULL, or the above value isn't found in the
-Registry, but @dll_name is non-%NULL, it should name a DLL loaded
-into the current process. Typically that would be the name of the
-DLL calling this function, looking for its installation
-directory. The function then asks Windows what directory that DLL
-was loaded from. If that directory's last component is "bin" or
-"lib", the parent directory is returned, otherwise the directory
-itself. If that DLL isn't loaded, the function proceeds as if
- dll_name was %NULL.
-
-If both @package and @dll_name are %NULL, the directory from where
-the main executable of the process was loaded is used instead in
-the same way as above.
+Copies a nul-terminated string into the dest buffer, include the
+trailing nul, and return a pointer to the trailing nul byte.
+This is useful for concatenating multiple strings together
+without having to repeatedly scan for the end.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="package">
-<parameter_description> You should pass %NULL for this.
+<parameter name="dest">
+<parameter_description> destination buffer.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="dll_name">
-<parameter_description> The name of a DLL that a package provides in UTF-8, or %NULL.
+<parameter name="src">
+<parameter_description> source string.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a string containing the installation directory for
- package The string is in the GLib file name encoding,
-i.e. UTF-8. The return value should be freed with g_free() when not
-needed any longer. If the function fails %NULL is returned.
-
- Deprecated:2.18: Pass the HMODULE of a DLL or EXE to
-g_win32_get_package_installation_directory_of_module() instead.
+<return> a pointer to trailing nul byte.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_param_spec_uchar">
+<function name="g_string_insert_c">
<description>
-Creates a new #GParamSpecUChar instance specifying a %G_TYPE_UCHAR property.
+Inserts a byte into a #GString, expanding it if necessary.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="name">
-<parameter_description> canonical name of the property specified
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="nick">
-<parameter_description> nick name for the property specified
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="blurb">
-<parameter_description> description of the property specified
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="minimum">
-<parameter_description> minimum value for the property specified
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="maximum">
-<parameter_description> maximum value for the property specified
+<parameter name="string">
+<parameter_description> a #GString
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="default_value">
-<parameter_description> default value for the property specified
+<parameter name="pos">
+<parameter_description> the position to insert the byte
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="flags">
-<parameter_description> flags for the property specified
+<parameter name="c">
+<parameter_description> the byte to insert
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a newly created parameter specification
+<return> @string
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_thread_pool_stop_unused_threads">
+<function name="g_variant_new_parsed">
<description>
-Stops all currently unused threads. This does not change the
-maximal number of unused threads. This function can be used to
-regularly stop all unused threads e.g. from g_timeout_add().
+Parses @format and returns the result.
-</description>
-<parameters>
-</parameters>
-<return></return>
-</function>
+ format must be a text format #GVariant with one extention: at any
+point that a value may appear in the text, a '%' character followed
+by a GVariant format string (as per g_variant_new()) may appear. In
+that case, the same arguments are collected from the argument list as
+g_variant_new() would have collected.
-<function name="g_value_dup_object">
-<description>
-Get the contents of a %G_TYPE_OBJECT derived #GValue, increasing
-its reference count.
+Consider this simple example:
+
+<informalexample><programlisting>
+g_variant_new_parsed ("[('one', 1), ('two', %i), (%s, 3)]", 2, "three");
+</programlisting></informalexample>
+
+In the example, the variable argument parameters are collected and
+filled in as if they were part of the original string to produce the
+result of <code>[('one', 1), ('two', 2), ('three', 3)]</code>.
+
+This function is intended only to be used with @format as a string
+literal. Any parse error is fatal to the calling process. If you
+want to parse data from untrusted sources, use g_variant_parse().
+You may not use this function to return, unmodified, a single
+#GVariant pointer from the argument list. ie: @format may not solely
+be anything along the lines of "%*", "%?", "%r", or anything starting
+with "%@".
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="value">
-<parameter_description> a valid #GValue whose type is derived from %G_TYPE_OBJECT
+<parameter name="format">
+<parameter_description> a text format #GVariant
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="Varargs">
+<parameter_description> arguments as per @format
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> object content of @value, should be unreferenced when no
-longer needed.
+<return> a new floating #GVariant instance
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_hash_table_size">
+<function name="g_thread_pool_unprocessed">
<description>
-Return value: the number of key/value pairs in the #GHashTable.
+Returns the number of tasks still unprocessed in @pool.
+
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="hash_table">
-<parameter_description> a #GHashTable.
+<parameter name="pool">
+<parameter_description> a #GThreadPool
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the number of key/value pairs in the #GHashTable.
+<return> the number of unprocessed tasks
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_key_file_remove_key">
+<function name="g_bookmark_file_set_description">
<description>
-Removes @key in @group_name from the key file.
+Sets @description as the description of the bookmark for @uri.
+
+If @uri is %NULL, the description of @bookmark is set.
+
+If a bookmark for @uri cannot be found then it is created.
+Since: 2.12
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="key_file">
-<parameter_description> a #GKeyFile
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="group_name">
-<parameter_description> a group name
+<parameter name="bookmark">
+<parameter_description> a #GBookmarkFile
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="key">
-<parameter_description> a key name to remove
+<parameter name="uri">
+<parameter_description> a valid URI or %NULL
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="error">
-<parameter_description> return location for a #GError or %NULL
+<parameter name="description">
+<parameter_description> a string
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> %TRUE if the key was removed, %FALSE otherwise
-
-Since: 2.6
-</return>
+<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_source_get_priority">
+<function name="g_tree_unref">
<description>
-Gets the priority of a source.
+Decrements the reference count of @tree by one. If the reference count
+drops to 0, all keys and values will be destroyed (if destroy
+functions were specified) and all memory allocated by @tree will be
+released.
+
+It is safe to call this function from any thread.
+Since: 2.22
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="source">
-<parameter_description> a #GSource
+<parameter name="tree">
+<parameter_description> a #GTree.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the priority of the source
-</return>
+<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_signal_new_valist">
+<function name="g_signal_connect_closure">
<description>
-Creates a new signal. (This is usually done in the class initializer.)
-
-See g_signal_new() for details on allowed signal names.
+Connects a closure to a signal for a particular object.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="signal_name">
-<parameter_description> the name for the signal
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="itype">
-<parameter_description> the type this signal pertains to. It will also pertain to
-types which are derived from this type.
+<parameter name="instance">
+<parameter_description> the instance to connect to.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="signal_flags">
-<parameter_description> a combination of #GSignalFlags specifying detail of when
-the default handler is to be invoked. You should at least specify
-%G_SIGNAL_RUN_FIRST or %G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST.
+<parameter name="detailed_signal">
+<parameter_description> a string of the form "signal-name::detail".
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="class_closure">
-<parameter_description> The closure to invoke on signal emission; may be %NULL.
+<parameter name="closure">
+<parameter_description> the closure to connect.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="accumulator">
-<parameter_description> the accumulator for this signal; may be %NULL.
+<parameter name="after">
+<parameter_description> whether the handler should be called before or after the
+default handler of the signal.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="accu_data">
-<parameter_description> user data for the @accumulator.
+</parameters>
+<return> the handler id
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_timeout_add_seconds_full">
+<description>
+Sets a function to be called at regular intervals, with @priority.
+The function is called repeatedly until it returns %FALSE, at which
+point the timeout is automatically destroyed and the function will
+not be called again.
+
+Unlike g_timeout_add(), this function operates at whole second granularity.
+The initial starting point of the timer is determined by the implementation
+and the implementation is expected to group multiple timers together so that
+they fire all at the same time.
+To allow this grouping, the @interval to the first timer is rounded
+and can deviate up to one second from the specified interval.
+Subsequent timer iterations will generally run at the specified interval.
+
+Note that timeout functions may be delayed, due to the processing of other
+event sources. Thus they should not be relied on for precise timing.
+After each call to the timeout function, the time of the next
+timeout is recalculated based on the current time and the given @interval
+
+If you want timing more precise than whole seconds, use g_timeout_add()
+instead.
+
+The grouping of timers to fire at the same time results in a more power
+and CPU efficient behavior so if your timer is in multiples of seconds
+and you don't require the first timer exactly one second from now, the
+use of g_timeout_add_seconds() is preferred over g_timeout_add().
+
+This internally creates a main loop source using
+g_timeout_source_new_seconds() and attaches it to the main loop context
+using g_source_attach(). You can do these steps manually if you need
+greater control.
+
+Since: 2.14
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="priority">
+<parameter_description> the priority of the timeout source. Typically this will be in
+the range between #G_PRIORITY_DEFAULT and #G_PRIORITY_HIGH.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="c_marshaller">
-<parameter_description> the function to translate arrays of parameter values to
-signal emissions into C language callback invocations.
+<parameter name="interval">
+<parameter_description> the time between calls to the function, in seconds
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="return_type">
-<parameter_description> the type of return value, or #G_TYPE_NONE for a signal
-without a return value.
+<parameter name="function">
+<parameter_description> function to call
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="n_params">
-<parameter_description> the number of parameter types in @args.
+<parameter name="data">
+<parameter_description> data to pass to @function
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="args">
-<parameter_description> va_list of #GType, one for each parameter.
+<parameter name="notify">
+<parameter_description> function to call when the timeout is removed, or %NULL
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the signal id
+<return> the ID (greater than 0) of the event source.
+
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_regex_replace_literal">
+<function name="g_mkstemp_full">
<description>
-Replaces all occurances of the pattern in @regex with the
-replacement text. @replacement is replaced literally, to
-include backreferences use g_regex_replace().
+Opens a temporary file. See the mkstemp() documentation
+on most UNIX-like systems.
-Setting @start_position differs from just passing over a
-shortened string and setting #G_REGEX_MATCH_NOTBOL in the
-case of a pattern that begins with any kind of lookbehind
-assertion, such as "\b".
+The parameter is a string that should follow the rules for
+mkstemp() templates, i.e. contain the string "XXXXXX".
+g_mkstemp_full() is slightly more flexible than mkstemp()
+in that the sequence does not have to occur at the very end of the
+template and you can pass a @mode and additional @flags. The X
+string will be modified to form the name of a file that didn't exist.
+The string should be in the GLib file name encoding. Most importantly,
+on Windows it should be in UTF-8.
+Since: 2.22
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="regex">
-<parameter_description> a #GRegex structure
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="string">
-<parameter_description> the string to perform matches against
+<parameter name="tmpl">
+<parameter_description> template filename
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="string_len">
-<parameter_description> the length of @string, or -1 if @string is nul-terminated
+<parameter name="flags">
+<parameter_description> flags to pass to an open() call in addition to O_EXCL and
+O_CREAT, which are passed automatically
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="start_position">
-<parameter_description> starting index of the string to match
+<parameter name="mode">
+<parameter_description> permissios to create the temporary file with
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="replacement">
-<parameter_description> text to replace each match with
+</parameters>
+<return> A file handle (as from open()) to the file
+opened for reading and writing. The file handle should be
+closed with close(). In case of errors, -1 is returned.
+
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_string_insert">
+<description>
+Inserts a copy of a string into a #GString,
+expanding it if necessary.
+
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="string">
+<parameter_description> a #GString
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="match_options">
-<parameter_description> options for the match
+<parameter name="pos">
+<parameter_description> the position to insert the copy of the string
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="error">
-<parameter_description> location to store the error occuring, or %NULL to ignore errors
+<parameter name="val">
+<parameter_description> the string to insert
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a newly allocated string containing the replacements
-
-Since: 2.14
+<return> @string
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_type_class_peek">
+<function name="g_async_queue_pop_unlocked">
<description>
-This function is essentially the same as g_type_class_ref(), except that
-the classes reference count isn't incremented. As a consequence, this function
-may return %NULL if the class of the type passed in does not currently
-exist (hasn't been referenced before).
+Pops data from the @queue. This function blocks until data become
+available. This function must be called while holding the @queue's
+lock.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="type">
-<parameter_description> Type ID of a classed type.
+<parameter name="queue">
+<parameter_description> a #GAsyncQueue.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> The #GTypeClass structure for the given type ID or %NULL
-if the class does not currently exist.
+<return> data from the queue.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_source_set_callback">
+<function name="g_main_context_push_thread_default">
<description>
-Sets the callback function for a source. The callback for a source is
-called from the source's dispatch function.
+Acquires @context and sets it as the thread-default context for the
+current thread. This will cause certain asynchronous operations
+(such as most <link linkend="gio">gio</link>-based I/O) which are
+started in this thread to run under @context and deliver their
+results to its main loop, rather than running under the global
+default context in the main thread. Note that calling this function
+changes the context returned by
+g_main_context_get_thread_default(), <emphasis>not</emphasis> the
+one returned by g_main_context_default(), so it does not affect the
+context used by functions like g_idle_add().
-The exact type of @func depends on the type of source; ie. you
-should not count on @func being called with @data as its first
-parameter.
+Normally you would call this function shortly after creating a new
+thread, passing it a #GMainContext which will be run by a
+#GMainLoop in that thread, to set a new default context for all
+async operations in that thread. (In this case, you don't need to
+ever call g_main_context_pop_thread_default().) In some cases
+however, you may want to schedule a single operation in a
+non-default context, or temporarily use a non-default context in
+the main thread. In that case, you can wrap the call to the
+asynchronous operation inside a
+g_main_context_push_thread_default() /
+g_main_context_pop_thread_default() pair, but it is up to you to
+ensure that no other asynchronous operations accidentally get
+started while the non-default context is active.
-Typically, you won't use this function. Instead use functions specific
-to the type of source you are using.
+Beware that libraries that predate this function may not correctly
+handle being used from a thread with a thread-default context. Eg,
+see g_file_supports_thread_contexts().
+
+Since: 2.22
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="source">
-<parameter_description> the source
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="func">
-<parameter_description> a callback function
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="data">
-<parameter_description> the data to pass to callback function
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="notify">
-<parameter_description> a function to call when @data is no longer in use, or %NULL.
+<parameter name="context">
+<parameter_description> a #GMainContext, or %NULL for the global default context
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_param_spec_pool_list_owned">
+<function name="g_value_array_remove">
<description>
-Gets an #GList of all #GParamSpec&lt;!-- --&gt;s owned by @owner_type in
-the pool.
+Remove the value at position @index_ from @value_array.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="pool">
-<parameter_description> a #GParamSpecPool
+<parameter name="value_array">
+<parameter_description> #GValueArray to remove an element from
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="owner_type">
-<parameter_description> the owner to look for
+<parameter name="index_">
+<parameter_description> position of value to remove, must be < value_array->n_values
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a #GList of all #GParamSpec&lt;!-- --&gt;s owned by @owner_type
-in the pool#GParamSpec&lt;!-- --&gt;s.
+<return> the #GValueArray passed in as @value_array
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_bookmark_file_new">
+<function name="g_slist_alloc">
<description>
-Creates a new empty #GBookmarkFile object.
-
-Use g_bookmark_file_load_from_file(), g_bookmark_file_load_from_data()
-or g_bookmark_file_load_from_data_dirs() to read an existing bookmark
-file.
-
+Allocates space for one #GSList element. It is called by the
+g_slist_append(), g_slist_prepend(), g_slist_insert() and
+g_slist_insert_sorted() functions and so is rarely used on its own.
</description>
<parameters>
</parameters>
-<return> an empty #GBookmarkFile
-
-Since: 2.12
+<return> a pointer to the newly-allocated #GSList element.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_bookmark_file_has_application">
+<function name="g_object_watch_closure">
<description>
-Checks whether the bookmark for @uri inside @bookmark has been
-registered by application @name.
-
-In the event the URI cannot be found, %FALSE is returned and
- error is set to #G_BOOKMARK_FILE_ERROR_URI_NOT_FOUND.
-
+This function essentially limits the life time of the @closure to
+the life time of the object. That is, when the object is finalized,
+the @closure is invalidated by calling g_closure_invalidate() on
+it, in order to prevent invocations of the closure with a finalized
+(nonexisting) object. Also, g_object_ref() and g_object_unref() are
+added as marshal guards to the @closure, to ensure that an extra
+reference count is held on @object during invocation of the
+ closure Usually, this function will be called on closures that
+use this @object as closure data.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="bookmark">
-<parameter_description> a #GBookmarkFile
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="uri">
-<parameter_description> a valid URI
+<parameter name="object">
+<parameter_description> GObject restricting lifetime of @closure
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="name">
-<parameter_description> the name of the application
+<parameter name="closure">
+<parameter_description> GClosure to watch
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="error">
-<parameter_description> return location for a #GError or %NULL
+</parameters>
+<return></return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_io_channel_get_close_on_unref">
+<description>
+Returns whether the file/socket/whatever associated with @channel
+will be closed when @channel receives its final unref and is
+destroyed. The default value of this is %TRUE for channels created
+by g_io_channel_new_file (), and %FALSE for all other channels.
+
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="channel">
+<parameter_description> a #GIOChannel.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> %TRUE if the application @name was found
-
-Since: 2.12
+<return> Whether the channel will be closed on the final unref of
+the GIOChannel data structure.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_queue_pop_nth_link">
+<function name="g_value_get_gtype">
<description>
-Removes and returns the link at the given position.
+Get the contents of a %G_TYPE_GTYPE #GValue.
+
+Since: 2.12
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="queue">
-<parameter_description> a #GQueue
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="n">
-<parameter_description> the link's position
+<parameter name="value">
+<parameter_description> a valid #GValue of type %G_TYPE_GTYPE
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> The @n'th link, or %NULL if @n is off the end of @queue.
-
-Since: 2.4
+<return> the #GType stored in @value
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_io_channel_set_close_on_unref">
+<function name="g_uri_parse_scheme">
<description>
-Setting this flag to %TRUE for a channel you have already closed
-can cause problems.
+Gets the scheme portion of a URI string. RFC 3986 decodes the scheme as:
+<programlisting>
+URI = scheme ":" hier-part [ "?" query ] [ "#" fragment ]
+</programlisting>
+Common schemes include "file", "http", "svn+ssh", etc.
+
+Since: 2.16
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="channel">
-<parameter_description> a #GIOChannel
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="do_close">
-<parameter_description> Whether to close the channel on the final unref of
-the GIOChannel data structure. The default value of
-this is %TRUE for channels created by g_io_channel_new_file (),
-and %FALSE for all other channels.
+<parameter name="uri">
+<parameter_description> a valid URI.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> The "Scheme" component of the URI, or %NULL on error.
+The returned string should be freed when no longer needed.
+
+</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_value_array_insert">
+<function name="g_vfprintf">
<description>
-Insert a copy of @value at specified position into @value_array.
+An implementation of the standard fprintf() function which supports
+positional parameters, as specified in the Single Unix Specification.
+Since: 2.2
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="value_array">
-<parameter_description> #GValueArray to add an element to
+<parameter name="file">
+<parameter_description> the stream to write to.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="index_">
-<parameter_description> insertion position, must be &lt;= value_array-&gt;n_values
+<parameter name="format">
+<parameter_description> a standard printf() format string, but notice
+<link linkend="string-precision">string precision pitfalls</link>.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="value">
-<parameter_description> #GValue to copy into #GValueArray
+<parameter name="args">
+<parameter_description> the list of arguments to insert in the output.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the #GValueArray passed in as @value_array
+<return> the number of bytes printed.
+
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_async_queue_pop">
+<function name="g_match_info_get_regex">
<description>
-Pops data from the @queue. This function blocks until data become
-available.
+Returns #GRegex object used in @match_info. It belongs to Glib
+and must not be freed. Use g_regex_ref() if you need to keep it
+after you free @match_info object.
+Since: 2.14
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="queue">
-<parameter_description> a #GAsyncQueue.
+<parameter name="match_info">
+<parameter_description> a #GMatchInfo
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> data from the queue.
+<return> #GRegex object used in @match_info
+
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_key_file_get_integer_list">
+<function name="g_value_get_boxed">
<description>
-Return value: the values associated with the key as a list of
+Get the contents of a %G_TYPE_BOXED derived #GValue.
+
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="key_file">
-<parameter_description> a #GKeyFile
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="group_name">
-<parameter_description> a group name
+<parameter name="value">
+<parameter_description> a valid #GValue of %G_TYPE_BOXED derived type
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="key">
-<parameter_description> a key
+</parameters>
+<return> boxed contents of @value
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_variant_print_string">
+<description>
+Behaves as g_variant_print(), but operates on a #GString.
+
+If @string is non-%NULL then it is appended to and returned. Else,
+a new empty #GString is allocated and it is returned.
+
+Since: 2.24
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="value">
+<parameter_description> a #GVariant
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="length">
-<parameter_description> the number of integers returned
+<parameter name="string">
+<parameter_description> a #GString, or %NULL
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="error">
-<parameter_description> return location for a #GError
+<parameter name="type_annotate">
+<parameter_description> %TRUE if type information should be included in
+the output
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the values associated with the key as a list of
-integers, or %NULL if the key was not found or could not be parsed.
-
-Since: 2.6
+<return> a #GString containing the string
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_option_context_get_description">
+<function name="g_array_free">
<description>
-Returns: the description
+Frees the memory allocated for the #GArray. If @free_segment is
+%TRUE it frees the memory block holding the elements as well and
+also each element if @array has a @element_free_func set. Pass
+%FALSE if you want to free the #GArray wrapper but preserve the
+underlying array for use elsewhere. If the reference count of @array
+is greater than one, the #GArray wrapper is preserved but the size
+of @array will be set to zero.
+
+<note><para>If array elements contain dynamically-allocated memory,
+they should be freed separately.</para></note>
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="context">
-<parameter_description> a #GOptionContext
+<parameter name="array">
+<parameter_description> a #GArray.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="free_segment">
+<parameter_description> if %TRUE the actual element data is freed as well.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the description
-
-Since: 2.12
+<return> the element data if @free_segment is %FALSE, otherwise
+%NULL. The element data should be freed using g_free().
</return>
</function>
-<function name="glib_gettext">
+<function name="g_relation_exists">
<description>
-Returns: the transation of @str to the current locale
+Returns %TRUE if a record with the given values exists in a
+#GRelation. Note that the values are compared directly, so that, for
+example, two copies of the same string will not match.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="str">
-<parameter_description> The string to be translated
+<parameter name="relation">
+<parameter_description> a #GRelation.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="Varargs">
+<parameter_description> the fields of the record to compare. The number must match
+the number of fields in the #GRelation.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the transation of @str to the current locale
+<return> %TRUE if a record matches.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_stpcpy">
+<function name="g_strerror">
<description>
-Copies a nul-terminated string into the dest buffer, include the
-trailing nul, and return a pointer to the trailing nul byte.
-This is useful for concatenating multiple strings together
-without having to repeatedly scan for the end.
+Returns a string corresponding to the given error code, e.g.
+"no such process". You should use this function in preference to
+strerror(), because it returns a string in UTF-8 encoding, and since
+not all platforms support the strerror() function.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="dest">
-<parameter_description> destination buffer.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="src">
-<parameter_description> source string.
+<parameter name="errnum">
+<parameter_description> the system error number. See the standard C %errno
+documentation
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a pointer to trailing nul byte.
+<return> a UTF-8 string describing the error code. If the error code
+is unknown, it returns "unknown error (<code>)". The string
+can only be used until the next call to g_strerror()
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_string_insert_c">
+<function name="g_variant_type_new_dict_entry">
<description>
-Inserts a byte into a #GString, expanding it if necessary.
+Constructs the type corresponding to a dictionary entry with a key
+of type @key and a value of type @value.
+It is appropriate to call g_variant_type_free() on the return value.
+
+Since 2.24
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="string">
-<parameter_description> a #GString
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="pos">
-<parameter_description> the position to insert the byte
+<parameter name="key">
+<parameter_description> a basic #GVariantType
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="c">
-<parameter_description> the byte to insert
+<parameter name="value">
+<parameter_description> a #GVariantType
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> @string
+<return> a new dictionary entry #GVariantType
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_uri_escape_string">
+<function name="g_hash_table_foreach_remove">
<description>
-Escapes a string for use in a URI.
+Calls the given function for each key/value pair in the #GHashTable.
+If the function returns %TRUE, then the key/value pair is removed from the
+#GHashTable. If you supplied key or value destroy functions when creating
+the #GHashTable, they are used to free the memory allocated for the removed
+keys and values.
-Normally all characters that are not "unreserved" (i.e. ASCII alphanumerical
-characters plus dash, dot, underscore and tilde) are escaped.
-But if you specify characters in @reserved_chars_allowed they are not
-escaped. This is useful for the "reserved" characters in the URI
-specification, since those are allowed unescaped in some portions of
-a URI.
+See #GHashTableIter for an alternative way to loop over the
+key/value pairs in the hash table.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="unescaped">
-<parameter_description> the unescaped input string.
+<parameter name="hash_table">
+<parameter_description> a #GHashTable.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="reserved_chars_allowed">
-<parameter_description> a string of reserved characters that are
-allowed to be used.
+<parameter name="func">
+<parameter_description> the function to call for each key/value pair.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="allow_utf8">
-<parameter_description> %TRUE if the result can include UTF-8 characters.
+<parameter name="user_data">
+<parameter_description> user data to pass to the function.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> an escaped version of @unescaped. The returned string should be
-freed when no longer needed.
-
-Since: 2.16
+<return> the number of key/value pairs removed.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_value_dup_param">
+<function name="g_test_get_root">
<description>
-Get the contents of a %G_TYPE_PARAM #GValue, increasing its
-reference count.
+Get the toplevel test suite for the test path API.
+Since: 2.16
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="value">
-<parameter_description> a valid #GValue whose type is derived from %G_TYPE_PARAM
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> #GParamSpec content of @value, should be unreferenced when
-no longer needed.
+<return> the toplevel #GTestSuite
+
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_file_error_from_errno">
+<function name="g_hostname_to_unicode">
<description>
-Gets a #GFileError constant based on the passed-in @errno.
-For example, if you pass in %EEXIST this function returns
-#G_FILE_ERROR_EXIST. Unlike @errno values, you can portably
-assume that all #GFileError values will exist.
+Converts @hostname to its canonical presentation form; a UTF-8
+string in Unicode normalization form C, containing no uppercase
+letters, no forbidden characters, and no ASCII-encoded segments,
+and not ending with a trailing dot.
-Normally a #GFileError value goes into a #GError returned
-from a function that manipulates files. So you would use
-g_file_error_from_errno() when constructing a #GError.
+Of course if @hostname is not an internationalized hostname, then
+the canonical presentation form will be entirely ASCII.
+Since: 2.22
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="err_no">
-<parameter_description> an "errno" value
+<parameter name="hostname">
+<parameter_description> a valid UTF-8 or ASCII hostname
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> #GFileError corresponding to the given @errno
+<return> a UTF-8 hostname, which must be freed, or %NULL if
+ hostname is in some way invalid.
+
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_io_channel_shutdown">
+<function name="g_ptr_array_remove_range">
<description>
-Close an IO channel. Any pending data to be written will be
-flushed if @flush is %TRUE. The channel will not be freed until the
-last reference is dropped using g_io_channel_unref().
+Removes the given number of pointers starting at the given index
+from a #GPtrArray. The following elements are moved to close the
+gap. If @array has a non-%NULL #GDestroyNotify function it is called
+for the removed elements.
+Since: 2.4
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="channel">
-<parameter_description> a #GIOChannel
+<parameter name="array">
+<parameter_description> a @GPtrArray.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="flush">
-<parameter_description> if %TRUE, flush pending
+<parameter name="index_">
+<parameter_description> the index of the first pointer to remove.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="err">
-<parameter_description> location to store a #GIOChannelError
+<parameter name="length">
+<parameter_description> the number of pointers to remove.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the status of the operation.
-</return>
+<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_object_watch_closure">
+<function name="g_string_append_c">
<description>
-This function essentially limits the life time of the @closure to
-the life time of the object. That is, when the object is finalized,
-the @closure is invalidated by calling g_closure_invalidate() on
-it, in order to prevent invocations of the closure with a finalized
-(nonexisting) object. Also, g_object_ref() and g_object_unref() are
-added as marshal guards to the @closure, to ensure that an extra
-reference count is held on @object during invocation of the
- closure Usually, this function will be called on closures that
-use this @object as closure data.
+Adds a byte onto the end of a #GString, expanding
+it if necessary.
+
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="object">
-<parameter_description> GObject restricting lifetime of @closure
+<parameter name="string">
+<parameter_description> a #GString
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="closure">
-<parameter_description> GClosure to watch
+<parameter name="c">
+<parameter_description> the byte to append onto the end of @string
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> @string
+</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_ucs4_to_utf16">
+<function name="g_key_file_set_integer_list">
<description>
-Convert a string from UCS-4 to UTF-16. A 0 character will be
-added to the result after the converted text.
+Associates a list of integer values with @key under @group_name.
+If @key cannot be found then it is created.
+Since: 2.6
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="str">
-<parameter_description> a UCS-4 encoded string
+<parameter name="key_file">
+<parameter_description> a #GKeyFile
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="len">
-<parameter_description> the maximum length (number of characters) of @str to use.
-If @len &lt; 0, then the string is nul-terminated.
+<parameter name="group_name">
+<parameter_description> a group name
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="items_read">
-<parameter_description> location to store number of bytes read, or %NULL.
-If an error occurs then the index of the invalid input
-is stored here.
+<parameter name="key">
+<parameter_description> a key
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="items_written">
-<parameter_description> location to store number of &lt;type&gt;gunichar2&lt;/type&gt;
-written, or %NULL. The value stored here does not
-include the trailing 0.
+<parameter name="list">
+<parameter_description> an array of integer values
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="error">
-<parameter_description> location to store the error occuring, or %NULL to ignore
-errors. Any of the errors in #GConvertError other than
-%G_CONVERT_ERROR_NO_CONVERSION may occur.
+<parameter name="length">
+<parameter_description> number of integer values in @list
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a pointer to a newly allocated UTF-16 string.
-This value must be freed with g_free(). If an
-error occurs, %NULL will be returned and
- error set.
-</return>
+<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_list_copy">
+<function name="g_variant_get">
<description>
-Copies a #GList.
+Deconstructs a #GVariant instance.
-&lt;note&gt;&lt;para&gt;
-Note that this is a "shallow" copy. If the list elements
-consist of pointers to data, the pointers are copied but
-the actual data is not.
-&lt;/para&gt;&lt;/note&gt;
+Think of this function as an analogue to scanf().
+
+The arguments that are expected by this function are entirely
+determined by @format_string. @format_string also restricts the
+permissible types of @value. It is an error to give a value with
+an incompatible type. See the section on <link
+linkend='gvariant-format-strings'>GVariant Format Strings</link>.
+Please note that the syntax of the format string is very likely to be
+extended in the future.
+Since: 2.24
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="list">
-<parameter_description> a #GList
+<parameter name="value">
+<parameter_description> a #GVariant instance
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="format_string">
+<parameter_description> a #GVariant format string
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="Varargs">
+<parameter_description> arguments, as per @format_string
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a copy of @list
-</return>
+<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_thread_pool_unprocessed">
+<function name="g_ptr_array_free">
<description>
-Return value: the number of unprocessed tasks
+Frees the memory allocated for the #GPtrArray. If @free_seg is %TRUE
+it frees the memory block holding the elements as well. Pass %FALSE
+if you want to free the #GPtrArray wrapper but preserve the
+underlying array for use elsewhere. If the reference count of @array
+is greater than one, the #GPtrArray wrapper is preserved but the
+size of @array will be set to zero.
+
+<note><para>If array contents point to dynamically-allocated
+memory, they should be freed separately if @free_seg is %TRUE and no
+#GDestroyNotify function has been set for @array.</para></note>
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="pool">
-<parameter_description> a #GThreadPool
+<parameter name="array">
+<parameter_description> a #GPtrArray.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="free_seg">
+<parameter_description> if %TRUE the actual pointer array is freed as well.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the number of unprocessed tasks
+<return> the pointer array if @free_seg is %FALSE, otherwise %NULL.
+The pointer array should be freed using g_free().
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_iconv_open">
+<function name="g_variant_builder_ref">
<description>
-Same as the standard UNIX routine iconv_open(), but
-may be implemented via libiconv on UNIX flavors that lack
-a native implementation.
+Increases the reference count on @builder.
-GLib provides g_convert() and g_locale_to_utf8() which are likely
-more convenient than the raw iconv wrappers.
+Don't call this on stack-allocated #GVariantBuilder instances or bad
+things will happen.
+Since: 2.24
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="to_codeset">
-<parameter_description> destination codeset
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="from_codeset">
-<parameter_description> source codeset
+<parameter name="builder">
+<parameter_description> a #GVariantBuilder allocated by g_variant_builder_new()
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a "conversion descriptor", or (GIConv)-1 if
-opening the converter failed.
+<return> a new reference to @builder
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_mkstemp">
+<function name="g_static_rw_lock_writer_unlock">
<description>
-Opens a temporary file. See the mkstemp() documentation
-on most UNIX-like systems.
-
-The parameter is a string that should follow the rules for
-mkstemp() templates, i.e. contain the string "XXXXXX".
-g_mkstemp() is slightly more flexible than mkstemp()
-in that the sequence does not have to occur at the very end of the
-template. The X string will
-be modified to form the name of a file that didn't exist.
-The string should be in the GLib file name encoding. Most importantly,
-on Windows it should be in UTF-8.
-
+Unlocks @lock. If a thread is waiting to lock @lock for writing and
+all locks for reading have been unlocked, the waiting thread is
+woken up and can lock @lock for writing. If no thread is waiting to
+lock @lock for writing, and some thread or threads are waiting to
+lock @lock for reading, the waiting threads are woken up and can
+lock @lock for reading.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="tmpl">
-<parameter_description> template filename
+<parameter name="lock">
+<parameter_description> a #GStaticRWLock to unlock after writing.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> A file handle (as from open()) to the file
-opened for reading and writing. The file is opened in binary mode
-on platforms where there is a difference. The file handle should be
-closed with close(). In case of errors, -1 is returned.
-</return>
+<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_tree_insert">
+<function name="g_variant_dup_string">
<description>
-Inserts a key/value pair into a #GTree. If the given key already exists
-in the #GTree its corresponding value is set to the new value. If you
-supplied a value_destroy_func when creating the #GTree, the old value is
-freed using that function. If you supplied a @key_destroy_func when
-creating the #GTree, the passed key is freed using that function.
+Similar to g_variant_get_string() except that instead of returning
+a constant string, the string is duplicated.
-The tree is automatically 'balanced' as new key/value pairs are added,
-so that the distance from the root to every leaf is as small as possible.
+The return value must be freed using g_free().
+
+Since: 2.24
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="tree">
-<parameter_description> a #GTree.
+<parameter name="value">
+<parameter_description> a string #GVariant instance
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="key">
-<parameter_description> the key to insert.
+<parameter name="length">
+<parameter_description> a pointer to a #gsize, to store the length
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> a newly allocated string
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_variant_get_uint64">
+<description>
+Returns the 64-bit unsigned integer value of @value.
+
+It is an error to call this function with a @value of any type
+other than %G_VARIANT_TYPE_UINT64.
+
+Since: 2.24
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
<parameter name="value">
-<parameter_description> the value corresponding to the key.
+<parameter_description> a uint64 #GVariant instance
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> a #guint64
+</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_utf8_to_ucs4_fast">
+<function name="g_rand_int_range">
<description>
-Convert a string from UTF-8 to a 32-bit fixed width
-representation as UCS-4, assuming valid UTF-8 input.
-This function is roughly twice as fast as g_utf8_to_ucs4()
-but does no error checking on the input.
+Returns the next random #gint32 from @rand_ equally distributed over
+the range [ begin @end-1].
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="str">
-<parameter_description> a UTF-8 encoded string
+<parameter name="rand_">
+<parameter_description> a #GRand.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="len">
-<parameter_description> the maximum length of @str to use, in bytes. If @len &lt; 0,
-then the string is nul-terminated.
+<parameter name="begin">
+<parameter_description> lower closed bound of the interval.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="items_written">
-<parameter_description> location to store the number of characters in the
-result, or %NULL.
+<parameter name="end">
+<parameter_description> upper open bound of the interval.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a pointer to a newly allocated UCS-4 string.
-This value must be freed with g_free().
+<return> A random number.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_hash_table_replace">
+<function name="g_value_array_insert">
<description>
-Inserts a new key and value into a #GHashTable similar to
-g_hash_table_insert(). The difference is that if the key already exists
-in the #GHashTable, it gets replaced by the new key. If you supplied a
- value_destroy_func when creating the #GHashTable, the old value is freed
-using that function. If you supplied a @key_destroy_func when creating the
-#GHashTable, the old key is freed using that function.
+Insert a copy of @value at specified position into @value_array.
+
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="hash_table">
-<parameter_description> a #GHashTable.
+<parameter name="value_array">
+<parameter_description> #GValueArray to add an element to
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="key">
-<parameter_description> a key to insert.
+<parameter name="index_">
+<parameter_description> insertion position, must be <= value_array->n_values
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="value">
-<parameter_description> the value to associate with the key.
+<parameter_description> #GValue to copy into #GValueArray
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> the #GValueArray passed in as @value_array
+</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_signal_connect_closure">
+<function name="g_source_get_current_time">
<description>
-Connects a closure to a signal for a particular object.
-
+Gets the "current time" to be used when checking
+this source. The advantage of calling this function over
+calling g_get_current_time() directly is that when
+checking multiple sources, GLib can cache a single value
+instead of having to repeatedly get the system time.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="instance">
-<parameter_description> the instance to connect to.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="detailed_signal">
-<parameter_description> a string of the form "signal-name::detail".
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="closure">
-<parameter_description> the closure to connect.
+<parameter name="source">
+<parameter_description> a #GSource
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="after">
-<parameter_description> whether the handler should be called before or after the
-default handler of the signal.
+<parameter name="timeval">
+<parameter_description> #GTimeVal structure in which to store current time.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the handler id
-</return>
+<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_node_insert_after">
+<function name="g_async_queue_push_unlocked">
<description>
-Inserts a #GNode beneath the parent after the given sibling.
-
+Pushes the @data into the @queue. @data must not be %NULL. This
+function must be called while holding the @queue's lock.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="parent">
-<parameter_description> the #GNode to place @node under
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="sibling">
-<parameter_description> the sibling #GNode to place @node after.
-If sibling is %NULL, the node is inserted as the first child of @parent.
+<parameter name="queue">
+<parameter_description> a #GAsyncQueue.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="node">
-<parameter_description> the #GNode to insert
+<parameter name="data">
+<parameter_description> @data to push into the @queue.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the inserted #GNode
-</return>
+<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_source_remove">
+<function name="g_variant_new_uint32">
<description>
-Removes the source with the given id from the default main context.
-The id of
-a #GSource is given by g_source_get_id(), or will be returned by the
-functions g_source_attach(), g_idle_add(), g_idle_add_full(),
-g_timeout_add(), g_timeout_add_full(), g_child_watch_add(),
-g_child_watch_add_full(), g_io_add_watch(), and g_io_add_watch_full().
-
-See also g_source_destroy(). You must use g_source_destroy() for sources
-added to a non-default main context.
+Creates a new uint32 #GVariant instance.
+Since: 2.24
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="tag">
-<parameter_description> the ID of the source to remove.
+<parameter name="uint32">
+<parameter_description> a #guint32 value
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> %TRUE if the source was found and removed.
+<return> a new uint32 #GVariant instance
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_timeout_add_seconds_full">
+<function name="g_type_init">
<description>
-Sets a function to be called at regular intervals, with @priority.
-The function is called repeatedly until it returns %FALSE, at which
-point the timeout is automatically destroyed and the function will
-not be called again.
-
-Unlike g_timeout_add(), this function operates at whole second granularity.
-The initial starting point of the timer is determined by the implementation
-and the implementation is expected to group multiple timers together so that
-they fire all at the same time.
-To allow this grouping, the @interval to the first timer is rounded
-and can deviate up to one second from the specified interval.
-Subsequent timer iterations will generally run at the specified interval.
-
-Note that timeout functions may be delayed, due to the processing of other
-event sources. Thus they should not be relied on for precise timing.
-After each call to the timeout function, the time of the next
-timeout is recalculated based on the current time and the given @interval
+Prior to any use of the type system, g_type_init() has to be called
+to initialize the type system and assorted other code portions
+(such as the various fundamental type implementations or the signal
+system).
-If you want timing more precise than whole seconds, use g_timeout_add()
-instead.
+Since version 2.24 this also initializes the thread system
-The grouping of timers to fire at the same time results in a more power
-and CPU efficient behavior so if your timer is in multiples of seconds
-and you don't require the first timer exactly one second from now, the
-use of g_timeout_add_seconds() is preferred over g_timeout_add().
+</description>
+<parameters>
+</parameters>
+<return></return>
+</function>
-This internally creates a main loop source using
-g_timeout_source_new_seconds() and attaches it to the main loop context
-using g_source_attach(). You can do these steps manually if you need
-greater control.
+<function name="g_slist_find">
+<description>
+Finds the element in a #GSList which
+contains the given data.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="priority">
-<parameter_description> the priority of the timeout source. Typically this will be in
-the range between #G_PRIORITY_DEFAULT and #G_PRIORITY_HIGH.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="interval">
-<parameter_description> the time between calls to the function, in seconds
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="function">
-<parameter_description> function to call
+<parameter name="list">
+<parameter_description> a #GSList
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="data">
-<parameter_description> data to pass to @function
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="notify">
-<parameter_description> function to call when the timeout is removed, or %NULL
+<parameter_description> the element data to find
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the ID (greater than 0) of the event source.
-
-Since: 2.14
+<return> the found #GSList element,
+or %NULL if it is not found
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_queue_insert_sorted">
+<function name="g_build_path">
<description>
-Inserts @data into @queue using @func to determine the new position.
+Creates a path from a series of elements using @separator as the
+separator between elements. At the boundary between two elements,
+any trailing occurrences of separator in the first element, or
+leading occurrences of separator in the second element are removed
+and exactly one copy of the separator is inserted.
+
+Empty elements are ignored.
+
+The number of leading copies of the separator on the result is
+the same as the number of leading copies of the separator on
+the first non-empty element.
+
+The number of trailing copies of the separator on the result is
+the same as the number of trailing copies of the separator on
+the last non-empty element. (Determination of the number of
+trailing copies is done without stripping leading copies, so
+if the separator is <literal>ABA</literal>, <literal>ABABA</literal>
+has 1 trailing copy.)
+
+However, if there is only a single non-empty element, and there
+are no characters in that element not part of the leading or
+trailing separators, then the result is exactly the original value
+of that element.
+
+Other than for determination of the number of leading and trailing
+copies of the separator, elements consisting only of copies
+of the separator are ignored.
-Since: 2.4
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="queue">
-<parameter_description> a #GQueue
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="data">
-<parameter_description> the data to insert
+<parameter name="separator">
+<parameter_description> a string used to separator the elements of the path.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="func">
-<parameter_description> the #GCompareDataFunc used to compare elements in the queue. It is
-called with two elements of the @queue and @user_data. It should
-return 0 if the elements are equal, a negative value if the first
-element comes before the second, and a positive value if the second
-element comes before the first.
+<parameter name="first_element">
+<parameter_description> the first element in the path
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="user_data">
-<parameter_description> user data passed to @func.
+<parameter name="Varargs">
+<parameter_description> remaining elements in path, terminated by %NULL
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> a newly-allocated string that must be freed with g_free().
+</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_type_query">
+<function name="g_param_type_register_static">
<description>
-Queries the type system for information about a specific type.
-This function will fill in a user-provided structure to hold
-type-specific information. If an invalid #GType is passed in, the
- type member of the #GTypeQuery is 0. All members filled into the
-#GTypeQuery structure should be considered constant and have to be
-left untouched.
+Registers @name as the name of a new static type derived from
+#G_TYPE_PARAM. The type system uses the information contained in
+the #GParamSpecTypeInfo structure pointed to by @info to manage the
+#GParamSpec type and its instances.
+
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="type">
-<parameter_description> the #GType value of a static, classed type.
+<parameter name="name">
+<parameter_description> 0-terminated string used as the name of the new #GParamSpec type.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="query">
-<parameter_description> A user provided structure that is filled in with constant values
-upon success.
+<parameter name="pspec_info">
+<parameter_description> The #GParamSpecTypeInfo for this #GParamSpec type.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> The new type identifier.
+</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_string_insert">
+<function name="g_cclosure_new_object_swap">
<description>
-Inserts a copy of a string into a #GString,
-expanding it if necessary.
+A variant of g_cclosure_new_swap() which uses @object as @user_data
+and calls g_object_watch_closure() on @object and the created
+closure. This function is useful when you have a callback closely
+associated with a #GObject, and want the callback to no longer run
+after the object is is freed.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="string">
-<parameter_description> a #GString
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="pos">
-<parameter_description> the position to insert the copy of the string
+<parameter name="callback_func">
+<parameter_description> the function to invoke
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="val">
-<parameter_description> the string to insert
+<parameter name="object">
+<parameter_description> a #GObject pointer to pass to @callback_func
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> @string
+<return> a new #GCClosure
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_get_user_config_dir">
+<function name="g_mem_chunk_info">
<description>
-Return value: a string owned by GLib that must not be modified
+Outputs debugging information for all #GMemChunk objects currently
+in use. It outputs the number of #GMemChunk objects currently
+allocated, and calls g_mem_chunk_print() to output information on
+each one.
+
+Deprecated:2.10: Use the <link linkend="glib-Memory-Slices">slice
+allocator</link> instead
</description>
<parameters>
</parameters>
-<return> a string owned by GLib that must not be modified
-or freed.
-Since: 2.6
-</return>
+<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_async_queue_pop_unlocked">
+<function name="g_source_set_priority">
<description>
-Pops data from the @queue. This function blocks until data become
-available. This function must be called while holding the @queue's
-lock.
-
+Sets the priority of a source. While the main loop is being
+run, a source will be dispatched if it is ready to be dispatched and no sources
+at a higher (numerically smaller) priority are ready to be dispatched.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="queue">
-<parameter_description> a #GAsyncQueue.
+<parameter name="source">
+<parameter_description> a #GSource
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="priority">
+<parameter_description> the new priority.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> data from the queue.
-</return>
+<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_type_register_static">
+<function name="g_checksum_get_digest">
<description>
-Registers @type_name as the name of a new static type derived from
- parent_type The type system uses the information contained in the
-#GTypeInfo structure pointed to by @info to manage the type and its
-instances (if not abstract). The value of @flags determines the nature
-(e.g. abstract or not) of the type.
+Gets the digest from @checksum as a raw binary vector and places it
+into @buffer. The size of the digest depends on the type of checksum.
+Once this function has been called, the #GChecksum is closed and can
+no longer be updated with g_checksum_update().
+
+Since: 2.16
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="parent_type">
-<parameter_description> Type from which this type will be derived.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="type_name">
-<parameter_description> 0-terminated string used as the name of the new type.
+<parameter name="checksum">
+<parameter_description> a #GChecksum
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="info">
-<parameter_description> The #GTypeInfo structure for this type.
+<parameter name="buffer">
+<parameter_description> output buffer
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="flags">
-<parameter_description> Bitwise combination of #GTypeFlags values.
+<parameter name="digest_len">
+<parameter_description> an inout parameter. The caller initializes it to the size of @buffer.
+After the call it contains the length of the digest.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> The new type identifier.
-</return>
+<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_object_get_valist">
+<function name="g_variant_type_is_basic">
<description>
-Gets properties of an object.
+Determines if the given @type is a basic type.
-In general, a copy is made of the property contents and the caller
-is responsible for freeing the memory in the appropriate manner for
-the type, for instance by calling g_free() or g_object_unref().
+Basic types are booleans, bytes, integers, doubles, strings, object
+paths and signatures.
-See g_object_get().
+Only a basic type may be used as the key of a dictionary entry.
+
+This function returns %FALSE for all indefinite types except
+%G_VARIANT_TYPE_BASIC.
+
+Since 2.24
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="object">
-<parameter_description> a #GObject
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="first_property_name">
-<parameter_description> name of the first property to get
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="var_args">
-<parameter_description> return location for the first property, followed optionally by more
-name/return location pairs, followed by %NULL
+<parameter name="type">
+<parameter_description> a #GVariantType
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> %TRUE if @type is a basic type
+</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_error_new_literal">
+<function name="g_sequence_foreach">
<description>
-Creates a new #GError; unlike g_error_new(), @message is not
-a printf()-style format string. Use this
-function if @message contains text you don't have control over,
-that could include printf() escape sequences.
+Calls @func for each item in the sequence passing @user_data
+to the function.
+Since: 2.14
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="domain">
-<parameter_description> error domain
+<parameter name="seq">
+<parameter_description> a #GSequence
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="code">
-<parameter_description> error code
+<parameter name="func">
+<parameter_description> the function to call for each item in @seq
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="message">
-<parameter_description> error message
+<parameter name="user_data">
+<parameter_description> user data passed to @func
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a new #GError
-</return>
+<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_option_group_free">
+<function name="g_hash_table_steal_all">
<description>
-Frees a #GOptionGroup. Note that you must &lt;emphasis&gt;not&lt;/emphasis&gt;
-free groups which have been added to a #GOptionContext.
+Removes all keys and their associated values from a #GHashTable
+without calling the key and value destroy functions.
-Since: 2.6
+Since: 2.12
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="group">
-<parameter_description> a #GOptionGroup
+<parameter name="hash_table">
+<parameter_description> a #GHashTable.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_value_array_remove">
+<function name="g_chunk_new0">
<description>
-Remove the value at position @index_ from @value_array.
+A convenience macro to allocate an atom of memory from a #GMemChunk.
+It calls g_mem_chunk_alloc0() and casts the returned atom to a
+pointer to the given type, avoiding a type cast in the source code.
+Deprecated:2.10: Use g_slice_new0() instead
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="value_array">
-<parameter_description> #GValueArray to remove an element from
+<parameter name="type">
+<parameter_description> the type of the #GMemChunk atoms, typically a structure name.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="index_">
-<parameter_description> position of value to remove, must be &lt; value_array-&gt;n_values
+<parameter name="chunk">
+<parameter_description> a #GMemChunk.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the #GValueArray passed in as @value_array
+<return> a pointer to the allocated atom, cast to a pointer to
+ type
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_strv_length">
+<function name="g_completion_new">
<description>
-Return value: length of @str_array.
+Creates a new #GCompletion.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="str_array">
-<parameter_description> a %NULL-terminated array of strings.
+<parameter name="func">
+<parameter_description> the function to be called to return the string representing
+an item in the #GCompletion, or %NULL if strings are going to
+be used as the #GCompletion items.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> length of @str_array.
-
-Since: 2.6
+<return> the new #GCompletion.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_object_get_qdata">
+<function name="g_variant_new_strv">
<description>
-This function gets back user data pointers stored via
-g_object_set_qdata().
+Constructs an array of strings #GVariant from the given array of
+strings.
+
+If @length is not -1 then it gives the maximum length of @strv. In
+any case, a %NULL pointer in @strv is taken as a terminator.
+Since: 2.24
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="object">
-<parameter_description> The GObject to get a stored user data pointer from
+<parameter name="strv">
+<parameter_description> an array of strings
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="quark">
-<parameter_description> A #GQuark, naming the user data pointer
+<parameter name="length">
+<parameter_description> the length of @strv, or -1
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> The user data pointer set, or %NULL
+<return> a new floating #GVariant instance
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_queue_link_index">
+<function name="g_quark_to_string">
<description>
-Return value: The position of @link_, or -1 if the link is
+Gets the string associated with the given #GQuark.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="queue">
-<parameter_description> a #Gqueue
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="link_">
-<parameter_description> A #GList link
+<parameter name="quark">
+<parameter_description> a #GQuark.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> The position of @link_, or -1 if the link is
-not part of @queue
-
-Since: 2.4
+<return> the string associated with the #GQuark.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_main_context_get_poll_func">
+<function name="g_hash_table_new">
<description>
-Gets the poll function set by g_main_context_set_poll_func().
+Creates a new #GHashTable with a reference count of 1.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="context">
-<parameter_description> a #GMainContext
+<parameter name="hash_func">
+<parameter_description> a function to create a hash value from a key.
+Hash values are used to determine where keys are stored within the
+#GHashTable data structure. The g_direct_hash(), g_int_hash(),
+g_int64_hash(), g_double_hash() and g_str_hash() functions are provided
+for some common types of keys.
+If hash_func is %NULL, g_direct_hash() is used.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="key_equal_func">
+<parameter_description> a function to check two keys for equality. This is
+used when looking up keys in the #GHashTable. The g_direct_equal(),
+g_int_equal(), g_int64_equal(), g_double_equal() and g_str_equal()
+functions are provided for the most common types of keys.
+If @key_equal_func is %NULL, keys are compared directly in a similar
+fashion to g_direct_equal(), but without the overhead of a function call.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the poll function
+<return> a new #GHashTable.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_test_run">
+<function name="g_tree_nnodes">
<description>
-Runs all tests under the toplevel suite which can be retrieved
-with g_test_get_root(). Similar to g_test_run_suite(), the test
-cases to be run are filtered according to
-test path arguments (-p &lt;replaceable&gt;testpath&lt;/replaceable&gt;) as
-parsed by g_test_init().
-g_test_run_suite() or g_test_run() may only be called once
-in a program.
+Gets the number of nodes in a #GTree.
</description>
<parameters>
-</parameters>
-<return> 0 on success
-
-Since: 2.16
-</return>
-</function>
-
-<function name="g_type_plugin_unuse">
-<description>
-Calls the @unuse_plugin function from the #GTypePluginClass of
- plugin There should be no need to use this function outside of
-the GObject type system itself.
-
-</description>
-<parameters>
-<parameter name="plugin">
-<parameter_description> a #GTypePlugin
+<parameter name="tree">
+<parameter_description> a #GTree.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> the number of nodes in the #GTree.
+</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_node_insert">
+<function name="g_option_context_set_translation_domain">
<description>
-Inserts a #GNode beneath the parent at the given position.
+A convenience function to use gettext() for translating
+user-visible strings.
+Since: 2.12
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="parent">
-<parameter_description> the #GNode to place @node under
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="position">
-<parameter_description> the position to place @node at, with respect to its siblings
-If position is -1, @node is inserted as the last child of @parent
+<parameter name="context">
+<parameter_description> a #GOptionContext
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="node">
-<parameter_description> the #GNode to insert
+<parameter name="domain">
+<parameter_description> the domain to use
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the inserted #GNode
-</return>
+<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_object_disconnect">
+<function name="g_object_add_toggle_ref">
<description>
-A convenience function to disconnect multiple signals at once.
+Increases the reference count of the object by one and sets a
+callback to be called when all other references to the object are
+dropped, or when this is already the last reference to the object
+and another reference is established.
-The signal specs expected by this function have the form
-"any_signal", which means to disconnect any signal with matching
-callback and data, or "any_signal::signal_name", which only
-disconnects the signal named "signal_name".
+This functionality is intended for binding @object to a proxy
+object managed by another memory manager. This is done with two
+paired references: the strong reference added by
+g_object_add_toggle_ref() and a reverse reference to the proxy
+object which is either a strong reference or weak reference.
+
+The setup is that when there are no other references to @object,
+only a weak reference is held in the reverse direction from @object
+to the proxy object, but when there are other references held to
+ object, a strong reference is held. The @notify callback is called
+when the reference from @object to the proxy object should be
+<firstterm>toggled</firstterm> from strong to weak (@is_last_ref
+true) or weak to strong (@is_last_ref false).
+
+Since a (normal) reference must be held to the object before
+calling g_object_toggle_ref(), the initial state of the reverse
+link is always strong.
+
+Multiple toggle references may be added to the same gobject,
+however if there are multiple toggle references to an object, none
+of them will ever be notified until all but one are removed. For
+this reason, you should only ever use a toggle reference if there
+is important state in the proxy object.
+
+Since: 2.8
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -12308,159 +15321,163 @@ disconnects the signal named "signal_name".
<parameter_description> a #GObject
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="signal_spec">
-<parameter_description> the spec for the first signal
+<parameter name="notify">
+<parameter_description> a function to call when this reference is the
+last reference to the object, or is no longer
+the last reference.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="Varargs">
-<parameter_description> #GCallback for the first signal, followed by data for the first signal,
-followed optionally by more signal spec/callback/data triples,
-followed by %NULL
+<parameter name="data">
+<parameter_description> data to pass to @notify
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_thread_pool_set_max_unused_threads">
+<function name="g_signal_handler_unblock">
<description>
-Sets the maximal number of unused threads to @max_threads. If
- max_threads is -1, no limit is imposed on the number of unused
-threads.
-
-</description>
-<parameters>
-<parameter name="max_threads">
-<parameter_description> maximal number of unused threads
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-</parameters>
-<return></return>
-</function>
+Undoes the effect of a previous g_signal_handler_block() call. A
+blocked handler is skipped during signal emissions and will not be
+invoked, unblocking it (for exactly the amount of times it has been
+blocked before) reverts its "blocked" state, so the handler will be
+recognized by the signal system and is called upon future or
+currently ongoing signal emissions (since the order in which
+handlers are called during signal emissions is deterministic,
+whether the unblocked handler in question is called as part of a
+currently ongoing emission depends on how far that emission has
+proceeded yet).
-<function name="g_object_weak_ref">
-<description>
-Adds a weak reference callback to an object. Weak references are
-used for notification when an object is finalized. They are called
-"weak references" because they allow you to safely hold a pointer
-to an object without calling g_object_ref() (g_object_ref() adds a
-strong reference, that is, forces the object to stay alive).
+The @handler_id has to be a valid id of a signal handler that is
+connected to a signal of @instance and is currently blocked.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="object">
-<parameter_description> #GObject to reference weakly
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="notify">
-<parameter_description> callback to invoke before the object is freed
+<parameter name="instance">
+<parameter_description> The instance to unblock the signal handler of.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="data">
-<parameter_description> extra data to pass to notify
+<parameter name="handler_id">
+<parameter_description> Handler id of the handler to be unblocked.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_compute_checksum_for_string">
+<function name="g_rename">
<description>
-Computes the checksum of a string.
+A wrapper for the POSIX rename() function. The rename() function
+renames a file, moving it between directories if required.
+See your C library manual for more details about how rename() works
+on your system. It is not possible in general on Windows to rename
+a file that is open to some process.
+
+Since: 2.6
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="checksum_type">
-<parameter_description> a #GChecksumType
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="str">
-<parameter_description> the string to compute the checksum of
+<parameter name="oldfilename">
+<parameter_description> a pathname in the GLib file name encoding (UTF-8 on Windows)
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="length">
-<parameter_description> the length of the string, or -1 if the string is null-terminated.
+<parameter name="newfilename">
+<parameter_description> a pathname in the GLib file name encoding
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the checksum as a hexadecimal string. The returned string
-should be freed with g_free() when done using it.
+<return> 0 if the renaming succeeded, -1 if an error occurred
-Since: 2.16
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_rand_free">
+<function name="g_io_channel_get_buffer_size">
<description>
-Frees the memory allocated for the #GRand.
+Gets the buffer size.
+
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="rand_">
-<parameter_description> a #GRand.
+<parameter name="channel">
+<parameter_description> a #GIOChannel
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> the size of the buffer.
+</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_test_log_buffer_new">
+<function name="g_param_spec_float">
<description>
-Internal function for gtester to decode test log messages, no ABI guarantees provided.
-
-</description>
-<parameters>
-</parameters>
-<return></return>
-</function>
+Creates a new #GParamSpecFloat instance specifying a %G_TYPE_FLOAT property.
-<function name="g_option_group_add_entries">
-<description>
-Adds the options specified in @entries to @group.
+See g_param_spec_internal() for details on property names.
-Since: 2.6
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="group">
-<parameter_description> a #GOptionGroup
+<parameter name="name">
+<parameter_description> canonical name of the property specified
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="entries">
-<parameter_description> a %NULL-terminated array of #GOptionEntry&lt;!-- --&gt;s
+<parameter name="nick">
+<parameter_description> nick name for the property specified
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="blurb">
+<parameter_description> description of the property specified
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="minimum">
+<parameter_description> minimum value for the property specified
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="maximum">
+<parameter_description> maximum value for the property specified
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="default_value">
+<parameter_description> default value for the property specified
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="flags">
+<parameter_description> flags for the property specified
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> a newly created parameter specification
+</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_object_freeze_notify">
+<function name="g_unichar_digit_value">
<description>
-Increases the freeze count on @object. If the freeze count is
-non-zero, the emission of "notify" signals on @object is
-stopped. The signals are queued until the freeze count is decreased
-to zero.
+Determines the numeric value of a character as a decimal
+digit.
-This is necessary for accessors that modify multiple properties to prevent
-premature notification while the object is still being modified.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="object">
-<parameter_description> a #GObject
+<parameter name="c">
+<parameter_description> a Unicode character
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> If @c is a decimal digit (according to
+g_unichar_isdigit()), its numeric value. Otherwise, -1.
+</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_bookmark_file_set_groups">
+<function name="g_bookmark_file_remove_application">
<description>
-Sets a list of group names for the item with URI @uri. Each previously
-set group name list is removed.
+Removes application registered with @name from the list of applications
+that have registered a bookmark for @uri inside @bookmark.
-If @uri cannot be found then an item for it is created.
+In the event the URI cannot be found, %FALSE is returned and
+ error is set to #G_BOOKMARK_FILE_ERROR_URI_NOT_FOUND.
+In the event that no application with name @app_name has registered
+a bookmark for @uri, %FALSE is returned and error is set to
+#G_BOOKMARK_FILE_ERROR_APP_NOT_REGISTERED.
Since: 2.12
@@ -12471,359 +15488,513 @@ Since: 2.12
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="uri">
-<parameter_description> an item's URI
+<parameter_description> a valid URI
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="groups">
-<parameter_description> an array of group names, or %NULL to remove all groups
+<parameter name="name">
+<parameter_description> the name of the application
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="length">
-<parameter_description> number of group name values in @groups
+<parameter name="error">
+<parameter_description> return location for a #GError or %NULL
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> %TRUE if the application was successfully removed.
+
+</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_io_channel_get_close_on_unref">
+<function name="g_value_get_int64">
<description>
-Return value: Whether the channel will be closed on the final unref of
+Get the contents of a %G_TYPE_INT64 #GValue.
+
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="channel">
-<parameter_description> a #GIOChannel.
+<parameter name="value">
+<parameter_description> a valid #GValue of type %G_TYPE_INT64
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> Whether the channel will be closed on the final unref of
-the GIOChannel data structure.
+<return> 64bit integer contents of @value
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_node_n_nodes">
+<function name="g_option_context_set_main_group">
<description>
-Gets the number of nodes in a tree.
+Sets a #GOptionGroup as main group of the @context.
+This has the same effect as calling g_option_context_add_group(),
+the only difference is that the options in the main group are
+treated differently when generating <option>--help</option> output.
+Since: 2.6
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="root">
-<parameter_description> a #GNode
+<parameter name="context">
+<parameter_description> a #GOptionContext
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="flags">
-<parameter_description> which types of children are to be counted, one of
-%G_TRAVERSE_ALL, %G_TRAVERSE_LEAVES and %G_TRAVERSE_NON_LEAVES
+<parameter name="group">
+<parameter_description> the group to set as main group
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the number of nodes in the tree
-</return>
+<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_source_ref">
+<function name="g_thread_pool_get_num_unused_threads">
<description>
-Increases the reference count on a source by one.
+Returns the number of currently unused threads.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="source">
-<parameter_description> a #GSource
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> @source
+<return> the number of currently unused threads
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_uri_parse_scheme">
+<function name="g_string_truncate">
<description>
-Gets the scheme portion of a URI string. RFC 3986 decodes the scheme as:
-&lt;programlisting&gt;
-URI = scheme ":" hier-part [ "?" query ] [ "#" fragment ]
-&lt;/programlisting&gt;
-Common schemes include "file", "http", "svn+ssh", etc.
+Cuts off the end of the GString, leaving the first @len bytes.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="uri">
-<parameter_description> a valid URI.
+<parameter name="string">
+<parameter_description> a #GString
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="len">
+<parameter_description> the new size of @string
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> The "Scheme" component of the URI, or %NULL on error.
-The returned string should be freed when no longer needed.
-
-Since: 2.16
+<return> @string
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_unichar_type">
+<function name="g_list_concat">
<description>
-Classifies a Unicode character by type.
+Adds the second #GList onto the end of the first #GList.
+Note that the elements of the second #GList are not copied.
+They are used directly.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="c">
-<parameter_description> a Unicode character
+<parameter name="list1">
+<parameter_description> a #GList
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="list2">
+<parameter_description> the #GList to add to the end of the first #GList
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the type of the character.
+<return> the start of the new #GList
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_strrstr">
+<function name="g_test_log_buffer_new">
<description>
-Searches the string @haystack for the last occurrence
-of the string @needle.
+Internal function for gtester to decode test log messages, no ABI guarantees provided.
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+</parameters>
+<return></return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_strdup_printf">
+<description>
+Similar to the standard C sprintf() function but safer, since it
+calculates the maximum space required and allocates memory to hold
+the result. The returned string should be freed with g_free() when no
+longer needed.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="haystack">
-<parameter_description> a nul-terminated string.
+<parameter name="format">
+<parameter_description> a standard printf() format string, but notice
+<link linkend="string-precision">string precision pitfalls</link>
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="needle">
-<parameter_description> the nul-terminated string to search for.
+<parameter name="Varargs">
+<parameter_description> the parameters to insert into the format string
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a pointer to the found occurrence, or
-%NULL if not found.
+<return> a newly-allocated string holding the result
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_match_info_get_regex">
+<function name="g_test_log_buffer_push">
<description>
-Returns: #GRegex object used in @match_info
+Internal function for gtester to decode test log messages, no ABI guarantees provided.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="match_info">
-<parameter_description> a #GMatchInfo
+</parameters>
+<return></return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_unichar_iscntrl">
+<description>
+Determines whether a character is a control character.
+Given some UTF-8 text, obtain a character value with
+g_utf8_get_char().
+
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="c">
+<parameter_description> a Unicode character
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> #GRegex object used in @match_info
-
-Since: 2.14
+<return> %TRUE if @c is a control character
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_sequence_foreach_range">
+<function name="g_mapped_file_new">
<description>
-Calls @func for each item in the range (@begin, @end) passing
- user_data to the function.
+Maps a file into memory. On UNIX, this is using the mmap() function.
-Since: 2.14
+If @writable is %TRUE, the mapped buffer may be modified, otherwise
+it is an error to modify the mapped buffer. Modifications to the buffer
+are not visible to other processes mapping the same file, and are not
+written back to the file.
+
+Note that modifications of the underlying file might affect the contents
+of the #GMappedFile. Therefore, mapping should only be used if the file
+will not be modified, or if all modifications of the file are done
+atomically (e.g. using g_file_set_contents()).
+
+Since: 2.8
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="begin">
-<parameter_description> a #GSequenceIter
+<parameter name="filename">
+<parameter_description> The path of the file to load, in the GLib filename encoding
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="end">
-<parameter_description> a #GSequenceIter
+<parameter name="writable">
+<parameter_description> whether the mapping should be writable
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="func">
-<parameter_description> a #GFunc
+<parameter name="error">
+<parameter_description> return location for a #GError, or %NULL
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="user_data">
-<parameter_description> user data passed to @func
+</parameters>
+<return> a newly allocated #GMappedFile which must be unref'd
+with g_mapped_file_unref(), or %NULL if the mapping failed.
+
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_pattern_match_string">
+<description>
+Matches a string against a compiled pattern. If the string is to be
+matched against more than one pattern, consider using
+g_pattern_match() instead while supplying the reversed string.
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="pspec">
+<parameter_description> a #GPatternSpec
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="string">
+<parameter_description> the UTF-8 encoded string to match
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> %TRUE if @string matches @pspec
+</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_param_spec_ref">
+<function name="g_variant_type_new">
<description>
-Increments the reference count of @pspec.
+Creates a new #GVariantType corresponding to the type string given
+by @type_string. It is appropriate to call g_variant_type_free() on
+the return value.
+It is a programmer error to call this function with an invalid type
+string. Use g_variant_type_string_is_valid() if you are unsure.
+
+Since: 2.24
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="pspec">
-<parameter_description> a valid #GParamSpec
+<parameter name="type_string">
+<parameter_description> a valid GVariant type string
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the #GParamSpec that was passed into this function
+<return> a new #GVariantType
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_main_context_wait">
+<function name="g_source_set_callback">
<description>
-Tries to become the owner of the specified context,
-as with g_main_context_acquire(). But if another thread
-is the owner, atomically drop @mutex and wait on @cond until
-that owner releases ownership or until @cond is signaled, then
-try again (once) to become the owner.
+Sets the callback function for a source. The callback for a source is
+called from the source's dispatch function.
+The exact type of @func depends on the type of source; ie. you
+should not count on @func being called with @data as its first
+parameter.
+
+Typically, you won't use this function. Instead use functions specific
+to the type of source you are using.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="context">
-<parameter_description> a #GMainContext
+<parameter name="source">
+<parameter_description> the source
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="cond">
-<parameter_description> a condition variable
+<parameter name="func">
+<parameter_description> a callback function
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="mutex">
-<parameter_description> a mutex, currently held
+<parameter name="data">
+<parameter_description> the data to pass to callback function
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="notify">
+<parameter_description> a function to call when @data is no longer in use, or %NULL.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> %TRUE if the operation succeeded, and
-this thread is now the owner of @context.
-</return>
+<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_thread_foreach">
+<function name="g_sequence_sort_iter">
<description>
-Call @thread_func on all existing #GThread structures. Note that
-threads may decide to exit while @thread_func is running, so
-without intimate knowledge about the lifetime of foreign threads,
- thread_func shouldn't access the GThread* pointer passed in as
-first argument. However, @thread_func will not be called for threads
-which are known to have exited already.
-
-Due to thread lifetime checks, this function has an execution complexity
-which is quadratic in the number of existing threads.
+Like g_sequence_sort(), but uses a #GSequenceIterCompareFunc instead
+of a GCompareDataFunc as the compare function
-Since: 2.10
+Since: 2.14
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="thread_func">
-<parameter_description> function to call for all GThread structures
+<parameter name="seq">
+<parameter_description> a #GSequence
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="user_data">
-<parameter_description> second argument to @thread_func
+<parameter name="cmp_func">
+<parameter_description> the #GSequenceItercompare used to compare iterators in the
+sequence. It is called with two iterators pointing into @seq. It should
+return 0 if the iterators are equal, a negative value if the first
+iterator comes before the second, and a positive value if the second
+iterator comes before the first.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="cmp_data">
+<parameter_description> user data passed to @cmp_func
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_key_file_set_comment">
+<function name="g_get_user_config_dir">
<description>
-Places a comment above @key from @group_name.
-If @key is %NULL then @comment will be written above @group_name.
-If both @key and @group_name are %NULL, then @comment will be
-written above the first group in the file.
+Returns a base directory in which to store user-specific application
+configuration information such as user preferences and settings.
+
+On UNIX platforms this is determined using the mechanisms described in
+the <ulink url="http://www.freedesktop.org/Standards/basedir-spec">
+XDG Base Directory Specification</ulink>
+Since: 2.6
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="key_file">
-<parameter_description> a #GKeyFile
+</parameters>
+<return> a string owned by GLib that must not be modified
+or freed.
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_async_queue_lock">
+<description>
+Acquires the @queue's lock. After that you can only call the
+<function>g_async_queue_*_unlocked()</function> function variants on that
+ queue Otherwise it will deadlock.
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="queue">
+<parameter_description> a #GAsyncQueue.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="group_name">
-<parameter_description> a group name, or %NULL
+</parameters>
+<return></return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_utf8_strup">
+<description>
+Converts all Unicode characters in the string that have a case
+to uppercase. The exact manner that this is done depends
+on the current locale, and may result in the number of
+characters in the string increasing. (For instance, the
+German ess-zet will be changed to SS.)
+
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="str">
+<parameter_description> a UTF-8 encoded string
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="key">
-<parameter_description> a key
+<parameter name="len">
+<parameter_description> length of @str, in bytes, or -1 if @str is nul-terminated.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="comment">
-<parameter_description> a comment
+</parameters>
+<return> a newly allocated string, with all characters
+converted to uppercase.
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_source_set_can_recurse">
+<description>
+Sets whether a source can be called recursively. If @can_recurse is
+%TRUE, then while the source is being dispatched then this source
+will be processed normally. Otherwise, all processing of this
+source is blocked until the dispatch function returns.
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="source">
+<parameter_description> a #GSource
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="error">
-<parameter_description> return location for a #GError
+<parameter name="can_recurse">
+<parameter_description> whether recursion is allowed for this source
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> %TRUE if the comment was written, %FALSE otherwise
-
-Since: 2.6
-</return>
+<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_io_channel_error_quark">
+<function name="g_type_parent">
<description>
+Return the direct parent type of the passed in type. If the passed
+in type has no parent, i.e. is a fundamental type, 0 is returned.
+
</description>
<parameters>
+<parameter name="type">
+<parameter_description> The derived type.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the quark used as %G_IO_CHANNEL_ERROR
+<return> The parent type.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_cclosure_marshal_VOID__ENUM">
+<function name="g_io_channel_new_file">
<description>
-A marshaller for a #GCClosure with a callback of type
-&lt;literal&gt;void (*callback) (gpointer instance, gint arg1, gpointer user_data)&lt;/literal&gt; where the #gint parameter denotes an enumeration type..
+Open a file @filename as a #GIOChannel using mode @mode. This
+channel will be closed when the last reference to it is dropped,
+so there is no need to call g_io_channel_close() (though doing
+so will not cause problems, as long as no attempt is made to
+access the channel after it is closed).
+
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="closure">
-<parameter_description> the #GClosure to which the marshaller belongs
+<parameter name="filename">
+<parameter_description> A string containing the name of a file
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="return_value">
-<parameter_description> ignored
+<parameter name="mode">
+<parameter_description> One of "r", "w", "a", "r+", "w+", "a+". These have
+the same meaning as in fopen()
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="n_param_values">
-<parameter_description> 2
+<parameter name="error">
+<parameter_description> A location to return an error of type %G_FILE_ERROR
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="param_values">
-<parameter_description> a #GValue array holding the instance and the enumeration parameter
+</parameters>
+<return> A #GIOChannel on success, %NULL on failure.
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_queue_insert_before">
+<description>
+Inserts @data into @queue before @sibling.
+
+ sibling must be part of @queue.
+
+Since: 2.4
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="queue">
+<parameter_description> a #GQueue
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="invocation_hint">
-<parameter_description> the invocation hint given as the last argument
-to g_closure_invoke()
+<parameter name="sibling">
+<parameter_description> a #GList link that <emphasis>must</emphasis> be part of @queue
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="marshal_data">
-<parameter_description> additional data specified when registering the marshaller
+<parameter name="data">
+<parameter_description> the data to insert
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_signal_handler_is_connected">
+<function name="g_timer_continue">
<description>
-Returns: whether @handler_id identifies a handler connected to @instance.
+Resumes a timer that has previously been stopped with
+g_timer_stop(). g_timer_stop() must be called before using this
+function.
+
+Since: 2.4
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="instance">
-<parameter_description> The instance where a signal handler is sought.
+<parameter name="timer">
+<parameter_description> a #GTimer.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="handler_id">
-<parameter_description> the handler id.
+</parameters>
+<return></return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_sequence_free">
+<description>
+Frees the memory allocated for @seq. If @seq has a data destroy
+function associated with it, that function is called on all items in
+ seq
+
+Since: 2.14
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="seq">
+<parameter_description> a #GSequence
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> whether @handler_id identifies a handler connected to @instance.
-</return>
+<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_param_spec_boolean">
+<function name="g_param_spec_flags">
<description>
-Creates a new #GParamSpecBoolean instance specifying a %G_TYPE_BOOLEAN
+Creates a new #GParamSpecFlags instance specifying a %G_TYPE_FLAGS
property.
See g_param_spec_internal() for details on property names.
@@ -12843,6 +16014,10 @@ See g_param_spec_internal() for details on property names.
<parameter_description> description of the property specified
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
+<parameter name="flags_type">
+<parameter_description> a #GType derived from %G_TYPE_FLAGS
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
<parameter name="default_value">
<parameter_description> default value for the property specified
</parameter_description>
@@ -12856,2773 +16031,3306 @@ See g_param_spec_internal() for details on property names.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_type_check_instance">
+<function name="g_datalist_unset_flags">
<description>
-Private helper function to aid implementation of the G_TYPE_CHECK_INSTANCE()
-macro.
+Turns off flag values for a data list. See g_datalist_unset_flags()
- Returns: #TRUE if @instance is valid, #FALSE otherwise.
+Since: 2.8
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="instance">
-<parameter_description> A valid #GTypeInstance structure.
+<parameter name="datalist">
+<parameter_description> pointer to the location that holds a list
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="flags">
+<parameter_description> the flags to turn off. The values of the flags are
+restricted by %G_DATALIST_FLAGS_MASK (currently
+3: giving two possible boolean flags).
+A value for @flags that doesn't fit within the mask is
+an error.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_option_context_add_group">
+<function name="g_utf8_collate_key_for_filename">
<description>
-Adds a #GOptionGroup to the @context, so that parsing with @context
-will recognize the options in the group. Note that the group will
-be freed together with the context when g_option_context_free() is
-called, so you must not free the group yourself after adding it
-to a context.
+Converts a string into a collation key that can be compared
+with other collation keys produced by the same function using strcmp().
-Since: 2.6
+In order to sort filenames correctly, this function treats the dot '.'
+as a special case. Most dictionary orderings seem to consider it
+insignificant, thus producing the ordering "event.c" "eventgenerator.c"
+"event.h" instead of "event.c" "event.h" "eventgenerator.c". Also, we
+would like to treat numbers intelligently so that "file1" "file10" "file5"
+is sorted as "file1" "file5" "file10".
+
+Note that this function depends on the
+<link linkend="setlocale">current locale</link>.
+
+Since: 2.8
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="context">
-<parameter_description> a #GOptionContext
+<parameter name="str">
+<parameter_description> a UTF-8 encoded string.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="group">
-<parameter_description> the group to add
+<parameter name="len">
+<parameter_description> length of @str, in bytes, or -1 if @str is nul-terminated.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> a newly allocated string. This string should
+be freed with g_free() when you are done with it.
+
+</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_pointer_type_register_static">
+<function name="g_checksum_update">
<description>
-Creates a new %G_TYPE_POINTER derived type id for a new
-pointer type with name @name.
+Feeds @data into an existing #GChecksum. The checksum must still be
+open, that is g_checksum_get_string() or g_checksum_get_digest() must
+not have been called on @checksum.
+Since: 2.16
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="name">
-<parameter_description> the name of the new pointer type.
+<parameter name="checksum">
+<parameter_description> a #GChecksum
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="data">
+<parameter_description> buffer used to compute the checksum
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="length">
+<parameter_description> size of the buffer, or -1 if it is a null-terminated string.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a new %G_TYPE_POINTER derived type id for @name.
-</return>
+<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_hash_table_new_full">
+<function name="g_key_file_get_locale_string_list">
<description>
-Creates a new #GHashTable like g_hash_table_new() with a reference count
-of 1 and allows to specify functions to free the memory allocated for the
-key and value that get called when removing the entry from the #GHashTable.
+Returns the values associated with @key under @group_name
+translated in the given @locale if available. If @locale is
+%NULL then the current locale is assumed.
+If @key cannot be found then %NULL is returned and @error is set
+to #G_KEY_FILE_ERROR_KEY_NOT_FOUND. If the values associated
+with @key cannot be interpreted or no suitable translations
+can be found then the untranslated values are returned. The
+returned array is %NULL-terminated, so @length may optionally
+be %NULL.
+
+Since: 2.6
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="hash_func">
-<parameter_description> a function to create a hash value from a key.
+<parameter name="key_file">
+<parameter_description> a #GKeyFile
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="key_equal_func">
-<parameter_description> a function to check two keys for equality.
+<parameter name="group_name">
+<parameter_description> a group name
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="key_destroy_func">
-<parameter_description> a function to free the memory allocated for the key
-used when removing the entry from the #GHashTable or %NULL if you
-don't want to supply such a function.
+<parameter name="key">
+<parameter_description> a key
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="value_destroy_func">
-<parameter_description> a function to free the memory allocated for the
-value used when removing the entry from the #GHashTable or %NULL if
-you don't want to supply such a function.
+<parameter name="locale">
+<parameter_description> a locale identifier or %NULL
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="length">
+<parameter_description> return location for the number of returned strings or %NULL
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="error">
+<parameter_description> return location for a #GError or %NULL
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a new #GHashTable.
+<return> a newly allocated %NULL-terminated string array
+or %NULL if the key isn't found. The string array should be freed
+with g_strfreev().
+
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_hash_table_foreach_remove">
+<function name="g_io_create_watch">
<description>
-Calls the given function for each key/value pair in the #GHashTable.
-If the function returns %TRUE, then the key/value pair is removed from the
-#GHashTable. If you supplied key or value destroy functions when creating
-the #GHashTable, they are used to free the memory allocated for the removed
-keys and values.
+Creates a #GSource that's dispatched when @condition is met for the
+given @channel. For example, if condition is #G_IO_IN, the source will
+be dispatched when there's data available for reading.
-See #GHashTableIter for an alternative way to loop over the
-key/value pairs in the hash table.
+g_io_add_watch() is a simpler interface to this same functionality, for
+the case where you want to add the source to the default main loop context
+at the default priority.
+
+On Windows, polling a #GSource created to watch a channel for a socket
+puts the socket in non-blocking mode. This is a side-effect of the
+implementation and unavoidable.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="hash_table">
-<parameter_description> a #GHashTable.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="func">
-<parameter_description> the function to call for each key/value pair.
+<parameter name="channel">
+<parameter_description> a #GIOChannel to watch
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="user_data">
-<parameter_description> user data to pass to the function.
+<parameter name="condition">
+<parameter_description> conditions to watch for
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the number of key/value pairs removed.
+<return> a new #GSource
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_rand_new_with_seed_array">
+<function name="g_array_append_val">
<description>
-Creates a new random number generator initialized with @seed.
+Adds the value on to the end of the array. The array will grow in
+size automatically if necessary.
+<note><para>g_array_append_val() is a macro which uses a reference
+to the value parameter @v. This means that you cannot use it with
+literal values such as "27". You must use variables.</para></note>
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="seed">
-<parameter_description> an array of seeds to initialize the random number generator.
+<parameter name="a">
+<parameter_description> a #GArray.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="seed_length">
-<parameter_description> an array of seeds to initialize the random number generator.
+<parameter name="v">
+<parameter_description> the value to append to the #GArray.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the new #GRand.
-
-Since: 2.4
+<return> the #GArray.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_key_file_get_groups">
+<function name="g_array_unref">
<description>
-Return value: a newly-allocated %NULL-terminated array of strings.
+Atomically decrements the reference count of @array by one. If the
+reference count drops to 0, all memory allocated by the array is
+released. This function is MT-safe and may be called from any
+thread.
+
+Since: 2.22
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="key_file">
-<parameter_description> a #GKeyFile
+<parameter name="array">
+<parameter_description> A #GArray.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="length">
-<parameter_description> return location for the number of returned groups, or %NULL
+</parameters>
+<return></return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_param_spec_get_blurb">
+<description>
+Get the short description of a #GParamSpec.
+
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="pspec">
+<parameter_description> a valid #GParamSpec
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a newly-allocated %NULL-terminated array of strings.
-Use g_strfreev() to free it.
-Since: 2.6
+<return> the short description of @pspec.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_test_get_root">
+<function name="g_slist_remove_all">
<description>
-Get the toplevel test suite for the test path API.
+Removes all list nodes with data equal to @data.
+Returns the new head of the list. Contrast with
+g_slist_remove() which removes only the first node
+matching the given data.
</description>
<parameters>
+<parameter name="list">
+<parameter_description> a #GSList
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="data">
+<parameter_description> data to remove
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the toplevel #GTestSuite
-
-Since: 2.16
+<return> new head of @list
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_string_prepend_unichar">
+<function name="g_bit_unlock">
<description>
-Converts a Unicode character into UTF-8, and prepends it
-to the string.
+Clears the indicated @lock_bit in @address. If another thread is
+currently blocked in g_bit_lock() on this same bit then it will be
+woken up.
+This function accesses @address atomically. All other accesses to
+ address must be atomic in order for this function to work
+reliably.
+
+Since: 2.24
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="string">
-<parameter_description> a #GString
+<parameter name="address">
+<parameter_description> a pointer to an integer
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="wc">
-<parameter_description> a Unicode character
+<parameter name="lock_bit">
+<parameter_description> a bit value between 0 and 31
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> @string
-</return>
+<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_rand_set_seed_array">
+<function name="g_queue_delete_link">
<description>
-Initializes the random number generator by an array of
-longs. Array can be of arbitrary size, though only the
-first 624 values are taken. This function is useful
-if you have many low entropy seeds, or if you require more then
-32bits of actual entropy for your application.
+Removes @link_ from @queue and frees it.
+
+ link_ must be part of @queue.
Since: 2.4
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="rand_">
-<parameter_description> a #GRand.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="seed">
-<parameter_description> array to initialize with
+<parameter name="queue">
+<parameter_description> a #GQueue
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="seed_length">
-<parameter_description> length of array
+<parameter name="link_">
+<parameter_description> a #GList link that <emphasis>must</emphasis> be part of @queue
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_regex_match_simple">
+<function name="g_io_add_watch">
<description>
-Scans for a match in @string for @pattern.
-
-This function is equivalent to g_regex_match() but it does not
-require to compile the pattern with g_regex_new(), avoiding some
-lines of code when you need just to do a match without extracting
-substrings, capture counts, and so on.
-
-If this function is to be called on the same @pattern more than
-once, it's more efficient to compile the pattern once with
-g_regex_new() and then use g_regex_match().
+Adds the #GIOChannel into the default main loop context
+with the default priority.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="pattern">
-<parameter_description> the regular expression
+<parameter name="channel">
+<parameter_description> a #GIOChannel
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="string">
-<parameter_description> the string to scan for matches
+<parameter name="condition">
+<parameter_description> the condition to watch for
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="compile_options">
-<parameter_description> compile options for the regular expression, or 0
+<parameter name="func">
+<parameter_description> the function to call when the condition is satisfied
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="match_options">
-<parameter_description> match options, or 0
+<parameter name="user_data">
+<parameter_description> user data to pass to @func
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> %TRUE if the string matched, %FALSE otherwise
-
-Since: 2.14
+<return> the event source id
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_value_set_enum">
+<function name="g_list_foreach">
<description>
-Set the contents of a %G_TYPE_ENUM #GValue to @v_enum.
+Calls a function for each element of a #GList.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="value">
-<parameter_description> a valid #GValue whose type is derived from %G_TYPE_ENUM
+<parameter name="list">
+<parameter_description> a #GList
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="v_enum">
-<parameter_description> enum value to be set
+<parameter name="func">
+<parameter_description> the function to call with each element's data
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="user_data">
+<parameter_description> user data to pass to the function
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_param_spec_steal_qdata">
+<function name="g_node_child_index">
<description>
-Gets back user data pointers stored via g_param_spec_set_qdata()
-and removes the @data from @pspec without invoking it's destroy()
-function (if any was set). Usually, calling this function is only
-required to update user data pointers with a destroy notifier.
+Gets the position of the first child of a #GNode
+which contains the given data.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="pspec">
-<parameter_description> the #GParamSpec to get a stored user data pointer from
+<parameter name="node">
+<parameter_description> a #GNode
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="quark">
-<parameter_description> a #GQuark, naming the user data pointer
+<parameter name="data">
+<parameter_description> the data to find
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the user data pointer set, or %NULL
+<return> the index of the child of @node which contains
+ data, or -1 if the data is not found
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_closure_sink">
+<function name="g_hostname_is_ip_address">
<description>
-Takes over the initial ownership of a closure. Each closure is
-initially created in a &lt;firstterm&gt;floating&lt;/firstterm&gt; state, which
-means that the initial reference count is not owned by any caller.
-g_closure_sink() checks to see if the object is still floating, and
-if so, unsets the floating state and decreases the reference
-count. If the closure is not floating, g_closure_sink() does
-nothing. The reason for the existance of the floating state is to
-prevent cumbersome code sequences like:
-|[
-closure = g_cclosure_new (cb_func, cb_data);
-g_source_set_closure (source, closure);
-g_closure_unref (closure); // XXX GObject doesn't really need this
-]|
-Because g_source_set_closure() (and similar functions) take ownership of the
-initial reference count, if it is unowned, we instead can write:
-|[
-g_source_set_closure (source, g_cclosure_new (cb_func, cb_data));
-]|
-
-Generally, this function is used together with g_closure_ref(). Ane example
-of storing a closure for later notification looks like:
-|[
-static GClosure *notify_closure = NULL;
-void
-foo_notify_set_closure (GClosure *closure)
-{
-if (notify_closure)
-g_closure_unref (notify_closure);
-notify_closure = closure;
-if (notify_closure)
-{
-g_closure_ref (notify_closure);
-g_closure_sink (notify_closure);
-}
-}
-]|
+Tests if @hostname is the string form of an IPv4 or IPv6 address.
+(Eg, "192.168.0.1".)
-Because g_closure_sink() may decrement the reference count of a closure
-(if it hasn't been called on @closure yet) just like g_closure_unref(),
-g_closure_ref() should be called prior to this function.
+Since: 2.22
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="closure">
-<parameter_description> #GClosure to decrement the initial reference count on, if it's
-still being held
+<parameter name="hostname">
+<parameter_description> a hostname (or IP address in string form)
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> %TRUE if @hostname is an IP address
+
+</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_value_get_gtype">
+<function name="g_string_insert_unichar">
<description>
-Get the contents of a %G_TYPE_GTYPE #GValue.
-
-Since: 2.12
+Converts a Unicode character into UTF-8, and insert it
+into the string at the given position.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="value">
-<parameter_description> a valid #GValue of type %G_TYPE_GTYPE
+<parameter name="string">
+<parameter_description> a #GString
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="pos">
+<parameter_description> the position at which to insert character, or -1 to
+append at the end of the string
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="wc">
+<parameter_description> a Unicode character
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the #GType stored in @value
+<return> @string
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_test_log_buffer_free">
+<function name="g_mutex_lock">
<description>
-Internal function for gtester to free test log messages, no ABI guarantees provided.
+Locks @mutex. If @mutex is already locked by another thread, the
+current thread will block until @mutex is unlocked by the other
+thread.
+
+This function can be used even if g_thread_init() has not yet been
+called, and, in that case, will do nothing.
+
+<note><para>#GMutex is neither guaranteed to be recursive nor to be
+non-recursive, i.e. a thread could deadlock while calling
+g_mutex_lock(), if it already has locked @mutex. Use
+#GStaticRecMutex, if you need recursive mutexes.</para></note>
</description>
<parameters>
+<parameter name="mutex">
+<parameter_description> a #GMutex.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
</parameters>
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_key_file_get_string">
+<function name="g_slist_append">
<description>
-Return value: a newly allocated string or %NULL if the specified
+Adds a new element on to the end of the list.
+
+<note><para>
+The return value is the new start of the list, which may
+have changed, so make sure you store the new value.
+</para></note>
+
+<note><para>
+Note that g_slist_append() has to traverse the entire list
+to find the end, which is inefficient when adding multiple
+elements. A common idiom to avoid the inefficiency is to prepend
+the elements and reverse the list when all elements have been added.
+</para></note>
+
+|[
+/* Notice that these are initialized to the empty list. */
+GSList *list = NULL, *number_list = NULL;
+
+/* This is a list of strings. */
+list = g_slist_append (list, "first");
+list = g_slist_append (list, "second");
+
+/* This is a list of integers. */
+number_list = g_slist_append (number_list, GINT_TO_POINTER (27));
+number_list = g_slist_append (number_list, GINT_TO_POINTER (14));
+]|
+
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="key_file">
-<parameter_description> a #GKeyFile
+<parameter name="list">
+<parameter_description> a #GSList
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="group_name">
-<parameter_description> a group name
+<parameter name="data">
+<parameter_description> the data for the new element
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> the new start of the #GSList
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_relation_select">
+<description>
+Returns all of the tuples which have the given key in the given
+field. Use g_tuples_index() to access the returned records. The
+returned records should be freed with g_tuples_destroy().
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="relation">
+<parameter_description> a #GRelation.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="key">
-<parameter_description> a key
+<parameter_description> the value to compare with.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="error">
-<parameter_description> return location for a #GError, or %NULL
+<parameter name="field">
+<parameter_description> the field of each record to match.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a newly allocated string or %NULL if the specified
-key cannot be found.
-
-Since: 2.6
+<return> the records (tuples) that matched.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_source_remove_poll">
+<function name="g_variant_new_boolean">
<description>
-Removes a file descriptor from the set of file descriptors polled for
-this source.
+Creates a new boolean #GVariant instance -- either %TRUE or %FALSE.
+
+Since: 2.24
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="source">
-<parameter_description>a #GSource
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="fd">
-<parameter_description> a #GPollFD structure previously passed to g_source_add_poll().
+<parameter name="boolean">
+<parameter_description> a #gboolean value
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> a new boolean #GVariant instance
+</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_regex_match_all_full">
+<function name="g_unichar_islower">
<description>
-Using the standard algorithm for regular expression matching only
-the longest match in the string is retrieved, it is not possibile
-to obtain all the available matches. For instance matching
-"&lt;a&gt; &lt;b&gt; &lt;c&gt;" against the pattern "&lt;.*&gt;"
-you get "&lt;a&gt; &lt;b&gt; &lt;c&gt;".
+Determines whether a character is a lowercase letter.
+Given some UTF-8 text, obtain a character value with
+g_utf8_get_char().
-This function uses a different algorithm (called DFA, i.e. deterministic
-finite automaton), so it can retrieve all the possible matches, all
-starting at the same point in the string. For instance matching
-"&lt;a&gt; &lt;b&gt; &lt;c&gt;" against the pattern "&lt;.*&gt;"
-you would obtain three matches: "&lt;a&gt; &lt;b&gt; &lt;c&gt;",
-"&lt;a&gt; &lt;b&gt;" and "&lt;a&gt;".
-The number of matched strings is retrieved using
-g_match_info_get_match_count(). To obtain the matched strings and
-their position you can use, respectively, g_match_info_fetch() and
-g_match_info_fetch_pos(). Note that the strings are returned in
-reverse order of length; that is, the longest matching string is
-given first.
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="c">
+<parameter_description> a Unicode character
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> %TRUE if @c is a lowercase letter
+</return>
+</function>
-Note that the DFA algorithm is slower than the standard one and it
-is not able to capture substrings, so backreferences do not work.
+<function name="g_variant_store">
+<description>
+Stores the serialised form of @value at @data. @data should be
+large enough. See g_variant_get_size().
-Setting @start_position differs from just passing over a shortened
-string and setting #G_REGEX_MATCH_NOTBOL in the case of a pattern
-that begins with any kind of lookbehind assertion, such as "\b".
+The stored data is in machine native byte order but may not be in
+fully-normalised form if read from an untrusted source. See
+g_variant_normalise() for a solution.
-A #GMatchInfo structure, used to get information on the match, is
-stored in @match_info if not %NULL. Note that if @match_info is
-not %NULL then it is created even if the function returns %FALSE,
-i.e. you must free it regardless if regular expression actually
-matched.
+This function is approximately O(n) in the size of @data.
+Since: 2.24
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="regex">
-<parameter_description> a #GRegex structure from g_regex_new()
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="string">
-<parameter_description> the string to scan for matches
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="string_len">
-<parameter_description> the length of @string, or -1 if @string is nul-terminated
+<parameter name="value">
+<parameter_description> the #GVariant to store
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="start_position">
-<parameter_description> starting index of the string to match
+<parameter name="data">
+<parameter_description> the location to store the serialised data at
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="match_options">
-<parameter_description> match options
+</parameters>
+<return></return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_object_get">
+<description>
+Gets properties of an object.
+
+In general, a copy is made of the property contents and the caller
+is responsible for freeing the memory in the appropriate manner for
+the type, for instance by calling g_free() or g_object_unref().
+
+<example>
+<title>Using g_object_get(<!-- -->)</title>
+An example of using g_object_get() to get the contents
+of three properties - one of type #G_TYPE_INT,
+one of type #G_TYPE_STRING, and one of type #G_TYPE_OBJECT:
+<programlisting>
+gint intval;
+gchar *strval;
+GObject *objval;
+
+g_object_get (my_object,
+"int-property", &intval,
+"str-property", &strval,
+"obj-property", &objval,
+NULL);
+
+// Do something with intval, strval, objval
+
+g_free (strval);
+g_object_unref (objval);
+</programlisting>
+</example>
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="object">
+<parameter_description> a #GObject
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="match_info">
-<parameter_description> pointer to location where to store the #GMatchInfo,
-or %NULL if you do not need it
+<parameter name="first_property_name">
+<parameter_description> name of the first property to get
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="error">
-<parameter_description> location to store the error occuring, or %NULL to ignore errors
+<parameter name="Varargs">
+<parameter_description> return location for the first property, followed optionally by more
+name/return location pairs, followed by %NULL
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> %TRUE is the string matched, %FALSE otherwise
-
-Since: 2.14
-</return>
+<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_get_real_name">
+<function name="g_node_push_allocator">
<description>
-Gets the real name of the user. This usually comes from the user's entry
-in the &lt;filename&gt;passwd&lt;/filename&gt; file. The encoding of the returned
-string is system-defined. (On Windows, it is, however, always UTF-8.)
-If the real user name cannot be determined, the string "Unknown" is
-returned.
+Sets the allocator to use to allocate #GNode elements. Use
+g_node_pop_allocator() to restore the previous allocator.
+
+Note that this function is not available if GLib has been compiled
+with <option>--disable-mem-pools</option>
+Deprecated:2.10: It does nothing, since #GNode has been converted to
+the <link linkend="glib-Memory-Slices">slice
+allocator</link>
</description>
<parameters>
+<parameter name="dummy">
+<parameter_description> the #GAllocator to use when allocating #GNode elements.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the user's real name.
-</return>
+<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_strfreev">
+<function name="g_param_spec_pool_new">
<description>
-Frees a %NULL-terminated array of strings, and the array itself.
-If called on a %NULL value, g_strfreev() simply returns.
+Creates a new #GParamSpecPool.
+
+If @type_prefixing is %TRUE, lookups in the newly created pool will
+allow to specify the owner as a colon-separated prefix of the
+property name, like "GtkContainer:border-width". This feature is
+deprecated, so you should always set @type_prefixing to %FALSE.
+
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="str_array">
-<parameter_description> a %NULL-terminated array of strings to free.
+<parameter name="type_prefixing">
+<parameter_description> Whether the pool will support type-prefixed property names.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> a newly allocated #GParamSpecPool.
+</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_convert_with_fallback">
+<function name="g_sequence_insert_sorted">
<description>
-Converts a string from one character set to another, possibly
-including fallback sequences for characters not representable
-in the output. Note that it is not guaranteed that the specification
-for the fallback sequences in @fallback will be honored. Some
-systems may do an approximate conversion from @from_codeset
-to @to_codeset in their iconv() functions,
-in which case GLib will simply return that approximate conversion.
-
-Note that you should use g_iconv() for streaming
-conversions&lt;footnoteref linkend="streaming-state"/&gt;.
+Inserts @data into @sequence using @func to determine the new position.
+The sequence must already be sorted according to @cmp_func; otherwise the
+new position of @data is undefined.
+Since: 2.14
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="str">
-<parameter_description> the string to convert
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="len">
-<parameter_description> the length of the string, or -1 if the string is
-nul-terminated&lt;footnoteref linkend="nul-unsafe"/&gt;.
+<parameter name="seq">
+<parameter_description> a #GSequence
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="to_codeset">
-<parameter_description> name of character set into which to convert @str
+<parameter name="data">
+<parameter_description> the data to insert
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="from_codeset">
-<parameter_description> character set of @str.
+<parameter name="cmp_func">
+<parameter_description> the #GCompareDataFunc used to compare items in the sequence. It
+is called with two items of the @seq and @user_data. It should
+return 0 if the items are equal, a negative value if the first
+item comes before the second, and a positive value if the second
+item comes before the first.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="fallback">
-<parameter_description> UTF-8 string to use in place of character not
-present in the target encoding. (The string must be
-representable in the target encoding).
- If %NULL, characters not in the target encoding will
- be represented as Unicode escapes \uxxxx or \Uxxxxyyyy.
+<parameter name="cmp_data">
+<parameter_description> user data passed to @cmp_func.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="bytes_read">
-<parameter_description> location to store the number of bytes in the
-input string that were successfully converted, or %NULL.
-Even if the conversion was successful, this may be
-less than @len if there were partial characters
-at the end of the input.
+</parameters>
+<return> a #GSequenceIter pointing to the new item.
+
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_value_set_boxed_take_ownership">
+<description>
+This is an internal function introduced mainly for C marshallers.
+
+Deprecated: 2.4: Use g_value_take_boxed() instead.
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="value">
+<parameter_description> a valid #GValue of %G_TYPE_BOXED derived type
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="bytes_written">
-<parameter_description> the number of bytes stored in the output buffer (not
-including the terminating nul).
+<parameter name="v_boxed">
+<parameter_description> duplicated unowned boxed value to be set
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="error">
-<parameter_description> location to store the error occuring, or %NULL to ignore
-errors. Any of the errors in #GConvertError may occur.
+</parameters>
+<return></return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_variant_get_int16">
+<description>
+Returns the 16-bit signed integer value of @value.
+
+It is an error to call this function with a @value of any type
+other than %G_VARIANT_TYPE_INT16.
+
+Since: 2.24
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="value">
+<parameter_description> a int16 #GVariant instance
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> If the conversion was successful, a newly allocated
-nul-terminated string, which must be freed with
-g_free(). Otherwise %NULL and @error will be set.
+<return> a #gint16
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_string_append_c">
+<function name="g_sequence_iter_next">
<description>
-Adds a byte onto the end of a #GString, expanding
-it if necessary.
+Returns an iterator pointing to the next position after @iter. If
+ iter is the end iterator, the end iterator is returned.
+Since: 2.14
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="string">
-<parameter_description> a #GString
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="c">
-<parameter_description> the byte to append onto the end of @string
+<parameter name="iter">
+<parameter_description> a #GSequenceIter
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> @string
+<return> a #GSequenceIter pointing to the next position after @iter.
+
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_object_weak_unref">
+<function name="g_ptr_array_sized_new">
<description>
-Removes a weak reference callback to an object.
+Creates a new #GPtrArray with @reserved_size pointers preallocated
+and a reference count of 1. This avoids frequent reallocation, if
+you are going to add many pointers to the array. Note however that
+the size of the array is still 0.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="object">
-<parameter_description> #GObject to remove a weak reference from
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="notify">
-<parameter_description> callback to search for
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="data">
-<parameter_description> data to search for
+<parameter name="reserved_size">
+<parameter_description> number of pointers preallocated.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> the new #GPtrArray.
+</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_printf">
+<function name="g_object_remove_toggle_ref">
<description>
-An implementation of the standard printf() function which supports
-positional parameters, as specified in the Single Unix Specification.
+Removes a reference added with g_object_add_toggle_ref(). The
+reference count of the object is decreased by one.
+Since: 2.8
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="format">
-<parameter_description> a standard printf() format string, but notice
-&lt;link linkend="string-precision"&gt;string precision pitfalls&lt;/link&gt;.
+<parameter name="object">
+<parameter_description> a #GObject
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="Varargs">
-<parameter_description> the arguments to insert in the output.
+<parameter name="notify">
+<parameter_description> a function to call when this reference is the
+last reference to the object, or is no longer
+the last reference.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="data">
+<parameter_description> data to pass to @notify
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the number of bytes printed.
-
-Since: 2.2
-</return>
+<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_nullify_pointer">
+<function name="g_strdup_value_contents">
<description>
-Set the pointer at the specified location to %NULL.
+Return a newly allocated string, which describes the contents of a
+#GValue. The main purpose of this function is to describe #GValue
+contents for debugging output, the way in which the contents are
+described may change between different GLib versions.
+
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="nullify_location">
-<parameter_description> the memory address of the pointer.
+<parameter name="value">
+<parameter_description> #GValue which contents are to be described.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> Newly allocated string.
+</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_ascii_strtod">
+<function name="g_option_context_parse">
<description>
-Converts a string to a #gdouble value.
-
-This function behaves like the standard strtod() function
-does in the C locale. It does this without actually changing
-the current locale, since that would not be thread-safe.
-A limitation of the implementation is that this function
-will still accept localized versions of infinities and NANs.
-
-This function is typically used when reading configuration
-files or other non-user input that should be locale independent.
-To handle input from the user you should normally use the
-locale-sensitive system strtod() function.
+Parses the command line arguments, recognizing options
+which have been added to @context. A side-effect of
+calling this function is that g_set_prgname() will be
+called.
-To convert from a #gdouble to a string in a locale-insensitive
-way, use g_ascii_dtostr().
+If the parsing is successful, any parsed arguments are
+removed from the array and @argc and @argv are updated
+accordingly. A '--' option is stripped from @argv
+unless there are unparsed options before and after it,
+or some of the options after it start with '-'. In case
+of an error, @argc and @argv are left unmodified.
-If the correct value would cause overflow, plus or minus %HUGE_VAL
-is returned (according to the sign of the value), and %ERANGE is
-stored in %errno. If the correct value would cause underflow,
-zero is returned and %ERANGE is stored in %errno.
+If automatic <option>--help</option> support is enabled
+(see g_option_context_set_help_enabled()), and the
+ argv array contains one of the recognized help options,
+this function will produce help output to stdout and
+call <literal>exit (0)</literal>.
-This function resets %errno before calling strtod() so that
-you can reliably detect overflow and underflow.
+Note that function depends on the
+<link linkend="setlocale">current locale</link> for
+automatic character set conversion of string and filename
+arguments.
+Since: 2.6
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="nptr">
-<parameter_description> the string to convert to a numeric value.
+<parameter name="context">
+<parameter_description> a #GOptionContext
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="endptr">
-<parameter_description> if non-%NULL, it returns the character after
-the last character used in the conversion.
+<parameter name="argc">
+<parameter_description> a pointer to the number of command line arguments
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="argv">
+<parameter_description> a pointer to the array of command line arguments
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="error">
+<parameter_description> a return location for errors
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the #gdouble value.
+<return> %TRUE if the parsing was successful,
+%FALSE if an error occurred
+
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_value_set_ulong">
+<function name="g_value_set_uint64">
<description>
-Set the contents of a %G_TYPE_ULONG #GValue to @v_ulong.
+Set the contents of a %G_TYPE_UINT64 #GValue to @v_uint64.
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="value">
-<parameter_description> a valid #GValue of type %G_TYPE_ULONG
+<parameter_description> a valid #GValue of type %G_TYPE_UINT64
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="v_ulong">
-<parameter_description> unsigned long integer value to be set
+<parameter name="v_uint64">
+<parameter_description> unsigned 64bit integer value to be set
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_node_depth">
+<function name="g_sequence_search">
<description>
-Gets the depth of a #GNode.
-
-If @node is %NULL the depth is 0. The root node has a depth of 1.
-For the children of the root node the depth is 2. And so on.
+Returns an iterator pointing to the position where @data would
+be inserted according to @cmp_func and @cmp_data.
+Since: 2.14
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="node">
-<parameter_description> a #GNode
+<parameter name="seq">
+<parameter_description> a #GSequence
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="data">
+<parameter_description> data for the new item
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="cmp_func">
+<parameter_description> the #GCompareDataFunc used to compare items in the sequence. It
+is called with two items of the @seq and @user_data. It should
+return 0 if the items are equal, a negative value if the first
+item comes before the second, and a positive value if the second
+item comes before the first.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="cmp_data">
+<parameter_description> user data passed to @cmp_func.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the depth of the #GNode
+<return> an #GSequenceIter pointing to the position where @data
+would have been inserted according to @cmp_func and @cmp_data.
+
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_path_skip_root">
+<function name="g_cclosure_marshal_VOID__UINT_POINTER">
<description>
-Returns: a pointer into @file_name after the root component.
+A marshaller for a #GCClosure with a callback of type
+<literal>void (*callback) (gpointer instance, guint arg1, gpointer arg2, gpointer user_data)</literal>.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="file_name">
-<parameter_description> a file name.
+<parameter name="closure">
+<parameter_description> the #GClosure to which the marshaller belongs
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="return_value">
+<parameter_description> ignored
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="n_param_values">
+<parameter_description> 3
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="param_values">
+<parameter_description> a #GValue array holding instance, arg1 and arg2
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="invocation_hint">
+<parameter_description> the invocation hint given as the last argument
+to g_closure_invoke()
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="marshal_data">
+<parameter_description> additional data specified when registering the marshaller
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a pointer into @file_name after the root component.
-</return>
+<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_type_add_interface_static">
+<function name="g_type_class_unref">
<description>
-Adds the static @interface_type to @instantiable_type. The information
-contained in the #GTypeInterfaceInfo structure pointed to by @info
-is used to manage the relationship.
+Decrements the reference count of the class structure being passed in.
+Once the last reference count of a class has been released, classes
+may be finalized by the type system, so further dereferencing of a
+class pointer after g_type_class_unref() are invalid.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="instance_type">
-<parameter_description> #GType value of an instantiable type.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="interface_type">
-<parameter_description> #GType value of an interface type.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="info">
-<parameter_description> The #GInterfaceInfo structure for this
-(@instance_type, @interface_type) combination.
+<parameter name="g_class">
+<parameter_description> The #GTypeClass structure to unreference.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_utf8_strlen">
+<function name="g_value_set_int">
<description>
-Return value: the length of the string in characters
+Set the contents of a %G_TYPE_INT #GValue to @v_int.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="p">
-<parameter_description> pointer to the start of a UTF-8 encoded string.
+<parameter name="value">
+<parameter_description> a valid #GValue of type %G_TYPE_INT
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="max">
-<parameter_description> the maximum number of bytes to examine. If @max
-is less than 0, then the string is assumed to be
-nul-terminated. If @max is 0, @p will not be examined and
-may be %NULL.
+<parameter name="v_int">
+<parameter_description> integer value to be set
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the length of the string in characters
-</return>
+<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_iconv">
+<function name="g_mapped_file_unref">
<description>
-Same as the standard UNIX routine iconv(), but
-may be implemented via libiconv on UNIX flavors that lack
-a native implementation.
+Decrements the reference count of @file by one. If the reference count
+drops to 0, unmaps the buffer of @file and frees it.
-GLib provides g_convert() and g_locale_to_utf8() which are likely
-more convenient than the raw iconv wrappers.
+It is safe to call this function from any thread.
+Since 2.22
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="converter">
-<parameter_description> conversion descriptor from g_iconv_open()
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="inbuf">
-<parameter_description> bytes to convert
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="inbytes_left">
-<parameter_description> inout parameter, bytes remaining to convert in @inbuf
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="outbuf">
-<parameter_description> converted output bytes
+<parameter name="file">
+<parameter_description> a #GMappedFile
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="outbytes_left">
-<parameter_description> inout parameter, bytes available to fill in @outbuf
+</parameters>
+<return></return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_match_info_is_partial_match">
+<description>
+Usually if the string passed to g_regex_match*() matches as far as
+it goes, but is too short to match the entire pattern, %FALSE is
+returned. There are circumstances where it might be helpful to
+distinguish this case from other cases in which there is no match.
+
+Consider, for example, an application where a human is required to
+type in data for a field with specific formatting requirements. An
+example might be a date in the form ddmmmyy, defined by the pattern
+"^\d?\d(jan|feb|mar|apr|may|jun|jul|aug|sep|oct|nov|dec)\d\d$".
+If the application sees the userâ??s keystrokes one by one, and can
+check that what has been typed so far is potentially valid, it is
+able to raise an error as soon as a mistake is made.
+
+GRegex supports the concept of partial matching by means of the
+#G_REGEX_MATCH_PARTIAL flag. When this is set the return code for
+g_regex_match() or g_regex_match_full() is, as usual, %TRUE
+for a complete match, %FALSE otherwise. But, when these functions
+return %FALSE, you can check if the match was partial calling
+g_match_info_is_partial_match().
+
+When using partial matching you cannot use g_match_info_fetch*().
+
+Because of the way certain internal optimizations are implemented
+the partial matching algorithm cannot be used with all patterns.
+So repeated single characters such as "a{2,4}" and repeated single
+meta-sequences such as "\d+" are not permitted if the maximum number
+of occurrences is greater than one. Optional items such as "\d?"
+(where the maximum is one) are permitted. Quantifiers with any values
+are permitted after parentheses, so the invalid examples above can be
+coded thus "(a){2,4}" and "(\d)+". If #G_REGEX_MATCH_PARTIAL is set
+for a pattern that does not conform to the restrictions, matching
+functions return an error.
+
+Since: 2.14
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="match_info">
+<parameter_description> a #GMatchInfo structure
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> count of non-reversible conversions, or -1 on error
+<return> %TRUE if the match was partial, %FALSE otherwise
+
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_main_context_dispatch">
+<function name="g_timer_stop">
<description>
-Dispatches all pending sources.
+Marks an end time, so calls to g_timer_elapsed() will return the
+difference between this end time and the start time.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="context">
-<parameter_description> a #GMainContext
+<parameter name="timer">
+<parameter_description> a #GTimer.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_sequence_swap">
+<function name="g_match_info_fetch_all">
<description>
-Swaps the items pointed to by @a and @b. It is allowed for @a and @b
-to point into difference sequences.
+Bundles up pointers to each of the matching substrings from a match
+and stores them in an array of gchar pointers. The first element in
+the returned array is the match number 0, i.e. the entire matched
+text.
+
+If a sub pattern didn't match anything (e.g. sub pattern 1, matching
+"b" against "(a)?b") then an empty string is inserted.
+
+If the last match was obtained using the DFA algorithm, that is using
+g_regex_match_all() or g_regex_match_all_full(), the retrieved
+strings are not that matched by sets of parentheses but that of the
+matched substring. Substrings are matched in reverse order of length,
+so the first one is the longest match.
+
+The strings are fetched from the string passed to the match function,
+so you cannot call this function after freeing the string.
Since: 2.14
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="a">
-<parameter_description> a #GSequenceIter
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="b">
-<parameter_description> a #GSequenceIter
+<parameter name="match_info">
+<parameter_description> a #GMatchInfo structure
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> a %NULL-terminated array of gchar * pointers. It must be
+freed using g_strfreev(). If the previous match failed %NULL is
+returned
+
+</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_unichar_xdigit_value">
+<function name="g_signal_get_invocation_hint">
<description>
-Determines the numeric value of a character as a hexidecimal
-digit.
+Returns the invocation hint of the innermost signal emission of instance.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="c">
-<parameter_description> a Unicode character
+<parameter name="instance">
+<parameter_description> the instance to query
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> If @c is a hex digit (according to
-g_unichar_isxdigit()), its numeric value. Otherwise, -1.
+<return> the invocation hint of the innermost signal emission.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_node_child_position">
+<function name="g_type_get_plugin">
<description>
-Gets the position of a #GNode with respect to its siblings.
- child must be a child of @node. The first child is numbered 0,
-the second 1, and so on.
+Returns the #GTypePlugin structure for @type or
+%NULL if @type does not have a #GTypePlugin structure.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="node">
-<parameter_description> a #GNode
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="child">
-<parameter_description> a child of @node
+<parameter name="type">
+<parameter_description> The #GType to retrieve the plugin for.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the position of @child with respect to its siblings
+<return> The corresponding plugin if @type is a dynamic type,
+%NULL otherwise.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_object_set_property">
+<function name="g_utf8_get_char">
<description>
-Sets a property on an object.
+Converts a sequence of bytes encoded as UTF-8 to a Unicode character.
+If @p does not point to a valid UTF-8 encoded character, results are
+undefined. If you are not sure that the bytes are complete
+valid Unicode characters, you should use g_utf8_get_char_validated()
+instead.
+
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="object">
-<parameter_description> a #GObject
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="property_name">
-<parameter_description> the name of the property to set
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="value">
-<parameter_description> the value
+<parameter name="p">
+<parameter_description> a pointer to Unicode character encoded as UTF-8
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> the resulting character
+</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_list_foreach">
+<function name="g_open">
<description>
-Calls a function for each element of a #GList.
+A wrapper for the POSIX open() function. The open() function is
+used to convert a pathname into a file descriptor.
+
+On POSIX systems file descriptors are implemented by the operating
+system. On Windows, it's the C library that implements open() and
+file descriptors. The actual Win32 API for opening files is quite
+different, see MSDN documentation for CreateFile(). The Win32 API
+uses file handles, which are more randomish integers, not small
+integers like file descriptors.
+
+Because file descriptors are specific to the C library on Windows,
+the file descriptor returned by this function makes sense only to
+functions in the same C library. Thus if the GLib-using code uses a
+different C library than GLib does, the file descriptor returned by
+this function cannot be passed to C library functions like write()
+or read().
+
+See your C library manual for more details about open().
+
+Since: 2.6
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="list">
-<parameter_description> a #GList
+<parameter name="filename">
+<parameter_description> a pathname in the GLib file name encoding (UTF-8 on Windows)
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="func">
-<parameter_description> the function to call with each element's data
+<parameter name="flags">
+<parameter_description> as in open()
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="user_data">
-<parameter_description> user data to pass to the function
+<parameter name="mode">
+<parameter_description> as in open()
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> a new file descriptor, or -1 if an error occurred. The
+return value can be used exactly like the return value from open().
+
+</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_queue_remove_all">
+<function name="g_ascii_toupper">
<description>
-Remove all elemeents in @queue which contains @data.
+Convert a character to ASCII upper case.
+
+Unlike the standard C library toupper() function, this only
+recognizes standard ASCII letters and ignores the locale, returning
+all non-ASCII characters unchanged, even if they are upper case
+letters in a particular character set. Also unlike the standard
+library function, this takes and returns a char, not an int, so
+don't call it on %EOF but no need to worry about casting to #guchar
+before passing a possibly non-ASCII character in.
-Since: 2.4
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="queue">
-<parameter_description> a #GQueue
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="data">
-<parameter_description> data to remove
+<parameter name="c">
+<parameter_description> any character.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> the result of converting @c to upper case.
+If @c is not an ASCII lower case letter,
+ c is returned unchanged.
+</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_node_nth_child">
+<function name="g_flags_register_static">
<description>
-Gets a child of a #GNode, using the given index.
-The first child is at index 0. If the index is
-too big, %NULL is returned.
+Registers a new static flags type with the name @name.
+
+It is normally more convenient to let <link
+linkend="glib-mkenums">glib-mkenums</link> generate a
+my_flags_get_type() function from a usual C enumeration definition
+than to write one yourself using g_flags_register_static().
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="node">
-<parameter_description> a #GNode
+<parameter name="name">
+<parameter_description> A nul-terminated string used as the name of the new type.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="n">
-<parameter_description> the index of the desired child
+<parameter name="const_static_values">
+<parameter_description> An array of #GFlagsValue structs for the possible
+flags values. The array is terminated by a struct with all members being 0.
+GObject keeps a reference to the data, so it cannot be stack-allocated.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the child of @node at index @n
+<return> The new type identifier.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_async_queue_push_sorted_unlocked">
+<function name="g_cclosure_marshal_VOID__FLAGS">
<description>
-Inserts @data into @queue using @func to determine the new
-position.
-
-This function requires that the @queue is sorted before pushing on
-new elements.
-
-This function is called while holding the @queue's lock.
-
-For an example of @func see g_async_queue_sort().
-
-Since: 2.10
+A marshaller for a #GCClosure with a callback of type
+<literal>void (*callback) (gpointer instance, gint arg1, gpointer user_data)</literal> where the #gint parameter denotes a flags type.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="queue">
-<parameter_description> a #GAsyncQueue
+<parameter name="closure">
+<parameter_description> the #GClosure to which the marshaller belongs
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="data">
-<parameter_description> the @data to push into the @queue
+<parameter name="return_value">
+<parameter_description> ignored
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="func">
-<parameter_description> the #GCompareDataFunc is used to sort @queue. This function
-is passed two elements of the @queue. The function should return
-0 if they are equal, a negative value if the first element
-should be higher in the @queue or a positive value if the first
-element should be lower in the @queue than the second element.
+<parameter name="n_param_values">
+<parameter_description> 2
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="user_data">
-<parameter_description> user data passed to @func.
+<parameter name="param_values">
+<parameter_description> a #GValue array holding the instance and the flags parameter
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="invocation_hint">
+<parameter_description> the invocation hint given as the last argument
+to g_closure_invoke()
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="marshal_data">
+<parameter_description> additional data specified when registering the marshaller
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_option_context_set_help_enabled">
+<function name="g_mem_chunk_free">
<description>
-Enables or disables automatic generation of &lt;option&gt;--help&lt;/option&gt;
-output. By default, g_option_context_parse() recognizes
-&lt;option&gt;--help&lt;/option&gt;, &lt;option&gt;-?&lt;/option&gt;, &lt;option&gt;--help-all&lt;/option&gt;
-and &lt;option&gt;--help-&lt;/option&gt;&lt;replaceable&gt;groupname&lt;/replaceable&gt; and creates
-suitable output to stdout.
+Frees an atom in a #GMemChunk. This should only be called if the
+#GMemChunk was created with #G_ALLOC_AND_FREE. Otherwise it will
+simply return.
-Since: 2.6
+Deprecated:2.10: Use g_slice_free1() instead
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="context">
-<parameter_description> a #GOptionContext
+<parameter name="mem_chunk">
+<parameter_description> a #GMemChunk.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="help_enabled">
-<parameter_description> %TRUE to enable &lt;option&gt;--help&lt;/option&gt;, %FALSE to disable it
+<parameter name="mem">
+<parameter_description> a pointer to the atom to free.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_list_append">
+<function name="g_variant_type_is_maybe">
<description>
-Adds a new element on to the end of the list.
-
-&lt;note&gt;&lt;para&gt;
-The return value is the new start of the list, which
-may have changed, so make sure you store the new value.
-&lt;/para&gt;&lt;/note&gt;
+Determines if the given @type is a maybe type. This is true if the
+type string for @type starts with an 'm'.
-&lt;note&gt;&lt;para&gt;
-Note that g_list_append() has to traverse the entire list
-to find the end, which is inefficient when adding multiple
-elements. A common idiom to avoid the inefficiency is to prepend
-the elements and reverse the list when all elements have been added.
-&lt;/para&gt;&lt;/note&gt;
+This function returns %TRUE for any indefinite type for which every
+definite subtype is a maybe type -- %G_VARIANT_TYPE_MAYBE, for
+example.
-|[
-/&ast; Notice that these are initialized to the empty list. &ast;/
-GList *list = NULL, *number_list = NULL;
+Since 2.24
-/&ast; This is a list of strings. &ast;/
-list = g_list_append (list, "first");
-list = g_list_append (list, "second");
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="type">
+<parameter_description> a #GVariantType
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> %TRUE if @type is a maybe type
+</return>
+</function>
-/&ast; This is a list of integers. &ast;/
-number_list = g_list_append (number_list, GINT_TO_POINTER (27));
-number_list = g_list_append (number_list, GINT_TO_POINTER (14));
-]|
+<function name="g_base64_decode_inplace">
+<description>
+Decode a sequence of Base-64 encoded text into binary data
+by overwriting the input data.
+Since: 2.20
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="list">
-<parameter_description> a pointer to a #GList
+<parameter name="text">
+<parameter_description> zero-terminated string with base64 text to decode
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="data">
-<parameter_description> the data for the new element
+<parameter name="out_len">
+<parameter_description> The length of the decoded data is written here
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the new start of the #GList
+<return> The binary data that @text responds. This pointer
+is the same as the input @text.
+
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_utf8_strrchr">
+<function name="g_type_add_class_cache_func">
<description>
-Find the rightmost occurrence of the given Unicode character
-in a UTF-8 encoded string, while limiting the search to @len bytes.
-If @len is -1, allow unbounded search.
-
+Adds a #GTypeClassCacheFunc to be called before the reference count of a
+class goes from one to zero. This can be used to prevent premature class
+destruction. All installed #GTypeClassCacheFunc functions will be chained
+until one of them returns %TRUE. The functions have to check the class id
+passed in to figure whether they actually want to cache the class of this
+type, since all classes are routed through the same #GTypeClassCacheFunc
+chain.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="p">
-<parameter_description> a nul-terminated UTF-8 encoded string
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="len">
-<parameter_description> the maximum length of @p
+<parameter name="cache_data">
+<parameter_description> data to be passed to @cache_func
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="c">
-<parameter_description> a Unicode character
+<parameter name="cache_func">
+<parameter_description> a #GTypeClassCacheFunc
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> %NULL if the string does not contain the character,
-otherwise, a pointer to the start of the rightmost occurrence of the
-character in the string.
-</return>
+<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_slist_delete_link">
+<function name="g_prefix_error">
<description>
-Removes the node link_ from the list and frees it.
-Compare this to g_slist_remove_link() which removes the node
-without freeing it.
+Formats a string according to @format and
+prefix it to an existing error message. If
+ err is %NULL (ie: no error variable) then do
+nothing.
+
+If * err is %NULL (ie: an error variable is
+present but there is no error condition) then
+also do nothing. Whether or not it makes
+sense to take advantage of this feature is up
+to you.
+Since: 2.16
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="list">
-<parameter_description> a #GSList
+<parameter name="err">
+<parameter_description> a return location for a #GError, or %NULL
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="link_">
-<parameter_description> node to delete
+<parameter name="format">
+<parameter_description> printf()-style format string
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="Varargs">
+<parameter_description> arguments to @format
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the new head of @list
-</return>
+<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_key_file_free">
+<function name="g_hash_table_get_values">
<description>
-Frees a #GKeyFile.
+Retrieves every value inside @hash_table. The returned data is
+valid until @hash_table is modified.
-Since: 2.6
+Since: 2.14
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="key_file">
-<parameter_description> a #GKeyFile
+<parameter name="hash_table">
+<parameter_description> a #GHashTable
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> a #GList containing all the values inside the hash
+table. The content of the list is owned by the hash table and
+should not be modified or freed. Use g_list_free() when done
+using the list.
+
+</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_tree_traverse">
+<function name="g_object_interface_find_property">
<description>
-Calls the given function for each node in the #GTree.
+Find the #GParamSpec with the given name for an
+interface. Generally, the interface vtable passed in as @g_iface
+will be the default vtable from g_type_default_interface_ref(), or,
+if you know the interface has already been loaded,
+g_type_default_interface_peek().
+
+Since: 2.4
-Deprecated:2.2: The order of a balanced tree is somewhat arbitrary. If you
-just want to visit all nodes in sorted order, use g_tree_foreach()
-instead. If you really need to visit nodes in a different order, consider
-using an &lt;link linkend="glib-N-ary-Trees"&gt;N-ary Tree&lt;/link&gt;.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="tree">
-<parameter_description> a #GTree.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="traverse_func">
-<parameter_description> the function to call for each node visited. If this
-function returns %TRUE, the traversal is stopped.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="traverse_type">
-<parameter_description> the order in which nodes are visited, one of %G_IN_ORDER,
-%G_PRE_ORDER and %G_POST_ORDER.
+<parameter name="g_iface">
+<parameter_description> any interface vtable for the interface, or the default
+vtable for the interface
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="user_data">
-<parameter_description> user data to pass to the function.
+<parameter name="property_name">
+<parameter_description> name of a property to lookup.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> the #GParamSpec for the property of the interface with the
+name @property_name, or %NULL if no such property exists.
+</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_slist_length">
+<function name="g_node_new">
<description>
-Gets the number of elements in a #GSList.
-
-&lt;note&gt;&lt;para&gt;
-This function iterates over the whole list to
-count its elements.
-&lt;/para&gt;&lt;/note&gt;
+Creates a new #GNode containing the given data.
+Used to create the first node in a tree.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="list">
-<parameter_description> a #GSList
+<parameter name="data">
+<parameter_description> the data of the new node
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the number of elements in the #GSList
+<return> a new #GNode
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_checksum_free">
+<function name="g_main_context_get_thread_default">
<description>
-Frees the memory allocated for @checksum.
+Gets the thread-default #GMainContext for this thread. Asynchronous
+operations that want to be able to be run in contexts other than
+the default one should call this method to get a #GMainContext to
+add their #GSource<!-- -->s to. (Note that even in single-threaded
+programs applications may sometimes want to temporarily push a
+non-default context, so it is not safe to assume that this will
+always return %NULL if threads are not initialized.)
-Since: 2.16
+Since: 2.22
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="checksum">
-<parameter_description> a #GChecksum
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> the thread-default #GMainContext, or %NULL if the
+thread-default context is the global default context.
+
+</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_string_overwrite">
+<function name="g_slist_insert_sorted">
<description>
-Overwrites part of a string, lengthening it if necessary.
+Inserts a new element into the list, using the given
+comparison function to determine its position.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="string">
-<parameter_description> a #GString
+<parameter name="list">
+<parameter_description> a #GSList
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="pos">
-<parameter_description> the position at which to start overwriting
+<parameter name="data">
+<parameter_description> the data for the new element
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="val">
-<parameter_description> the string that will overwrite the @string starting at @pos
+<parameter name="func">
+<parameter_description> the function to compare elements in the list.
+It should return a number > 0 if the first parameter
+comes after the second parameter in the sort order.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> @string
-
-Since: 2.14
+<return> the new start of the #GSList
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_value_array_prepend">
+<function name="g_hash_table_foreach_steal">
<description>
-Insert a copy of @value as first element of @value_array.
+Calls the given function for each key/value pair in the #GHashTable.
+If the function returns %TRUE, then the key/value pair is removed from the
+#GHashTable, but no key or value destroy functions are called.
+
+See #GHashTableIter for an alternative way to loop over the
+key/value pairs in the hash table.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="value_array">
-<parameter_description> #GValueArray to add an element to
+<parameter name="hash_table">
+<parameter_description> a #GHashTable.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="value">
-<parameter_description> #GValue to copy into #GValueArray
+<parameter name="func">
+<parameter_description> the function to call for each key/value pair.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="user_data">
+<parameter_description> user data to pass to the function.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the #GValueArray passed in as @value_array
+<return> the number of key/value pairs removed.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_markup_parse_context_push">
+<function name="g_base64_encode_close">
<description>
-Temporarily redirects markup data to a sub-parser.
-
-This function may only be called from the start_element handler of
-a #GMarkupParser. It must be matched with a corresponding call to
-g_markup_parse_context_pop() in the matching end_element handler
-(except in the case that the parser aborts due to an error).
-
-All tags, text and other data between the matching tags is
-redirected to the subparser given by @parser. @user_data is used
-as the user_data for that parser. @user_data is also passed to the
-error callback in the event that an error occurs. This includes
-errors that occur in subparsers of the subparser.
-
-The end tag matching the start tag for which this call was made is
-handled by the previous parser (which is given its own user_data)
-which is why g_markup_parse_context_pop() is provided to allow "one
-last access" to the @user_data provided to this function. In the
-case of error, the @user_data provided here is passed directly to
-the error callback of the subparser and g_markup_parse_context()
-should not be called. In either case, if @user_data was allocated
-then it ought to be freed from both of these locations.
-
-This function is not intended to be directly called by users
-interested in invoking subparsers. Instead, it is intended to be
-used by the subparsers themselves to implement a higher-level
-interface.
-
-As an example, see the following implementation of a simple
-parser that counts the number of tags encountered.
-
-|[
-typedef struct
-{
-gint tag_count;
-} CounterData;
-
-static void
-counter_start_element (GMarkupParseContext *context,
-const gchar *element_name,
-const gchar **attribute_names,
-const gchar **attribute_values,
-gpointer user_data,
-GError **error)
-{
-CounterData *data = user_data;
-
-data-&gt;tag_count++;
-}
-
-static void
-counter_error (GMarkupParseContext *context,
-GError *error,
-gpointer user_data)
-{
-CounterData *data = user_data;
-
-g_slice_free (CounterData, data);
-}
-
-static GMarkupParser counter_subparser =
-{
-counter_start_element,
-NULL,
-NULL,
-NULL,
-counter_error
-};
-]|
-
-In order to allow this parser to be easily used as a subparser, the
-following interface is provided:
-
-|[
-void
-start_counting (GMarkupParseContext *context)
-{
-CounterData *data = g_slice_new (CounterData);
-
-data-&gt;tag_count = 0;
-g_markup_parse_context_push (context, &counter_subparser, data);
-}
-
-gint
-end_counting (GMarkupParseContext *context)
-{
-CounterData *data = g_markup_parse_context_pop (context);
-int result;
-
-result = data-&gt;tag_count;
-g_slice_free (CounterData, data);
-
-return result;
-}
-]|
-
-The subparser would then be used as follows:
+Flush the status from a sequence of calls to g_base64_encode_step().
-|[
-static void start_element (context, element_name, ...)
-{
-if (strcmp (element_name, "count-these") == 0)
-start_counting (context);
+The output buffer must be large enough to fit all the data that will
+be written to it. It will need up to 4 bytes, or up to 5 bytes if
+line-breaking is enabled.
-/&ast; else, handle other tags... &ast;/
-}
+Since: 2.12
-static void end_element (context, element_name, ...)
-{
-if (strcmp (element_name, "count-these") == 0)
-g_print ("Counted %d tags\n", end_counting (context));
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="break_lines">
+<parameter_description> whether to break long lines
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="out">
+<parameter_description> pointer to destination buffer
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="state">
+<parameter_description> Saved state from g_base64_encode_step()
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="save">
+<parameter_description> Saved state from g_base64_encode_step()
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> The number of bytes of output that was written
-/&ast; else, handle other tags... &ast;/
-}
-]|
+</return>
+</function>
-Since: 2.18
+<function name="g_datalist_id_set_data">
+<description>
+Sets the data corresponding to the given #GQuark id. Any previous
+data with the same key is removed, and its destroy function is
+called.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="context">
-<parameter_description> a #GMarkupParseContext
+<parameter name="dl">
+<parameter_description> a datalist.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="parser">
-<parameter_description> a #GMarkupParser
+<parameter name="q">
+<parameter_description> the #GQuark to identify the data element.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="user_data">
-<parameter_description> user data to pass to #GMarkupParser functions
+<parameter name="d">
+<parameter_description> the data element, or %NULL to remove any previous element
+corresponding to @q.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_rand_int_range">
+<function name="g_str_has_suffix">
<description>
-Return value: A random number.
+Looks whether the string @str ends with @suffix.
+
+Since: 2.2
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="rand_">
-<parameter_description> a #GRand.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="begin">
-<parameter_description> lower closed bound of the interval.
+<parameter name="str">
+<parameter_description> a nul-terminated string.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="end">
-<parameter_description> upper open bound of the interval.
+<parameter name="suffix">
+<parameter_description> the nul-terminated suffix to look for.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> A random number.
+<return> %TRUE if @str end with @suffix, %FALSE otherwise.
+
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_shell_quote">
+<function name="g_path_get_dirname">
<description>
-Quotes a string so that the shell (/bin/sh) will interpret the
-quoted string to mean @unquoted_string. If you pass a filename to
-the shell, for example, you should first quote it with this
-function. The return value must be freed with g_free(). The
-quoting style used is undefined (single or double quotes may be
-used).
+Gets the directory components of a file name. If the file name has no
+directory components "." is returned. The returned string should be
+freed when no longer needed.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="unquoted_string">
-<parameter_description> a literal string
+<parameter name="file_name">
+<parameter_description> the name of the file.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> quoted string
+<return> the directory components of the file.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_get_host_name">
+<function name="g_option_context_set_description">
<description>
-Return a name for the machine.
+Adds a string to be displayed in <option>--help</option> output
+after the list of options. This text often includes a bug reporting
+address.
-The returned name is not necessarily a fully-qualified domain name,
-or even present in DNS or some other name service at all. It need
-not even be unique on your local network or site, but usually it
-is. Callers should not rely on the return value having any specific
-properties like uniqueness for security purposes. Even if the name
-of the machine is changed while an application is running, the
-return value from this function does not change. The returned
-string is owned by GLib and should not be modified or freed. If no
-name can be determined, a default fixed string "localhost" is
-returned.
+Note that the summary is translated (see
+g_option_context_set_translate_func()).
+Since: 2.12
</description>
<parameters>
+<parameter name="context">
+<parameter_description> a #GOptionContext
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="description">
+<parameter_description> a string to be shown in <option>--help</option> output
+after the list of options, or %NULL
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the host name of the machine.
-
-Since: 2.8
-</return>
+<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_regex_get_pattern">
+<function name="g_variant_get_uint16">
<description>
-Gets the pattern string associated with @regex, i.e. a copy of
-the string passed to g_regex_new().
+Returns the 16-bit unsigned integer value of @value.
+It is an error to call this function with a @value of any type
+other than %G_VARIANT_TYPE_UINT16.
+
+Since: 2.24
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="regex">
-<parameter_description> a #GRegex structure
+<parameter name="value">
+<parameter_description> a uint16 #GVariant instance
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the pattern of @regex
-
-Since: 2.14
+<return> a #guint16
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_source_get_current_time">
+<function name="g_pattern_match_simple">
<description>
-Gets the "current time" to be used when checking
-this source. The advantage of calling this function over
-calling g_get_current_time() directly is that when
-checking multiple sources, GLib can cache a single value
-instead of having to repeatedly get the system time.
+Matches a string against a pattern given as a string. If this
+function is to be called in a loop, it's more efficient to compile
+the pattern once with g_pattern_spec_new() and call
+g_pattern_match_string() repeatedly.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="source">
-<parameter_description> a #GSource
+<parameter name="pattern">
+<parameter_description> the UTF-8 encoded pattern
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="timeval">
-<parameter_description> #GTimeVal structure in which to store current time.
+<parameter name="string">
+<parameter_description> the UTF-8 encoded string to match
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> %TRUE if @string matches @pspec
+</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_async_queue_push_unlocked">
+<function name="g_bookmark_file_set_visited">
<description>
-Pushes the @data into the @queue. @data must not be %NULL. This
-function must be called while holding the @queue's lock.
+Sets the time the bookmark for @uri was last visited.
+
+If no bookmark for @uri is found then it is created.
+
+The "visited" time should only be set if the bookmark was launched,
+either using the command line retrieved by g_bookmark_file_get_app_info()
+or by the default application for the bookmark's MIME type, retrieved
+using g_bookmark_file_get_mime_type(). Changing the "visited" time
+does not affect the "modified" time.
+
+Since: 2.12
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="queue">
-<parameter_description> a #GAsyncQueue.
+<parameter name="bookmark">
+<parameter_description> a #GBookmarkFile
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="data">
-<parameter_description> @data to push into the @queue.
+<parameter name="uri">
+<parameter_description> a valid URI
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="visited">
+<parameter_description> a timestamp or -1 to use the current time
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_signal_handler_block">
+<function name="g_list_insert">
<description>
-Blocks a handler of an instance so it will not be called during any
-signal emissions unless it is unblocked again. Thus "blocking" a
-signal handler means to temporarily deactive it, a signal handler
-has to be unblocked exactly the same amount of times it has been
-blocked before to become active again.
+Inserts a new element into the list at the given position.
-The @handler_id has to be a valid signal handler id, connected to a
-signal of @instance.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="instance">
-<parameter_description> The instance to block the signal handler of.
+<parameter name="list">
+<parameter_description> a pointer to a #GList
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="handler_id">
-<parameter_description> Handler id of the handler to be blocked.
+<parameter name="data">
+<parameter_description> the data for the new element
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="position">
+<parameter_description> the position to insert the element. If this is
+negative, or is larger than the number of elements in the
+list, the new element is added on to the end of the list.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> the new start of the #GList
+</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_regex_get_max_backref">
+<function name="g_build_filenamev">
<description>
-Returns: the number of the highest back reference
+Behaves exactly like g_build_filename(), but takes the path elements
+as a string array, instead of varargs. This function is mainly
+meant for language bindings.
+
+Since: 2.8
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="regex">
-<parameter_description> a #GRegex
+<parameter name="args">
+<parameter_description> %NULL-terminated array of strings containing the path elements.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the number of the highest back reference
+<return> a newly-allocated string that must be freed with g_free().
-Since: 2.14
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_node_max_height">
+<function name="g_string_append_uri_escaped">
<description>
-Gets the maximum height of all branches beneath a #GNode.
-This is the maximum distance from the #GNode to all leaf nodes.
-
-If @root is %NULL, 0 is returned. If @root has no children,
-1 is returned. If @root has children, 2 is returned. And so on.
+Appends @unescaped to @string, escaped any characters that
+are reserved in URIs using URI-style escape sequences.
+Since: 2.16
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="root">
-<parameter_description> a #GNode
+<parameter name="string">
+<parameter_description> a #GString
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="unescaped">
+<parameter_description> a string
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="reserved_chars_allowed">
+<parameter_description> a string of reserved characters allowed to be used
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="allow_utf8">
+<parameter_description> set %TRUE if the escaped string may include UTF8 characters
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the maximum height of the tree beneath @root
+<return> @string
+
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_io_channel_init">
+<function name="g_queue_get_length">
<description>
-Initializes a #GIOChannel struct.
+Returns the number of items in @queue.
-This is called by each of the above functions when creating a
-#GIOChannel, and so is not often needed by the application
-programmer (unless you are creating a new type of #GIOChannel).
+Since: 2.4
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="channel">
-<parameter_description> a #GIOChannel
+<parameter name="queue">
+<parameter_description> a #GQueue
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> The number of items in @queue.
+
+</return>
</function>
-<function name="find_conversion">
+<function name="g_variant_get_data">
<description>
-Find the next conversion in a printf-style format string.
-Partially based on code from printf-parser.c,
-Copyright (C) 1999-2000, 2002-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+Returns a pointer to the serialised form of a #GVariant instance.
+The returned data may not be in fully-normalised form if read from an
+untrusted source. The returned data must not be freed; it remains
+valid for as long as @value exists.
+If @value is a fixed-sized value that was deserialised from a
+corrupted serialised container then %NULL may be returned. In this
+case, the proper thing to do is typically to use the appropriate
+number of nul bytes in place of @value. If @value is not fixed-sized
+then %NULL is never returned.
+
+In the case that @value is already in serialised form, this function
+is O(1). If the value is not already in serialised form,
+serialisation occurs implicitly and is approximately O(n) in the size
+of the result.
+
+Since: 2.24
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="format">
-<parameter_description> a printf-style format string
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="after">
-<parameter_description> location to store a pointer to the character after
-the returned conversion. On a %NULL return, returns the
-pointer to the trailing NUL in the string
+<parameter name="value">
+<parameter_description> a #GVariant instance
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> pointer to the next conversion in @format,
-or %NULL, if none.
+<return> the serialised form of @value, or %NULL
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_type_init">
+<function name="g_utf8_strreverse">
<description>
-Prior to any use of the type system, g_type_init() has to be called
-to initialize the type system and assorted other code portions
-(such as the various fundamental type implementations or the signal
-system).
+Reverses a UTF-8 string. @str must be valid UTF-8 encoded text.
+(Use g_utf8_validate() on all text before trying to use UTF-8
+utility functions with it.)
+
+This function is intended for programmatic uses of reversed strings.
+It pays no attention to decomposed characters, combining marks, byte
+order marks, directional indicators (LRM, LRO, etc) and similar
+characters which might need special handling when reversing a string
+for display purposes.
+
+Note that unlike g_strreverse(), this function returns
+newly-allocated memory, which should be freed with g_free() when
+no longer needed.
+
+Since: 2.2
</description>
<parameters>
+<parameter name="str">
+<parameter_description> a UTF-8 encoded string
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="len">
+<parameter_description> the maximum length of @str to use, in bytes. If @len < 0,
+then the string is nul-terminated.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> a newly-allocated string which is the reverse of @str.
+
+</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_queue_peek_tail_link">
+<function name="g_idle_remove_by_data">
<description>
-Return value: the last link in @queue, or %NULL if @queue is empty
+Removes the idle function with the given data.
+
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="queue">
-<parameter_description> a #GQueue
+<parameter name="data">
+<parameter_description> the data for the idle source's callback.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the last link in @queue, or %NULL if @queue is empty
-
-Since: 2.4
+<return> %TRUE if an idle source was found and removed.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_build_path">
+<function name="g_mutex_trylock">
<description>
-Creates a path from a series of elements using @separator as the
-separator between elements. At the boundary between two elements,
-any trailing occurrences of separator in the first element, or
-leading occurrences of separator in the second element are removed
-and exactly one copy of the separator is inserted.
-
-Empty elements are ignored.
+Tries to lock @mutex. If @mutex is already locked by another thread,
+it immediately returns %FALSE. Otherwise it locks @mutex and returns
+%TRUE.
-The number of leading copies of the separator on the result is
-the same as the number of leading copies of the separator on
-the first non-empty element.
-
-The number of trailing copies of the separator on the result is
-the same as the number of trailing copies of the separator on
-the last non-empty element. (Determination of the number of
-trailing copies is done without stripping leading copies, so
-if the separator is &lt;literal&gt;ABA&lt;/literal&gt;, &lt;literal&gt;ABABA&lt;/literal&gt;
-has 1 trailing copy.)
-
-However, if there is only a single non-empty element, and there
-are no characters in that element not part of the leading or
-trailing separators, then the result is exactly the original value
-of that element.
-
-Other than for determination of the number of leading and trailing
-copies of the separator, elements consisting only of copies
-of the separator are ignored.
+This function can be used even if g_thread_init() has not yet been
+called, and, in that case, will immediately return %TRUE.
+<note><para>#GMutex is neither guaranteed to be recursive nor to be
+non-recursive, i.e. the return value of g_mutex_trylock() could be
+both %FALSE or %TRUE, if the current thread already has locked
+ mutex Use #GStaticRecMutex, if you need recursive
+mutexes.</para></note>
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="separator">
-<parameter_description> a string used to separator the elements of the path.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="first_element">
-<parameter_description> the first element in the path
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="Varargs">
-<parameter_description> remaining elements in path, terminated by %NULL
+<parameter name="mutex">
+<parameter_description> a #GMutex.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a newly-allocated string that must be freed with g_free().
+<return> %TRUE, if @mutex could be locked.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_param_spec_get_qdata">
+<function name="g_variant_is_normal_form">
<description>
-Gets back user data pointers stored via g_param_spec_set_qdata().
+Checks if @value is in normal form.
+The main reason to do this is to detect if a given chunk of
+serialised data is in normal form: load the data into a #GVariant
+using g_variant_create_from_data() and then use this function to
+check.
+
+If @value is found to be in normal form then it will be marked as
+being trusted. If the value was already marked as being trusted then
+this function will immediately return %TRUE.
+
+Since: 2.24
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="pspec">
-<parameter_description> a valid #GParamSpec
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="quark">
-<parameter_description> a #GQuark, naming the user data pointer
+<parameter name="value">
+<parameter_description> a #GVariant instance
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the user data pointer set, or %NULL
+<return> %TRUE if @value is in normal form
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_value_peek_pointer">
+<function name="g_static_rw_lock_writer_trylock">
<description>
-Return the value contents as pointer. This function asserts that
-g_value_fits_pointer() returned %TRUE for the passed in value.
-This is an internal function introduced mainly for C marshallers.
-
+Tries to lock @lock for writing. If @lock is already locked (for
+either reading or writing) by another thread, it immediately returns
+%FALSE. Otherwise it locks @lock for writing and returns %TRUE. This
+lock has to be unlocked by g_static_rw_lock_writer_unlock().
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="value">
-<parameter_description> An initialized #GValue structure.
+<parameter name="lock">
+<parameter_description> a #GStaticRWLock to lock for writing.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> %TRUE if @value will fit inside a pointer value.
+<return> %TRUE, if @lock could be locked for writing.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_ascii_xdigit_value">
+<function name="g_list_previous">
<description>
-Determines the numeric value of a character as a hexidecimal
-digit. Differs from g_unichar_xdigit_value() because it takes
-a char, so there's no worry about sign extension if characters
-are signed.
-
+A convenience macro to get the previous element in a #GList.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="c">
-<parameter_description> an ASCII character.
+<parameter name="list">
+<parameter_description> an element in a #GList.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> If @c is a hex digit (according to
-g_ascii_isxdigit()), its numeric value. Otherwise, -1.
+<return> the previous element, or %NULL if there are no previous
+elements.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_param_type_register_static">
+<function name="g_key_file_set_list_separator">
<description>
-Registers @name as the name of a new static type derived from
-#G_TYPE_PARAM. The type system uses the information contained in
-the #GParamSpecTypeInfo structure pointed to by @info to manage the
-#GParamSpec type and its instances.
+Sets the character which is used to separate
+values in lists. Typically ';' or ',' are used
+as separators. The default list separator is ';'.
+Since: 2.6
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="name">
-<parameter_description> 0-terminated string used as the name of the new #GParamSpec type.
+<parameter name="key_file">
+<parameter_description> a #GKeyFile
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="pspec_info">
-<parameter_description> The #GParamSpecTypeInfo for this #GParamSpec type.
+<parameter name="separator">
+<parameter_description> the separator
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> The new type identifier.
-</return>
+<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_bookmark_file_get_description">
+<function name="g_rand_double_range">
<description>
-Retrieves the description of the bookmark for @uri.
-
-In the event the URI cannot be found, %NULL is returned and
- error is set to #G_BOOKMARK_FILE_ERROR_URI_NOT_FOUND.
+Returns the next random #gdouble from @rand_ equally distributed over
+the range [ begin @end).
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="bookmark">
-<parameter_description> a #GBookmarkFile
+<parameter name="rand_">
+<parameter_description> a #GRand.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="uri">
-<parameter_description> a valid URI
+<parameter name="begin">
+<parameter_description> lower closed bound of the interval.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="error">
-<parameter_description> return location for a #GError, or %NULL
+<parameter name="end">
+<parameter_description> upper open bound of the interval.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a newly allocated string or %NULL if the specified
-URI cannot be found.
-
-Since: 2.12
+<return> A random number.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_sequence_free">
+<function name="g_variant_builder_init">
<description>
-Frees the memory allocated for @seq. If @seq has a data destroy
-function associated with it, that function is called on all items in
- seq
+Initialises a #GVariantBuilder structure.
-Since: 2.14
+ type must be non-%NULL. It specifies the type of container to
+construct. It can be an indefinite type such as
+%G_VARIANT_TYPE_ARRAY or a definite type such as "as" or "(ii)".
+Maybe, array, tuple, dictionary entry and variant-typed values may be
+constructed.
+
+After the builder is initialised, values are added using
+g_variant_builder_add_value() or g_variant_builder_add().
+
+After all the child values are added, g_variant_builder_end() frees
+the memory associated with the builder and returns the #GVariant that
+was created.
+
+This function completely ignores the previous contents of @builder.
+On one hand this means that it is valid to pass in completely
+uninitialised memory. On the other hand, this means that if you are
+initialising over top of an existing #GVariantBuilder you need to
+first call g_variant_builder_clear() in order to avoid leaking
+memory.
+
+You must not call g_variant_builder_ref() or
+g_variant_builder_unref() on a #GVariantBuilder that was initialised
+with this function. If you ever pass a reference to a
+#GVariantBuilder outside of the control of your own code then you
+should assume that the person receiving that reference may try to use
+reference counting; you should use g_variant_builder_new() instead of
+this function.
+
+Since: 2.24
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="seq">
-<parameter_description> a #GSequence
+<parameter name="builder">
+<parameter_description> a #GVariantBuilder
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="type">
+<parameter_description> a container type
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_strcasecmp">
+<function name="g_option_context_add_main_entries">
<description>
-A case-insensitive string comparison, corresponding to the standard
-strcasecmp() function on platforms which support it.
+A convenience function which creates a main group if it doesn't
+exist, adds the @entries to it and sets the translation domain.
+Since: 2.6
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="s1">
-<parameter_description> a string.
+<parameter name="context">
+<parameter_description> a #GOptionContext
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="s2">
-<parameter_description> a string to compare with @s1.
+<parameter name="entries">
+<parameter_description> a %NULL-terminated array of #GOptionEntry<!-- -->s
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="translation_domain">
+<parameter_description> a translation domain to use for translating
+the <option>--help</option> output for the options in @entries
+with gettext(), or %NULL
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> 0 if the strings match, a negative value if @s1 &lt; @s2,
-or a positive value if @s1 &gt; @s2.
-
-Deprecated:2.2: See g_strncasecmp() for a discussion of why this function
-is deprecated and how to replace it.
-</return>
+<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_object_set">
+<function name="g_flags_complete_type_info">
<description>
-Sets properties on an object.
+This function is meant to be called from the complete_type_info()
+function of a #GTypePlugin implementation, see the example for
+g_enum_complete_type_info() above.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="object">
-<parameter_description> a #GObject
+<parameter name="g_flags_type">
+<parameter_description> the type identifier of the type being completed
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="first_property_name">
-<parameter_description> name of the first property to set
+<parameter name="info">
+<parameter_description> the #GTypeInfo struct to be filled in
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="Varargs">
-<parameter_description> value for the first property, followed optionally by more
-name/value pairs, followed by %NULL
+<parameter name="const_values">
+<parameter_description> An array of #GFlagsValue structs for the possible
+enumeration values. The array is terminated by a struct with all
+members being 0.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_sprintf">
+<function name="g_thread_pool_push">
<description>
-An implementation of the standard sprintf() function which supports
-positional parameters, as specified in the Single Unix Specification.
+Inserts @data into the list of tasks to be executed by @pool. When
+the number of currently running threads is lower than the maximal
+allowed number of threads, a new thread is started (or reused) with
+the properties given to g_thread_pool_new (). Otherwise @data stays
+in the queue until a thread in this pool finishes its previous task
+and processes @data.
+ error can be %NULL to ignore errors, or non-%NULL to report
+errors. An error can only occur when a new thread couldn't be
+created. In that case @data is simply appended to the queue of work
+to do.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="string">
-<parameter_description> A pointer to a memory buffer to contain the resulting string. It
-is up to the caller to ensure that the allocated buffer is large
-enough to hold the formatted result
+<parameter name="pool">
+<parameter_description> a #GThreadPool
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="format">
-<parameter_description> a standard printf() format string, but notice
-&lt;link linkend="string-precision"&gt;string precision pitfalls&lt;/link&gt;.
+<parameter name="data">
+<parameter_description> a new task for @pool
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="Varargs">
-<parameter_description> the arguments to insert in the output.
+<parameter name="error">
+<parameter_description> return location for error
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the number of bytes printed.
-
-Since: 2.2
-</return>
+<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_strstr_len">
+<function name="g_io_channel_read_line">
<description>
-Searches the string @haystack for the first occurrence
-of the string @needle, limiting the length of the search
-to @haystack_len.
+Reads a line, including the terminating character(s),
+from a #GIOChannel into a newly-allocated string.
+ str_return will contain allocated memory if the return
+is %G_IO_STATUS_NORMAL.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="haystack">
-<parameter_description> a string.
+<parameter name="channel">
+<parameter_description> a #GIOChannel
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="haystack_len">
-<parameter_description> the maximum length of @haystack. Note that -1 is
-a valid length, if @haystack is nul-terminated, meaning it will
-search through the whole string.
+<parameter name="str_return">
+<parameter_description> The line read from the #GIOChannel, including the
+line terminator. This data should be freed with g_free()
+when no longer needed. This is a nul-terminated string.
+If a @length of zero is returned, this will be %NULL instead.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="needle">
-<parameter_description> the string to search for.
+<parameter name="length">
+<parameter_description> location to store length of the read data, or %NULL
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="terminator_pos">
+<parameter_description> location to store position of line terminator, or %NULL
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="error">
+<parameter_description> A location to return an error of type #GConvertError
+or #GIOChannelError
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a pointer to the found occurrence, or
-%NULL if not found.
+<return> the status of the operation.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_source_set_priority">
+<function name="g_param_spec_uchar">
<description>
-Sets the priority of a source. While the main loop is being
-run, a source will be dispatched if it is ready to be dispatched and no sources
-at a higher (numerically smaller) priority are ready to be dispatched.
+Creates a new #GParamSpecUChar instance specifying a %G_TYPE_UCHAR property.
+
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="source">
-<parameter_description> a #GSource
+<parameter name="name">
+<parameter_description> canonical name of the property specified
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="priority">
-<parameter_description> the new priority.
+<parameter name="nick">
+<parameter_description> nick name for the property specified
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="blurb">
+<parameter_description> description of the property specified
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="minimum">
+<parameter_description> minimum value for the property specified
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="maximum">
+<parameter_description> maximum value for the property specified
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="default_value">
+<parameter_description> default value for the property specified
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="flags">
+<parameter_description> flags for the property specified
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> a newly created parameter specification
+</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_regex_split_simple">
+<function name="g_get_home_dir">
<description>
-Breaks the string on the pattern, and returns an array of
-the tokens. If the pattern contains capturing parentheses,
-then the text for each of the substrings will also be returned.
-If the pattern does not match anywhere in the string, then the
-whole string is returned as the first token.
-
-This function is equivalent to g_regex_split() but it does
-not require to compile the pattern with g_regex_new(), avoiding
-some lines of code when you need just to do a split without
-extracting substrings, capture counts, and so on.
-
-If this function is to be called on the same @pattern more than
-once, it's more efficient to compile the pattern once with
-g_regex_new() and then use g_regex_split().
+Gets the current user's home directory as defined in the
+password database.
-As a special case, the result of splitting the empty string ""
-is an empty vector, not a vector containing a single string.
-The reason for this special case is that being able to represent
-a empty vector is typically more useful than consistent handling
-of empty elements. If you do need to represent empty elements,
-you'll need to check for the empty string before calling this
-function.
+Note that in contrast to traditional UNIX tools, this function
+prefers <filename>passwd</filename> entries over the <envar>HOME</envar>
+environment variable.
-A pattern that can match empty strings splits @string into
-separate characters wherever it matches the empty string between
-characters. For example splitting "ab c" using as a separator
-"\s*", you will get "a", "b" and "c".
+One of the reasons for this decision is that applications in many
+cases need special handling to deal with the case where
+<envar>HOME</envar> is
+<simplelist>
+<member>Not owned by the user</member>
+<member>Not writeable</member>
+<member>Not even readable</member>
+</simplelist>
+Since applications are in general <emphasis>not</emphasis> written
+to deal with these situations it was considered better to make
+g_get_home_dir() not pay attention to <envar>HOME</envar> and to
+return the real home directory for the user. If applications
+want to pay attention to <envar>HOME</envar>, they can do:
+|[
+const char *homedir = g_getenv ("HOME");
+if (!homedir)
+homedir = g_get_home_dir (<!-- -->);
+]|
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="pattern">
-<parameter_description> the regular expression
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="string">
-<parameter_description> the string to scan for matches
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="compile_options">
-<parameter_description> compile options for the regular expression, or 0
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="match_options">
-<parameter_description> match options, or 0
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a %NULL-terminated array of strings. Free it using g_strfreev()
-
-Since: 2.14
+<return> the current user's home directory
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_checksum_get_digest">
+<function name="g_sequence_move_range">
<description>
-Gets the digest from @checksum as a raw binary vector and places it
-into @buffer. The size of the digest depends on the type of checksum.
+Inserts the (@begin, @end) range at the destination pointed to by ptr.
+The @begin and @end iters must point into the same sequence. It is
+allowed for @dest to point to a different sequence than the one pointed
+into by @begin and @end.
-Once this function has been called, the #GChecksum is closed and can
-no longer be updated with g_checksum_update().
+If @dest is NULL, the range indicated by @begin and @end is
+removed from the sequence. If @dest iter points to a place within
+the (@begin, @end) range, the range does not move.
-Since: 2.16
+Since: 2.14
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="checksum">
-<parameter_description> a #GChecksum
+<parameter name="dest">
+<parameter_description> a #GSequenceIter
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="buffer">
-<parameter_description> output buffer
+<parameter name="begin">
+<parameter_description> a #GSequenceIter
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="digest_len">
-<parameter_description> an inout parameter. The caller initializes it to the size of @buffer.
-After the call it contains the length of the digest.
+<parameter name="end">
+<parameter_description> a #GSequenceIter
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_test_minimized_result">
+<function name="g_key_file_load_from_data">
<description>
-Report the result of a performance or measurement test.
-The test should generally strive to minimize the reported
-quantities (smaller values are better than larger ones),
-this and @minimized_quantity can determine sorting
-order for test result reports.
+Loads a key file from memory into an empty #GKeyFile structure.
+If the object cannot be created then %error is set to a #GKeyFileError.
-Since: 2.16
+Since: 2.6
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="minimized_quantity">
-<parameter_description> the reported value
+<parameter name="key_file">
+<parameter_description> an empty #GKeyFile struct
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="format">
-<parameter_description> the format string of the report message
+<parameter name="data">
+<parameter_description> key file loaded in memory
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="Varargs">
-<parameter_description> arguments to pass to the printf() function
+<parameter name="length">
+<parameter_description> the length of @data in bytes
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="flags">
+<parameter_description> flags from #GKeyFileFlags
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="error">
+<parameter_description> return location for a #GError, or %NULL
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> %TRUE if a key file could be loaded, %FALSE otherwise
+
+</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_type_init_with_debug_flags">
+<function name="g_completion_set_compare">
<description>
-Similar to g_type_init(), but additionally sets debug flags.
+Sets the function to use for string comparisons. The default string
+comparison function is strncmp().
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="debug_flags">
-<parameter_description> Bitwise combination of #GTypeDebugFlags values for
-debugging purposes.
+<parameter name="cmp">
+<parameter_description> a #GCompletion.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="strncmp_func">
+<parameter_description> the string comparison function.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_unichar_iscntrl">
+<function name="g_async_queue_new_full">
<description>
-Determines whether a character is a control character.
-Given some UTF-8 text, obtain a character value with
-g_utf8_get_char().
+Creates a new asynchronous queue with an initial reference count of 1 and
+sets up a destroy notify function that is used to free any remaining
+queue items when the queue is destroyed after the final unref.
+Since: 2.16
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="c">
-<parameter_description> a Unicode character
+<parameter name="item_free_func">
+<parameter_description> function to free queue elements
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> %TRUE if @c is a control character
+<return> the new #GAsyncQueue.
+
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_value_set_object">
+<function name="g_value_reset">
<description>
-Set the contents of a %G_TYPE_OBJECT derived #GValue to @v_object.
-
-g_value_set_object() increases the reference count of @v_object
-(the #GValue holds a reference to @v_object). If you do not wish
-to increase the reference count of the object (i.e. you wish to
-pass your current reference to the #GValue because you no longer
-need it), use g_value_take_object() instead.
+Clears the current value in @value and resets it to the default value
+(as if the value had just been initialized).
-It is important that your #GValue holds a reference to @v_object (either its
-own, or one it has taken) to ensure that the object won't be destroyed while
-the #GValue still exists).
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="value">
-<parameter_description> a valid #GValue of %G_TYPE_OBJECT derived type
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="v_object">
-<parameter_description> object value to be set
+<parameter_description> An initialized #GValue structure.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> the #GValue structure that has been passed in
+</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_strncasecmp">
+<function name="g_type_module_register_enum">
<description>
-A case-insensitive string comparison, corresponding to the standard
-strncasecmp() function on platforms which support it.
-It is similar to g_strcasecmp() except it only compares the first @n
-characters of the strings.
+Looks up or registers an enumeration that is implemented with a particular
+type plugin. If a type with name @type_name was previously registered,
+the #GType identifier for the type is returned, otherwise the type
+is newly registered, and the resulting #GType identifier returned.
+
+As long as any instances of the type exist, the type plugin will
+not be unloaded.
+
+Since: 2.6
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="s1">
-<parameter_description> a string.
+<parameter name="module">
+<parameter_description> a #GTypeModule
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="s2">
-<parameter_description> a string to compare with @s1.
+<parameter name="name">
+<parameter_description> name for the type
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="n">
-<parameter_description> the maximum number of characters to compare.
+<parameter name="const_static_values">
+<parameter_description> an array of #GEnumValue structs for the
+possible enumeration values. The array is
+terminated by a struct with all members being
+0.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> 0 if the strings match, a negative value if @s1 &lt; @s2,
-or a positive value if @s1 &gt; @s2.
-
-Deprecated:2.2: The problem with g_strncasecmp() is that it does the
-comparison by calling toupper()/tolower(). These functions are
-locale-specific and operate on single bytes. However, it is impossible
-to handle things correctly from an I18N standpoint by operating on
-bytes, since characters may be multibyte. Thus g_strncasecmp() is
-broken if your string is guaranteed to be ASCII, since it's
-locale-sensitive, and it's broken if your string is localized, since
-it doesn't work on many encodings at all, including UTF-8, EUC-JP,
-etc.
-
-There are therefore two replacement functions: g_ascii_strncasecmp(),
-which only works on ASCII and is not locale-sensitive, and
-g_utf8_casefold(), which is good for case-insensitive sorting of UTF-8.
+<return> the new or existing type ID
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_param_spec_flags">
+<function name="g_variant_byteswap">
<description>
-Creates a new #GParamSpecFlags instance specifying a %G_TYPE_FLAGS
-property.
+Performs a byteswapping operation on the contents of @value. The
+result is that all multi-byte numeric data contained in @value is
+byteswapped. That includes 16, 32, and 64bit signed and unsigned
+integers as well as file handles and double precision floating point
+values.
-See g_param_spec_internal() for details on property names.
+This function is an identity mapping on any value that does not
+contain multi-byte numeric data. That include strings, booleans,
+bytes and containers containing only these things (recursively).
+
+The returned value is always in normal form and is marked as trusted.
+Since: 2.24
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="name">
-<parameter_description> canonical name of the property specified
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="nick">
-<parameter_description> nick name for the property specified
+<parameter name="value">
+<parameter_description> a #GVariant
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="blurb">
-<parameter_description> description of the property specified
+</parameters>
+<return> the byteswapped form of @value
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_signal_stop_emission_by_name">
+<description>
+Stops a signal's current emission.
+
+This is just like g_signal_stop_emission() except it will look up the
+signal id for you.
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="instance">
+<parameter_description> the object whose signal handlers you wish to stop.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="flags_type">
-<parameter_description> a #GType derived from %G_TYPE_FLAGS
+<parameter name="detailed_signal">
+<parameter_description> a string of the form "signal-name::detail".
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="default_value">
-<parameter_description> default value for the property specified
+</parameters>
+<return></return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_date_set_time_val">
+<description>
+Sets the value of a date from a #GTimeVal value. Note that the
+ tv_usec member is ignored, because #GDate can't make use of the
+additional precision.
+
+Since: 2.10
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="date">
+<parameter_description> a #GDate
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="flags">
-<parameter_description> flags for the property specified
+<parameter name="timeval">
+<parameter_description> #GTimeVal value to set
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a newly created parameter specification
-</return>
+<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_value_get_boolean">
+<function name="g_variant_iter_next">
<description>
-Get the contents of a %G_TYPE_BOOLEAN #GValue.
+Gets the next item in the container and unpacks it into the variable
+argument list according to @format_string, returning %TRUE.
+
+If no more items remain then %FALSE is returned.
+
+All of the pointers given on the variable arguments list of this
+function are assumed to point at uninitialised memory. It is the
+responsibility of the caller to free all of the values returned by
+the unpacking process.
+
+<example>
+<title>Memory management with g_variant_iter_next()</title>
+<programlisting>
+/<!-- -->* Iterates a dictionary of type 'a{sv}' *<!-- -->/
+void
+iterate_dictionary (GVariant *dictionary)
+{
+GVariantIter iter;
+GVariant *value;
+gchar *key;
+
+g_variant_iter_init (&iter, dictionary);
+while (g_variant_iter_next (&iter, "{sv}", &key, &value))
+{
+g_print ("Item '%s' has type '%s'\n", key,
+g_variant_get_type_string (value));
+
+/<!-- -->* must free data for ourselves *<!-- -->/
+g_variant_unref (value);
+g_free (key);
+}
+}
+</programlisting>
+</example>
+For a solution that is likely to be more convenient to C programmers
+when dealing with loops, see g_variant_iter_loop().
+
+Since: 2.24
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="value">
-<parameter_description> a valid #GValue of type %G_TYPE_BOOLEAN
+<parameter name="iter">
+<parameter_description> a #GVariantIter
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="format_string">
+<parameter_description> a GVariant format string
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="Varargs">
+<parameter_description> the arguments to unpack the value into
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> boolean contents of @value
+<return> %TRUE if a value was unpacked, or %FALSE if there as no
+value
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_sequence_foreach">
+<function name="g_variant_type_is_subtype_of">
<description>
-Calls @func for each item in the sequence passing @user_data
-to the function.
+Checks if @type is a subtype of @supertype.
-Since: 2.14
+This function returns %TRUE if @type is a subtype of @supertype. All
+types are considered to be subtypes of themselves. Aside from that,
+only indefinite types can have subtypes.
+
+Since 2.24
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="seq">
-<parameter_description> a #GSequence
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="func">
-<parameter_description> the function to call for each item in @seq
+<parameter name="type">
+<parameter_description> a #GVariantType
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="user_data">
-<parameter_description> user data passed to @func
+<parameter name="supertype">
+<parameter_description> a #GVariantType
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> %TRUE if @type is a subtype of @supertype
+</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_hash_table_steal_all">
+<function name="g_relation_destroy">
<description>
-Removes all keys and their associated values from a #GHashTable
-without calling the key and value destroy functions.
-
-Since: 2.12
+Destroys the #GRelation, freeing all memory allocated. However, it
+does not free memory allocated for the tuple data, so you should
+free that first if appropriate.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="hash_table">
-<parameter_description> a #GHashTable.
+<parameter name="relation">
+<parameter_description> a #GRelation.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_file_open_tmp">
+<function name="g_regex_check_replacement">
<description>
-Opens a file for writing in the preferred directory for temporary
-files (as returned by g_get_tmp_dir()).
-
- tmpl should be a string in the GLib file name encoding containing
-a sequence of six 'X' characters, as the parameter to g_mkstemp().
-However, unlike these functions, the template should only be a
-basename, no directory components are allowed. If template is
-%NULL, a default template is used.
-
-Note that in contrast to g_mkstemp() (and mkstemp())
- tmpl is not modified, and might thus be a read-only literal string.
+Checks whether @replacement is a valid replacement string
+(see g_regex_replace()), i.e. that all escape sequences in
+it are valid.
-The actual name used is returned in @name_used if non-%NULL. This
-string should be freed with g_free() when not needed any longer.
-The returned name is in the GLib file name encoding.
+If @has_references is not %NULL then @replacement is checked
+for pattern references. For instance, replacement text 'foo\n'
+does not contain references and may be evaluated without information
+about actual match, but '\0\1' (whole match followed by first
+subpattern) requires valid #GMatchInfo object.
+Since: 2.14
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="tmpl">
-<parameter_description> Template for file name, as in g_mkstemp(), basename only,
-or %NULL, to a default template
+<parameter name="replacement">
+<parameter_description> the replacement string
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="name_used">
-<parameter_description> location to store actual name used, or %NULL
+<parameter name="has_references">
+<parameter_description> location to store information about
+references in @replacement or %NULL
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="error">
-<parameter_description> return location for a #GError
+<parameter_description> location to store error
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> A file handle (as from open()) to
-the file opened for reading and writing. The file is opened in binary
-mode on platforms where there is a difference. The file handle should be
-closed with close(). In case of errors, -1 is returned
-and @error will be set.
+<return> whether @replacement is a valid replacement string
+
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_object_is_floating">
+<function name="g_base64_decode">
<description>
-Checks wether @object has a &lt;link linkend="floating-ref"&gt;floating&lt;/link&gt;
-reference.
-
-Since: 2.10
+Decode a sequence of Base-64 encoded text into binary data
+Since: 2.12
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="object">
-<parameter_description> a #GObject
+<parameter name="text">
+<parameter_description> zero-terminated string with base64 text to decode
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="out_len">
+<parameter_description> The length of the decoded data is written here
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> %TRUE if @object has a floating reference
+<return> a newly allocated buffer containing the binary data
+that @text represents. The returned buffer must
+be freed with g_free().
+
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_main_context_remove_poll">
+<function name="g_file_test">
<description>
-Removes file descriptor from the set of file descriptors to be
-polled for a particular context.
+Returns %TRUE if any of the tests in the bitfield @test are
+%TRUE. For example, <literal>(G_FILE_TEST_EXISTS |
+G_FILE_TEST_IS_DIR)</literal> will return %TRUE if the file exists;
+the check whether it's a directory doesn't matter since the existence
+test is %TRUE. With the current set of available tests, there's no point
+passing in more than one test at a time.
+
+Apart from %G_FILE_TEST_IS_SYMLINK all tests follow symbolic links,
+so for a symbolic link to a regular file g_file_test() will return
+%TRUE for both %G_FILE_TEST_IS_SYMLINK and %G_FILE_TEST_IS_REGULAR.
+
+Note, that for a dangling symbolic link g_file_test() will return
+%TRUE for %G_FILE_TEST_IS_SYMLINK and %FALSE for all other flags.
+
+You should never use g_file_test() to test whether it is safe
+to perform an operation, because there is always the possibility
+of the condition changing before you actually perform the operation.
+For example, you might think you could use %G_FILE_TEST_IS_SYMLINK
+to know whether it is safe to write to a file without being
+tricked into writing into a different location. It doesn't work!
+|[
+/* DON'T DO THIS */
+if (!g_file_test (filename, G_FILE_TEST_IS_SYMLINK))
+{
+fd = g_open (filename, O_WRONLY);
+/* write to fd */
+}
+]|
+
+Another thing to note is that %G_FILE_TEST_EXISTS and
+%G_FILE_TEST_IS_EXECUTABLE are implemented using the access()
+system call. This usually doesn't matter, but if your program
+is setuid or setgid it means that these tests will give you
+the answer for the real user ID and group ID, rather than the
+effective user ID and group ID.
+
+On Windows, there are no symlinks, so testing for
+%G_FILE_TEST_IS_SYMLINK will always return %FALSE. Testing for
+%G_FILE_TEST_IS_EXECUTABLE will just check that the file exists and
+its name indicates that it is executable, checking for well-known
+extensions and those listed in the %PATHEXT environment variable.
+
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="context">
-<parameter_description>a #GMainContext
+<parameter name="filename">
+<parameter_description> a filename to test in the GLib file name encoding
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="fd">
-<parameter_description> a #GPollFD descriptor previously added with g_main_context_add_poll()
+<parameter name="test">
+<parameter_description> bitfield of #GFileTest flags
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> whether a test was %TRUE
+</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_source_get_id">
+<function name="g_thread_pool_set_max_threads">
<description>
-Return value: the ID (greater than 0) for the source
+Sets the maximal allowed number of threads for @pool. A value of -1
+means, that the maximal number of threads is unlimited.
+
+Setting @max_threads to 0 means stopping all work for @pool. It is
+effectively frozen until @max_threads is set to a non-zero value
+again.
+
+A thread is never terminated while calling @func, as supplied by
+g_thread_pool_new (). Instead the maximal number of threads only
+has effect for the allocation of new threads in g_thread_pool_push().
+A new thread is allocated, whenever the number of currently
+running threads in @pool is smaller than the maximal number.
+
+ error can be %NULL to ignore errors, or non-%NULL to report
+errors. An error can only occur when a new thread couldn't be
+created.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="source">
-<parameter_description> a #GSource
+<parameter name="pool">
+<parameter_description> a #GThreadPool
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="max_threads">
+<parameter_description> a new maximal number of threads for @pool
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="error">
+<parameter_description> return location for error
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the ID (greater than 0) for the source
-</return>
+<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_mapped_file_get_contents">
+<function name="g_utf8_find_next_char">
<description>
-Returns: the contents of @file.
+Finds the start of the next UTF-8 character in the string after @p.
+
+ p does not have to be at the beginning of a UTF-8 character. No check
+is made to see if the character found is actually valid other than
+it starts with an appropriate byte.
+
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="file">
-<parameter_description> a #GMappedFile
+<parameter name="p">
+<parameter_description> a pointer to a position within a UTF-8 encoded string
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="end">
+<parameter_description> a pointer to the byte following the end of the string,
+or %NULL to indicate that the string is nul-terminated.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the contents of @file.
-
-Since: 2.8
+<return> a pointer to the found character or %NULL
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_type_default_interface_peek">
+<function name="g_unichar_isspace">
<description>
-If the interface type @g_type is currently in use, returns its
-default interface vtable.
+Determines whether a character is a space, tab, or line separator
+(newline, carriage return, etc.). Given some UTF-8 text, obtain a
+character value with g_utf8_get_char().
-Since: 2.4
+(Note: don't use this to do word breaking; you have to use
+Pango or equivalent to get word breaking right, the algorithm
+is fairly complex.)
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="g_type">
-<parameter_description> an interface type
+<parameter name="c">
+<parameter_description> a Unicode character
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the default vtable for the interface, or %NULL
-if the type is not currently in use.
+<return> %TRUE if @c is a space character
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_direct_equal">
+<function name="g_utf8_to_ucs4">
<description>
-Compares two #gpointer arguments and returns %TRUE if they are equal.
-It can be passed to g_hash_table_new() as the @key_equal_func
-parameter, when using pointers as keys in a #GHashTable.
+Convert a string from UTF-8 to a 32-bit fixed width
+representation as UCS-4. A trailing 0 will be added to the
+string after the converted text.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="v1">
-<parameter_description> a key.
+<parameter name="str">
+<parameter_description> a UTF-8 encoded string
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="v2">
-<parameter_description> a key to compare with @v1.
+<parameter name="len">
+<parameter_description> the maximum length of @str to use, in bytes. If @len < 0,
+then the string is nul-terminated.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="items_read">
+<parameter_description> location to store number of bytes read, or %NULL.
+If %NULL, then %G_CONVERT_ERROR_PARTIAL_INPUT will be
+returned in case @str contains a trailing partial
+character. If an error occurs then the index of the
+invalid input is stored here.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="items_written">
+<parameter_description> location to store number of characters written or %NULL.
+The value here stored does not include the trailing 0
+character.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="error">
+<parameter_description> location to store the error occuring, or %NULL to ignore
+errors. Any of the errors in #GConvertError other than
+%G_CONVERT_ERROR_NO_CONVERSION may occur.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> %TRUE if the two keys match.
+<return> a pointer to a newly allocated UCS-4 string.
+This value must be freed with g_free(). If an
+error occurs, %NULL will be returned and
+ error set.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_type_class_peek_static">
+<function name="g_node_first_sibling">
<description>
-A more efficient version of g_type_class_peek() which works only for
-static types.
+Gets the first sibling of a #GNode.
+This could possibly be the node itself.
-Since: 2.4
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="type">
-<parameter_description> Type ID of a classed type.
+<parameter name="node">
+<parameter_description> a #GNode
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> The #GTypeClass structure for the given type ID or %NULL
-if the class does not currently exist or is dynamically loaded.
+<return> the first sibling of @node
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_param_spec_unichar">
+<function name="g_tree_search">
<description>
-Creates a new #GParamSpecUnichar instance specifying a %G_TYPE_UINT
-property. #GValue structures for this property can be accessed with
-g_value_set_uint() and g_value_get_uint().
+Searches a #GTree using @search_func.
-See g_param_spec_internal() for details on property names.
+The @search_func is called with a pointer to the key of a key/value pair in
+the tree, and the passed in @user_data. If @search_func returns 0 for a
+key/value pair, then g_tree_search_func() will return the value of that
+pair. If @search_func returns -1, searching will proceed among the
+key/value pairs that have a smaller key; if @search_func returns 1,
+searching will proceed among the key/value pairs that have a larger key.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="name">
-<parameter_description> canonical name of the property specified
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="nick">
-<parameter_description> nick name for the property specified
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="blurb">
-<parameter_description> description of the property specified
+<parameter name="tree">
+<parameter_description> a #GTree.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="default_value">
-<parameter_description> default value for the property specified
+<parameter name="search_func">
+<parameter_description> a function used to search the #GTree.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="flags">
-<parameter_description> flags for the property specified
+<parameter name="user_data">
+<parameter_description> the data passed as the second argument to the @search_func
+function.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a newly created parameter specification
+<return> the value corresponding to the found key, or %NULL if the key
+was not found.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_param_spec_pointer">
+<function name="g_string_insert_len">
<description>
-Creates a new #GParamSpecPoiner instance specifying a pointer property.
+Inserts @len bytes of @val into @string at @pos.
+Because @len is provided, @val may contain embedded
+nuls and need not be nul-terminated. If @pos is -1,
+bytes are inserted at the end of the string.
-See g_param_spec_internal() for details on property names.
+Since this function does not stop at nul bytes, it is
+the caller's responsibility to ensure that @val has at
+least @len addressable bytes.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="name">
-<parameter_description> canonical name of the property specified
+<parameter name="string">
+<parameter_description> a #GString
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="nick">
-<parameter_description> nick name for the property specified
+<parameter name="pos">
+<parameter_description> position in @string where insertion should
+happen, or -1 for at the end
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="blurb">
-<parameter_description> description of the property specified
+<parameter name="val">
+<parameter_description> bytes to insert
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="flags">
-<parameter_description> flags for the property specified
+<parameter name="len">
+<parameter_description> number of bytes of @val to insert
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a newly created parameter specification
+<return> @string
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_node_children_foreach">
+<function name="g_cache_new">
<description>
-Calls a function for each of the children of a #GNode.
-Note that it doesn't descend beneath the child nodes.
+Creates a new #GCache.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="node">
-<parameter_description> a #GNode
+<parameter name="value_new_func">
+<parameter_description> a function to create a new object given a key.
+This is called by g_cache_insert() if an object
+with the given key does not already exist.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="flags">
-<parameter_description> which types of children are to be visited, one of
-%G_TRAVERSE_ALL, %G_TRAVERSE_LEAVES and %G_TRAVERSE_NON_LEAVES
+<parameter name="value_destroy_func">
+<parameter_description> a function to destroy an object. It is called
+by g_cache_remove() when the object is no
+longer needed (i.e. its reference count drops
+to 0).
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="func">
-<parameter_description> the function to call for each visited node
+<parameter name="key_dup_func">
+<parameter_description> a function to copy a key. It is called by
+g_cache_insert() if the key does not already exist in
+the #GCache.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="data">
-<parameter_description> user data to pass to the function
+<parameter name="key_destroy_func">
+<parameter_description> a function to destroy a key. It is called by
+g_cache_remove() when the object is no longer
+needed (i.e. its reference count drops to 0).
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="hash_key_func">
+<parameter_description> a function to create a hash value from a key.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="hash_value_func">
+<parameter_description> a function to create a hash value from a value.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="key_equal_func">
+<parameter_description> a function to compare two keys. It should return
+%TRUE if the two keys are equivalent.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> a new #GCache.
+</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_tree_nnodes">
+<function name="g_value_get_string">
<description>
-Gets the number of nodes in a #GTree.
+Get the contents of a %G_TYPE_STRING #GValue.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="tree">
-<parameter_description> a #GTree.
+<parameter name="value">
+<parameter_description> a valid #GValue of type %G_TYPE_STRING
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the number of nodes in the #GTree.
+<return> string content of @value
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_bookmark_file_load_from_data">
+<function name="g_key_file_set_locale_string_list">
<description>
-Loads a bookmark file from memory into an empty #GBookmarkFile
-structure. If the object cannot be created then @error is set to a
-#GBookmarkFileError.
+Associates a list of string values for @key and @locale under
+ group_name If the translation for @key cannot be found then
+it is created.
+Since: 2.6
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="bookmark">
-<parameter_description> an empty #GBookmarkFile struct
+<parameter name="key_file">
+<parameter_description> a #GKeyFile
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="data">
-<parameter_description> desktop bookmarks loaded in memory
+<parameter name="group_name">
+<parameter_description> a group name
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="key">
+<parameter_description> a key
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="locale">
+<parameter_description> a locale identifier
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="list">
+<parameter_description> a %NULL-terminated array of locale string values
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="length">
-<parameter_description> the length of @data in bytes
+<parameter_description> the length of @list
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="error">
-<parameter_description> return location for a #GError, or %NULL
+</parameters>
+<return></return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_rmdir">
+<description>
+A wrapper for the POSIX rmdir() function. The rmdir() function
+deletes a directory from the filesystem.
+
+See your C library manual for more details about how rmdir() works
+on your system.
+
+Since: 2.6
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="filename">
+<parameter_description> a pathname in the GLib file name encoding (UTF-8 on Windows)
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> %TRUE if a desktop bookmark could be loaded.
+<return> 0 if the directory was successfully removed, -1 if an error
+occurred
-Since: 2.12
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_filename_to_uri">
+<function name="glib_check_version">
<description>
-Converts an absolute filename to an escaped ASCII-encoded URI, with the path
-component following Section 3.3. of RFC 2396.
+Checks that the GLib library in use is compatible with the
+given version. Generally you would pass in the constants
+#GLIB_MAJOR_VERSION, #GLIB_MINOR_VERSION, #GLIB_MICRO_VERSION
+as the three arguments to this function; that produces
+a check that the library in use is compatible with
+the version of GLib the application or module was compiled
+against.
+
+Compatibility is defined by two things: first the version
+of the running library is newer than the version
+ required_major required_minor @required_micro. Second
+the running library must be binary compatible with the
+version @required_major required_minor required_micro
+(same major version.)
+Since: 2.6
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="filename">
-<parameter_description> an absolute filename specified in the GLib file name encoding,
-which is the on-disk file name bytes on Unix, and UTF-8 on
-Windows
+<parameter name="required_major">
+<parameter_description> the required major version.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="hostname">
-<parameter_description> A UTF-8 encoded hostname, or %NULL for none.
+<parameter name="required_minor">
+<parameter_description> the required minor version.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="error">
-<parameter_description> location to store the error occuring, or %NULL to ignore
-errors. Any of the errors in #GConvertError may occur.
+<parameter name="required_micro">
+<parameter_description> the required micro version.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a newly-allocated string holding the resulting
-URI, or %NULL on an error.
+<return> %NULL if the GLib library is compatible with the
+given version, or a string describing the version mismatch.
+The returned string is owned by GLib and must not be modified
+or freed.
+
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_param_value_set_default">
+<function name="g_date_get_iso8601_week_of_year">
<description>
-Sets @value to its default value as specified in @pspec.
+Returns the week of the year, where weeks are interpreted according
+to ISO 8601.
+
+Since: 2.6
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="pspec">
-<parameter_description> a valid #GParamSpec
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="value">
-<parameter_description> a #GValue of correct type for @pspec
+<parameter name="date">
+<parameter_description> a valid #GDate
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> ISO 8601 week number of the year.
+
+</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_option_context_set_translation_domain">
+<function name="g_main_context_pending">
<description>
-A convenience function to use gettext() for translating
-user-visible strings.
+Checks if any sources have pending events for the given context.
-Since: 2.12
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="context">
-<parameter_description> a #GOptionContext
+<parameter_description> a #GMainContext (if %NULL, the default context will be used)
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="domain">
-<parameter_description> the domain to use
+</parameters>
+<return> %TRUE if events are pending.
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_spawn_close_pid">
+<description>
+On some platforms, notably Windows, the #GPid type represents a resource
+which must be closed to prevent resource leaking. g_spawn_close_pid()
+is provided for this purpose. It should be used on all platforms, even
+though it doesn't do anything under UNIX.
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="pid">
+<parameter_description> The process reference to close
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_win32_getlocale">
+<function name="g_string_free">
<description>
-The setlocale() function in the Microsoft C library uses locale
-names of the form "English_United States.1252" etc. We want the
-UNIXish standard form "en_US", "zh_TW" etc. This function gets the
-current thread locale from Windows - without any encoding info -
-and returns it as a string of the above form for use in forming
-file names etc. The returned string should be deallocated with
-g_free().
+Frees the memory allocated for the #GString.
+If @free_segment is %TRUE it also frees the character data.
</description>
<parameters>
+<parameter name="string">
+<parameter_description> a #GString
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="free_segment">
+<parameter_description> if %TRUE the actual character data is freed as well
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> newly-allocated locale name.
+<return> the character data of @string
+(i.e. %NULL if @free_segment is %TRUE)
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_type_is_a">
+<function name="g_array_new">
<description>
-If @is_a_type is a derivable type, check whether @type is a
-descendant of @is_a_type. If @is_a_type is an interface, check
-whether @type conforms to it.
-
+Creates a new #GArray with a reference count of 1.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="type">
-<parameter_description> Type to check anchestry for.
+<parameter name="zero_terminated">
+<parameter_description> %TRUE if the array should have an extra element at
+the end which is set to 0.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="is_a_type">
-<parameter_description> Possible anchestor of @type or interface @type could conform to.
+<parameter name="clear_">
+<parameter_description> %TRUE if #GArray elements should be automatically cleared
+to 0 when they are allocated.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="element_size">
+<parameter_description> the size of each element in bytes.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> %TRUE if @type is_a @is_a_type holds true.
+<return> the new #GArray.
</return>
</function>
+<function name="g_sequence_remove_range">
+<description>
+Removes all items in the (@begin, @end) range.
+
+If the sequence has a data destroy function associated with it, this
+function is called on the data for the removed items.
+
+Since: 2.14
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="begin">
+<parameter_description> a #GSequenceIter
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="end">
+<parameter_description> a #GSequenceIter
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return></return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_value_set_ulong">
+<description>
+Set the contents of a %G_TYPE_ULONG #GValue to @v_ulong.
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="value">
+<parameter_description> a valid #GValue of type %G_TYPE_ULONG
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="v_ulong">
+<parameter_description> unsigned long integer value to be set
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return></return>
+</function>
+
<function name="g_tree_new_with_data">
<description>
Creates a new #GTree with a comparison function that accepts user data.
@@ -15644,32 +19352,50 @@ See g_tree_new() for more details.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_sequence_iter_get_sequence">
+<function name="g_unichar_iswide_cjk">
<description>
-Return value: the #GSequence that @iter points into.
+Determines if a character is typically rendered in a double-width
+cell under legacy East Asian locales. If a character is wide according to
+g_unichar_iswide(), then it is also reported wide with this function, but
+the converse is not necessarily true. See the
+<ulink url="http://www.unicode.org/reports/tr11/">Unicode Standard
+Annex #11</ulink> for details.
+
+If a character passes the g_unichar_iswide() test then it will also pass
+this test, but not the other way around. Note that some characters may
+pas both this test and g_unichar_iszerowidth().
+
+Since: 2.12
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="iter">
-<parameter_description> a #GSequenceIter
+<parameter name="c">
+<parameter_description> a Unicode character
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the #GSequence that @iter points into.
+<return> %TRUE if the character is wide in legacy East Asian locales
-Since: 2.14
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_markup_parse_context_get_element">
+<function name="g_markup_parse_context_pop">
<description>
-Retrieves the name of the currently open element.
+Completes the process of a temporary sub-parser redirection.
-If called from the start_element or end_element handlers this will
-give the element_name as passed to those functions. For the parent
-elements, see g_markup_parse_context_get_element_stack().
+This function exists to collect the user_data allocated by a
+matching call to g_markup_parse_context_push(). It must be called
+in the end_element handler corresponding to the start_element
+handler during which g_markup_parse_context_push() was called. You
+must not call this function from the error callback -- the
+ user_data is provided directly to the callback in that case.
-Since: 2.2
+This function is not intended to be directly called by users
+interested in invoking subparsers. Instead, it is intended to be
+used by the subparsers themselves to implement a higher-level
+interface.
+
+Since: 2.18
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -15678,675 +19404,779 @@ Since: 2.2
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the name of the currently open element, or %NULL
+<return> the user_data passed to g_markup_parse_context_push().
+
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_object_add_toggle_ref">
+<function name="g_test_create_suite">
<description>
-Increases the reference count of the object by one and sets a
-callback to be called when all other references to the object are
-dropped, or when this is already the last reference to the object
-and another reference is established.
-
-This functionality is intended for binding @object to a proxy
-object managed by another memory manager. This is done with two
-paired references: the strong reference added by
-g_object_add_toggle_ref() and a reverse reference to the proxy
-object which is either a strong reference or weak reference.
+Create a new test suite with the name @suite_name.
-The setup is that when there are no other references to @object,
-only a weak reference is held in the reverse direction from @object
-to the proxy object, but when there are other references held to
- object, a strong reference is held. The @notify callback is called
-when the reference from @object to the proxy object should be
-&lt;firstterm&gt;toggled&lt;/firstterm&gt; from strong to weak (@is_last_ref
-true) or weak to strong (@is_last_ref false).
+Since: 2.16
-Since a (normal) reference must be held to the object before
-calling g_object_toggle_ref(), the initial state of the reverse
-link is always strong.
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="suite_name">
+<parameter_description> a name for the suite
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> A newly allocated #GTestSuite instance.
-Multiple toggle references may be added to the same gobject,
-however if there are multiple toggle references to an object, none
-of them will ever be notified until all but one are removed. For
-this reason, you should only ever use a toggle reference if there
-is important state in the proxy object.
+</return>
+</function>
-Since: 2.8
+<function name="g_type_module_unuse">
+<description>
+Decreases the use count of a #GTypeModule by one. If the
+result is zero, the module will be unloaded. (However, the
+#GTypeModule will not be freed, and types associated with the
+#GTypeModule are not unregistered. Once a #GTypeModule is
+initialized, it must exist forever.)
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="object">
-<parameter_description> a #GObject
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="notify">
-<parameter_description> a function to call when this reference is the
-last reference to the object, or is no longer
-the last reference.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="data">
-<parameter_description> data to pass to @notify
+<parameter name="module">
+<parameter_description> a #GTypeModule
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_signal_handler_unblock">
+<function name="g_variant_builder_open">
<description>
-Undoes the effect of a previous g_signal_handler_block() call. A
-blocked handler is skipped during signal emissions and will not be
-invoked, unblocking it (for exactly the amount of times it has been
-blocked before) reverts its "blocked" state, so the handler will be
-recognized by the signal system and is called upon future or
-currently ongoing signal emissions (since the order in which
-handlers are called during signal emissions is deterministic,
-whether the unblocked handler in question is called as part of a
-currently ongoing emission depends on how far that emission has
-proceeded yet).
+Opens a subcontainer inside the given @builder. When done adding
+items to the subcontainer, g_variant_builder_close() must be called.
-The @handler_id has to be a valid id of a signal handler that is
-connected to a signal of @instance and is currently blocked.
+It is an error to call this function in any way that would cause an
+inconsistent value to be constructed (ie: adding too many values or
+a value of an incorrect type).
+
+Since: 2.24
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="instance">
-<parameter_description> The instance to unblock the signal handler of.
+<parameter name="builder">
+<parameter_description> a #GVariantBuilder
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="handler_id">
-<parameter_description> Handler id of the handler to be unblocked.
+<parameter name="type">
+<parameter_description> a #GVariantType
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_mkdir_with_parents">
+<function name="g_async_queue_sort_unlocked">
<description>
-Create a directory if it doesn't already exist. Create intermediate
-parent directories as needed, too.
+Sorts @queue using @func.
+
+This function is called while holding the @queue's lock.
+Since: 2.10
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="pathname">
-<parameter_description> a pathname in the GLib file name encoding
+<parameter name="queue">
+<parameter_description> a #GAsyncQueue
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="mode">
-<parameter_description> permissions to use for newly created directories
+<parameter name="func">
+<parameter_description> the #GCompareDataFunc is used to sort @queue. This
+function is passed two elements of the @queue. The function
+should return 0 if they are equal, a negative value if the
+first element should be higher in the @queue or a positive
+value if the first element should be lower in the @queue than
+the second element.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="user_data">
+<parameter_description> user data passed to @func
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> 0 if the directory already exists, or was successfully
-created. Returns -1 if an error occurred, with errno set.
-
-Since: 2.8
-</return>
+<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_signal_chain_from_overridden_handler">
+<function name="g_value_set_static_string">
<description>
-Calls the original class closure of a signal. This function should
-only be called from an overridden class closure; see
-g_signal_override_class_closure() and
-g_signal_override_class_handler().
-
-Since: 2.18
+Set the contents of a %G_TYPE_STRING #GValue to @v_string.
+The string is assumed to be static, and is thus not duplicated
+when setting the #GValue.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="instance">
-<parameter_description> the instance the signal is being emitted on.
+<parameter name="value">
+<parameter_description> a valid #GValue of type %G_TYPE_STRING
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="Varargs">
-<parameter_description> parameters to be passed to the parent class closure, followed by a
-location for the return value. If the return type of the signal
-is #G_TYPE_NONE, the return value location can be omitted.
+<parameter name="v_string">
+<parameter_description> static string to be set
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_param_spec_pool_insert">
+<function name="g_value_type_compatible">
<description>
-Inserts a #GParamSpec in the pool.
+Returns whether a #GValue of type @src_type can be copied into
+a #GValue of type @dest_type.
+
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="pool">
-<parameter_description> a #GParamSpecPool.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="pspec">
-<parameter_description> the #GParamSpec to insert
+<parameter name="src_type">
+<parameter_description> source type to be copied.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="owner_type">
-<parameter_description> a #GType identifying the owner of @pspec
+<parameter name="dest_type">
+<parameter_description> destination type for copying.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> %TRUE if g_value_copy() is possible with @src_type and @dest_type.
+</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_io_channel_get_buffer_size">
+<function name="g_shell_quote">
<description>
-Gets the buffer size.
+Quotes a string so that the shell (/bin/sh) will interpret the
+quoted string to mean @unquoted_string. If you pass a filename to
+the shell, for example, you should first quote it with this
+function. The return value must be freed with g_free(). The
+quoting style used is undefined (single or double quotes may be
+used).
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="channel">
-<parameter_description> a #GIOChannel
+<parameter name="unquoted_string">
+<parameter_description> a literal string
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the size of the buffer.
+<return> quoted string
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_type_register_static_simple">
+<function name="g_signal_new">
<description>
-Registers @type_name as the name of a new static type derived from
- parent_type The value of @flags determines the nature (e.g.
-abstract or not) of the type. It works by filling a #GTypeInfo
-struct and calling g_type_register_static().
+Creates a new signal. (This is usually done in the class initializer.)
-Since: 2.12
+A signal name consists of segments consisting of ASCII letters and
+digits, separated by either the '-' or '_' character. The first
+character of a signal name must be a letter. Names which violate these
+rules lead to undefined behaviour of the GSignal system.
+
+When registering a signal and looking up a signal, either separator can
+be used, but they cannot be mixed.
+
+If 0 is used for @class_offset subclasses cannot override the class handler
+in their <code>class_init</code> method by doing
+<code>super_class->signal_handler = my_signal_handler</code>. Instead they
+will have to use g_signal_override_class_handler().
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="parent_type">
-<parameter_description> Type from which this type will be derived.
+<parameter name="signal_name">
+<parameter_description> the name for the signal
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="type_name">
-<parameter_description> 0-terminated string used as the name of the new type.
+<parameter name="itype">
+<parameter_description> the type this signal pertains to. It will also pertain to
+types which are derived from this type.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="class_size">
-<parameter_description> Size of the class structure (see #GTypeInfo)
+<parameter name="signal_flags">
+<parameter_description> a combination of #GSignalFlags specifying detail of when
+the default handler is to be invoked. You should at least specify
+%G_SIGNAL_RUN_FIRST or %G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="class_init">
-<parameter_description> Location of the class initialization function (see #GTypeInfo)
+<parameter name="class_offset">
+<parameter_description> The offset of the function pointer in the class structure
+for this type. Used to invoke a class method generically. Pass 0 to
+not associate a class method slot with this signal.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="instance_size">
-<parameter_description> Size of the instance structure (see #GTypeInfo)
+<parameter name="accumulator">
+<parameter_description> the accumulator for this signal; may be %NULL.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="instance_init">
-<parameter_description> Location of the instance initialization function (see #GTypeInfo)
+<parameter name="accu_data">
+<parameter_description> user data for the @accumulator.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="flags">
-<parameter_description> Bitwise combination of #GTypeFlags values.
+<parameter name="c_marshaller">
+<parameter_description> the function to translate arrays of parameter values to
+signal emissions into C language callback invocations.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="return_type">
+<parameter_description> the type of return value, or #G_TYPE_NONE for a signal
+without a return value.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="n_params">
+<parameter_description> the number of parameter types to follow.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="Varargs">
+<parameter_description> a list of types, one for each parameter.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> The new type identifier.
+<return> the signal id
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_param_spec_float">
+<function name="g_strcmp0">
<description>
-Creates a new #GParamSpecFloat instance specifying a %G_TYPE_FLOAT property.
+Compares @str1 and @str2 like strcmp(). Handles %NULL
+gracefully by sorting it before non-%NULL strings.
-See g_param_spec_internal() for details on property names.
+Since: 2.16
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="str1">
+<parameter_description> a C string or %NULL
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="str2">
+<parameter_description> another C string or %NULL
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> -1, 0 or 1, if @str1 is <, == or > than @str2.
+
+</return>
+</function>
+<function name="g_value_set_string">
+<description>
+Set the contents of a %G_TYPE_STRING #GValue to @v_string.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="name">
-<parameter_description> canonical name of the property specified
+<parameter name="value">
+<parameter_description> a valid #GValue of type %G_TYPE_STRING
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="nick">
-<parameter_description> nick name for the property specified
+<parameter name="v_string">
+<parameter_description> caller-owned string to be duplicated for the #GValue
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="blurb">
-<parameter_description> description of the property specified
+</parameters>
+<return></return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_locale_from_utf8">
+<description>
+Converts a string from UTF-8 to the encoding used for strings by
+the C runtime (usually the same as that used by the operating
+system) in the <link linkend="setlocale">current locale</link>. On
+Windows this means the system codepage.
+
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="utf8string">
+<parameter_description> a UTF-8 encoded string
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="minimum">
-<parameter_description> minimum value for the property specified
+<parameter name="len">
+<parameter_description> the length of the string, or -1 if the string is
+nul-terminated<footnoteref linkend="nul-unsafe"/>.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="maximum">
-<parameter_description> maximum value for the property specified
+<parameter name="bytes_read">
+<parameter_description> location to store the number of bytes in the
+input string that were successfully converted, or %NULL.
+Even if the conversion was successful, this may be
+less than @len if there were partial characters
+at the end of the input. If the error
+#G_CONVERT_ERROR_ILLEGAL_SEQUENCE occurs, the value
+stored will the byte offset after the last valid
+input sequence.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="default_value">
-<parameter_description> default value for the property specified
+<parameter name="bytes_written">
+<parameter_description> the number of bytes stored in the output buffer (not
+including the terminating nul).
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="flags">
-<parameter_description> flags for the property specified
+<parameter name="error">
+<parameter_description> location to store the error occuring, or %NULL to ignore
+errors. Any of the errors in #GConvertError may occur.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a newly created parameter specification
+<return> The converted string, or %NULL on an error.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_queue_copy">
+<function name="g_byte_array_remove_range">
<description>
-Copies a @queue. Note that is a shallow copy. If the elements in the
-queue consist of pointers to data, the pointers are copied, but the
-actual data is not.
+Removes the given number of bytes starting at the given index from a
+#GByteArray. The following elements are moved to close the gap.
+Since: 2.4
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="queue">
-<parameter_description> a #GQueue
+<parameter name="array">
+<parameter_description> a @GByteArray.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="index_">
+<parameter_description> the index of the first byte to remove.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="length">
+<parameter_description> the number of bytes to remove.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> A copy of @queue
-
-Since: 2.4
+<return> the #GByteArray.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_queue_sort">
+<function name="g_key_file_get_value">
<description>
-Sorts @queue using @compare_func.
+Returns the raw value associated with @key under @group_name.
+Use g_key_file_get_string() to retrieve an unescaped UTF-8 string.
-Since: 2.4
+In the event the key cannot be found, %NULL is returned and
+ error is set to #G_KEY_FILE_ERROR_KEY_NOT_FOUND. In the
+event that the @group_name cannot be found, %NULL is returned
+and @error is set to #G_KEY_FILE_ERROR_GROUP_NOT_FOUND.
+
+
+Since: 2.6
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="queue">
-<parameter_description> a #GQueue
+<parameter name="key_file">
+<parameter_description> a #GKeyFile
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="compare_func">
-<parameter_description> the #GCompareDataFunc used to sort @queue. This function
-is passed two elements of the queue and should return 0 if they are
-equal, a negative value if the first comes before the second, and
-a positive value if the second comes before the first.
+<parameter name="group_name">
+<parameter_description> a group name
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="user_data">
-<parameter_description> user data passed to @compare_func
+<parameter name="key">
+<parameter_description> a key
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="error">
+<parameter_description> return location for a #GError, or %NULL
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> a newly allocated string or %NULL if the specified
+key cannot be found.
+
+</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_intern_static_string">
+<function name="g_closure_remove_finalize_notifier">
<description>
-Returns: a canonical representation for the string
+Removes a finalization notifier.
+
+Notice that notifiers are automatically removed after they are run.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="string">
-<parameter_description> a static string
+<parameter name="closure">
+<parameter_description> a #GClosure
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="notify_data">
+<parameter_description> data which was passed to g_closure_add_finalize_notifier()
+when registering @notify_func
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="notify_func">
+<parameter_description> the callback function to remove
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a canonical representation for the string
-
-Since: 2.10
-</return>
+<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_unichar_isupper">
+<function name="g_pattern_spec_new">
<description>
-Determines if a character is uppercase.
-
+Compiles a pattern to a #GPatternSpec.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="c">
-<parameter_description> a Unicode character
+<parameter name="pattern">
+<parameter_description> a zero-terminated UTF-8 encoded string
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> %TRUE if @c is an uppercase character
+<return> a newly-allocated #GPatternSpec
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_unichar_digit_value">
+<function name="g_variant_new_signature">
<description>
-Determines the numeric value of a character as a decimal
-digit.
+Creates a DBus type signature #GVariant with the contents of
+ string @string must be a valid DBus type signature. Use
+g_variant_is_signature() if you're not sure.
+Since: 2.24
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="c">
-<parameter_description> a Unicode character
+<parameter name="signature">
+<parameter_description> a normal C nul-terminated string
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> If @c is a decimal digit (according to
-g_unichar_isdigit()), its numeric value. Otherwise, -1.
+<return> a new signature #GVariant instance
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_bookmark_file_remove_application">
+<function name="g_queue_reverse">
<description>
-Removes application registered with @name from the list of applications
-that have registered a bookmark for @uri inside @bookmark.
-
-In the event the URI cannot be found, %FALSE is returned and
- error is set to #G_BOOKMARK_FILE_ERROR_URI_NOT_FOUND.
-In the event that no application with name @app_name has registered
-a bookmark for @uri, %FALSE is returned and error is set to
-#G_BOOKMARK_FILE_ERROR_APP_NOT_REGISTERED.
+Reverses the order of the items in @queue.
+Since: 2.4
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="bookmark">
-<parameter_description> a #GBookmarkFile
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="uri">
-<parameter_description> a valid URI
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="name">
-<parameter_description> the name of the application
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="error">
-<parameter_description> return location for a #GError or %NULL
+<parameter name="queue">
+<parameter_description> a #GQueue
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> %TRUE if the application was successfully removed.
-
-Since: 2.12
-</return>
+<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_value_get_int64">
+<function name="g_list_last">
<description>
-Get the contents of a %G_TYPE_INT64 #GValue.
+Gets the last element in a #GList.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="value">
-<parameter_description> a valid #GValue of type %G_TYPE_INT64
+<parameter name="list">
+<parameter_description> a #GList
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> 64bit integer contents of @value
+<return> the last element in the #GList,
+or %NULL if the #GList has no elements
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_ptr_array_foreach">
+<function name="g_regex_escape_string">
<description>
-Calls a function for each element of a #GPtrArray.
+Escapes the special characters used for regular expressions
+in @string, for instance "a.b*c" becomes "a\.b\*c". This
+function is useful to dynamically generate regular expressions.
-Since: 2.4
+ string can contain nul characters that are replaced with "\0",
+in this case remember to specify the correct length of @string
+in @length.
+
+Since: 2.14
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="array">
-<parameter_description> a #GPtrArray
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="func">
-<parameter_description> the function to call for each array element
+<parameter name="string">
+<parameter_description> the string to escape
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="user_data">
-<parameter_description> user data to pass to the function
+<parameter name="length">
+<parameter_description> the length of @string, or -1 if @string is nul-terminated
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> a newly-allocated escaped string
+
+</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_signal_handler_disconnect">
+<function name="g_value_get_flags">
<description>
-Disconnects a handler from an instance so it will not be called during
-any future or currently ongoing emissions of the signal it has been
-connected to. The @handler_id becomes invalid and may be reused.
+Get the contents of a %G_TYPE_FLAGS #GValue.
-The @handler_id has to be a valid signal handler id, connected to a
-signal of @instance.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="instance">
-<parameter_description> The instance to remove the signal handler from.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="handler_id">
-<parameter_description> Handler id of the handler to be disconnected.
+<parameter name="value">
+<parameter_description> a valid #GValue whose type is derived from %G_TYPE_FLAGS
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> flags contents of @value
+</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_string_assign">
+<function name="g_source_set_funcs">
<description>
-Copies the bytes from a string into a #GString,
-destroying any previous contents. It is rather like
-the standard strcpy() function, except that you do not
-have to worry about having enough space to copy the string.
+Sets the source functions (can be used to override
+default implementations) of an unattached source.
+Since: 2.12
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="string">
-<parameter_description> the destination #GString. Its current contents
-are destroyed.
+<parameter name="source">
+<parameter_description> a #GSource
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="rval">
-<parameter_description> the string to copy into @string
+<parameter name="funcs">
+<parameter_description> the new #GSourceFuncs
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> @string
-</return>
+<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_value_get_boxed">
+<function name="g_direct_hash">
<description>
-Get the contents of a %G_TYPE_BOXED derived #GValue.
+Converts a gpointer to a hash value.
+It can be passed to g_hash_table_new() as the @hash_func parameter,
+when using pointers as keys in a #GHashTable.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="value">
-<parameter_description> a valid #GValue of %G_TYPE_BOXED derived type
+<parameter name="v">
+<parameter_description> a #gpointer key
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> boxed contents of @value
+<return> a hash value corresponding to the key.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_uri_unescape_segment">
+<function name="g_bookmark_file_get_visited">
<description>
-Unescapes a segment of an escaped string.
+Gets the time the bookmark for @uri was last visited.
-If any of the characters in @illegal_characters or the character zero appears
-as an escaped character in @escaped_string then that is an error and %NULL
-will be returned. This is useful it you want to avoid for instance having a
-slash being expanded in an escaped path element, which might confuse pathname
-handling.
+In the event the URI cannot be found, -1 is returned and
+ error is set to #G_BOOKMARK_FILE_ERROR_URI_NOT_FOUND.
+Since: 2.12
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="escaped_string">
-<parameter_description> a string.
+<parameter name="bookmark">
+<parameter_description> a #GBookmarkFile
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="escaped_string_end">
-<parameter_description> a string.
+<parameter name="uri">
+<parameter_description> a valid URI
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="illegal_characters">
-<parameter_description> an optional string of illegal characters not to be allowed.
+<parameter name="error">
+<parameter_description> return location for a #GError, or %NULL
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> an unescaped version of @escaped_string or %NULL on error.
-The returned string should be freed when no longer needed.
+<return> a timestamp.
-Since: 2.16
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_file_get_contents">
+<function name="g_test_queue_free">
<description>
-Reads an entire file into allocated memory, with good error
-checking.
-
-If the call was successful, it returns %TRUE and sets @contents to the file
-contents and @length to the length of the file contents in bytes. The string
-stored in @contents will be nul-terminated, so for text files you can pass
-%NULL for the @length argument. If the call was not successful, it returns
-%FALSE and sets @error. The error domain is #G_FILE_ERROR. Possible error
-codes are those in the #GFileError enumeration. In the error case,
- contents is set to %NULL and @length is set to zero.
+Enqueue a pointer to be released with g_free() during the next
+teardown phase. This is equivalent to calling g_test_queue_destroy()
+with a destroy callback of g_free().
+Since: 2.16
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="filename">
-<parameter_description> name of a file to read contents from, in the GLib file name encoding
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="contents">
-<parameter_description> location to store an allocated string
+<parameter name="gfree_pointer">
+<parameter_description> the pointer to be stored.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="length">
-<parameter_description> location to store length in bytes of the contents, or %NULL
+</parameters>
+<return></return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_array_remove_index">
+<description>
+Removes the element at the given index from a #GArray. The following
+elements are moved down one place.
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="array">
+<parameter_description> a #GArray.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="error">
-<parameter_description> return location for a #GError, or %NULL
+<parameter name="index_">
+<parameter_description> the index of the element to remove.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> %TRUE on success, %FALSE if an error occurred
+<return> the #GArray.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_thread_pool_get_num_unused_threads">
+<function name="g_io_channel_ref">
<description>
-Return value: the number of currently unused threads
+Increments the reference count of a #GIOChannel.
+
</description>
<parameters>
+<parameter name="channel">
+<parameter_description> a #GIOChannel
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the number of currently unused threads
+<return> the @channel that was passed in (since 2.6)
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_string_truncate">
+<function name="g_unichar_isdigit">
<description>
-Cuts off the end of the GString, leaving the first @len bytes.
+Determines whether a character is numeric (i.e. a digit). This
+covers ASCII 0-9 and also digits in other languages/scripts. Given
+some UTF-8 text, obtain a character value with g_utf8_get_char().
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="string">
-<parameter_description> a #GString
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="len">
-<parameter_description> the new size of @string
+<parameter name="c">
+<parameter_description> a Unicode character
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> @string
+<return> %TRUE if @c is a digit
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_cclosure_marshal_VOID__CHAR">
+<function name="g_value_get_ulong">
<description>
-A marshaller for a #GCClosure with a callback of type
-&lt;literal&gt;void (*callback) (gpointer instance, gchar arg1, gpointer user_data)&lt;/literal&gt;.
+Get the contents of a %G_TYPE_ULONG #GValue.
+
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="closure">
-<parameter_description> the #GClosure to which the marshaller belongs
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="return_value">
-<parameter_description> ignored
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="n_param_values">
-<parameter_description> 2
+<parameter name="value">
+<parameter_description> a valid #GValue of type %G_TYPE_ULONG
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="param_values">
-<parameter_description> a #GValue array holding the instance and the #gchar parameter
+</parameters>
+<return> unsigned long integer contents of @value
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_value_array_sort_with_data">
+<description>
+Sort @value_array using @compare_func to compare the elements accoring
+to the semantics of #GCompareDataFunc.
+
+The current implementation uses Quick-Sort as sorting algorithm.
+
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="value_array">
+<parameter_description> #GValueArray to sort
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="invocation_hint">
-<parameter_description> the invocation hint given as the last argument
-to g_closure_invoke()
+<parameter name="compare_func">
+<parameter_description> function to compare elements
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="marshal_data">
-<parameter_description> additional data specified when registering the marshaller
+<parameter name="user_data">
+<parameter_description> extra data argument provided for @compare_func
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> the #GValueArray passed in as @value_array
+</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_key_file_set_string">
+<function name="g_variant_get_child_value">
<description>
-Associates a new string value with @key under @group_name.
-If @key cannot be found then it is created.
-If @group_name cannot be found then it is created.
+Reads a child item out of a container #GVariant instance. This
+includes variants, maybes, arrays, tuples and dictionary
+entries. It is an error to call this function on any other type of
+#GVariant.
-Since: 2.6
+It is an error if @index_ is greater than the number of child items
+in the container. See g_variant_n_children().
+
+This function is O(1).
+
+Since: 2.24
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="key_file">
-<parameter_description> a #GKeyFile
+<parameter name="value">
+<parameter_description> a container #GVariant
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="group_name">
-<parameter_description> a group name
+<parameter name="index_">
+<parameter_description> the index of the child to fetch
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="key">
-<parameter_description> a key
+</parameters>
+<return> the child at the specified index
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_sequence_new">
+<description>
+Creates a new GSequence. The @data_destroy function, if non-%NULL will
+be called on all items when the sequence is destroyed and on items that
+are removed from the sequence.
+
+Since: 2.14
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="data_destroy">
+<parameter_description> a #GDestroyNotify function, or %NULL
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="string">
-<parameter_description> a string
+</parameters>
+<return> a new #GSequence
+
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_io_channel_close">
+<description>
+Close an IO channel. Any pending data to be written will be
+flushed, ignoring errors. The channel will not be freed until the
+last reference is dropped using g_io_channel_unref().
+
+Deprecated:2.2: Use g_io_channel_shutdown() instead.
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="channel">
+<parameter_description> A #GIOChannel
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_key_file_get_boolean_list">
+<function name="g_key_file_set_double">
<description>
-Return value: the values associated with the key as a list of
+Associates a new double value with @key under @group_name.
+If @key cannot be found then it is created.
+
+Since: 2.12
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -16362,1509 +20192,1494 @@ Return value: the values associated with the key as a list of
<parameter_description> a key
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="length">
-<parameter_description> the number of booleans returned
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="error">
-<parameter_description> return location for a #GError
+<parameter name="value">
+<parameter_description> an double value
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the values associated with the key as a list of
-booleans, or %NULL if the key was not found or could not be parsed.
-
-Since: 2.6
-</return>
+<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_fopen">
+<function name="g_param_values_cmp">
<description>
-A wrapper for the stdio fopen() function. The fopen() function
-opens a file and associates a new stream with it.
-
-Because file descriptors are specific to the C library on Windows,
-and a file descriptor is partof the &lt;type&gt;FILE&lt;/type&gt; struct, the
-&lt;type&gt;FILE&lt;/type&gt; pointer returned by this function makes sense
-only to functions in the same C library. Thus if the GLib-using
-code uses a different C library than GLib does, the
-&lt;type&gt;FILE&lt;/type&gt; pointer returned by this function cannot be
-passed to C library functions like fprintf() or fread().
-
-See your C library manual for more details about fopen().
+Compares @value1 with @value2 according to @pspec, and return -1, 0 or +1,
+if @value1 is found to be less than, equal to or greater than @value2,
+respectively.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="filename">
-<parameter_description> a pathname in the GLib file name encoding (UTF-8 on Windows)
+<parameter name="pspec">
+<parameter_description> a valid #GParamSpec
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="mode">
-<parameter_description> a string describing the mode in which the file should be
-opened
+<parameter name="value1">
+<parameter_description> a #GValue of correct type for @pspec
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="value2">
+<parameter_description> a #GValue of correct type for @pspec
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> A &lt;type&gt;FILE&lt;/type&gt; pointer if the file was successfully
-opened, or %NULL if an error occurred
-
-Since: 2.6
+<return> -1, 0 or +1, for a less than, equal to or greater than result
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_list_concat">
+<function name="g_variant_new_va">
<description>
-Adds the second #GList onto the end of the first #GList.
-Note that the elements of the second #GList are not copied.
-They are used directly.
+This function is intended to be used by libraries based on
+#GVariant that want to provide g_variant_new()-like functionality
+to their users.
+
+The API is more general than g_variant_new() to allow a wider range
+of possible uses.
+
+ format_string must still point to a valid format string, but it only
+needs to be nul-terminated if @endptr is %NULL. If @endptr is
+non-%NULL then it is updated to point to the first character past the
+end of the format string.
+
+ app is a pointer to a #va_list. The arguments, according to
+ format_string, are collected from this #va_list and the list is left
+pointing to the argument following the last.
+
+These two generalisations allow mixing of multiple calls to
+g_variant_new_va() and g_variant_get_va() within a single actual
+varargs call by the user.
+
+The return value will be floating if it was a newly created GVariant
+instance (for example, if the format string was "(ii)"). In the case
+that the format_string was '*', '?', 'r', or a format starting with
+'@' then the collected #GVariant pointer will be returned unmodified,
+without adding any additional references.
+
+In order to behave correctly in all cases it is necessary for the
+calling function to g_variant_ref_sink() the return result before
+returning control to the user that originally provided the pointer.
+At this point, the caller will have their own full reference to the
+result. This can also be done by adding the result to a container,
+or by passing it to another g_variant_new() call.
+Since: 2.24
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="list1">
-<parameter_description> a #GList
+<parameter name="format_string">
+<parameter_description> a string that is prefixed with a format string
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="list2">
-<parameter_description> the #GList to add to the end of the first #GList
+<parameter name="endptr">
+<parameter_description> location to store the end pointer, or %NULL
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="app">
+<parameter_description> a pointer to a #va_list
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the start of the new #GList
+<return> a new, usually floating, #GVariant
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_test_add_func">
+<function name="g_completion_remove_items">
<description>
-Create a new test case, similar to g_test_create_case(). However
-the test is assumed to use no fixture, and test suites are automatically
-created on the fly and added to the root fixture, based on the
-slash-separated portions of @testpath.
-
-Since: 2.16
+Removes items from a #GCompletion.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="testpath">
-<parameter_description> Slash-separated test case path name for the test.
+<parameter name="cmp">
+<parameter_description> the #GCompletion.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="test_func">
-<parameter_description> The test function to invoke for this test.
+<parameter name="items">
+<parameter_description> the items to remove.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_list_remove_link">
+<function name="g_type_interface_prerequisites">
<description>
-Removes an element from a #GList, without freeing the element.
-The removed element's prev and next links are set to %NULL, so
-that it becomes a self-contained list with one element.
+Returns the prerequisites of an interfaces type.
+
+Since: 2.2
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="list">
-<parameter_description> a #GList
+<parameter name="interface_type">
+<parameter_description> an interface type
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="llink">
-<parameter_description> an element in the #GList
+<parameter name="n_prerequisites">
+<parameter_description> location to return the number of prerequisites, or %NULL
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the new start of the #GList, without the element
+<return> a newly-allocated zero-terminated array of #GType containing
+the prerequisites of @interface_type
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_match_info_fetch_named_pos">
+<function name="g_signal_connect_closure_by_id">
<description>
-Retrieves the position of the capturing parentheses named @name.
-
-If @name is a valid sub pattern name but it didn't match anything
-(e.g. sub pattern "X", matching "b" against "(?P&lt;X&gt;a)?b")
-then @start_pos and @end_pos are set to -1 and %TRUE is returned.
+Connects a closure to a signal for a particular object.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="match_info">
-<parameter_description> #GMatchInfo structure
+<parameter name="instance">
+<parameter_description> the instance to connect to.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="name">
-<parameter_description> name of the subexpression
+<parameter name="signal_id">
+<parameter_description> the id of the signal.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="start_pos">
-<parameter_description> pointer to location where to store the start position
+<parameter name="detail">
+<parameter_description> the detail.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="end_pos">
-<parameter_description> pointer to location where to store the end position
+<parameter name="closure">
+<parameter_description> the closure to connect.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="after">
+<parameter_description> whether the handler should be called before or after the
+default handler of the signal.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> %TRUE if the position was fetched, %FALSE otherwise. If
-the position cannot be fetched, @start_pos and @end_pos are left
-unchanged
-
-Since: 2.14
+<return> the handler id
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_param_spec_pool_remove">
+<function name="g_error_new_valist">
<description>
-Removes a #GParamSpec from the pool.
+Creates a new #GError with the given @domain and @code,
+and a message formatted with @format.
+
+Since: 2.22
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="pool">
-<parameter_description> a #GParamSpecPool
+<parameter name="domain">
+<parameter_description> error domain
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="pspec">
-<parameter_description> the #GParamSpec to remove
+<parameter name="code">
+<parameter_description> error code
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="format">
+<parameter_description> printf()-style format for error message
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="args">
+<parameter_description> #va_list of parameters for the message format
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> a new #GError
+
+</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_test_create_case">
+<function name="g_snprintf">
<description>
-Create a new #GTestCase, named @test_name, this API is fairly
-low level, calling g_test_add() or g_test_add_func() is preferable.
-When this test is executed, a fixture structure of size @data_size
-will be allocated and filled with 0s. Then data_setup() is called
-to initialize the fixture. After fixture setup, the actual test
-function data_test() is called. Once the test run completed, the
-fixture structure is torn down by calling data_teardown() and
-after that the memory is released.
+A safer form of the standard sprintf() function. The output is guaranteed
+to not exceed @n characters (including the terminating nul character), so
+it is easy to ensure that a buffer overflow cannot occur.
-Splitting up a test run into fixture setup, test function and
-fixture teardown is most usful if the same fixture is used for
-multiple tests. In this cases, g_test_create_case() will be
-called with the same fixture, but varying @test_name and
- data_test arguments.
+See also g_strdup_printf().
+
+In versions of GLib prior to 1.2.3, this function may return -1 if the
+output was truncated, and the truncated string may not be nul-terminated.
+In versions prior to 1.3.12, this function returns the length of the output
+string.
+
+The return value of g_snprintf() conforms to the snprintf()
+function as standardized in ISO C99. Note that this is different from
+traditional snprintf(), which returns the length of the output string.
+
+The format string may contain positional parameters, as specified in
+the Single Unix Specification.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="test_name">
-<parameter_description> the name for the test case
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="data_size">
-<parameter_description> the size of the fixture data structure
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="test_data">
-<parameter_description> test data argument for the test functions
+<parameter name="string">
+<parameter_description> the buffer to hold the output.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="data_setup">
-<parameter_description> the function to set up the fixture data
+<parameter name="n">
+<parameter_description> the maximum number of bytes to produce (including the
+terminating nul character).
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="data_test">
-<parameter_description> the actual test function
+<parameter name="format">
+<parameter_description> a standard printf() format string, but notice
+<link linkend="string-precision">string precision pitfalls</link>.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="data_teardown">
-<parameter_description> the function to teardown the fixture data
+<parameter name="Varargs">
+<parameter_description> the arguments to insert in the output.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a newly allocated #GTestCase.
-
-Since: 2.16
+<return> the number of bytes which would be produced if the buffer
+was large enough.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_test_log_buffer_push">
+<function name="g_variant_new_uint16">
<description>
-Internal function for gtester to decode test log messages, no ABI guarantees provided.
+Creates a new uint16 #GVariant instance.
+
+Since: 2.24
</description>
<parameters>
+<parameter name="uint16">
+<parameter_description> a #guint16 value
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> a new uint16 #GVariant instance
+</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_flags_complete_type_info">
+<function name="g_value_set_pointer">
<description>
-This function is meant to be called from the complete_type_info()
-function of a #GTypePlugin implementation, see the example for
-g_enum_complete_type_info() above.
+Set the contents of a pointer #GValue to @v_pointer.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="g_flags_type">
-<parameter_description> the type identifier of the type being completed
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="info">
-<parameter_description> the #GTypeInfo struct to be filled in
+<parameter name="value">
+<parameter_description> a valid #GValue of %G_TYPE_POINTER
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="const_values">
-<parameter_description> An array of #GFlagsValue structs for the possible
-enumeration values. The array is terminated by a struct with all
-members being 0.
+<parameter name="v_pointer">
+<parameter_description> pointer value to be set
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_cclosure_marshal_VOID__UINT">
+<function name="g_value_set_char">
<description>
-A marshaller for a #GCClosure with a callback of type
-&lt;literal&gt;void (*callback) (gpointer instance, guint arg1, gpointer user_data)&lt;/literal&gt;.
+Set the contents of a %G_TYPE_CHAR #GValue to @v_char.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="closure">
-<parameter_description> the #GClosure to which the marshaller belongs
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="return_value">
-<parameter_description> ignored
+<parameter name="value">
+<parameter_description> a valid #GValue of type %G_TYPE_CHAR
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="n_param_values">
-<parameter_description> 2
+<parameter name="v_char">
+<parameter_description> character value to be set
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="param_values">
-<parameter_description> a #GValue array holding the instance and the #guint parameter
+</parameters>
+<return></return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_cache_key_foreach">
+<description>
+Calls the given function for each of the keys in the #GCache.
+
+NOTE @func is passed three parameters, the value and key of a cache
+entry and the @user_data. The order of value and key is different
+from the order in which g_hash_table_foreach() passes key-value
+pairs to its callback function !
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="cache">
+<parameter_description> a #GCache.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="invocation_hint">
-<parameter_description> the invocation hint given as the last argument
-to g_closure_invoke()
+<parameter name="func">
+<parameter_description> the function to call with each #GCache key.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="marshal_data">
-<parameter_description> additional data specified when registering the marshaller
+<parameter name="user_data">
+<parameter_description> user data to pass to the function.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_regex_split">
+<function name="g_dpgettext2">
<description>
-Breaks the string on the pattern, and returns an array of the tokens.
-If the pattern contains capturing parentheses, then the text for each
-of the substrings will also be returned. If the pattern does not match
-anywhere in the string, then the whole string is returned as the first
-token.
+This function is a variant of g_dgettext() which supports
+a disambiguating message context. GNU gettext uses the
+'\004' character to separate the message context and
+message id in @msgctxtid.
-As a special case, the result of splitting the empty string "" is an
-empty vector, not a vector containing a single string. The reason for
-this special case is that being able to represent a empty vector is
-typically more useful than consistent handling of empty elements. If
-you do need to represent empty elements, you'll need to check for the
-empty string before calling this function.
+This uses g_dgettext() internally. See that functions for differences
+with dgettext() proper.
-A pattern that can match empty strings splits @string into separate
-characters wherever it matches the empty string between characters.
-For example splitting "ab c" using as a separator "\s*", you will get
-"a", "b" and "c".
+This function differs from C_() in that it is not a macro and
+thus you may use non-string-literals as context and msgid arguments.
+Since: 2.18
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="regex">
-<parameter_description> a #GRegex structure
+<parameter name="domain">
+<parameter_description> the translation domain to use, or %NULL to use
+the domain set with textdomain()
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="string">
-<parameter_description> the string to split with the pattern
+<parameter name="context">
+<parameter_description> the message context
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="match_options">
-<parameter_description> match time option flags
+<parameter name="msgid">
+<parameter_description> the message
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a %NULL-terminated gchar ** array. Free it using g_strfreev()
+<return> The translated string
-Since: 2.14
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_key_file_remove_comment">
+<function name="g_get_system_config_dirs">
<description>
-Removes a comment above @key from @group_name.
-If @key is %NULL then @comment will be removed above @group_name.
-If both @key and @group_name are %NULL, then @comment will
-be removed above the first group in the file.
+Returns an ordered list of base directories in which to access
+system-wide configuration information.
+
+On UNIX platforms this is determined using the mechanisms described in
+the <ulink url="http://www.freedesktop.org/Standards/basedir-spec">
+XDG Base Directory Specification</ulink>
+Since: 2.6
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="key_file">
-<parameter_description> a #GKeyFile
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="group_name">
-<parameter_description> a group name, or %NULL
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="key">
-<parameter_description> a key
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="error">
-<parameter_description> return location for a #GError
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> %TRUE if the comment was removed, %FALSE otherwise
-
-Since: 2.6
+<return> a %NULL-terminated array of strings owned by GLib that must
+not be modified or freed.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_mapped_file_new">
+<function name="g_async_queue_ref">
<description>
-Maps a file into memory. On UNIX, this is using the mmap() function.
+Increases the reference count of the asynchronous @queue by 1. You
+do not need to hold the lock to call this function.
-If @writable is %TRUE, the mapped buffer may be modified, otherwise
-it is an error to modify the mapped buffer. Modifications to the buffer
-are not visible to other processes mapping the same file, and are not
-written back to the file.
-Note that modifications of the underlying file might affect the contents
-of the #GMappedFile. Therefore, mapping should only be used if the file
-will not be modified, or if all modifications of the file are done
-atomically (e.g. using g_file_set_contents()).
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="queue">
+<parameter_description> a #GAsyncQueue.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> the @queue that was passed in (since 2.6)
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_io_channel_read_chars">
+<description>
+Replacement for g_io_channel_read() with the new API.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="filename">
-<parameter_description> The path of the file to load, in the GLib filename encoding
+<parameter name="channel">
+<parameter_description> a #GIOChannel
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="writable">
-<parameter_description> whether the mapping should be writable
+<parameter name="buf">
+<parameter_description> a buffer to read data into
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="count">
+<parameter_description> the size of the buffer. Note that the buffer may
+not be complelely filled even if there is data
+in the buffer if the remaining data is not a
+complete character.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="bytes_read">
+<parameter_description> The number of bytes read. This may be zero even on
+success if count < 6 and the channel's encoding is non-%NULL.
+This indicates that the next UTF-8 character is too wide for
+the buffer.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="error">
-<parameter_description> return location for a #GError, or %NULL
+<parameter_description> a location to return an error of type #GConvertError
+or #GIOChannelError.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a newly allocated #GMappedFile which must be freed
-with g_mapped_file_free(), or %NULL if the mapping failed.
-
-Since: 2.8
+<return> the status of the operation.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_io_channel_read">
+<function name="g_variant_get_va">
<description>
-Reads data from a #GIOChannel.
+This function is intended to be used by libraries based on #GVariant
+that want to provide g_variant_get()-like functionality to their
+users.
+
+The API is more general than g_variant_get() to allow a wider range
+of possible uses.
+
+ format_string must still point to a valid format string, but it only
+need to be nul-terminated if @endptr is %NULL. If @endptr is
+non-%NULL then it is updated to point to the first character past the
+end of the format string.
+
+ app is a pointer to a #va_list. The arguments, according to
+ format_string, are collected from this #va_list and the list is left
+pointing to the argument following the last.
+These two generalisations allow mixing of multiple calls to
+g_variant_new_va() and g_variant_get_va() within a single actual
+varargs call by the user.
+
+Since: 2.24
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="channel">
-<parameter_description> a #GIOChannel
+<parameter name="value">
+<parameter_description> a #GVariant
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="buf">
-<parameter_description> a buffer to read the data into (which should be at least
-count bytes long)
+<parameter name="format_string">
+<parameter_description> a string that is prefixed with a format string
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="count">
-<parameter_description> the number of bytes to read from the #GIOChannel
+<parameter name="endptr">
+<parameter_description> location to store the end pointer, or %NULL
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="bytes_read">
-<parameter_description> returns the number of bytes actually read
+<parameter name="app">
+<parameter_description> a pointer to a #va_list
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> %G_IO_ERROR_NONE if the operation was successful.
-
-Deprecated:2.2: Use g_io_channel_read_chars() instead.
-</return>
+<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_markup_parse_context_get_user_data">
+<function name="g_main_context_iteration">
<description>
-Returns: the provided user_data. The returned data belongs to
+Runs a single iteration for the given main loop. This involves
+checking to see if any event sources are ready to be processed,
+then if no events sources are ready and @may_block is %TRUE, waiting
+for a source to become ready, then dispatching the highest priority
+events sources that are ready. Otherwise, if @may_block is %FALSE
+sources are not waited to become ready, only those highest priority
+events sources will be dispatched (if any), that are ready at this
+given moment without further waiting.
+
+Note that even when @may_block is %TRUE, it is still possible for
+g_main_context_iteration() to return %FALSE, since the the wait may
+be interrupted for other reasons than an event source becoming ready.
+
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="context">
-<parameter_description> a #GMarkupParseContext
+<parameter_description> a #GMainContext (if %NULL, the default context will be used)
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="may_block">
+<parameter_description> whether the call may block.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the provided user_data. The returned data belongs to
-the markup context and will be freed when g_markup_context_free()
-is called.
-
-Since: 2.18
+<return> %TRUE if events were dispatched.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_bookmark_file_remove_item">
+<function name="g_param_spec_pool_list">
<description>
-Removes the bookmark for @uri from the bookmark file @bookmark.
+Gets an array of all #GParamSpec<!-- -->s owned by @owner_type in
+the pool.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="bookmark">
-<parameter_description> a #GBookmarkFile
+<parameter name="pool">
+<parameter_description> a #GParamSpecPool
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="uri">
-<parameter_description> a valid URI
+<parameter name="owner_type">
+<parameter_description> the owner to look for
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="error">
-<parameter_description> return location for a #GError, or %NULL
+<parameter name="n_pspecs_p">
+<parameter_description> return location for the length of the returned array
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> %TRUE if the bookmark was removed successfully.
-
-Since: 2.12
+<return> a newly allocated array containing pointers to all
+#GParamSpec<!-- -->s owned by @owner_type in the pool
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_type_plugin_complete_type_info">
+<function name="g_key_file_get_integer_list">
<description>
-Calls the @complete_type_info function from the #GTypePluginClass of @plugin.
-There should be no need to use this function outside of the GObject
-type system itself.
+Returns the values associated with @key under @group_name as
+integers.
+
+If @key cannot be found then %NULL is returned and @error is set to
+#G_KEY_FILE_ERROR_KEY_NOT_FOUND. Likewise, if the values associated
+with @key cannot be interpreted as integers then %NULL is returned
+and @error is set to #G_KEY_FILE_ERROR_INVALID_VALUE.
+
+Since: 2.6
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="plugin">
-<parameter_description> a #GTypePlugin
+<parameter name="key_file">
+<parameter_description> a #GKeyFile
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="g_type">
-<parameter_description> the #GType whose info is completed
+<parameter name="group_name">
+<parameter_description> a group name
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="info">
-<parameter_description> the #GTypeInfo struct to fill in
+<parameter name="key">
+<parameter_description> a key
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="value_table">
-<parameter_description> the #GTypeValueTable to fill in
+<parameter name="length">
+<parameter_description> the number of integers returned
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="error">
+<parameter_description> return location for a #GError
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> the values associated with the key as a list of
+integers, or %NULL if the key was not found or could not be parsed.
+
+</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_unichar_isprint">
+<function name="g_file_error_from_errno">
<description>
-Determines whether a character is printable.
-Unlike g_unichar_isgraph(), returns %TRUE for spaces.
-Given some UTF-8 text, obtain a character value with
-g_utf8_get_char().
+Gets a #GFileError constant based on the passed-in @errno.
+For example, if you pass in %EEXIST this function returns
+#G_FILE_ERROR_EXIST. Unlike @errno values, you can portably
+assume that all #GFileError values will exist.
+
+Normally a #GFileError value goes into a #GError returned
+from a function that manipulates files. So you would use
+g_file_error_from_errno() when constructing a #GError.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="c">
-<parameter_description> a Unicode character
+<parameter name="err_no">
+<parameter_description> an "errno" value
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> %TRUE if @c is printable
+<return> #GFileError corresponding to the given @errno
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_queue_find">
+<function name="g_main_context_find_source_by_funcs_user_data">
<description>
-Finds the first link in @queue which contains @data.
+Finds a source with the given source functions and user data. If
+multiple sources exist with the same source function and user data,
+the first one found will be returned.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="queue">
-<parameter_description> a #GQueue
+<parameter name="context">
+<parameter_description> a #GMainContext (if %NULL, the default context will be used).
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="data">
-<parameter_description> data to find
+<parameter name="funcs">
+<parameter_description> the @source_funcs passed to g_source_new().
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="user_data">
+<parameter_description> the user data from the callback.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> The first link in @queue which contains @data.
-
-Since: 2.4
+<return> the source, if one was found, otherwise %NULL
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_sequence_sort_iter">
+<function name="g_object_get_valist">
<description>
-Like g_sequence_sort(), but uses a #GSequenceIterCompareFunc instead
-of a GCompareDataFunc as the compare function
+Gets properties of an object.
-Since: 2.14
+In general, a copy is made of the property contents and the caller
+is responsible for freeing the memory in the appropriate manner for
+the type, for instance by calling g_free() or g_object_unref().
+
+See g_object_get().
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="seq">
-<parameter_description> a #GSequence
+<parameter name="object">
+<parameter_description> a #GObject
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="cmp_func">
-<parameter_description> the #GSequenceItercompare used to compare iterators in the
-sequence. It is called with two iterators pointing into @seq. It should
-return 0 if the iterators are equal, a negative value if the first
-iterator comes before the second, and a positive value if the second
-iterator comes before the first.
+<parameter name="first_property_name">
+<parameter_description> name of the first property to get
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="cmp_data">
-<parameter_description> user data passed to @cmp_func
+<parameter name="var_args">
+<parameter_description> return location for the first property, followed optionally by more
+name/return location pairs, followed by %NULL
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_checksum_get_string">
+<function name="g_cond_timed_wait">
<description>
-Gets the digest as an hexadecimal string.
+Waits until this thread is woken up on @cond, but not longer than
+until the time specified by @abs_time. The @mutex is unlocked before
+falling asleep and locked again before resuming.
-Once this function has been called the #GChecksum can no longer be
-updated with g_checksum_update().
+If @abs_time is %NULL, g_cond_timed_wait() acts like g_cond_wait().
+This function can be used even if g_thread_init() has not yet been
+called, and, in that case, will immediately return %TRUE.
+
+To easily calculate @abs_time a combination of g_get_current_time()
+and g_time_val_add() can be used.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="checksum">
-<parameter_description> a #GChecksum
+<parameter name="cond">
+<parameter_description> a #GCond.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="mutex">
+<parameter_description> a #GMutex that is currently locked.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="abs_time">
+<parameter_description> a #GTimeVal, determining the final time.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the hexadecimal representation of the checksum. The
-returned string is owned by the checksum and should not be modified
-or freed.
-
-Since: 2.16
+<return> %TRUE if @cond was signalled, or %FALSE on timeout.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_value_array_get_nth">
+<function name="g_slist_nth">
<description>
-Return a pointer to the value at @index_ containd in @value_array.
+Gets the element at the given position in a #GSList.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="value_array">
-<parameter_description> #GValueArray to get a value from
+<parameter name="list">
+<parameter_description> a #GSList
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="index_">
-<parameter_description> index of the value of interest
+<parameter name="n">
+<parameter_description> the position of the element, counting from 0
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> pointer to a value at @index_ in @value_array
+<return> the element, or %NULL if the position is off
+the end of the #GSList
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_checksum_new">
+<function name="g_unicode_canonical_ordering">
<description>
-Creates a new #GChecksum, using the checksum algorithm @checksum_type.
-If the @checksum_type is not known, %NULL is returned.
-A #GChecksum can be used to compute the checksum, or digest, of an
-arbitrary binary blob, using different hashing algorithms.
-
-A #GChecksum works by feeding a binary blob through g_checksum_update()
-until there is data to be checked; the digest can then be extracted
-using g_checksum_get_string(), which will return the checksum as a
-hexadecimal string; or g_checksum_get_digest(), which will return a
-vector of raw bytes. Once either g_checksum_get_string() or
-g_checksum_get_digest() have been called on a #GChecksum, the checksum
-will be closed and it won't be possible to call g_checksum_update()
-on it anymore.
-
+Computes the canonical ordering of a string in-place.
+This rearranges decomposed characters in the string
+according to their combining classes. See the Unicode
+manual for more information.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="checksum_type">
-<parameter_description> the desired type of checksum
+<parameter name="string">
+<parameter_description> a UCS-4 encoded string.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="len">
+<parameter_description> the maximum length of @string to use.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the newly created #GChecksum, or %NULL.
-Use g_checksum_free() to free the memory allocated by it.
-
-Since: 2.16
-</return>
+<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_bookmark_file_to_data">
+<function name="g_slist_position">
<description>
-This function outputs @bookmark as a string.
+Gets the position of the given element
+in the #GSList (starting from 0).
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="bookmark">
-<parameter_description> a #GBookmarkFile
+<parameter name="list">
+<parameter_description> a #GSList
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="length">
-<parameter_description> return location for the length of the returned string, or %NULL
+<parameter name="llink">
+<parameter_description> an element in the #GSList
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="error">
-<parameter_description> return location for a #GError, or %NULL
+</parameters>
+<return> the position of the element in the #GSList,
+or -1 if the element is not found
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_variant_new_object_path">
+<description>
+Creates a DBus object path #GVariant with the contents of @string.
+ string must be a valid DBus object path. Use
+g_variant_is_object_path() if you're not sure.
+
+Since: 2.24
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="object_path">
+<parameter_description> a normal C nul-terminated string
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a newly allocated string holding
-the contents of the #GBookmarkFile
-
-Since: 2.12
+<return> a new object path #GVariant instance
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_main_loop_get_context">
+<function name="g_rand_boolean">
<description>
-Return value: the #GMainContext of @loop
+Returns a random #gboolean from @rand_. This corresponds to a
+unbiased coin toss.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="loop">
-<parameter_description> a #GMainLoop.
+<parameter name="rand_">
+<parameter_description> a #GRand.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the #GMainContext of @loop
+<return> a random #gboolean.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_async_queue_lock">
+<function name="g_variant_unref">
<description>
-Acquires the @queue's lock. After that you can only call the
-&lt;function&gt;g_async_queue_*_unlocked()&lt;/function&gt; function variants on that
- queue Otherwise it will deadlock.
+Decreases the reference count of @value. When its reference count
+drops to 0, the memory used by the variant is freed.
+
+Since: 2.24
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="queue">
-<parameter_description> a #GAsyncQueue.
+<parameter name="value">
+<parameter_description> a #GVariant
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_slist_insert_sorted_with_data">
+<function name="g_queue_remove">
<description>
-Inserts a new element into the list, using the given
-comparison function to determine its position.
+Removes the first element in @queue that contains @data.
+Since: 2.4
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="list">
-<parameter_description> a #GSList
+<parameter name="queue">
+<parameter_description> a #GQueue
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="data">
-<parameter_description> the data for the new element
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="func">
-<parameter_description> the function to compare elements in the list.
-It should return a number &gt; 0 if the first parameter
-comes after the second parameter in the sort order.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="user_data">
-<parameter_description> data to pass to comparison function
+<parameter_description> data to remove.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the new start of the #GSList
-
-Since: 2.10
-</return>
+<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_utf8_strup">
+<function name="g_sequence_iter_get_sequence">
<description>
-Converts all Unicode characters in the string that have a case
-to uppercase. The exact manner that this is done depends
-on the current locale, and may result in the number of
-characters in the string increasing. (For instance, the
-German ess-zet will be changed to SS.)
+Returns the #GSequence that @iter points into.
+Since: 2.14
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="str">
-<parameter_description> a UTF-8 encoded string
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="len">
-<parameter_description> length of @str, in bytes, or -1 if @str is nul-terminated.
+<parameter name="iter">
+<parameter_description> a #GSequenceIter
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a newly allocated string, with all characters
-converted to uppercase.
+<return> the #GSequence that @iter points into.
+
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_source_set_can_recurse">
+<function name="g_hash_table_iter_get_hash_table">
<description>
-Sets whether a source can be called recursively. If @can_recurse is
-%TRUE, then while the source is being dispatched then this source
-will be processed normally. Otherwise, all processing of this
-source is blocked until the dispatch function returns.
+Returns the #GHashTable associated with @iter.
+
+Since: 2.16
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="source">
-<parameter_description> a #GSource
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="can_recurse">
-<parameter_description> whether recursion is allowed for this source
+<parameter name="iter">
+<parameter_description> an initialized #GHashTableIter.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> the #GHashTable associated with @iter.
+
+</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_io_channel_seek_position">
+<function name="g_key_file_get_double">
<description>
-Replacement for g_io_channel_seek() with the new API.
+Returns the value associated with @key under @group_name as a
+double. If @group_name is %NULL, the start_group is used.
+If @key cannot be found then 0.0 is returned and @error is set to
+#G_KEY_FILE_ERROR_KEY_NOT_FOUND. Likewise, if the value associated
+with @key cannot be interpreted as a double then 0.0 is returned
+and @error is set to #G_KEY_FILE_ERROR_INVALID_VALUE.
+
+Since: 2.12
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="channel">
-<parameter_description> a #GIOChannel
+<parameter name="key_file">
+<parameter_description> a #GKeyFile
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="offset">
-<parameter_description> The offset in bytes from the position specified by @type
+<parameter name="group_name">
+<parameter_description> a group name
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="type">
-<parameter_description> a #GSeekType. The type %G_SEEK_CUR is only allowed in those
-cases where a call to g_io_channel_set_encoding ()
-is allowed. See the documentation for
-g_io_channel_set_encoding () for details.
+<parameter name="key">
+<parameter_description> a key
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="error">
-<parameter_description> A location to return an error of type #GIOChannelError
+<parameter_description> return location for a #GError
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the status of the operation.
+<return> the value associated with the key as a double, or
+0.0 if the key was not found or could not be parsed.
+
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_type_parent">
+<function name="g_hostname_to_ascii">
<description>
-Return the direct parent type of the passed in type. If the passed
-in type has no parent, i.e. is a fundamental type, 0 is returned.
+Converts @hostname to its canonical ASCII form; an ASCII-only
+string containing no uppercase letters and not ending with a
+trailing dot.
+Since: 2.22
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="type">
-<parameter_description> The derived type.
+<parameter name="hostname">
+<parameter_description> a valid UTF-8 or ASCII hostname
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> The parent type.
+<return> an ASCII hostname, which must be freed, or %NULL if
+ hostname is in some way invalid.
+
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_node_last_sibling">
+<function name="g_test_log_msg_free">
<description>
-Gets the last sibling of a #GNode.
-This could possibly be the node itself.
+Internal function for gtester to free test log messages, no ABI guarantees provided.
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+</parameters>
+<return></return>
+</function>
+<function name="g_byte_array_new">
+<description>
+Creates a new #GByteArray with a reference count of 1.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="node">
-<parameter_description> a #GNode
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the last sibling of @node
+<return> the new #GByteArray.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_io_channel_new_file">
+<function name="g_variant_type_dup_string">
<description>
-Open a file @filename as a #GIOChannel using mode @mode. This
-channel will be closed when the last reference to it is dropped,
-so there is no need to call g_io_channel_close() (though doing
-so will not cause problems, as long as no attempt is made to
-access the channel after it is closed).
+Returns a newly-allocated copy of the type string corresponding to
+ type The returned string is nul-terminated. It is appropriate to
+call g_free() on the return value.
+Since 2.24
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="filename">
-<parameter_description> A string containing the name of a file
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="mode">
-<parameter_description> One of "r", "w", "a", "r+", "w+", "a+". These have
-the same meaning as in fopen()
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="error">
-<parameter_description> A location to return an error of type %G_FILE_ERROR
+<parameter name="type">
+<parameter_description> a #GVariantType
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> A #GIOChannel on success, %NULL on failure.
+<return> the corresponding type string
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_queue_insert_before">
+<function name="g_value_set_int64">
<description>
-Inserts @data into @queue before @sibling.
-
- sibling must be part of @queue.
-
-Since: 2.4
+Set the contents of a %G_TYPE_INT64 #GValue to @v_int64.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="queue">
-<parameter_description> a #GQueue
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="sibling">
-<parameter_description> a #GList link that &lt;emphasis&gt;must&lt;/emphasis&gt; be part of @queue
+<parameter name="value">
+<parameter_description> a valid #GValue of type %G_TYPE_INT64
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="data">
-<parameter_description> the data to insert
+<parameter name="v_int64">
+<parameter_description> 64bit integer value to be set
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_bookmark_file_has_item">
+<function name="g_unichar_validate">
<description>
-Looks whether the desktop bookmark has an item with its URI set to @uri.
+Checks whether @ch is a valid Unicode character. Some possible
+integer values of @ch will not be valid. 0 is considered a valid
+character, though it's normally a string terminator.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="bookmark">
-<parameter_description> a #GBookmarkFile
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="uri">
-<parameter_description> a valid URI
+<parameter name="ch">
+<parameter_description> a Unicode character
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> %TRUE if @uri is inside @bookmark, %FALSE otherwise
-
-Since: 2.12
+<return> %TRUE if @ch is a valid Unicode character
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_setenv">
+<function name="g_type_default_interface_unref">
<description>
-Sets an environment variable. Both the variable's name and value
-should be in the GLib file name encoding. On UNIX, this means that
-they can be any sequence of bytes. On Windows, they should be in
-UTF-8.
-
-Note that on some systems, when variables are overwritten, the memory
-used for the previous variables and its value isn't reclaimed.
+Decrements the reference count for the type corresponding to the
+interface default vtable @g_iface. If the type is dynamic, then
+when no one is using the interface and all references have
+been released, the finalize function for the interface's default
+vtable (the <structfield>class_finalize</structfield> member of
+#GTypeInfo) will be called.
+Since: 2.4
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="variable">
-<parameter_description> the environment variable to set, must not contain '='.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="value">
-<parameter_description> the value for to set the variable to.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="overwrite">
-<parameter_description> whether to change the variable if it already exists.
+<parameter name="g_iface">
+<parameter_description> the default vtable structure for a interface, as
+returned by g_type_default_interface_ref()
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> %FALSE if the environment variable couldn't be set.
-
-Since: 2.4
-</return>
+<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_regex_replace_eval">
+<function name="g_param_spec_int64">
<description>
-Replaces occurances of the pattern in regex with the output of
- eval for that occurance.
+Creates a new #GParamSpecInt64 instance specifying a %G_TYPE_INT64 property.
-Setting @start_position differs from just passing over a shortened
-string and setting #G_REGEX_MATCH_NOTBOL in the case of a pattern
-that begins with any kind of lookbehind assertion, such as "\b".
+See g_param_spec_internal() for details on property names.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="regex">
-<parameter_description> a #GRegex structure from g_regex_new()
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="string">
-<parameter_description> string to perform matches against
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="string_len">
-<parameter_description> the length of @string, or -1 if @string is nul-terminated
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="start_position">
-<parameter_description> starting index of the string to match
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="match_options">
-<parameter_description> options for the match
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="eval">
-<parameter_description> a function to call for each match
+<parameter name="name">
+<parameter_description> canonical name of the property specified
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="user_data">
-<parameter_description> user data to pass to the function
+<parameter name="nick">
+<parameter_description> nick name for the property specified
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="error">
-<parameter_description> location to store the error occuring, or %NULL to ignore errors
+<parameter name="blurb">
+<parameter_description> description of the property specified
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-</parameters>
-<return> a newly allocated string containing the replacements
-
-Since: 2.14
-</return>
-</function>
-
-<function name="g_hash_table_lookup_extended">
-<description>
-Looks up a key in the #GHashTable, returning the original key and the
-associated value and a #gboolean which is %TRUE if the key was found. This
-is useful if you need to free the memory allocated for the original key,
-for example before calling g_hash_table_remove().
-
-You can actually pass %NULL for @lookup_key to test
-whether the %NULL key exists.
-
-
-</description>
-<parameters>
-<parameter name="hash_table">
-<parameter_description> a #GHashTable
+<parameter name="minimum">
+<parameter_description> minimum value for the property specified
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="lookup_key">
-<parameter_description> the key to look up
+<parameter name="maximum">
+<parameter_description> maximum value for the property specified
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="orig_key">
-<parameter_description> return location for the original key, or %NULL
+<parameter name="default_value">
+<parameter_description> default value for the property specified
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="value">
-<parameter_description> return location for the value associated with the key, or %NULL
+<parameter name="flags">
+<parameter_description> flags for the property specified
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> %TRUE if the key was found in the #GHashTable.
+<return> a newly created parameter specification
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_signal_handlers_unblock_matched">
+<function name="g_cclosure_marshal_VOID__OBJECT">
<description>
-Unblocks all handlers on an instance that match a certain selection
-criteria. The criteria mask is passed as an OR-ed combination of
-#GSignalMatchType flags, and the criteria values are passed as arguments.
-Passing at least one of the %G_SIGNAL_MATCH_CLOSURE, %G_SIGNAL_MATCH_FUNC
-or %G_SIGNAL_MATCH_DATA match flags is required for successful matches.
-If no handlers were found, 0 is returned, the number of unblocked handlers
-otherwise. The match criteria should not apply to any handlers that are
-not currently blocked.
-
+A marshaller for a #GCClosure with a callback of type
+<literal>void (*callback) (gpointer instance, GOBject *arg1, gpointer user_data)</literal>.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="instance">
-<parameter_description> The instance to unblock handlers from.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="mask">
-<parameter_description> Mask indicating which of @signal_id, @detail, @closure, @func
-and/or @data the handlers have to match.
+<parameter name="closure">
+<parameter_description> the #GClosure to which the marshaller belongs
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="signal_id">
-<parameter_description> Signal the handlers have to be connected to.
+<parameter name="return_value">
+<parameter_description> ignored
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="detail">
-<parameter_description> Signal detail the handlers have to be connected to.
+<parameter name="n_param_values">
+<parameter_description> 2
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="closure">
-<parameter_description> The closure the handlers will invoke.
+<parameter name="param_values">
+<parameter_description> a #GValue array holding the instance and the #GObject* parameter
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="func">
-<parameter_description> The C closure callback of the handlers (useless for non-C closures).
+<parameter name="invocation_hint">
+<parameter_description> the invocation hint given as the last argument
+to g_closure_invoke()
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="data">
-<parameter_description> The closure data of the handlers' closures.
+<parameter name="marshal_data">
+<parameter_description> additional data specified when registering the marshaller
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> The number of handlers that matched.
-</return>
+<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_bookmark_file_get_mime_type">
+<function name="g_spawn_command_line_async">
<description>
-Retrieves the MIME type of the resource pointed by @uri.
+A simple version of g_spawn_async() that parses a command line with
+g_shell_parse_argv() and passes it to g_spawn_async(). Runs a
+command line in the background. Unlike g_spawn_async(), the
+%G_SPAWN_SEARCH_PATH flag is enabled, other flags are not. Note
+that %G_SPAWN_SEARCH_PATH can have security implications, so
+consider using g_spawn_async() directly if appropriate. Possible
+errors are those from g_shell_parse_argv() and g_spawn_async().
-In the event the URI cannot be found, %NULL is returned and
- error is set to #G_BOOKMARK_FILE_ERROR_URI_NOT_FOUND. In the
-event that the MIME type cannot be found, %NULL is returned and
- error is set to #G_BOOKMARK_FILE_ERROR_INVALID_VALUE.
+The same concerns on Windows apply as for g_spawn_command_line_sync().
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="bookmark">
-<parameter_description> a #GBookmarkFile
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="uri">
-<parameter_description> a valid URI
+<parameter name="command_line">
+<parameter_description> a command line
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="error">
-<parameter_description> return location for a #GError, or %NULL
+<parameter_description> return location for errors
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a newly allocated string or %NULL if the specified
-URI cannot be found.
-
-Since: 2.12
+<return> %TRUE on success, %FALSE if error is set.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_value_get_int">
+<function name="g_value_set_instance">
<description>
-Get the contents of a %G_TYPE_INT #GValue.
-
+Sets @value from an instantiatable type via the
+value_table's collect_value() function.
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="value">
-<parameter_description> a valid #GValue of type %G_TYPE_INT
+<parameter_description> An initialized #GValue structure.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="instance">
+<parameter_description> the instance
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> integer contents of @value
-</return>
+<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_slist_insert">
+<function name="g_type_plugin_complete_interface_info">
<description>
-Inserts a new element into the list at the given position.
-
+Calls the @complete_interface_info function from the
+#GTypePluginClass of @plugin. There should be no need to use this
+function outside of the GObject type system itself.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="list">
-<parameter_description> a #GSList
+<parameter name="plugin">
+<parameter_description> the #GTypePlugin
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="data">
-<parameter_description> the data for the new element
+<parameter name="instance_type">
+<parameter_description> the #GType of an instantiable type to which the interface
+is added
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="position">
-<parameter_description> the position to insert the element.
-If this is negative, or is larger than the number
-of elements in the list, the new element is added on
-to the end of the list.
+<parameter name="interface_type">
+<parameter_description> the #GType of the interface whose info is completed
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="info">
+<parameter_description> the #GInterfaceInfo to fill in
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the new start of the #GSList
-</return>
+<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_datalist_unset_flags">
+<function name="g_signal_chain_from_overridden">
<description>
-Turns off flag values for a data list. See g_datalist_unset_flags()
-
-Since: 2.8
+Calls the original class closure of a signal. This function should only
+be called from an overridden class closure; see
+g_signal_override_class_closure() and
+g_signal_override_class_handler().
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="datalist">
-<parameter_description> pointer to the location that holds a list
+<parameter name="instance_and_params">
+<parameter_description> the argument list of the signal emission. The first
+element in the array is a #GValue for the instance the signal is being
+emitted on. The rest are any arguments to be passed to the signal.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="flags">
-<parameter_description> the flags to turn off. The values of the flags are
-restricted by %G_DATALIST_FLAGS_MASK (currently
-3: giving two possible boolean flags).
-A value for @flags that doesn't fit within the mask is
-an error.
+<parameter name="return_value">
+<parameter_description> Location for the return value.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_param_spec_sink">
+<function name="g_variant_new_byte">
<description>
-The initial reference count of a newly created #GParamSpec is 1,
-even though no one has explicitly called g_param_spec_ref() on it
-yet. So the initial reference count is flagged as "floating", until
-someone calls &lt;literal&gt;g_param_spec_ref (pspec); g_param_spec_sink
-(pspec);&lt;/literal&gt; in sequence on it, taking over the initial
-reference count (thus ending up with a @pspec that has a reference
-count of 1 still, but is not flagged "floating" anymore).
+Creates a new byte #GVariant instance.
+
+Since: 2.24
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="pspec">
-<parameter_description> a valid #GParamSpec
+<parameter name="byte">
+<parameter_description> a #guint8 value
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> a new byte #GVariant instance
+</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_node_is_ancestor">
+<function name="g_thread_supported">
<description>
-Returns: %TRUE if @node is an ancestor of @descendant
+This function returns %TRUE if the thread system is initialized, and
+%FALSE if it is not.
+
+<note><para>This function is actually a macro. Apart from taking the
+address of it you can however use it as if it was a
+function.</para></note>
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="node">
-<parameter_description> a #GNode
+</parameters>
+<return> %TRUE, if the thread system is initialized.
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_value_set_uint">
+<description>
+Set the contents of a %G_TYPE_UINT #GValue to @v_uint.
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="value">
+<parameter_description> a valid #GValue of type %G_TYPE_UINT
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="descendant">
-<parameter_description> a #GNode
+<parameter name="v_uint">
+<parameter_description> unsigned integer value to be set
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> %TRUE if @node is an ancestor of @descendant
-</return>
+<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_utf8_collate_key_for_filename">
+<function name="g_io_channel_set_flags">
<description>
-Converts a string into a collation key that can be compared
-with other collation keys produced by the same function using strcmp().
-
-In order to sort filenames correctly, this function treats the dot '.'
-as a special case. Most dictionary orderings seem to consider it
-insignificant, thus producing the ordering "event.c" "eventgenerator.c"
-"event.h" instead of "event.c" "event.h" "eventgenerator.c". Also, we
-would like to treat numbers intelligently so that "file1" "file10" "file5"
-is sorted as "file1" "file5" "file10".
-
-Note that this function depends on the
-&lt;link linkend="setlocale"&gt;current locale&lt;/link&gt;.
+Sets the (writeable) flags in @channel to (@flags & %G_IO_CHANNEL_SET_MASK).
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="str">
-<parameter_description> a UTF-8 encoded string.
+<parameter name="channel">
+<parameter_description> a #GIOChannel
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="len">
-<parameter_description> length of @str, in bytes, or -1 if @str is nul-terminated.
+<parameter name="flags">
+<parameter_description> the flags to set on the IO channel
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="error">
+<parameter_description> A location to return an error of type #GIOChannelError
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a newly allocated string. This string should
-be freed with g_free() when you are done with it.
-
-Since: 2.8
+<return> the status of the operation.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_checksum_update">
+<function name="g_idle_add">
<description>
-Feeds @data into an existing #GChecksum. The checksum must still be
-open, that is g_checksum_get_string() or g_checksum_get_digest() must
-not have been called on @checksum.
+Adds a function to be called whenever there are no higher priority
+events pending to the default main loop. The function is given the
+default idle priority, #G_PRIORITY_DEFAULT_IDLE. If the function
+returns %FALSE it is automatically removed from the list of event
+sources and will not be called again.
+
+This internally creates a main loop source using g_idle_source_new()
+and attaches it to the main loop context using g_source_attach().
+You can do these steps manually if you need greater control.
-Since: 2.16
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="checksum">
-<parameter_description> a #GChecksum
+<parameter name="function">
+<parameter_description> function to call
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="data">
-<parameter_description> buffer used to compute the checksum
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="length">
-<parameter_description> size of the buffer, or -1 if it is a null-terminated string.
+<parameter_description> data to pass to @function.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> the ID (greater than 0) of the event source.
+</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_object_add_weak_pointer">
+<function name="g_string_append_printf">
<description>
-Adds a weak reference from weak_pointer to @object to indicate that
-the pointer located at @weak_pointer_location is only valid during
-the lifetime of @object. When the @object is finalized,
- weak_pointer will be set to %NULL.
+Appends a formatted string onto the end of a #GString.
+This function is similar to g_string_printf() except
+that the text is appended to the #GString.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="object">
-<parameter_description> The object that should be weak referenced.
+<parameter name="string">
+<parameter_description> a #GString
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="weak_pointer_location">
-<parameter_description> The memory address of a pointer.
+<parameter name="format">
+<parameter_description> the string format. See the printf() documentation
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="Varargs">
+<parameter_description> the parameters to insert into the format string
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_strndup">
+<function name="g_variant_new_int64">
<description>
-Duplicates the first @n bytes of a string, returning a newly-allocated
-buffer @n + 1 bytes long which will always be nul-terminated.
-If @str is less than @n bytes long the buffer is padded with nuls.
-If @str is %NULL it returns %NULL.
-The returned value should be freed when no longer needed.
-
-&lt;note&gt;&lt;para&gt;
-To copy a number of characters from a UTF-8 encoded string, use
-g_utf8_strncpy() instead.
-&lt;/para&gt;&lt;/note&gt;
+Creates a new int64 #GVariant instance.
+Since: 2.24
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="str">
-<parameter_description> the string to duplicate
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="n">
-<parameter_description> the maximum number of bytes to copy from @str
+<parameter name="int64">
+<parameter_description> a #gint64 value
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a newly-allocated buffer containing the first @n bytes
-of @str, nul-terminated
+<return> a new int64 #GVariant instance
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_bookmark_file_set_modified">
+<function name="g_cclosure_marshal_VOID__PARAM">
<description>
-Sets the last time the bookmark for @uri was last modified.
-
-If no bookmark for @uri is found then it is created.
-
-The "modified" time should only be set when the bookmark's meta-data
-was actually changed. Every function of #GBookmarkFile that
-modifies a bookmark also changes the modification time, except for
-g_bookmark_file_set_visited().
-
-Since: 2.12
+A marshaller for a #GCClosure with a callback of type
+<literal>void (*callback) (gpointer instance, GParamSpec *arg1, gpointer user_data)</literal>.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="bookmark">
-<parameter_description> a #GBookmarkFile
+<parameter name="closure">
+<parameter_description> the #GClosure to which the marshaller belongs
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="uri">
-<parameter_description> a valid URI
+<parameter name="return_value">
+<parameter_description> ignored
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="modified">
-<parameter_description> a timestamp or -1 to use the current time
+<parameter name="n_param_values">
+<parameter_description> 2
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="param_values">
+<parameter_description> a #GValue array holding the instance and the #GParamSpec* parameter
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="invocation_hint">
+<parameter_description> the invocation hint given as the last argument
+to g_closure_invoke()
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="marshal_data">
+<parameter_description> additional data specified when registering the marshaller
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_strrstr_len">
+<function name="g_value_dup_object">
<description>
-Searches the string @haystack for the last occurrence
-of the string @needle, limiting the length of the search
-to @haystack_len.
+Get the contents of a %G_TYPE_OBJECT derived #GValue, increasing
+its reference count.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="haystack">
-<parameter_description> a nul-terminated string.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="haystack_len">
-<parameter_description> the maximum length of @haystack.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="needle">
-<parameter_description> the nul-terminated string to search for.
+<parameter name="value">
+<parameter_description> a valid #GValue whose type is derived from %G_TYPE_OBJECT
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a pointer to the found occurrence, or
-%NULL if not found.
+<return> object content of @value, should be unreferenced when no
+longer needed.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_object_run_dispose">
+<function name="g_enum_get_value_by_nick">
<description>
-Releases all references to other objects. This can be used to break
-reference cycles.
+Looks up a #GEnumValue by nickname.
-This functions should only be called from object system implementations.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="object">
-<parameter_description> a #GObject
+<parameter name="enum_class">
+<parameter_description> a #GEnumClass
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="nick">
+<parameter_description> the nickname to look up
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> the #GEnumValue with nickname @nick, or %NULL if the
+enumeration doesn't have a member with that nickname
+</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_getenv">
+<function name="g_variant_type_copy">
<description>
-Return value: the value of the environment variable, or %NULL if
+Makes a copy of a #GVariantType. It is appropriate to call
+g_variant_type_free() on the return value. @type may not be %NULL.
+
+Since 2.24
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="variable">
-<parameter_description> the environment variable to get, in the GLib file name encoding.
+<parameter name="type">
+<parameter_description> a #GVariantType
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the value of the environment variable, or %NULL if
-the environment variable is not found. The returned string may be
-overwritten by the next call to g_getenv(), g_setenv() or
-g_unsetenv().
+<return> a new #GVariantType
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_list_insert">
+<function name="g_key_file_new">
<description>
-Inserts a new element into the list at the given position.
+Creates a new empty #GKeyFile object. Use
+g_key_file_load_from_file(), g_key_file_load_from_data(),
+g_key_file_load_from_dirs() or g_key_file_load_from_data_dirs() to
+read an existing key file.
+Since: 2.6
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="list">
-<parameter_description> a pointer to a #GList
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="data">
-<parameter_description> the data for the new element
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="position">
-<parameter_description> the position to insert the element. If this is
-negative, or is larger than the number of elements in the
-list, the new element is added on to the end of the list.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the new start of the #GList
+<return> an empty #GKeyFile.
+
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_io_create_watch">
+<function name="g_sequence_search_iter">
<description>
-Creates a #GSource that's dispatched when @condition is met for the
-given @channel. For example, if condition is #G_IO_IN, the source will
-be dispatched when there's data available for reading.
-
-g_io_add_watch() is a simpler interface to this same functionality, for
-the case where you want to add the source to the default main loop context
-at the default priority.
-
-On Windows, polling a #GSource created to watch a channel for a socket
-puts the socket in non-blocking mode. This is a side-effect of the
-implementation and unavoidable.
+Like g_sequence_search(), but uses
+a #GSequenceIterCompareFunc instead of a #GCompareDataFunc as
+the compare function.
+Since: 2.14
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="channel">
-<parameter_description> a #GIOChannel to watch
+<parameter name="seq">
+<parameter_description> a #GSequence
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="condition">
-<parameter_description> conditions to watch for
+<parameter name="data">
+<parameter_description> data for the new item
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="iter_cmp">
+<parameter_description> the #GSequenceIterCompare function used to compare iterators
+in the sequence. It is called with two iterators pointing into @seq.
+It should return 0 if the iterators are equal, a negative value if the
+first iterator comes before the second, and a positive value if the
+second iterator comes before the first.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="cmp_data">
+<parameter_description> user data passed to @iter_cmp
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a new #GSource
+<return> a #GSequenceIter pointing to the position in @seq
+where @data would have been inserted according to @iter_cmp and @cmp_data.
+
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_main_context_release">
+<function name="g_main_context_unref">
<description>
-Releases ownership of a context previously acquired by this thread
-with g_main_context_acquire(). If the context was acquired multiple
-times, the ownership will be released only when g_main_context_release()
-is called as many times as it was acquired.
+Decreases the reference count on a #GMainContext object by one. If
+the result is zero, free the context and free all associated memory.
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -17876,575 +21691,556 @@ is called as many times as it was acquired.
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_type_module_unuse">
+<function name="g_value_get_char">
<description>
-Decreases the use count of a #GTypeModule by one. If the
-result is zero, the module will be unloaded. (However, the
-#GTypeModule will not be freed, and types associated with the
-#GTypeModule are not unregistered. Once a #GTypeModule is
-initialized, it must exist forever.)
+Get the contents of a %G_TYPE_CHAR #GValue.
+
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="module">
-<parameter_description> a #GTypeModule
+<parameter name="value">
+<parameter_description> a valid #GValue of type %G_TYPE_CHAR
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> character contents of @value
+</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_dngettext">
+<function name="g_sequence_range_get_midpoint">
<description>
-This function is a wrapper of dngettext() which does not translate
-the message if the default domain as set with textdomain() has no
-translations for the current locale.
+Finds an iterator somewhere in the range (@begin, @end). This
+iterator will be close to the middle of the range, but is not
+guaranteed to be <emphasis>exactly</emphasis> in the middle.
-See g_dgettext() for details of how this differs from dngettext()
-proper.
+The @begin and @end iterators must both point to the same sequence and
+ begin must come before or be equal to @end in the sequence.
+Since: 2.14
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="domain">
-<parameter_description> the translation domain to use, or %NULL to use
-the domain set with textdomain()
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="msgid">
-<parameter_description> message to translate
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="msgid_plural">
-<parameter_description> plural form of the message
+<parameter name="begin">
+<parameter_description> a #GSequenceIter
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="n">
-<parameter_description> the quantity for which translation is needed
+<parameter name="end">
+<parameter_description> a #GSequenceIter
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> The translated string
+<return> A #GSequenceIter pointing somewhere in the
+(@begin, @end) range.
-Since: 2.18
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_type_set_qdata">
+<function name="g_get_current_time">
<description>
-Attaches arbitrary data to a type.
+Equivalent to the UNIX gettimeofday() function, but portable.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="type">
-<parameter_description> a #GType
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="quark">
-<parameter_description> a #GQuark id to identify the data
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="data">
-<parameter_description> the data
+<parameter name="result">
+<parameter_description> #GTimeVal structure in which to store current time.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_list_sort">
+<function name="g_double_hash">
<description>
-Sorts a #GList using the given comparison function.
+Converts a pointer to a #gdouble to a hash value.
+It can be passed to g_hash_table_new() as the @hash_func parameter,
+when using pointers to doubles as keys in a #GHashTable.
+Since: 2.22
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="list">
-<parameter_description> a #GList
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="compare_func">
-<parameter_description> the comparison function used to sort the #GList.
-This function is passed the data from 2 elements of the #GList
-and should return 0 if they are equal, a negative value if the
-first element comes before the second, or a positive value if
-the first element comes after the second.
+<parameter name="v">
+<parameter_description> a pointer to a #gdouble key
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the start of the sorted #GList
+<return> a hash value corresponding to the key.
+
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_param_spec_get_blurb">
+<function name="g_sequence_iter_prev">
<description>
-Get the short description of a #GParamSpec.
+Returns an iterator pointing to the previous position before @iter. If
+ iter is the begin iterator, the begin iterator is returned.
+Since: 2.14
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="pspec">
-<parameter_description> a valid #GParamSpec
+<parameter name="iter">
+<parameter_description> a #GSequenceIter
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the short description of @pspec.
+<return> a #GSequenceIter pointing to the previous position before
+ iter
+
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_string_ascii_down">
+<function name="g_queue_pop_head">
<description>
-Converts all upper case ASCII letters to lower case ASCII letters.
+Removes the first element of the queue.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="string">
-<parameter_description> a GString
+<parameter name="queue">
+<parameter_description> a #GQueue.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> passed-in @string pointer, with all the upper case
-characters converted to lower case in place, with
-semantics that exactly match g_ascii_tolower().
+<return> the data of the first element in the queue, or %NULL if the queue
+is empty.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_queue_peek_nth">
+<function name="g_static_private_free">
<description>
-Return value: The data for the @n'th element of @queue, or %NULL if @n is
+Releases all resources allocated to @private_key.
+
+You don't have to call this functions for a #GStaticPrivate with an
+unbounded lifetime, i.e. objects declared 'static', but if you have
+a #GStaticPrivate as a member of a structure and the structure is
+freed, you should also free the #GStaticPrivate.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="queue">
-<parameter_description> a #GQueue
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="n">
-<parameter_description> the position of the element.
+<parameter name="private_key">
+<parameter_description> a #GStaticPrivate to be freed.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> The data for the @n'th element of @queue, or %NULL if @n is
-off the end of @queue.
-
-Since: 2.4
-</return>
+<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_slist_remove_all">
+<function name="g_regex_replace">
<description>
-Removes all list nodes with data equal to @data.
-Returns: new head of @list
+Replaces all occurrences of the pattern in @regex with the
+replacement text. Backreferences of the form '\number' or
+'\g<number>' in the replacement text are interpolated by the
+number-th captured subexpression of the match, '\g<name>' refers
+to the captured subexpression with the given name. '\0' refers to the
+complete match, but '\0' followed by a number is the octal representation
+of a character. To include a literal '\' in the replacement, write '\\'.
+There are also escapes that changes the case of the following text:
-</description>
-<parameters>
-<parameter name="list">
-<parameter_description> a #GSList
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="data">
-<parameter_description> data to remove
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-</parameters>
-<return> new head of @list
-</return>
-</function>
+<variablelist>
+<varlistentry><term>\l</term>
+<listitem>
+<para>Convert to lower case the next character</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term>\u</term>
+<listitem>
+<para>Convert to upper case the next character</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term>\L</term>
+<listitem>
+<para>Convert to lower case till \E</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term>\U</term>
+<listitem>
+<para>Convert to upper case till \E</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry><term>\E</term>
+<listitem>
+<para>End case modification</para>
+</listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
-<function name="g_bookmark_file_get_icon">
-<description>
-Gets the icon of the bookmark for @uri.
+If you do not need to use backreferences use g_regex_replace_literal().
-In the event the URI cannot be found, %FALSE is returned and
- error is set to #G_BOOKMARK_FILE_ERROR_URI_NOT_FOUND.
+The @replacement string must be UTF-8 encoded even if #G_REGEX_RAW was
+passed to g_regex_new(). If you want to use not UTF-8 encoded stings
+you can use g_regex_replace_literal().
+
+Setting @start_position differs from just passing over a shortened
+string and setting #G_REGEX_MATCH_NOTBOL in the case of a pattern that
+begins with any kind of lookbehind assertion, such as "\b".
+Since: 2.14
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="bookmark">
-<parameter_description> a #GBookmarkFile
+<parameter name="regex">
+<parameter_description> a #GRegex structure
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="uri">
-<parameter_description> a valid URI
+<parameter name="string">
+<parameter_description> the string to perform matches against
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="href">
-<parameter_description> return location for the icon's location or %NULL
+<parameter name="string_len">
+<parameter_description> the length of @string, or -1 if @string is nul-terminated
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="mime_type">
-<parameter_description> return location for the icon's MIME type or %NULL
+<parameter name="start_position">
+<parameter_description> starting index of the string to match
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="replacement">
+<parameter_description> text to replace each match with
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="match_options">
+<parameter_description> options for the match
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="error">
-<parameter_description> return location for a #GError or %NULL
+<parameter_description> location to store the error occuring, or %NULL to ignore errors
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> %TRUE if the icon for the bookmark for the URI was found.
-You should free the returned strings.
+<return> a newly allocated string containing the replacements
-Since: 2.12
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_io_channel_flush">
+<function name="g_markup_parse_context_new">
<description>
-Flushes the write buffer for the GIOChannel.
+Creates a new parse context. A parse context is used to parse
+marked-up documents. You can feed any number of documents into
+a context, as long as no errors occur; once an error occurs,
+the parse context can't continue to parse text (you have to free it
+and create a new parse context).
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="channel">
-<parameter_description> a #GIOChannel
+<parameter name="parser">
+<parameter_description> a #GMarkupParser
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="error">
-<parameter_description> location to store an error of type #GIOChannelError
+<parameter name="flags">
+<parameter_description> one or more #GMarkupParseFlags
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="user_data">
+<parameter_description> user data to pass to #GMarkupParser functions
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="user_data_dnotify">
+<parameter_description> user data destroy notifier called when the parse context is freed
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the status of the operation: One of
-#G_IO_CHANNEL_NORMAL, #G_IO_CHANNEL_AGAIN, or
-#G_IO_CHANNEL_ERROR.
+<return> a new #GMarkupParseContext
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_str_has_suffix">
+<function name="g_unichar_get_script">
<description>
-Looks whether the string @str ends with @suffix.
+Looks up the #GUnicodeScript for a particular character (as defined
+by Unicode Standard Annex #24). No check is made for @ch being a
+valid Unicode character; if you pass in invalid character, the
+result is undefined.
+
+This function is equivalent to pango_script_for_unichar() and the
+two are interchangeable.
+Since: 2.14
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="str">
-<parameter_description> a nul-terminated string.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="suffix">
-<parameter_description> the nul-terminated suffix to look for.
+<parameter name="ch">
+<parameter_description> a Unicode character
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> %TRUE if @str end with @suffix, %FALSE otherwise.
+<return> the #GUnicodeScript for the character.
-Since: 2.2
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_queue_delete_link">
+<function name="g_tree_destroy">
<description>
-Removes @link_ from @queue and frees it.
-
- link_ must be part of @queue.
-
-Since: 2.4
+Removes all keys and values from the #GTree and decreases its
+reference count by one. If keys and/or values are dynamically
+allocated, you should either free them first or create the #GTree
+using g_tree_new_full(). In the latter case the destroy functions
+you supplied will be called on all keys and values before destroying
+the #GTree.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="queue">
-<parameter_description> a #GQueue
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="link_">
-<parameter_description> a #GList link that &lt;emphasis&gt;must&lt;/emphasis&gt; be part of @queue
+<parameter name="tree">
+<parameter_description> a #GTree.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_object_get">
+<function name="g_dir_close">
<description>
-Gets properties of an object.
-
-In general, a copy is made of the property contents and the caller
-is responsible for freeing the memory in the appropriate manner for
-the type, for instance by calling g_free() or g_object_unref().
-
-&lt;example&gt;
-&lt;title&gt;Using g_object_get(&lt;!-- --&gt;)&lt;/title&gt;
-An example of using g_object_get() to get the contents
-of three properties - one of type #G_TYPE_INT,
-one of type #G_TYPE_STRING, and one of type #G_TYPE_OBJECT:
-&lt;programlisting&gt;
-gint intval;
-gchar *strval;
-GObject *objval;
-
-g_object_get (my_object,
-"int-property", &intval,
-"str-property", &strval,
-"obj-property", &objval,
-NULL);
-
-// Do something with intval, strval, objval
-
-g_free (strval);
-g_object_unref (objval);
-&lt;/programlisting&gt;
-&lt;/example&gt;
+Closes the directory and deallocates all related resources.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="object">
-<parameter_description> a #GObject
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="first_property_name">
-<parameter_description> name of the first property to get
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="Varargs">
-<parameter_description> return location for the first property, followed optionally by more
-name/return location pairs, followed by %NULL
+<parameter name="dir">
+<parameter_description> a #GDir* created by g_dir_open()
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_regex_match">
+<function name="g_closure_invalidate">
<description>
-Scans for a match in string for the pattern in @regex.
-The @match_options are combined with the match options specified
-when the @regex structure was created, letting you have more
-flexibility in reusing #GRegex structures.
-
-A #GMatchInfo structure, used to get information on the match,
-is stored in @match_info if not %NULL. Note that if @match_info
-is not %NULL then it is created even if the function returns %FALSE,
-i.e. you must free it regardless if regular expression actually matched.
-
-To retrieve all the non-overlapping matches of the pattern in
-string you can use g_match_info_next().
-
-|[
-static void
-print_uppercase_words (const gchar *string)
-{
-/&ast; Print all uppercase-only words. &ast;/
-GRegex *regex;
-GMatchInfo *match_info;
-&nbsp;
-regex = g_regex_new ("[A-Z]+", 0, 0, NULL);
-g_regex_match (regex, string, 0, &amp;match_info);
-while (g_match_info_matches (match_info))
-{
-gchar *word = g_match_info_fetch (match_info, 0);
-g_print ("Found: %s\n", word);
-g_free (word);
-g_match_info_next (match_info, NULL);
-}
-g_match_info_free (match_info);
-g_regex_unref (regex);
-}
-]|
+Sets a flag on the closure to indicate that its calling
+environment has become invalid, and thus causes any future
+invocations of g_closure_invoke() on this @closure to be
+ignored. Also, invalidation notifiers installed on the closure will
+be called at this point. Note that unless you are holding a
+reference to the closure yourself, the invalidation notifiers may
+unref the closure and cause it to be destroyed, so if you need to
+access the closure after calling g_closure_invalidate(), make sure
+that you've previously called g_closure_ref().
+Note that g_closure_invalidate() will also be called when the
+reference count of a closure drops to zero (unless it has already
+been invalidated before).
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="regex">
-<parameter_description> a #GRegex structure from g_regex_new()
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="string">
-<parameter_description> the string to scan for matches
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="match_options">
-<parameter_description> match options
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="match_info">
-<parameter_description> pointer to location where to store the #GMatchInfo,
-or %NULL if you do not need it
+<parameter name="closure">
+<parameter_description> GClosure to invalidate
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> %TRUE is the string matched, %FALSE otherwise
-
-Since: 2.14
-</return>
+<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_rand_set_seed">
+<function name="g_set_application_name">
<description>
-Sets the seed for the random number generator #GRand to @seed.
+Sets a human-readable name for the application. This name should be
+localized if possible, and is intended for display to the user.
+Contrast with g_set_prgname(), which sets a non-localized name.
+g_set_prgname() will be called automatically by gtk_init(),
+but g_set_application_name() will not.
+
+Note that for thread safety reasons, this function can only
+be called once.
+
+The application name will be used in contexts such as error messages,
+or when displaying an application's name in the task list.
+
+Since: 2.2
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="rand_">
-<parameter_description> a #GRand.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="seed">
-<parameter_description> a value to reinitialize the random number generator.
+<parameter name="application_name">
+<parameter_description> localized name of the application
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_value_array_free">
+<function name="g_type_plugin_unuse">
<description>
-Free a #GValueArray including its contents.
+Calls the @unuse_plugin function from the #GTypePluginClass of
+ plugin There should be no need to use this function outside of
+the GObject type system itself.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="value_array">
-<parameter_description> #GValueArray to free
+<parameter name="plugin">
+<parameter_description> a #GTypePlugin
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_io_add_watch">
+<function name="g_regex_split_full">
<description>
-Adds the #GIOChannel into the default main loop context
-with the default priority.
+Breaks the string on the pattern, and returns an array of the tokens.
+If the pattern contains capturing parentheses, then the text for each
+of the substrings will also be returned. If the pattern does not match
+anywhere in the string, then the whole string is returned as the first
+token.
+As a special case, the result of splitting the empty string "" is an
+empty vector, not a vector containing a single string. The reason for
+this special case is that being able to represent a empty vector is
+typically more useful than consistent handling of empty elements. If
+you do need to represent empty elements, you'll need to check for the
+empty string before calling this function.
+
+A pattern that can match empty strings splits @string into separate
+characters wherever it matches the empty string between characters.
+For example splitting "ab c" using as a separator "\s*", you will get
+"a", "b" and "c".
+
+Setting @start_position differs from just passing over a shortened
+string and setting #G_REGEX_MATCH_NOTBOL in the case of a pattern
+that begins with any kind of lookbehind assertion, such as "\b".
+
+Since: 2.14
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="channel">
-<parameter_description> a #GIOChannel
+<parameter name="regex">
+<parameter_description> a #GRegex structure
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="condition">
-<parameter_description> the condition to watch for
+<parameter name="string">
+<parameter_description> the string to split with the pattern
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="func">
-<parameter_description> the function to call when the condition is satisfied
+<parameter name="string_len">
+<parameter_description> the length of @string, or -1 if @string is nul-terminated
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="user_data">
-<parameter_description> user data to pass to @func
+<parameter name="start_position">
+<parameter_description> starting index of the string to match
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="match_options">
+<parameter_description> match time option flags
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="max_tokens">
+<parameter_description> the maximum number of tokens to split @string into.
+If this is less than 1, the string is split completely
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="error">
+<parameter_description> return location for a #GError
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the event source id
+<return> a %NULL-terminated gchar ** array. Free it using g_strfreev()
+
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_unichar_istitle">
+<function name="g_signal_connect_data">
<description>
-Determines if a character is titlecase. Some characters in
-Unicode which are composites, such as the DZ digraph
-have three case variants instead of just two. The titlecase
-form is used at the beginning of a word where only the
-first letter is capitalized. The titlecase form of the DZ
-digraph is U+01F2 LATIN CAPITAL LETTTER D WITH SMALL LETTER Z.
+Connects a #GCallback function to a signal for a particular object. Similar
+to g_signal_connect(), but allows to provide a #GClosureNotify for the data
+which will be called when the signal handler is disconnected and no longer
+used. Specify @connect_flags if you need <literal>..._after()</literal> or
+<literal>..._swapped()</literal> variants of this function.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="c">
-<parameter_description> a Unicode character
+<parameter name="instance">
+<parameter_description> the instance to connect to.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-</parameters>
-<return> %TRUE if the character is titlecase
-</return>
-</function>
-
-<function name="g_value_set_long">
-<description>
-Set the contents of a %G_TYPE_LONG #GValue to @v_long.
-
-</description>
-<parameters>
-<parameter name="value">
-<parameter_description> a valid #GValue of type %G_TYPE_LONG
+<parameter name="detailed_signal">
+<parameter_description> a string of the form "signal-name::detail".
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="v_long">
-<parameter_description> long integer value to be set
+<parameter name="c_handler">
+<parameter_description> the #GCallback to connect.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-</parameters>
-<return></return>
-</function>
-
-<function name="g_main_loop_ref">
-<description>
-Increases the reference count on a #GMainLoop object by one.
-
-
-</description>
-<parameters>
-<parameter name="loop">
-<parameter_description> a #GMainLoop
+<parameter name="data">
+<parameter_description> data to pass to @c_handler calls.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="destroy_data">
+<parameter_description> a #GClosureNotify for @data.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="connect_flags">
+<parameter_description> a combination of #GConnectFlags.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> @loop
+<return> the handler id
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_object_get_data">
+<function name="g_chmod">
<description>
-Gets a named field from the objects table of associations (see g_object_set_data()).
+A wrapper for the POSIX chmod() function. The chmod() function is
+used to set the permissions of a file system object.
+
+On Windows the file protection mechanism is not at all POSIX-like,
+and the underlying chmod() function in the C library just sets or
+clears the FAT-style READONLY attribute. It does not touch any
+ACL. Software that needs to manage file permissions on Windows
+exactly should use the Win32 API.
+See your C library manual for more details about chmod().
+
+Since: 2.8
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="object">
-<parameter_description> #GObject containing the associations
+<parameter name="filename">
+<parameter_description> a pathname in the GLib file name encoding (UTF-8 on Windows)
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="key">
-<parameter_description> name of the key for that association
+<parameter name="mode">
+<parameter_description> as in chmod()
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the data if found, or %NULL if no such data exists.
+<return> zero if the operation succeeded, -1 on error.
+
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_key_file_get_keys">
+<function name="g_match_info_fetch_named">
<description>
-Return value: a newly-allocated %NULL-terminated array of strings.
+Retrieves the text matching the capturing parentheses named @name.
+
+If @name is a valid sub pattern name but it didn't match anything
+(e.g. sub pattern "X", matching "b" against "(?P<X>a)?b")
+then an empty string is returned.
+
+The string is fetched from the string passed to the match function,
+so you cannot call this function after freeing the string.
+
+Since: 2.14
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="key_file">
-<parameter_description> a #GKeyFile
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="group_name">
-<parameter_description> a group name
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="length">
-<parameter_description> return location for the number of keys returned, or %NULL
+<parameter name="match_info">
+<parameter_description> #GMatchInfo structure
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="error">
-<parameter_description> return location for a #GError, or %NULL
+<parameter name="name">
+<parameter_description> name of the subexpression
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a newly-allocated %NULL-terminated array of strings.
-Use g_strfreev() to free it.
+<return> The matched substring, or %NULL if an error occurred.
+You have to free the string yourself
-Since: 2.6
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_bookmark_file_move_item">
+<function name="g_bookmark_file_add_group">
<description>
-Changes the URI of a bookmark item from @old_uri to @new_uri. Any
-existing bookmark for @new_uri will be overwritten. If @new_uri is
-%NULL, then the bookmark is removed.
+Adds @group to the list of groups to which the bookmark for @uri
+belongs to.
-In the event the URI cannot be found, %FALSE is returned and
- error is set to #G_BOOKMARK_FILE_ERROR_URI_NOT_FOUND.
+If no bookmark for @uri is found then it is created.
+Since: 2.12
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -18452,1510 +22248,1902 @@ In the event the URI cannot be found, %FALSE is returned and
<parameter_description> a #GBookmarkFile
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="old_uri">
+<parameter name="uri">
<parameter_description> a valid URI
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="new_uri">
-<parameter_description> a valid URI, or %NULL
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="error">
-<parameter_description> return location for a #GError or %NULL
+<parameter name="group">
+<parameter_description> the group name to be added
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> %TRUE if the URI was successfully changed
-
-Since: 2.12
-</return>
+<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_sequence_move_range">
+<function name="g_sequence_prepend">
<description>
-Inserts the (@begin, @end) range at the destination pointed to by ptr.
-The @begin and @end iters must point into the same sequence. It is
-allowed for @dest to point to a different sequence than the one pointed
-into by @begin and @end.
-
-If @dest is NULL, the range indicated by @begin and @end is
-removed from the sequence. If @dest iter points to a place within
-the (@begin, @end) range, the range does not move.
+Adds a new item to the front of @seq
Since: 2.14
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="dest">
-<parameter_description> a #GSequenceIter
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="begin">
-<parameter_description> a #GSequenceIter
+<parameter name="seq">
+<parameter_description> a #GSequence
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="end">
-<parameter_description> a #GSequenceIter
+<parameter name="data">
+<parameter_description> the data for the new item
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> an iterator pointing to the new item
+
+</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_open">
+<function name="g_utf8_to_utf16">
<description>
-A wrapper for the POSIX open() function. The open() function is
-used to convert a pathname into a file descriptor.
-
-On POSIX systems file descriptors are implemented by the operating
-system. On Windows, it's the C library that implements open() and
-file descriptors. The actual Win32 API for opening files is quite
-different, see MSDN documentation for CreateFile(). The Win32 API
-uses file handles, which are more randomish integers, not small
-integers like file descriptors.
-
-Because file descriptors are specific to the C library on Windows,
-the file descriptor returned by this function makes sense only to
-functions in the same C library. Thus if the GLib-using code uses a
-different C library than GLib does, the file descriptor returned by
-this function cannot be passed to C library functions like write()
-or read().
-
-See your C library manual for more details about open().
+Convert a string from UTF-8 to UTF-16. A 0 character will be
+added to the result after the converted text.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="filename">
-<parameter_description> a pathname in the GLib file name encoding (UTF-8 on Windows)
+<parameter name="str">
+<parameter_description> a UTF-8 encoded string
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="flags">
-<parameter_description> as in open()
+<parameter name="len">
+<parameter_description> the maximum length (number of bytes) of @str to use.
+If @len < 0, then the string is nul-terminated.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="mode">
-<parameter_description> as in open()
+<parameter name="items_read">
+<parameter_description> location to store number of bytes read, or %NULL.
+If %NULL, then %G_CONVERT_ERROR_PARTIAL_INPUT will be
+returned in case @str contains a trailing partial
+character. If an error occurs then the index of the
+invalid input is stored here.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="items_written">
+<parameter_description> location to store number of <type>gunichar2</type> written,
+or %NULL.
+The value stored here does not include the trailing 0.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="error">
+<parameter_description> location to store the error occuring, or %NULL to ignore
+errors. Any of the errors in #GConvertError other than
+%G_CONVERT_ERROR_NO_CONVERSION may occur.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a new file descriptor, or -1 if an error occurred. The
-return value can be used exactly like the return value from open().
-
-Since: 2.6
+<return> a pointer to a newly allocated UTF-16 string.
+This value must be freed with g_free(). If an
+error occurs, %NULL will be returned and
+ error set.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_node_unlink">
+<function name="g_object_interface_install_property">
<description>
-Unlinks a #GNode from a tree, resulting in two separate trees.
+Add a property to an interface; this is only useful for interfaces
+that are added to GObject-derived types. Adding a property to an
+interface forces all objects classes with that interface to have a
+compatible property. The compatible property could be a newly
+created #GParamSpec, but normally
+g_object_class_override_property() will be used so that the object
+class only needs to provide an implementation and inherits the
+property description, default value, bounds, and so forth from the
+interface property.
+
+This function is meant to be called from the interface's default
+vtable initialization function (the @class_init member of
+#GTypeInfo.) It must not be called after after @class_init has
+been called for any object types implementing this interface.
+
+Since: 2.4
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="node">
-<parameter_description> the #GNode to unlink, which becomes the root of a new tree
+<parameter name="g_iface">
+<parameter_description> any interface vtable for the interface, or the default
+vtable for the interface.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="pspec">
+<parameter_description> the #GParamSpec for the new property
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_unichar_ismark">
+<function name="g_format_size_for_display">
<description>
-Determines whether a character is a mark (non-spacing mark,
-combining mark, or enclosing mark in Unicode speak).
-Given some UTF-8 text, obtain a character value
-with g_utf8_get_char().
+Formats a size (for example the size of a file) into a human readable string.
+Sizes are rounded to the nearest size prefix (KB, MB, GB) and are displayed
+rounded to the nearest tenth. E.g. the file size 3292528 bytes will be
+converted into the string "3.1 MB".
-Note: in most cases where isalpha characters are allowed,
-ismark characters should be allowed to as they are essential
-for writing most European languages as well as many non-Latin
-scripts.
+The prefix units base is 1024 (i.e. 1 KB is 1024 bytes).
+
+This string should be freed with g_free() when not needed any longer.
+Since: 2.16
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="c">
-<parameter_description> a Unicode character
+<parameter name="size">
+<parameter_description> a size in bytes.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> %TRUE if @c is a mark character
+<return> a newly-allocated formatted string containing a human readable
+file size.
-Since: 2.14
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_mem_is_system_malloc">
+<function name="g_list_remove">
<description>
-Checks whether the allocator used by g_malloc() is the system's
-malloc implementation. If it returns %TRUE memory allocated with
-malloc() can be used interchangeable with memory allocated using g_malloc().
-This function is useful for avoiding an extra copy of allocated memory returned
-by a non-GLib-based API.
-
-A different allocator can be set using g_mem_set_vtable().
+Removes an element from a #GList.
+If two elements contain the same data, only the first is removed.
+If none of the elements contain the data, the #GList is unchanged.
</description>
<parameters>
+<parameter name="list">
+<parameter_description> a #GList
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="data">
+<parameter_description> the data of the element to remove
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> if %TRUE, malloc() and g_malloc() can be mixed.
+<return> the new start of the #GList
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_prefix_error">
+<function name="g_cclosure_marshal_VOID__POINTER">
<description>
-Formats a string according to @format and
-prefix it to an existing error message. If
- err is %NULL (ie: no error variable) then do
-nothing.
-
-If * err is %NULL (ie: an error variable is
-present but there is no error condition) then
-also do nothing. Whether or not it makes
-sense to take advantage of this feature is up
-to you.
-
-Since: 2.16
+A marshaller for a #GCClosure with a callback of type
+<literal>void (*callback) (gpointer instance, gpointer arg1, gpointer user_data)</literal>.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="err">
-<parameter_description> a return location for a #GError, or %NULL
+<parameter name="closure">
+<parameter_description> the #GClosure to which the marshaller belongs
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="format">
-<parameter_description> printf()-style format string
+<parameter name="return_value">
+<parameter_description> ignored
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="Varargs">
-<parameter_description> arguments to @format
+<parameter name="n_param_values">
+<parameter_description> 2
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="param_values">
+<parameter_description> a #GValue array holding the instance and the #gpointer parameter
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="invocation_hint">
+<parameter_description> the invocation hint given as the last argument
+to g_closure_invoke()
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="marshal_data">
+<parameter_description> additional data specified when registering the marshaller
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_bookmark_file_get_app_info">
+<function name="g_child_watch_add_full">
<description>
-Gets the registration informations of @app_name for the bookmark for
- uri See g_bookmark_file_set_app_info() for more informations about
-the returned data.
+Sets a function to be called when the child indicated by @pid
+exits, at the priority @priority.
-The string returned in @app_exec must be freed.
+If you obtain @pid from g_spawn_async() or g_spawn_async_with_pipes()
+you will need to pass #G_SPAWN_DO_NOT_REAP_CHILD as flag to
+the spawn function for the child watching to work.
-In the event the URI cannot be found, %FALSE is returned and
- error is set to #G_BOOKMARK_FILE_ERROR_URI_NOT_FOUND. In the
-event that no application with name @app_name has registered a bookmark
-for @uri, %FALSE is returned and error is set to
-#G_BOOKMARK_FILE_ERROR_APP_NOT_REGISTERED. In the event that unquoting
-the command line fails, an error of the #G_SHELL_ERROR domain is
-set and %FALSE is returned.
+Note that on platforms where #GPid must be explicitly closed
+(see g_spawn_close_pid()) @pid must not be closed while the
+source is still active. Typically, you will want to call
+g_spawn_close_pid() in the callback function for the source.
+
+GLib supports only a single callback per process id.
+This internally creates a main loop source using
+g_child_watch_source_new() and attaches it to the main loop context
+using g_source_attach(). You can do these steps manually if you
+need greater control.
+
+Since: 2.4
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="bookmark">
-<parameter_description> a #GBookmarkFile
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="uri">
-<parameter_description> a valid URI
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="name">
-<parameter_description> an application's name
+<parameter name="priority">
+<parameter_description> the priority of the idle source. Typically this will be in the
+range between #G_PRIORITY_DEFAULT_IDLE and #G_PRIORITY_HIGH_IDLE.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="exec">
-<parameter_description> location for the command line of the application, or %NULL
+<parameter name="pid">
+<parameter_description> process to watch. On POSIX the pid of a child process. On
+Windows a handle for a process (which doesn't have to be a child).
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="count">
-<parameter_description> return location for the registration count, or %NULL
+<parameter name="function">
+<parameter_description> function to call
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="stamp">
-<parameter_description> return location for the last registration time, or %NULL
+<parameter name="data">
+<parameter_description> data to pass to @function
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="error">
-<parameter_description> return location for a #GError, or %NULL
+<parameter name="notify">
+<parameter_description> function to call when the idle is removed, or %NULL
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> %TRUE on success.
+<return> the ID (greater than 0) of the event source.
-Since: 2.12
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_node_child_index">
+<function name="g_option_context_free">
<description>
-Gets the position of the first child of a #GNode
-which contains the given data.
+Frees context and all the groups which have been
+added to it.
+
+Please note that parsed arguments need to be freed separately (see
+#GOptionEntry).
+Since: 2.6
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="node">
-<parameter_description> a #GNode
+<parameter name="context">
+<parameter_description> a #GOptionContext
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="data">
-<parameter_description> the data to find
+</parameters>
+<return></return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_io_channel_seek">
+<description>
+Sets the current position in the #GIOChannel, similar to the standard
+library function fseek().
+
+Deprecated:2.2: Use g_io_channel_seek_position() instead.
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="channel">
+<parameter_description> a #GIOChannel
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="offset">
+<parameter_description> an offset, in bytes, which is added to the position specified
+by @type
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="type">
+<parameter_description> the position in the file, which can be %G_SEEK_CUR (the current
+position), %G_SEEK_SET (the start of the file), or %G_SEEK_END
+(the end of the file)
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the index of the child of @node which contains
- data, or -1 if the data is not found
+<return> %G_IO_ERROR_NONE if the operation was successful.
+
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_str_has_prefix">
+<function name="g_utf8_strdown">
<description>
-Looks whether the string @str begins with @prefix.
+Converts all Unicode characters in the string that have a case
+to lowercase. The exact manner that this is done depends
+on the current locale, and may result in the number of
+characters in the string changing.
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="str">
-<parameter_description> a nul-terminated string.
+<parameter_description> a UTF-8 encoded string
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="prefix">
-<parameter_description> the nul-terminated prefix to look for.
+<parameter name="len">
+<parameter_description> length of @str, in bytes, or -1 if @str is nul-terminated.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> %TRUE if @str begins with @prefix, %FALSE otherwise.
-
-Since: 2.2
+<return> a newly allocated string, with all characters
+converted to lowercase.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_match_info_fetch_pos">
+<function name="g_match_info_get_match_count">
<description>
-Retrieves the position of the @match_num&lt;!-- --&gt;'th capturing
-parentheses. 0 is the full text of the match, 1 is the first
-paren set, 2 the second, and so on.
-
-If @match_num is a valid sub pattern but it didn't match anything
-(e.g. sub pattern 1, matching "b" against "(a)?b") then @start_pos
-and @end_pos are set to -1 and %TRUE is returned.
+Retrieves the number of matched substrings (including substring 0,
+that is the whole matched text), so 1 is returned if the pattern
+has no substrings in it and 0 is returned if the match failed.
-If the match was obtained using the DFA algorithm, that is using
-g_regex_match_all() or g_regex_match_all_full(), the retrieved
-position is not that of a set of parentheses but that of a matched
-substring. Substrings are matched in reverse order of length, so
-0 is the longest match.
+If the last match was obtained using the DFA algorithm, that is
+using g_regex_match_all() or g_regex_match_all_full(), the retrieved
+count is not that of the number of capturing parentheses but that of
+the number of matched substrings.
+Since: 2.14
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="match_info">
-<parameter_description> #GMatchInfo structure
+<parameter_description> a #GMatchInfo structure
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="match_num">
-<parameter_description> number of the sub expression
+</parameters>
+<return> Number of matched substrings, or -1 if an error occurred
+
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_cclosure_marshal_VOID__STRING">
+<description>
+A marshaller for a #GCClosure with a callback of type
+<literal>void (*callback) (gpointer instance, const gchar *arg1, gpointer user_data)</literal>.
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="closure">
+<parameter_description> the #GClosure to which the marshaller belongs
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="start_pos">
-<parameter_description> pointer to location where to store the start position
+<parameter name="return_value">
+<parameter_description> ignored
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="end_pos">
-<parameter_description> pointer to location where to store the end position
+<parameter name="n_param_values">
+<parameter_description> 2
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="param_values">
+<parameter_description> a #GValue array holding the instance and the #gchar* parameter
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="invocation_hint">
+<parameter_description> the invocation hint given as the last argument
+to g_closure_invoke()
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="marshal_data">
+<parameter_description> additional data specified when registering the marshaller
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> %TRUE if the position was fetched, %FALSE otherwise. If
-the position cannot be fetched, @start_pos and @end_pos are left
-unchanged
+<return></return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_filename_display_basename">
+<description>
+Returns the display basename for the particular filename, guaranteed
+to be valid UTF-8. The display name might not be identical to the filename,
+for instance there might be problems converting it to UTF-8, and some files
+can be translated in the display.
+
+If GLib can not make sense of the encoding of @filename, as a last resort it
+replaces unknown characters with U+FFFD, the Unicode replacement character.
+You can search the result for the UTF-8 encoding of this character (which is
+"\357\277\275" in octal notation) to find out if @filename was in an invalid
+encoding.
+
+You must pass the whole absolute pathname to this functions so that
+translation of well known locations can be done.
+
+This function is preferred over g_filename_display_name() if you know the
+whole path, as it allows translation.
+
+Since: 2.6
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="filename">
+<parameter_description> an absolute pathname in the GLib file name encoding
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> a newly allocated string containing
+a rendition of the basename of the filename in valid UTF-8
-Since: 2.14
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_parse_debug_string">
+<function name="g_bookmark_file_to_file">
<description>
-Parses a string containing debugging options
-into a %guint containing bit flags. This is used
-within GDK and GTK+ to parse the debug options passed on the
-command line or through environment variables.
-
-If @string is equal to "all", all flags are set. If @string
-is equal to "help", all the available keys in @keys are printed
-out to standard error.
+This function outputs @bookmark into a file. The write process is
+guaranteed to be atomic by using g_file_set_contents() internally.
+Since: 2.12
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="string">
-<parameter_description> a list of debug options separated by colons, spaces, or
-commas, or %NULL.
+<parameter name="bookmark">
+<parameter_description> a #GBookmarkFile
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="keys">
-<parameter_description> pointer to an array of #GDebugKey which associate
-strings with bit flags.
+<parameter name="filename">
+<parameter_description> path of the output file
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="nkeys">
-<parameter_description> the number of #GDebugKey&lt;!-- --&gt;s in the array.
+<parameter name="error">
+<parameter_description> return location for a #GError, or %NULL
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the combined set of bit flags.
+<return> %TRUE if the file was successfully written.
+
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_unichar_ispunct">
+<function name="g_datalist_set_flags">
<description>
-Determines whether a character is punctuation or a symbol.
-Given some UTF-8 text, obtain a character value with
-g_utf8_get_char().
+Turns on flag values for a data list. This function is used
+to keep a small number of boolean flags in an object with
+a data list without using any additional space. It is
+not generally useful except in circumstances where space
+is very tight. (It is used in the base #GObject type, for
+example.)
+Since: 2.8
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="c">
-<parameter_description> a Unicode character
+<parameter name="datalist">
+<parameter_description> pointer to the location that holds a list
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="flags">
+<parameter_description> the flags to turn on. The values of the flags are
+restricted by %G_DATALIST_FLAGS_MASK (currently
+3; giving two possible boolean flags).
+A value for @flags that doesn't fit within the mask is
+an error.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> %TRUE if @c is a punctuation or symbol character
-</return>
+<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_unsetenv">
+<function name="g_param_spec_set_qdata_full">
<description>
-Removes an environment variable from the environment.
-
-Note that on some systems, when variables are overwritten, the memory
-used for the previous variables and its value isn't reclaimed.
-Furthermore, this function can't be guaranteed to operate in a
-threadsafe way.
-
-Since: 2.4
+This function works like g_param_spec_set_qdata(), but in addition,
+a <literal>void (*destroy) (gpointer)</literal> function may be
+specified which is called with @data as argument when the @pspec is
+finalized, or the data is being overwritten by a call to
+g_param_spec_set_qdata() with the same @quark.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="variable">
-<parameter_description> the environment variable to remove, must not contain '='.
+<parameter name="pspec">
+<parameter_description> the #GParamSpec to set store a user data pointer
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="quark">
+<parameter_description> a #GQuark, naming the user data pointer
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="data">
+<parameter_description> an opaque user data pointer
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="destroy">
+<parameter_description> function to invoke with @data as argument, when @data needs to
+be freed
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_queue_pop_head_link">
+<function name="g_hash_table_unref">
<description>
-Removes the first element of the queue.
+Atomically decrements the reference count of @hash_table by one.
+If the reference count drops to 0, all keys and values will be
+destroyed, and all memory allocated by the hash table is released.
+This function is MT-safe and may be called from any thread.
+Since: 2.10
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="queue">
-<parameter_description> a #GQueue.
+<parameter name="hash_table">
+<parameter_description> a valid #GHashTable.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the #GList element at the head of the queue, or %NULL if the queue
-is empty.
-</return>
+<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_object_new_valist">
+<function name="g_variant_dup_strv">
<description>
-Creates a new instance of a #GObject subtype and sets its properties.
+Gets the contents of an array of strings #GVariant. This call
+makes a deep copy; the return result should be released with
+g_strfreev().
-Construction parameters (see #G_PARAM_CONSTRUCT, #G_PARAM_CONSTRUCT_ONLY)
-which are not explicitly specified are set to their default values.
+If @length is non-%NULL then the number of elements in the result
+is stored there. In any case, the resulting array will be
+%NULL-terminated.
+For an empty array, @length will be set to 0 and a pointer to a
+%NULL pointer will be returned.
+
+Since: 2.24
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="object_type">
-<parameter_description> the type id of the #GObject subtype to instantiate
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="first_property_name">
-<parameter_description> the name of the first property
+<parameter name="value">
+<parameter_description> an array of strings #GVariant
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="var_args">
-<parameter_description> the value of the first property, followed optionally by more
-name/value pairs, followed by %NULL
+<parameter name="length">
+<parameter_description> the length of the result, or %NULL
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a new instance of @object_type
+<return> an array of constant strings
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_list_remove_all">
+<function name="g_dataset_id_get_data">
<description>
-Removes all list nodes with data equal to @data.
-Returns: new head of @list
+Gets the data element corresponding to a #GQuark.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="list">
-<parameter_description> a #GList
+<parameter name="dataset_location">
+<parameter_description> the location identifying the dataset.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="data">
-<parameter_description> data to remove
+<parameter name="key_id">
+<parameter_description> the #GQuark id to identify the data element.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> new head of @list
+<return> the data element corresponding to the #GQuark, or %NULL if
+it is not found.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_slist_append">
+<function name="g_strdupv">
<description>
-Adds a new element on to the end of the list.
-
-&lt;note&gt;&lt;para&gt;
-The return value is the new start of the list, which may
-have changed, so make sure you store the new value.
-&lt;/para&gt;&lt;/note&gt;
-
-&lt;note&gt;&lt;para&gt;
-Note that g_slist_append() has to traverse the entire list
-to find the end, which is inefficient when adding multiple
-elements. A common idiom to avoid the inefficiency is to prepend
-the elements and reverse the list when all elements have been added.
-&lt;/para&gt;&lt;/note&gt;
+Copies %NULL-terminated array of strings. The copy is a deep copy;
+the new array should be freed by first freeing each string, then
+the array itself. g_strfreev() does this for you. If called
+on a %NULL value, g_strdupv() simply returns %NULL.
-|[
-/&ast; Notice that these are initialized to the empty list. &ast;/
-GSList *list = NULL, *number_list = NULL;
-/&ast; This is a list of strings. &ast;/
-list = g_slist_append (list, "first");
-list = g_slist_append (list, "second");
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="str_array">
+<parameter_description> %NULL-terminated array of strings.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> a new %NULL-terminated array of strings.
+</return>
+</function>
-/&ast; This is a list of integers. &ast;/
-number_list = g_slist_append (number_list, GINT_TO_POINTER (27));
-number_list = g_slist_append (number_list, GINT_TO_POINTER (14));
-]|
+<function name="g_string_append">
+<description>
+Adds a string onto the end of a #GString, expanding
+it if necessary.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="list">
-<parameter_description> a #GSList
+<parameter name="string">
+<parameter_description> a #GString
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="data">
-<parameter_description> the data for the new element
+<parameter name="val">
+<parameter_description> the string to append onto the end of @string
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the new start of the #GSList
+<return> @string
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_value_unset">
+<function name="g_bookmark_file_get_size">
<description>
-Clears the current value in @value and "unsets" the type,
-this releases all resources associated with this GValue.
-An unset value is the same as an uninitialized (zero-filled)
-#GValue structure.
+Gets the number of bookmarks inside @bookmark.
+
+Since: 2.12
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="value">
-<parameter_description> An initialized #GValue structure.
+<parameter name="bookmark">
+<parameter_description> a #GBookmarkFile
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> the number of bookmarks
+
+</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_param_value_defaults">
+<function name="g_bookmark_file_get_uris">
<description>
-Checks whether @value contains the default value as specified in @pspec.
+Returns all URIs of the bookmarks in the bookmark file @bookmark.
+The array of returned URIs will be %NULL-terminated, so @length may
+optionally be %NULL.
+Since: 2.12
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="pspec">
-<parameter_description> a valid #GParamSpec
+<parameter name="bookmark">
+<parameter_description> a #GBookmarkFile
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="value">
-<parameter_description> a #GValue of correct type for @pspec
+<parameter name="length">
+<parameter_description> return location for the number of returned URIs, or %NULL
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> whether @value contains the canonical default for this @pspec
+<return> a newly allocated %NULL-terminated array of strings.
+Use g_strfreev() to free it.
+
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_unichar_islower">
+<function name="g_param_value_convert">
<description>
-Determines whether a character is a lowercase letter.
-Given some UTF-8 text, obtain a character value with
-g_utf8_get_char().
+Transforms @src_value into @dest_value if possible, and then
+validates @dest_value, in order for it to conform to @pspec. If
+ strict_validation is %TRUE this function will only succeed if the
+transformed @dest_value complied to @pspec without modifications.
+
+See also g_value_type_transformable(), g_value_transform() and
+g_param_value_validate().
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="c">
-<parameter_description> a Unicode character
+<parameter name="pspec">
+<parameter_description> a valid #GParamSpec
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="src_value">
+<parameter_description> souce #GValue
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="dest_value">
+<parameter_description> destination #GValue of correct type for @pspec
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="strict_validation">
+<parameter_description> %TRUE requires @dest_value to conform to @pspec
+without modifications
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> %TRUE if @c is a lowercase letter
+<return> %TRUE if transformation and validation were successful,
+%FALSE otherwise and @dest_value is left untouched.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_vprintf">
+<function name="g_sequence_insert_sorted_iter">
<description>
-An implementation of the standard vprintf() function which supports
-positional parameters, as specified in the Single Unix Specification.
+Like g_sequence_insert_sorted(), but uses
+a #GSequenceIterCompareFunc instead of a #GCompareDataFunc as
+the compare function.
+Since: 2.14
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="format">
-<parameter_description> a standard printf() format string, but notice
-&lt;link linkend="string-precision"&gt;string precision pitfalls&lt;/link&gt;.
+<parameter name="seq">
+<parameter_description> a #GSequence
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="args">
-<parameter_description> the list of arguments to insert in the output.
+<parameter name="data">
+<parameter_description> data for the new item
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="iter_cmp">
+<parameter_description> the #GSequenceItercompare used to compare iterators in the
+sequence. It is called with two iterators pointing into @seq. It should
+return 0 if the iterators are equal, a negative value if the first
+iterator comes before the second, and a positive value if the second
+iterator comes before the first.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="cmp_data">
+<parameter_description> user data passed to @cmp_func
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the number of bytes printed.
+<return> a #GSequenceIter pointing to the new item
-Since: 2.2
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_closure_set_meta_marshal">
+<function name="g_queue_push_tail_link">
<description>
-Sets the meta marshaller of @closure. A meta marshaller wraps
- closure-&gt;marshal and modifies the way it is called in some
-fashion. The most common use of this facility is for C callbacks.
-The same marshallers (generated by &lt;link
-linkend="glib-genmarshal"&gt;glib-genmarshal&lt;/link&gt;) are used
-everywhere, but the way that we get the callback function
-differs. In most cases we want to use @closure-&gt;callback, but in
-other cases we want to use some different technique to retrieve the
-callback function.
-
-For example, class closures for signals (see
-g_signal_type_cclosure_new()) retrieve the callback function from a
-fixed offset in the class structure. The meta marshaller retrieves
-the right callback and passes it to the marshaller as the
- marshal_data argument.
+Adds a new element at the tail of the queue.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="closure">
-<parameter_description> a #GClosure
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="marshal_data">
-<parameter_description> context-dependent data to pass to @meta_marshal
+<parameter name="queue">
+<parameter_description> a #GQueue.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="meta_marshal">
-<parameter_description> a #GClosureMarshal function
+<parameter name="link_">
+<parameter_description> a single #GList element, <emphasis>not</emphasis> a list with
+more than one element.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_value_dup_boxed">
+<function name="g_variant_get_uint32">
<description>
-Get the contents of a %G_TYPE_BOXED derived #GValue. Upon getting,
-the boxed value is duplicated and needs to be later freed with
-g_boxed_free(), e.g. like: g_boxed_free (G_VALUE_TYPE (@value),
-return_value);
+Returns the 32-bit unsigned integer value of @value.
+It is an error to call this function with a @value of any type
+other than %G_VARIANT_TYPE_UINT32.
+
+Since: 2.24
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="value">
-<parameter_description> a valid #GValue of %G_TYPE_BOXED derived type
+<parameter_description> a uint32 #GVariant instance
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> boxed contents of @value
+<return> a #guint32
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_bookmark_file_set_icon">
+<function name="g_child_watch_source_new">
<description>
-Sets the icon for the bookmark for @uri. If @href is %NULL, unsets
-the currently set icon. @href can either be a full URL for the icon
-file or the icon name following the Icon Naming specification.
+Creates a new child_watch source.
-If no bookmark for @uri is found one is created.
+The source will not initially be associated with any #GMainContext
+and must be added to one with g_source_attach() before it will be
+executed.
-Since: 2.12
+Note that child watch sources can only be used in conjunction with
+<literal>g_spawn...</literal> when the %G_SPAWN_DO_NOT_REAP_CHILD
+flag is used.
+
+Note that on platforms where #GPid must be explicitly closed
+(see g_spawn_close_pid()) @pid must not be closed while the
+source is still active. Typically, you will want to call
+g_spawn_close_pid() in the callback function for the source.
+
+Note further that using g_child_watch_source_new() is not
+compatible with calling <literal>waitpid(-1)</literal> in
+the application. Calling waitpid() for individual pids will
+still work fine.
+
+Since: 2.4
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="bookmark">
-<parameter_description> a #GBookmarkFile
+<parameter name="pid">
+<parameter_description> process to watch. On POSIX the pid of a child process. On
+Windows a handle for a process (which doesn't have to be a child).
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="uri">
-<parameter_description> a valid URI
+</parameters>
+<return> the newly-created child watch source
+
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_variant_get_child">
+<description>
+Reads a child item out of a container #GVariant instance and
+deconstructs it according to @format_string. This call is
+essentially a combination of g_variant_get_child_value() and
+g_variant_get().
+
+Since: 2.24
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="value">
+<parameter_description> a container #GVariant
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="href">
-<parameter_description> the URI of the icon for the bookmark, or %NULL
+<parameter name="index_">
+<parameter_description> the index of the child to deconstruct
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="mime_type">
-<parameter_description> the MIME type of the icon for the bookmark
+<parameter name="format_string">
+<parameter_description> a #GVariant format string
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="Varargs">
+<parameter_description> arguments, as per @format_string
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_bookmark_file_has_group">
+<function name="g_variant_type_string_scan">
<description>
-Checks whether @group appears in the list of groups to which
-the bookmark for @uri belongs to.
+Scan for a single complete and valid GVariant type string in @string.
+The memory pointed to by @limit (or bytes beyond it) is never
+accessed.
-In the event the URI cannot be found, %FALSE is returned and
- error is set to #G_BOOKMARK_FILE_ERROR_URI_NOT_FOUND.
+If a valid type string is found, @endptr is updated to point to the
+first character past the end of the string that was found and %TRUE
+is returned.
+
+If there is no valid type string starting at @string, or if the type
+string does not end before @limit then %FALSE is returned.
+For the simple case of checking if a string is a valid type string,
+see g_variant_type_string_is_valid().
+
+Since: 2.24
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="bookmark">
-<parameter_description> a #GBookmarkFile
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="uri">
-<parameter_description> a valid URI
+<parameter name="string">
+<parameter_description> a pointer to any string
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="group">
-<parameter_description> the group name to be searched
+<parameter name="limit">
+<parameter_description> the end of @string, or %NULL
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="error">
-<parameter_description> return location for a #GError, or %NULL
+<parameter name="endptr">
+<parameter_description> location to store the end pointer, or %NULL
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> %TRUE if @group was found.
-
-Since: 2.12
+<return> %TRUE if a valid type string was found
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_cclosure_marshal_STRING__OBJECT_POINTER">
+<function name="g_thread_create_full">
<description>
-A marshaller for a #GCClosure with a callback of type
-&lt;literal&gt;gchar* (*callback) (gpointer instance, GObject *arg1, gpointer arg2, gpointer user_data)&lt;/literal&gt;.
+This function creates a new thread with the priority @priority. If
+the underlying thread implementation supports it, the thread gets a
+stack size of @stack_size or the default value for the current
+platform, if @stack_size is 0.
+
+If @joinable is %TRUE, you can wait for this threads termination
+calling g_thread_join(). Otherwise the thread will just disappear
+when it terminates. If @bound is %TRUE, this thread will be
+scheduled in the system scope, otherwise the implementation is free
+to do scheduling in the process scope. The first variant is more
+expensive resource-wise, but generally faster. On some systems (e.g.
+Linux) all threads are bound.
+
+The new thread executes the function @func with the argument @data.
+If the thread was created successfully, it is returned.
+
+ error can be %NULL to ignore errors, or non-%NULL to report errors.
+The error is set, if and only if the function returns %NULL.
+
+<note><para>It is not guaranteed that threads with different priorities
+really behave accordingly. On some systems (e.g. Linux) there are no
+thread priorities. On other systems (e.g. Solaris) there doesn't
+seem to be different scheduling for different priorities. All in all
+try to avoid being dependent on priorities. Use
+%G_THREAD_PRIORITY_NORMAL here as a default.</para></note>
+
+<note><para>Only use g_thread_create_full() if you really can't use
+g_thread_create() instead. g_thread_create() does not take
+ stack_size, @bound, and @priority as arguments, as they should only
+be used in cases in which it is unavoidable.</para></note>
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="closure">
-<parameter_description> the #GClosure to which the marshaller belongs
+<parameter name="func">
+<parameter_description> a function to execute in the new thread.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="return_value">
-<parameter_description> a #GValue, which can store the returned string
+<parameter name="data">
+<parameter_description> an argument to supply to the new thread.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="n_param_values">
-<parameter_description> 3
+<parameter name="stack_size">
+<parameter_description> a stack size for the new thread.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="param_values">
-<parameter_description> a #GValue array holding instance, arg1 and arg2
+<parameter name="joinable">
+<parameter_description> should this thread be joinable?
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="invocation_hint">
-<parameter_description> the invocation hint given as the last argument
-to g_closure_invoke()
+<parameter name="bound">
+<parameter_description> should this thread be bound to a system thread?
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="marshal_data">
-<parameter_description> additional data specified when registering the marshaller
+<parameter name="priority">
+<parameter_description> a priority for the thread.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="error">
+<parameter_description> return location for error.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> the new #GThread on success.
+</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_value_set_param_take_ownership">
+<function name="g_boxed_type_register_static">
<description>
-This is an internal function introduced mainly for C marshallers.
+This function creates a new %G_TYPE_BOXED derived type id for a new
+boxed type with name @name. Boxed type handling functions have to be
+provided to copy and free opaque boxed structures of this type.
-Deprecated: 2.4: Use g_value_take_param() instead.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="value">
-<parameter_description> a valid #GValue of type %G_TYPE_PARAM
+<parameter name="name">
+<parameter_description> Name of the new boxed type.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="param">
-<parameter_description> the #GParamSpec to be set
+<parameter name="boxed_copy">
+<parameter_description> Boxed structure copy function.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="boxed_free">
+<parameter_description> Boxed structure free function.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> New %G_TYPE_BOXED derived type id for @name.
+</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_hash_table_insert">
+<function name="g_idle_source_new">
<description>
-Inserts a new key and value into a #GHashTable.
+Creates a new idle source.
+
+The source will not initially be associated with any #GMainContext
+and must be added to one with g_source_attach() before it will be
+executed. Note that the default priority for idle sources is
+%G_PRIORITY_DEFAULT_IDLE, as compared to other sources which
+have a default priority of %G_PRIORITY_DEFAULT.
-If the key already exists in the #GHashTable its current value is replaced
-with the new value. If you supplied a @value_destroy_func when creating the
-#GHashTable, the old value is freed using that function. If you supplied
-a @key_destroy_func when creating the #GHashTable, the passed key is freed
-using that function.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="hash_table">
-<parameter_description> a #GHashTable.
+</parameters>
+<return> the newly-created idle source
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_object_set_property">
+<description>
+Sets a property on an object.
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="object">
+<parameter_description> a #GObject
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="key">
-<parameter_description> a key to insert.
+<parameter name="property_name">
+<parameter_description> the name of the property to set
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="value">
-<parameter_description> the value to associate with the key.
+<parameter_description> the value
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_rand_new">
+<function name="g_string_chunk_insert_len">
<description>
-Creates a new random number generator initialized with a seed taken
-either from &lt;filename&gt;/dev/urandom&lt;/filename&gt; (if existing) or from
-the current time (as a fallback).
+Adds a copy of the first @len bytes of @string to the #GStringChunk.
+The copy is nul-terminated.
+Since this function does not stop at nul bytes, it is the caller's
+responsibility to ensure that @string has at least @len addressable
+bytes.
+
+The characters in the returned string can be changed, if necessary,
+though you should not change anything after the end of the string.
+
+Since: 2.4
</description>
<parameters>
+<parameter name="chunk">
+<parameter_description> a #GStringChunk
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="string">
+<parameter_description> bytes to insert
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="len">
+<parameter_description> number of bytes of @string to insert, or -1 to insert a
+nul-terminated string
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the new #GRand.
+<return> a pointer to the copy of @string within the #GStringChunk
+
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_hash_table_iter_remove">
+<function name="g_list_delete_link">
<description>
-Removes the key/value pair currently pointed to by the iterator
-from its associated #GHashTable. Can only be called after
-g_hash_table_iter_next() returned %TRUE, and cannot be called more
-than once for the same key/value pair.
-
-If the #GHashTable was created using g_hash_table_new_full(), the
-key and value are freed using the supplied destroy functions, otherwise
-you have to make sure that any dynamically allocated values are freed
-yourself.
+Removes the node link_ from the list and frees it.
+Compare this to g_list_remove_link() which removes the node
+without freeing it.
-Since: 2.16
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="iter">
-<parameter_description> an initialized #GHashTableIter.
+<parameter name="list">
+<parameter_description> a #GList
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="link_">
+<parameter_description> node to delete from @list
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> the new head of @list
+</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_type_class_unref_uncached">
+<function name="g_value_get_uchar">
<description>
-A variant of g_type_class_unref() for use in #GTypeClassCacheFunc
-implementations. It unreferences a class without consulting the chain
-of #GTypeClassCacheFunc&lt;!-- --&gt;s, avoiding the recursion which would occur
-otherwise.
+Get the contents of a %G_TYPE_UCHAR #GValue.
+
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="g_class">
-<parameter_description> The #GTypeClass structure to unreference.
+<parameter name="value">
+<parameter_description> a valid #GValue of type %G_TYPE_UCHAR
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> unsigned character contents of @value
+</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_hash_table_find">
+<function name="g_bookmark_file_set_is_private">
<description>
-Calls the given function for key/value pairs in the #GHashTable until
- predicate returns %TRUE. The function is passed the key and value of
-each pair, and the given @user_data parameter. The hash table may not
-be modified while iterating over it (you can't add/remove items).
+Sets the private flag of the bookmark for @uri.
-Note, that hash tables are really only optimized for forward lookups,
-i.e. g_hash_table_lookup().
-So code that frequently issues g_hash_table_find() or
-g_hash_table_foreach() (e.g. in the order of once per every entry in a
-hash table) should probably be reworked to use additional or different
-data structures for reverse lookups (keep in mind that an O(n) find/foreach
-operation issued for all n values in a hash table ends up needing O(n*n)
-operations).
+If a bookmark for @uri cannot be found then it is created.
+Since: 2.12
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="hash_table">
-<parameter_description> a #GHashTable.
+<parameter name="bookmark">
+<parameter_description> a #GBookmarkFile
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="predicate">
-<parameter_description> function to test the key/value pairs for a certain property.
+<parameter name="uri">
+<parameter_description> a valid URI
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="user_data">
-<parameter_description> user data to pass to the function.
+<parameter name="is_private">
+<parameter_description> %TRUE if the bookmark should be marked as private
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> The value of the first key/value pair is returned, for which
-func evaluates to %TRUE. If no pair with the requested property is found,
-%NULL is returned.
-
-Since: 2.4
-</return>
+<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_param_spec_pool_new">
+<function name="g_key_file_get_boolean">
<description>
-Creates a new #GParamSpecPool.
+Returns the value associated with @key under @group_name as a
+boolean.
-If @type_prefixing is %TRUE, lookups in the newly created pool will
-allow to specify the owner as a colon-separated prefix of the
-property name, like "GtkContainer:border-width". This feature is
-deprecated, so you should always set @type_prefixing to %FALSE.
+If @key cannot be found then %FALSE is returned and @error is set
+to #G_KEY_FILE_ERROR_KEY_NOT_FOUND. Likewise, if the value
+associated with @key cannot be interpreted as a boolean then %FALSE
+is returned and @error is set to #G_KEY_FILE_ERROR_INVALID_VALUE.
+Since: 2.6
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="type_prefixing">
-<parameter_description> Whether the pool will support type-prefixed property names.
+<parameter name="key_file">
+<parameter_description> a #GKeyFile
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="group_name">
+<parameter_description> a group name
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="key">
+<parameter_description> a key
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="error">
+<parameter_description> return location for a #GError
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a newly allocated #GParamSpecPool.
+<return> the value associated with the key as a boolean,
+or %FALSE if the key was not found or could not be parsed.
+
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_object_new">
+<function name="g_variant_new">
<description>
-Creates a new instance of a #GObject subtype and sets its properties.
+Creates a new #GVariant instance.
-Construction parameters (see #G_PARAM_CONSTRUCT, #G_PARAM_CONSTRUCT_ONLY)
-which are not explicitly specified are set to their default values.
+Think of this function as an analogue to g_strdup_printf().
+
+The type of the created instance and the arguments that are
+expected by this function are determined by @format_string. See the
+section on <link linkend='gvariant-format-strings'>GVariant Format
+Strings</link>. Please note that the syntax of the format string is
+very likely to be extended in the future.
+The first character of the format string must not be '*' '?' '@' or
+'r'; in essence, a new #GVariant must always be constructed by this
+function (and not merely passed through it unmodified).
+
+Since: 2.24
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="object_type">
-<parameter_description> the type id of the #GObject subtype to instantiate
+<parameter name="format_string">
+<parameter_description> a #GVariant format string
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="first_property_name">
-<parameter_description> the name of the first property
+<parameter name="Varargs">
+<parameter_description> arguments, as per @format_string
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="Varargs">
-<parameter_description> the value of the first property, followed optionally by more
-name/value pairs, followed by %NULL
+</parameters>
+<return> a new floating #GVariant instance
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_string_down">
+<description>
+Converts a #GString to lowercase.
+
+Deprecated:2.2: This function uses the locale-specific
+tolower() function, which is almost never the right thing.
+Use g_string_ascii_down() or g_utf8_strdown() instead.
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="string">
+<parameter_description> a #GString
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a new instance of @object_type
+<return> the #GString.
+
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_sequence_get">
+<function name="g_strup">
<description>
-Return value: the data that @iter points to
+Converts a string to upper case.
+
+Deprecated:2.2: This function is totally broken for the reasons discussed
+in the g_strncasecmp() docs - use g_ascii_strup() or g_utf8_strup() instead.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="iter">
-<parameter_description> a #GSequenceIter
+<parameter name="string">
+<parameter_description> the string to convert.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the data that @iter points to
+<return> the string
-Since: 2.14
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_closure_add_marshal_guards">
+<function name="g_static_private_init">
<description>
-Adds a pair of notifiers which get invoked before and after the
-closure callback, respectively. This is typically used to protect
-the extra arguments for the duration of the callback. See
-g_object_watch_closure() for an example of marshal guards.
+Initializes @private_key. Alternatively you can initialize it with
+#G_STATIC_PRIVATE_INIT.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="closure">
-<parameter_description> a #GClosure
+<parameter name="private_key">
+<parameter_description> a #GStaticPrivate to be initialized.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="pre_marshal_data">
-<parameter_description> data to pass to @pre_marshal_notify
+</parameters>
+<return></return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_hash_table_size">
+<description>
+Returns the number of elements contained in the #GHashTable.
+
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="hash_table">
+<parameter_description> a #GHashTable.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="pre_marshal_notify">
-<parameter_description> a function to call before the closure callback
+</parameters>
+<return> the number of key/value pairs in the #GHashTable.
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_type_class_peek">
+<description>
+This function is essentially the same as g_type_class_ref(), except that
+the classes reference count isn't incremented. As a consequence, this function
+may return %NULL if the class of the type passed in does not currently
+exist (hasn't been referenced before).
+
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="type">
+<parameter_description> Type ID of a classed type.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="post_marshal_data">
-<parameter_description> data to pass to @post_marshal_notify
+</parameters>
+<return> The #GTypeClass structure for the given type ID or %NULL
+if the class does not currently exist.
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_chunk_free">
+<description>
+A convenience macro to free an atom of memory from a #GMemChunk. It
+simply switches the arguments and calls g_mem_chunk_free() It is
+included simply to complement the other convenience macros,
+g_chunk_new() and g_chunk_new0().
+
+Deprecated:2.10: Use g_slice_free() instead
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="mem">
+<parameter_description> a pointer to the atom to be freed.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="post_marshal_notify">
-<parameter_description> a function to call after the closure callback
+<parameter name="mem_chunk">
+<parameter_description> a #GMemChunk.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_sequence_insert_sorted">
+<function name="g_bookmark_file_has_application">
<description>
-Inserts @data into @sequence using @func to determine the new position.
-The sequence must already be sorted according to @cmp_func; otherwise the
-new position of @data is undefined.
+Checks whether the bookmark for @uri inside @bookmark has been
+registered by application @name.
+In the event the URI cannot be found, %FALSE is returned and
+ error is set to #G_BOOKMARK_FILE_ERROR_URI_NOT_FOUND.
+
+Since: 2.12
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="seq">
-<parameter_description> a #GSequence
+<parameter name="bookmark">
+<parameter_description> a #GBookmarkFile
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="data">
-<parameter_description> the data to insert
+<parameter name="uri">
+<parameter_description> a valid URI
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="cmp_func">
-<parameter_description> the #GCompareDataFunc used to compare items in the sequence. It
-is called with two items of the @seq and @user_data. It should
-return 0 if the items are equal, a negative value if the first
-item comes before the second, and a positive value if the second
-item comes before the first.
+<parameter name="name">
+<parameter_description> the name of the application
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="cmp_data">
-<parameter_description> user data passed to @cmp_func.
+<parameter name="error">
+<parameter_description> return location for a #GError or %NULL
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a #GSequenceIter pointing to the new item.
+<return> %TRUE if the application @name was found
-Since: 2.14
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_value_get_uint">
+<function name="g_memmove">
<description>
-Get the contents of a %G_TYPE_UINT #GValue.
+Copies a block of memory @len bytes long, from @src to @dest.
+The source and destination areas may overlap.
+In order to use this function, you must include
+<filename>string.h</filename> yourself, because this macro will
+typically simply resolve to memmove() and GLib does not include
+<filename>string.h</filename> for you.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="value">
-<parameter_description> a valid #GValue of type %G_TYPE_UINT
+<parameter name="dest">
+<parameter_description> the destination address to copy the bytes to.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="src">
+<parameter_description> the source address to copy the bytes from.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="len">
+<parameter_description> the number of bytes to copy.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> unsigned integer contents of @value
-</return>
+<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_node_traverse">
+<function name="g_cclosure_marshal_BOOLEAN__FLAGS">
<description>
-Traverses a tree starting at the given root #GNode.
-It calls the given function for each node visited.
-The traversal can be halted at any point by returning %TRUE from @func.
+A marshaller for a #GCClosure with a callback of type
+<literal>gboolean (*callback) (gpointer instance, gint arg1, gpointer user_data)</literal> where the #gint parameter
+denotes a flags type.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="root">
-<parameter_description> the root #GNode of the tree to traverse
+<parameter name="closure">
+<parameter_description> the #GClosure to which the marshaller belongs
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="order">
-<parameter_description> the order in which nodes are visited - %G_IN_ORDER,
-%G_PRE_ORDER, %G_POST_ORDER, or %G_LEVEL_ORDER.
+<parameter name="return_value">
+<parameter_description> a #GValue which can store the returned #gboolean
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="flags">
-<parameter_description> which types of children are to be visited, one of
-%G_TRAVERSE_ALL, %G_TRAVERSE_LEAVES and %G_TRAVERSE_NON_LEAVES
+<parameter name="n_param_values">
+<parameter_description> 2
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="max_depth">
-<parameter_description> the maximum depth of the traversal. Nodes below this
-depth will not be visited. If max_depth is -1 all nodes in
-the tree are visited. If depth is 1, only the root is visited.
-If depth is 2, the root and its children are visited. And so on.
+<parameter name="param_values">
+<parameter_description> a #GValue array holding instance and arg1
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="func">
-<parameter_description> the function to call for each visited #GNode
+<parameter name="invocation_hint">
+<parameter_description> the invocation hint given as the last argument
+to g_closure_invoke()
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="data">
-<parameter_description> user data to pass to the function
+<parameter name="marshal_data">
+<parameter_description> additional data specified when registering the marshaller
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_closure_invalidate">
+<function name="g_variant_type_new_maybe">
<description>
-Sets a flag on the closure to indicate that it's calling
-environment has become invalid, and thus causes any future
-invocations of g_closure_invoke() on this @closure to be
-ignored. Also, invalidation notifiers installed on the closure will
-be called at this point. Note that unless you are holding a
-reference to the closure yourself, the invalidation notifiers may
-unref the closure and cause it to be destroyed, so if you need to
-access the closure after calling g_closure_invalidate(), make sure
-that you've previously called g_closure_ref().
+Constructs the type corresponding to a maybe instance containing
+type @type or Nothing.
-Note that g_closure_invalidate() will also be called when the
-reference count of a closure drops to zero (unless it has already
-been invalidated before).
+It is appropriate to call g_variant_type_free() on the return value.
+
+Since 2.24
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="closure">
-<parameter_description> GClosure to invalidate
+<parameter name="element">
+<parameter_description> a #GVariantType
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> a new maybe #GVariantType
+</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_get_user_cache_dir">
+<function name="g_random_boolean">
<description>
-Return value: a string owned by GLib that must not be modified
+Returns a random #gboolean. This corresponds to a unbiased coin toss.
</description>
<parameters>
</parameters>
-<return> a string owned by GLib that must not be modified
-or freed.
-Since: 2.6
+<return> a random #gboolean.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_markup_parse_context_get_position">
+<function name="g_type_query">
<description>
-Retrieves the current line number and the number of the character on
-that line. Intended for use in error messages; there are no strict
-semantics for what constitutes the "current" line number other than
-"the best number we could come up with for error messages."
-
+Queries the type system for information about a specific type.
+This function will fill in a user-provided structure to hold
+type-specific information. If an invalid #GType is passed in, the
+ type member of the #GTypeQuery is 0. All members filled into the
+#GTypeQuery structure should be considered constant and have to be
+left untouched.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="context">
-<parameter_description> a #GMarkupParseContext
+<parameter name="type">
+<parameter_description> the #GType value of a static, classed type.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="line_number">
-<parameter_description> return location for a line number, or %NULL
+<parameter name="query">
+<parameter_description> A user provided structure that is filled in with constant values
+upon success.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="char_number">
-<parameter_description> return location for a char-on-line number, or %NULL
+</parameters>
+<return></return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_cond_free">
+<description>
+Destroys the #GCond.
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="cond">
+<parameter_description> a #GCond.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_sequence_iter_next">
+<function name="g_value_array_new">
<description>
-Return value: a #GSequenceIter pointing to the next position after @iter.
+Allocate and initialize a new #GValueArray, optionally preserve space
+for @n_prealloced elements. New arrays always contain 0 elements,
+regardless of the value of @n_prealloced.
+
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="iter">
-<parameter_description> a #GSequenceIter
+<parameter name="n_prealloced">
+<parameter_description> number of values to preallocate space for
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a #GSequenceIter pointing to the next position after @iter.
-
-Since: 2.14
+<return> a newly allocated #GValueArray with 0 values
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_test_rand_int_range">
+<function name="g_strv_length">
<description>
-Get a reproducible random integer number out of a specified range,
-see g_test_rand_int() for details on test case random numbers.
+Returns the length of the given %NULL-terminated
+string array @str_array.
+Since: 2.6
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="begin">
-<parameter_description> the minimum value returned by this function
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="end">
-<parameter_description> the smallest value not to be returned by this function
+<parameter name="str_array">
+<parameter_description> a %NULL-terminated array of strings.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a number with @begin &lt;= number &lt; @end.
+<return> length of @str_array.
-Since: 2.16
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_thread_pool_set_max_idle_time">
+<function name="g_thread_pool_set_max_unused_threads">
<description>
-This function will set the maximum @interval that a thread waiting
-in the pool for new tasks can be idle for before being
-stopped. This function is similar to calling
-g_thread_pool_stop_unused_threads() on a regular timeout, except,
-this is done on a per thread basis.
-
-By setting @interval to 0, idle threads will not be stopped.
-
-This function makes use of g_async_queue_timed_pop () using
- interval
-
-Since: 2.10
+Sets the maximal number of unused threads to @max_threads. If
+ max_threads is -1, no limit is imposed on the number of unused
+threads.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="interval">
-<parameter_description> the maximum @interval (1/1000ths of a second) a thread
-can be idle.
+<parameter name="max_threads">
+<parameter_description> maximal number of unused threads
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_int_hash">
+<function name="g_object_freeze_notify">
<description>
-Converts a pointer to a #gint to a hash value.
-It can be passed to g_hash_table_new() as the @hash_func parameter,
-when using pointers to integers values as keys in a #GHashTable.
+Increases the freeze count on @object. If the freeze count is
+non-zero, the emission of "notify" signals on @object is
+stopped. The signals are queued until the freeze count is decreased
+to zero.
+This is necessary for accessors that modify multiple properties to prevent
+premature notification while the object is still being modified.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="v">
-<parameter_description> a pointer to a #gint key
+<parameter name="object">
+<parameter_description> a #GObject
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a hash value corresponding to the key.
-</return>
+<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_key_file_set_value">
+<function name="g_bookmark_file_set_groups">
<description>
-Associates a new value with @key under @group_name.
-If @key cannot be found then it is created.
-If @group_name cannot be found then it is created.
+Sets a list of group names for the item with URI @uri. Each previously
+set group name list is removed.
-Since: 2.6
+If @uri cannot be found then an item for it is created.
+
+Since: 2.12
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="key_file">
-<parameter_description> a #GKeyFile
+<parameter name="bookmark">
+<parameter_description> a #GBookmarkFile
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="group_name">
-<parameter_description> a group name
+<parameter name="uri">
+<parameter_description> an item's URI
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="key">
-<parameter_description> a key
+<parameter name="groups">
+<parameter_description> an array of group names, or %NULL to remove all groups
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="value">
-<parameter_description> a string
+<parameter name="length">
+<parameter_description> number of group name values in @groups
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_main_loop_new">
+<function name="g_node_n_nodes">
<description>
-Creates a new #GMainLoop structure.
+Gets the number of nodes in a tree.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="context">
-<parameter_description> a #GMainContext (if %NULL, the default context will be used).
+<parameter name="root">
+<parameter_description> a #GNode
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="is_running">
-<parameter_description> set to %TRUE to indicate that the loop is running. This
-is not very important since calling g_main_loop_run() will set this to
-%TRUE anyway.
+<parameter name="flags">
+<parameter_description> which types of children are to be counted, one of
+%G_TRAVERSE_ALL, %G_TRAVERSE_LEAVES and %G_TRAVERSE_NON_LEAVES
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a new #GMainLoop.
+<return> the number of nodes in the tree
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_source_get_can_recurse">
+<function name="g_relation_count">
<description>
-Checks whether a source is allowed to be called recursively.
-see g_source_set_can_recurse().
-
+Returns the number of tuples in a #GRelation that have the given
+value in the given field.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="source">
-<parameter_description> a #GSource
+<parameter name="relation">
+<parameter_description> a #GRelation.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="key">
+<parameter_description> the value to compare with.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="field">
+<parameter_description> the field of each record to match.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> whether recursion is allowed.
+<return> the number of matches.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_sequence_iter_is_begin">
+<function name="g_source_ref">
<description>
-Return value: whether @iter is the begin iterator
+Increases the reference count on a source by one.
+
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="iter">
-<parameter_description> a #GSequenceIter
+<parameter name="source">
+<parameter_description> a #GSource
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> whether @iter is the begin iterator
-
-Since: 2.14
+<return> @source
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_string_printf">
+<function name="g_main_context_wait">
<description>
-Writes a formatted string into a #GString.
-This is similar to the standard sprintf() function,
-except that the #GString buffer automatically expands
-to contain the results. The previous contents of the
-#GString are destroyed.
+Tries to become the owner of the specified context,
+as with g_main_context_acquire(). But if another thread
+is the owner, atomically drop @mutex and wait on @cond until
+that owner releases ownership or until @cond is signaled, then
+try again (once) to become the owner.
+
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="string">
-<parameter_description> a #GString
+<parameter name="context">
+<parameter_description> a #GMainContext
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="format">
-<parameter_description> the string format. See the printf() documentation
+<parameter name="cond">
+<parameter_description> a condition variable
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="Varargs">
-<parameter_description> the parameters to insert into the format string
+<parameter name="mutex">
+<parameter_description> a mutex, currently held
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> %TRUE if the operation succeeded, and
+this thread is now the owner of @context.
+</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_utf8_strchr">
+<function name="g_value_peek_pointer">
<description>
-Finds the leftmost occurrence of the given Unicode character
-in a UTF-8 encoded string, while limiting the search to @len bytes.
-If @len is -1, allow unbounded search.
+Return the value contents as pointer. This function asserts that
+g_value_fits_pointer() returned %TRUE for the passed in value.
+This is an internal function introduced mainly for C marshallers.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="p">
-<parameter_description> a nul-terminated UTF-8 encoded string
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="len">
-<parameter_description> the maximum length of @p
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="c">
-<parameter_description> a Unicode character
+<parameter name="value">
+<parameter_description> An initialized #GValue structure.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> %NULL if the string does not contain the character,
-otherwise, a pointer to the start of the leftmost occurrence of
-the character in the string.
+<return> %TRUE if @value will fit inside a pointer value.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_win32_get_package_installation_subdirectory">
+<function name="g_io_channel_error_quark">
<description>
-This function is deprecated. Use
-g_win32_get_package_installation_directory_of_module() and
-g_build_filename() instead.
-Returns: a string containing the complete path to @subdir inside
+</description>
+<parameters>
+</parameters>
+<return> the quark used as %G_IO_CHANNEL_ERROR
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_signal_handler_is_connected">
+<description>
+Returns whether @handler_id is the id of a handler connected to @instance.
+
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="package">
-<parameter_description> You should pass %NULL for this.
+<parameter name="instance">
+<parameter_description> The instance where a signal handler is sought.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="dll_name">
-<parameter_description> The name of a DLL that a package provides, in UTF-8, or %NULL.
+<parameter name="handler_id">
+<parameter_description> the handler id.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="subdir">
-<parameter_description> A subdirectory of the package installation directory, also in UTF-8
+</parameters>
+<return> whether @handler_id identifies a handler connected to @instance.
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_intern_static_string">
+<description>
+Returns a canonical representation for @string. Interned strings can
+be compared for equality by comparing the pointers, instead of using strcmp().
+g_intern_static_string() does not copy the string, therefore @string must
+not be freed or modified.
+
+Since: 2.10
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="string">
+<parameter_description> a static string
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a string containing the complete path to @subdir inside
-the installation directory of @package. The returned string is in
-the GLib file name encoding, i.e. UTF-8. The return value should be
-freed with g_free() when no longer needed. If something goes wrong,
-%NULL is returned.
+<return> a canonical representation for the string
- Deprecated:2.18: Pass the HMODULE of a DLL or EXE to
-g_win32_get_package_installation_directory_of_module() instead, and
-then construct a subdirectory pathname with g_build_filename().
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_sequence_search">
+<function name="g_variant_new_maybe">
<description>
-Return value: an #GSequenceIter pointing to the position where @data
+Depending on if @value is %NULL, either wraps @value inside of a
+maybe container or creates a Nothing instance for the given @type.
+
+At least one of @type and @value must be non-%NULL. If @type is
+non-%NULL then it must be a definite type. If they are both
+non-%NULL then @type must be the type of @value.
+
+Since: 2.24
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="seq">
-<parameter_description> a #GSequence
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="data">
-<parameter_description> data for the new item
+<parameter name="child_type">
+<parameter_description> the #GVariantType of the child
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="cmp_func">
-<parameter_description> the #GCompareDataFunc used to compare items in the sequence. It
-is called with two items of the @seq and @user_data. It should
-return 0 if the items are equal, a negative value if the first
-item comes before the second, and a positive value if the second
-item comes before the first.
+<parameter name="child">
+<parameter_description> the child value, or %NULL
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="cmp_data">
-<parameter_description> user data passed to @cmp_func.
+</parameters>
+<return> a new #GVariant maybe instance
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_unichar_isprint">
+<description>
+Determines whether a character is printable.
+Unlike g_unichar_isgraph(), returns %TRUE for spaces.
+Given some UTF-8 text, obtain a character value with
+g_utf8_get_char().
+
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="c">
+<parameter_description> a Unicode character
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> an #GSequenceIter pointing to the position where @data
-would have been inserted according to @cmp_func and @cmp_data.
-
-Since: 2.14
+<return> %TRUE if @c is printable
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_signal_stop_emission">
+<function name="g_value_get_int">
<description>
-Stops a signal's current emission.
-
-This will prevent the default method from running, if the signal was
-%G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST and you connected normally (i.e. without the "after"
-flag).
+Get the contents of a %G_TYPE_INT #GValue.
-Prints a warning if used on a signal which isn't being emitted.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="instance">
-<parameter_description> the object whose signal handlers you wish to stop.
+<parameter name="value">
+<parameter_description> a valid #GValue of type %G_TYPE_INT
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="signal_id">
-<parameter_description> the signal identifier, as returned by g_signal_lookup().
+</parameters>
+<return> integer contents of @value
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_value_set_enum">
+<description>
+Set the contents of a %G_TYPE_ENUM #GValue to @v_enum.
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="value">
+<parameter_description> a valid #GValue whose type is derived from %G_TYPE_ENUM
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="detail">
-<parameter_description> the detail which the signal was emitted with.
+<parameter name="v_enum">
+<parameter_description> enum value to be set
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_key_file_get_string_list">
+<function name="g_variant_type_first">
<description>
-Return value: a %NULL-terminated string array or %NULL if the specified
+Determines the first item type of a tuple or dictionary entry
+type.
+
+This function may only be used with tuple or dictionary entry types,
+but must not be used with the generic tuple type
+%G_VARIANT_TYPE_TUPLE.
+
+In the case of a dictionary entry type, this returns the type of
+the key.
+
+%NULL is returned in case of @type being %G_VARIANT_TYPE_UNIT.
+
+This call, together with g_variant_type_next() provides an iterator
+interface over tuple and dictionary entry types.
+
+Since 2.24
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="key_file">
-<parameter_description> a #GKeyFile
+<parameter name="type">
+<parameter_description> a tuple or dictionary entry #GVariantType
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="group_name">
-<parameter_description> a group name
+</parameters>
+<return> the first item type of @type, or %NULL
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_source_remove_poll">
+<description>
+Removes a file descriptor from the set of file descriptors polled for
+this source.
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="source">
+<parameter_description>a #GSource
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="key">
-<parameter_description> a key
+<parameter name="fd">
+<parameter_description> a #GPollFD structure previously passed to g_source_add_poll().
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="length">
-<parameter_description> return location for the number of returned strings, or %NULL
+</parameters>
+<return></return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_ascii_strtod">
+<description>
+Converts a string to a #gdouble value.
+
+This function behaves like the standard strtod() function
+does in the C locale. It does this without actually changing
+the current locale, since that would not be thread-safe.
+A limitation of the implementation is that this function
+will still accept localized versions of infinities and NANs.
+
+This function is typically used when reading configuration
+files or other non-user input that should be locale independent.
+To handle input from the user you should normally use the
+locale-sensitive system strtod() function.
+
+To convert from a #gdouble to a string in a locale-insensitive
+way, use g_ascii_dtostr().
+
+If the correct value would cause overflow, plus or minus %HUGE_VAL
+is returned (according to the sign of the value), and %ERANGE is
+stored in %errno. If the correct value would cause underflow,
+zero is returned and %ERANGE is stored in %errno.
+
+This function resets %errno before calling strtod() so that
+you can reliably detect overflow and underflow.
+
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="nptr">
+<parameter_description> the string to convert to a numeric value.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="error">
-<parameter_description> return location for a #GError, or %NULL
+<parameter name="endptr">
+<parameter_description> if non-%NULL, it returns the character after
+the last character used in the conversion.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a %NULL-terminated string array or %NULL if the specified
-key cannot be found. The array should be freed with g_strfreev().
-
-Since: 2.6
+<return> the #gdouble value.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_cclosure_marshal_VOID__UINT_POINTER">
+<function name="g_cclosure_marshal_VOID__INT">
<description>
A marshaller for a #GCClosure with a callback of type
-&lt;literal&gt;void (*callback) (gpointer instance, guint arg1, gpointer arg2, gpointer user_data)&lt;/literal&gt;.
+<literal>void (*callback) (gpointer instance, gint arg1, gpointer user_data)</literal>.
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -19968,11 +24156,11 @@ A marshaller for a #GCClosure with a callback of type
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="n_param_values">
-<parameter_description> 3
+<parameter_description> 2
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="param_values">
-<parameter_description> a #GValue array holding instance, arg1 and arg2
+<parameter_description> a #GValue array holding the instance and the #gint parameter
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="invocation_hint">
@@ -19988,1146 +24176,1369 @@ to g_closure_invoke()
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_type_interface_add_prerequisite">
+<function name="g_tuples_destroy">
<description>
-Adds @prerequisite_type to the list of prerequisites of @interface_type.
-This means that any type implementing @interface_type must also implement
- prerequisite_type Prerequisites can be thought of as an alternative to
-interface derivation (which GType doesn't support). An interface can have
-at most one instantiatable prerequisite type.
+Frees the records which were returned by g_relation_select(). This
+should always be called after g_relation_select() when you are
+finished with the records. The records are not removed from the
+#GRelation.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="interface_type">
-<parameter_description> #GType value of an interface type.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="prerequisite_type">
-<parameter_description> #GType value of an interface or instantiatable type.
+<parameter name="tuples">
+<parameter_description> the tuple data to free.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_type_class_unref">
+<function name="g_main_context_pop_thread_default">
<description>
-Decrements the reference count of the class structure being passed in.
-Once the last reference count of a class has been released, classes
-may be finalized by the type system, so further dereferencing of a
-class pointer after g_type_class_unref() are invalid.
+Pops @context off the thread-default context stack (verifying that
+it was on the top of the stack).
+
+Since: 2.22
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="g_class">
-<parameter_description> The #GTypeClass structure to unreference.
+<parameter name="context">
+<parameter_description> a #GMainContext object, or %NULL
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_value_set_int">
+<function name="g_uri_unescape_string">
<description>
-Set the contents of a %G_TYPE_INT #GValue to @v_int.
+Unescapes a whole escaped string.
-</description>
-<parameters>
-<parameter name="value">
-<parameter_description> a valid #GValue of type %G_TYPE_INT
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="v_int">
-<parameter_description> integer value to be set
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-</parameters>
-<return></return>
-</function>
+If any of the characters in @illegal_characters or the character zero appears
+as an escaped character in @escaped_string then that is an error and %NULL
+will be returned. This is useful it you want to avoid for instance having a
+slash being expanded in an escaped path element, which might confuse pathname
+handling.
-<function name="g_type_interface_peek">
-<description>
-Returns: The GTypeInterface structure of iface_type if implemented
+Since: 2.16
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="instance_class">
-<parameter_description> A #GTypeClass structure.
+<parameter name="escaped_string">
+<parameter_description> an escaped string to be unescaped.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="iface_type">
-<parameter_description> An interface ID which this class conforms to.
+<parameter name="illegal_characters">
+<parameter_description> an optional string of illegal characters not to be allowed.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> The GTypeInterface structure of iface_type if implemented
-by @instance_class, %NULL otherwise
+<return> an unescaped version of @escaped_string. The returned string
+should be freed when no longer needed.
+
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_regex_unref">
+<function name="g_queue_remove_all">
<description>
-Decreases reference count of @regex by 1. When reference count drops
-to zero, it frees all the memory associated with the regex structure.
+Remove all elemeents in @queue which contains @data.
-Since: 2.14
+Since: 2.4
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="regex">
-<parameter_description> a #GRegex
+<parameter name="queue">
+<parameter_description> a #GQueue
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="data">
+<parameter_description> data to remove
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_value_dup_string">
+<function name="g_node_nth_child">
<description>
-Get a copy the contents of a %G_TYPE_STRING #GValue.
+Gets a child of a #GNode, using the given index.
+The first child is at index 0. If the index is
+too big, %NULL is returned.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="value">
-<parameter_description> a valid #GValue of type %G_TYPE_STRING
+<parameter name="node">
+<parameter_description> a #GNode
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="n">
+<parameter_description> the index of the desired child
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a newly allocated copy of the string content of @value
+<return> the child of @node at index @n
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_async_queue_ref">
+<function name="g_string_sprintf">
<description>
-Increases the reference count of the asynchronous @queue by 1. You
-do not need to hold the lock to call this function.
+Writes a formatted string into a #GString.
+This is similar to the standard sprintf() function,
+except that the #GString buffer automatically expands
+to contain the results. The previous contents of the
+#GString are destroyed.
+Deprecated: This function has been renamed to g_string_printf().
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="queue">
-<parameter_description> a #GAsyncQueue.
+<parameter name="string">
+<parameter_description> a #GString
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="format">
+<parameter_description> the string format. See the sprintf() documentation
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="Varargs">
+<parameter_description> the parameters to insert into the format string
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the @queue that was passed in (since 2.6)
-</return>
+<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_shell_parse_argv">
+<function name="g_slist_length">
<description>
-Parses a command line into an argument vector, in much the same way
-the shell would, but without many of the expansions the shell would
-perform (variable expansion, globs, operators, filename expansion,
-etc. are not supported). The results are defined to be the same as
-those you would get from a UNIX98 /bin/sh, as long as the input
-contains none of the unsupported shell expansions. If the input
-does contain such expansions, they are passed through
-literally. Possible errors are those from the #G_SHELL_ERROR
-domain. Free the returned vector with g_strfreev().
+Gets the number of elements in a #GSList.
+
+<note><para>
+This function iterates over the whole list to
+count its elements.
+</para></note>
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="command_line">
-<parameter_description> command line to parse
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="argcp">
-<parameter_description> return location for number of args
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="argvp">
-<parameter_description> return location for array of args
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="error">
-<parameter_description> return location for error
+<parameter name="list">
+<parameter_description> a #GSList
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> %TRUE on success, %FALSE if error set
+<return> the number of elements in the #GSList
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_list_insert_before">
+<function name="g_array_sort">
<description>
-Inserts a new element into the list before the given position.
+Sorts a #GArray using @compare_func which should be a qsort()-style
+comparison function (returns less than zero for first arg is less
+than second arg, zero for equal, greater zero if first arg is
+greater than second arg).
+If two array elements compare equal, their order in the sorted array
+is undefined.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="list">
-<parameter_description> a pointer to a #GList
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="sibling">
-<parameter_description> the list element before which the new element
-is inserted or %NULL to insert at the end of the list
+<parameter name="array">
+<parameter_description> a #GArray.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="data">
-<parameter_description> the data for the new element
+<parameter name="compare_func">
+<parameter_description> comparison function.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the new start of the #GList
-</return>
+<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_get_user_name">
+<function name="g_value_get_float">
<description>
-Gets the user name of the current user. The encoding of the returned
-string is system-defined. On UNIX, it might be the preferred file name
-encoding, or something else, and there is no guarantee that it is even
-consistent on a machine. On Windows, it is always UTF-8.
+Get the contents of a %G_TYPE_FLOAT #GValue.
</description>
<parameters>
+<parameter name="value">
+<parameter_description> a valid #GValue of type %G_TYPE_FLOAT
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the user name of the current user.
+<return> float contents of @value
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_match_info_is_partial_match">
+<function name="g_regex_get_max_backref">
<description>
-Usually if the string passed to g_regex_match*() matches as far as
-it goes, but is too short to match the entire pattern, %FALSE is
-returned. There are circumstances where it might be helpful to
-distinguish this case from other cases in which there is no match.
-
-Consider, for example, an application where a human is required to
-type in data for a field with specific formatting requirements. An
-example might be a date in the form ddmmmyy, defined by the pattern
-"^\d?\d(jan|feb|mar|apr|may|jun|jul|aug|sep|oct|nov|dec)\d\d$".
-If the application sees the userâ??s keystrokes one by one, and can
-check that what has been typed so far is potentially valid, it is
-able to raise an error as soon as a mistake is made.
-
-GRegex supports the concept of partial matching by means of the
-#G_REGEX_MATCH_PARTIAL flag. When this is set the return code for
-g_regex_match() or g_regex_match_full() is, as usual, %TRUE
-for a complete match, %FALSE otherwise. But, when these functions
-return %FALSE, you can check if the match was partial calling
-g_match_info_is_partial_match().
-
-When using partial matching you cannot use g_match_info_fetch*().
-
-Because of the way certain internal optimizations are implemented
-the partial matching algorithm cannot be used with all patterns.
-So repeated single characters such as "a{2,4}" and repeated single
-meta-sequences such as "\d+" are not permitted if the maximum number
-of occurrences is greater than one. Optional items such as "\d?"
-(where the maximum is one) are permitted. Quantifiers with any values
-are permitted after parentheses, so the invalid examples above can be
-coded thus "(a){2,4}" and "(\d)+". If #G_REGEX_MATCH_PARTIAL is set
-for a pattern that does not conform to the restrictions, matching
-functions return an error.
+Returns the number of the highest back reference
+in the pattern, or 0 if the pattern does not contain
+back references.
+Since: 2.14
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="match_info">
-<parameter_description> a #GMatchInfo structure
+<parameter name="regex">
+<parameter_description> a #GRegex
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> %TRUE if the match was partial, %FALSE otherwise
+<return> the number of the highest back reference
-Since: 2.14
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_type_plugin_use">
+<function name="g_static_rw_lock_writer_lock">
<description>
-Calls the @use_plugin function from the #GTypePluginClass of
- plugin There should be no need to use this function outside of
-the GObject type system itself.
+Locks @lock for writing. If @lock is already locked for writing or
+reading by other threads, this function will block until @lock is
+completely unlocked and then lock @lock for writing. While this
+functions waits to lock @lock, no other thread can lock @lock for
+reading. When @lock is locked for writing, no other thread can lock
+ lock (neither for reading nor writing). This lock has to be
+unlocked by g_static_rw_lock_writer_unlock().
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="plugin">
-<parameter_description> a #GTypePlugin
+<parameter name="lock">
+<parameter_description> a #GStaticRWLock to lock for writing.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_main_loop_quit">
+<function name="g_object_set">
<description>
-Stops a #GMainLoop from running. Any calls to g_main_loop_run()
-for the loop will return.
-
-Note that sources that have already been dispatched when
-g_main_loop_quit() is called will still be executed.
+Sets properties on an object.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="loop">
-<parameter_description> a #GMainLoop
+<parameter name="object">
+<parameter_description> a #GObject
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="first_property_name">
+<parameter_description> name of the first property to set
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="Varargs">
+<parameter_description> value for the first property, followed optionally by more
+name/value pairs, followed by %NULL
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_key_file_set_integer_list">
+<function name="g_regex_split_simple">
<description>
-Associates a list of integer values with @key under @group_name.
-If @key cannot be found then it is created.
+Breaks the string on the pattern, and returns an array of
+the tokens. If the pattern contains capturing parentheses,
+then the text for each of the substrings will also be returned.
+If the pattern does not match anywhere in the string, then the
+whole string is returned as the first token.
-Since: 2.6
+This function is equivalent to g_regex_split() but it does
+not require to compile the pattern with g_regex_new(), avoiding
+some lines of code when you need just to do a split without
+extracting substrings, capture counts, and so on.
+
+If this function is to be called on the same @pattern more than
+once, it's more efficient to compile the pattern once with
+g_regex_new() and then use g_regex_split().
+
+As a special case, the result of splitting the empty string ""
+is an empty vector, not a vector containing a single string.
+The reason for this special case is that being able to represent
+a empty vector is typically more useful than consistent handling
+of empty elements. If you do need to represent empty elements,
+you'll need to check for the empty string before calling this
+function.
+
+A pattern that can match empty strings splits @string into
+separate characters wherever it matches the empty string between
+characters. For example splitting "ab c" using as a separator
+"\s*", you will get "a", "b" and "c".
+
+Since: 2.14
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="key_file">
-<parameter_description> a #GKeyFile
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="group_name">
-<parameter_description> a group name
+<parameter name="pattern">
+<parameter_description> the regular expression
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="key">
-<parameter_description> a key
+<parameter name="string">
+<parameter_description> the string to scan for matches
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="list">
-<parameter_description> an array of integer values
+<parameter name="compile_options">
+<parameter_description> compile options for the regular expression, or 0
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="length">
-<parameter_description> number of integer values in @list
+<parameter name="match_options">
+<parameter_description> match options, or 0
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> a %NULL-terminated array of strings. Free it using g_strfreev()
+
+</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_queue_peek_nth_link">
+<function name="g_test_minimized_result">
<description>
-Return value: The link at the @n'th position, or %NULL if @n is off the
+Report the result of a performance or measurement test.
+The test should generally strive to minimize the reported
+quantities (smaller values are better than larger ones),
+this and @minimized_quantity can determine sorting
+order for test result reports.
+
+Since: 2.16
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="queue">
-<parameter_description> a #GQueue
+<parameter name="minimized_quantity">
+<parameter_description> the reported value
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="n">
-<parameter_description> the position of the link
+<parameter name="format">
+<parameter_description> the format string of the report message
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="Varargs">
+<parameter_description> arguments to pass to the printf() function
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> The link at the @n'th position, or %NULL if @n is off the
-end of the list
-
-Since: 2.4
-</return>
+<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_unichar_to_utf8">
+<function name="g_thread_create">
<description>
-Converts a single character to UTF-8.
+This function creates a new thread with the default priority.
+If @joinable is %TRUE, you can wait for this threads termination
+calling g_thread_join(). Otherwise the thread will just disappear
+when it terminates.
+
+The new thread executes the function @func with the argument @data.
+If the thread was created successfully, it is returned.
+
+ error can be %NULL to ignore errors, or non-%NULL to report errors.
+The error is set, if and only if the function returns %NULL.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="c">
-<parameter_description> a Unicode character code
+<parameter name="func">
+<parameter_description> a function to execute in the new thread.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="outbuf">
-<parameter_description> output buffer, must have at least 6 bytes of space.
-If %NULL, the length will be computed and returned
-and nothing will be written to @outbuf.
+<parameter name="data">
+<parameter_description> an argument to supply to the new thread.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="joinable">
+<parameter_description> should this thread be joinable?
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="error">
+<parameter_description> return location for error.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> number of bytes written
+<return> the new #GThread on success.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_match_info_fetch_all">
+<function name="g_variant_get_boolean">
<description>
-Bundles up pointers to each of the matching substrings from a match
-and stores them in an array of gchar pointers. The first element in
-the returned array is the match number 0, i.e. the entire matched
-text.
-
-If a sub pattern didn't match anything (e.g. sub pattern 1, matching
-"b" against "(a)?b") then an empty string is inserted.
+Returns the boolean value of @value.
-If the last match was obtained using the DFA algorithm, that is using
-g_regex_match_all() or g_regex_match_all_full(), the retrieved
-strings are not that matched by sets of parentheses but that of the
-matched substring. Substrings are matched in reverse order of length,
-so the first one is the longest match.
-
-The strings are fetched from the string passed to the match function,
-so you cannot call this function after freeing the string.
+It is an error to call this function with a @value of any type
+other than %G_VARIANT_TYPE_BOOLEAN.
+Since: 2.24
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="match_info">
-<parameter_description> a #GMatchInfo structure
+<parameter name="value">
+<parameter_description> a boolean #GVariant instance
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a %NULL-terminated array of gchar * pointers. It must be
-freed using g_strfreev(). If the previous match failed %NULL is
-returned
-
-Since: 2.14
+<return> %TRUE or %FALSE
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_signal_get_invocation_hint">
+<function name="g_object_is_floating">
<description>
-Returns: the invocation hint of the innermost signal emission.
+Checks wether @object has a <link linkend="floating-ref">floating</link>
+reference.
+
+Since: 2.10
+
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="instance">
-<parameter_description> the instance to query
+<parameter name="object">
+<parameter_description> a #GObject
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the invocation hint of the innermost signal emission.
+<return> %TRUE if @object has a floating reference
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_hash_table_ref">
+<function name="g_main_context_remove_poll">
<description>
-Atomically increments the reference count of @hash_table by one.
-This function is MT-safe and may be called from any thread.
-
+Removes file descriptor from the set of file descriptors to be
+polled for a particular context.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="hash_table">
-<parameter_description> a valid #GHashTable.
+<parameter name="context">
+<parameter_description>a #GMainContext
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="fd">
+<parameter_description> a #GPollFD descriptor previously added with g_main_context_add_poll()
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the passed in #GHashTable.
-
-Since: 2.10
-</return>
+<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_async_queue_ref_unlocked">
+<function name="g_private_set">
<description>
-Increases the reference count of the asynchronous @queue by 1.
+Sets the pointer keyed to @private_key for the current thread.
- Deprecated: Since 2.8, reference counting is done atomically
-so g_async_queue_ref() can be used regardless of the @queue's
-lock.
+This function can be used even if g_thread_init() has not yet been
+called, and, in that case, will set @private_key to @data casted to
+#GPrivate*. See g_private_get() for resulting caveats.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="queue">
-<parameter_description> a #GAsyncQueue.
+<parameter name="private_key">
+<parameter_description> a #GPrivate.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="data">
+<parameter_description> the new pointer.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_signal_parse_name">
+<function name="g_object_set_data">
<description>
-Internal function to parse a signal name into its @signal_id
-and @detail quark.
+Each object carries around a table of associations from
+strings to pointers. This function lets you set an association.
+If the object already had an association with that name,
+the old association will be destroyed.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="detailed_signal">
-<parameter_description> a string of the form "signal-name::detail".
+<parameter name="object">
+<parameter_description> #GObject containing the associations.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="itype">
-<parameter_description> The interface/instance type that introduced "signal-name".
+<parameter name="key">
+<parameter_description> name of the key
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="signal_id_p">
-<parameter_description> Location to store the signal id.
+<parameter name="data">
+<parameter_description> data to associate with that key
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="detail_p">
-<parameter_description> Location to store the detail quark.
+</parameters>
+<return></return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_node_children_foreach">
+<description>
+Calls a function for each of the children of a #GNode.
+Note that it doesn't descend beneath the child nodes.
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="node">
+<parameter_description> a #GNode
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="force_detail_quark">
-<parameter_description> %TRUE forces creation of a #GQuark for the detail.
+<parameter name="flags">
+<parameter_description> which types of children are to be visited, one of
+%G_TRAVERSE_ALL, %G_TRAVERSE_LEAVES and %G_TRAVERSE_NON_LEAVES
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="func">
+<parameter_description> the function to call for each visited node
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="data">
+<parameter_description> user data to pass to the function
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> Whether the signal name could successfully be parsed and @signal_id_p and @detail_p contain valid return values.
-</return>
+<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_filename_display_basename">
+<function name="g_byte_array_sized_new">
<description>
-Return value: a newly allocated string containing
+Creates a new #GByteArray with @reserved_size bytes preallocated.
+This avoids frequent reallocation, if you are going to add many
+bytes to the array. Note however that the size of the array is still
+0.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="filename">
-<parameter_description> an absolute pathname in the GLib file name encoding
+<parameter name="reserved_size">
+<parameter_description> number of bytes preallocated.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a newly allocated string containing
-a rendition of the basename of the filename in valid UTF-8
+<return> the new #GByteArray.
+</return>
+</function>
-Since: 2.6
+<function name="g_win32_getlocale">
+<description>
+The setlocale() function in the Microsoft C library uses locale
+names of the form "English_United States.1252" etc. We want the
+UNIXish standard form "en_US", "zh_TW" etc. This function gets the
+current thread locale from Windows - without any encoding info -
+and returns it as a string of the above form for use in forming
+file names etc. The returned string should be deallocated with
+g_free().
+
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+</parameters>
+<return> newly-allocated locale name.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_type_children">
+<function name="g_markup_parse_context_get_element">
<description>
-Return a newly allocated and 0-terminated array of type IDs, listing the
-child types of @type. The return value has to be g_free()ed after use.
+Retrieves the name of the currently open element.
+
+If called from the start_element or end_element handlers this will
+give the element_name as passed to those functions. For the parent
+elements, see g_markup_parse_context_get_element_stack().
+Since: 2.2
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="type">
-<parameter_description> The parent type.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="n_children">
-<parameter_description> Optional #guint pointer to contain the number of child types.
+<parameter name="context">
+<parameter_description> a #GMarkupParseContext
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> Newly allocated and 0-terminated array of child types.
+<return> the name of the currently open element, or %NULL
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_value_type_compatible">
+<function name="g_mkdir_with_parents">
<description>
-Returns: %TRUE if g_value_copy() is possible with @src_type and @dest_type.
+Create a directory if it doesn't already exist. Create intermediate
+parent directories as needed, too.
+
+Since: 2.8
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="src_type">
-<parameter_description> source type to be copied.
+<parameter name="pathname">
+<parameter_description> a pathname in the GLib file name encoding
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="dest_type">
-<parameter_description> destination type for copying.
+<parameter name="mode">
+<parameter_description> permissions to use for newly created directories
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> %TRUE if g_value_copy() is possible with @src_type and @dest_type.
+<return> 0 if the directory already exists, or was successfully
+created. Returns -1 if an error occurred, with errno set.
+
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_utf8_get_char">
+<function name="g_queue_copy">
<description>
-Converts a sequence of bytes encoded as UTF-8 to a Unicode character.
-If @p does not point to a valid UTF-8 encoded character, results are
-undefined. If you are not sure that the bytes are complete
-valid Unicode characters, you should use g_utf8_get_char_validated()
-instead.
+Copies a @queue. Note that is a shallow copy. If the elements in the
+queue consist of pointers to data, the pointers are copied, but the
+actual data is not.
+Since: 2.4
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="p">
-<parameter_description> a pointer to Unicode character encoded as UTF-8
+<parameter name="queue">
+<parameter_description> a #GQueue
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the resulting character
+<return> A copy of @queue
+
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_param_spec_int">
+<function name="g_queue_sort">
<description>
-Creates a new #GParamSpecInt instance specifying a %G_TYPE_INT property.
-
-See g_param_spec_internal() for details on property names.
+Sorts @queue using @compare_func.
+Since: 2.4
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="name">
-<parameter_description> canonical name of the property specified
+<parameter name="queue">
+<parameter_description> a #GQueue
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="nick">
-<parameter_description> nick name for the property specified
+<parameter name="compare_func">
+<parameter_description> the #GCompareDataFunc used to sort @queue. This function
+is passed two elements of the queue and should return 0 if they are
+equal, a negative value if the first comes before the second, and
+a positive value if the second comes before the first.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="blurb">
-<parameter_description> description of the property specified
+<parameter name="user_data">
+<parameter_description> user data passed to @compare_func
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="minimum">
-<parameter_description> minimum value for the property specified
+</parameters>
+<return></return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_option_context_add_group">
+<description>
+Adds a #GOptionGroup to the @context, so that parsing with @context
+will recognize the options in the group. Note that the group will
+be freed together with the context when g_option_context_free() is
+called, so you must not free the group yourself after adding it
+to a context.
+
+Since: 2.6
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="context">
+<parameter_description> a #GOptionContext
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="maximum">
-<parameter_description> maximum value for the property specified
+<parameter name="group">
+<parameter_description> the group to add
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="default_value">
-<parameter_description> default value for the property specified
+</parameters>
+<return></return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_unichar_isupper">
+<description>
+Determines if a character is uppercase.
+
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="c">
+<parameter_description> a Unicode character
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="flags">
-<parameter_description> flags for the property specified
+</parameters>
+<return> %TRUE if @c is an uppercase character
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_variant_new_dict_entry">
+<description>
+Creates a new dictionary entry #GVariant. @key and @value must be
+non-%NULL.
+
+ key must be a value of a basic type (ie: not a container).
+
+Since: 2.24
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="key">
+<parameter_description> a basic #GVariant, the key
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="value">
+<parameter_description> a #GVariant, the value
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a newly created parameter specification
+<return> a new dictionary entry #GVariant
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_closure_invoke">
+<function name="g_cclosure_marshal_VOID__FLOAT">
<description>
-Invokes the closure, i.e. executes the callback represented by the @closure.
+A marshaller for a #GCClosure with a callback of type
+<literal>void (*callback) (gpointer instance, gfloat arg1, gpointer user_data)</literal>.
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="closure">
-<parameter_description> a #GClosure
+<parameter_description> the #GClosure to which the marshaller belongs
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="return_value">
-<parameter_description> a #GValue to store the return value. May be %NULL if the
-callback of @closure doesn't return a value.
+<parameter_description> ignored
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="n_param_values">
-<parameter_description> the length of the @param_values array
+<parameter_description> 2
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="param_values">
-<parameter_description> an array of #GValue&lt;!-- --&gt;s holding the arguments on
-which to invoke the callback of @closure
+<parameter_description> a #GValue array holding the instance and the #gfloat parameter
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="invocation_hint">
-<parameter_description> a context-dependent invocation hint
+<parameter_description> the invocation hint given as the last argument
+to g_closure_invoke()
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="marshal_data">
+<parameter_description> additional data specified when registering the marshaller
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_unichar_isgraph">
+<function name="g_key_file_set_string">
<description>
-Determines whether a character is printable and not a space
-(returns %FALSE for control characters, format characters, and
-spaces). g_unichar_isprint() is similar, but returns %TRUE for
-spaces. Given some UTF-8 text, obtain a character value with
-g_utf8_get_char().
+Associates a new string value with @key under @group_name.
+If @key cannot be found then it is created.
+If @group_name cannot be found then it is created.
+Unlike g_key_file_set_value(), this function handles characters
+that need escaping, such as newlines.
+Since: 2.6
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="c">
-<parameter_description> a Unicode character
+<parameter name="key_file">
+<parameter_description> a #GKeyFile
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="group_name">
+<parameter_description> a group name
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="key">
+<parameter_description> a key
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="string">
+<parameter_description> a string
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> %TRUE if @c is printable unless it's a space
-</return>
+<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_list_sort_with_data">
+<function name="g_key_file_get_boolean_list">
<description>
-Like g_list_sort(), but the comparison function accepts
-a user data argument.
+Returns the values associated with @key under @group_name as
+booleans.
+If @key cannot be found then %NULL is returned and @error is set to
+#G_KEY_FILE_ERROR_KEY_NOT_FOUND. Likewise, if the values associated
+with @key cannot be interpreted as booleans then %NULL is returned
+and @error is set to #G_KEY_FILE_ERROR_INVALID_VALUE.
+
+Since: 2.6
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="list">
-<parameter_description> a #GList
+<parameter name="key_file">
+<parameter_description> a #GKeyFile
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="compare_func">
-<parameter_description> comparison function
+<parameter name="group_name">
+<parameter_description> a group name
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="user_data">
-<parameter_description> user data to pass to comparison function
+<parameter name="key">
+<parameter_description> a key
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="length">
+<parameter_description> the number of booleans returned
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="error">
+<parameter_description> return location for a #GError
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the new head of @list
+<return> the values associated with the key as a list of
+booleans, or %NULL if the key was not found or could not be parsed.
+
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_cclosure_marshal_VOID__ULONG">
+<function name="g_variant_get_type">
<description>
-A marshaller for a #GCClosure with a callback of type
-&lt;literal&gt;void (*callback) (gpointer instance, gulong arg1, gpointer user_data)&lt;/literal&gt;.
+Determines the type of @value.
+
+The return value is valid for the lifetime of @value and must not
+be freed.
+
+Since: 2.24
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="closure">
-<parameter_description> the #GClosure to which the marshaller belongs
+<parameter name="value">
+<parameter_description> a #GVariant
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="return_value">
-<parameter_description> ignored
+</parameters>
+<return> a #GVariantType
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_test_create_case">
+<description>
+Create a new #GTestCase, named @test_name, this API is fairly
+low level, calling g_test_add() or g_test_add_func() is preferable.
+When this test is executed, a fixture structure of size @data_size
+will be allocated and filled with 0s. Then data_setup() is called
+to initialize the fixture. After fixture setup, the actual test
+function data_test() is called. Once the test run completed, the
+fixture structure is torn down by calling data_teardown() and
+after that the memory is released.
+
+Splitting up a test run into fixture setup, test function and
+fixture teardown is most usful if the same fixture is used for
+multiple tests. In this cases, g_test_create_case() will be
+called with the same fixture, but varying @test_name and
+ data_test arguments.
+
+Since: 2.16
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="test_name">
+<parameter_description> the name for the test case
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="n_param_values">
-<parameter_description> 2
+<parameter name="data_size">
+<parameter_description> the size of the fixture data structure
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="param_values">
-<parameter_description> a #GValue array holding the instance and the #gulong parameter
+<parameter name="test_data">
+<parameter_description> test data argument for the test functions
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="invocation_hint">
-<parameter_description> the invocation hint given as the last argument
-to g_closure_invoke()
+<parameter name="data_setup">
+<parameter_description> the function to set up the fixture data
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="marshal_data">
-<parameter_description> additional data specified when registering the marshaller
+<parameter name="data_test">
+<parameter_description> the actual test function
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="data_teardown">
+<parameter_description> the function to teardown the fixture data
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> a newly allocated #GTestCase.
+
+</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_main_context_default">
+<function name="g_markup_parse_context_get_user_data">
<description>
-Return value: the default main context.
+Returns the user_data associated with @context. This will either
+be the user_data that was provided to g_markup_parse_context_new()
+or to the most recent call of g_markup_parse_context_push().
+
+Since: 2.18
</description>
<parameters>
+<parameter name="context">
+<parameter_description> a #GMarkupParseContext
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the default main context.
+<return> the provided user_data. The returned data belongs to
+the markup context and will be freed when g_markup_context_free()
+is called.
+
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_string_chunk_free">
+<function name="g_variant_type_is_array">
<description>
-Frees all memory allocated by the #GStringChunk.
-After calling g_string_chunk_free() it is not safe to
-access any of the strings which were contained within it.
+Determines if the given @type is an array type. This is true if the
+type string for @type starts with an 'a'.
+
+This function returns %TRUE for any indefinite type for which every
+definite subtype is an array type -- %G_VARIANT_TYPE_ARRAY, for
+example.
+
+Since 2.24
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="chunk">
-<parameter_description> a #GStringChunk
+<parameter name="type">
+<parameter_description> a #GVariantType
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> %TRUE if @type is an array type
+</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_ascii_toupper">
+<function name="g_value_array_get_nth">
<description>
-Convert a character to ASCII upper case.
+Return a pointer to the value at @index_ containd in @value_array.
-Unlike the standard C library toupper() function, this only
-recognizes standard ASCII letters and ignores the locale, returning
-all non-ASCII characters unchanged, even if they are upper case
-letters in a particular character set. Also unlike the standard
-library function, this takes and returns a char, not an int, so
-don't call it on %EOF but no need to worry about casting to #guchar
-before passing a possibly non-ASCII character in.
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="value_array">
+<parameter_description> #GValueArray to get a value from
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="index_">
+<parameter_description> index of the value of interest
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> pointer to a value at @index_ in @value_array
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_static_rec_mutex_trylock">
+<description>
+Tries to lock @mutex. If @mutex is already locked by another thread,
+it immediately returns %FALSE. Otherwise it locks @mutex and returns
+%TRUE. If @mutex is already locked by the calling thread, this
+functions increases the depth of @mutex and immediately returns
+%TRUE.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="c">
-<parameter_description> any character.
+<parameter name="mutex">
+<parameter_description> a #GStaticRecMutex to lock.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the result of converting @c to upper case.
-If @c is not an ASCII lower case letter,
- c is returned unchanged.
+<return> %TRUE, if @mutex could be locked.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_node_copy">
+<function name="g_source_remove">
<description>
-Recursively copies a #GNode (but does not deep-copy the data inside the
-nodes, see g_node_copy_deep() if you need that).
+Removes the source with the given id from the default main context.
+The id of
+a #GSource is given by g_source_get_id(), or will be returned by the
+functions g_source_attach(), g_idle_add(), g_idle_add_full(),
+g_timeout_add(), g_timeout_add_full(), g_child_watch_add(),
+g_child_watch_add_full(), g_io_add_watch(), and g_io_add_watch_full().
+
+See also g_source_destroy(). You must use g_source_destroy() for sources
+added to a non-default main context.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="node">
-<parameter_description> a #GNode
+<parameter name="tag">
+<parameter_description> the ID of the source to remove.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a new #GNode containing the same data pointers
+<return> %TRUE if the source was found and removed.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_chdir">
+<function name="g_ptr_array_set_free_func">
<description>
-A wrapper for the POSIX chdir() function. The function changes the
-current directory of the process to @path.
+Sets a function for freeing each element when @array is destroyed
+either via g_ptr_array_unref(), when g_ptr_array_free() is called
+with @free_segment set to %TRUE or when removing elements.
-See your C library manual for more details about chdir().
+Since: 2.22
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="array">
+<parameter_description> A #GPtrArray.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="element_free_func">
+<parameter_description> A function to free elements with destroy @array or %NULL.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return></return>
+</function>
+<function name="g_slist_insert_sorted_with_data">
+<description>
+Inserts a new element into the list, using the given
+comparison function to determine its position.
+
+Since: 2.10
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="path">
-<parameter_description> a pathname in the GLib file name encoding (UTF-8 on Windows)
+<parameter name="list">
+<parameter_description> a #GSList
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="data">
+<parameter_description> the data for the new element
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="func">
+<parameter_description> the function to compare elements in the list.
+It should return a number > 0 if the first parameter
+comes after the second parameter in the sort order.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="user_data">
+<parameter_description> data to pass to comparison function
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> 0 on success, -1 if an error occurred.
+<return> the new start of the #GSList
-Since: 2.8
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_get_current_dir">
+<function name="g_strjoinv">
<description>
-Gets the current directory.
-The returned string should be freed when no longer needed. The encoding
-of the returned string is system defined. On Windows, it is always UTF-8.
+Joins a number of strings together to form one long string, with the
+optional @separator inserted between each of them. The returned string
+should be freed with g_free().
</description>
<parameters>
+<parameter name="separator">
+<parameter_description> a string to insert between each of the strings, or %NULL
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="str_array">
+<parameter_description> a %NULL-terminated array of strings to join
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the current directory.
+<return> a newly-allocated string containing all of the strings joined
+together, with @separator between them
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_cclosure_marshal_VOID__INT">
+<function name="g_key_file_set_comment">
<description>
-A marshaller for a #GCClosure with a callback of type
-&lt;literal&gt;void (*callback) (gpointer instance, gint arg1, gpointer user_data)&lt;/literal&gt;.
+Places a comment above @key from @group_name.
+If @key is %NULL then @comment will be written above @group_name.
+If both @key and @group_name are %NULL, then @comment will be
+written above the first group in the file.
+
+Since: 2.6
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="closure">
-<parameter_description> the #GClosure to which the marshaller belongs
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="return_value">
-<parameter_description> ignored
+<parameter name="key_file">
+<parameter_description> a #GKeyFile
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="n_param_values">
-<parameter_description> 2
+<parameter name="group_name">
+<parameter_description> a group name, or %NULL
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="param_values">
-<parameter_description> a #GValue array holding the instance and the #gint parameter
+<parameter name="key">
+<parameter_description> a key
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="invocation_hint">
-<parameter_description> the invocation hint given as the last argument
-to g_closure_invoke()
+<parameter name="comment">
+<parameter_description> a comment
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="marshal_data">
-<parameter_description> additional data specified when registering the marshaller
+<parameter name="error">
+<parameter_description> return location for a #GError
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> %TRUE if the comment was written, %FALSE otherwise
+
+</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_object_steal_qdata">
+<function name="g_type_class_add_private">
<description>
-This function gets back user data pointers stored via
-g_object_set_qdata() and removes the @data from object
-without invoking it's destroy() function (if any was
-set).
-Usually, calling this function is only required to update
-user data pointers with a destroy notifier, for example:
+Registers a private structure for an instantiatable type;
+when an object is allocated, the private structures for
+the type and all of its parent types are allocated
+sequentially in the same memory block as the public
+structures. This function should be called in the
+type's class_init() function. The private structure can
+be retrieved using the G_TYPE_INSTANCE_GET_PRIVATE() macro.
+The following example shows attaching a private structure
+<structname>MyObjectPrivate</structname> to an object
+<structname>MyObject</structname> defined in the standard GObject
+fashion.
+type's class_init() function.
+
|[
-void
-object_add_to_user_list (GObject *object,
-const gchar *new_string)
-{
-// the quark, naming the object data
-GQuark quark_string_list = g_quark_from_static_string ("my-string-list");
-// retrive the old string list
-GList *list = g_object_steal_qdata (object, quark_string_list);
+typedef struct _MyObject MyObject;
+typedef struct _MyObjectPrivate MyObjectPrivate;
-// prepend new string
-list = g_list_prepend (list, g_strdup (new_string));
-// this changed 'list', so we need to set it again
-g_object_set_qdata_full (object, quark_string_list, list, free_string_list);
+struct _MyObject {
+GObject parent;
+
+MyObjectPrivate *priv;
+};
+
+struct _MyObjectPrivate {
+int some_field;
+};
+
+static void
+my_object_class_init (MyObjectClass *klass)
+{
+g_type_class_add_private (klass, sizeof (MyObjectPrivate));
}
+
static void
-free_string_list (gpointer data)
+my_object_init (MyObject *my_object)
{
-GList *node, *list = data;
+my_object->priv = G_TYPE_INSTANCE_GET_PRIVATE (my_object,
+MY_TYPE_OBJECT,
+MyObjectPrivate);
+}
-for (node = list; node; node = node-&gt;next)
-g_free (node-&gt;data);
-g_list_free (list);
+static int
+my_object_get_some_field (MyObject *my_object)
+{
+MyObjectPrivate *priv = my_object->priv;
+
+return priv->some_field;
}
]|
-Using g_object_get_qdata() in the above example, instead of
-g_object_steal_qdata() would have left the destroy function set,
-and thus the partial string list would have been freed upon
-g_object_set_qdata_full().
+Since: 2.4
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="object">
-<parameter_description> The GObject to get a stored user data pointer from
+<parameter name="g_class">
+<parameter_description> class structure for an instantiatable type
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="quark">
-<parameter_description> A #GQuark, naming the user data pointer
+<parameter name="private_size">
+<parameter_description> size of private structure.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> The user data pointer set, or %NULL
-</return>
+<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_value_type_transformable">
+<function name="g_quark_try_string">
<description>
-Check whether g_value_transform() is able to transform values
-of type @src_type into values of type @dest_type.
+Gets the #GQuark associated with the given string, or 0 if string is
+%NULL or it has no associated #GQuark.
+If you want the GQuark to be created if it doesn't already exist,
+use g_quark_from_string() or g_quark_from_static_string().
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="src_type">
-<parameter_description> Source type.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="dest_type">
-<parameter_description> Target type.
+<parameter name="string">
+<parameter_description> a string.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> %TRUE if the transformation is possible, %FALSE otherwise.
+<return> the #GQuark associated with the string, or 0 if @string is
+%NULL or there is no #GQuark associated with it.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_source_remove_by_funcs_user_data">
+<function name="g_printf">
<description>
-Removes a source from the default main loop context given the
-source functions and user data. If multiple sources exist with the
-same source functions and user data, only one will be destroyed.
+An implementation of the standard printf() function which supports
+positional parameters, as specified in the Single Unix Specification.
+Since: 2.2
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="funcs">
-<parameter_description> The @source_funcs passed to g_source_new()
+<parameter name="format">
+<parameter_description> a standard printf() format string, but notice
+<link linkend="string-precision">string precision pitfalls</link>.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="user_data">
-<parameter_description> the user data for the callback
+<parameter name="Varargs">
+<parameter_description> the arguments to insert in the output.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> %TRUE if a source was found and removed.
+<return> the number of bytes printed.
+
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_object_connect">
+<function name="g_queue_clear">
<description>
-A convenience function to connect multiple signals at once.
+Removes all the elements in @queue. If queue elements contain
+dynamically-allocated memory, they should be freed first.
-The signal specs expected by this function have the form
-"modifier::signal_name", where modifier can be one of the following:
-&lt;variablelist&gt;
-&lt;varlistentry&gt;
-&lt;term&gt;signal&lt;/term&gt;
-&lt;listitem&gt;&lt;para&gt;
-equivalent to &lt;literal&gt;g_signal_connect_data (..., NULL, 0)&lt;/literal&gt;
-&lt;/para&gt;&lt;/listitem&gt;
-&lt;/varlistentry&gt;
-&lt;varlistentry&gt;
-&lt;term&gt;object_signal&lt;/term&gt;
-&lt;term&gt;object-signal&lt;/term&gt;
-&lt;listitem&gt;&lt;para&gt;
-equivalent to &lt;literal&gt;g_signal_connect_object (..., 0)&lt;/literal&gt;
-&lt;/para&gt;&lt;/listitem&gt;
-&lt;/varlistentry&gt;
-&lt;varlistentry&gt;
-&lt;term&gt;swapped_signal&lt;/term&gt;
-&lt;term&gt;swapped-signal&lt;/term&gt;
-&lt;listitem&gt;&lt;para&gt;
-equivalent to &lt;literal&gt;g_signal_connect_data (..., NULL, G_CONNECT_SWAPPED)&lt;/literal&gt;
-&lt;/para&gt;&lt;/listitem&gt;
-&lt;/varlistentry&gt;
-&lt;varlistentry&gt;
-&lt;term&gt;swapped_object_signal&lt;/term&gt;
-&lt;term&gt;swapped-object-signal&lt;/term&gt;
-&lt;listitem&gt;&lt;para&gt;
-equivalent to &lt;literal&gt;g_signal_connect_object (..., G_CONNECT_SWAPPED)&lt;/literal&gt;
-&lt;/para&gt;&lt;/listitem&gt;
-&lt;/varlistentry&gt;
-&lt;varlistentry&gt;
-&lt;term&gt;signal_after&lt;/term&gt;
-&lt;term&gt;signal-after&lt;/term&gt;
-&lt;listitem&gt;&lt;para&gt;
-equivalent to &lt;literal&gt;g_signal_connect_data (..., NULL, G_CONNECT_AFTER)&lt;/literal&gt;
-&lt;/para&gt;&lt;/listitem&gt;
-&lt;/varlistentry&gt;
-&lt;varlistentry&gt;
-&lt;term&gt;object_signal_after&lt;/term&gt;
-&lt;term&gt;object-signal-after&lt;/term&gt;
-&lt;listitem&gt;&lt;para&gt;
-equivalent to &lt;literal&gt;g_signal_connect_object (..., G_CONNECT_AFTER)&lt;/literal&gt;
-&lt;/para&gt;&lt;/listitem&gt;
-&lt;/varlistentry&gt;
-&lt;varlistentry&gt;
-&lt;term&gt;swapped_signal_after&lt;/term&gt;
-&lt;term&gt;swapped-signal-after&lt;/term&gt;
-&lt;listitem&gt;&lt;para&gt;
-equivalent to &lt;literal&gt;g_signal_connect_data (..., NULL, G_CONNECT_SWAPPED | G_CONNECT_AFTER)&lt;/literal&gt;
-&lt;/para&gt;&lt;/listitem&gt;
-&lt;/varlistentry&gt;
-&lt;varlistentry&gt;
-&lt;term&gt;swapped_object_signal_after&lt;/term&gt;
-&lt;term&gt;swapped-object-signal-after&lt;/term&gt;
-&lt;listitem&gt;&lt;para&gt;
-equivalent to &lt;literal&gt;g_signal_connect_object (..., G_CONNECT_SWAPPED | G_CONNECT_AFTER)&lt;/literal&gt;
-&lt;/para&gt;&lt;/listitem&gt;
-&lt;/varlistentry&gt;
-&lt;/variablelist&gt;
+Since: 2.14
-|[
-menu-&gt;toplevel = g_object_connect (g_object_new (GTK_TYPE_WINDOW,
-"type", GTK_WINDOW_POPUP,
-"child", menu,
-NULL),
-"signal::event", gtk_menu_window_event, menu,
-"signal::size_request", gtk_menu_window_size_request, menu,
-"signal::destroy", gtk_widget_destroyed, &amp;menu-&gt;toplevel,
-NULL);
-]|
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="queue">
+<parameter_description> a #GQueue
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return></return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_setenv">
+<description>
+Sets an environment variable. Both the variable's name and value
+should be in the GLib file name encoding. On UNIX, this means that
+they can be any sequence of bytes. On Windows, they should be in
+UTF-8.
+
+Note that on some systems, when variables are overwritten, the memory
+used for the previous variables and its value isn't reclaimed.
+Since: 2.4
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="object">
-<parameter_description> a #GObject
+<parameter name="variable">
+<parameter_description> the environment variable to set, must not contain '='.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="signal_spec">
-<parameter_description> the spec for the first signal
+<parameter name="value">
+<parameter_description> the value for to set the variable to.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="Varargs">
-<parameter_description> #GCallback for the first signal, followed by data for the
-first signal, followed optionally by more signal
-spec/callback/data triples, followed by %NULL
+<parameter name="overwrite">
+<parameter_description> whether to change the variable if it already exists.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> @object
+<return> %FALSE if the environment variable couldn't be set.
+
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_string_set_size">
+<function name="g_slist_insert">
<description>
-Sets the length of a #GString. If the length is less than
-the current length, the string will be truncated. If the
-length is greater than the current length, the contents
-of the newly added area are undefined. (However, as
-always, string-&gt;str[string-&gt;len] will be a nul byte.)
+Inserts a new element into the list at the given position.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="string">
-<parameter_description> a #GString
+<parameter name="list">
+<parameter_description> a #GSList
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="len">
-<parameter_description> the new length
+<parameter name="data">
+<parameter_description> the data for the new element
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="position">
+<parameter_description> the position to insert the element.
+If this is negative, or is larger than the number
+of elements in the list, the new element is added on
+to the end of the list.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> @string
+<return> the new start of the #GSList
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_bookmark_file_remove_group">
+<function name="g_node_is_ancestor">
<description>
-Removes @group from the list of groups to which the bookmark
-for @uri belongs to.
-
-In the event the URI cannot be found, %FALSE is returned and
- error is set to #G_BOOKMARK_FILE_ERROR_URI_NOT_FOUND.
-In the event no group was defined, %FALSE is returned and
- error is set to #G_BOOKMARK_FILE_ERROR_INVALID_VALUE.
+Returns %TRUE if @node is an ancestor of @descendant.
+This is true if node is the parent of @descendant,
+or if node is the grandparent of @descendant etc.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="bookmark">
-<parameter_description> a #GBookmarkFile
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="uri">
-<parameter_description> a valid URI
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="group">
-<parameter_description> the group name to be removed
+<parameter name="node">
+<parameter_description> a #GNode
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="error">
-<parameter_description> return location for a #GError, or %NULL
+<parameter name="descendant">
+<parameter_description> a #GNode
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> %TRUE if @group was successfully removed.
-
-Since: 2.12
+<return> %TRUE if @node is an ancestor of @descendant
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_locale_to_utf8">
+<function name="g_convert_with_fallback">
<description>
-Converts a string which is in the encoding used for strings by
-the C runtime (usually the same as that used by the operating
-system) in the &lt;link linkend="setlocale"&gt;current locale&lt;/link&gt; into a
-UTF-8 string.
+Converts a string from one character set to another, possibly
+including fallback sequences for characters not representable
+in the output. Note that it is not guaranteed that the specification
+for the fallback sequences in @fallback will be honored. Some
+systems may do an approximate conversion from @from_codeset
+to @to_codeset in their iconv() functions,
+in which case GLib will simply return that approximate conversion.
+
+Note that you should use g_iconv() for streaming
+conversions<footnoteref linkend="streaming-state"/>.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="opsysstring">
-<parameter_description> a string in the encoding of the current locale. On Windows
-this means the system codepage.
+<parameter name="str">
+<parameter_description> the string to convert
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="len">
-<parameter_description> the length of the string, or -1 if the string is
-nul-terminated&lt;footnoteref linkend="nul-unsafe"/&gt;.
+<parameter_description> the length of the string, or -1 if the string is
+nul-terminated<footnoteref linkend="nul-unsafe"/>.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="to_codeset">
+<parameter_description> name of character set into which to convert @str
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="from_codeset">
+<parameter_description> character set of @str.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="fallback">
+<parameter_description> UTF-8 string to use in place of character not
+present in the target encoding. (The string must be
+representable in the target encoding).
+ If %NULL, characters not in the target encoding will
+ be represented as Unicode escapes \uxxxx or \Uxxxxyyyy.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="bytes_read">
-<parameter_description> location to store the number of bytes in the
+<parameter_description> location to store the number of bytes in the
input string that were successfully converted, or %NULL.
Even if the conversion was successful, this may be
less than @len if there were partial characters
-at the end of the input. If the error
-#G_CONVERT_ERROR_ILLEGAL_SEQUENCE occurs, the value
-stored will the byte offset after the last valid
-input sequence.
+at the end of the input.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="bytes_written">
@@ -21136,46 +25547,50 @@ including the terminating nul).
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="error">
-<parameter_description> location to store the error occuring, or %NULL to ignore
+<parameter_description> location to store the error occuring, or %NULL to ignore
errors. Any of the errors in #GConvertError may occur.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> The converted string, or %NULL on an error.
+<return> If the conversion was successful, a newly allocated
+nul-terminated string, which must be freed with
+g_free(). Otherwise %NULL and @error will be set.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_bookmark_file_set_app_info">
+<function name="g_object_add_weak_pointer">
<description>
-Sets the meta-data of application @name inside the list of
-applications that have registered a bookmark for @uri inside
- bookmark
+Adds a weak reference from weak_pointer to @object to indicate that
+the pointer located at @weak_pointer_location is only valid during
+the lifetime of @object. When the @object is finalized,
+ weak_pointer will be set to %NULL.
-You should rarely use this function; use g_bookmark_file_add_application()
-and g_bookmark_file_remove_application() instead.
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="object">
+<parameter_description> The object that should be weak referenced.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="weak_pointer_location">
+<parameter_description> The memory address of a pointer.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return></return>
+</function>
- name can be any UTF-8 encoded string used to identify an
-application.
- exec can have one of these two modifiers: "%f", which will
-be expanded as the local file name retrieved from the bookmark's
-URI; "%u", which will be expanded as the bookmark's URI.
-The expansion is done automatically when retrieving the stored
-command line using the g_bookmark_file_get_app_info() function.
- count is the number of times the application has registered the
-bookmark; if is &lt; 0, the current registration count will be increased
-by one, if is 0, the application with @name will be removed from
-the list of registered applications.
- stamp is the Unix time of the last registration; if it is -1, the
-current time will be used.
+<function name="g_bookmark_file_set_modified">
+<description>
+Sets the last time the bookmark for @uri was last modified.
-If you try to remove an application by setting its registration count to
-zero, and no bookmark for @uri is found, %FALSE is returned and
- error is set to #G_BOOKMARK_FILE_ERROR_URI_NOT_FOUND; similarly,
-in the event that no application @name has registered a bookmark
-for @uri, %FALSE is returned and error is set to
-#G_BOOKMARK_FILE_ERROR_APP_NOT_REGISTERED. Otherwise, if no bookmark
-for @uri is found, one is created.
+If no bookmark for @uri is found then it is created.
+
+The "modified" time should only be set when the bookmark's meta-data
+was actually changed. Every function of #GBookmarkFile that
+modifies a bookmark also changes the modification time, except for
+g_bookmark_file_set_visited().
+Since: 2.12
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -21187,194 +25602,230 @@ for @uri is found, one is created.
<parameter_description> a valid URI
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
+<parameter name="modified">
+<parameter_description> a timestamp or -1 to use the current time
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return></return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_param_spec_value_array">
+<description>
+Creates a new #GParamSpecValueArray instance specifying a
+%G_TYPE_VALUE_ARRAY property. %G_TYPE_VALUE_ARRAY is a
+%G_TYPE_BOXED type, as such, #GValue structures for this property
+can be accessed with g_value_set_boxed() and g_value_get_boxed().
+
+See g_param_spec_internal() for details on property names.
+
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
<parameter name="name">
-<parameter_description> an application's name
+<parameter_description> canonical name of the property specified
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="exec">
-<parameter_description> an application's command line
+<parameter name="nick">
+<parameter_description> nick name for the property specified
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="count">
-<parameter_description> the number of registrations done for this application
+<parameter name="blurb">
+<parameter_description> description of the property specified
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="stamp">
-<parameter_description> the time of the last registration for this application
+<parameter name="element_spec">
+<parameter_description> a #GParamSpec describing the elements contained in
+arrays of this property, may be %NULL
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="error">
-<parameter_description> return location for a #GError or %NULL
+<parameter name="flags">
+<parameter_description> flags for the property specified
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> %TRUE if the application's meta-data was successfully
-changed.
-
-Since: 2.12
+<return> a newly created parameter specification
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_signal_handlers_disconnect_matched">
+<function name="g_completion_complete">
<description>
-Disconnects all handlers on an instance that match a certain
-selection criteria. The criteria mask is passed as an OR-ed
-combination of #GSignalMatchType flags, and the criteria values are
-passed as arguments. Passing at least one of the
-%G_SIGNAL_MATCH_CLOSURE, %G_SIGNAL_MATCH_FUNC or
-%G_SIGNAL_MATCH_DATA match flags is required for successful
-matches. If no handlers were found, 0 is returned, the number of
-disconnected handlers otherwise.
-
+Attempts to complete the string @prefix using the #GCompletion
+target items.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="instance">
-<parameter_description> The instance to remove handlers from.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="mask">
-<parameter_description> Mask indicating which of @signal_id, @detail, @closure, @func
-and/or @data the handlers have to match.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="signal_id">
-<parameter_description> Signal the handlers have to be connected to.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="detail">
-<parameter_description> Signal detail the handlers have to be connected to.
+<parameter name="cmp">
+<parameter_description> the #GCompletion.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="closure">
-<parameter_description> The closure the handlers will invoke.
+<parameter name="prefix">
+<parameter_description> the prefix string, typically typed by the user, which is
+compared with each of the items.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="func">
-<parameter_description> The C closure callback of the handlers (useless for non-C closures).
+<parameter name="new_prefix">
+<parameter_description> if non-%NULL, returns the longest prefix which is
+common to all items that matched @prefix, or %NULL if
+no items matched @prefix. This string should be freed
+when no longer needed.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="data">
-<parameter_description> The closure data of the handlers' closures.
+</parameters>
+<return> the list of items whose strings begin with @prefix. This
+should not be changed.
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_string_ascii_down">
+<description>
+Converts all upper case ASCII letters to lower case ASCII letters.
+
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="string">
+<parameter_description> a GString
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> The number of handlers that matched.
+<return> passed-in @string pointer, with all the upper case
+characters converted to lower case in place, with
+semantics that exactly match g_ascii_tolower().
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_cclosure_marshal_VOID__LONG">
+<function name="g_bookmark_file_get_icon">
<description>
-A marshaller for a #GCClosure with a callback of type
-&lt;literal&gt;void (*callback) (gpointer instance, glong arg1, gpointer user_data)&lt;/literal&gt;.
+Gets the icon of the bookmark for @uri.
+
+In the event the URI cannot be found, %FALSE is returned and
+ error is set to #G_BOOKMARK_FILE_ERROR_URI_NOT_FOUND.
+
+Since: 2.12
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="closure">
-<parameter_description> the #GClosure to which the marshaller belongs
+<parameter name="bookmark">
+<parameter_description> a #GBookmarkFile
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="return_value">
-<parameter_description> ignored
+<parameter name="uri">
+<parameter_description> a valid URI
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="n_param_values">
-<parameter_description> 2
+<parameter name="href">
+<parameter_description> return location for the icon's location or %NULL
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="param_values">
-<parameter_description> a #GValue array holding the instance and the #glong parameter
+<parameter name="mime_type">
+<parameter_description> return location for the icon's MIME type or %NULL
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="invocation_hint">
-<parameter_description> the invocation hint given as the last argument
-to g_closure_invoke()
+<parameter name="error">
+<parameter_description> return location for a #GError or %NULL
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="marshal_data">
-<parameter_description> additional data specified when registering the marshaller
+</parameters>
+<return> %TRUE if the icon for the bookmark for the URI was found.
+You should free the returned strings.
+
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_strdup">
+<description>
+Duplicates a string. If @str is %NULL it returns %NULL.
+The returned string should be freed with g_free()
+when no longer needed.
+
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="str">
+<parameter_description> the string to duplicate
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> a newly-allocated copy of @str
+</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_strsplit_set">
+<function name="g_thread_get_initialized">
<description>
-Splits @string into a number of tokens not containing any of the characters
-in @delimiter. A token is the (possibly empty) longest string that does not
-contain any of the characters in @delimiters. If @max_tokens is reached, the
-remainder is appended to the last token.
-
-For example the result of g_strsplit_set ("abc:def/ghi", ":/", -1) is a
-%NULL-terminated vector containing the three strings "abc", "def",
-and "ghi".
+Indicates if g_thread_init() has been called.
-The result if g_strsplit_set (":def/ghi:", ":/", -1) is a %NULL-terminated
-vector containing the four strings "", "def", "ghi", and "".
+Since: 2.20
-As a special case, the result of splitting the empty string "" is an empty
-vector, not a vector containing a single string. The reason for this
-special case is that being able to represent a empty vector is typically
-more useful than consistent handling of empty elements. If you do need
-to represent empty elements, you'll need to check for the empty string
-before calling g_strsplit_set().
+</description>
+<parameters>
+</parameters>
+<return> %TRUE if threads have been initialized.
-Note that this function works on bytes not characters, so it can't be used
-to delimit UTF-8 strings for anything but ASCII characters.
+</return>
+</function>
+<function name="g_rand_set_seed">
+<description>
+Sets the seed for the random number generator #GRand to @seed.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="string">
-<parameter_description> The string to be tokenized
+<parameter name="rand_">
+<parameter_description> a #GRand.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="delimiters">
-<parameter_description> A nul-terminated string containing bytes that are used
-to split the string.
+<parameter name="seed">
+<parameter_description> a value to reinitialize the random number generator.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="max_tokens">
-<parameter_description> The maximum number of tokens to split @string into.
-If this is less than 1, the string is split completely
+</parameters>
+<return></return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_value_array_free">
+<description>
+Free a #GValueArray including its contents.
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="value_array">
+<parameter_description> #GValueArray to free
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a newly-allocated %NULL-terminated array of strings. Use
-g_strfreev() to free it.
-
-Since: 2.4
-</return>
+<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_main_context_find_source_by_id">
+<function name="g_object_get_data">
<description>
-Finds a #GSource given a pair of context and ID.
+Gets a named field from the objects table of associations (see g_object_set_data()).
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="context">
-<parameter_description> a #GMainContext (if %NULL, the default context will be used)
+<parameter name="object">
+<parameter_description> #GObject containing the associations
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="source_id">
-<parameter_description> the source ID, as returned by g_source_get_id().
+<parameter name="key">
+<parameter_description> name of the key for that association
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the #GSource if found, otherwise, %NULL
+<return> the data if found, or %NULL if no such data exists.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_key_file_to_data">
+<function name="g_key_file_get_keys">
<description>
-This function outputs @key_file as a string.
-
-Note that this function never reports an error,
-so it is safe to pass %NULL as @error.
+Returns all keys for the group name @group_name. The array of
+returned keys will be %NULL-terminated, so @length may
+optionally be %NULL. In the event that the @group_name cannot
+be found, %NULL is returned and @error is set to
+#G_KEY_FILE_ERROR_GROUP_NOT_FOUND.
+Since: 2.6
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -21382,9 +25833,12 @@ so it is safe to pass %NULL as @error.
<parameter_description> a #GKeyFile
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
+<parameter name="group_name">
+<parameter_description> a group name
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
<parameter name="length">
-<parameter_description> return location for the length of the
-returned string, or %NULL
+<parameter_description> return location for the number of keys returned, or %NULL
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="error">
@@ -21392,722 +25846,729 @@ returned string, or %NULL
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a newly allocated string holding
-the contents of the #GKeyFile
+<return> a newly-allocated %NULL-terminated array of strings.
+Use g_strfreev() to free it.
-Since: 2.6
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_match_info_matches">
+<function name="g_value_set_uchar">
<description>
-Returns: %TRUE if the previous match operation succeeded,
+Set the contents of a %G_TYPE_UCHAR #GValue to @v_uchar.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="match_info">
-<parameter_description> a #GMatchInfo structure
+<parameter name="value">
+<parameter_description> a valid #GValue of type %G_TYPE_UCHAR
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="v_uchar">
+<parameter_description> unsigned character value to be set
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> %TRUE if the previous match operation succeeded,
-%FALSE otherwise
-
-Since: 2.14
-</return>
+<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_main_context_prepare">
+<function name="g_mem_is_system_malloc">
<description>
-Prepares to poll sources within a main loop. The resulting information
-for polling is determined by calling g_main_context_query ().
+Checks whether the allocator used by g_malloc() is the system's
+malloc implementation. If it returns %TRUE memory allocated with
+malloc() can be used interchangeable with memory allocated using g_malloc().
+This function is useful for avoiding an extra copy of allocated memory returned
+by a non-GLib-based API.
+
+A different allocator can be set using g_mem_set_vtable().
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="context">
-<parameter_description> a #GMainContext
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="priority">
-<parameter_description> location to store priority of highest priority
-source already ready.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> %TRUE if some source is ready to be dispatched
-prior to polling.
+<return> if %TRUE, malloc() and g_malloc() can be mixed.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_cclosure_new_swap">
+<function name="g_mem_chunk_alloc">
<description>
-Creates a new closure which invokes @callback_func with @user_data as
-the first parameter.
+Allocates an atom of memory from a #GMemChunk.
+Deprecated:2.10: Use g_slice_alloc() instead
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="callback_func">
-<parameter_description> the function to invoke
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="user_data">
-<parameter_description> user data to pass to @callback_func
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="destroy_data">
-<parameter_description> destroy notify to be called when @user_data is no longer used
+<parameter name="mem_chunk">
+<parameter_description> a #GMemChunk.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a new #GCClosure
+<return> a pointer to the allocated atom.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_value_get_long">
+<function name="g_parse_debug_string">
<description>
-Get the contents of a %G_TYPE_LONG #GValue.
+Parses a string containing debugging options
+into a %guint containing bit flags. This is used
+within GDK and GTK+ to parse the debug options passed on the
+command line or through environment variables.
+
+If @string is equal to "all", all flags are set. If @string
+is equal to "help", all the available keys in @keys are printed
+out to standard error.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="value">
-<parameter_description> a valid #GValue of type %G_TYPE_LONG
+<parameter name="string">
+<parameter_description> a list of debug options separated by colons, spaces, or
+commas, or %NULL.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="keys">
+<parameter_description> pointer to an array of #GDebugKey which associate
+strings with bit flags.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="nkeys">
+<parameter_description> the number of #GDebugKey<!-- -->s in the array.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> long integer contents of @value
+<return> the combined set of bit flags.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_key_file_load_from_dirs">
+<function name="g_static_mutex_init">
<description>
-This function looks for a key file named @file in the paths
-specified in @search_dirs, loads the file into @key_file and
-Return value: %TRUE if a key file could be loaded, %FALSE otherwise
+Initializes @mutex. Alternatively you can initialize it with
+#G_STATIC_MUTEX_INIT.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="key_file">
-<parameter_description> an empty #GKeyFile struct
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="file">
-<parameter_description> a relative path to a filename to open and parse
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="search_dirs">
-<parameter_description> %NULL-terminated array of directories to search
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="full_path">
-<parameter_description> return location for a string containing the full path
-of the file, or %NULL
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="flags">
-<parameter_description> flags from #GKeyFileFlags
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="error">
-<parameter_description> return location for a #GError, or %NULL
+<parameter name="mutex">
+<parameter_description> a #GStaticMutex to be initialized.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> %TRUE if a key file could be loaded, %FALSE otherwise
-
-Since: 2.14
-</return>
+<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_node_prepend">
+<function name="g_param_spec_get_nick">
<description>
-Inserts a #GNode as the first child of the given parent.
+Get the nickname of a #GParamSpec.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="parent">
-<parameter_description> the #GNode to place the new #GNode under
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="node">
-<parameter_description> the #GNode to insert
+<parameter name="pspec">
+<parameter_description> a valid #GParamSpec
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the inserted #GNode
+<return> the nickname of @pspec.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_type_add_class_cache_func">
+<function name="g_object_force_floating">
<description>
-Adds a #GTypeClassCacheFunc to be called before the reference count of a
-class goes from one to zero. This can be used to prevent premature class
-destruction. All installed #GTypeClassCacheFunc functions will be chained
-until one of them returns %TRUE. The functions have to check the class id
-passed in to figure whether they actually want to cache the class of this
-type, since all classes are routed through the same #GTypeClassCacheFunc
-chain.
+This function is intended for #GObject implementations to re-enforce a
+<link linkend="floating-ref">floating</link> object reference.
+Doing this is seldomly required, all
+#GInitiallyUnowned<!-- -->s are created with a floating reference which
+usually just needs to be sunken by calling g_object_ref_sink().
+
+Since: 2.10
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="cache_data">
-<parameter_description> data to be passed to @cache_func
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="cache_func">
-<parameter_description> a #GTypeClassCacheFunc
+<parameter name="object">
+<parameter_description> a #GObject
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_node_last_child">
+<function name="g_pointer_type_register_static">
<description>
-Gets the last child of a #GNode.
+Creates a new %G_TYPE_POINTER derived type id for a new
+pointer type with name @name.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="node">
-<parameter_description> a #GNode (must not be %NULL)
+<parameter name="name">
+<parameter_description> the name of the new pointer type.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the last child of @node, or %NULL if @node has no children
+<return> a new %G_TYPE_POINTER derived type id for @name.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_hash_table_get_values">
+<function name="g_hash_table_iter_remove">
<description>
-Retrieves every value inside @hash_table. The returned data is
-valid until @hash_table is modified.
+Removes the key/value pair currently pointed to by the iterator
+from its associated #GHashTable. Can only be called after
+g_hash_table_iter_next() returned %TRUE, and cannot be called more
+than once for the same key/value pair.
+
+If the #GHashTable was created using g_hash_table_new_full(), the
+key and value are freed using the supplied destroy functions, otherwise
+you have to make sure that any dynamically allocated values are freed
+yourself.
+Since: 2.16
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="hash_table">
-<parameter_description> a #GHashTable
+<parameter name="iter">
+<parameter_description> an initialized #GHashTableIter.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a #GList containing all the values inside the hash
-table. The content of the list is owned by the hash table and
-should not be modified or freed. Use g_list_free() when done
-using the list.
-
-Since: 2.14
-</return>
+<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_object_interface_find_property">
+<function name="g_double_equal">
<description>
-Find the #GParamSpec with the given name for an
-interface. Generally, the interface vtable passed in as @g_iface
-will be the default vtable from g_type_default_interface_ref(), or,
-if you know the interface has already been loaded,
-g_type_default_interface_peek().
-
-Since: 2.4
+Compares the two #gdouble values being pointed to and returns
+%TRUE if they are equal.
+It can be passed to g_hash_table_new() as the @key_equal_func
+parameter, when using pointers to doubles as keys in a #GHashTable.
+Since: 2.22
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="g_iface">
-<parameter_description> any interface vtable for the interface, or the default
-vtable for the interface
+<parameter name="v1">
+<parameter_description> a pointer to a #gdouble key.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="property_name">
-<parameter_description> name of a property to lookup.
+<parameter name="v2">
+<parameter_description> a pointer to a #gdouble key to compare with @v1.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the #GParamSpec for the property of the interface with the
-name @property_name, or %NULL if no such property exists.
+<return> %TRUE if the two keys match.
+
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_type_remove_interface_check">
+<function name="g_closure_add_marshal_guards">
<description>
-Removes an interface check function added with
-g_type_add_interface_check().
-
-Since: 2.4
+Adds a pair of notifiers which get invoked before and after the
+closure callback, respectively. This is typically used to protect
+the extra arguments for the duration of the callback. See
+g_object_watch_closure() for an example of marshal guards.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="check_data">
-<parameter_description> callback data passed to g_type_add_interface_check()
+<parameter name="closure">
+<parameter_description> a #GClosure
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="check_func">
-<parameter_description> callback function passed to g_type_add_interface_check()
+<parameter name="pre_marshal_data">
+<parameter_description> data to pass to @pre_marshal_notify
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="pre_marshal_notify">
+<parameter_description> a function to call before the closure callback
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="post_marshal_data">
+<parameter_description> data to pass to @post_marshal_notify
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="post_marshal_notify">
+<parameter_description> a function to call after the closure callback
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_option_group_set_translate_func">
+<function name="g_value_get_uint">
<description>
-Sets the function which is used to translate user-visible
-strings, for &lt;option&gt;--help&lt;/option&gt; output. Different
-groups can use different #GTranslateFunc&lt;!-- --&gt;s. If @func
-is %NULL, strings are not translated.
+Get the contents of a %G_TYPE_UINT #GValue.
-If you are using gettext(), you only need to set the translation
-domain, see g_option_group_set_translation_domain().
-Since: 2.6
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="value">
+<parameter_description> a valid #GValue of type %G_TYPE_UINT
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> unsigned integer contents of @value
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_node_traverse">
+<description>
+Traverses a tree starting at the given root #GNode.
+It calls the given function for each node visited.
+The traversal can be halted at any point by returning %TRUE from @func.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="group">
-<parameter_description> a #GOptionGroup
+<parameter name="root">
+<parameter_description> the root #GNode of the tree to traverse
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="func">
-<parameter_description> the #GTranslateFunc, or %NULL
+<parameter name="order">
+<parameter_description> the order in which nodes are visited - %G_IN_ORDER,
+%G_PRE_ORDER, %G_POST_ORDER, or %G_LEVEL_ORDER.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="data">
-<parameter_description> user data to pass to @func, or %NULL
+<parameter name="flags">
+<parameter_description> which types of children are to be visited, one of
+%G_TRAVERSE_ALL, %G_TRAVERSE_LEAVES and %G_TRAVERSE_NON_LEAVES
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="destroy_notify">
-<parameter_description> a function which gets called to free @data, or %NULL
+<parameter name="max_depth">
+<parameter_description> the maximum depth of the traversal. Nodes below this
+depth will not be visited. If max_depth is -1 all nodes in
+the tree are visited. If depth is 1, only the root is visited.
+If depth is 2, the root and its children are visited. And so on.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="func">
+<parameter_description> the function to call for each visited #GNode
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="data">
+<parameter_description> user data to pass to the function
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_async_queue_timed_pop_unlocked">
+<function name="g_get_user_cache_dir">
<description>
-Pops data from the @queue. If no data is received before @end_time,
-%NULL is returned. This function must be called while holding the
- queue's lock.
+Returns a base directory in which to store non-essential, cached
+data specific to particular user.
-To easily calculate @end_time a combination of g_get_current_time()
-and g_time_val_add() can be used.
+On UNIX platforms this is determined using the mechanisms described in
+the <ulink url="http://www.freedesktop.org/Standards/basedir-spec">
+XDG Base Directory Specification</ulink>
+Since: 2.6
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="queue">
-<parameter_description> a #GAsyncQueue.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="end_time">
-<parameter_description> a #GTimeVal, determining the final time.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> data from the queue or %NULL, when no data is
-received before @end_time.
+<return> a string owned by GLib that must not be modified
+or freed.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_node_new">
+<function name="g_markup_parse_context_get_position">
<description>
-Creates a new #GNode containing the given data.
-Used to create the first node in a tree.
+Retrieves the current line number and the number of the character on
+that line. Intended for use in error messages; there are no strict
+semantics for what constitutes the "current" line number other than
+"the best number we could come up with for error messages."
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="data">
-<parameter_description> the data of the new node
+<parameter name="context">
+<parameter_description> a #GMarkupParseContext
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="line_number">
+<parameter_description> return location for a line number, or %NULL
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="char_number">
+<parameter_description> return location for a char-on-line number, or %NULL
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a new #GNode
-</return>
+<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_key_file_set_integer">
+<function name="g_thread_pool_set_max_idle_time">
<description>
-Associates a new integer value with @key under @group_name.
-If @key cannot be found then it is created.
+This function will set the maximum @interval that a thread waiting
+in the pool for new tasks can be idle for before being
+stopped. This function is similar to calling
+g_thread_pool_stop_unused_threads() on a regular timeout, except,
+this is done on a per thread basis.
-Since: 2.6
+By setting @interval to 0, idle threads will not be stopped.
+
+This function makes use of g_async_queue_timed_pop () using
+ interval
+
+Since: 2.10
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="key_file">
-<parameter_description> a #GKeyFile
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="group_name">
-<parameter_description> a group name
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="key">
-<parameter_description> a key
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="value">
-<parameter_description> an integer value
+<parameter name="interval">
+<parameter_description> the maximum @interval (1/1000ths of a second) a thread
+can be idle.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_filename_to_utf8">
+<function name="g_variant_print">
<description>
-Converts a string which is in the encoding used by GLib for
-filenames into a UTF-8 string. Note that on Windows GLib uses UTF-8
-for filenames; on other platforms, this function indirectly depends on
-the &lt;link linkend="setlocale"&gt;current locale&lt;/link&gt;.
+Pretty-prints @value in the format understood by g_variant_parse().
+If @type_annotate is %TRUE, then type information is included in
+the output.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="opsysstring">
-<parameter_description> a string in the encoding for filenames
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="len">
-<parameter_description> the length of the string, or -1 if the string is
-nul-terminated&lt;footnoteref linkend="nul-unsafe"/&gt;.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="bytes_read">
-<parameter_description> location to store the number of bytes in the
-input string that were successfully converted, or %NULL.
-Even if the conversion was successful, this may be
-less than @len if there were partial characters
-at the end of the input. If the error
-#G_CONVERT_ERROR_ILLEGAL_SEQUENCE occurs, the value
-stored will the byte offset after the last valid
-input sequence.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="bytes_written">
-<parameter_description> the number of bytes stored in the output buffer (not
-including the terminating nul).
+<parameter name="value">
+<parameter_description> a #GVariant
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="error">
-<parameter_description> location to store the error occuring, or %NULL to ignore
-errors. Any of the errors in #GConvertError may occur.
+<parameter name="type_annotate">
+<parameter_description> %TRUE if type information should be included in
+the output
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> The converted string, or %NULL on an error.
+<return> a newly-allocated string holding the result.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_get_codeset">
+<function name="g_io_channel_get_flags">
<description>
-Get the codeset for the current locale.
+Gets the current flags for a #GIOChannel, including read-only
+flags such as %G_IO_FLAG_IS_READABLE.
+
+The values of the flags %G_IO_FLAG_IS_READABLE and %G_IO_FLAG_IS_WRITEABLE
+are cached for internal use by the channel when it is created.
+If they should change at some later point (e.g. partial shutdown
+of a socket with the UNIX shutdown() function), the user
+should immediately call g_io_channel_get_flags() to update
+the internal values of these flags.
</description>
<parameters>
+<parameter name="channel">
+<parameter_description> a #GIOChannel
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a newly allocated string containing the name
-of the codeset. This string must be freed with g_free().
+<return> the flags which are set on the channel
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_slist_insert_sorted">
+<function name="g_string_printf">
<description>
-Inserts a new element into the list, using the given
-comparison function to determine its position.
-
+Writes a formatted string into a #GString.
+This is similar to the standard sprintf() function,
+except that the #GString buffer automatically expands
+to contain the results. The previous contents of the
+#GString are destroyed.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="list">
-<parameter_description> a #GSList
+<parameter name="string">
+<parameter_description> a #GString
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="data">
-<parameter_description> the data for the new element
+<parameter name="format">
+<parameter_description> the string format. See the printf() documentation
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="func">
-<parameter_description> the function to compare elements in the list.
-It should return a number &gt; 0 if the first parameter
-comes after the second parameter in the sort order.
+<parameter name="Varargs">
+<parameter_description> the parameters to insert into the format string
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the new start of the #GSList
-</return>
+<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_vasprintf">
+<function name="g_win32_get_package_installation_subdirectory">
<description>
-An implementation of the GNU vasprintf() function which supports
-positional parameters, as specified in the Single Unix Specification.
-This function is similar to g_vsprintf(), except that it allocates a
-string to hold the output, instead of putting the output in a buffer
-you allocate in advance.
+This function is deprecated. Use
+g_win32_get_package_installation_directory_of_module() and
+g_build_filename() instead.
+Deprecated: 2.18: Pass the HMODULE of a DLL or EXE to
+g_win32_get_package_installation_directory_of_module() instead, and
+then construct a subdirectory pathname with g_build_filename().
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="string">
-<parameter_description> the return location for the newly-allocated string.
+<parameter name="package">
+<parameter_description> You should pass %NULL for this.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="format">
-<parameter_description> a standard printf() format string, but notice
-&lt;link linkend="string-precision"&gt;string precision pitfalls&lt;/link&gt;.
+<parameter name="dll_name">
+<parameter_description> The name of a DLL that a package provides, in UTF-8, or %NULL.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="args">
-<parameter_description> the list of arguments to insert in the output.
+<parameter name="subdir">
+<parameter_description> A subdirectory of the package installation directory, also in UTF-8
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the number of bytes printed.
+<return> a string containing the complete path to @subdir inside
+the installation directory of @package. The returned string is in
+the GLib file name encoding, i.e. UTF-8. The return value should be
+freed with g_free() when no longer needed. If something goes wrong,
+%NULL is returned.
-Since: 2.4
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_get_language_names">
+<function name="g_signal_stop_emission">
<description>
-Computes a list of applicable locale names, which can be used to
-e.g. construct locale-dependent filenames or search paths. The returned
-list is sorted from most desirable to least desirable and always contains
-the default locale "C".
-
-For example, if LANGUAGE=de:en_US, then the returned list is
-"de", "en_US", "en", "C".
+Stops a signal's current emission.
-This function consults the environment variables &lt;envar&gt;LANGUAGE&lt;/envar&gt;,
-&lt;envar&gt;LC_ALL&lt;/envar&gt;, &lt;envar&gt;LC_MESSAGES&lt;/envar&gt; and &lt;envar&gt;LANG&lt;/envar&gt;
-to find the list of locales specified by the user.
+This will prevent the default method from running, if the signal was
+%G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST and you connected normally (i.e. without the "after"
+flag).
+Prints a warning if used on a signal which isn't being emitted.
</description>
<parameters>
+<parameter name="instance">
+<parameter_description> the object whose signal handlers you wish to stop.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="signal_id">
+<parameter_description> the signal identifier, as returned by g_signal_lookup().
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="detail">
+<parameter_description> the detail which the signal was emitted with.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a %NULL-terminated array of strings owned by GLib
-that must not be modified or freed.
-
-Since: 2.6
-</return>
+<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_hash_table_foreach_steal">
+<function name="g_param_spec_long">
<description>
-Calls the given function for each key/value pair in the #GHashTable.
-If the function returns %TRUE, then the key/value pair is removed from the
-#GHashTable, but no key or value destroy functions are called.
+Creates a new #GParamSpecLong instance specifying a %G_TYPE_LONG property.
-See #GHashTableIter for an alternative way to loop over the
-key/value pairs in the hash table.
+See g_param_spec_internal() for details on property names.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="hash_table">
-<parameter_description> a #GHashTable.
+<parameter name="name">
+<parameter_description> canonical name of the property specified
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="func">
-<parameter_description> the function to call for each key/value pair.
+<parameter name="nick">
+<parameter_description> nick name for the property specified
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="user_data">
-<parameter_description> user data to pass to the function.
+<parameter name="blurb">
+<parameter_description> description of the property specified
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="minimum">
+<parameter_description> minimum value for the property specified
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="maximum">
+<parameter_description> maximum value for the property specified
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="default_value">
+<parameter_description> default value for the property specified
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="flags">
+<parameter_description> flags for the property specified
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the number of key/value pairs removed.
+<return> a newly created parameter specification
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_key_file_get_comment">
+<function name="g_value_set_object_take_ownership">
<description>
-Retrieves a comment above @key from @group_name.
-If @key is %NULL then @comment will be read from above
- group_name If both @key and @group_name are %NULL, then
- comment will be read from above the first group in the file.
+This is an internal function introduced mainly for C marshallers.
+Deprecated: 2.4: Use g_value_take_object() instead.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="key_file">
-<parameter_description> a #GKeyFile
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="group_name">
-<parameter_description> a group name, or %NULL
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="key">
-<parameter_description> a key
+<parameter name="value">
+<parameter_description> a valid #GValue of %G_TYPE_OBJECT derived type
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="error">
-<parameter_description> return location for a #GError
+<parameter name="v_object">
+<parameter_description> object value to be set
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a comment that should be freed with g_free()
-
-Since: 2.6
-</return>
+<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_thread_pool_set_sort_function">
+<function name="g_list_insert_before">
<description>
-Sets the function used to sort the list of tasks. This allows the
-tasks to be processed by a priority determined by @func, and not
-just in the order in which they were added to the pool.
-
-Note, if the maximum number of threads is more than 1, the order
-that threads are executed can not be guranteed 100%. Threads are
-scheduled by the operating system and are executed at random. It
-cannot be assumed that threads are executed in the order they are
-created.
+Inserts a new element into the list before the given position.
-Since: 2.10
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="pool">
-<parameter_description> a #GThreadPool
+<parameter name="list">
+<parameter_description> a pointer to a #GList
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="func">
-<parameter_description> the #GCompareDataFunc used to sort the list of tasks.
-This function is passed two tasks. It should return
-0 if the order in which they are handled does not matter,
-a negative value if the first task should be processed before
-the second or a positive value if the second task should be
-processed first.
+<parameter name="sibling">
+<parameter_description> the list element before which the new element
+is inserted or %NULL to insert at the end of the list
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="user_data">
-<parameter_description> user data passed to @func.
+<parameter name="data">
+<parameter_description> the data for the new element
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> the new start of the #GList
+</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_creat">
+<function name="g_get_user_name">
<description>
-A wrapper for the POSIX creat() function. The creat() function is
-used to convert a pathname into a file descriptor, creating a file
-if necessary.
+Gets the user name of the current user. The encoding of the returned
+string is system-defined. On UNIX, it might be the preferred file name
+encoding, or something else, and there is no guarantee that it is even
+consistent on a machine. On Windows, it is always UTF-8.
-On POSIX systems file descriptors are implemented by the operating
-system. On Windows, it's the C library that implements creat() and
-file descriptors. The actual Windows API for opening files is
-different, see MSDN documentation for CreateFile(). The Win32 API
-uses file handles, which are more randomish integers, not small
-integers like file descriptors.
-Because file descriptors are specific to the C library on Windows,
-the file descriptor returned by this function makes sense only to
-functions in the same C library. Thus if the GLib-using code uses a
-different C library than GLib does, the file descriptor returned by
-this function cannot be passed to C library functions like write()
-or read().
+</description>
+<parameters>
+</parameters>
+<return> the user name of the current user.
+</return>
+</function>
-See your C library manual for more details about creat().
+<function name="g_type_plugin_use">
+<description>
+Calls the @use_plugin function from the #GTypePluginClass of
+ plugin There should be no need to use this function outside of
+the GObject type system itself.
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="plugin">
+<parameter_description> a #GTypePlugin
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return></return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_type_add_interface_static">
+<description>
+Adds the static @interface_type to @instantiable_type. The information
+contained in the #GTypeInterfaceInfo structure pointed to by @info
+is used to manage the relationship.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="filename">
-<parameter_description> a pathname in the GLib file name encoding (UTF-8 on Windows)
+<parameter name="instance_type">
+<parameter_description> #GType value of an instantiable type.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="mode">
-<parameter_description> as in creat()
+<parameter name="interface_type">
+<parameter_description> #GType value of an interface type.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="info">
+<parameter_description> The #GInterfaceInfo structure for this
+(@instance_type, @interface_type) combination.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a new file descriptor, or -1 if an error occurred. The
-return value can be used exactly like the return value from creat().
-
-Since: 2.8
-</return>
+<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_win32_error_message">
+<function name="g_variant_is_container">
<description>
-Translate a Win32 error code (as returned by GetLastError()) into
-the corresponding message. The message is either language neutral,
-or in the thread's language, or the user's language, the system's
-language, or US English (see docs for FormatMessage()). The
-returned string is in UTF-8. It should be deallocated with
-g_free().
-
+Checks if @value is a container.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="error">
-<parameter_description> error code.
+<parameter name="value">
+<parameter_description> a #GVariant instance
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> newly-allocated error message
+<return> %TRUE if @value is a container
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_utf16_to_ucs4">
+<function name="g_queue_peek_nth_link">
<description>
-Convert a string from UTF-16 to UCS-4. The result will be
-nul-terminated.
+Returns the link at the given position
+Since: 2.4
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="str">
-<parameter_description> a UTF-16 encoded string
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="len">
-<parameter_description> the maximum length (number of &lt;type&gt;gunichar2&lt;/type&gt;) of @str to use.
-If @len &lt; 0, then the string is nul-terminated.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="items_read">
-<parameter_description> location to store number of words read, or %NULL.
-If %NULL, then %G_CONVERT_ERROR_PARTIAL_INPUT will be
-returned in case @str contains a trailing partial
-character. If an error occurs then the index of the
-invalid input is stored here.
+<parameter name="queue">
+<parameter_description> a #GQueue
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="items_written">
-<parameter_description> location to store number of characters written, or %NULL.
-The value stored here does not include the trailing
-0 character.
+<parameter name="n">
+<parameter_description> the position of the link
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="error">
-<parameter_description> location to store the error occuring, or %NULL to ignore
-errors. Any of the errors in #GConvertError other than
-%G_CONVERT_ERROR_NO_CONVERSION may occur.
+</parameters>
+<return> The link at the @n'th position, or %NULL if @n is off the
+end of the list
+
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_io_channel_unix_new">
+<description>
+Creates a new #GIOChannel given a file descriptor. On UNIX systems
+this works for plain files, pipes, and sockets.
+
+The returned #GIOChannel has a reference count of 1.
+
+The default encoding for #GIOChannel is UTF-8. If your application
+is reading output from a command using via pipe, you may need to set
+the encoding to the encoding of the current locale (see
+g_get_charset()) with the g_io_channel_set_encoding() function.
+
+If you want to read raw binary data without interpretation, then
+call the g_io_channel_set_encoding() function with %NULL for the
+encoding argument.
+
+This function is available in GLib on Windows, too, but you should
+avoid using it on Windows. The domain of file descriptors and
+sockets overlap. There is no way for GLib to know which one you mean
+in case the argument you pass to this function happens to be both a
+valid file descriptor and socket. If that happens a warning is
+issued, and GLib assumes that it is the file descriptor you mean.
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="fd">
+<parameter_description> a file descriptor.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a pointer to a newly allocated UCS-4 string.
-This value must be freed with g_free(). If an
-error occurs, %NULL will be returned and
- error set.
+<return> a new #GIOChannel.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_param_spec_long">
+<function name="g_param_spec_int">
<description>
-Creates a new #GParamSpecLong instance specifying a %G_TYPE_LONG property.
+Creates a new #GParamSpecInt instance specifying a %G_TYPE_INT property.
See g_param_spec_internal() for details on property names.
@@ -22147,457 +26608,642 @@ See g_param_spec_internal() for details on property names.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_hash_table_iter_steal">
+<function name="g_closure_invoke">
<description>
-Removes the key/value pair currently pointed to by the iterator
-from its associated #GHashTable, without calling the key and value
-destroy functions. Can only be called after
-g_hash_table_iter_next() returned %TRUE, and cannot be called more
-than once for the same key/value pair.
-
-Since: 2.16
+Invokes the closure, i.e. executes the callback represented by the @closure.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="iter">
-<parameter_description> an initialized #GHashTableIter.
+<parameter name="closure">
+<parameter_description> a #GClosure
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="return_value">
+<parameter_description> a #GValue to store the return value. May be %NULL if the
+callback of @closure doesn't return a value.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="n_param_values">
+<parameter_description> the length of the @param_values array
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="param_values">
+<parameter_description> an array of #GValue<!-- -->s holding the arguments on
+which to invoke the callback of @closure
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="invocation_hint">
+<parameter_description> a context-dependent invocation hint
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_test_trap_has_passed">
+<function name="g_cclosure_marshal_VOID__ULONG">
<description>
-Check the result of the last g_test_trap_fork() call.
-
+A marshaller for a #GCClosure with a callback of type
+<literal>void (*callback) (gpointer instance, gulong arg1, gpointer user_data)</literal>.
</description>
<parameters>
+<parameter name="closure">
+<parameter_description> the #GClosure to which the marshaller belongs
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="return_value">
+<parameter_description> ignored
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="n_param_values">
+<parameter_description> 2
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="param_values">
+<parameter_description> a #GValue array holding the instance and the #gulong parameter
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="invocation_hint">
+<parameter_description> the invocation hint given as the last argument
+to g_closure_invoke()
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="marshal_data">
+<parameter_description> additional data specified when registering the marshaller
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> %TRUE if the last forked child terminated successfully.
-
-Since: 2.16
-</return>
+<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_utf8_get_char_validated">
+<function name="g_node_copy">
<description>
-Convert a sequence of bytes encoded as UTF-8 to a Unicode character.
-This function checks for incomplete characters, for invalid characters
-such as characters that are out of the range of Unicode, and for
-overlong encodings of valid characters.
+Recursively copies a #GNode (but does not deep-copy the data inside the
+nodes, see g_node_copy_deep() if you need that).
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="p">
-<parameter_description> a pointer to Unicode character encoded as UTF-8
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="max_len">
-<parameter_description> the maximum number of bytes to read, or -1, for no maximum or
-if @p is nul-terminated
+<parameter name="node">
+<parameter_description> a #GNode
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the resulting character. If @p points to a partial
-sequence at the end of a string that could begin a valid
-character (or if @max_len is zero), returns (gunichar)-2;
-otherwise, if @p does not point to a valid UTF-8 encoded
-Unicode character, returns (gunichar)-1.
+<return> a new #GNode containing the same data pointers
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_checksum_reset">
+<function name="g_chdir">
<description>
-Resets the state of the @checksum back to it's initial state.
+A wrapper for the POSIX chdir() function. The function changes the
+current directory of the process to @path.
-Since: 2.18
+See your C library manual for more details about chdir().
+
+Since: 2.8
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="checksum">
-<parameter_description> the #GChecksum to reset
+<parameter name="path">
+<parameter_description> a pathname in the GLib file name encoding (UTF-8 on Windows)
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> 0 on success, -1 if an error occurred.
+
+</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_base64_encode_close">
+<function name="g_utf8_strlen">
<description>
-Flush the status from a sequence of calls to g_base64_encode_step().
+Computes the length of the string in characters, not including
+the terminating nul character.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="break_lines">
-<parameter_description> whether to break long lines
+<parameter name="p">
+<parameter_description> pointer to the start of a UTF-8 encoded string
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="out">
-<parameter_description> pointer to destination buffer
+<parameter name="max">
+<parameter_description> the maximum number of bytes to examine. If @max
+is less than 0, then the string is assumed to be
+nul-terminated. If @max is 0, @p will not be examined and
+may be %NULL.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="state">
-<parameter_description> Saved state from g_base64_encode_step()
+</parameters>
+<return> the length of the string in characters
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_source_remove_by_funcs_user_data">
+<description>
+Removes a source from the default main loop context given the
+source functions and user data. If multiple sources exist with the
+same source functions and user data, only one will be destroyed.
+
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="funcs">
+<parameter_description> The @source_funcs passed to g_source_new()
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="save">
-<parameter_description> Saved state from g_base64_encode_step()
+<parameter name="user_data">
+<parameter_description> the user data for the callback
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> The number of bytes of output that was written
-
-Since: 2.12
+<return> %TRUE if a source was found and removed.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_async_queue_unlock">
+<function name="g_object_connect">
<description>
-Releases the queue's lock.
+A convenience function to connect multiple signals at once.
+
+The signal specs expected by this function have the form
+"modifier::signal_name", where modifier can be one of the following:
+<variablelist>
+<varlistentry>
+<term>signal</term>
+<listitem><para>
+equivalent to <literal>g_signal_connect_data (..., NULL, 0)</literal>
+</para></listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry>
+<term>object_signal</term>
+<term>object-signal</term>
+<listitem><para>
+equivalent to <literal>g_signal_connect_object (..., 0)</literal>
+</para></listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry>
+<term>swapped_signal</term>
+<term>swapped-signal</term>
+<listitem><para>
+equivalent to <literal>g_signal_connect_data (..., NULL, G_CONNECT_SWAPPED)</literal>
+</para></listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry>
+<term>swapped_object_signal</term>
+<term>swapped-object-signal</term>
+<listitem><para>
+equivalent to <literal>g_signal_connect_object (..., G_CONNECT_SWAPPED)</literal>
+</para></listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry>
+<term>signal_after</term>
+<term>signal-after</term>
+<listitem><para>
+equivalent to <literal>g_signal_connect_data (..., NULL, G_CONNECT_AFTER)</literal>
+</para></listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry>
+<term>object_signal_after</term>
+<term>object-signal-after</term>
+<listitem><para>
+equivalent to <literal>g_signal_connect_object (..., G_CONNECT_AFTER)</literal>
+</para></listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry>
+<term>swapped_signal_after</term>
+<term>swapped-signal-after</term>
+<listitem><para>
+equivalent to <literal>g_signal_connect_data (..., NULL, G_CONNECT_SWAPPED | G_CONNECT_AFTER)</literal>
+</para></listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+<varlistentry>
+<term>swapped_object_signal_after</term>
+<term>swapped-object-signal-after</term>
+<listitem><para>
+equivalent to <literal>g_signal_connect_object (..., G_CONNECT_SWAPPED | G_CONNECT_AFTER)</literal>
+</para></listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+|[
+menu->toplevel = g_object_connect (g_object_new (GTK_TYPE_WINDOW,
+"type", GTK_WINDOW_POPUP,
+"child", menu,
+NULL),
+"signal::event", gtk_menu_window_event, menu,
+"signal::size_request", gtk_menu_window_size_request, menu,
+"signal::destroy", gtk_widget_destroyed, &menu->toplevel,
+NULL);
+]|
+
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="queue">
-<parameter_description> a #GAsyncQueue.
+<parameter name="object">
+<parameter_description> a #GObject
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="signal_spec">
+<parameter_description> the spec for the first signal
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="Varargs">
+<parameter_description> #GCallback for the first signal, followed by data for the
+first signal, followed optionally by more signal
+spec/callback/data triples, followed by %NULL
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> @object
+</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_source_add_poll">
+<function name="g_cclosure_marshal_VOID__LONG">
<description>
-Adds a file descriptor to the set of file descriptors polled for
-this source. This is usually combined with g_source_new() to add an
-event source. The event source's check function will typically test
-the @revents field in the #GPollFD struct and return %TRUE if events need
-to be processed.
+A marshaller for a #GCClosure with a callback of type
+<literal>void (*callback) (gpointer instance, glong arg1, gpointer user_data)</literal>.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="source">
-<parameter_description>a #GSource
+<parameter name="closure">
+<parameter_description> the #GClosure to which the marshaller belongs
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="fd">
-<parameter_description> a #GPollFD structure holding information about a file
-descriptor to watch.
+<parameter name="return_value">
+<parameter_description> ignored
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="n_param_values">
+<parameter_description> 2
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="param_values">
+<parameter_description> a #GValue array holding the instance and the #glong parameter
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="invocation_hint">
+<parameter_description> the invocation hint given as the last argument
+to g_closure_invoke()
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="marshal_data">
+<parameter_description> additional data specified when registering the marshaller
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_value_get_object">
+<function name="g_main_context_find_source_by_id">
<description>
-Get the contents of a %G_TYPE_OBJECT derived #GValue.
+Finds a #GSource given a pair of context and ID.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="value">
-<parameter_description> a valid #GValue of %G_TYPE_OBJECT derived type
+<parameter name="context">
+<parameter_description> a #GMainContext (if %NULL, the default context will be used)
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="source_id">
+<parameter_description> the source ID, as returned by g_source_get_id().
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> object contents of @value
+<return> the #GSource if found, otherwise, %NULL
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_closure_new_simple">
+<function name="g_main_context_prepare">
<description>
-Allocates a struct of the given size and initializes the initial
-part as a #GClosure. This function is mainly useful when
-implementing new types of closures.
-
-|[
-typedef struct _MyClosure MyClosure;
-struct _MyClosure
-{
-GClosure closure;
-// extra data goes here
-};
-
-static void
-my_closure_finalize (gpointer notify_data,
-GClosure *closure)
-{
-MyClosure *my_closure = (MyClosure *)closure;
-
-// free extra data here
-}
-
-MyClosure *my_closure_new (gpointer data)
-{
-GClosure *closure;
-MyClosure *my_closure;
-
-closure = g_closure_new_simple (sizeof (MyClosure), data);
-my_closure = (MyClosure *) closure;
-
-// initialize extra data here
-
-g_closure_add_finalize_notifier (closure, notify_data,
-my_closure_finalize);
-return my_closure;
-}
-]|
+Prepares to poll sources within a main loop. The resulting information
+for polling is determined by calling g_main_context_query ().
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="sizeof_closure">
-<parameter_description> the size of the structure to allocate, must be at least
-&lt;literal&gt;sizeof (GClosure)&lt;/literal&gt;
+<parameter name="context">
+<parameter_description> a #GMainContext
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="data">
-<parameter_description> data to store in the @data field of the newly allocated #GClosure
+<parameter name="priority">
+<parameter_description> location to store priority of highest priority
+source already ready.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a newly allocated #GClosure
+<return> %TRUE if some source is ready to be dispatched
+prior to polling.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_rand_new_with_seed">
+<function name="g_type_fundamental">
<description>
-Creates a new random number generator initialized with @seed.
+Internal function, used to extract the fundamental type ID portion.
+use G_TYPE_FUNDAMENTAL() instead.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="seed">
-<parameter_description> a value to initialize the random number generator.
+<parameter name="type_id">
+<parameter_description> valid type ID
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the new #GRand.
+<return> fundamental type ID
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_sequence_iter_is_end">
+<function name="g_node_prepend">
<description>
-Return value: Whether @iter is the end iterator.
+Inserts a #GNode as the first child of the given parent.
+
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="iter">
-<parameter_description> a #GSequenceIter
+<parameter name="parent">
+<parameter_description> the #GNode to place the new #GNode under
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="node">
+<parameter_description> the #GNode to insert
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> Whether @iter is the end iterator.
-
-Since: 2.14
+<return> the inserted #GNode
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_queue_pop_tail_link">
+<function name="g_async_queue_timed_pop_unlocked">
<description>
-Removes the last element of the queue.
+Pops data from the @queue. If no data is received before @end_time,
+%NULL is returned. This function must be called while holding the
+ queue's lock.
+
+To easily calculate @end_time a combination of g_get_current_time()
+and g_time_val_add() can be used.
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="queue">
-<parameter_description> a #GQueue.
+<parameter_description> a #GAsyncQueue.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="end_time">
+<parameter_description> a #GTimeVal, determining the final time.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the #GList element at the tail of the queue, or %NULL if the queue
-is empty.
+<return> data from the queue or %NULL, when no data is
+received before @end_time.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_list_reverse">
+<function name="g_key_file_set_integer">
<description>
-Reverses a #GList.
-It simply switches the next and prev pointers of each element.
+Associates a new integer value with @key under @group_name.
+If @key cannot be found then it is created.
+Since: 2.6
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="list">
-<parameter_description> a #GList
+<parameter name="key_file">
+<parameter_description> a #GKeyFile
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="group_name">
+<parameter_description> a group name
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="key">
+<parameter_description> a key
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="value">
+<parameter_description> an integer value
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the start of the reversed #GList
-</return>
+<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_async_queue_push_sorted">
+<function name="g_get_codeset">
<description>
-Inserts @data into @queue using @func to determine the new
-position.
+Get the codeset for the current locale.
-This function requires that the @queue is sorted before pushing on
-new elements.
-This function will lock @queue before it sorts the queue and unlock
-it when it is finished.
+</description>
+<parameters>
+</parameters>
+<return> a newly allocated string containing the name
+of the codeset. This string must be freed with g_free().
+</return>
+</function>
-For an example of @func see g_async_queue_sort().
+<function name="g_vasprintf">
+<description>
+An implementation of the GNU vasprintf() function which supports
+positional parameters, as specified in the Single Unix Specification.
+This function is similar to g_vsprintf(), except that it allocates a
+string to hold the output, instead of putting the output in a buffer
+you allocate in advance.
-Since: 2.10
+Since: 2.4
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="queue">
-<parameter_description> a #GAsyncQueue
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="data">
-<parameter_description> the @data to push into the @queue
+<parameter name="string">
+<parameter_description> the return location for the newly-allocated string.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="func">
-<parameter_description> the #GCompareDataFunc is used to sort @queue. This function
-is passed two elements of the @queue. The function should return
-0 if they are equal, a negative value if the first element
-should be higher in the @queue or a positive value if the first
-element should be lower in the @queue than the second element.
+<parameter name="format">
+<parameter_description> a standard printf() format string, but notice
+<link linkend="string-precision">string precision pitfalls</link>.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="user_data">
-<parameter_description> user data passed to @func.
+<parameter name="args">
+<parameter_description> the list of arguments to insert in the output.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> the number of bytes printed.
+
+</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_uri_unescape_string">
+<function name="g_value_transform">
<description>
-Unescapes a whole escaped string.
-
-If any of the characters in @illegal_characters or the character zero appears
-as an escaped character in @escaped_string then that is an error and %NULL
-will be returned. This is useful it you want to avoid for instance having a
-slash being expanded in an escaped path element, which might confuse pathname
-handling.
+Tries to cast the contents of @src_value into a type appropriate
+to store in @dest_value, e.g. to transform a %G_TYPE_INT value
+into a %G_TYPE_FLOAT value. Performing transformations between
+value types might incur precision lossage. Especially
+transformations into strings might reveal seemingly arbitrary
+results and shouldn't be relied upon for production code (such
+as rcfile value or object property serialization).
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="escaped_string">
-<parameter_description> an escaped string to be unescaped.
+<parameter name="src_value">
+<parameter_description> Source value.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="illegal_characters">
-<parameter_description> an optional string of illegal characters not to be allowed.
+<parameter name="dest_value">
+<parameter_description> Target value.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> an unescaped version of @escaped_string. The returned string
-should be freed when no longer needed.
-
-Since: 2.16
+<return> Whether a transformation rule was found and could be applied.
+Upon failing transformations, @dest_value is left untouched.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_string_append_vprintf">
+<function name="g_key_file_get_comment">
<description>
-Appends a formatted string onto the end of a #GString.
-This function is similar to g_string_append_printf()
-except that the arguments to the format string are passed
-as a va_list.
+Retrieves a comment above @key from @group_name.
+If @key is %NULL then @comment will be read from above
+ group_name If both @key and @group_name are %NULL, then
+ comment will be read from above the first group in the file.
-Since: 2.14
+Since: 2.6
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="string">
-<parameter_description> a #GString
+<parameter name="key_file">
+<parameter_description> a #GKeyFile
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="format">
-<parameter_description> the string format. See the printf() documentation
+<parameter name="group_name">
+<parameter_description> a group name, or %NULL
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="args">
-<parameter_description> the list of arguments to insert in the output
+<parameter name="key">
+<parameter_description> a key
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="error">
+<parameter_description> return location for a #GError
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> a comment that should be freed with g_free()
+
+</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_win32_get_windows_version">
+<function name="g_utf16_to_ucs4">
<description>
-Returns: The version information.
+Convert a string from UTF-16 to UCS-4. The result will be
+nul-terminated.
+
</description>
<parameters>
+<parameter name="str">
+<parameter_description> a UTF-16 encoded string
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="len">
+<parameter_description> the maximum length (number of <type>gunichar2</type>) of @str to use.
+If @len < 0, then the string is nul-terminated.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="items_read">
+<parameter_description> location to store number of words read, or %NULL.
+If %NULL, then %G_CONVERT_ERROR_PARTIAL_INPUT will be
+returned in case @str contains a trailing partial
+character. If an error occurs then the index of the
+invalid input is stored here.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="items_written">
+<parameter_description> location to store number of characters written, or %NULL.
+The value stored here does not include the trailing
+0 character.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="error">
+<parameter_description> location to store the error occuring, or %NULL to ignore
+errors. Any of the errors in #GConvertError other than
+%G_CONVERT_ERROR_NO_CONVERSION may occur.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> The version information.
-
-Since: 2.6
+<return> a pointer to a newly allocated UCS-4 string.
+This value must be freed with g_free(). If an
+error occurs, %NULL will be returned and
+ error set.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_test_suite_add_suite">
+<function name="g_hash_table_iter_steal">
<description>
-Adds @nestedsuite to @suite.
+Removes the key/value pair currently pointed to by the iterator
+from its associated #GHashTable, without calling the key and value
+destroy functions. Can only be called after
+g_hash_table_iter_next() returned %TRUE, and cannot be called more
+than once for the same key/value pair.
Since: 2.16
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="suite">
-<parameter_description> a #GTestSuite
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="nestedsuite">
-<parameter_description> another #GTestSuite
+<parameter name="iter">
+<parameter_description> an initialized #GHashTableIter.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_path_get_dirname">
+<function name="g_queue_new">
<description>
-Gets the directory components of a file name. If the file name has no
-directory components "." is returned. The returned string should be
-freed when no longer needed.
+Creates a new #GQueue.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="file_name">
-<parameter_description> the name of the file.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the directory components of the file.
+<return> a new #GQueue.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_value_get_double">
+<function name="g_source_add_poll">
<description>
-Get the contents of a %G_TYPE_DOUBLE #GValue.
-
+Adds a file descriptor to the set of file descriptors polled for
+this source. This is usually combined with g_source_new() to add an
+event source. The event source's check function will typically test
+the @revents field in the #GPollFD struct and return %TRUE if events need
+to be processed.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="value">
-<parameter_description> a valid #GValue of type %G_TYPE_DOUBLE
+<parameter name="source">
+<parameter_description>a #GSource
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="fd">
+<parameter_description> a #GPollFD structure holding information about a file
+descriptor to watch.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> double contents of @value
-</return>
+<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_cclosure_marshal_BOOL__FLAGS">
+<function name="g_reload_user_special_dirs_cache">
<description>
-Another name for g_cclosure_marshal_BOOLEAN__FLAGS().
+Resets the cache used for g_get_user_special_dir(), so
+that the latest on-disk version is used. Call this only
+if you just changed the data on disk yourself.
+
+Due to threadsafety issues this may cause leaking of strings
+that were previously returned from g_get_user_special_dir()
+that can't be freed. We ensure to only leak the data for
+the directories that actually changed value though.
+
+Since: 2.22
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -22605,70 +27251,57 @@ Another name for g_cclosure_marshal_BOOLEAN__FLAGS().
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_filename_from_uri">
+<function name="g_queue_pop_tail_link">
<description>
-Converts an escaped ASCII-encoded URI to a local filename in the
-encoding used for filenames.
+Removes the last element of the queue.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="uri">
-<parameter_description> a uri describing a filename (escaped, encoded in ASCII).
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="hostname">
-<parameter_description> Location to store hostname for the URI, or %NULL.
-If there is no hostname in the URI, %NULL will be
-stored in this location.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="error">
-<parameter_description> location to store the error occuring, or %NULL to ignore
-errors. Any of the errors in #GConvertError may occur.
+<parameter name="queue">
+<parameter_description> a #GQueue.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a newly-allocated string holding the resulting
-filename, or %NULL on an error.
+<return> the #GList element at the tail of the queue, or %NULL if the queue
+is empty.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_async_queue_timed_pop">
+<function name="g_path_skip_root">
<description>
-Pops data from the @queue. If no data is received before @end_time,
-%NULL is returned.
-
-To easily calculate @end_time a combination of g_get_current_time()
-and g_time_val_add() can be used.
+Returns a pointer into @file_name after the root component, i.e. after
+the "/" in UNIX or "C:\" under Windows. If @file_name is not an absolute
+path it returns %NULL.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="queue">
-<parameter_description> a #GAsyncQueue.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="end_time">
-<parameter_description> a #GTimeVal, determining the final time.
+<parameter name="file_name">
+<parameter_description> a file name.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> data from the queue or %NULL, when no data is
-received before @end_time.
+<return> a pointer into @file_name after the root component.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_option_context_set_description">
+<function name="g_cclosure_marshal_BOOL__FLAGS">
<description>
-Adds a string to be displayed in &lt;option&gt;--help&lt;/option&gt; output
-after the list of options. This text often includes a bug reporting
-address.
+Another name for g_cclosure_marshal_BOOLEAN__FLAGS().
-Note that the summary is translated (see
-g_option_context_set_translate_func()).
+</description>
+<parameters>
+</parameters>
+<return></return>
+</function>
-Since: 2.12
+<function name="g_option_context_get_help_enabled">
+<description>
+Returns whether automatic <option>--help</option> generation
+is turned on for @context. See g_option_context_set_help_enabled().
+
+Since: 2.6
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -22676,13 +27309,10 @@ Since: 2.12
<parameter_description> a #GOptionContext
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="description">
-<parameter_description> a string to be shown in &lt;option&gt;--help&lt;/option&gt; output
-after the list of options, or %NULL
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> %TRUE if automatic help generation is turned on.
+
+</return>
</function>
<function name="g_object_set_qdata_full">
@@ -22718,7 +27348,7 @@ needs to be freed
<function name="g_set_prgname">
<description>
-Sets the name of the program. This name should &lt;emphasis&gt;not&lt;/emphasis&gt;
+Sets the name of the program. This name should <emphasis>not</emphasis>
be localized, contrast with g_set_application_name(). Note that for
thread-safety reasons this function can only be called once.
@@ -22732,62 +27362,6 @@ thread-safety reasons this function can only be called once.
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_type_from_name">
-<description>
-Lookup the type ID from a given type name, returning 0 if no type
-has been registered under this name (this is the preferred method
-to find out by name whether a specific type has been registered
-yet).
-
-
-</description>
-<parameters>
-<parameter name="name">
-<parameter_description> Type name to lookup.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-</parameters>
-<return> Corresponding type ID or 0.
-</return>
-</function>
-
-<function name="g_source_get_context">
-<description>
-Gets the #GMainContext with which the source is associated.
-Calling this function on a destroyed source is an error.
-
-
-</description>
-<parameters>
-<parameter name="source">
-<parameter_description> a #GSource
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-</parameters>
-<return> the #GMainContext with which the source is associated,
-or %NULL if the context has not yet been added
-to a source.
-</return>
-</function>
-
-<function name="g_unichar_tolower">
-<description>
-Converts a character to lower case.
-
-
-</description>
-<parameters>
-<parameter name="c">
-<parameter_description> a Unicode character.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-</parameters>
-<return> the result of converting @c to lower case.
-If @c is not an upperlower or titlecase character,
-or has no lowercase equivalent @c is returned unchanged.
-</return>
-</function>
-
<function name="g_object_newv">
<description>
Creates a new instance of a #GObject subtype and sets its properties.
@@ -22815,26 +27389,6 @@ which are not explicitly specified are set to their default values.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_type_interface_get_plugin">
-<description>
-Returns: the #GTypePlugin for the dynamic interface @interface_type
-
-</description>
-<parameters>
-<parameter name="instance_type">
-<parameter_description> the #GType value of an instantiatable type.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="interface_type">
-<parameter_description> the #GType value of an interface type.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-</parameters>
-<return> the #GTypePlugin for the dynamic interface @interface_type
-of @instance_type.
-</return>
-</function>
-
<function name="g_spawn_async_with_pipes">
<description>
Executes a child program asynchronously (your program will not
@@ -22843,7 +27397,7 @@ specified by the only argument that must be provided, @argv. @argv
should be a %NULL-terminated array of strings, to be passed as the
argument vector for the child. The first string in @argv is of
course the name of the program to execute. By default, the name of
-the program must be a full path; the &lt;envar&gt;PATH&lt;/envar&gt; shell variable
+the program must be a full path; the <envar>PATH</envar> shell variable
will only be searched if you pass the %G_SPAWN_SEARCH_PATH flag.
On Windows, note that all the string or string vector arguments to
@@ -22851,11 +27405,11 @@ this function and the other g_spawn*() functions are in UTF-8, the
GLib file name encoding. Unicode characters that are not part of
the system codepage passed in these arguments will be correctly
available in the spawned program only if it uses wide character API
-to retrieve its command line. For C programs built with Microsoft's
+to retrieve its command line. For C programs built with Microsoft's
tools it is enough to make the program have a wmain() instead of
main(). wmain() has a wide character argument vector as parameter.
-At least currently, mingw doesn't support wmain(), so if you use
+At least currently, mingw doesn't support wmain(), so if you use
mingw to develop the spawned program, it will have to call the
undocumented function __wgetmainargs() to get the wide character
argument vector and environment. See gspawn-win32-helper.c in the
@@ -22865,15 +27419,15 @@ level wide character command line passed to the spawned program
using the GetCommandLineW() function.
On Windows the low-level child process creation API
-&lt;function&gt;CreateProcess()&lt;/function&gt; doesn't use argument vectors,
-but a command line. The C runtime library's
-&lt;function&gt;spawn*()&lt;/function&gt; family of functions (which
+<function>CreateProcess()</function> doesn't use argument vectors,
+but a command line. The C runtime library's
+<function>spawn*()</function> family of functions (which
g_spawn_async_with_pipes() eventually calls) paste the argument
vector elements together into a command line, and the C runtime startup code
does a corresponding reconstruction of an argument vector from the
command line, to be passed to main(). Complications arise when you have
argument vector elements that contain spaces of double quotes. The
-&lt;function&gt;spawn*()&lt;/function&gt; functions don't do any quoting or
+<function>spawn*()</function> functions don't do any quoting or
escaping, but on the other hand the startup code does do unquoting
and unescaping in order to enable receiving arguments with embedded
spaces or double quotes. To work around this asymmetry,
@@ -22886,12 +27440,12 @@ process, not its identifier. Process handles and process
identifiers are different concepts on Windows.
@envp is a %NULL-terminated array of strings, where each string
-has the form &lt;literal&gt;KEY=VALUE&lt;/literal&gt;. This will become
-the child's environment. If @envp is %NULL, the child inherits its
-parent's environment.
+has the form <literal>KEY=VALUE</literal>. This will become
+the child's environment. If @envp is %NULL, the child inherits its
+parent's environment.
@flags should be the bitwise OR of any flags you want to affect the
-function's behaviour. The %G_SPAWN_DO_NOT_REAP_CHILD means that
+function's behaviour. The %G_SPAWN_DO_NOT_REAP_CHILD means that
the child will not automatically be reaped; you must use a
#GChildWatch source to be notified about the death of the child
process. Eventually you must call g_spawn_close_pid() on the
@@ -22902,20 +27456,20 @@ manually. On Windows, calling g_spawn_close_pid() is equivalent
to calling CloseHandle() on the process handle returned in
@child_pid).
-%G_SPAWN_LEAVE_DESCRIPTORS_OPEN means that the parent's open file
+%G_SPAWN_LEAVE_DESCRIPTORS_OPEN means that the parent's open file
descriptors will be inherited by the child; otherwise all
descriptors except stdin/stdout/stderr will be closed before
calling exec() in the child. %G_SPAWN_SEARCH_PATH
-means that &lt;literal&gt;argv[0]&lt;/literal&gt; need not be an absolute path, it
-will be looked for in the user's &lt;envar&gt;PATH&lt;/envar&gt;.
-%G_SPAWN_STDOUT_TO_DEV_NULL means that the child's standard output will
-be discarded, instead of going to the same location as the parent's
+means that <literal>argv[0]</literal> need not be an absolute path, it
+will be looked for in the user's <envar>PATH</envar>.
+%G_SPAWN_STDOUT_TO_DEV_NULL means that the child's standard output will
+be discarded, instead of going to the same location as the parent's
standard output. If you use this flag, @standard_output must be %NULL.
-%G_SPAWN_STDERR_TO_DEV_NULL means that the child's standard error
-will be discarded, instead of going to the same location as the parent's
+%G_SPAWN_STDERR_TO_DEV_NULL means that the child's standard error
+will be discarded, instead of going to the same location as the parent's
standard error. If you use this flag, @standard_error must be %NULL.
-%G_SPAWN_CHILD_INHERITS_STDIN means that the child will inherit the parent's
-standard input (by default, the child's standard input is attached to
+%G_SPAWN_CHILD_INHERITS_STDIN means that the child will inherit the parent's
+standard input (by default, the child's standard input is attached to
/dev/null). If you use this flag, @standard_input must be %NULL.
%G_SPAWN_FILE_AND_ARGV_ZERO means that the first element of @argv is
the file to execute, while the remaining elements are the
@@ -22937,40 +27491,40 @@ functionality. Child processes are created and run with a single
API call, CreateProcess(). There is no sensible thing @child_setup
could be used for on Windows so it is ignored and not called.
-If non-%NULL, @child_pid will on Unix be filled with the child's
+If non-%NULL, @child_pid will on Unix be filled with the child's
process ID. You can use the process ID to send signals to the
child, or to use g_child_watch_add() (or waitpid()) if you specified the
%G_SPAWN_DO_NOT_REAP_CHILD flag. On Windows, @child_pid will be
filled with a handle to the child process only if you specified the
%G_SPAWN_DO_NOT_REAP_CHILD flag. You can then access the child
process using the Win32 API, for example wait for its termination
-with the &lt;function&gt;WaitFor*()&lt;/function&gt; functions, or examine its
+with the <function>WaitFor*()</function> functions, or examine its
exit code with GetExitCodeProcess(). You should close the handle
with CloseHandle() or g_spawn_close_pid() when you no longer need it.
If non-%NULL, the @standard_input, @standard_output, @standard_error
-locations will be filled with file descriptors for writing to the child's
+locations will be filled with file descriptors for writing to the child's
standard input or reading from its standard output or standard error.
The caller of g_spawn_async_with_pipes() must close these file descriptors
when they are no longer in use. If these parameters are %NULL, the corresponding
-pipe won't be created.
+pipe won't be created.
-If @standard_input is NULL, the child's standard input is attached to
+If @standard_input is NULL, the child's standard input is attached to
/dev/null unless %G_SPAWN_CHILD_INHERITS_STDIN is set.
-If @standard_error is NULL, the child's standard error goes to the same
-location as the parent's standard error unless %G_SPAWN_STDERR_TO_DEV_NULL
+If @standard_error is NULL, the child's standard error goes to the same
+location as the parent's standard error unless %G_SPAWN_STDERR_TO_DEV_NULL
is set.
-If @standard_output is NULL, the child's standard output goes to the same
-location as the parent's standard output unless %G_SPAWN_STDOUT_TO_DEV_NULL
+If @standard_output is NULL, the child's standard output goes to the same
+location as the parent's standard output unless %G_SPAWN_STDOUT_TO_DEV_NULL
is set.
@error can be %NULL to ignore errors, or non-%NULL to report errors.
If an error is set, the function returns %FALSE. Errors
are reported even if they occur in the child (for example if the
-executable in &lt;literal&gt;argv[0]&lt;/literal&gt; is not found). Typically
-the &lt;literal&gt;message&lt;/literal&gt; field of returned errors should be displayed
+executable in <literal>argv[0]</literal> is not found). Typically
+the <literal>message</literal> field of returned errors should be displayed
to users. Possible errors are those from the #G_SPAWN_ERROR domain.
If an error occurs, @child_pid, @standard_input, @standard_output,
@@ -22979,26 +27533,26 @@ and @standard_error will not be filled with valid values.
If @child_pid is not %NULL and an error does not occur then the returned
process reference must be closed using g_spawn_close_pid().
-&lt;note&gt;&lt;para&gt;
+<note><para>
If you are writing a GTK+ application, and the program you
are spawning is a graphical application, too, then you may
want to use gdk_spawn_on_screen_with_pipes() instead to ensure that
the spawned program opens its windows on the right screen.
-&lt;/para&gt;&lt;/note&gt;
+</para></note>
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="working_directory">
-<parameter_description> child's current working directory, or %NULL to inherit parent's, in the GLib file name encoding
+<parameter_description> child's current working directory, or %NULL to inherit parent's, in the GLib file name encoding
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="argv">
-<parameter_description> child's argument vector, in the GLib file name encoding
+<parameter_description> child's argument vector, in the GLib file name encoding
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="envp">
-<parameter_description> child's environment, or %NULL to inherit parent's, in the GLib file name encoding
+<parameter_description> child's environment, or %NULL to inherit parent's, in the GLib file name encoding
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="flags">
@@ -23018,15 +27572,15 @@ the spawned program opens its windows on the right screen.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="standard_input">
-<parameter_description> return location for file descriptor to write to child's stdin, or %NULL
+<parameter_description> return location for file descriptor to write to child's stdin, or %NULL
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="standard_output">
-<parameter_description> return location for file descriptor to read child's stdout, or %NULL
+<parameter_description> return location for file descriptor to read child's stdout, or %NULL
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="standard_error">
-<parameter_description> return location for file descriptor to read child's stderr, or %NULL
+<parameter_description> return location for file descriptor to read child's stderr, or %NULL
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="error">
@@ -23038,736 +27592,940 @@ the spawned program opens its windows on the right screen.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_sequence_get_iter_at_pos">
+<function name="g_static_rec_mutex_unlock_full">
<description>
-Return value: The #GSequenceIter at position @pos
+Completely unlocks @mutex. If another thread is blocked in a
+g_static_rec_mutex_lock() call for @mutex, it will be woken and can
+lock @mutex itself. This function returns the number of times that
+ mutex has been locked by the current thread. To restore the state
+before the call to g_static_rec_mutex_unlock_full() you can call
+g_static_rec_mutex_lock_full() with the depth returned by this
+function.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="seq">
-<parameter_description> a #GSequence
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="pos">
-<parameter_description> a position in @seq, or -1 for the end.
+<parameter name="mutex">
+<parameter_description> a #GStaticRecMutex to completely unlock.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> The #GSequenceIter at position @pos
-
-Since: 2.14
+<return> number of times @mutex has been locked by the current
+thread.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_utf8_pointer_to_offset">
+<function name="g_rand_copy">
<description>
-Converts from a pointer to position within a string to a integer
-character offset.
-
-Since 2.10, this function allows @pos to be before @str, and returns
-a negative offset in this case.
+Copies a #GRand into a new one with the same exact state as before.
+This way you can take a snapshot of the random number generator for
+replaying later.
+Since: 2.4
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="str">
-<parameter_description> a UTF-8 encoded string
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="pos">
-<parameter_description> a pointer to a position within @str
+<parameter name="rand_">
+<parameter_description> a #GRand.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the resulting character offset
+<return> the new #GRand.
+
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_bookmark_file_set_visited">
+<function name="g_object_set_qdata">
<description>
-Sets the time the bookmark for @uri was last visited.
-
-If no bookmark for @uri is found then it is created.
-
-The "visited" time should only be set if the bookmark was launched,
-either using the command line retrieved by g_bookmark_file_get_app_info()
-or by the default application for the bookmark's MIME type, retrieved
-using g_bookmark_file_get_mime_type(). Changing the "visited" time
-does not affect the "modified" time.
-
-Since: 2.12
+This sets an opaque, named pointer on an object.
+The name is specified through a #GQuark (retrived e.g. via
+g_quark_from_static_string()), and the pointer
+can be gotten back from the @object with g_object_get_qdata()
+until the @object is finalized.
+Setting a previously set user data pointer, overrides (frees)
+the old pointer set, using #NULL as pointer essentially
+removes the data stored.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="bookmark">
-<parameter_description> a #GBookmarkFile
+<parameter name="object">
+<parameter_description> The GObject to set store a user data pointer
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="uri">
-<parameter_description> a valid URI
+<parameter name="quark">
+<parameter_description> A #GQuark, naming the user data pointer
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="visited">
-<parameter_description> a timestamp or -1 to use the current time
+<parameter name="data">
+<parameter_description> An opaque user data pointer
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_rand_copy">
+<function name="g_variant_type_get_string_length">
<description>
-Copies a #GRand into a new one with the same exact state as before.
-This way you can take a snapshot of the random number generator for
-replaying later.
+Returns the length of the type string corresponding to the given
+ type This function must be used to determine the valid extent of
+the memory region returned by g_variant_type_peek_string().
+Since 2.24
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="rand_">
-<parameter_description> a #GRand.
+<parameter name="type">
+<parameter_description> a #GVariantType
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the new #GRand.
-
-Since: 2.4
+<return> the length of the corresponding type string
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_spawn_sync">
+<function name="g_random_int_range">
<description>
-Executes a child synchronously (waits for the child to exit before returning).
-All output from the child is stored in @standard_output and @standard_error,
-if those parameters are non-%NULL. Note that you must set the
-%G_SPAWN_STDOUT_TO_DEV_NULL and %G_SPAWN_STDERR_TO_DEV_NULL flags when
-passing %NULL for @standard_output and @standard_error.
-If @exit_status is non-%NULL, the exit status of the child is stored
-there as it would be returned by waitpid(); standard UNIX macros such
-as WIFEXITED() and WEXITSTATUS() must be used to evaluate the exit status.
-Note that this function call waitpid() even if @exit_status is %NULL, and
-does not accept the %G_SPAWN_DO_NOT_REAP_CHILD flag.
-If an error occurs, no data is returned in @standard_output,
- standard_error, or @exit_status.
-
-This function calls g_spawn_async_with_pipes() internally; see that
-function for full details on the other parameters and details on
-how these functions work on Windows.
+Returns a random #gint32 equally distributed over the range
+[ begin @end-1].
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="working_directory">
-<parameter_description> child's current working directory, or %NULL to inherit parent's
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="argv">
-<parameter_description> child's argument vector
+<parameter name="begin">
+<parameter_description> lower closed bound of the interval.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="envp">
-<parameter_description> child's environment, or %NULL to inherit parent's
+<parameter name="end">
+<parameter_description> upper open bound of the interval.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="flags">
-<parameter_description> flags from #GSpawnFlags
+</parameters>
+<return> A random number.
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_datalist_get_flags">
+<description>
+Gets flags values packed in together with the datalist.
+See g_datalist_set_flags().
+
+Since: 2.8
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="datalist">
+<parameter_description> pointer to the location that holds a list
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="child_setup">
-<parameter_description> function to run in the child just before exec()
+</parameters>
+<return> the flags of the datalist
+
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_checksum_reset">
+<description>
+Resets the state of the @checksum back to its initial state.
+
+Since: 2.18
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="checksum">
+<parameter_description> the #GChecksum to reset
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="user_data">
-<parameter_description> user data for @child_setup
+</parameters>
+<return></return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_dataset_set_data_full">
+<description>
+Sets the data corresponding to the given string identifier, and the
+function to call when the data element is destroyed.
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="l">
+<parameter_description> the location identifying the dataset.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="standard_output">
-<parameter_description> return location for child output, or %NULL
+<parameter name="k">
+<parameter_description> the string to identify the data element.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="standard_error">
-<parameter_description> return location for child error messages, or %NULL
+<parameter name="d">
+<parameter_description> the data element.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="exit_status">
-<parameter_description> return location for child exit status, as returned by waitpid(), or %NULL
+<parameter name="f">
+<parameter_description> the function to call when the data element is removed. This
+function will be called with the data element and can be used to
+free any memory allocated for it.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="error">
-<parameter_description> return location for error, or %NULL
+</parameters>
+<return></return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_sequence_remove">
+<description>
+Removes the item pointed to by @iter. It is an error to pass the
+end iterator to this function.
+
+If the sequnce has a data destroy function associated with it, this
+function is called on the data for the removed item.
+
+Since: 2.14
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="iter">
+<parameter_description> a #GSequenceIter
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> %TRUE on success, %FALSE if an error was set.
-</return>
+<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_queue_index">
+<function name="g_ptr_array_add">
<description>
-Return value: The position of the first element in @queue which contains @data, or -1 if no element in @queue contains @data.
+Adds a pointer to the end of the pointer array. The array will grow
+in size automatically if necessary.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="queue">
-<parameter_description> a #GQueue
+<parameter name="array">
+<parameter_description> a #GPtrArray.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="data">
-<parameter_description> the data to find.
+<parameter_description> the pointer to add.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> The position of the first element in @queue which contains @data, or -1 if no element in @queue contains @data.
-
-Since: 2.4
-</return>
+<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_object_set_qdata">
+<function name="g_list_insert_sorted_with_data">
<description>
-This sets an opaque, named pointer on an object.
-The name is specified through a #GQuark (retrived e.g. via
-g_quark_from_static_string()), and the pointer
-can be gotten back from the @object with g_object_get_qdata()
-until the @object is finalized.
-Setting a previously set user data pointer, overrides (frees)
-the old pointer set, using #NULL as pointer essentially
-removes the data stored.
+Inserts a new element into the list, using the given comparison
+function to determine its position.
+
+Since: 2.10
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="object">
-<parameter_description> The GObject to set store a user data pointer
+<parameter name="list">
+<parameter_description> a pointer to a #GList
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="quark">
-<parameter_description> A #GQuark, naming the user data pointer
+<parameter name="data">
+<parameter_description> the data for the new element
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="data">
-<parameter_description> An opaque user data pointer
+<parameter name="func">
+<parameter_description> the function to compare elements in the list.
+It should return a number > 0 if the first parameter
+comes after the second parameter in the sort order.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="user_data">
+<parameter_description> user data to pass to comparison function.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> the new start of the #GList
+
+</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_type_add_interface_check">
+<function name="g_hash_table_remove_all">
<description>
-Adds a function to be called after an interface vtable is
-initialized for any class (i.e. after the @interface_init member of
-#GInterfaceInfo has been called).
+Removes all keys and their associated values from a #GHashTable.
-This function is useful when you want to check an invariant that
-depends on the interfaces of a class. For instance, the
-implementation of #GObject uses this facility to check that an
-object implements all of the properties that are defined on its
-interfaces.
+If the #GHashTable was created using g_hash_table_new_full(), the keys
+and values are freed using the supplied destroy functions, otherwise you
+have to make sure that any dynamically allocated values are freed
+yourself.
-Since: 2.4
+Since: 2.12
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="check_data">
-<parameter_description> data to pass to @check_func
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="check_func">
-<parameter_description> function to be called after each interface
-is initialized.
+<parameter name="hash_table">
+<parameter_description> a #GHashTable
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_date_set_time_t">
+<function name="g_list_push_allocator">
<description>
-Sets the value of a date to the date corresponding to a time
-specified as a time_t. The time to date conversion is done using
-the user's current timezone.
+Sets the allocator to use to allocate #GList elements. Use
+g_list_pop_allocator() to restore the previous allocator.
-To set the value of a date to the current day, you could write:
-|[
-g_date_set_time_t (date, time (NULL));
-]|
+Note that this function is not available if GLib has been compiled
+with <option>--disable-mem-pools</option>
-Since: 2.10
+Deprecated:2.10: It does nothing, since #GList has been converted
+to the <link linkend="glib-Memory-Slices">slice
+allocator</link>
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="date">
-<parameter_description> a #GDate
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="timet">
-<parameter_description> &lt;type&gt;time_t&lt;/type&gt; value to set
+<parameter name="allocator">
+<parameter_description> the #GAllocator to use when allocating #GList elements.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_test_message">
+<function name="g_hash_table_remove">
<description>
-Add a message to the test report.
+Removes a key and its associated value from a #GHashTable.
+
+If the #GHashTable was created using g_hash_table_new_full(), the
+key and value are freed using the supplied destroy functions, otherwise
+you have to make sure that any dynamically allocated values are freed
+yourself.
-Since: 2.16
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="format">
-<parameter_description> the format string
+<parameter name="hash_table">
+<parameter_description> a #GHashTable.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="Varargs">
-<parameter_description> printf-like arguments to @format
+<parameter name="key">
+<parameter_description> the key to remove.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> %TRUE if the key was found and removed from the #GHashTable.
+</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_value_array_copy">
+<function name="g_string_up">
<description>
-Construct an exact copy of a #GValueArray by duplicating all its
-contents.
+Converts a #GString to uppercase.
+Deprecated:2.2: This function uses the locale-specific
+toupper() function, which is almost never the right thing.
+Use g_string_ascii_up() or g_utf8_strup() instead.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="value_array">
-<parameter_description> #GValueArray to copy
+<parameter name="string">
+<parameter_description> a #GString
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> Newly allocated copy of #GValueArray
+<return> @string
+
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_utf16_to_utf8">
+<function name="g_ptr_array_remove_index_fast">
<description>
-Convert a string from UTF-16 to UTF-8. The result will be
-terminated with a 0 byte.
-
-Note that the input is expected to be already in native endianness,
-an initial byte-order-mark character is not handled specially.
-g_convert() can be used to convert a byte buffer of UTF-16 data of
-ambiguous endianess.
-
+Removes the pointer at the given index from the pointer array. The
+last element in the array is used to fill in the space, so this
+function does not preserve the order of the array. But it is faster
+than g_ptr_array_remove_index(). If @array has a non-%NULL
+#GDestroyNotify function it is called for the removed element.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="str">
-<parameter_description> a UTF-16 encoded string
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="len">
-<parameter_description> the maximum length (number of &lt;type&gt;gunichar2&lt;/type&gt;) of @str to use.
-If @len &lt; 0, then the string is nul-terminated.
+<parameter name="array">
+<parameter_description> a #GPtrArray.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="items_read">
-<parameter_description> location to store number of words read, or %NULL.
-If %NULL, then %G_CONVERT_ERROR_PARTIAL_INPUT will be
-returned in case @str contains a trailing partial
-character. If an error occurs then the index of the
-invalid input is stored here.
+<parameter name="index_">
+<parameter_description> the index of the pointer to remove.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="items_written">
-<parameter_description> location to store number of bytes written, or %NULL.
-The value stored here does not include the trailing
-0 byte.
+</parameters>
+<return> the pointer which was removed.
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_object_steal_data">
+<description>
+Remove a specified datum from the object's data associations,
+without invoking the association's destroy handler.
+
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="object">
+<parameter_description> #GObject containing the associations
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="error">
-<parameter_description> location to store the error occuring, or %NULL to ignore
-errors. Any of the errors in #GConvertError other than
-%G_CONVERT_ERROR_NO_CONVERSION may occur.
+<parameter name="key">
+<parameter_description> name of the key
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a pointer to a newly allocated UTF-8 string.
-This value must be freed with g_free(). If an
-error occurs, %NULL will be returned and
- error set.
+<return> the data if found, or %NULL if no such data exists.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_option_context_set_ignore_unknown_options">
+<function name="g_object_ref_sink">
<description>
-Sets whether to ignore unknown options or not. If an argument is
-ignored, it is left in the @argv array after parsing. By default,
-g_option_context_parse() treats unknown options as error.
+Increase the reference count of @object, and possibly remove the
+<link linkend="floating-ref">floating</link> reference, if @object
+has a floating reference.
-This setting does not affect non-option arguments (i.e. arguments
-which don't start with a dash). But note that GOption cannot reliably
-determine whether a non-option belongs to a preceding unknown option.
+In other words, if the object is floating, then this call "assumes
+ownership" of the floating reference, converting it to a normal
+reference by clearing the floating flag while leaving the reference
+count unchanged. If the object is not floating, then this call
+adds a new normal reference increasing the reference count by one.
+
+Since: 2.10
-Since: 2.6
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="context">
-<parameter_description> a #GOptionContext
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="ignore_unknown">
-<parameter_description> %TRUE to ignore unknown options, %FALSE to produce
-an error when unknown options are met
+<parameter name="object">
+<parameter_description> a #GObject
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> @object
+</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_clear_error">
+<function name="g_static_rec_mutex_free">
<description>
-If @err is %NULL, does nothing. If @err is non-%NULL,
-calls g_error_free() on * err and sets * err to %NULL.
+Releases all resources allocated to a #GStaticRecMutex.
+
+You don't have to call this functions for a #GStaticRecMutex with an
+unbounded lifetime, i.e. objects declared 'static', but if you have
+a #GStaticRecMutex as a member of a structure and the structure is
+freed, you should also free the #GStaticRecMutex.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="err">
-<parameter_description> a #GError return location
+<parameter name="mutex">
+<parameter_description> a #GStaticRecMutex to be freed.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_value_register_transform_func">
+<function name="g_main_context_query">
<description>
-Registers a value transformation function for use in g_value_transform().
-A previously registered transformation function for @src_type and @dest_type
-will be replaced.
+Determines information necessary to poll this main loop.
+
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="src_type">
-<parameter_description> Source type.
+<parameter name="context">
+<parameter_description> a #GMainContext
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="dest_type">
-<parameter_description> Target type.
+<parameter name="max_priority">
+<parameter_description> maximum priority source to check
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="transform_func">
-<parameter_description> a function which transforms values of type @src_type
-into value of type @dest_type
+<parameter name="timeout_">
+<parameter_description> location to store timeout to be used in polling
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="fds">
+<parameter_description> location to store #GPollFD records that need to be polled.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="n_fds">
+<parameter_description> length of @fds.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> the number of records actually stored in @fds,
+or, if more than @n_fds records need to be stored, the number
+of records that need to be stored.
+</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_object_ref">
+<function name="g_array_remove_range">
<description>
-Increases the reference count of @object.
+Removes the given number of elements starting at the given index
+from a #GArray. The following elements are moved to close the gap.
+Since: 2.4
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="object">
-<parameter_description> a #GObject
+<parameter name="array">
+<parameter_description> a @GArray.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="index_">
+<parameter_description> the index of the first element to remove.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="length">
+<parameter_description> the number of elements to remove.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the same @object
+<return> the #GArray.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_checksum_copy">
+<function name="g_quark_from_static_string">
<description>
-Copies a #GChecksum. If @checksum has been closed, by calling
-g_checksum_get_string() or g_checksum_get_digest(), the copied
-checksum will be closed as well.
+Gets the #GQuark identifying the given (static) string. If the
+string does not currently have an associated #GQuark, a new #GQuark
+is created, linked to the given string.
+Note that this function is identical to g_quark_from_string() except
+that if a new #GQuark is created the string itself is used rather
+than a copy. This saves memory, but can only be used if the string
+will <emphasis>always</emphasis> exist. It can be used with
+statically allocated strings in the main program, but not with
+statically allocated memory in dynamically loaded modules, if you
+expect to ever unload the module again (e.g. do not use this
+function in GTK+ theme engines).
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="checksum">
-<parameter_description> the #GChecksum to copy
+<parameter name="string">
+<parameter_description> a string.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the copy of the passed #GChecksum. Use g_checksum_free()
-when finished using it.
-
-Since: 2.16
+<return> the #GQuark identifying the string, or 0 if @string is
+%NULL.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_type_register_fundamental">
+<function name="g_list_prepend">
<description>
-Registers @type_id as the predefined identifier and @type_name as the
-name of a fundamental type. The type system uses the information
-contained in the #GTypeInfo structure pointed to by @info and the
-#GTypeFundamentalInfo structure pointed to by @finfo to manage the
-type and its instances. The value of @flags determines additional
-characteristics of the fundamental type.
+Adds a new element on to the start of the list.
+
+<note><para>
+The return value is the new start of the list, which
+may have changed, so make sure you store the new value.
+</para></note>
+
+|[
+/* Notice that it is initialized to the empty list. */
+GList *list = NULL;
+list = g_list_prepend (list, "last");
+list = g_list_prepend (list, "first");
+]|
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="type_id">
-<parameter_description> A predefined type identifier.
+<parameter name="list">
+<parameter_description> a pointer to a #GList
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="type_name">
-<parameter_description> 0-terminated string used as the name of the new type.
+<parameter name="data">
+<parameter_description> the data for the new element
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="info">
-<parameter_description> The #GTypeInfo structure for this type.
+</parameters>
+<return> the new start of the #GList
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_queue_free">
+<description>
+Frees the memory allocated for the #GQueue. Only call this function if
+ queue was created with g_queue_new(). If queue elements contain
+dynamically-allocated memory, they should be freed first.
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="queue">
+<parameter_description> a #GQueue.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="finfo">
-<parameter_description> The #GTypeFundamentalInfo structure for this type.
+</parameters>
+<return></return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_type_next_base">
+<description>
+Given a @leaf_type and a @root_type which is contained in its
+anchestry, return the type that @root_type is the immediate parent
+of. In other words, this function determines the type that is
+derived directly from @root_type which is also a base class of
+ leaf_type Given a root type and a leaf type, this function can
+be used to determine the types and order in which the leaf type is
+descended from the root type.
+
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="leaf_type">
+<parameter_description> Descendant of @root_type and the type to be returned.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="flags">
-<parameter_description> Bitwise combination of #GTypeFlags values.
+<parameter name="root_type">
+<parameter_description> Immediate parent of the returned type.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> The predefined type identifier.
+<return> Immediate child of @root_type and anchestor of @leaf_type.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_sequence_get_end_iter">
+<function name="g_timer_start">
<description>
-Return value: the end iterator for @seq
+Marks a start time, so that future calls to g_timer_elapsed() will
+report the time since g_timer_start() was called. g_timer_new()
+automatically marks the start time, so no need to call
+g_timer_start() immediately after creating the timer.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="seq">
-<parameter_description> a #GSequence
+<parameter name="timer">
+<parameter_description> a #GTimer.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the end iterator for @seq
-
-Since: 2.14
-</return>
+<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_string_append_uri_escaped">
+<function name="g_markup_parse_context_end_parse">
<description>
-Appends @unescaped to @string, escaped any characters that
-are reserved in URIs using URI-style escape sequences.
+Signals to the #GMarkupParseContext that all data has been
+fed into the parse context with g_markup_parse_context_parse().
+This function reports an error if the document isn't complete,
+for example if elements are still open.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="string">
-<parameter_description> a #GString
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="unescaped">
-<parameter_description> a string
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="reserved_chars_allowed">
-<parameter_description> a string of reserved characters allowed to be used
+<parameter name="context">
+<parameter_description> a #GMarkupParseContext
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="allow_utf8">
-<parameter_description> set %TRUE if the escaped string may include UTF8 characters
+<parameter name="error">
+<parameter_description> return location for a #GError
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> @string
-
-Since: 2.16
+<return> %TRUE on success, %FALSE if an error was set
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_ascii_tolower">
+<function name="g_mem_chunk_print">
<description>
-Convert a character to ASCII lower case.
+Outputs debugging information for a #GMemChunk. It outputs the name
+of the #GMemChunk (set with g_mem_chunk_new()), the number of bytes
+used, and the number of blocks of memory allocated.
-Unlike the standard C library tolower() function, this only
-recognizes standard ASCII letters and ignores the locale, returning
-all non-ASCII characters unchanged, even if they are lower case
-letters in a particular character set. Also unlike the standard
-library function, this takes and returns a char, not an int, so
-don't call it on %EOF but no need to worry about casting to #guchar
-before passing a possibly non-ASCII character in.
+Deprecated:2.10: Use the <link linkend="glib-Memory-Slices">slice
+allocator</link> instead
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="mem_chunk">
+<parameter_description> a #GMemChunk.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return></return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_ascii_digit_value">
+<description>
+Determines the numeric value of a character as a decimal
+digit. Differs from g_unichar_digit_value() because it takes
+a char, so there's no worry about sign extension if characters
+are signed.
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="c">
-<parameter_description> any character.
+<parameter_description> an ASCII character.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the result of converting @c to lower case.
-If @c is not an ASCII upper case letter,
- c is returned unchanged.
+<return> If @c is a decimal digit (according to
+g_ascii_isdigit()), its numeric value. Otherwise, -1.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_markup_collect_attributes">
+<function name="g_regex_get_pattern">
<description>
-Collects the attributes of the element from the
-data passed to the #GMarkupParser start_element
-function, dealing with common error conditions
-and supporting boolean values.
+Gets the pattern string associated with @regex, i.e. a copy of
+the string passed to g_regex_new().
-This utility function is not required to write
-a parser but can save a lot of typing.
+Since: 2.14
-The @element_name, @attribute_names,
- attribute_values and @error parameters passed
-to the start_element callback should be passed
-unmodified to this function.
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="regex">
+<parameter_description> a #GRegex structure
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> the pattern of @regex
-Following these arguments is a list of
-"supported" attributes to collect. It is an
-error to specify multiple attributes with the
-same name. If any attribute not in the list
-appears in the @attribute_names array then an
-unknown attribute error will result.
+</return>
+</function>
-The #GMarkupCollectType field allows specifying
-the type of collection to perform and if a
-given attribute must appear or is optional.
+<function name="g_variant_type_string_is_valid">
+<description>
+Checks if @type_string is a valid GVariant type string. This call is
+equivalent to calling g_variant_type_string_scan() and confirming
+that the following character is a nul terminator.
-The attribute name is simply the name of the
-attribute to collect.
+Since 2.24
-The pointer should be of the appropriate type
-(see the descriptions under
-#GMarkupCollectType) and may be %NULL in case a
-particular attribute is to be allowed but
-ignored.
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="type_string">
+<parameter_description> a pointer to any string
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> %TRUE if @type_string is exactly one valid type string
+</return>
+</function>
-This function deals with issuing errors for missing attributes
-(of type %G_MARKUP_ERROR_MISSING_ATTRIBUTE), unknown attributes
-(of type %G_MARKUP_ERROR_UNKNOWN_ATTRIBUTE) and duplicate
-attributes (of type %G_MARKUP_ERROR_INVALID_CONTENT) as well
-as parse errors for boolean-valued attributes (again of type
-%G_MARKUP_ERROR_INVALID_CONTENT). In all of these cases %FALSE
-will be returned and @error will be set as appropriate.
+<function name="g_regex_new">
+<description>
+Compiles the regular expression to an internal form, and does
+the initial setup of the #GRegex structure.
+Since: 2.14
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="element_name">
-<parameter_description> the current tag name
+<parameter name="pattern">
+<parameter_description> the regular expression
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="attribute_names">
-<parameter_description> the attribute names
+<parameter name="compile_options">
+<parameter_description> compile options for the regular expression, or 0
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="attribute_values">
-<parameter_description> the attribute values
+<parameter name="match_options">
+<parameter_description> match options for the regular expression, or 0
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="error">
-<parameter_description> a pointer to a #GError or %NULL
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="first_type">
-<parameter_description> the #GMarkupCollectType of the
-first attribute
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="first_attr">
-<parameter_description> the name of the first attribute
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="Varargs">
-<parameter_description> a pointer to the storage location of the
-first attribute (or %NULL), followed by
-more types names and pointers, ending
-with %G_MARKUP_COLLECT_INVALID.
+<parameter_description> return location for a #GError
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> %TRUE if successful
+<return> a #GRegex structure. Call g_regex_unref() when you
+are done with it
-Since: 2.16
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_queue_get_length">
+<function name="g_signal_type_cclosure_new">
<description>
-Return value: The number of items in @queue.
+Creates a new closure which invokes the function found at the offset
+ struct_offset in the class structure of the interface or classed type
+identified by @itype.
+
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="queue">
-<parameter_description> a #GQueue
+<parameter name="itype">
+<parameter_description> the #GType identifier of an interface or classed type
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="struct_offset">
+<parameter_description> the offset of the member function of @itype's class
+structure which is to be invoked by the new closure
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> The number of items in @queue.
-
-Since: 2.4
+<return> a new #GCClosure
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_param_spec_pool_lookup">
+<function name="g_signal_connect_object">
<description>
-Looks up a #GParamSpec in the pool.
+This is similar to g_signal_connect_data(), but uses a closure which
+ensures that the @gobject stays alive during the call to @c_handler
+by temporarily adding a reference count to @gobject.
+
+Note that there is a bug in GObject that makes this function
+much less useful than it might seem otherwise. Once @gobject is
+disposed, the callback will no longer be called, but, the signal
+handler is <emphasis>not</emphasis> currently disconnected. If the
+ instance is itself being freed at the same time than this doesn't
+matter, since the signal will automatically be removed, but
+if @instance persists, then the signal handler will leak. You
+should not remove the signal yourself because in a future versions of
+GObject, the handler <emphasis>will</emphasis> automatically
+be disconnected.
+
+It's possible to work around this problem in a way that will
+continue to work with future versions of GObject by checking
+that the signal handler is still connected before disconnected it:
+<informalexample><programlisting>
+if (g_signal_handler_is_connected (instance, id))
+g_signal_handler_disconnect (instance, id);
+</programlisting></informalexample>
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="pool">
-<parameter_description> a #GParamSpecPool
+<parameter name="instance">
+<parameter_description> the instance to connect to.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="param_name">
-<parameter_description> the name to look for
+<parameter name="detailed_signal">
+<parameter_description> a string of the form "signal-name::detail".
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="owner_type">
-<parameter_description> the owner to look for
+<parameter name="c_handler">
+<parameter_description> the #GCallback to connect.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="walk_ancestors">
-<parameter_description> If %TRUE, also try to find a #GParamSpec with @param_name
-owned by an ancestor of @owner_type.
+<parameter name="gobject">
+<parameter_description> the object to pass as data to @c_handler.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="connect_flags">
+<parameter_description> a combination of #GConnnectFlags.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> The found #GParamSpec, or %NULL if no matching #GParamSpec was found.
+<return> the handler id.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_io_channel_get_line_term">
+<function name="g_datalist_init">
<description>
-This returns the string that #GIOChannel uses to determine
-where in the file a line break occurs. A value of %NULL
-indicates autodetection.
-
+Resets the datalist to %NULL. It does not free any memory or call
+any destroy functions.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="channel">
-<parameter_description> a #GIOChannel
+<parameter name="datalist">
+<parameter_description> a pointer to a pointer to a datalist.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="length">
-<parameter_description> a location to return the length of the line terminator
+</parameters>
+<return></return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_source_is_destroyed">
+<description>
+Returns whether @source has been destroyed.
+
+This is important when you operate upon your objects
+from within idle handlers, but may have freed the object
+before the dispatch of your idle handler.
+
+|[
+static gboolean
+idle_callback (gpointer data)
+{
+SomeWidget *self = data;
+
+GDK_THREADS_ENTER (<!-- -->);
+/<!-- -->* do stuff with self *<!-- -->/
+self->idle_id = 0;
+GDK_THREADS_LEAVE (<!-- -->);
+
+return FALSE;
+}
+
+static void
+some_widget_do_stuff_later (SomeWidget *self)
+{
+self->idle_id = g_idle_add (idle_callback, self);
+}
+
+static void
+some_widget_finalize (GObject *object)
+{
+SomeWidget *self = SOME_WIDGET (object);
+
+if (self->idle_id)
+g_source_remove (self->idle_id);
+
+G_OBJECT_CLASS (parent_class)->finalize (object);
+}
+]|
+
+This will fail in a multi-threaded application if the
+widget is destroyed before the idle handler fires due
+to the use after free in the callback. A solution, to
+this particular problem, is to check to if the source
+has already been destroy within the callback.
+
+|[
+static gboolean
+idle_callback (gpointer data)
+{
+SomeWidget *self = data;
+
+GDK_THREADS_ENTER ();
+if (!g_source_is_destroyed (g_main_current_source ()))
+{
+/<!-- -->* do stuff with self *<!-- -->/
+}
+GDK_THREADS_LEAVE ();
+
+return FALSE;
+}
+]|
+
+Since: 2.12
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="source">
+<parameter_description> a #GSource
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> The line termination string. This value
-is owned by GLib and must not be freed.
+<return> %TRUE if the source has been destroyed
+
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_cclosure_marshal_VOID__BOOLEAN">
+<function name="g_test_add_data_func">
+<description>
+Create a new test case, similar to g_test_create_case(). However
+the test is assumed to use no fixture, and test suites are automatically
+created on the fly and added to the root fixture, based on the
+slash-separated portions of @testpath. The @test_data argument
+will be passed as first argument to @test_func.
+
+Since: 2.16
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="testpath">
+<parameter_description> Slash-separated test case path name for the test.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="test_data">
+<parameter_description> Test data argument for the test function.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="test_func">
+<parameter_description> The test function to invoke for this test.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return></return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_cclosure_marshal_VOID__UINT">
<description>
A marshaller for a #GCClosure with a callback of type
-&lt;literal&gt;void (*callback) (gpointer instance, gboolean arg1, gpointer user_data)&lt;/literal&gt;.
+<literal>void (*callback) (gpointer instance, guint arg1, gpointer user_data)</literal>.
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -23784,7 +28542,7 @@ A marshaller for a #GCClosure with a callback of type
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="param_values">
-<parameter_description> a #GValue array holding the instance and the #gboolean parameter
+<parameter_description> a #GValue array holding the instance and the #guint parameter
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="invocation_hint">
@@ -23800,840 +28558,1198 @@ to g_closure_invoke()
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_object_interface_list_properties">
+<function name="g_variant_builder_add">
<description>
-Lists the properties of an interface.Generally, the interface
-vtable passed in as @g_iface will be the default vtable from
-g_type_default_interface_ref(), or, if you know the interface has
-already been loaded, g_type_default_interface_peek().
+Adds to a #GVariantBuilder.
-Since: 2.4
+This call is a convenience wrapper that is exactly equivalent to
+calling g_variant_new() followed by g_variant_builder_add_value().
+
+This function might be used as follows:
+<programlisting>
+GVariant *
+make_pointless_dictionary (void)
+{
+GVariantBuilder *builder;
+int i;
+
+builder = g_variant_builder_new (G_VARIANT_TYPE_CLASS_ARRAY,
+NULL);
+for (i = 0; i < 16; i++)
+{
+gchar buf[3];
+
+sprintf (buf, "%d", i);
+g_variant_builder_add (builder, "{is}", i, buf);
+}
+
+return g_variant_builder_end (builder);
+}
+</programlisting>
+
+Since: 2.24
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="g_iface">
-<parameter_description> any interface vtable for the interface, or the default
-vtable for the interface
+<parameter name="builder">
+<parameter_description> a #GVariantBuilder
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="n_properties_p">
-<parameter_description> location to store number of properties returned.
+<parameter name="format_string">
+<parameter_description> a #GVariant varargs format string
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="Varargs">
+<parameter_description> arguments, as per @format_string
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a pointer to an array of pointers to #GParamSpec
-structures. The paramspecs are owned by GLib, but the
-array should be freed with g_free() when you are done with
-it.
-</return>
+<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_utf8_strreverse">
+<function name="g_ascii_formatd">
<description>
-Reverses a UTF-8 string. @str must be valid UTF-8 encoded text.
-(Use g_utf8_validate() on all text before trying to use UTF-8
-utility functions with it.)
-
-This function is intended for programmatic uses of reversed strings.
-It pays no attention to decomposed characters, combining marks, byte
-order marks, directional indicators (LRM, LRO, etc) and similar
-characters which might need special handling when reversing a string
-for display purposes.
+Converts a #gdouble to a string, using the '.' as
+decimal point. To format the number you pass in
+a printf()-style format string. Allowed conversion
+specifiers are 'e', 'E', 'f', 'F', 'g' and 'G'.
-Note that unlike g_strreverse(), this function returns
-newly-allocated memory, which should be freed with g_free() when
-no longer needed.
+If you just want to want to serialize the value into a
+string, use g_ascii_dtostr().
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="str">
-<parameter_description> a UTF-8 encoded string
+<parameter name="buffer">
+<parameter_description> A buffer to place the resulting string in
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="len">
-<parameter_description> the maximum length of @str to use, in bytes. If @len &lt; 0,
-then the string is nul-terminated.
+<parameter name="buf_len">
+<parameter_description> The length of the buffer.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="format">
+<parameter_description> The printf()-style format to use for the
+code to use for converting.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="d">
+<parameter_description> The #gdouble to convert
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a newly-allocated string which is the reverse of @str.
-
-Since: 2.2
+<return> The pointer to the buffer with the converted string.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_random_int_range">
+<function name="g_bookmark_file_set_title">
<description>
-Return value: A random number.
+Sets @title as the title of the bookmark for @uri inside the
+bookmark file @bookmark.
+
+If @uri is %NULL, the title of @bookmark is set.
+
+If a bookmark for @uri cannot be found then it is created.
+
+Since: 2.12
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="begin">
-<parameter_description> lower closed bound of the interval.
+<parameter name="bookmark">
+<parameter_description> a #GBookmarkFile
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="end">
-<parameter_description> upper open bound of the interval.
+<parameter name="uri">
+<parameter_description> a valid URI or %NULL
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="title">
+<parameter_description> a UTF-8 encoded string
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> A random number.
-</return>
+<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_datalist_get_flags">
+<function name="g_enum_complete_type_info">
<description>
-Gets flags values packed in together with the datalist.
-See g_datalist_set_flags().
+This function is meant to be called from the complete_type_info()
+function of a #GTypePlugin implementation, as in the following
+example:
+
+|[
+static void
+my_enum_complete_type_info (GTypePlugin *plugin,
+GType g_type,
+GTypeInfo *info,
+GTypeValueTable *value_table)
+{
+static const GEnumValue values[] = {
+{ MY_ENUM_FOO, "MY_ENUM_FOO", "foo" },
+{ MY_ENUM_BAR, "MY_ENUM_BAR", "bar" },
+{ 0, NULL, NULL }
+};
+g_enum_complete_type_info (type, info, values);
+}
+]|
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="datalist">
-<parameter_description> pointer to the location that holds a list
+<parameter name="g_enum_type">
+<parameter_description> the type identifier of the type being completed
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="info">
+<parameter_description> the #GTypeInfo struct to be filled in
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="const_values">
+<parameter_description> An array of #GEnumValue structs for the possible
+enumeration values. The array is terminated by a struct with all
+members being 0.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the flags of the datalist
-
-Since: 2.8
-</return>
+<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_idle_remove_by_data">
+<function name="g_propagate_prefixed_error">
<description>
-Removes the idle function with the given data.
+If @dest is %NULL, free @src; otherwise,
+moves @src into * dest * dest must be %NULL.
+After the move, add a prefix as with
+g_prefix_error().
+Since: 2.16
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="data">
-<parameter_description> the data for the idle source's callback.
+<parameter name="dest">
+<parameter_description> error return location
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="src">
+<parameter_description> error to move into the return location
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="format">
+<parameter_description> printf()-style format string
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="Varargs">
+<parameter_description> arguments to @format
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> %TRUE if an idle source was found and removed.
-</return>
+<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_queue_new">
+<function name="g_type_fundamental_next">
<description>
-Creates a new #GQueue.
+Returns the next free fundamental type id which can be used to
+register a new fundamental type with g_type_register_fundamental().
+The returned type ID represents the highest currently registered
+fundamental type identifier.
</description>
<parameters>
</parameters>
-<return> a new #GQueue.
+<return> The nextmost fundamental type ID to be registered,
+or 0 if the type system ran out of fundamental type IDs.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_value_array_sort">
+<function name="g_thread_pool_new">
<description>
-Sort @value_array using @compare_func to compare the elements accoring to
-the semantics of #GCompareFunc.
+This function creates a new thread pool.
-The current implementation uses Quick-Sort as sorting algorithm.
+Whenever you call g_thread_pool_push(), either a new thread is
+created or an unused one is reused. At most @max_threads threads
+are running concurrently for this thread pool. @max_threads = -1
+allows unlimited threads to be created for this thread pool. The
+newly created or reused thread now executes the function @func with
+the two arguments. The first one is the parameter to
+g_thread_pool_push() and the second one is @user_data.
+
+The parameter @exclusive determines, whether the thread pool owns
+all threads exclusive or whether the threads are shared
+globally. If @exclusive is %TRUE, @max_threads threads are started
+immediately and they will run exclusively for this thread pool until
+it is destroyed by g_thread_pool_free(). If @exclusive is %FALSE,
+threads are created, when needed and shared between all
+non-exclusive thread pools. This implies that @max_threads may not
+be -1 for exclusive thread pools.
+
+ error can be %NULL to ignore errors, or non-%NULL to report
+errors. An error can only occur when @exclusive is set to %TRUE and
+not all @max_threads threads could be created.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="value_array">
-<parameter_description> #GValueArray to sort
+<parameter name="func">
+<parameter_description> a function to execute in the threads of the new thread pool
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="compare_func">
-<parameter_description> function to compare elements
+<parameter name="user_data">
+<parameter_description> user data that is handed over to @func every time it
+is called
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="max_threads">
+<parameter_description> the maximal number of threads to execute concurrently in
+the new thread pool, -1 means no limit
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="exclusive">
+<parameter_description> should this thread pool be exclusive?
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="error">
+<parameter_description> return location for error
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the #GValueArray passed in as @value_array
+<return> the new #GThreadPool
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_basename">
+<function name="g_io_channel_win32_new_messages">
<description>
-Gets the name of the file without any leading directory components.
-It returns a pointer into the given file name string.
+Creates a new #GIOChannel given a window handle on Windows.
+This function creates a #GIOChannel that can be used to poll for
+Windows messages for the window in question.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="file_name">
-<parameter_description> the name of the file.
+<parameter name="hwnd">
+<parameter_description> a window handle.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the name of the file without any leading directory components.
-
-Deprecated:2.2: Use g_path_get_basename() instead, but notice that
-g_path_get_basename() allocates new memory for the returned string, unlike
-this function which returns a pointer into the argument.
+<return> a new #GIOChannel.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_unlink">
+<function name="g_tree_remove">
<description>
-A wrapper for the POSIX unlink() function. The unlink() function
-deletes a name from the filesystem. If this was the last link to the
-file and no processes have it opened, the diskspace occupied by the
-file is freed.
+Removes a key/value pair from a #GTree.
-See your C library manual for more details about unlink(). Note
-that on Windows, it is in general not possible to delete files that
-are open to some process, or mapped into memory.
+If the #GTree was created using g_tree_new_full(), the key and value
+are freed using the supplied destroy functions, otherwise you have to
+make sure that any dynamically allocated values are freed yourself.
+If the key does not exist in the #GTree, the function does nothing.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="filename">
-<parameter_description> a pathname in the GLib file name encoding (UTF-8 on Windows)
+<parameter name="tree">
+<parameter_description> a #GTree.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="key">
+<parameter_description> the key to remove.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> 0 if the name was successfully deleted, -1 if an error
-occurred
-
-Since: 2.6
+<return> %TRUE if the key was found (prior to 2.8, this function returned
+nothing)
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_value_set_static_boxed">
+<function name="g_variant_get_type_string">
<description>
-Set the contents of a %G_TYPE_BOXED derived #GValue to @v_boxed.
-The boxed value is assumed to be static, and is thus not duplicated
-when setting the #GValue.
+Returns the type string of @value. Unlike the result of calling
+g_variant_type_peek_string(), this string is nul-terminated. This
+string belongs to #GVariant and must not be freed.
+
+Since: 2.24
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="value">
-<parameter_description> a valid #GValue of %G_TYPE_BOXED derived type
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="v_boxed">
-<parameter_description> static boxed value to be set
+<parameter_description> a #GVariant
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> the type string for the type of @value
+</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_io_channel_get_buffered">
+<function name="g_type_interface_peek">
<description>
-Return Value: %TRUE if the @channel is buffered.
+Returns the #GTypeInterface structure of an interface to which the
+passed in class conforms.
+
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="channel">
-<parameter_description> a #GIOChannel
+<parameter name="instance_class">
+<parameter_description> A #GTypeClass structure.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="iface_type">
+<parameter_description> An interface ID which this class conforms to.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> %TRUE if the @channel is buffered.
+<return> The GTypeInterface structure of iface_type if implemented
+by @instance_class, %NULL otherwise
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_locale_from_utf8">
+<function name="g_variant_iter_next_value">
<description>
-Converts a string from UTF-8 to the encoding used for strings by
-the C runtime (usually the same as that used by the operating
-system) in the &lt;link linkend="setlocale"&gt;current locale&lt;/link&gt;. On
-Windows this means the system codepage.
+Gets the next item in the container. If no more items remain then
+%NULL is returned.
+
+Use g_variant_unref() to drop your reference on the return value when
+you no longer need it.
+
+<example>
+<title>Iterating with g_variant_iter_next_value()</title>
+<programlisting>
+/<!-- -->* recursively iterate a container *<!-- -->/
+void
+iterate_container_recursive (GVariant *container)
+{
+GVariantIter iter;
+GVariant *child;
+
+g_variant_iter_init (&iter, dictionary);
+while ((child = g_variant_iter_next_value (&iter)))
+{
+g_print ("type '%s'\n", g_variant_get_type_string (child));
+
+if (g_variant_is_container (child))
+iterate_container_recursive (child);
+g_variant_unref (child);
+}
+}
+</programlisting>
+</example>
+
+Since: 2.24
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="utf8string">
-<parameter_description> a UTF-8 encoded string
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="len">
-<parameter_description> the length of the string, or -1 if the string is
-nul-terminated&lt;footnoteref linkend="nul-unsafe"/&gt;.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="bytes_read">
-<parameter_description> location to store the number of bytes in the
-input string that were successfully converted, or %NULL.
-Even if the conversion was successful, this may be
-less than @len if there were partial characters
-at the end of the input. If the error
-#G_CONVERT_ERROR_ILLEGAL_SEQUENCE occurs, the value
-stored will the byte offset after the last valid
-input sequence.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="bytes_written">
-<parameter_description> the number of bytes stored in the output buffer (not
-including the terminating nul).
+<parameter name="iter">
+<parameter_description> a #GVariantIter
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="error">
-<parameter_description> location to store the error occuring, or %NULL to ignore
-errors. Any of the errors in #GConvertError may occur.
+</parameters>
+<return> a #GVariant, or %NULL
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_variant_new_uint64">
+<description>
+Creates a new uint64 #GVariant instance.
+
+Since: 2.24
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="uint64">
+<parameter_description> a #guint64 value
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> The converted string, or %NULL on an error.
+<return> a new uint64 #GVariant instance
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_object_unref">
+<function name="g_list_next">
<description>
-Decreases the reference count of @object. When its reference count
-drops to 0, the object is finalized (i.e. its memory is freed).
+A convenience macro to get the next element in a #GList.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="object">
-<parameter_description> a #GObject
+<parameter name="list">
+<parameter_description> an element in a #GList.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> the next element, or %NULL if there are no more elements.
+</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_sequence_remove">
+<function name="g_tree_steal">
<description>
-Removes the item pointed to by @iter. It is an error to pass the
-end iterator to this function.
+Removes a key and its associated value from a #GTree without calling
+the key and value destroy functions.
-If the sequnce has a data destroy function associated with it, this
-function is called on the data for the removed item.
+If the key does not exist in the #GTree, the function does nothing.
-Since: 2.14
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="iter">
-<parameter_description> a #GSequenceIter
+<parameter name="tree">
+<parameter_description> a #GTree.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="key">
+<parameter_description> the key to remove.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> %TRUE if the key was found (prior to 2.8, this function returned
+nothing)
+</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_param_spec_get_nick">
+<function name="g_ptr_array_sort_with_data">
<description>
-Get the nickname of a #GParamSpec.
+Like g_ptr_array_sort(), but the comparison function has an extra
+user data argument.
+<note><para>The comparison function for g_ptr_array_sort_with_data()
+doesn't take the pointers from the array as arguments, it takes
+pointers to the pointers in the array.</para></note>
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="pspec">
-<parameter_description> a valid #GParamSpec
+<parameter name="array">
+<parameter_description> a #GPtrArray.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="compare_func">
+<parameter_description> comparison function.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="user_data">
+<parameter_description> data to pass to @compare_func.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the nickname of @pspec.
-</return>
+<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_async_queue_try_pop_unlocked">
+<function name="g_tree_new_full">
<description>
-Tries to pop data from the @queue. If no data is available, %NULL is
-returned. This function must be called while holding the @queue's
-lock.
+Creates a new #GTree like g_tree_new() and allows to specify functions
+to free the memory allocated for the key and value that get called when
+removing the entry from the #GTree.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="queue">
-<parameter_description> a #GAsyncQueue.
+<parameter name="key_compare_func">
+<parameter_description> qsort()-style comparison function.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="key_compare_data">
+<parameter_description> data to pass to comparison function.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="key_destroy_func">
+<parameter_description> a function to free the memory allocated for the key
+used when removing the entry from the #GTree or %NULL if you don't
+want to supply such a function.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="value_destroy_func">
+<parameter_description> a function to free the memory allocated for the
+value used when removing the entry from the #GTree or %NULL if you
+don't want to supply such a function.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> data from the queue or %NULL, when no data is
-available immediately.
+<return> a new #GTree.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_list_first">
+<function name="g_variant_get_maybe">
<description>
-Gets the first element in a #GList.
+Given a maybe-typed #GVariant instance, extract its value. If the
+value is Nothing, then this function returns %NULL.
+Since: 2.24
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="list">
-<parameter_description> a #GList
+<parameter name="value">
+<parameter_description> a maybe-typed value
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the first element in the #GList,
-or %NULL if the #GList has no elements
+<return> the contents of @value, or %NULL
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_value_take_object">
+<function name="g_dataset_remove_data">
<description>
-Sets the contents of a %G_TYPE_OBJECT derived #GValue to @v_object
-and takes over the ownership of the callers reference to @v_object;
-the caller doesn't have to unref it any more (i.e. the reference
-count of the object is not increased).
-
-If you want the #GValue to hold its own reference to @v_object, use
-g_value_set_object() instead.
-
-Since: 2.4
+Removes a data element corresponding to a string. Its destroy
+function is called if it has been set.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="value">
-<parameter_description> a valid #GValue of %G_TYPE_OBJECT derived type
+<parameter name="l">
+<parameter_description> the location identifying the dataset.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="v_object">
-<parameter_description> object value to be set
+<parameter name="k">
+<parameter_description> the string identifying the data element.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_main_depth">
+<function name="g_list_index">
<description>
-Return value: The main loop recursion level in the current thread
+Gets the position of the element containing
+the given data (starting from 0).
+
</description>
<parameters>
+<parameter name="list">
+<parameter_description> a #GList
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="data">
+<parameter_description> the data to find
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> The main loop recursion level in the current thread
+<return> the index of the element containing the data,
+or -1 if the data is not found
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_list_insert_sorted_with_data">
+<function name="g_param_spec_get_redirect_target">
<description>
-Inserts a new element into the list, using the given comparison
-function to determine its position.
+If the paramspec redirects operations to another paramspec,
+returns that paramspec. Redirect is used typically for
+providing a new implementation of a property in a derived
+type while preserving all the properties from the parent
+type. Redirection is established by creating a property
+of type #GParamSpecOverride. See g_object_class_override_property()
+for an example of the use of this capability.
+
+Since: 2.4
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="list">
-<parameter_description> a pointer to a #GList
+<parameter name="pspec">
+<parameter_description> a #GParamSpec
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="data">
-<parameter_description> the data for the new element
+</parameters>
+<return> paramspec to which requests on this paramspec should
+be redirected, or %NULL if none.
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_sprintf">
+<description>
+An implementation of the standard sprintf() function which supports
+positional parameters, as specified in the Single Unix Specification.
+
+Since: 2.2
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="string">
+<parameter_description> A pointer to a memory buffer to contain the resulting string. It
+is up to the caller to ensure that the allocated buffer is large
+enough to hold the formatted result
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="func">
-<parameter_description> the function to compare elements in the list.
-It should return a number &gt; 0 if the first parameter
-comes after the second parameter in the sort order.
+<parameter name="format">
+<parameter_description> a standard printf() format string, but notice
+<link linkend="string-precision">string precision pitfalls</link>.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="user_data">
-<parameter_description> user data to pass to comparison function.
+<parameter name="Varargs">
+<parameter_description> the arguments to insert in the output.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the new start of the #GList
+<return> the number of bytes printed.
-Since: 2.10
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_signal_accumulator_true_handled">
+<function name="g_strncasecmp">
<description>
-A predefined #GSignalAccumulator for signals that return a
-boolean values. The behavior that this accumulator gives is
-that a return of %TRUE stops the signal emission: no further
-callbacks will be invoked, while a return of %FALSE allows
-the emission to coninue. The idea here is that a %TRUE return
-indicates that the callback &lt;emphasis&gt;handled&lt;/emphasis&gt; the signal,
-and no further handling is needed.
+A case-insensitive string comparison, corresponding to the standard
+strncasecmp() function on platforms which support it.
+It is similar to g_strcasecmp() except it only compares the first @n
+characters of the strings.
-Since: 2.4
+Deprecated:2.2: The problem with g_strncasecmp() is that it does the
+comparison by calling toupper()/tolower(). These functions are
+locale-specific and operate on single bytes. However, it is impossible
+to handle things correctly from an I18N standpoint by operating on
+bytes, since characters may be multibyte. Thus g_strncasecmp() is
+broken if your string is guaranteed to be ASCII, since it's
+locale-sensitive, and it's broken if your string is localized, since
+it doesn't work on many encodings at all, including UTF-8, EUC-JP,
+etc.
+There are therefore two replacement functions: g_ascii_strncasecmp(),
+which only works on ASCII and is not locale-sensitive, and
+g_utf8_casefold(), which is good for case-insensitive sorting of UTF-8.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="ihint">
-<parameter_description> standard #GSignalAccumulator parameter
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="return_accu">
-<parameter_description> standard #GSignalAccumulator parameter
+<parameter name="s1">
+<parameter_description> a string.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="handler_return">
-<parameter_description> standard #GSignalAccumulator parameter
+<parameter name="s2">
+<parameter_description> a string to compare with @s1.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="dummy">
-<parameter_description> standard #GSignalAccumulator parameter
+<parameter name="n">
+<parameter_description> the maximum number of characters to compare.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> standard #GSignalAccumulator result
+<return> 0 if the strings match, a negative value if @s1 < @s2,
+or a positive value if @s1 > @s2.
+
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_hash_table_remove_all">
+<function name="g_list_nth_prev">
<description>
-Removes all keys and their associated values from a #GHashTable.
-
-If the #GHashTable was created using g_hash_table_new_full(), the keys
-and values are freed using the supplied destroy functions, otherwise you
-have to make sure that any dynamically allocated values are freed
-yourself.
+Gets the element @n places before @list.
-Since: 2.12
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="hash_table">
-<parameter_description> a #GHashTable
+<parameter name="list">
+<parameter_description> a #GList
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="n">
+<parameter_description> the position of the element, counting from 0
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> the element, or %NULL if the position is
+off the end of the #GList
+</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_key_file_set_list_separator">
+<function name="g_key_file_remove_group">
<description>
-Sets the character which is used to separate
-values in lists. Typically ';' or ',' are used
-as separators. The default list separator is ';'.
+Removes the specified group, @group_name,
+from the key file.
Since: 2.6
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="key_file">
-<parameter_description> a #GKeyFile
+<parameter_description> a #GKeyFile
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="separator">
-<parameter_description> the separator
+<parameter name="group_name">
+<parameter_description> a group name
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="error">
+<parameter_description> return location for a #GError or %NULL
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> %TRUE if the group was removed, %FALSE otherwise
+
+</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_rand_double_range">
+<function name="g_mutex_unlock">
<description>
-Return value: A random number.
+Unlocks @mutex. If another thread is blocked in a g_mutex_lock()
+call for @mutex, it will be woken and can lock @mutex itself.
+
+This function can be used even if g_thread_init() has not yet been
+called, and, in that case, will do nothing.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="rand_">
-<parameter_description> a #GRand.
+<parameter name="mutex">
+<parameter_description> a #GMutex.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="begin">
-<parameter_description> lower closed bound of the interval.
+</parameters>
+<return></return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_slist_nth_data">
+<description>
+Gets the data of the element at the given position.
+
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="list">
+<parameter_description> a #GSList
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="end">
-<parameter_description> upper open bound of the interval.
+<parameter name="n">
+<parameter_description> the position of the element
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> A random number.
+<return> the element's data, or %NULL if the position
+is off the end of the #GSList
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_hash_table_remove">
+<function name="g_ptr_array_remove_fast">
<description>
-Removes a key and its associated value from a #GHashTable.
-
-If the #GHashTable was created using g_hash_table_new_full(), the
-key and value are freed using the supplied destroy functions, otherwise
-you have to make sure that any dynamically allocated values are freed
-yourself.
+Removes the first occurrence of the given pointer from the pointer
+array. The last element in the array is used to fill in the space,
+so this function does not preserve the order of the array. But it is
+faster than g_ptr_array_remove(). If @array has a non-%NULL
+#GDestroyNotify function it is called for the removed element.
+It returns %TRUE if the pointer was removed, or %FALSE if the
+pointer was not found.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="hash_table">
-<parameter_description> a #GHashTable.
+<parameter name="array">
+<parameter_description> a #GPtrArray.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="key">
-<parameter_description> the key to remove.
+<parameter name="data">
+<parameter_description> the pointer to remove.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> %TRUE if the key was found and removed from the #GHashTable.
+<return> %TRUE if the pointer was found in the array.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_object_force_floating">
+<function name="g_string_prepend_c">
<description>
-This function is intended for #GObject implementations to re-enforce a
-&lt;link linkend="floating-ref"&gt;floating&lt;/link&gt; object reference.
-Doing this is seldomly required, all
-#GInitiallyUnowned&lt;!-- --&gt;s are created with a floating reference which
-usually just needs to be sunken by calling g_object_ref_sink().
+Adds a byte onto the start of a #GString,
+expanding it if necessary.
-Since: 2.10
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="object">
-<parameter_description> a #GObject
+<parameter name="string">
+<parameter_description> a #GString
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="c">
+<parameter_description> the byte to prepend on the start of the #GString
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> @string
+</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_string_up">
+<function name="g_static_mutex_trylock">
<description>
-Converts a #GString to uppercase.
-
+Works like g_mutex_trylock(), but for a #GStaticMutex.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="string">
-<parameter_description> a #GString
+<parameter name="mutex">
+<parameter_description> a #GStaticMutex.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> @string
-
-Deprecated:2.2: This function uses the locale-specific
-toupper() function, which is almost never the right thing.
-Use g_string_ascii_up() or g_utf8_strup() instead.
+<return> %TRUE, if the #GStaticMutex could be locked.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_error_matches">
+<function name="g_completion_clear_items">
<description>
-Return value: whether @error has @domain and @code
+Removes all items from the #GCompletion.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="error">
-<parameter_description> a #GError
+<parameter name="cmp">
+<parameter_description> the #GCompletion.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="domain">
-<parameter_description> an error domain
+</parameters>
+<return></return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_param_value_defaults">
+<description>
+Checks whether @value contains the default value as specified in @pspec.
+
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="pspec">
+<parameter_description> a valid #GParamSpec
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="code">
-<parameter_description> an error code
+<parameter name="value">
+<parameter_description> a #GValue of correct type for @pspec
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> whether @error has @domain and @code
+<return> whether @value contains the canonical default for this @pspec
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_string_sized_new">
+<function name="g_list_pop_allocator">
<description>
-Creates a new #GString, with enough space for @dfl_size
-bytes. This is useful if you are going to add a lot of
-text to the string and don't want it to be reallocated
-too often.
+Restores the previous #GAllocator, used when allocating #GList
+elements.
+
+Note that this function is not available if GLib has been compiled
+with <option>--disable-mem-pools</option>
+Deprecated:2.10: It does nothing, since #GList has been converted
+to the <link linkend="glib-Memory-Slices">slice
+allocator</link>
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="dfl_size">
-<parameter_description> the default size of the space allocated to
-hold the string
+</parameters>
+<return></return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_markup_escape_text">
+<description>
+Escapes text so that the markup parser will parse it verbatim.
+Less than, greater than, ampersand, etc. are replaced with the
+corresponding entities. This function would typically be used
+when writing out a file to be parsed with the markup parser.
+
+Note that this function doesn't protect whitespace and line endings
+from being processed according to the XML rules for normalization
+of line endings and attribute values.
+
+Note also that if given a string containing them, this function
+will produce character references in the range of &#x1; ..
+&#x1f; for all control sequences except for tabstop, newline
+and carriage return. The character references in this range are
+not valid XML 1.0, but they are valid XML 1.1 and will be accepted
+by the GMarkup parser.
+
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="text">
+<parameter_description> some valid UTF-8 text
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="length">
+<parameter_description> length of @text in bytes, or -1 if the text is nul-terminated
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the new #GString
+<return> a newly allocated string with the escaped text
</return>
</function>
-<function name="_glib_get_locale_dir">
+<function name="g_variant_type_peek_string">
<description>
-Return the path to the share\locale or lib\locale subfolder of the
-GLib installation folder. The path is in the system codepage. We
-have to use system codepage as bindtextdomain() doesn't have a
-UTF-8 interface.
+Returns the type string corresponding to the given @type. The
+result is not nul-terminated; in order to determine its length you
+must call g_variant_type_get_string_length().
+
+To get a nul-terminated string, see g_variant_type_dup_string().
+
+Since 2.24
</description>
<parameters>
+<parameter name="type">
+<parameter_description> a #GVariantType
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> the corresponding type string (not nul-terminated)
+</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_filename_display_name">
+<function name="g_type_default_interface_peek">
<description>
-Converts a filename into a valid UTF-8 string. The conversion is
-not necessarily reversible, so you should keep the original around
-and use the return value of this function only for display purposes.
-Unlike g_filename_to_utf8(), the result is guaranteed to be non-%NULL
-even if the filename actually isn't in the GLib file name encoding.
-
-If GLib can not make sense of the encoding of @filename, as a last resort it
-replaces unknown characters with U+FFFD, the Unicode replacement character.
-You can search the result for the UTF-8 encoding of this character (which is
-"\357\277\275" in octal notation) to find out if @filename was in an invalid
-encoding.
+If the interface type @g_type is currently in use, returns its
+default interface vtable.
-If you know the whole pathname of the file you should use
-g_filename_display_basename(), since that allows location-based
-translation of filenames.
+Since: 2.4
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="filename">
-<parameter_description> a pathname hopefully in the GLib file name encoding
+<parameter name="g_type">
+<parameter_description> an interface type
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a newly allocated string containing
-a rendition of the filename in valid UTF-8
-
-Since: 2.6
+<return> the default vtable for the interface, or %NULL
+if the type is not currently in use.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_slist_foreach">
+<function name="g_array_insert_val">
<description>
-Calls a function for each element of a #GSList.
+Inserts an element into an array at the given index.
+
+<note><para>g_array_insert_val() is a macro which uses a reference
+to the value parameter @v. This means that you cannot use it with
+literal values such as "27". You must use variables.</para></note>
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="list">
-<parameter_description> a #GSList
+<parameter name="a">
+<parameter_description> a #GArray.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="func">
-<parameter_description> the function to call with each element's data
+<parameter name="i">
+<parameter_description> the index to place the element at.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="user_data">
-<parameter_description> user data to pass to the function
+<parameter name="v">
+<parameter_description> the value to insert into the array.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> the #GArray.
+</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_node_reverse_children">
+<function name="g_bit_lock">
<description>
-Reverses the order of the children of a #GNode.
-(It doesn't change the order of the grandchildren.)
+Sets the indicated @lock_bit in @address. If the bit is already
+set, this call will block until g_bit_unlock() unsets the
+corresponding bit.
+
+Attempting to lock on two different bits within the same integer is
+not supported and will very probably cause deadlocks.
+
+The value of the bit that is set is (1u << @bit). If @bit is not
+between 0 and 31 then the result is undefined.
+
+This function accesses @address atomically. All other accesses to
+ address must be atomic in order for this function to work
+reliably.
+
+Since: 2.24
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="node">
-<parameter_description> a #GNode.
+<parameter name="address">
+<parameter_description> a pointer to an integer
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="lock_bit">
+<parameter_description> a bit value between 0 and 31
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_option_context_add_main_entries">
+<function name="g_remove">
<description>
-A convenience function which creates a main group if it doesn't
-exist, adds the @entries to it and sets the translation domain.
+A wrapper for the POSIX remove() function. The remove() function
+deletes a name from the filesystem.
+
+See your C library manual for more details about how remove() works
+on your system. On Unix, remove() removes also directories, as it
+calls unlink() for files and rmdir() for directories. On Windows,
+although remove() in the C library only works for files, this
+function tries first remove() and then if that fails rmdir(), and
+thus works for both files and directories. Note however, that on
+Windows, it is in general not possible to remove a file that is
+open to some process, or mapped into memory.
+
+If this function fails on Windows you can't infer too much from the
+errno value. rmdir() is tried regardless of what caused remove() to
+fail. Any errno value set by remove() will be overwritten by that
+set by rmdir().
Since: 2.6
</description>
<parameters>
+<parameter name="filename">
+<parameter_description> a pathname in the GLib file name encoding (UTF-8 on Windows)
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> 0 if the file was successfully removed, -1 if an error
+occurred
+
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_list_reverse">
+<description>
+Reverses a #GList.
+It simply switches the next and prev pointers of each element.
+
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="list">
+<parameter_description> a #GList
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> the start of the reversed #GList
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_main_context_check">
+<description>
+Passes the results of polling back to the main loop.
+
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
<parameter name="context">
-<parameter_description> a #GOptionContext
+<parameter_description> a #GMainContext
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="entries">
-<parameter_description> a %NULL-terminated array of #GOptionEntry&lt;!-- --&gt;s
+<parameter name="max_priority">
+<parameter_description> the maximum numerical priority of sources to check
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="translation_domain">
-<parameter_description> a translation domain to use for translating
-the &lt;option&gt;--help&lt;/option&gt; output for the options in @entries
-with gettext(), or %NULL
+<parameter name="fds">
+<parameter_description> array of #GPollFD's that was passed to the last call to
+g_main_context_query()
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="n_fds">
+<parameter_description> return value of g_main_context_query()
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> %TRUE if some sources are ready to be dispatched.
+</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_dir_open">
+<function name="g_variant_parse">
<description>
-Opens a directory for reading. The names of the files in the
-directory can then be retrieved using g_dir_read_name().
+Parses a #GVariant from a text representation.
+
+A single #GVariant is parsed from the content of @text.
+
+The memory at @limit will never be accessed and the parser behaves as
+if the character at @limit is the nul terminator. This has the
+effect of bounding @text.
+If @endptr is non-%NULL then @text is permitted to contain data
+following the value that this function parses and @endptr will be
+updated to point to the first character past the end of the text
+parsed by this function. If @endptr is %NULL and there is extra data
+then an error is returned.
+
+If @type is non-%NULL then the value will be parsed to have that
+type. This may result in additional parse errors (in the case that
+the parsed value doesn't fit the type) but may also result in fewer
+errors (in the case that the type would have been ambiguous, such as
+with empty arrays).
+
+In the event that the parsing is successful, the resulting #GVariant
+is returned.
+
+In case of any error, %NULL will be returned. If @error is non-%NULL
+then it will be set to reflect the error that occured.
+
+Officially, the language understood by the parser is "any string
+produced by g_variant_print()".
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="path">
-<parameter_description> the path to the directory you are interested in. On Unix
-in the on-disk encoding. On Windows in UTF-8
+<parameter name="type">
+<parameter_description> a #GVariantType, or %NULL
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="flags">
-<parameter_description> Currently must be set to 0. Reserved for future use.
+<parameter name="text">
+<parameter_description> a string containing a GVariant in text form
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="limit">
+<parameter_description> a pointer to the end of @text, or %NULL
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="endptr">
+<parameter_description> a location to store the end pointer, or %NULL
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="error">
-<parameter_description> return location for a #GError, or %NULL.
-If non-%NULL, an error will be set if and only if
-g_dir_open() fails.
+<parameter_description> a pointer to a %NULL #GError pointer, or %NULL
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a newly allocated #GDir on success, %NULL on failure.
-If non-%NULL, you must free the result with g_dir_close()
-when you are finished with it.
+<return> a reference to a #GVariant, or %NULL
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_poll">
+<function name="g_sequence_sort">
<description>
-Polls @fds, as with the poll() system call, but portably. (On
-systems that don't have poll(), it is emulated using select().)
-This is used internally by #GMainContext, but it can be called
-directly if you need to block until a file descriptor is ready, but
-don't want to run the full main loop.
-
-Each element of @fds is a #GPollFD describing a single file
-descriptor to poll. The %fd field indicates the file descriptor,
-and the %events field indicates the events to poll for. On return,
-the %revents fields will be filled with the events that actually
-occurred.
-
-On POSIX systems, the file descriptors in @fds can be any sort of
-file descriptor, but the situation is much more complicated on
-Windows. If you need to use g_poll() in code that has to run on
-Windows, the easiest solution is to construct all of your
-#GPollFD&lt;!-- --&gt;s with g_io_channel_win32_make_pollfd().
+Sorts @seq using @cmp_func.
+Since: 2.14
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="fds">
-<parameter_description> file descriptors to poll
+<parameter name="seq">
+<parameter_description> a #GSequence
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="nfds">
-<parameter_description> the number of file descriptors in @fds
+<parameter name="cmp_func">
+<parameter_description> the #GCompareDataFunc used to sort @seq. This function is
+passed two items of @seq and should return 0 if they are equal,
+a negative value if the first comes before the second, and a
+positive value if the second comes before the first.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="timeout">
-<parameter_description> amount of time to wait, in milliseconds, or -1 to wait forever
+<parameter name="cmp_data">
+<parameter_description> user data passed to @cmp_func
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the number of entries in @fds whose %revents fields
-were filled in, or 0 if the operation timed out, or -1 on error or
-if the call was interrupted.
+<return></return>
+</function>
-Since: 2.20
-</return>
+<function name="g_option_context_set_summary">
+<description>
+Adds a string to be displayed in <option>--help</option> output
+before the list of options. This is typically a summary of the
+program functionality.
+
+Note that the summary is translated (see
+g_option_context_set_translate_func() and
+g_option_context_set_translation_domain()).
+
+Since: 2.12
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="context">
+<parameter_description> a #GOptionContext
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="summary">
+<parameter_description> a string to be shown in <option>--help</option> output
+before the list of options, or %NULL
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_param_spec_ulong">
+<function name="g_param_spec_double">
<description>
-Creates a new #GParamSpecULong instance specifying a %G_TYPE_ULONG
+Creates a new #GParamSpecDouble instance specifying a %G_TYPE_DOUBLE
property.
See g_param_spec_internal() for details on property names.
@@ -24674,432 +29790,696 @@ See g_param_spec_internal() for details on property names.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_signal_override_class_handler">
+<function name="g_io_channel_read_to_end">
<description>
-Overrides the class closure (i.e. the default handler) for the
-given signal for emissions on instances of @instance_type with
-callabck @class_handler. @instance_type must be derived from the
-type to which the signal belongs.
-
-See g_signal_chain_from_overridden() and
-g_signal_chain_from_overridden_handler() for how to chain up to the
-parent class closure from inside the overridden one.
+Reads all the remaining data from the file.
-Since: 2.18
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="signal_name">
-<parameter_description> the name for the signal
+<parameter name="channel">
+<parameter_description> a #GIOChannel
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="instance_type">
-<parameter_description> the instance type on which to override the class handler
-for the signal.
+<parameter name="str_return">
+<parameter_description> Location to store a pointer to a string holding
+the remaining data in the #GIOChannel. This data should
+be freed with g_free() when no longer needed. This
+data is terminated by an extra nul character, but there
+may be other nuls in the intervening data.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="class_handler">
-<parameter_description> the handler.
+<parameter name="length">
+<parameter_description> location to store length of the data
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="error">
+<parameter_description> location to return an error of type #GConvertError
+or #GIOChannelError
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> %G_IO_STATUS_NORMAL on success.
+This function never returns %G_IO_STATUS_EOF.
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_variant_type_free">
+<description>
+Frees a #GVariantType that was allocated with
+g_variant_type_copy(), g_variant_type_new() or one of the container
+type constructor functions.
+
+In the case that @type is %NULL, this function does nothing.
+
+Since 2.24
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="type">
+<parameter_description> a #GVariantType, or %NULL
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_list_index">
+<function name="g_random_double">
<description>
-Gets the position of the element containing
-the given data (starting from 0).
+Returns a random #gdouble equally distributed over the range [0..1).
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="list">
-<parameter_description> a #GList
+</parameters>
+<return> A random number.
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_closure_add_finalize_notifier">
+<description>
+Registers a finalization notifier which will be called when the
+reference count of @closure goes down to 0. Multiple finalization
+notifiers on a single closure are invoked in unspecified order. If
+a single call to g_closure_unref() results in the closure being
+both invalidated and finalized, then the invalidate notifiers will
+be run before the finalize notifiers.
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="closure">
+<parameter_description> a #GClosure
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="data">
-<parameter_description> the data to find
+<parameter name="notify_data">
+<parameter_description> data to pass to @notify_func
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="notify_func">
+<parameter_description> the callback function to register
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the index of the element containing the data,
-or -1 if the data is not found
-</return>
+<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_object_steal_data">
+<function name="g_ascii_strcasecmp">
<description>
-Remove a specified datum from the object's data associations,
-without invoking the association's destroy handler.
+Compare two strings, ignoring the case of ASCII characters.
+
+Unlike the BSD strcasecmp() function, this only recognizes standard
+ASCII letters and ignores the locale, treating all non-ASCII
+bytes as if they are not letters.
+
+This function should be used only on strings that are known to be
+in encodings where the bytes corresponding to ASCII letters always
+represent themselves. This includes UTF-8 and the ISO-8859-*
+charsets, but not for instance double-byte encodings like the
+Windows Codepage 932, where the trailing bytes of double-byte
+characters include all ASCII letters. If you compare two CP932
+strings using this function, you will get false matches.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="object">
-<parameter_description> #GObject containing the associations
+<parameter name="s1">
+<parameter_description> string to compare with @s2.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="key">
-<parameter_description> name of the key
+<parameter name="s2">
+<parameter_description> string to compare with @s1.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the data if found, or %NULL if no such data exists.
+<return> 0 if the strings match, a negative value if @s1 < @s2,
+or a positive value if @s1 > @s2.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="GParamSpecPool">
+<function name="g_signal_remove_emission_hook">
<description>
-A #GParamSpecPool maintains a collection of #GParamSpec&lt;!-- --&gt;s which can be
-quickly accessed by owner and name. The implementation of the #GObject property
-system uses such a pool to store the #GParamSpecs of the properties all object
-types.
+Deletes an emission hook.
</description>
<parameters>
+<parameter name="signal_id">
+<parameter_description> the id of the signal
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="hook_id">
+<parameter_description> the id of the emission hook, as returned by
+g_signal_add_emission_hook()
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
</parameters>
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_thread_pool_push">
+<function name="g_compute_checksum_for_data">
<description>
-Inserts @data into the list of tasks to be executed by @pool. When
-the number of currently running threads is lower than the maximal
-allowed number of threads, a new thread is started (or reused) with
-the properties given to g_thread_pool_new (). Otherwise @data stays
-in the queue until a thread in this pool finishes its previous task
-and processes @data.
+Computes the checksum for a binary @data of @length. This is a
+convenience wrapper for g_checksum_new(), g_checksum_get_string()
+and g_checksum_free().
- error can be %NULL to ignore errors, or non-%NULL to report
-errors. An error can only occur when a new thread couldn't be
-created. In that case @data is simply appended to the queue of work
-to do.
+The hexadecimal string returned will be in lower case.
+
+Since: 2.16
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="pool">
-<parameter_description> a #GThreadPool
+<parameter name="checksum_type">
+<parameter_description> a #GChecksumType
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="data">
-<parameter_description> a new task for @pool
+<parameter_description> binary blob to compute the digest of
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="error">
-<parameter_description> return location for error
+<parameter name="length">
+<parameter_description> length of @data
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> the digest of the binary data as a string in hexadecimal.
+The returned string should be freed with g_free() when done using it.
+
+</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_regex_ref">
+<function name="g_hash_table_insert">
<description>
-Increases reference count of @regex by 1.
+Inserts a new key and value into a #GHashTable.
+If the key already exists in the #GHashTable its current value is replaced
+with the new value. If you supplied a @value_destroy_func when creating the
+#GHashTable, the old value is freed using that function. If you supplied
+a @key_destroy_func when creating the #GHashTable, the passed key is freed
+using that function.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="regex">
-<parameter_description> a #GRegex
+<parameter name="hash_table">
+<parameter_description> a #GHashTable.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="key">
+<parameter_description> a key to insert.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="value">
+<parameter_description> the value to associate with the key.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> @regex
-
-Since: 2.14
-</return>
+<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_io_channel_read_line">
+<function name="g_tree_foreach">
<description>
-Reads a line, including the terminating character(s),
-from a #GIOChannel into a newly-allocated string.
- str_return will contain allocated memory if the return
-is %G_IO_STATUS_NORMAL.
+Calls the given function for each of the key/value pairs in the #GTree.
+The function is passed the key and value of each pair, and the given
+ data parameter. The tree is traversed in sorted order.
+The tree may not be modified while iterating over it (you can't
+add/remove items). To remove all items matching a predicate, you need
+to add each item to a list in your #GTraverseFunc as you walk over
+the tree, then walk the list and remove each item.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="channel">
-<parameter_description> a #GIOChannel
+<parameter name="tree">
+<parameter_description> a #GTree.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="str_return">
-<parameter_description> The line read from the #GIOChannel, including the
-line terminator. This data should be freed with g_free()
-when no longer needed. This is a nul-terminated string.
-If a @length of zero is returned, this will be %NULL instead.
+<parameter name="func">
+<parameter_description> the function to call for each node visited. If this function
+returns %TRUE, the traversal is stopped.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="length">
-<parameter_description> location to store length of the read data, or %NULL
+<parameter name="user_data">
+<parameter_description> user data to pass to the function.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="terminator_pos">
-<parameter_description> location to store position of line terminator, or %NULL
+</parameters>
+<return></return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_closure_set_marshal">
+<description>
+Sets the marshaller of @closure. The <literal>marshal_data</literal>
+of @marshal provides a way for a meta marshaller to provide additional
+information to the marshaller. (See g_closure_set_meta_marshal().) For
+GObject's C predefined marshallers (the g_cclosure_marshal_*()
+functions), what it provides is a callback function to use instead of
+ closure->callback.
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="closure">
+<parameter_description> a #GClosure
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="error">
-<parameter_description> A location to return an error of type #GConvertError
-or #GIOChannelError
+<parameter name="marshal">
+<parameter_description> a #GClosureMarshal function
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the status of the operation.
-</return>
+<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_object_ref_sink">
+<function name="g_get_user_special_dir">
<description>
-Increase the reference count of @object, and possibly remove the
-&lt;link linkend="floating-ref"&gt;floating&lt;/link&gt; reference, if @object
-has a floating reference.
+Returns the full path of a special directory using its logical id.
-In other words, if the object is floating, then this call "assumes
-ownership" of the floating reference, converting it to a normal
-reference by clearing the floating flag while leaving the reference
-count unchanged. If the object is not floating, then this call
-adds a new normal reference increasing the reference count by one.
+On Unix this is done using the XDG special user directories.
+For compatibility with existing practise, %G_USER_DIRECTORY_DESKTOP
+falls back to <filename>$HOME/Desktop</filename> when XDG special
+user directories have not been set up.
-Since: 2.10
+Depending on the platform, the user might be able to change the path
+of the special directory without requiring the session to restart; GLib
+will not reflect any change once the special directories are loaded.
+Since: 2.14
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="object">
-<parameter_description> a #GObject
+<parameter name="directory">
+<parameter_description> the logical id of special directory
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> @object
+<return> the path to the specified special directory, or %NULL
+if the logical id was not found. The returned string is owned by
+GLib and should not be modified or freed.
+
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_sequence_sort_changed">
+<function name="g_strcasecmp">
<description>
-Moves the data pointed to a new position as indicated by @cmp_func. This
-function should be called for items in a sequence already sorted according
-to @cmp_func whenever some aspect of an item changes so that @cmp_func
-may return different values for that item.
+A case-insensitive string comparison, corresponding to the standard
+strcasecmp() function on platforms which support it.
-Since: 2.14
+Deprecated:2.2: See g_strncasecmp() for a discussion of why this function
+is deprecated and how to replace it.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="iter">
-<parameter_description> A #GSequenceIter
+<parameter name="s1">
+<parameter_description> a string.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="cmp_func">
-<parameter_description> the #GCompareDataFunc used to compare items in the sequence. It
-is called with two items of the @seq and @user_data. It should
-return 0 if the items are equal, a negative value if the first
-item comes before the second, and a positive value if the second
-item comes before the first.
+<parameter name="s2">
+<parameter_description> a string to compare with @s1.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="cmp_data">
-<parameter_description> user data passed to @cmp_func.
+</parameters>
+<return> 0 if the strings match, a negative value if @s1 < @s2,
+or a positive value if @s1 > @s2.
+
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_propagate_error">
+<description>
+If @dest is %NULL, free @src; otherwise, moves @src into * dest
+The error variable @dest points to must be %NULL.
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="dest">
+<parameter_description> error return location
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="src">
+<parameter_description> error to move into the return location
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_strip_context">
+<function name="g_variant_new_int16">
<description>
-An auxiliary function for gettext() support (see Q_()).
+Creates a new int16 #GVariant instance.
+Since: 2.24
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="msgid">
-<parameter_description> a string
+<parameter name="int16">
+<parameter_description> a #gint16 value
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="msgval">
-<parameter_description> another string
+</parameters>
+<return> a new int16 #GVariant instance
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_variant_iter_new">
+<description>
+Creates a heap-allocated #GVariantIter for iterating over the items
+in @value.
+
+Use g_variant_iter_free() to free the return value when you no longer
+need it.
+
+A reference is taken to @value and will be released only when
+g_variant_iter_free() is called.
+
+Since: 2.24
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="value">
+<parameter_description> a container #GVariant
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> @msgval, unless @msgval is identical to @msgid and contains
-a '|' character, in which case a pointer to the substring of msgid after
-the first '|' character is returned.
+<return> a new heap-allocated #GVariantIter
+</return>
+</function>
-Since: 2.4
+<function name="g_string_equal">
+<description>
+Compares two strings for equality, returning %TRUE if they are equal.
+For use with #GHashTable.
+
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="v">
+<parameter_description> a #GString
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="v2">
+<parameter_description> another #GString
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> %TRUE if they strings are the same length and contain the
+same bytes
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_main_context_query">
+<function name="g_checksum_type_get_length">
<description>
-Determines information necessary to poll this main loop.
+Gets the length in bytes of digests of type @checksum_type
+Since: 2.16
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="context">
-<parameter_description> a #GMainContext
+<parameter name="checksum_type">
+<parameter_description> a #GChecksumType
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="max_priority">
-<parameter_description> maximum priority source to check
+</parameters>
+<return> the checksum length, or -1 if @checksum_type is
+not supported.
+
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_main_current_source">
+<description>
+Returns the currently firing source for this thread.
+
+Since: 2.12
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+</parameters>
+<return> The currently firing source or %NULL.
+
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_key_file_set_double_list">
+<description>
+Associates a list of double values with @key under
+ group_name If @key cannot be found then it is created.
+
+Since: 2.12
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="key_file">
+<parameter_description> a #GKeyFile
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="timeout_">
-<parameter_description> location to store timeout to be used in polling
+<parameter name="group_name">
+<parameter_description> a group name
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="fds">
-<parameter_description> location to store #GPollFD records that need to be polled.
+<parameter name="key">
+<parameter_description> a key
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="n_fds">
-<parameter_description> length of @fds.
+<parameter name="list">
+<parameter_description> an array of double values
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="length">
+<parameter_description> number of double values in @list
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the number of records actually stored in @fds,
-or, if more than @n_fds records need to be stored, the number
-of records that need to be stored.
-</return>
+<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_get_home_dir">
+<function name="g_enum_register_static">
<description>
-Gets the current user's home directory as defined in the
-password database.
+Registers a new static enumeration type with the name @name.
-Note that in contrast to traditional UNIX tools, this function
-prefers &lt;filename&gt;passwd&lt;/filename&gt; entries over the &lt;envar&gt;HOME&lt;/envar&gt;
-environment variable.
+It is normally more convenient to let <link
+linkend="glib-mkenums">glib-mkenums</link> generate a
+my_enum_get_type() function from a usual C enumeration definition
+than to write one yourself using g_enum_register_static().
-One of the reasons for this decision is that applications in many
-cases need special handling to deal with the case where
-&lt;envar&gt;HOME&lt;/envar&gt; is
-&lt;simplelist&gt;
-&lt;member&gt;Not owned by the user&lt;/member&gt;
-&lt;member&gt;Not writeable&lt;/member&gt;
-&lt;member&gt;Not even readable&lt;/member&gt;
-&lt;/simplelist&gt;
-Since applications are in general &lt;emphasis&gt;not&lt;/emphasis&gt; written
-to deal with these situations it was considered better to make
-g_get_home_dir() not pay attention to &lt;envar&gt;HOME&lt;/envar&gt; and to
-return the real home directory for the user. If applications
-want to pay attention to &lt;envar&gt;HOME&lt;/envar&gt;, they can do:
-|[
-const char *homedir = g_getenv ("HOME");
-if (!homedir)
-homedir = g_get_home_dir (&lt;!-- --&gt;);
-]|
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="name">
+<parameter_description> A nul-terminated string used as the name of the new type.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="const_static_values">
+<parameter_description> An array of #GEnumValue structs for the possible
+enumeration values. The array is terminated by a struct with all
+members being 0. GObject keeps a reference to the data, so it cannot
+be stack-allocated.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> The new type identifier.
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_sequence_iter_get_position">
+<description>
+Returns the position of @iter
+
+Since: 2.14
</description>
<parameters>
+<parameter name="iter">
+<parameter_description> a #GSequenceIter
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the current user's home directory
+<return> the position of @iter
+
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_list_prepend">
+<function name="g_utf8_normalize">
<description>
-Adds a new element on to the start of the list.
+Converts a string into canonical form, standardizing
+such issues as whether a character with an accent
+is represented as a base character and combining
+accent or as a single precomposed character. The
+string has to be valid UTF-8, otherwise %NULL is
+returned. You should generally call g_utf8_normalize()
+before comparing two Unicode strings.
-&lt;note&gt;&lt;para&gt;
-The return value is the new start of the list, which
-may have changed, so make sure you store the new value.
-&lt;/para&gt;&lt;/note&gt;
+The normalization mode %G_NORMALIZE_DEFAULT only
+standardizes differences that do not affect the
+text content, such as the above-mentioned accent
+representation. %G_NORMALIZE_ALL also standardizes
+the "compatibility" characters in Unicode, such
+as SUPERSCRIPT THREE to the standard forms
+(in this case DIGIT THREE). Formatting information
+may be lost but for most text operations such
+characters should be considered the same.
-|[
-/&ast; Notice that it is initialized to the empty list. &ast;/
-GList *list = NULL;
-list = g_list_prepend (list, "last");
-list = g_list_prepend (list, "first");
-]|
+%G_NORMALIZE_DEFAULT_COMPOSE and %G_NORMALIZE_ALL_COMPOSE
+are like %G_NORMALIZE_DEFAULT and %G_NORMALIZE_ALL,
+but returned a result with composed forms rather
+than a maximally decomposed form. This is often
+useful if you intend to convert the string to
+a legacy encoding or pass it to a system with
+less capable Unicode handling.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="list">
-<parameter_description> a pointer to a #GList
+<parameter name="str">
+<parameter_description> a UTF-8 encoded string.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="data">
-<parameter_description> the data for the new element
+<parameter name="len">
+<parameter_description> length of @str, in bytes, or -1 if @str is nul-terminated.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="mode">
+<parameter_description> the type of normalization to perform.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the new start of the #GList
+<return> a newly allocated string, that is the
+normalized form of @str, or %NULL if @str is not
+valid UTF-8.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_queue_init">
+<function name="g_private_get">
<description>
-A statically-allocated #GQueue must be initialized with this function
-before it can be used. Alternatively you can initialize it with
-#G_QUEUE_INIT. It is not necessary to initialize queues created with
-g_queue_new().
+Returns the pointer keyed to @private_key for the current thread. If
+g_private_set() hasn't been called for the current @private_key and
+thread yet, this pointer will be %NULL.
-Since: 2.14
+This function can be used even if g_thread_init() has not yet been
+called, and, in that case, will return the value of @private_key
+casted to #gpointer. Note however, that private data set
+<emphasis>before</emphasis> g_thread_init() will
+<emphasis>not</emphasis> be retained <emphasis>after</emphasis> the
+call. Instead, %NULL will be returned in all threads directly after
+g_thread_init(), regardless of any g_private_set() calls issued
+before threading system intialization.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="queue">
-<parameter_description> an uninitialized #GQueue
+<parameter name="private_key">
+<parameter_description> a #GPrivate.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> the corresponding pointer.
+</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_match_info_expand_references">
+<function name="g_match_info_fetch">
<description>
-Returns: the expanded string, or %NULL if an error occurred
+Retrieves the text matching the @match_num<!-- -->'th capturing
+parentheses. 0 is the full text of the match, 1 is the first paren
+set, 2 the second, and so on.
+
+If @match_num is a valid sub pattern but it didn't match anything
+(e.g. sub pattern 1, matching "b" against "(a)?b") then an empty
+string is returned.
+
+If the match was obtained using the DFA algorithm, that is using
+g_regex_match_all() or g_regex_match_all_full(), the retrieved
+string is not that of a set of parentheses but that of a matched
+substring. Substrings are matched in reverse order of length, so
+0 is the longest match.
+
+The string is fetched from the string passed to the match function,
+so you cannot call this function after freeing the string.
+
+Since: 2.14
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="match_info">
-<parameter_description> a #GMatchInfo or %NULL
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="string_to_expand">
-<parameter_description> the string to expand
+<parameter_description> #GMatchInfo structure
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="error">
-<parameter_description> location to store the error occuring, or %NULL to ignore errors
+<parameter name="match_num">
+<parameter_description> number of the sub expression
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the expanded string, or %NULL if an error occurred
+<return> The matched substring, or %NULL if an error occurred.
+You have to free the string yourself
-Since: 2.14
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_key_file_load_from_data">
+<function name="g_main_context_acquire">
<description>
-Loads a key file from memory into an empty #GKeyFile structure.
-If the object cannot be created then %error is set to a #GKeyFileError.
+Tries to become the owner of the specified context.
+If some other thread is the owner of the context,
+returns %FALSE immediately. Ownership is properly
+recursive: the owner can require ownership again
+and will release ownership when g_main_context_release()
+is called as many times as g_main_context_acquire().
+
+You must be the owner of a context before you
+can call g_main_context_prepare(), g_main_context_query(),
+g_main_context_check(), g_main_context_dispatch().
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="key_file">
-<parameter_description> an empty #GKeyFile struct
+<parameter name="context">
+<parameter_description> a #GMainContext
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="data">
-<parameter_description> key file loaded in memory
+</parameters>
+<return> %TRUE if the operation succeeded, and
+this thread is now the owner of @context.
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_file_set_contents">
+<description>
+Writes all of @contents to a file named @filename, with good error checking.
+If a file called @filename already exists it will be overwritten.
+
+This write is atomic in the sense that it is first written to a temporary
+file which is then renamed to the final name. Notes:
+<itemizedlist>
+<listitem>
+On Unix, if @filename already exists hard links to @filename will break.
+Also since the file is recreated, existing permissions, access control
+lists, metadata etc. may be lost. If @filename is a symbolic link,
+the link itself will be replaced, not the linked file.
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+On Windows renaming a file will not remove an existing file with the
+new name, so on Windows there is a race condition between the existing
+file being removed and the temporary file being renamed.
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+On Windows there is no way to remove a file that is open to some
+process, or mapped into memory. Thus, this function will fail if
+ filename already exists and is open.
+</listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+
+If the call was sucessful, it returns %TRUE. If the call was not successful,
+it returns %FALSE and sets @error. The error domain is #G_FILE_ERROR.
+Possible error codes are those in the #GFileError enumeration.
+
+Since: 2.8
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="filename">
+<parameter_description> name of a file to write @contents to, in the GLib file name
+encoding
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="length">
-<parameter_description> the length of @data in bytes
+<parameter name="contents">
+<parameter_description> string to write to the file
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="flags">
-<parameter_description> flags from #GKeyFileFlags
+<parameter name="length">
+<parameter_description> length of @contents, or -1 if @contents is a nul-terminated string
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="error">
@@ -25107,527 +30487,904 @@ If the object cannot be created then %error is set to a #GKeyFileError.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> %TRUE if a key file could be loaded, %FALSE otherwise
+<return> %TRUE on success, %FALSE if an error occurred
-Since: 2.6
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_param_spec_char">
+<function name="g_type_depth">
<description>
-Creates a new #GParamSpecChar instance specifying a %G_TYPE_CHAR property.
+Returns the length of the ancestry of the passed in type. This
+includes the type itself, so that e.g. a fundamental type has depth 1.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="name">
-<parameter_description> canonical name of the property specified
+<parameter name="type">
+<parameter_description> A #GType value.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="nick">
-<parameter_description> nick name for the property specified
+</parameters>
+<return> The depth of @type.
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_hash_table_get_keys">
+<description>
+Retrieves every key inside @hash_table. The returned data is valid
+until @hash_table is modified.
+
+Since: 2.14
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="hash_table">
+<parameter_description> a #GHashTable
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="blurb">
-<parameter_description> description of the property specified
+</parameters>
+<return> a #GList containing all the keys inside the hash
+table. The content of the list is owned by the hash table and
+should not be modified or freed. Use g_list_free() when done
+using the list.
+
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_byte_array_ref">
+<description>
+Atomically increments the reference count of @array by one. This
+function is MT-safe and may be called from any thread.
+
+Since: 2.22
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="array">
+<parameter_description> A #GByteArray.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="minimum">
-<parameter_description> minimum value for the property specified
+</parameters>
+<return> The passed in #GByteArray.
+
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_key_file_set_boolean_list">
+<description>
+Associates a list of boolean values with @key under @group_name.
+If @key cannot be found then it is created.
+If @group_name is %NULL, the start_group is used.
+
+Since: 2.6
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="key_file">
+<parameter_description> a #GKeyFile
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="maximum">
-<parameter_description> maximum value for the property specified
+<parameter name="group_name">
+<parameter_description> a group name
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="default_value">
-<parameter_description> default value for the property specified
+<parameter name="key">
+<parameter_description> a key
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="flags">
-<parameter_description> flags for the property specified
+<parameter name="list">
+<parameter_description> an array of boolean values
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="length">
+<parameter_description> length of @list
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a newly created parameter specification
-</return>
+<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_string_ascii_up">
+<function name="g_object_set_data_full">
<description>
-Converts all lower case ASCII letters to upper case ASCII letters.
+Like g_object_set_data() except it adds notification
+for when the association is destroyed, either by setting it
+to a different value or when the object is destroyed.
+Note that the @destroy callback is not called if @data is %NULL.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="string">
-<parameter_description> a GString
+<parameter name="object">
+<parameter_description> #GObject containing the associations
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="key">
+<parameter_description> name of the key
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="data">
+<parameter_description> data to associate with that key
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="destroy">
+<parameter_description> function to call when the association is destroyed
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> passed-in @string pointer, with all the lower case
-characters converted to upper case in place, with
-semantics that exactly match g_ascii_toupper().
+<return></return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_value_get_param">
+<description>
+Get the contents of a %G_TYPE_PARAM #GValue.
+
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="value">
+<parameter_description> a valid #GValue whose type is derived from %G_TYPE_PARAM
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> #GParamSpec content of @value
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_ascii_strcasecmp">
+<function name="g_unichar_totitle">
<description>
-Compare two strings, ignoring the case of ASCII characters.
+Converts a character to the titlecase.
-Unlike the BSD strcasecmp() function, this only recognizes standard
-ASCII letters and ignores the locale, treating all non-ASCII
-bytes as if they are not letters.
-This function should be used only on strings that are known to be
-in encodings where the bytes corresponding to ASCII letters always
-represent themselves. This includes UTF-8 and the ISO-8859-*
-charsets, but not for instance double-byte encodings like the
-Windows Codepage 932, where the trailing bytes of double-byte
-characters include all ASCII letters. If you compare two CP932
-strings using this function, you will get false matches.
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="c">
+<parameter_description> a Unicode character
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> the result of converting @c to titlecase.
+If @c is not an uppercase or lowercase character,
+ c is returned unchanged.
+</return>
+</function>
+<function name="g_main_loop_unref">
+<description>
+Decreases the reference count on a #GMainLoop object by one. If
+the result is zero, free the loop and free all associated memory.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="s1">
-<parameter_description> string to compare with @s2.
+<parameter name="loop">
+<parameter_description> a #GMainLoop
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="s2">
-<parameter_description> string to compare with @s1.
+</parameters>
+<return></return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_type_init_with_debug_flags">
+<description>
+Similar to g_type_init(), but additionally sets debug flags.
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="debug_flags">
+<parameter_description> Bitwise combination of #GTypeDebugFlags values for
+debugging purposes.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> 0 if the strings match, a negative value if @s1 &lt; @s2,
-or a positive value if @s1 &gt; @s2.
-</return>
+<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_slist_last">
+<function name="g_bookmark_file_get_added">
<description>
-Gets the last element in a #GSList.
+Gets the time the bookmark for @uri was added to @bookmark
-&lt;note&gt;&lt;para&gt;
-This function iterates over the whole list.
-&lt;/para&gt;&lt;/note&gt;
+In the event the URI cannot be found, -1 is returned and
+ error is set to #G_BOOKMARK_FILE_ERROR_URI_NOT_FOUND.
+Since: 2.12
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="list">
-<parameter_description> a #GSList
+<parameter name="bookmark">
+<parameter_description> a #GBookmarkFile
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="uri">
+<parameter_description> a valid URI
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="error">
+<parameter_description> return location for a #GError, or %NULL
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the last element in the #GSList,
-or %NULL if the #GSList has no elements
+<return> a timestamp
+
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_async_queue_new_full">
+<function name="g_option_group_set_translation_domain">
<description>
-Creates a new asynchronous queue with an initial reference count of 1 and
-sets up a destroy notify function that is used to free any remaining
-queue items when the queue is destroyed after the final unref.
+A convenience function to use gettext() for translating
+user-visible strings.
+Since: 2.6
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="item_free_func">
-<parameter_description> function to free queue elements
+<parameter name="group">
+<parameter_description> a #GOptionGroup
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="domain">
+<parameter_description> the domain to use
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the new #GAsyncQueue.
+<return></return>
+</function>
-Since: 2.16
-</return>
+<function name="g_cache_destroy">
+<description>
+Frees the memory allocated for the #GCache.
+
+Note that it does not destroy the keys and values which were
+contained in the #GCache.
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="cache">
+<parameter_description> a #GCache.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_thread_pool_get_max_threads">
+<function name="g_variant_type_is_variant">
<description>
-Return value: the maximal number of threads
+Determines if the given @type is the variant type.
+
+Since 2.24
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="pool">
-<parameter_description> a #GThreadPool
+<parameter name="type">
+<parameter_description> a #GVariantType
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the maximal number of threads
+<return> %TRUE if @type is the variant type
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_get_filename_charsets">
+<function name="g_checksum_free">
<description>
-Determines the preferred character sets used for filenames.
-The first character set from the @charsets is the filename encoding, the
-subsequent character sets are used when trying to generate a displayable
-representation of a filename, see g_filename_display_name().
+Frees the memory allocated for @checksum.
-On Unix, the character sets are determined by consulting the
-environment variables &lt;envar&gt;G_FILENAME_ENCODING&lt;/envar&gt; and
-&lt;envar&gt;G_BROKEN_FILENAMES&lt;/envar&gt;. On Windows, the character set
-used in the GLib API is always UTF-8 and said environment variables
-have no effect.
+Since: 2.16
-&lt;envar&gt;G_FILENAME_ENCODING&lt;/envar&gt; may be set to a comma-separated list
-of character set names. The special token "&commat;locale" is taken to
-mean the character set for the &lt;link linkend="setlocale"&gt;current
-locale&lt;/link&gt;. If &lt;envar&gt;G_FILENAME_ENCODING&lt;/envar&gt; is not set, but
-&lt;envar&gt;G_BROKEN_FILENAMES&lt;/envar&gt; is, the character set of the current
-locale is taken as the filename encoding. If neither environment variable
-is set, UTF-8 is taken as the filename encoding, but the character
-set of the current locale is also put in the list of encodings.
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="checksum">
+<parameter_description> a #GChecksum
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return></return>
+</function>
-The returned @charsets belong to GLib and must not be freed.
+<function name="g_freopen">
+<description>
+A wrapper for the POSIX freopen() function. The freopen() function
+opens a file and associates it with an existing stream.
-Note that on Unix, regardless of the locale character set or
-&lt;envar&gt;G_FILENAME_ENCODING&lt;/envar&gt; value, the actual file names present
-on a system might be in any random encoding or just gibberish.
+See your C library manual for more details about freopen().
+Since: 2.6
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="charsets">
-<parameter_description> return location for the %NULL-terminated list of encoding names
+<parameter name="filename">
+<parameter_description> a pathname in the GLib file name encoding (UTF-8 on Windows)
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="mode">
+<parameter_description> a string describing the mode in which the file should be
+opened
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="stream">
+<parameter_description> an existing stream which will be reused, or %NULL
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> %TRUE if the filename encoding is UTF-8.
+<return> A <type>FILE</type> pointer if the file was successfully
+opened, or %NULL if an error occurred.
-Since: 2.6
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_value_reset">
+<function name="g_tree_lookup">
<description>
-Clears the current value in @value and resets it to the default value
-(as if the value had just been initialized).
+Gets the value corresponding to the given key. Since a #GTree is
+automatically balanced as key/value pairs are added, key lookup is very
+fast.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="value">
-<parameter_description> An initialized #GValue structure.
+<parameter name="tree">
+<parameter_description> a #GTree.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="key">
+<parameter_description> the key to look up.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the #GValue structure that has been passed in
+<return> the value corresponding to the key, or %NULL if the key was
+not found.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_boxed_free">
+<function name="g_hash_table_destroy">
<description>
-Free the boxed structure @boxed which is of type @boxed_type.
+Destroys all keys and values in the #GHashTable and decrements its
+reference count by 1. If keys and/or values are dynamically allocated,
+you should either free them first or create the #GHashTable with destroy
+notifiers using g_hash_table_new_full(). In the latter case the destroy
+functions you supplied will be called on all keys and values during the
+destruction phase.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="boxed_type">
-<parameter_description> The type of @boxed.
+<parameter name="hash_table">
+<parameter_description> a #GHashTable.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="boxed">
-<parameter_description> The boxed structure to be freed.
+</parameters>
+<return></return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_datalist_id_set_data_full">
+<description>
+Sets the data corresponding to the given #GQuark id, and the
+function to be called when the element is removed from the datalist.
+Any previous data with the same key is removed, and its destroy
+function is called.
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="datalist">
+<parameter_description> a datalist.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="key_id">
+<parameter_description> the #GQuark to identify the data element.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="data">
+<parameter_description> the data element or %NULL to remove any previous element
+corresponding to @key_id.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="destroy_func">
+<parameter_description> the function to call when the data element is
+removed. This function will be called with the data
+element and can be used to free any memory allocated
+for it. If @data is %NULL, then @destroy_func must
+also be %NULL.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_ascii_digit_value">
+<function name="g_test_timer_last">
<description>
-Determines the numeric value of a character as a decimal
-digit. Differs from g_unichar_digit_value() because it takes
-a char, so there's no worry about sign extension if characters
-are signed.
+Report the last result of g_test_timer_elapsed().
+
+Since: 2.16
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+</parameters>
+<return> the last result of g_test_timer_elapsed(), as a double
+
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_unichar_iswide">
+<description>
+Determines if a character is typically rendered in a double-width
+cell.
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="c">
-<parameter_description> an ASCII character.
+<parameter_description> a Unicode character
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> If @c is a decimal digit (according to
-g_ascii_isdigit()), its numeric value. Otherwise, -1.
+<return> %TRUE if the character is wide
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_io_add_watch_full">
+<function name="g_slist_remove_link">
<description>
-Adds the #GIOChannel into the default main loop context
-with the given priority.
-
-This internally creates a main loop source using g_io_create_watch()
-and attaches it to the main loop context with g_source_attach().
-You can do these steps manuallt if you need greater control.
+Removes an element from a #GSList, without
+freeing the element. The removed element's next
+link is set to %NULL, so that it becomes a
+self-contained list with one element.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="channel">
-<parameter_description> a #GIOChannel
+<parameter name="list">
+<parameter_description> a #GSList
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="priority">
-<parameter_description> the priority of the #GIOChannel source
+<parameter name="link_">
+<parameter_description> an element in the #GSList
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="condition">
-<parameter_description> the condition to watch for
+</parameters>
+<return> the new start of the #GSList, without the element
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_regex_get_capture_count">
+<description>
+Returns the number of capturing subpatterns in the pattern.
+
+Since: 2.14
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="regex">
+<parameter_description> a #GRegex
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="func">
-<parameter_description> the function to call when the condition is satisfied
+</parameters>
+<return> the number of capturing subpatterns
+
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_bookmark_file_get_modified">
+<description>
+Gets the time when the bookmark for @uri was last modified.
+
+In the event the URI cannot be found, -1 is returned and
+ error is set to #G_BOOKMARK_FILE_ERROR_URI_NOT_FOUND.
+
+Since: 2.12
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="bookmark">
+<parameter_description> a #GBookmarkFile
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="user_data">
-<parameter_description> user data to pass to @func
+<parameter name="uri">
+<parameter_description> a valid URI
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="notify">
-<parameter_description> the function to call when the source is removed
+<parameter name="error">
+<parameter_description> return location for a #GError, or %NULL
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the event source id
+<return> a timestamp
+
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_regex_new">
+<function name="g_type_module_set_name">
<description>
-Compiles the regular expression to an internal form, and does
-the initial setup of the #GRegex structure.
-
+Sets the name for a #GTypeModule
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="pattern">
-<parameter_description> the regular expression
+<parameter name="module">
+<parameter_description> a #GTypeModule.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="compile_options">
-<parameter_description> compile options for the regular expression, or 0
+<parameter name="name">
+<parameter_description> a human-readable name to use in error messages.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="match_options">
-<parameter_description> match options for the regular expression, or 0
+</parameters>
+<return></return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_io_channel_write_unichar">
+<description>
+Writes a Unicode character to @channel.
+This function cannot be called on a channel with %NULL encoding.
+
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="channel">
+<parameter_description> a #GIOChannel
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="thechar">
+<parameter_description> a character
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="error">
-<parameter_description> return location for a #GError
+<parameter_description> location to return an error of type #GConvertError
+or #GIOChannelError
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a #GRegex structure. Call g_regex_unref() when you
-are done with it
+<return> a #GIOStatus
+</return>
+</function>
-Since: 2.14
+<function name="g_random_double_range">
+<description>
+Returns a random #gdouble equally distributed over the range [ begin @end).
+
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="begin">
+<parameter_description> lower closed bound of the interval.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="end">
+<parameter_description> upper open bound of the interval.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> A random number.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_test_trap_reached_timeout">
+<function name="g_time_val_add">
<description>
-Check the result of the last g_test_trap_fork() call.
+Adds the given number of microseconds to @time_. @microseconds can
+also be negative to decrease the value of @time_.
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="time_">
+<parameter_description> a #GTimeVal
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="microseconds">
+<parameter_description> number of microseconds to add to @time
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return></return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_slist_push_allocator">
+<description>
+Sets the allocator to use to allocate #GSList elements. Use
+g_slist_pop_allocator() to restore the previous allocator.
+Note that this function is not available if GLib has been compiled
+with <option>--disable-mem-pools</option>
+
+Deprecated: 2.10: It does nothing, since #GSList has been converted
+to the <link linkend="glib-Memory-Slices">slice
+allocator</link>
</description>
<parameters>
+<parameter name="dummy">
+<parameter_description> the #GAllocator to use when allocating #GSList elements.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> %TRUE if the last forked child got killed due to a fork timeout.
+<return></return>
+</function>
-Since: 2.16
-</return>
+<function name="g_blow_chunks">
+<description>
+Calls g_mem_chunk_clean() on all #GMemChunk objects.
+
+Deprecated:2.10: Use the <link linkend="glib-Memory-Slices">slice
+allocator</link> instead
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+</parameters>
+<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_queue_pop_tail">
+<function name="g_child_watch_add">
<description>
-Removes the last element of the queue.
+Sets a function to be called when the child indicated by @pid
+exits, at a default priority, #G_PRIORITY_DEFAULT.
+
+If you obtain @pid from g_spawn_async() or g_spawn_async_with_pipes()
+you will need to pass #G_SPAWN_DO_NOT_REAP_CHILD as flag to
+the spawn function for the child watching to work.
+
+Note that on platforms where #GPid must be explicitly closed
+(see g_spawn_close_pid()) @pid must not be closed while the
+source is still active. Typically, you will want to call
+g_spawn_close_pid() in the callback function for the source.
+
+GLib supports only a single callback per process id.
+This internally creates a main loop source using
+g_child_watch_source_new() and attaches it to the main loop context
+using g_source_attach(). You can do these steps manually if you
+need greater control.
+
+Since: 2.4
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="queue">
-<parameter_description> a #GQueue.
+<parameter name="pid">
+<parameter_description> process id to watch. On POSIX the pid of a child process. On
+Windows a handle for a process (which doesn't have to be a child).
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="function">
+<parameter_description> function to call
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="data">
+<parameter_description> data to pass to @function
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the data of the last element in the queue, or %NULL if the queue
-is empty.
+<return> the ID (greater than 0) of the event source.
+
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_param_value_convert">
+<function name="g_type_module_use">
<description>
-Transforms @src_value into @dest_value if possible, and then
-validates @dest_value, in order for it to conform to @pspec. If
- strict_validation is %TRUE this function will only succeed if the
-transformed @dest_value complied to @pspec without modifications.
+Increases the use count of a #GTypeModule by one. If the
+use count was zero before, the plugin will be loaded.
+If loading the plugin fails, the use count is reset to
+its prior value.
-See also g_value_type_transformable(), g_value_transform() and
-g_param_value_validate().
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="module">
+<parameter_description> a #GTypeModule
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> %FALSE if the plugin needed to be loaded and
+loading the plugin failed.
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_object_class_install_property">
+<description>
+Installs a new property. This is usually done in the class initializer.
+
+Note that it is possible to redefine a property in a derived class,
+by installing a property with the same name. This can be useful at times,
+e.g. to change the range of allowed values or the default value.
</description>
<parameters>
+<parameter name="oclass">
+<parameter_description> a #GObjectClass
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="property_id">
+<parameter_description> the id for the new property
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
<parameter name="pspec">
-<parameter_description> a valid #GParamSpec
+<parameter_description> the #GParamSpec for the new property
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="src_value">
-<parameter_description> souce #GValue
+</parameters>
+<return></return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_io_channel_set_buffer_size">
+<description>
+Sets the buffer size.
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="channel">
+<parameter_description> a #GIOChannel
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="dest_value">
-<parameter_description> destination #GValue of correct type for @pspec
+<parameter name="size">
+<parameter_description> the size of the buffer, or 0 to let GLib pick a good size
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="strict_validation">
-<parameter_description> %TRUE requires @dest_value to conform to @pspec
-without modifications
+</parameters>
+<return></return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_signal_name">
+<description>
+Given the signal's identifier, finds its name.
+
+Two different signals may have the same name, if they have differing types.
+
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="signal_id">
+<parameter_description> the signal's identifying number.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> %TRUE if transformation and validation were successful,
-%FALSE otherwise and @dest_value is left untouched.
+<return> the signal name, or %NULL if the signal number was invalid.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_list_nth">
+<function name="g_value_take_boxed">
<description>
-Gets the element at the given position in a #GList.
+Sets the contents of a %G_TYPE_BOXED derived #GValue to @v_boxed
+and takes over the ownership of the callers reference to @v_boxed;
+the caller doesn't have to unref it any more.
+Since: 2.4
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="list">
-<parameter_description> a #GList
+<parameter name="value">
+<parameter_description> a valid #GValue of %G_TYPE_BOXED derived type
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="n">
-<parameter_description> the position of the element, counting from 0
+<parameter name="v_boxed">
+<parameter_description> duplicated unowned boxed value to be set
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the element, or %NULL if the position is off
-the end of the #GList
+<return></return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_int64_hash">
+<description>
+Converts a pointer to a #gint64 to a hash value.
+It can be passed to g_hash_table_new() as the @hash_func parameter,
+when using pointers to 64-bit integers values as keys in a #GHashTable.
+
+Since: 2.22
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="v">
+<parameter_description> a pointer to a #gint64 key
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> a hash value corresponding to the key.
+
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_list_insert_sorted">
+<function name="g_error_free">
<description>
-Inserts a new element into the list, using the given comparison
-function to determine its position.
+Frees a #GError and associated resources.
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="error">
+<parameter_description> a #GError
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return></return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_node_insert_before">
+<description>
+Inserts a #GNode beneath the parent before the given sibling.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="list">
-<parameter_description> a pointer to a #GList
+<parameter name="parent">
+<parameter_description> the #GNode to place @node under
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="data">
-<parameter_description> the data for the new element
+<parameter name="sibling">
+<parameter_description> the sibling #GNode to place @node before.
+If sibling is %NULL, the node is inserted as the last child of @parent.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="func">
-<parameter_description> the function to compare elements in the list. It should
-return a number &gt; 0 if the first parameter comes after the
-second parameter in the sort order.
+<parameter name="node">
+<parameter_description> the #GNode to insert
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the new start of the #GList
+<return> the inserted #GNode
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_signal_connect_object">
+<function name="g_variant_new_from_data">
<description>
-This is similar to g_signal_connect_data(), but uses a closure which
-ensures that the @gobject stays alive during the call to @c_handler
-by temporarily adding a reference count to @gobject.
+Creates a new #GVariant instance from serialised data.
-Note that there is a bug in GObject that makes this function
-much less useful than it might seem otherwise. Once @gobject is
-disposed, the callback will no longer be called, but, the signal
-handler is &lt;emphasis&gt;not&lt;/emphasis&gt; currently disconnected. If the
- instance is itself being freed at the same time than this doesn't
-matter, since the signal will automatically be removed, but
-if @instance persists, then the signal handler will leak. You
-should not remove the signal yourself because in a future versions of
-GObject, the handler &lt;emphasis&gt;will&lt;/emphasis&gt; automatically
-be disconnected.
+ type is the type of #GVariant instance that will be constructed.
+The interpretation of @data depends on knowing the type.
-It's possible to work around this problem in a way that will
-continue to work with future versions of GObject by checking
-that the signal handler is still connected before disconnected it:
-&lt;informalexample&gt;&lt;programlisting&gt;
-if (g_signal_handler_is_connected (instance, id))
-g_signal_handler_disconnect (instance, id);
-&lt;/programlisting&gt;&lt;/informalexample&gt;
+ data is not modified by this function and must remain valid with an
+unchanging value until such a time as @notify is called with
+ user_data If the contents of @data change before that time then
+the result is undefined.
+
+If @data is trusted to be serialised data in normal form then
+ trusted should be %TRUE. This applies to serialised data created
+within this process or read from a trusted location on the disk (such
+as a file installed in /usr/lib alongside your application). You
+should set trusted to %FALSE if @data is read from the network, a
+file in the user's home directory, etc.
+
+ notify will be called with @user_data when @data is no longer
+needed. The exact time of this call is unspecified and might even be
+before this function returns.
+Since: 2.24
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="instance">
-<parameter_description> the instance to connect to.
+<parameter name="type">
+<parameter_description> a #GVariantType
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="detailed_signal">
-<parameter_description> a string of the form "signal-name::detail".
+<parameter name="data">
+<parameter_description> the serialised data
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="c_handler">
-<parameter_description> the #GCallback to connect.
+<parameter name="size">
+<parameter_description> the size of @data
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="gobject">
-<parameter_description> the object to pass as data to @c_handler.
+<parameter name="trusted">
+<parameter_description> %TRUE if @data is definitely in normal form
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="connect_flags">
-<parameter_description> a combination of #GConnnectFlags.
+<parameter name="notify">
+<parameter_description> function to call when @data is no longer needed
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="user_data">
+<parameter_description> data for @notify
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the handler id.
+<return> a new floating #GVariant of type @type
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_timeout_add_full">
+<function name="g_timeout_add_seconds">
<description>
-Sets a function to be called at regular intervals, with the given
-priority. The function is called repeatedly until it returns
-%FALSE, at which point the timeout is automatically destroyed and
-the function will not be called again. The @notify function is
-called when the timeout is destroyed. The first call to the
-function will be at the end of the first @interval.
-
-Note that timeout functions may be delayed, due to the processing of other
-event sources. Thus they should not be relied on for precise timing.
-After each call to the timeout function, the time of the next
-timeout is recalculated based on the current time and the given interval
-(it does not try to 'catch up' time lost in delays).
+Sets a function to be called at regular intervals with the default
+priority, #G_PRIORITY_DEFAULT. The function is called repeatedly until
+it returns %FALSE, at which point the timeout is automatically destroyed
+and the function will not be called again.
-This internally creates a main loop source using g_timeout_source_new()
-and attaches it to the main loop context using g_source_attach(). You can
-do these steps manually if you need greater control.
+This internally creates a main loop source using
+g_timeout_source_new_seconds() and attaches it to the main loop context
+using g_source_attach(). You can do these steps manually if you need
+greater control. Also see g_timout_add_seconds_full().
+Since: 2.14
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="priority">
-<parameter_description> the priority of the timeout source. Typically this will be in
-the range between #G_PRIORITY_DEFAULT and #G_PRIORITY_HIGH.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
<parameter name="interval">
-<parameter_description> the time between calls to the function, in milliseconds
-(1/1000ths of a second)
+<parameter_description> the time between calls to the function, in seconds
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="function">
@@ -25635,261 +31392,402 @@ the range between #G_PRIORITY_DEFAULT and #G_PRIORITY_HIGH.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="data">
-<parameter_description> data to pass to @function
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="notify">
-<parameter_description> function to call when the timeout is removed, or %NULL
+<parameter_description> data to pass to @function
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the ID (greater than 0) of the event source.
+
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_source_is_destroyed">
+<function name="g_value_init">
<description>
-Return value: %TRUE if the source has been destroyed
+Initializes @value with the default value of @type.
+
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="source">
-<parameter_description> a #GSource
+<parameter name="value">
+<parameter_description> A zero-filled (uninitialized) #GValue structure.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="g_type">
+<parameter_description> Type the #GValue should hold values of.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> %TRUE if the source has been destroyed
-
-Since: 2.12
+<return> the #GValue structure that has been passed in
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_date_set_time_val">
+<function name="g_type_get_qdata">
<description>
-Sets the value of a date from a #GTimeVal value. Note that the
- tv_usec member is ignored, because #GDate can't make use of the
-additional precision.
+Obtains data which has previously been attached to @type
+with g_type_set_qdata().
-Since: 2.10
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="date">
-<parameter_description> a #GDate
+<parameter name="type">
+<parameter_description> a #GType
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="timeval">
-<parameter_description> #GTimeVal value to set
+<parameter name="quark">
+<parameter_description> a #GQuark id to identify the data
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> the data, or %NULL if no data was found
+</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_value_set_flags">
+<function name="g_thread_join">
<description>
-Set the contents of a %G_TYPE_FLAGS #GValue to @v_flags.
+Waits until @thread finishes, i.e. the function @func, as given to
+g_thread_create(), returns or g_thread_exit() is called by @thread.
+All resources of @thread including the #GThread struct are released.
+ thread must have been created with @joinable=%TRUE in
+g_thread_create(). The value returned by @func or given to
+g_thread_exit() by @thread is returned by this function.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="value">
-<parameter_description> a valid #GValue whose type is derived from %G_TYPE_FLAGS
+<parameter name="thread">
+<parameter_description> a #GThread to be waited for.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="v_flags">
-<parameter_description> flags value to be set
+</parameters>
+<return> the return value of the thread.
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_unichar_break_type">
+<description>
+Determines the break type of @c. @c should be a Unicode character
+(to derive a character from UTF-8 encoded text, use
+g_utf8_get_char()). The break type is used to find word and line
+breaks ("text boundaries"), Pango implements the Unicode boundary
+resolution algorithms and normally you would use a function such
+as pango_break() instead of caring about break types yourself.
+
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="c">
+<parameter_description> a Unicode character
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> the break type of @c
+</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_tree_lookup_extended">
+<function name="g_hash_table_steal">
<description>
-Looks up a key in the #GTree, returning the original key and the
-associated value and a #gboolean which is %TRUE if the key was found. This
-is useful if you need to free the memory allocated for the original key,
-for example before calling g_tree_remove().
+Removes a key and its associated value from a #GHashTable without
+calling the key and value destroy functions.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="tree">
-<parameter_description> a #GTree.
+<parameter name="hash_table">
+<parameter_description> a #GHashTable.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="lookup_key">
-<parameter_description> the key to look up.
+<parameter name="key">
+<parameter_description> the key to remove.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="orig_key">
-<parameter_description> returns the original key.
+</parameters>
+<return> %TRUE if the key was found and removed from the #GHashTable.
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_byte_array_set_size">
+<description>
+Sets the size of the #GByteArray, expanding it if necessary.
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="array">
+<parameter_description> a #GByteArray.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="value">
-<parameter_description> returns the value associated with the key.
+<parameter name="length">
+<parameter_description> the new size of the #GByteArray.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> %TRUE if the key was found in the #GTree.
+<return> the #GByteArray.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_unichar_iszerowidth">
+<function name="g_string_new_len">
<description>
-Determines if a given character typically takes zero width when rendered.
-The return value is %TRUE for all non-spacing and enclosing marks
-(e.g., combining accents), format characters, zero-width
-space, but not U+00AD SOFT HYPHEN.
+Creates a new #GString with @len bytes of the @init buffer.
+Because a length is provided, @init need not be nul-terminated,
+and can contain embedded nul bytes.
-A typical use of this function is with one of g_unichar_iswide() or
-g_unichar_iswide_cjk() to determine the number of cells a string occupies
-when displayed on a grid display (terminals). However, note that not all
-terminals support zero-width rendering of zero-width marks.
+Since this function does not stop at nul bytes, it is the caller's
+responsibility to ensure that @init has at least @len addressable
+bytes.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="c">
-<parameter_description> a Unicode character
+<parameter name="init">
+<parameter_description> initial contents of the string
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="len">
+<parameter_description> length of @init to use
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> %TRUE if the character has zero width
-
-Since: 2.14
+<return> a new #GString
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_utf8_strncpy">
+<function name="g_ptr_array_foreach">
<description>
-Like the standard C strncpy() function, but
-copies a given number of characters instead of a given number of
-bytes. The @src string must be valid UTF-8 encoded text.
-(Use g_utf8_validate() on all text before trying to use UTF-8
-utility functions with it.)
+Calls a function for each element of a #GPtrArray.
+Since: 2.4
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="dest">
-<parameter_description> buffer to fill with characters from @src
+<parameter name="array">
+<parameter_description> a #GPtrArray
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="src">
-<parameter_description> UTF-8 encoded string
+<parameter name="func">
+<parameter_description> the function to call for each array element
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="n">
-<parameter_description> character count
+<parameter name="user_data">
+<parameter_description> user data to pass to the function
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> @dest
-</return>
+<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_regex_check_replacement">
+<function name="g_queue_push_tail">
<description>
-Checks whether @replacement is a valid replacement string
-(see g_regex_replace()), i.e. that all escape sequences in
-it are valid.
-
-If @has_references is not %NULL then @replacement is checked
-for pattern references. For instance, replacement text 'foo\n'
-does not contain references and may be evaluated without information
-about actual match, but '\0\1' (whole match followed by first
-subpattern) requires valid #GMatchInfo object.
-
+Adds a new element at the tail of the queue.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="replacement">
-<parameter_description> the replacement string
+<parameter name="queue">
+<parameter_description> a #GQueue.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="has_references">
-<parameter_description> location to store information about
-references in @replacement or %NULL
+<parameter name="data">
+<parameter_description> the data for the new element.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="error">
-<parameter_description> location to store error
+</parameters>
+<return></return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_access">
+<description>
+A wrapper for the POSIX access() function. This function is used to
+test a pathname for one or several of read, write or execute
+permissions, or just existence.
+
+On Windows, the file protection mechanism is not at all POSIX-like,
+and the underlying function in the C library only checks the
+FAT-style READONLY attribute, and does not look at the ACL of a
+file at all. This function is this in practise almost useless on
+Windows. Software that needs to handle file permissions on Windows
+more exactly should use the Win32 API.
+
+See your C library manual for more details about access().
+
+Since: 2.8
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="filename">
+<parameter_description> a pathname in the GLib file name encoding (UTF-8 on Windows)
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="mode">
+<parameter_description> as in access()
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> whether @replacement is a valid replacement string
+<return> zero if the pathname refers to an existing file system
+object that has all the tested permissions, or -1 otherwise or on
+error.
-Since: 2.14
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_base64_decode">
+<function name="g_variant_new_parsed_va">
<description>
-Decode a sequence of Base-64 encoded text into binary data
+Parses @format and returns the result.
+
+This is the version of g_variant_new_parsed() intended to be used
+from libraries.
+
+The return value will be floating if it was a newly created GVariant
+instance. In the case that @format simply specified the collection
+of a #GVariant pointer (eg: @format was "%*") then the collected
+#GVariant pointer will be returned unmodified, without adding any
+additional references.
+In order to behave correctly in all cases it is necessary for the
+calling function to g_variant_ref_sink() the return result before
+returning control to the user that originally provided the pointer.
+At this point, the caller will have their own full reference to the
+result. This can also be done by adding the result to a container,
+or by passing it to another g_variant_new() call.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="text">
-<parameter_description> zero-terminated string with base64 text to decode
+<parameter name="format">
+<parameter_description> a text format #GVariant
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="out_len">
-<parameter_description> The length of the decoded data is written here
+<parameter name="app">
+<parameter_description> a pointer to a #va_list
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a newly allocated buffer containing the binary data
-that @text represents. The returned buffer must
-be freed with g_free().
-
-Since: 2.12
+<return> a new, usually floating, #GVariant
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_file_test">
+<function name="g_signal_new_class_handler">
<description>
-Return value: whether a test was %TRUE
+Creates a new signal. (This is usually done in the class initializer.)
+
+This is a variant of g_signal_new() that takes a C callback instead
+off a class offset for the signal's class handler. This function
+doesn't need a function pointer exposed in the class structure of
+an object definition, instead the function pointer is passed
+directly and can be overriden by derived classes with
+g_signal_override_class_closure() or
+g_signal_override_class_handler()and chained to with
+g_signal_chain_from_overridden() or
+g_signal_chain_from_overridden_handler().
+
+See g_signal_new() for information about signal names.
+
+Since: 2.18
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="filename">
-<parameter_description> a filename to test in the GLib file name encoding
+<parameter name="signal_name">
+<parameter_description> the name for the signal
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="test">
-<parameter_description> bitfield of #GFileTest flags
+<parameter name="itype">
+<parameter_description> the type this signal pertains to. It will also pertain to
+types which are derived from this type.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="signal_flags">
+<parameter_description> a combination of #GSignalFlags specifying detail of when
+the default handler is to be invoked. You should at least specify
+%G_SIGNAL_RUN_FIRST or %G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="class_handler">
+<parameter_description> a #GCallback which acts as class implementation of
+this signal. Used to invoke a class method generically. Pass %NULL to
+not associate a class method with this signal.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="accumulator">
+<parameter_description> the accumulator for this signal; may be %NULL.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="accu_data">
+<parameter_description> user data for the @accumulator.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="c_marshaller">
+<parameter_description> the function to translate arrays of parameter values to
+signal emissions into C language callback invocations.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="return_type">
+<parameter_description> the type of return value, or #G_TYPE_NONE for a signal
+without a return value.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="n_params">
+<parameter_description> the number of parameter types to follow.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="Varargs">
+<parameter_description> a list of types, one for each parameter.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> whether a test was %TRUE
+<return> the signal id
+
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_async_queue_length_unlocked">
+<function name="g_option_group_set_parse_hooks">
<description>
-Return value: the length of the @queue.
+Associates two functions with @group which will be called
+from g_option_context_parse() before the first option is parsed
+and after the last option has been parsed, respectively.
+
+Note that the user data to be passed to @pre_parse_func and
+ post_parse_func can be specified when constructing the group
+with g_option_group_new().
+
+Since: 2.6
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="queue">
-<parameter_description> a #GAsyncQueue.
+<parameter name="group">
+<parameter_description> a #GOptionGroup
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="pre_parse_func">
+<parameter_description> a function to call before parsing, or %NULL
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="post_parse_func">
+<parameter_description> a function to call after parsing, or %NULL
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the length of the @queue.
-</return>
+<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_bookmark_file_set_title">
+<function name="g_bookmark_file_add_application">
<description>
-Sets @title as the title of the bookmark for @uri inside the
-bookmark file @bookmark.
+Adds the application with @name and @exec to the list of
+applications that have registered a bookmark for @uri into
+ bookmark
-If @uri is %NULL, the title of @bookmark is set.
+Every bookmark inside a #GBookmarkFile must have at least an
+application registered. Each application must provide a name, a
+command line useful for launching the bookmark, the number of times
+the bookmark has been registered by the application and the last
+time the application registered this bookmark.
-If a bookmark for @uri cannot be found then it is created.
+If @name is %NULL, the name of the application will be the
+same returned by g_get_application_name(); if @exec is %NULL, the
+command line will be a composition of the program name as
+returned by g_get_prgname() and the "%u" modifier, which will be
+expanded to the bookmark's URI.
+
+This function will automatically take care of updating the
+registrations count and timestamping in case an application
+with the same @name had already registered a bookmark for
+ uri inside @bookmark.
+
+If no bookmark for @uri is found, one is created.
Since: 2.12
@@ -25900,456 +31798,731 @@ Since: 2.12
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="uri">
-<parameter_description> a valid URI or %NULL
+<parameter_description> a valid URI
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="title">
-<parameter_description> a UTF-8 encoded string
+<parameter name="name">
+<parameter_description> the name of the application registering the bookmark
+or %NULL
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="exec">
+<parameter_description> command line to be used to launch the bookmark or %NULL
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_signal_remove_emission_hook">
+<function name="g_slist_reverse">
<description>
-Deletes an emission hook.
+Reverses a #GSList.
+
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="signal_id">
-<parameter_description> the id of the signal
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="hook_id">
-<parameter_description> the id of the emission hook, as returned by
-g_signal_add_emission_hook()
+<parameter name="list">
+<parameter_description> a #GSList
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> the start of the reversed #GSList
+</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_thread_pool_set_max_threads">
+<function name="g_type_class_peek_parent">
<description>
-Sets the maximal allowed number of threads for @pool. A value of -1
-means, that the maximal number of threads is unlimited.
+This is a convenience function often needed in class initializers.
+It returns the class structure of the immediate parent type of the
+class passed in. Since derived classes hold a reference count on
+their parent classes as long as they are instantiated, the returned
+class will always exist. This function is essentially equivalent
+to:
-Setting @max_threads to 0 means stopping all work for @pool. It is
-effectively frozen until @max_threads is set to a non-zero value
-again.
+<programlisting>
+g_type_class_peek (g_type_parent (G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (g_class)));
+</programlisting>
-A thread is never terminated while calling @func, as supplied by
-g_thread_pool_new (). Instead the maximal number of threads only
-has effect for the allocation of new threads in g_thread_pool_push().
-A new thread is allocated, whenever the number of currently
-running threads in @pool is smaller than the maximal number.
- error can be %NULL to ignore errors, or non-%NULL to report
-errors. An error can only occur when a new thread couldn't be
-created.
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="g_class">
+<parameter_description> The #GTypeClass structure to retrieve the parent class for.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> The parent class of @g_class.
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_option_context_get_help">
+<description>
+Returns a formatted, translated help text for the given context.
+To obtain the text produced by <option>--help</option>, call
+<literal>g_option_context_get_help (context, TRUE, NULL)</literal>.
+To obtain the text produced by <option>--help-all</option>, call
+<literal>g_option_context_get_help (context, FALSE, NULL)</literal>.
+To obtain the help text for an option group, call
+<literal>g_option_context_get_help (context, FALSE, group)</literal>.
+
+Since: 2.14
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="pool">
-<parameter_description> a #GThreadPool
+<parameter name="context">
+<parameter_description> a #GOptionContext
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="max_threads">
-<parameter_description> a new maximal number of threads for @pool
+<parameter name="main_help">
+<parameter_description> if %TRUE, only include the main group
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="error">
-<parameter_description> return location for error
+<parameter name="group">
+<parameter_description> the #GOptionGroup to create help for, or %NULL
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> A newly allocated string containing the help text
+
+</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_utf8_find_next_char">
+<function name="g_main_context_new">
<description>
-Finds the start of the next UTF-8 character in the string after @p.
+Creates a new #GMainContext structure.
- p does not have to be at the beginning of a UTF-8 character. No check
-is made to see if the character found is actually valid other than
-it starts with an appropriate byte.
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+</parameters>
+<return> the new #GMainContext
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_vsnprintf">
+<description>
+A safer form of the standard vsprintf() function. The output is guaranteed
+to not exceed @n characters (including the terminating nul character), so
+it is easy to ensure that a buffer overflow cannot occur.
+
+See also g_strdup_vprintf().
+
+In versions of GLib prior to 1.2.3, this function may return -1 if the
+output was truncated, and the truncated string may not be nul-terminated.
+In versions prior to 1.3.12, this function returns the length of the output
+string.
+
+The return value of g_vsnprintf() conforms to the vsnprintf() function
+as standardized in ISO C99. Note that this is different from traditional
+vsnprintf(), which returns the length of the output string.
+
+The format string may contain positional parameters, as specified in
+the Single Unix Specification.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="p">
-<parameter_description> a pointer to a position within a UTF-8 encoded string
+<parameter name="string">
+<parameter_description> the buffer to hold the output.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="end">
-<parameter_description> a pointer to the byte following the end of the string,
-or %NULL to indicate that the string is nul-terminated.
+<parameter name="n">
+<parameter_description> the maximum number of bytes to produce (including the
+terminating nul character).
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="format">
+<parameter_description> a standard printf() format string, but notice
+<link linkend="string-precision">string precision pitfalls</link>.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="args">
+<parameter_description> the list of arguments to insert in the output.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a pointer to the found character or %NULL
+<return> the number of bytes which would be produced if the buffer
+was large enough.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_unichar_isspace">
+<function name="g_object_set_valist">
<description>
-Determines whether a character is a space, tab, or line separator
-(newline, carriage return, etc.). Given some UTF-8 text, obtain a
-character value with g_utf8_get_char().
+Sets properties on an object.
-(Note: don't use this to do word breaking; you have to use
-Pango or equivalent to get word breaking right, the algorithm
-is fairly complex.)
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="object">
+<parameter_description> a #GObject
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="first_property_name">
+<parameter_description> name of the first property to set
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="var_args">
+<parameter_description> value for the first property, followed optionally by more
+name/value pairs, followed by %NULL
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return></return>
+</function>
+<function name="g_datalist_id_remove_data">
+<description>
+Removes an element, using its #GQuark identifier.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="c">
-<parameter_description> a Unicode character
+<parameter name="dl">
+<parameter_description> a datalist.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="q">
+<parameter_description> the #GQuark identifying the data element.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> %TRUE if @c is a space character
-</return>
+<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_utf8_to_ucs4">
+<function name="g_set_error_literal">
<description>
-Convert a string from UTF-8 to a 32-bit fixed width
-representation as UCS-4. A trailing 0 will be added to the
-string after the converted text.
+Does nothing if @err is %NULL; if @err is non-%NULL, then * err
+must be %NULL. A new #GError is created and assigned to * err
+Unlike g_set_error(), @message is not a printf()-style format string.
+Use this function if @message contains text you don't have control over,
+that could include printf() escape sequences.
+Since: 2.18
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="str">
-<parameter_description> a UTF-8 encoded string
+<parameter name="err">
+<parameter_description> a return location for a #GError, or %NULL
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="len">
-<parameter_description> the maximum length of @str to use, in bytes. If @len &lt; 0,
-then the string is nul-terminated.
+<parameter name="domain">
+<parameter_description> error domain
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="items_read">
-<parameter_description> location to store number of bytes read, or %NULL.
-If %NULL, then %G_CONVERT_ERROR_PARTIAL_INPUT will be
-returned in case @str contains a trailing partial
-character. If an error occurs then the index of the
-invalid input is stored here.
+<parameter name="code">
+<parameter_description> error code
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="items_written">
-<parameter_description> location to store number of characters written or %NULL.
-The value here stored does not include the trailing 0
-character.
+<parameter name="message">
+<parameter_description> error message
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="error">
-<parameter_description> location to store the error occuring, or %NULL to ignore
-errors. Any of the errors in #GConvertError other than
-%G_CONVERT_ERROR_NO_CONVERSION may occur.
+</parameters>
+<return></return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_array_insert_vals">
+<description>
+Inserts @len elements into a #GArray at the given index.
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="array">
+<parameter_description> a #GArray.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="index_">
+<parameter_description> the index to place the elements at.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="data">
+<parameter_description> a pointer to the elements to insert.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="len">
+<parameter_description> the number of elements to insert.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a pointer to a newly allocated UCS-4 string.
-This value must be freed with g_free(). If an
-error occurs, %NULL will be returned and
- error set.
+<return> the #GArray.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_propagate_prefixed_error">
+<function name="g_type_register_fundamental">
<description>
-If @dest is %NULL, free @src; otherwise,
-moves @src into * dest * dest must be %NULL.
-After the move, add a prefix as with
-g_prefix_error().
+Registers @type_id as the predefined identifier and @type_name as the
+name of a fundamental type. The type system uses the information
+contained in the #GTypeInfo structure pointed to by @info and the
+#GTypeFundamentalInfo structure pointed to by @finfo to manage the
+type and its instances. The value of @flags determines additional
+characteristics of the fundamental type.
-Since: 2.16
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="dest">
-<parameter_description> error return location
+<parameter name="type_id">
+<parameter_description> A predefined type identifier.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="src">
-<parameter_description> error to move into the return location
+<parameter name="type_name">
+<parameter_description> 0-terminated string used as the name of the new type.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="format">
-<parameter_description> printf()-style format string
+<parameter name="info">
+<parameter_description> The #GTypeInfo structure for this type.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="Varargs">
-<parameter_description> arguments to @format
+<parameter name="finfo">
+<parameter_description> The #GTypeFundamentalInfo structure for this type.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="flags">
+<parameter_description> Bitwise combination of #GTypeFlags values.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> The predefined type identifier.
+</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_node_first_sibling">
+<function name="g_param_spec_ref_sink">
<description>
-Gets the first sibling of a #GNode.
-This could possibly be the node itself.
+Convenience function to ref and sink a #GParamSpec.
+Since: 2.10
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="node">
-<parameter_description> a #GNode
+<parameter name="pspec">
+<parameter_description> a valid #GParamSpec
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the first sibling of @node
+<return> the #GParamSpec that was passed into this function
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_type_module_register_type">
+<function name="g_string_prepend">
<description>
-Looks up or registers a type that is implemented with a particular
-type plugin. If a type with name @type_name was previously registered,
-the #GType identifier for the type is returned, otherwise the type
-is newly registered, and the resulting #GType identifier returned.
+Adds a string on to the start of a #GString,
+expanding it if necessary.
-When reregistering a type (typically because a module is unloaded
-then reloaded, and reinitialized), @module and @parent_type must
-be the same as they were previously.
-As long as any instances of the type exist, the type plugin will
-not be unloaded.
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="string">
+<parameter_description> a #GString
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="val">
+<parameter_description> the string to prepend on the start of @string
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> @string
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_string_append_unichar">
+<description>
+Converts a Unicode character into UTF-8, and appends it
+to the string.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="module">
-<parameter_description> a #GTypeModule
+<parameter name="string">
+<parameter_description> a #GString
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="parent_type">
-<parameter_description> the type for the parent class
+<parameter name="wc">
+<parameter_description> a Unicode character
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="type_name">
-<parameter_description> name for the type
+</parameters>
+<return> @string
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_param_spec_uint64">
+<description>
+Creates a new #GParamSpecUInt64 instance specifying a %G_TYPE_UINT64
+property.
+
+See g_param_spec_internal() for details on property names.
+
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="name">
+<parameter_description> canonical name of the property specified
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="type_info">
-<parameter_description> type information structure
+<parameter name="nick">
+<parameter_description> nick name for the property specified
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="blurb">
+<parameter_description> description of the property specified
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="minimum">
+<parameter_description> minimum value for the property specified
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="maximum">
+<parameter_description> maximum value for the property specified
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="default_value">
+<parameter_description> default value for the property specified
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="flags">
-<parameter_description> flags field providing details about the type
+<parameter_description> flags for the property specified
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the new or existing type ID
+<return> a newly created parameter specification
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_error_copy">
+<function name="g_option_context_get_ignore_unknown_options">
<description>
-Makes a copy of @error.
+Returns whether unknown options are ignored or not. See
+g_option_context_set_ignore_unknown_options().
+Since: 2.6
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="error">
-<parameter_description> a #GError
+<parameter name="context">
+<parameter_description> a #GOptionContext
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a new #GError
+<return> %TRUE if unknown options are ignored.
+
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_type_fundamental_next">
+<function name="g_object_remove_weak_pointer">
<description>
-Returns: The nextmost fundamental type ID to be registered,
+Removes a weak reference from @object that was previously added
+using g_object_add_weak_pointer(). The @weak_pointer_location has
+to match the one used with g_object_add_weak_pointer().
</description>
<parameters>
+<parameter name="object">
+<parameter_description> The object that is weak referenced.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="weak_pointer_location">
+<parameter_description> The memory address of a pointer.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> The nextmost fundamental type ID to be registered,
-or 0 if the type system ran out of fundamental type IDs.
-</return>
+<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_value_array_append">
+<function name="g_utf8_offset_to_pointer">
<description>
-Insert a copy of @value as last element of @value_array.
+Converts from an integer character offset to a pointer to a position
+within the string.
+
+Since 2.10, this function allows to pass a negative @offset to
+step backwards. It is usually worth stepping backwards from the end
+instead of forwards if @offset is in the last fourth of the string,
+since moving forward is about 3 times faster than moving backward.
+
+<note><para>
+This function doesn't abort when reaching the end of @str. Therefore
+you should be sure that @offset is within string boundaries before
+calling that function. Call g_utf8_strlen() when unsure.
+
+This limitation exists as this function is called frequently during
+text rendering and therefore has to be as fast as possible.
+</para></note>
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="value_array">
-<parameter_description> #GValueArray to add an element to
+<parameter name="str">
+<parameter_description> a UTF-8 encoded string
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="value">
-<parameter_description> #GValue to copy into #GValueArray
+<parameter name="offset">
+<parameter_description> a character offset within @str
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the #GValueArray passed in as @value_array
+<return> the resulting pointer
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_get_prgname">
+<function name="g_io_channel_get_encoding">
<description>
-Gets the name of the program. This name should &lt;emphasis&gt;not&lt;/emphasis&gt;
-be localized, contrast with g_get_application_name().
-(If you are using GDK or GTK+ the program name is set in gdk_init(),
-which is called by gtk_init(). The program name is found by taking
-the last component of &lt;literal&gt;argv[0]&lt;/literal&gt;.)
+Gets the encoding for the input/output of the channel.
+The internal encoding is always UTF-8. The encoding %NULL
+makes the channel safe for binary data.
</description>
<parameters>
+<parameter name="channel">
+<parameter_description> a #GIOChannel
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the name of the program. The returned string belongs
-to GLib and must not be modified or freed.
+<return> A string containing the encoding, this string is
+owned by GLib and must not be freed.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_string_insert_len">
+<function name="g_win32_get_package_installation_directory_of_module">
<description>
-Inserts @len bytes of @val into @string at @pos.
-Because @len is provided, @val may contain embedded
-nuls and need not be nul-terminated. If @pos is -1,
-bytes are inserted at the end of the string.
+This function tries to determine the installation directory of a
+software package based on the location of a DLL of the software
+package.
-Since this function does not stop at nul bytes, it is
-the caller's responsibility to ensure that @val has at
-least @len addressable bytes.
+ hmodule should be the handle of a loaded DLL or %NULL. The
+function looks up the directory that DLL was loaded from. If
+ hmodule is NULL, the directory the main executable of the current
+process is looked up. If that directory's last component is "bin"
+or "lib", its parent directory is returned, otherwise the directory
+itself.
+
+It thus makes sense to pass only the handle to a "public" DLL of a
+software package to this function, as such DLLs typically are known
+to be installed in a "bin" or occasionally "lib" subfolder of the
+installation folder. DLLs that are of the dynamically loaded module
+or plugin variety are often located in more private locations
+deeper down in the tree, from which it is impossible for GLib to
+deduce the root of the package installation.
+The typical use case for this function is to have a DllMain() that
+saves the handle for the DLL. Then when code in the DLL needs to
+construct names of files in the installation tree it calls this
+function passing the DLL handle.
+
+Since: 2.16
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="string">
-<parameter_description> a #GString
+<parameter name="hmodule">
+<parameter_description> The Win32 handle for a DLL loaded into the current process, or %NULL
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="pos">
-<parameter_description> position in @string where insertion should
-happen, or -1 for at the end
+</parameters>
+<return> a string containing the guessed installation directory for
+the software package @hmodule is from. The string is in the GLib
+file name encoding, i.e. UTF-8. The return value should be freed
+with g_free() when not needed any longer. If the function fails
+%NULL is returned.
+
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_sequence_insert_before">
+<description>
+Inserts a new item just before the item pointed to by @iter.
+
+Since: 2.14
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="iter">
+<parameter_description> a #GSequenceIter
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="val">
-<parameter_description> bytes to insert
+<parameter name="data">
+<parameter_description> the data for the new item
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="len">
-<parameter_description> number of bytes of @val to insert
+</parameters>
+<return> an iterator pointing to the new item
+
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_bookmark_file_load_from_file">
+<description>
+Loads a desktop bookmark file into an empty #GBookmarkFile structure.
+If the file could not be loaded then @error is set to either a #GFileError
+or #GBookmarkFileError.
+
+Since: 2.12
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="bookmark">
+<parameter_description> an empty #GBookmarkFile struct
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="filename">
+<parameter_description> the path of a filename to load, in the GLib file name encoding
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="error">
+<parameter_description> return location for a #GError, or %NULL
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> @string
+<return> %TRUE if a desktop bookmark file could be loaded
+
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_tree_replace">
+<function name="g_key_file_set_boolean">
<description>
-Inserts a new key and value into a #GTree similar to g_tree_insert().
-The difference is that if the key already exists in the #GTree, it gets
-replaced by the new key. If you supplied a @value_destroy_func when
-creating the #GTree, the old value is freed using that function. If you
-supplied a @key_destroy_func when creating the #GTree, the old key is
-freed using that function.
+Associates a new boolean value with @key under @group_name.
+If @key cannot be found then it is created.
-The tree is automatically 'balanced' as new key/value pairs are added,
-so that the distance from the root to every leaf is as small as possible.
+Since: 2.6
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="tree">
-<parameter_description> a #GTree.
+<parameter name="key_file">
+<parameter_description> a #GKeyFile
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="group_name">
+<parameter_description> a group name
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="key">
-<parameter_description> the key to insert.
+<parameter_description> a key
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="value">
-<parameter_description> the value corresponding to the key.
+<parameter_description> %TRUE or %FALSE
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_thread_pool_new">
+<function name="g_ucs4_to_utf8">
<description>
-This function creates a new thread pool.
-
-Whenever you call g_thread_pool_push(), either a new thread is
-created or an unused one is reused. At most @max_threads threads
-are running concurrently for this thread pool. @max_threads = -1
-allows unlimited threads to be created for this thread pool. The
-newly created or reused thread now executes the function @func with
-the two arguments. The first one is the parameter to
-g_thread_pool_push() and the second one is @user_data.
-
-The parameter @exclusive determines, whether the thread pool owns
-all threads exclusive or whether the threads are shared
-globally. If @exclusive is %TRUE, @max_threads threads are started
-immediately and they will run exclusively for this thread pool until
-it is destroyed by g_thread_pool_free(). If @exclusive is %FALSE,
-threads are created, when needed and shared between all
-non-exclusive thread pools. This implies that @max_threads may not
-be -1 for exclusive thread pools.
-
- error can be %NULL to ignore errors, or non-%NULL to report
-errors. An error can only occur when @exclusive is set to %TRUE and
-not all @max_threads threads could be created.
+Convert a string from a 32-bit fixed width representation as UCS-4.
+to UTF-8. The result will be terminated with a 0 byte.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="func">
-<parameter_description> a function to execute in the threads of the new thread pool
+<parameter name="str">
+<parameter_description> a UCS-4 encoded string
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="user_data">
-<parameter_description> user data that is handed over to @func every time it
-is called
+<parameter name="len">
+<parameter_description> the maximum length (number of characters) of @str to use.
+If @len < 0, then the string is nul-terminated.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="max_threads">
-<parameter_description> the maximal number of threads to execute concurrently in
-the new thread pool, -1 means no limit
+<parameter name="items_read">
+<parameter_description> location to store number of characters read, or %NULL.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="exclusive">
-<parameter_description> should this thread pool be exclusive?
+<parameter name="items_written">
+<parameter_description> location to store number of bytes written or %NULL.
+The value here stored does not include the trailing 0
+byte.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="error">
-<parameter_description> return location for error
+<parameter_description> location to store the error occuring, or %NULL to ignore
+errors. Any of the errors in #GConvertError other than
+%G_CONVERT_ERROR_NO_CONVERSION may occur.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the new #GThreadPool
+<return> a pointer to a newly allocated UTF-8 string.
+This value must be freed with g_free(). If an
+error occurs, %NULL will be returned and
+ error set. In that case, @items_read will be
+set to the position of the first invalid input
+character.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_node_find_child">
+<function name="g_slist_free">
<description>
-Finds the first child of a #GNode with the given data.
+Frees all of the memory used by a #GSList.
+The freed elements are returned to the slice allocator.
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="list">
+<parameter_description> a #GSList
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return></return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_slist_remove">
+<description>
+Removes an element from a #GSList.
+If two elements contain the same data, only the first is removed.
+If none of the elements contain the data, the #GSList is unchanged.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="node">
-<parameter_description> a #GNode
+<parameter name="list">
+<parameter_description> a #GSList
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="flags">
-<parameter_description> which types of children are to be searched, one of
-%G_TRAVERSE_ALL, %G_TRAVERSE_LEAVES and %G_TRAVERSE_NON_LEAVES
+<parameter name="data">
+<parameter_description> the data of the element to remove
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> the new start of the #GSList
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_queue_peek_tail">
+<description>
+Returns the last element of the queue.
+
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="queue">
+<parameter_description> a #GQueue.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> the data of the last element in the queue, or %NULL if the queue
+is empty.
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_relation_print">
+<description>
+Outputs information about all records in a #GRelation, as well as
+the indexes. It is for debugging.
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="relation">
+<parameter_description> a #GRelation.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return></return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_slist_index">
+<description>
+Gets the position of the element containing
+the given data (starting from 0).
+
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="list">
+<parameter_description> a #GSList
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="data">
@@ -26357,112 +32530,175 @@ Finds the first child of a #GNode with the given data.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the found child #GNode, or %NULL if the data is not found
+<return> the index of the element containing the data,
+or -1 if the data is not found
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_source_attach">
+<function name="g_key_file_get_double_list">
<description>
-Adds a #GSource to a @context so that it will be executed within
-that context. Remove it by calling g_source_destroy().
+Returns the values associated with @key under @group_name as
+doubles.
+
+If @key cannot be found then %NULL is returned and @error is set to
+#G_KEY_FILE_ERROR_KEY_NOT_FOUND. Likewise, if the values associated
+with @key cannot be interpreted as doubles then %NULL is returned
+and @error is set to #G_KEY_FILE_ERROR_INVALID_VALUE.
+Since: 2.12
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="source">
-<parameter_description> a #GSource
+<parameter name="key_file">
+<parameter_description> a #GKeyFile
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="context">
-<parameter_description> a #GMainContext (if %NULL, the default context will be used)
+<parameter name="group_name">
+<parameter_description> a group name
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="key">
+<parameter_description> a key
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="length">
+<parameter_description> the number of doubles returned
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="error">
+<parameter_description> return location for a #GError
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the ID (greater than 0) for the source within the
-#GMainContext.
+<return> the values associated with the key as a list of
+doubles, or %NULL if the key was not found or could not be parsed.
+
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_closure_remove_invalidate_notifier">
+<function name="g_variant_get_double">
<description>
-Removes an invalidation notifier.
+Returns the double precision floating point value of @value.
-Notice that notifiers are automatically removed after they are run.
+It is an error to call this function with a @value of any type
+other than %G_VARIANT_TYPE_DOUBLE.
+
+Since: 2.24
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="closure">
-<parameter_description> a #GClosure
+<parameter name="value">
+<parameter_description> a double #GVariant instance
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="notify_data">
-<parameter_description> data which was passed to g_closure_add_invalidate_notifier()
-when registering @notify_func
+</parameters>
+<return> a #gdouble
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_utf8_casefold">
+<description>
+Converts a string into a form that is independent of case. The
+result will not correspond to any particular case, but can be
+compared for equality or ordered with the results of calling
+g_utf8_casefold() on other strings.
+
+Note that calling g_utf8_casefold() followed by g_utf8_collate() is
+only an approximation to the correct linguistic case insensitive
+ordering, though it is a fairly good one. Getting this exactly
+right would require a more sophisticated collation function that
+takes case sensitivity into account. GLib does not currently
+provide such a function.
+
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="str">
+<parameter_description> a UTF-8 encoded string
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="notify_func">
-<parameter_description> the callback function to remove
+<parameter name="len">
+<parameter_description> length of @str, in bytes, or -1 if @str is nul-terminated.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> a newly allocated string, that is a
+case independent form of @str.
+</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_vfprintf">
+<function name="g_utf8_validate">
<description>
-An implementation of the standard fprintf() function which supports
-positional parameters, as specified in the Single Unix Specification.
+Validates UTF-8 encoded text. @str is the text to validate;
+if @str is nul-terminated, then @max_len can be -1, otherwise
+ max_len should be the number of bytes to validate.
+If @end is non-%NULL, then the end of the valid range
+will be stored there (i.e. the start of the first invalid
+character if some bytes were invalid, or the end of the text
+being validated otherwise).
+
+Note that g_utf8_validate() returns %FALSE if @max_len is
+positive and NUL is met before @max_len bytes have been read.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="file">
-<parameter_description> the stream to write to.
+<parameter name="str">
+<parameter_description> a pointer to character data
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="format">
-<parameter_description> a standard printf() format string, but notice
-&lt;link linkend="string-precision"&gt;string precision pitfalls&lt;/link&gt;.
+<parameter name="max_len">
+<parameter_description> max bytes to validate, or -1 to go until NUL
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="args">
-<parameter_description> the list of arguments to insert in the output.
+<parameter name="end">
+<parameter_description> return location for end of valid data
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the number of bytes printed.
-
-Since: 2.2
+<return> %TRUE if the text was valid UTF-8
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_slist_find">
+<function name="g_utf8_collate_key">
<description>
-Finds the element in a #GSList which
-contains the given data.
+Converts a string into a collation key that can be compared
+with other collation keys produced by the same function using
+strcmp().
+
+The results of comparing the collation keys of two strings
+with strcmp() will always be the same as comparing the two
+original keys with g_utf8_collate().
+
+Note that this function depends on the
+<link linkend="setlocale">current locale</link>.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="list">
-<parameter_description> a #GSList
+<parameter name="str">
+<parameter_description> a UTF-8 encoded string.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="data">
-<parameter_description> the element data to find
+<parameter name="len">
+<parameter_description> length of @str, in bytes, or -1 if @str is nul-terminated.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the found #GSList element,
-or %NULL if it is not found
+<return> a newly allocated string. This string should
+be freed with g_free() when you are done with it.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_key_file_set_locale_string_list">
+<function name="g_key_file_get_integer">
<description>
-Associates a list of string values for @key and @locale under
- group_name If the translation for @key cannot be found then
-it is created.
+Returns the value associated with @key under @group_name as an
+integer.
+
+If @key cannot be found then 0 is returned and @error is set to
+#G_KEY_FILE_ERROR_KEY_NOT_FOUND. Likewise, if the value associated
+with @key cannot be interpreted as an integer then 0 is returned
+and @error is set to #G_KEY_FILE_ERROR_INVALID_VALUE.
Since: 2.6
@@ -26480,95 +32716,247 @@ Since: 2.6
<parameter_description> a key
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="locale">
-<parameter_description> a locale identifier
+<parameter name="error">
+<parameter_description> return location for a #GError
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="list">
-<parameter_description> a %NULL-terminated array of locale string values
+</parameters>
+<return> the value associated with the key as an integer, or
+0 if the key was not found or could not be parsed.
+
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_unichar_get_mirror_char">
+<description>
+In Unicode, some characters are <firstterm>mirrored</firstterm>. This
+means that their images are mirrored horizontally in text that is laid
+out from right to left. For instance, "(" would become its mirror image,
+")", in right-to-left text.
+
+If @ch has the Unicode mirrored property and there is another unicode
+character that typically has a glyph that is the mirror image of @ch's
+glyph and @mirrored_ch is set, it puts that character in the address
+pointed to by @mirrored_ch. Otherwise the original character is put.
+
+Since: 2.4
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="ch">
+<parameter_description> a Unicode character
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="length">
-<parameter_description> the length of @list
+<parameter name="mirrored_ch">
+<parameter_description> location to store the mirrored character
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> %TRUE if @ch has a mirrored character, %FALSE otherwise
+
+</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_error_new">
+<function name="g_convert_with_iconv">
<description>
-Creates a new #GError with the given @domain and @code,
-and a message formatted with @format.
+Converts a string from one character set to another.
+
+Note that you should use g_iconv() for streaming
+conversions<footnote id="streaming-state">
+<para>
+Despite the fact that @byes_read can return information about partial
+characters, the <literal>g_convert_...</literal> functions
+are not generally suitable for streaming. If the underlying converter
+being used maintains internal state, then this won't be preserved
+across successive calls to g_convert(), g_convert_with_iconv() or
+g_convert_with_fallback(). (An example of this is the GNU C converter
+for CP1255 which does not emit a base character until it knows that
+the next character is not a mark that could combine with the base
+character.)
+</para>
+</footnote>.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="domain">
-<parameter_description> error domain
+<parameter name="str">
+<parameter_description> the string to convert
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="code">
-<parameter_description> error code
+<parameter name="len">
+<parameter_description> the length of the string, or -1 if the string is
+nul-terminated<footnoteref linkend="nul-unsafe"/>.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="format">
-<parameter_description> printf()-style format for error message
+<parameter name="converter">
+<parameter_description> conversion descriptor from g_iconv_open()
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="Varargs">
-<parameter_description> parameters for message format
+<parameter name="bytes_read">
+<parameter_description> location to store the number of bytes in the
+input string that were successfully converted, or %NULL.
+Even if the conversion was successful, this may be
+less than @len if there were partial characters
+at the end of the input. If the error
+#G_CONVERT_ERROR_ILLEGAL_SEQUENCE occurs, the value
+stored will the byte offset after the last valid
+input sequence.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="bytes_written">
+<parameter_description> the number of bytes stored in the output buffer (not
+including the terminating nul).
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="error">
+<parameter_description> location to store the error occuring, or %NULL to ignore
+errors. Any of the errors in #GConvertError may occur.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a new #GError
+<return> If the conversion was successful, a newly allocated
+nul-terminated string, which must be freed with
+g_free(). Otherwise %NULL and @error will be set.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_tree_remove">
+<function name="g_utf8_collate">
<description>
-Removes a key/value pair from a #GTree.
+Compares two strings for ordering using the linguistically
+correct rules for the <link linkend="setlocale">current locale</link>.
+When sorting a large number of strings, it will be significantly
+faster to obtain collation keys with g_utf8_collate_key() and
+compare the keys with strcmp() when sorting instead of sorting
+the original strings.
-If the #GTree was created using g_tree_new_full(), the key and value
-are freed using the supplied destroy functions, otherwise you have to
-make sure that any dynamically allocated values are freed yourself.
-If the key does not exist in the #GTree, the function does nothing.
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="str1">
+<parameter_description> a UTF-8 encoded string
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="str2">
+<parameter_description> a UTF-8 encoded string
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> < 0 if @str1 compares before @str2,
+0 if they compare equal, > 0 if @str1 compares after @str2.
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_variant_type_is_dict_entry">
+<description>
+Determines if the given @type is a dictionary entry type. This is
+true if the type string for @type starts with a '{'.
+
+This function returns %TRUE for any indefinite type for which every
+definite subtype is a dictionary entry type --
+%G_VARIANT_TYPE_DICT_ENTRY, for example.
+
+Since 2.24
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="tree">
-<parameter_description> a #GTree.
+<parameter name="type">
+<parameter_description> a #GVariantType
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="key">
-<parameter_description> the key to remove.
+</parameters>
+<return> %TRUE if @type is a dictionary entry type
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_type_module_register_type">
+<description>
+Looks up or registers a type that is implemented with a particular
+type plugin. If a type with name @type_name was previously registered,
+the #GType identifier for the type is returned, otherwise the type
+is newly registered, and the resulting #GType identifier returned.
+
+When reregistering a type (typically because a module is unloaded
+then reloaded, and reinitialized), @module and @parent_type must
+be the same as they were previously.
+
+As long as any instances of the type exist, the type plugin will
+not be unloaded.
+
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="module">
+<parameter_description> a #GTypeModule
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="parent_type">
+<parameter_description> the type for the parent class
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="type_name">
+<parameter_description> name for the type
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="type_info">
+<parameter_description> type information structure
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="flags">
+<parameter_description> flags field providing details about the type
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> %TRUE if the key was found (prior to 2.8, this function returned
-nothing)
+<return> the new or existing type ID
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_value_set_string_take_ownership">
+<function name="g_variant_hash">
<description>
-This is an internal function introduced mainly for C marshallers.
+Generates a hash value for a #GVariant instance.
-Deprecated: 2.4: Use g_value_take_string() instead.
+The output of this function is guaranteed to be the same for a given
+value only per-process. It may change between different processor
+architectures or even different versions of GLib. Do not use this
+function as a basis for building protocols or file formats.
+
+The type of @value is #gconstpointer only to allow use of this
+function with #GHashTable. @value must be a #GVariant.
+
+Since: 2.24
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="value">
-<parameter_description> a valid #GValue of type %G_TYPE_STRING
+<parameter_description> a basic #GVariant value as a #gconstpointer
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="v_string">
-<parameter_description> duplicated unowned string to be set
+</parameters>
+<return> a hash value corresponding to @value
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_variant_is_object_path">
+<description>
+Determines if a given string is a valid DBus object path. You
+should ensure that a string is a valid DBus object path before
+passing it to g_variant_new_object_path().
+
+A valid object path starts with '/' followed by zero or more
+sequences of characters separated by '/' characters. Each sequence
+must contain only the characters "[A-Z][a-z][0-9]_". No sequence
+(including the one following the final '/' character) may be empty.
+
+Since: 2.24
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="string">
+<parameter_description> a normal C nul-terminated string
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> %TRUE if @string is a DBus object path
+</return>
</function>
<function name="g_value_get_pointer">
@@ -26587,626 +32975,995 @@ Get the contents of a pointer #GValue.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_test_rand_double">
+<function name="g_win32_locale_filename_from_utf8">
<description>
-Get a reproducible random floating point number,
-see g_test_rand_int() for details on test case random numbers.
+Converts a filename from UTF-8 to the system codepage.
+On NT-based Windows, on NTFS file systems, file names are in
+Unicode. It is quite possible that Unicode file names contain
+characters not representable in the system codepage. (For instance,
+Greek or Cyrillic characters on Western European or US Windows
+installations, or various less common CJK characters on CJK Windows
+installations.)
+
+In such a case, and if the filename refers to an existing file, and
+the file system stores alternate short (8.3) names for directory
+entries, the short form of the filename is returned. Note that the
+"short" name might in fact be longer than the Unicode name if the
+Unicode name has very short pathname components containing
+non-ASCII characters. If no system codepage name for the file is
+possible, %NULL is returned.
+
+The return value is dynamically allocated and should be freed with
+g_free() when no longer needed.
+
+Since: 2.8
</description>
<parameters>
+<parameter name="utf8filename">
+<parameter_description> a UTF-8 encoded filename.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a random number from the seeded random number generator.
+<return> The converted filename, or %NULL on conversion
+failure and lack of short names.
-Since: 2.16
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_rmdir">
+<function name="g_closure_new_simple">
<description>
-A wrapper for the POSIX rmdir() function. The rmdir() function
-deletes a directory from the filesystem.
+Allocates a struct of the given size and initializes the initial
+part as a #GClosure. This function is mainly useful when
+implementing new types of closures.
-See your C library manual for more details about how rmdir() works
-on your system.
+|[
+typedef struct _MyClosure MyClosure;
+struct _MyClosure
+{
+GClosure closure;
+// extra data goes here
+};
+
+static void
+my_closure_finalize (gpointer notify_data,
+GClosure *closure)
+{
+MyClosure *my_closure = (MyClosure *)closure;
+
+// free extra data here
+}
+
+MyClosure *my_closure_new (gpointer data)
+{
+GClosure *closure;
+MyClosure *my_closure;
+
+closure = g_closure_new_simple (sizeof (MyClosure), data);
+my_closure = (MyClosure *) closure;
+
+// initialize extra data here
+
+g_closure_add_finalize_notifier (closure, notify_data,
+my_closure_finalize);
+return my_closure;
+}
+]|
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="filename">
-<parameter_description> a pathname in the GLib file name encoding (UTF-8 on Windows)
+<parameter name="sizeof_closure">
+<parameter_description> the size of the structure to allocate, must be at least
+<literal>sizeof (GClosure)</literal>
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="data">
+<parameter_description> data to store in the @data field of the newly allocated #GClosure
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> 0 if the directory was successfully removed, -1 if an error
-occurred
-
-Since: 2.6
+<return> a newly allocated #GClosure
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_async_queue_new">
+<function name="g_ptr_array_new_with_free_func">
<description>
-Creates a new asynchronous queue with the initial reference count of 1.
+Creates a new #GPtrArray with a reference count of 1 and use @element_free_func
+for freeing each element when the array is destroyed either via
+g_ptr_array_unref(), when g_ptr_array_free() is called with @free_segment
+set to %TRUE or when removing elements.
+Since: 2.22
</description>
<parameters>
+<parameter name="element_free_func">
+<parameter_description> A function to free elements with destroy @array or %NULL.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the new #GAsyncQueue.
+<return> A new #GPtrArray.
+
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_atexit">
+<function name="g_variant_iter_copy">
<description>
-Specifies a function to be called at normal program termination.
+Creates a new heap-allocated #GVariantIter to iterate over the
+container that was being iterated over by @iter. Iteration begins on
+the new iterator from the current position of the old iterator but
+the two copies are independent past that point.
-Since GLib 2.8.2, on Windows g_atexit() actually is a preprocessor
-macro that maps to a call to the atexit() function in the C
-library. This means that in case the code that calls g_atexit(),
-i.e. atexit(), is in a DLL, the function will be called when the
-DLL is detached from the program. This typically makes more sense
-than that the function is called when the GLib DLL is detached,
-which happened earlier when g_atexit() was a function in the GLib
-DLL.
+Use g_variant_iter_free() to free the return value when you no longer
+need it.
-The behaviour of atexit() in the context of dynamically loaded
-modules is not formally specified and varies wildly.
+A reference is taken to the container that @iter is iterating over
+and will be releated only when g_variant_iter_free() is called.
-On POSIX systems, calling g_atexit() (or atexit()) in a dynamically
-loaded module which is unloaded before the program terminates might
-well cause a crash at program exit.
+Since: 2.24
-Some POSIX systems implement atexit() like Windows, and have each
-dynamically loaded module maintain an own atexit chain that is
-called when the module is unloaded.
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="iter">
+<parameter_description> a #GVariantIter
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> a new heap-allocated #GVariantIter
+</return>
+</function>
-On other POSIX systems, before a dynamically loaded module is
-unloaded, the registered atexit functions (if any) residing in that
-module are called, regardless where the code that registered them
-resided. This is presumably the most robust approach.
+<function name="g_type_interfaces">
+<description>
+Return a newly allocated and 0-terminated array of type IDs, listing the
+interface types that @type conforms to. The return value has to be
+g_free()ed after use.
-As can be seen from the above, for portability it's best to avoid
-calling g_atexit() (or atexit()) except in the main executable of a
-program.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="func">
-<parameter_description> the function to call on normal program termination.
+<parameter name="type">
+<parameter_description> The type to list interface types for.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="n_interfaces">
+<parameter_description> Optional #guint pointer to contain the number of
+interface types.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> Newly allocated and 0-terminated array of interface types.
+</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_utf8_collate">
+<function name="g_variant_type_new_array">
<description>
-Compares two strings for ordering using the linguistically
-correct rules for the &lt;link linkend="setlocale"&gt;current locale&lt;/link&gt;.
-When sorting a large number of strings, it will be significantly
-faster to obtain collation keys with g_utf8_collate_key() and
-compare the keys with strcmp() when sorting instead of sorting
-the original strings.
+Constructs the type corresponding to an array of elements of the
+type @type.
+It is appropriate to call g_variant_type_free() on the return value.
+
+Since 2.24
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="str1">
-<parameter_description> a UTF-8 encoded string
+<parameter name="element">
+<parameter_description> a #GVariantType
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="str2">
-<parameter_description> a UTF-8 encoded string
+</parameters>
+<return> a new array #GVariantType
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_io_channel_error_from_errno">
+<description>
+Converts an <literal>errno</literal> error number to a #GIOChannelError.
+
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="en">
+<parameter_description> an <literal>errno</literal> error number, e.g. %EINVAL
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> &lt; 0 if @str1 compares before @str2,
-0 if they compare equal, &gt; 0 if @str1 compares after @str2.
+<return> a #GIOChannelError error number, e.g.
+%G_IO_CHANNEL_ERROR_INVAL.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_lstat">
+<function name="g_cond_signal">
<description>
-A wrapper for the POSIX lstat() function. The lstat() function is
-like stat() except that in the case of symbolic links, it returns
-information about the symbolic link itself and not the file that it
-refers to. If the system does not support symbolic links g_lstat()
-is identical to g_stat().
+If threads are waiting for @cond, exactly one of them is woken up.
+It is good practice to hold the same lock as the waiting thread
+while calling this function, though not required.
-See your C library manual for more details about lstat().
+This function can be used even if g_thread_init() has not yet been
+called, and, in that case, will do nothing.
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="cond">
+<parameter_description> a #GCond.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return></return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_sequence_sort_changed_iter">
+<description>
+Like g_sequence_sort_changed(), but uses
+a #GSequenceIterCompareFunc instead of a #GCompareDataFunc as
+the compare function.
+
+Since: 2.14
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="filename">
-<parameter_description> a pathname in the GLib file name encoding (UTF-8 on Windows)
+<parameter name="iter">
+<parameter_description> a #GSequenceIter
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="buf">
-<parameter_description> a pointer to a &lt;structname&gt;stat&lt;/structname&gt; struct, which
-will be filled with the file information
+<parameter name="iter_cmp">
+<parameter_description> the #GSequenceItercompare used to compare iterators in the
+sequence. It is called with two iterators pointing into @seq. It should
+return 0 if the iterators are equal, a negative value if the first
+iterator comes before the second, and a positive value if the second
+iterator comes before the first.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="cmp_data">
+<parameter_description> user data passed to @cmp_func
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> 0 if the information was successfully retrieved, -1 if an error
-occurred
+<return></return>
+</function>
-Since: 2.6
+<function name="g_unichar_isdefined">
+<description>
+Determines if a given character is assigned in the Unicode
+standard.
+
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="c">
+<parameter_description> a Unicode character
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> %TRUE if the character has an assigned value
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_signal_override_class_closure">
+<function name="g_signal_handler_block">
<description>
-Overrides the class closure (i.e. the default handler) for the given signal
-for emissions on instances of @instance_type. @instance_type must be derived
-from the type to which the signal belongs.
+Blocks a handler of an instance so it will not be called during any
+signal emissions unless it is unblocked again. Thus "blocking" a
+signal handler means to temporarily deactive it, a signal handler
+has to be unblocked exactly the same amount of times it has been
+blocked before to become active again.
-See g_signal_chain_from_overridden() and
-g_signal_chain_from_overridden_handler() for how to chain up to the
-parent class closure from inside the overridden one.
+The @handler_id has to be a valid signal handler id, connected to a
+signal of @instance.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="signal_id">
-<parameter_description> the signal id
+<parameter name="instance">
+<parameter_description> The instance to block the signal handler of.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="instance_type">
-<parameter_description> the instance type on which to override the class closure
-for the signal.
+<parameter name="handler_id">
+<parameter_description> Handler id of the handler to be blocked.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="class_closure">
-<parameter_description> the closure.
+</parameters>
+<return></return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_value_set_float">
+<description>
+Set the contents of a %G_TYPE_FLOAT #GValue to @v_float.
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="value">
+<parameter_description> a valid #GValue of type %G_TYPE_FLOAT
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="v_float">
+<parameter_description> float value to be set
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_string_sprintfa">
+<function name="g_markup_parse_context_get_element_stack">
<description>
-Appends a formatted string onto the end of a #GString.
-This function is similar to g_string_sprintf() except that
-the text is appended to the #GString.
+Retrieves the element stack from the internal state of the parser.
+The returned #GSList is a list of strings where the first item is
+the currently open tag (as would be returned by
+g_markup_parse_context_get_element()) and the next item is its
+immediate parent.
-Deprecated: This function has been renamed to g_string_append_printf()
+This function is intended to be used in the start_element and
+end_element handlers where g_markup_parse_context_get_element()
+would merely return the name of the element that is being
+processed.
+
+Since: 2.16
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="string">
-<parameter_description> a #GString
+<parameter name="context">
+<parameter_description> a #GMarkupParseContext
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="format">
-<parameter_description> the string format. See the sprintf() documentation
+</parameters>
+<return> the element stack, which must not be modified
+
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_win32_get_package_installation_directory">
+<description>
+Try to determine the installation directory for a software package.
+
+This function is deprecated. Use
+g_win32_get_package_installation_directory_of_module() instead.
+
+The use of @package is deprecated. You should always pass %NULL. A
+warning is printed if non-NULL is passed as @package.
+
+The original intended use of @package was for a short identifier of
+the package, typically the same identifier as used for
+<literal>GETTEXT_PACKAGE</literal> in software configured using GNU
+autotools. The function first looks in the Windows Registry for the
+value <literal>#InstallationDirectory</literal> in the key
+<literal>#HKLM\Software\ package</literal>, and if that value
+exists and is a string, returns that.
+
+It is strongly recommended that packagers of GLib-using libraries
+for Windows do not store installation paths in the Registry to be
+used by this function as that interfers with having several
+parallel installations of the library. Enabling multiple
+installations of different versions of some GLib-using library, or
+GLib itself, is desirable for various reasons.
+
+For this reason it is recommeded to always pass %NULL as
+ package to this function, to avoid the temptation to use the
+Registry. In version 2.20 of GLib the @package parameter
+will be ignored and this function won't look in the Registry at all.
+
+If @package is %NULL, or the above value isn't found in the
+Registry, but @dll_name is non-%NULL, it should name a DLL loaded
+into the current process. Typically that would be the name of the
+DLL calling this function, looking for its installation
+directory. The function then asks Windows what directory that DLL
+was loaded from. If that directory's last component is "bin" or
+"lib", the parent directory is returned, otherwise the directory
+itself. If that DLL isn't loaded, the function proceeds as if
+ dll_name was %NULL.
+
+If both @package and @dll_name are %NULL, the directory from where
+the main executable of the process was loaded is used instead in
+the same way as above.
+
+Deprecated: 2.18: Pass the HMODULE of a DLL or EXE to
+g_win32_get_package_installation_directory_of_module() instead.
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="package">
+<parameter_description> You should pass %NULL for this.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="Varargs">
-<parameter_description> the parameters to insert into the format string
+<parameter name="dll_name">
+<parameter_description> The name of a DLL that a package provides in UTF-8, or %NULL.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> a string containing the installation directory for
+ package The string is in the GLib file name encoding,
+i.e. UTF-8. The return value should be freed with g_free() when not
+needed any longer. If the function fails %NULL is returned.
+
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_dataset_id_set_data">
+<description>
+Sets the data element associated with the given #GQuark id. Any
+previous data with the same key is removed, and its destroy function
+is called.
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="l">
+<parameter_description> the location identifying the dataset.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="k">
+<parameter_description> the #GQuark id to identify the data element.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="d">
+<parameter_description> the data element.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_value_set_boxed_take_ownership">
+<function name="g_value_take_string">
<description>
-This is an internal function introduced mainly for C marshallers.
+Sets the contents of a %G_TYPE_STRING #GValue to @v_string.
-Deprecated: 2.4: Use g_value_take_boxed() instead.
+Since: 2.4
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="value">
-<parameter_description> a valid #GValue of %G_TYPE_BOXED derived type
+<parameter_description> a valid #GValue of type %G_TYPE_STRING
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="v_boxed">
-<parameter_description> duplicated unowned boxed value to be set
+<parameter name="v_string">
+<parameter_description> string to take ownership of
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_ascii_strtoull">
+<function name="g_thread_self">
<description>
-Converts a string to a #guint64 value.
-This function behaves like the standard strtoull() function
-does in the C locale. It does this without actually
-changing the current locale, since that would not be
-thread-safe.
+This functions returns the #GThread corresponding to the calling
+thread.
-This function is typically used when reading configuration
-files or other non-user input that should be locale independent.
-To handle input from the user you should normally use the
-locale-sensitive system strtoull() function.
+</description>
+<parameters>
+</parameters>
+<return> the current thread.
+</return>
+</function>
-If the correct value would cause overflow, %G_MAXUINT64
-is returned, and %ERANGE is stored in %errno. If the base is
-outside the valid range, zero is returned, and %EINVAL is stored
-in %errno. If the string conversion fails, zero is returned, and
- endptr returns @nptr (if @endptr is non-%NULL).
+<function name="g_signal_newv">
+<description>
+Creates a new signal. (This is usually done in the class initializer.)
+
+See g_signal_new() for details on allowed signal names.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="nptr">
-<parameter_description> the string to convert to a numeric value.
+<parameter name="signal_name">
+<parameter_description> the name for the signal
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="endptr">
-<parameter_description> if non-%NULL, it returns the character after
-the last character used in the conversion.
+<parameter name="itype">
+<parameter_description> the type this signal pertains to. It will also pertain to
+types which are derived from this type
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="base">
-<parameter_description> to be used for the conversion, 2..36 or 0
+<parameter name="signal_flags">
+<parameter_description> a combination of #GSignalFlags specifying detail of when
+the default handler is to be invoked. You should at least specify
+%G_SIGNAL_RUN_FIRST or %G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="class_closure">
+<parameter_description> The closure to invoke on signal emission; may be %NULL
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="accumulator">
+<parameter_description> the accumulator for this signal; may be %NULL
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="accu_data">
+<parameter_description> user data for the @accumulator
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="c_marshaller">
+<parameter_description> the function to translate arrays of parameter values to
+signal emissions into C language callback invocations
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="return_type">
+<parameter_description> the type of return value, or #G_TYPE_NONE for a signal
+without a return value
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="n_params">
+<parameter_description> the length of @param_types
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="param_types">
+<parameter_description> an array of types, one for each parameter
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the #guint64 value or zero on error.
-
-Since: 2.2
+<return> the signal id
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_value_take_param">
+<function name="g_io_channel_set_close_on_unref">
<description>
-Sets the contents of a %G_TYPE_PARAM #GValue to @param and takes
-over the ownership of the callers reference to @param; the caller
-doesn't have to unref it any more.
-
-Since: 2.4
+Setting this flag to %TRUE for a channel you have already closed
+can cause problems.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="value">
-<parameter_description> a valid #GValue of type %G_TYPE_PARAM
+<parameter name="channel">
+<parameter_description> a #GIOChannel
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="param">
-<parameter_description> the #GParamSpec to be set
+<parameter name="do_close">
+<parameter_description> Whether to close the channel on the final unref of
+the GIOChannel data structure. The default value of
+this is %TRUE for channels created by g_io_channel_new_file (),
+and %FALSE for all other channels.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_source_remove_by_user_data">
+<function name="g_option_context_get_description">
<description>
-Removes a source from the default main loop context given the user
-data for the callback. If multiple sources exist with the same user
-data, only one will be destroyed.
+Returns the description. See g_option_context_set_description().
+Since: 2.12
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="user_data">
-<parameter_description> the user_data for the callback.
+<parameter name="context">
+<parameter_description> a #GOptionContext
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> %TRUE if a source was found and removed.
+<return> the description
+
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_tree_steal">
+<function name="g_io_channel_shutdown">
<description>
-Removes a key and its associated value from a #GTree without calling
-the key and value destroy functions.
-
-If the key does not exist in the #GTree, the function does nothing.
+Close an IO channel. Any pending data to be written will be
+flushed if @flush is %TRUE. The channel will not be freed until the
+last reference is dropped using g_io_channel_unref().
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="tree">
-<parameter_description> a #GTree.
+<parameter name="channel">
+<parameter_description> a #GIOChannel
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="key">
-<parameter_description> the key to remove.
+<parameter name="flush">
+<parameter_description> if %TRUE, flush pending
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="err">
+<parameter_description> location to store a #GIOChannelError
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> %TRUE if the key was found (prior to 2.8, this function returned
-nothing)
+<return> the status of the operation.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_tree_foreach">
+<function name="g_type_module_register_flags">
<description>
-Calls the given function for each of the key/value pairs in the #GTree.
-The function is passed the key and value of each pair, and the given
- data parameter. The tree is traversed in sorted order.
+Looks up or registers a flags type that is implemented with a particular
+type plugin. If a type with name @type_name was previously registered,
+the #GType identifier for the type is returned, otherwise the type
+is newly registered, and the resulting #GType identifier returned.
+
+As long as any instances of the type exist, the type plugin will
+not be unloaded.
+
+Since: 2.6
-The tree may not be modified while iterating over it (you can't
-add/remove items). To remove all items matching a predicate, you need
-to add each item to a list in your #GTraverseFunc as you walk over
-the tree, then walk the list and remove each item.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="tree">
-<parameter_description> a #GTree.
+<parameter name="module">
+<parameter_description> a #GTypeModule
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="func">
-<parameter_description> the function to call for each node visited. If this function
-returns %TRUE, the traversal is stopped.
+<parameter name="name">
+<parameter_description> name for the type
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="user_data">
-<parameter_description> user data to pass to the function.
+<parameter name="const_static_values">
+<parameter_description> an array of #GFlagsValue structs for the
+possible flags values. The array is
+terminated by a struct with all members being
+0.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> the new or existing type ID
+</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_list_find_custom">
+<function name="g_ucs4_to_utf16">
<description>
-Finds an element in a #GList, using a supplied function to
-find the desired element. It iterates over the list, calling
-the given function which should return 0 when the desired
-element is found. The function takes two #gconstpointer arguments,
-the #GList element's data as the first argument and the
-given user data.
+Convert a string from UCS-4 to UTF-16. A 0 character will be
+added to the result after the converted text.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="list">
-<parameter_description> a #GList
+<parameter name="str">
+<parameter_description> a UCS-4 encoded string
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="data">
-<parameter_description> user data passed to the function
+<parameter name="len">
+<parameter_description> the maximum length (number of characters) of @str to use.
+If @len < 0, then the string is nul-terminated.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="func">
-<parameter_description> the function to call for each element.
-It should return 0 when the desired element is found
+<parameter name="items_read">
+<parameter_description> location to store number of bytes read, or %NULL.
+If an error occurs then the index of the invalid input
+is stored here.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="items_written">
+<parameter_description> location to store number of <type>gunichar2</type>
+written, or %NULL. The value stored here does not
+include the trailing 0.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="error">
+<parameter_description> location to store the error occuring, or %NULL to ignore
+errors. Any of the errors in #GConvertError other than
+%G_CONVERT_ERROR_NO_CONVERSION may occur.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the found #GList element, or %NULL if it is not found
+<return> a pointer to a newly allocated UTF-16 string.
+This value must be freed with g_free(). If an
+error occurs, %NULL will be returned and
+ error set.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_main_context_pending">
+<function name="g_static_rw_lock_reader_trylock">
<description>
-Checks if any sources have pending events for the given context.
-
+Tries to lock @lock for reading. If @lock is already locked for
+writing by another thread or if another thread is already waiting to
+lock @lock for writing, immediately returns %FALSE. Otherwise locks
+ lock for reading and returns %TRUE. This lock has to be unlocked by
+g_static_rw_lock_reader_unlock().
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="context">
-<parameter_description> a #GMainContext (if %NULL, the default context will be used)
+<parameter name="lock">
+<parameter_description> a #GStaticRWLock to lock for reading.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> %TRUE if events are pending.
+<return> %TRUE, if @lock could be locked for reading.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_timeout_source_new">
+<function name="g_node_insert_after">
<description>
-Creates a new timeout source.
-
-The source will not initially be associated with any #GMainContext
-and must be added to one with g_source_attach() before it will be
-executed.
+Inserts a #GNode beneath the parent after the given sibling.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="interval">
-<parameter_description> the timeout interval in milliseconds.
+<parameter name="parent">
+<parameter_description> the #GNode to place @node under
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="sibling">
+<parameter_description> the sibling #GNode to place @node after.
+If sibling is %NULL, the node is inserted as the first child of @parent.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="node">
+<parameter_description> the #GNode to insert
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the newly-created timeout source
+<return> the inserted #GNode
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_tree_new_full">
+<function name="g_queue_insert_sorted">
<description>
-Creates a new #GTree like g_tree_new() and allows to specify functions
-to free the memory allocated for the key and value that get called when
-removing the entry from the #GTree.
+Inserts @data into @queue using @func to determine the new position.
+Since: 2.4
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="key_compare_func">
-<parameter_description> qsort()-style comparison function.
+<parameter name="queue">
+<parameter_description> a #GQueue
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="key_compare_data">
-<parameter_description> data to pass to comparison function.
+<parameter name="data">
+<parameter_description> the data to insert
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="key_destroy_func">
-<parameter_description> a function to free the memory allocated for the key
-used when removing the entry from the #GTree or %NULL if you don't
-want to supply such a function.
+<parameter name="func">
+<parameter_description> the #GCompareDataFunc used to compare elements in the queue. It is
+called with two elements of the @queue and @user_data. It should
+return 0 if the elements are equal, a negative value if the first
+element comes before the second, and a positive value if the second
+element comes before the first.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="value_destroy_func">
-<parameter_description> a function to free the memory allocated for the
-value used when removing the entry from the #GTree or %NULL if you
-don't want to supply such a function.
+<parameter name="user_data">
+<parameter_description> user data passed to @func.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a new #GTree.
+<return></return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_test_rand_int">
+<description>
+Get a reproducible random integer number.
+
+The random numbers generated by the g_test_rand_*() family of functions
+change with every new test program start, unless the --seed option is
+given when starting test programs.
+
+For individual test cases however, the random number generator is
+reseeded, to avoid dependencies between tests and to make --seed
+effective for all test cases.
+
+Since: 2.16
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+</parameters>
+<return> a random number from the seeded random number generator.
+
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_spawn_close_pid">
+<function name="g_type_is_a">
<description>
-On some platforms, notably Windows, the #GPid type represents a resource
-which must be closed to prevent resource leaking. g_spawn_close_pid()
-is provided for this purpose. It should be used on all platforms, even
-though it doesn't do anything under UNIX.
+If @is_a_type is a derivable type, check whether @type is a
+descendant of @is_a_type. If @is_a_type is an interface, check
+whether @type conforms to it.
+
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="pid">
-<parameter_description> The process reference to close
+<parameter name="type">
+<parameter_description> Type to check anchestry for.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="is_a_type">
+<parameter_description> Possible anchestor of @type or interface @type could conform to.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> %TRUE if @type is_a @is_a_type holds true.
+</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_string_chunk_insert_const">
+<function name="g_object_get_qdata">
<description>
-Adds a copy of @string to the #GStringChunk, unless the same
-string has already been added to the #GStringChunk with
-g_string_chunk_insert_const().
-
-This function is useful if you need to copy a large number
-of strings but do not want to waste space storing duplicates.
-But you must remember that there may be several pointers to
-the same string, and so any changes made to the strings
-should be done very carefully.
-
-Note that g_string_chunk_insert_const() will not return a
-pointer to a string added with g_string_chunk_insert(), even
-if they do match.
+This function gets back user data pointers stored via
+g_object_set_qdata().
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="chunk">
-<parameter_description> a #GStringChunk
+<parameter name="object">
+<parameter_description> The GObject to get a stored user data pointer from
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="string">
-<parameter_description> the string to add
+<parameter name="quark">
+<parameter_description> A #GQuark, naming the user data pointer
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a pointer to the new or existing copy of @string
-within the #GStringChunk
+<return> The user data pointer set, or %NULL
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_string_free">
+<function name="g_test_suite_add">
<description>
-Frees the memory allocated for the #GString.
-If @free_segment is %TRUE it also frees the character data.
+Adds @test_case to @suite.
+Since: 2.16
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="string">
-<parameter_description> a #GString
+<parameter name="suite">
+<parameter_description> a #GTestSuite
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="free_segment">
-<parameter_description> if %TRUE the actual character data is freed as well
+<parameter name="test_case">
+<parameter_description> a #GTestCase
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the character data of @string
-(i.e. %NULL if @free_segment is %TRUE)
-</return>
+<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_unichar_toupper">
+<function name="g_object_disconnect">
<description>
-Converts a character to uppercase.
+A convenience function to disconnect multiple signals at once.
+The signal specs expected by this function have the form
+"any_signal", which means to disconnect any signal with matching
+callback and data, or "any_signal::signal_name", which only
+disconnects the signal named "signal_name".
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="c">
-<parameter_description> a Unicode character
+<parameter name="object">
+<parameter_description> a #GObject
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="signal_spec">
+<parameter_description> the spec for the first signal
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="Varargs">
+<parameter_description> #GCallback for the first signal, followed by data for the first signal,
+followed optionally by more signal spec/callback/data triples,
+followed by %NULL
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the result of converting @c to uppercase.
-If @c is not an lowercase or titlecase character,
-or has no upper case equivalent @c is returned unchanged.
-</return>
+<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_list_nth_data">
+<function name="g_iconv_open">
<description>
-Gets the data of the element at the given position.
+Same as the standard UNIX routine iconv_open(), but
+may be implemented via libiconv on UNIX flavors that lack
+a native implementation.
+
+GLib provides g_convert() and g_locale_to_utf8() which are likely
+more convenient than the raw iconv wrappers.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="list">
-<parameter_description> a #GList
+<parameter name="to_codeset">
+<parameter_description> destination codeset
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="n">
-<parameter_description> the position of the element
+<parameter name="from_codeset">
+<parameter_description> source codeset
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the element's data, or %NULL if the position
-is off the end of the #GList
+<return> a "conversion descriptor", or (GIConv)-1 if
+opening the converter failed.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_closure_ref">
+<function name="g_object_weak_ref">
<description>
-Increments the reference count on a closure to force it staying
-alive while the caller holds a pointer to it.
+Adds a weak reference callback to an object. Weak references are
+used for notification when an object is finalized. They are called
+"weak references" because they allow you to safely hold a pointer
+to an object without calling g_object_ref() (g_object_ref() adds a
+strong reference, that is, forces the object to stay alive).
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="object">
+<parameter_description> #GObject to reference weakly
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="notify">
+<parameter_description> callback to invoke before the object is freed
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="data">
+<parameter_description> extra data to pass to notify
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return></return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_compute_checksum_for_string">
+<description>
+Computes the checksum of a string.
+
+The hexadecimal string returned will be in lower case.
+
+Since: 2.16
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="closure">
-<parameter_description> #GClosure to increment the reference count on
+<parameter name="checksum_type">
+<parameter_description> a #GChecksumType
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="str">
+<parameter_description> the string to compute the checksum of
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="length">
+<parameter_description> the length of the string, or -1 if the string is null-terminated.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> The @closure passed in, for convenience
+<return> the checksum as a hexadecimal string. The returned string
+should be freed with g_free() when done using it.
+
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_object_class_install_property">
+<function name="g_rand_free">
<description>
-Installs a new property. This is usually done in the class initializer.
+Frees the memory allocated for the #GRand.
-Note that it is possible to redefine a property in a derived class,
-by installing a property with the same name. This can be useful at times,
-e.g. to change the range of allowed values or the default value.
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="rand_">
+<parameter_description> a #GRand.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return></return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_key_file_get_groups">
+<description>
+Returns all groups in the key file loaded with @key_file.
+The array of returned groups will be %NULL-terminated, so
+ length may optionally be %NULL.
+
+Since: 2.6
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="oclass">
-<parameter_description> a #GObjectClass
+<parameter name="key_file">
+<parameter_description> a #GKeyFile
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="property_id">
-<parameter_description> the id for the new property
+<parameter name="length">
+<parameter_description> return location for the number of returned groups, or %NULL
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="pspec">
-<parameter_description> the #GParamSpec for the new property
+</parameters>
+<return> a newly-allocated %NULL-terminated array of strings.
+Use g_strfreev() to free it.
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_dataset_destroy">
+<description>
+Destroys the dataset, freeing all memory allocated, and calling any
+destroy functions set for data elements.
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="dataset_location">
+<parameter_description> the location identifying the dataset.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_sequence_remove_range">
+<function name="g_sequence_foreach_range">
<description>
-Removes all items in the (@begin, @end) range.
-
-If the sequence has a data destroy function associated with it, this
-function is called on the data for the removed items.
+Calls @func for each item in the range (@begin, @end) passing
+ user_data to the function.
Since: 2.14
@@ -27220,364 +33977,584 @@ Since: 2.14
<parameter_description> a #GSequenceIter
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
+<parameter name="func">
+<parameter_description> a #GFunc
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="user_data">
+<parameter_description> user data passed to @func
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
</parameters>
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_param_spec_internal">
+<function name="g_type_class_peek_static">
<description>
-Creates a new #GParamSpec instance.
+A more efficient version of g_type_class_peek() which works only for
+static types.
-A property name consists of segments consisting of ASCII letters and
-digits, separated by either the '-' or '_' character. The first
-character of a property name must be a letter. Names which violate these
-rules lead to undefined behaviour.
+Since: 2.4
-When creating and looking up a #GParamSpec, either separator can be
-used, but they cannot be mixed. Using '-' is considerably more
-efficient and in fact required when using property names as detail
-strings for signals.
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="type">
+<parameter_description> Type ID of a classed type.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> The #GTypeClass structure for the given type ID or %NULL
+if the class does not currently exist or is dynamically loaded.
+</return>
+</function>
-Beyond the name, #GParamSpec&lt;!-- --&gt;s have two more descriptive
-strings associated with them, the @nick, which should be suitable
-for use as a label for the property in a property editor, and the
- blurb, which should be a somewhat longer description, suitable for
-e.g. a tooltip. The @nick and @blurb should ideally be localized.
+<function name="g_param_spec_boolean">
+<description>
+Creates a new #GParamSpecBoolean instance specifying a %G_TYPE_BOOLEAN
+property.
+
+See g_param_spec_internal() for details on property names.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="param_type">
-<parameter_description> the #GType for the property; must be derived from #G_TYPE_PARAM
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
<parameter name="name">
-<parameter_description> the canonical name of the property
+<parameter_description> canonical name of the property specified
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="nick">
-<parameter_description> the nickname of the property
+<parameter_description> nick name for the property specified
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="blurb">
-<parameter_description> a short description of the property
+<parameter_description> description of the property specified
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="default_value">
+<parameter_description> default value for the property specified
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="flags">
-<parameter_description> a combination of #GParamFlags
+<parameter_description> flags for the property specified
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a newly allocated #GParamSpec instance
+<return> a newly created parameter specification
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_io_channel_set_line_term">
+<function name="g_datalist_remove_no_notify">
<description>
-This sets the string that #GIOChannel uses to determine
-where in the file a line break occurs.
+Removes an element, without calling its destroy notifier.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="channel">
-<parameter_description> a #GIOChannel
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="line_term">
-<parameter_description> The line termination string. Use %NULL for autodetect.
-Autodetection breaks on "\n", "\r\n", "\r", "\0", and
-the Unicode paragraph separator. Autodetection should
-not be used for anything other than file-based channels.
+<parameter name="dl">
+<parameter_description> a datalist.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="length">
-<parameter_description> The length of the termination string. If -1 is passed, the
-string is assumed to be nul-terminated. This option allows
-termination strings with embedded nuls.
+<parameter name="k">
+<parameter_description> the string identifying the data element.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_closure_add_invalidate_notifier">
+<function name="g_rand_new_with_seed_array">
<description>
-Registers an invalidation notifier which will be called when the
- closure is invalidated with g_closure_invalidate(). Invalidation
-notifiers are invoked before finalization notifiers, in an
-unspecified order.
+Creates a new random number generator initialized with @seed.
+
+Since: 2.4
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="closure">
-<parameter_description> a #GClosure
+<parameter name="seed">
+<parameter_description> an array of seeds to initialize the random number generator.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="notify_data">
-<parameter_description> data to pass to @notify_func
+<parameter name="seed_length">
+<parameter_description> an array of seeds to initialize the random number generator.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="notify_func">
-<parameter_description> the callback function to register
+</parameters>
+<return> the new #GRand.
+
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_param_value_set_default">
+<description>
+Sets @value to its default value as specified in @pspec.
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="pspec">
+<parameter_description> a valid #GParamSpec
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="value">
+<parameter_description> a #GValue of correct type for @pspec
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_slist_free">
+<function name="g_string_prepend_unichar">
<description>
-Frees all of the memory used by a #GSList.
-The freed elements are returned to the slice allocator.
+Converts a Unicode character into UTF-8, and prepends it
+to the string.
+
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="list">
-<parameter_description> a #GSList
+<parameter name="string">
+<parameter_description> a #GString
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="wc">
+<parameter_description> a Unicode character
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> @string
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_rand_set_seed_array">
+<description>
+Initializes the random number generator by an array of
+longs. Array can be of arbitrary size, though only the
+first 624 values are taken. This function is useful
+if you have many low entropy seeds, or if you require more then
+32bits of actual entropy for your application.
+
+Since: 2.4
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="rand_">
+<parameter_description> a #GRand.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="seed">
+<parameter_description> array to initialize with
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="seed_length">
+<parameter_description> length of array
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_type_module_register_enum">
+<function name="g_regex_match_simple">
<description>
-Looks up or registers an enumeration that is implemented with a particular
-type plugin. If a type with name @type_name was previously registered,
-the #GType identifier for the type is returned, otherwise the type
-is newly registered, and the resulting #GType identifier returned.
+Scans for a match in @string for @pattern.
-As long as any instances of the type exist, the type plugin will
-not be unloaded.
+This function is equivalent to g_regex_match() but it does not
+require to compile the pattern with g_regex_new(), avoiding some
+lines of code when you need just to do a match without extracting
+substrings, capture counts, and so on.
-Since: 2.6
+If this function is to be called on the same @pattern more than
+once, it's more efficient to compile the pattern once with
+g_regex_new() and then use g_regex_match().
+Since: 2.14
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="module">
-<parameter_description> a #GTypeModule
+<parameter name="pattern">
+<parameter_description> the regular expression
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="name">
-<parameter_description> name for the type
+<parameter name="string">
+<parameter_description> the string to scan for matches
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="const_static_values">
-<parameter_description> an array of #GEnumValue structs for the
-possible enumeration values. The array is
-terminated by a struct with all members being
-0.
+<parameter name="compile_options">
+<parameter_description> compile options for the regular expression, or 0
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="match_options">
+<parameter_description> match options, or 0
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the new or existing type ID
+<return> %TRUE if the string matched, %FALSE otherwise
+
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_param_spec_get_redirect_target">
+<function name="g_strfreev">
<description>
-If the paramspec redirects operations to another paramspec,
-Returns: paramspec to which requests on this paramspec should
+Frees a %NULL-terminated array of strings, and the array itself.
+If called on a %NULL value, g_strfreev() simply returns.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="pspec">
-<parameter_description> a #GParamSpec
+<parameter name="str_array">
+<parameter_description> a %NULL-terminated array of strings to free.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> paramspec to which requests on this paramspec should
-be redirected, or %NULL if none.
-</return>
+<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_type_add_interface_dynamic">
+<function name="g_object_weak_unref">
<description>
-Adds the dynamic @interface_type to @instantiable_type. The information
-contained in the #GTypePlugin structure pointed to by @plugin
-is used to manage the relationship.
+Removes a weak reference callback to an object.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="instance_type">
-<parameter_description> the #GType value of an instantiable type.
+<parameter name="object">
+<parameter_description> #GObject to remove a weak reference from
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="interface_type">
-<parameter_description> the #GType value of an interface type.
+<parameter name="notify">
+<parameter_description> callback to search for
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="plugin">
-<parameter_description> the #GTypePlugin structure to retrieve the #GInterfaceInfo from.
+<parameter name="data">
+<parameter_description> data to search for
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_string_chunk_insert">
+<function name="g_type_name">
<description>
-Adds a copy of @string to the #GStringChunk.
-It returns a pointer to the new copy of the string
-in the #GStringChunk. The characters in the string
-can be changed, if necessary, though you should not
-change anything after the end of the string.
+Get the unique name that is assigned to a type ID. Note that this
+function (like all other GType API) cannot cope with invalid type
+IDs. %G_TYPE_INVALID may be passed to this function, as may be any
+other validly registered type ID, but randomized type IDs should
+not be passed in and will most likely lead to a crash.
-Unlike g_string_chunk_insert_const(), this function
-does not check for duplicates. Also strings added
-with g_string_chunk_insert() will not be searched
-by g_string_chunk_insert_const() when looking for
-duplicates.
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="type">
+<parameter_description> Type to return name for.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> Static type name or %NULL.
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_iconv">
+<description>
+Same as the standard UNIX routine iconv(), but
+may be implemented via libiconv on UNIX flavors that lack
+a native implementation.
+
+GLib provides g_convert() and g_locale_to_utf8() which are likely
+more convenient than the raw iconv wrappers.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="chunk">
-<parameter_description> a #GStringChunk
+<parameter name="converter">
+<parameter_description> conversion descriptor from g_iconv_open()
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="string">
-<parameter_description> the string to add
+<parameter name="inbuf">
+<parameter_description> bytes to convert
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="inbytes_left">
+<parameter_description> inout parameter, bytes remaining to convert in @inbuf
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="outbuf">
+<parameter_description> converted output bytes
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="outbytes_left">
+<parameter_description> inout parameter, bytes available to fill in @outbuf
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a pointer to the copy of @string within
-the #GStringChunk
+<return> count of non-reversible conversions, or -1 on error
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_markup_parse_context_pop">
+<function name="g_main_context_dispatch">
<description>
-Completes the process of a temporary sub-parser redirection.
+Dispatches all pending sources.
-This function exists to collect the user_data allocated by a
-matching call to g_markup_parse_context_push(). It must be called
-in the end_element handler corresponding to the start_element
-handler during which g_markup_parse_context_push() was called. You
-must not call this function from the error callback -- the
- user_data is provided directly to the callback in that case.
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="context">
+<parameter_description> a #GMainContext
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return></return>
+</function>
-This function is not intended to be directly called by users
-interested in invoking subparsers. Instead, it is intended to be
-used by the subparsers themselves to implement a higher-level
-interface.
+<function name="g_sequence_swap">
+<description>
+Swaps the items pointed to by @a and @b. It is allowed for @a and @b
+to point into difference sequences.
+Since: 2.14
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="context">
-<parameter_description> a #GMarkupParseContext
+<parameter name="a">
+<parameter_description> a #GSequenceIter
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="b">
+<parameter_description> a #GSequenceIter
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the user_data passed to g_markup_parse_context_push().
+<return></return>
+</function>
-Since: 2.18
+<function name="g_node_child_position">
+<description>
+Gets the position of a #GNode with respect to its siblings.
+ child must be a child of @node. The first child is numbered 0,
+the second 1, and so on.
+
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="node">
+<parameter_description> a #GNode
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="child">
+<parameter_description> a child of @node
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> the position of @child with respect to its siblings
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_test_maximized_result">
+<function name="g_option_context_set_help_enabled">
<description>
-Report the result of a performance or measurement test.
-The test should generally strive to maximize the reported
-quantities (larger values are better than smaller ones),
-this and @maximized_quantity can determine sorting
-order for test result reports.
+Enables or disables automatic generation of <option>--help</option>
+output. By default, g_option_context_parse() recognizes
+<option>--help</option>, <option>-h</option>,
+<option>-?</option>, <option>--help-all</option>
+and <option>--help-</option><replaceable>groupname</replaceable> and creates
+suitable output to stdout.
-Since: 2.16
+Since: 2.6
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="maximized_quantity">
-<parameter_description> the reported value
+<parameter name="context">
+<parameter_description> a #GOptionContext
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="format">
-<parameter_description> the format string of the report message
+<parameter name="help_enabled">
+<parameter_description> %TRUE to enable <option>--help</option>, %FALSE to disable it
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="Varargs">
-<parameter_description> arguments to pass to the printf() function
+</parameters>
+<return></return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_list_append">
+<description>
+Adds a new element on to the end of the list.
+
+<note><para>
+The return value is the new start of the list, which
+may have changed, so make sure you store the new value.
+</para></note>
+
+<note><para>
+Note that g_list_append() has to traverse the entire list
+to find the end, which is inefficient when adding multiple
+elements. A common idiom to avoid the inefficiency is to prepend
+the elements and reverse the list when all elements have been added.
+</para></note>
+
+|[
+/* Notice that these are initialized to the empty list. */
+GList *list = NULL, *number_list = NULL;
+
+/* This is a list of strings. */
+list = g_list_append (list, "first");
+list = g_list_append (list, "second");
+
+/* This is a list of integers. */
+number_list = g_list_append (number_list, GINT_TO_POINTER (27));
+number_list = g_list_append (number_list, GINT_TO_POINTER (14));
+]|
+
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="list">
+<parameter_description> a pointer to a #GList
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="data">
+<parameter_description> the data for the new element
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> the new start of the #GList
+</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_unicode_canonical_decomposition">
+<function name="g_enum_get_value">
<description>
-Computes the canonical decomposition of a Unicode character.
+Returns the #GEnumValue for a value.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="ch">
-<parameter_description> a Unicode character.
+<parameter name="enum_class">
+<parameter_description> a #GEnumClass
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="result_len">
-<parameter_description> location to store the length of the return value.
+<parameter name="value">
+<parameter_description> the value to look up
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a newly allocated string of Unicode characters.
- result_len is set to the resulting length of the string.
+<return> the #GEnumValue for @value, or %NULL if @value is not a
+member of the enumeration
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_sequence_get_begin_iter">
+<function name="g_variant_get_variant">
<description>
-Return value: the begin iterator for @seq.
+Unboxes @value. The result is the #GVariant instance that was
+contained in @value.
+
+Since: 2.24
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="seq">
-<parameter_description> a #GSequence
+<parameter name="value">
+<parameter_description> a variant #GVariance instance
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the begin iterator for @seq.
+<return> the item contained in the variant
+</return>
+</function>
-Since: 2.14
+<function name="g_node_max_height">
+<description>
+Gets the maximum height of all branches beneath a #GNode.
+This is the maximum distance from the #GNode to all leaf nodes.
+
+If @root is %NULL, 0 is returned. If @root has no children,
+1 is returned. If @root has children, 2 is returned. And so on.
+
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="root">
+<parameter_description> a #GNode
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> the maximum height of the tree beneath @root
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_type_register_dynamic">
+<function name="g_dataset_remove_no_notify">
<description>
-Registers @type_name as the name of a new dynamic type derived from
- parent_type The type system uses the information contained in the
-#GTypePlugin structure pointed to by @plugin to manage the type and its
-instances (if not abstract). The value of @flags determines the nature
-(e.g. abstract or not) of the type.
+Removes an element, without calling its destroy notifier.
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="l">
+<parameter_description> the location identifying the dataset.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="k">
+<parameter_description> the string identifying the data element.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return></return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_io_channel_init">
+<description>
+Initializes a #GIOChannel struct.
+This is called by each of the above functions when creating a
+#GIOChannel, and so is not often needed by the application
+programmer (unless you are creating a new type of #GIOChannel).
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="parent_type">
-<parameter_description> Type from which this type will be derived.
+<parameter name="channel">
+<parameter_description> a #GIOChannel
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="type_name">
-<parameter_description> 0-terminated string used as the name of the new type.
+</parameters>
+<return></return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_static_rec_mutex_lock">
+<description>
+Locks @mutex. If @mutex is already locked by another thread, the
+current thread will block until @mutex is unlocked by the other
+thread. If @mutex is already locked by the calling thread, this
+functions increases the depth of @mutex and returns immediately.
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="mutex">
+<parameter_description> a #GStaticRecMutex to lock.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="plugin">
-<parameter_description> The #GTypePlugin structure to retrieve the #GTypeInfo from.
+</parameters>
+<return></return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_bookmark_file_get_description">
+<description>
+Retrieves the description of the bookmark for @uri.
+
+In the event the URI cannot be found, %NULL is returned and
+ error is set to #G_BOOKMARK_FILE_ERROR_URI_NOT_FOUND.
+
+Since: 2.12
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="bookmark">
+<parameter_description> a #GBookmarkFile
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="flags">
-<parameter_description> Bitwise combination of #GTypeFlags values.
+<parameter name="uri">
+<parameter_description> a valid URI
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="error">
+<parameter_description> return location for a #GError, or %NULL
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> The new type identifier or #G_TYPE_INVALID if registration failed.
+<return> a newly allocated string or %NULL if the specified
+URI cannot be found.
+
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_list_nth_prev">
+<function name="g_list_nth_data">
<description>
-Gets the element @n places before @list.
+Gets the data of the element at the given position.
</description>
@@ -27587,688 +34564,870 @@ Gets the element @n places before @list.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="n">
-<parameter_description> the position of the element, counting from 0
+<parameter_description> the position of the element
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the element, or %NULL if the position is
-off the end of the #GList
+<return> the element's data, or %NULL if the position
+is off the end of the #GList
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_child_watch_source_new">
+<function name="g_value_get_enum">
<description>
-Creates a new child_watch source.
+Get the contents of a %G_TYPE_ENUM #GValue.
-The source will not initially be associated with any #GMainContext
-and must be added to one with g_source_attach() before it will be
-executed.
-Note that child watch sources can only be used in conjunction with
-&lt;literal&gt;g_spawn...&lt;/literal&gt; when the %G_SPAWN_DO_NOT_REAP_CHILD
-flag is used.
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="value">
+<parameter_description> a valid #GValue whose type is derived from %G_TYPE_ENUM
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> enum contents of @value
+</return>
+</function>
-Note that on platforms where #GPid must be explicitly closed
-(see g_spawn_close_pid()) @pid must not be closed while the
-source is still active. Typically, you will want to call
-g_spawn_close_pid() in the callback function for the source.
+<function name="g_datalist_foreach">
+<description>
+Calls the given function for each data element of the datalist. The
+function is called with each data element's #GQuark id and data,
+together with the given @user_data parameter. Note that this
+function is NOT thread-safe. So unless @datalist can be protected
+from any modifications during invocation of this function, it should
+not be called.
-Note further that using g_child_watch_source_new() is not
-compatible with calling &lt;literal&gt;waitpid(-1)&lt;/literal&gt; in
-the application. Calling waitpid() for individual pids will
-still work fine.
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="datalist">
+<parameter_description> a datalist.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="func">
+<parameter_description> the function to call for each data element.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="user_data">
+<parameter_description> user data to pass to the function.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return></return>
+</function>
+<function name="g_value_set_object">
+<description>
+Set the contents of a %G_TYPE_OBJECT derived #GValue to @v_object.
+
+g_value_set_object() increases the reference count of @v_object
+(the #GValue holds a reference to @v_object). If you do not wish
+to increase the reference count of the object (i.e. you wish to
+pass your current reference to the #GValue because you no longer
+need it), use g_value_take_object() instead.
+
+It is important that your #GValue holds a reference to @v_object (either its
+own, or one it has taken) to ensure that the object won't be destroyed while
+the #GValue still exists).
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="pid">
-<parameter_description> process to watch. On POSIX the pid of a child process. On
-Windows a handle for a process (which doesn't have to be a child).
+<parameter name="value">
+<parameter_description> a valid #GValue of %G_TYPE_OBJECT derived type
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="v_object">
+<parameter_description> object value to be set
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the newly-created child watch source
-
-Since: 2.4
-</return>
+<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_node_get_root">
+<function name="g_timer_reset">
<description>
-Gets the root of a tree.
-
+This function is useless; it's fine to call g_timer_start() on an
+already-started timer to reset the start time, so g_timer_reset()
+serves no purpose.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="node">
-<parameter_description> a #GNode
+<parameter name="timer">
+<parameter_description> a #GTimer.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the root of the tree
-</return>
+<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_key_file_remove_group">
+<function name="g_file_open_tmp">
<description>
-Removes the specified group, @group_name,
-from the key file.
+Opens a file for writing in the preferred directory for temporary
+files (as returned by g_get_tmp_dir()).
+
+ tmpl should be a string in the GLib file name encoding containing
+a sequence of six 'X' characters, as the parameter to g_mkstemp().
+However, unlike these functions, the template should only be a
+basename, no directory components are allowed. If template is
+%NULL, a default template is used.
+
+Note that in contrast to g_mkstemp() (and mkstemp())
+ tmpl is not modified, and might thus be a read-only literal string.
+
+The actual name used is returned in @name_used if non-%NULL. This
+string should be freed with g_free() when not needed any longer.
+The returned name is in the GLib file name encoding.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="key_file">
-<parameter_description> a #GKeyFile
+<parameter name="tmpl">
+<parameter_description> Template for file name, as in g_mkstemp(), basename only,
+or %NULL, to a default template
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="group_name">
-<parameter_description> a group name
+<parameter name="name_used">
+<parameter_description> location to store actual name used, or %NULL
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="error">
-<parameter_description> return location for a #GError or %NULL
+<parameter_description> return location for a #GError
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> %TRUE if the group was removed, %FALSE otherwise
-
-Since: 2.6
+<return> A file handle (as from open()) to
+the file opened for reading and writing. The file is opened in binary
+mode on platforms where there is a difference. The file handle should be
+closed with close(). In case of errors, -1 is returned
+and @error will be set.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_rand_int">
+<function name="g_markup_parse_context_free">
<description>
-Return value: A random number.
+Frees a #GMarkupParseContext. Can't be called from inside
+one of the #GMarkupParser functions. Can't be called while
+a subparser is pushed.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="rand_">
-<parameter_description> a #GRand.
+<parameter name="context">
+<parameter_description> a #GMarkupParseContext
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> A random number.
-</return>
+<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_test_bug_base">
+<function name="g_private_new">
<description>
-Specify the base URI for bug reports.
+Creates a new #GPrivate. If @destructor is non-%NULL, it is a
+pointer to a destructor function. Whenever a thread ends and the
+corresponding pointer keyed to this instance of #GPrivate is
+non-%NULL, the destructor is called with this pointer as the
+argument.
-The base URI is used to construct bug report messages for
-g_test_message() when g_test_bug() is called.
-Calling this function outside of a test case sets the
-default base URI for all test cases. Calling it from within
-a test case changes the base URI for the scope of the test
-case only.
-Bug URIs are constructed by appending a bug specific URI
-portion to @uri_pattern, or by replacing the special string
-'%s' within @uri_pattern if that is present.
+<note><para>@destructor is used quite differently from @notify in
+g_static_private_set().</para></note>
-Since: 2.16
+<note><para>A #GPrivate can not be freed. Reuse it instead, if you
+can, to avoid shortage, or use #GStaticPrivate.</para></note>
+
+<note><para>This function will abort if g_thread_init() has not been
+called yet.</para></note>
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="uri_pattern">
-<parameter_description> the base pattern for bug URIs
+<parameter name="destructor">
+<parameter_description> a function to destroy the data keyed to #GPrivate when
+a thread ends.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> a new #GPrivate.
+</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_value_copy">
+<function name="g_direct_equal">
<description>
-Copies the value of @src_value into @dest_value.
+Compares two #gpointer arguments and returns %TRUE if they are equal.
+It can be passed to g_hash_table_new() as the @key_equal_func
+parameter, when using pointers as keys in a #GHashTable.
+
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="src_value">
-<parameter_description> An initialized #GValue structure.
+<parameter name="v1">
+<parameter_description> a key.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="dest_value">
-<parameter_description> An initialized #GValue structure of the same type as @src_value.
+<parameter name="v2">
+<parameter_description> a key to compare with @v1.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> %TRUE if the two keys match.
+</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_unichar_iswide_cjk">
+<function name="g_cache_insert">
<description>
-Determines if a character is typically rendered in a double-width
-cell under legacy East Asian locales. If a character is wide according to
-g_unichar_iswide(), then it is also reported wide with this function, but
-the converse is not necessarily true. See the
-&lt;ulink url="http://www.unicode.org/reports/tr11/"&gt;Unicode Standard
-Annex #11&lt;/ulink&gt; for details.
-
+Gets the value corresponding to the given key, creating it if
+necessary. It first checks if the value already exists in the
+#GCache, by using the @key_equal_func function passed to
+g_cache_new(). If it does already exist it is returned, and its
+reference count is increased by one. If the value does not currently
+exist, if is created by calling the @value_new_func. The key is
+duplicated by calling @key_dup_func and the duplicated key and value
+are inserted into the #GCache.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="c">
-<parameter_description> a Unicode character
+<parameter name="cache">
+<parameter_description> a #GCache.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="key">
+<parameter_description> a key describing a #GCache object.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> %TRUE if the character is wide in legacy East Asian locales
-
-Since: 2.12
+<return> a pointer to a #GCache value.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_option_context_set_translate_func">
+<function name="g_mem_chunk_new">
<description>
-Sets the function which is used to translate the contexts
-user-visible strings, for &lt;option&gt;--help&lt;/option&gt; output.
-If @func is %NULL, strings are not translated.
+Creates a new #GMemChunk.
-Note that option groups have their own translation functions,
-this function only affects the @parameter_string (see g_option_context_new()),
-the summary (see g_option_context_set_summary()) and the description
-(see g_option_context_set_description()).
-
-If you are using gettext(), you only need to set the translation
-domain, see g_context_group_set_translation_domain().
-
-Since: 2.12
+Deprecated:2.10: Use the <link linkend="glib-Memory-Slices">slice
+allocator</link> instead
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="context">
-<parameter_description> a #GOptionContext
+<parameter name="name">
+<parameter_description> a string to identify the #GMemChunk. It is not copied so it
+should be valid for the lifetime of the #GMemChunk. It is
+only used in g_mem_chunk_print(), which is used for debugging.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="func">
-<parameter_description> the #GTranslateFunc, or %NULL
+<parameter name="atom_size">
+<parameter_description> the size, in bytes, of each element in the #GMemChunk.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="data">
-<parameter_description> user data to pass to @func, or %NULL
+<parameter name="area_size">
+<parameter_description> the size, in bytes, of each block of memory allocated to
+contain the atoms.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="destroy_notify">
-<parameter_description> a function which gets called to free @data, or %NULL
+<parameter name="type">
+<parameter_description> the type of the #GMemChunk. #G_ALLOC_AND_FREE is used if the
+atoms will be freed individually. #G_ALLOC_ONLY should be
+used if atoms will never be freed individually.
+#G_ALLOC_ONLY is quicker, since it does not need to track
+free atoms, but it obviously wastes memory if you no longer
+need many of the atoms.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> the new #GMemChunk.
+</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_io_channel_get_buffer_condition">
+<function name="g_tree_lookup_extended">
<description>
-This function returns a #GIOCondition depending on whether there
-is data to be read/space to write data in the internal buffers in
-the #GIOChannel. Only the flags %G_IO_IN and %G_IO_OUT may be set.
+Looks up a key in the #GTree, returning the original key and the
+associated value and a #gboolean which is %TRUE if the key was found. This
+is useful if you need to free the memory allocated for the original key,
+for example before calling g_tree_remove().
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="channel">
-<parameter_description> A #GIOChannel
+<parameter name="tree">
+<parameter_description> a #GTree.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="lookup_key">
+<parameter_description> the key to look up.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="orig_key">
+<parameter_description> returns the original key.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="value">
+<parameter_description> returns the value associated with the key.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> A #GIOCondition
+<return> %TRUE if the key was found in the #GTree.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_hash_table_foreach">
+<function name="g_slist_free_1">
<description>
-Calls the given function for each of the key/value pairs in the
-#GHashTable. The function is passed the key and value of each
-pair, and the given @user_data parameter. The hash table may not
-be modified while iterating over it (you can't add/remove
-items). To remove all items matching a predicate, use
-g_hash_table_foreach_remove().
+Frees one #GSList element.
+It is usually used after g_slist_remove_link().
-See g_hash_table_find() for performance caveats for linear
-order searches in contrast to g_hash_table_lookup().
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="list">
+<parameter_description> a #GSList element
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return></return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_cclosure_marshal_VOID__UCHAR">
+<description>
+A marshaller for a #GCClosure with a callback of type
+<literal>void (*callback) (gpointer instance, guchar arg1, gpointer user_data)</literal>.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="hash_table">
-<parameter_description> a #GHashTable.
+<parameter name="closure">
+<parameter_description> the #GClosure to which the marshaller belongs
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="func">
-<parameter_description> the function to call for each key/value pair.
+<parameter name="return_value">
+<parameter_description> ignored
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="user_data">
-<parameter_description> user data to pass to the function.
+<parameter name="n_param_values">
+<parameter_description> 2
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="param_values">
+<parameter_description> a #GValue array holding the instance and the #guchar parameter
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="invocation_hint">
+<parameter_description> the invocation hint given as the last argument
+to g_closure_invoke()
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="marshal_data">
+<parameter_description> additional data specified when registering the marshaller
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_slist_nth_data">
+<function name="g_array_prepend_vals">
<description>
-Gets the data of the element at the given position.
+Adds @len elements onto the start of the array.
+This operation is slower than g_array_append_vals() since the
+existing elements in the array have to be moved to make space for
+the new elements.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="list">
-<parameter_description> a #GSList
+<parameter name="array">
+<parameter_description> a #GArray.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="n">
-<parameter_description> the position of the element
+<parameter name="data">
+<parameter_description> a pointer to the elements to prepend to the start of the
+array.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="len">
+<parameter_description> the number of elements to prepend.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the element's data, or %NULL if the position
-is off the end of the #GSList
+<return> the #GArray.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_test_create_suite">
+<function name="g_string_assign">
<description>
-Create a new test suite with the name @suite_name.
+Copies the bytes from a string into a #GString,
+destroying any previous contents. It is rather like
+the standard strcpy() function, except that you do not
+have to worry about having enough space to copy the string.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="suite_name">
-<parameter_description> a name for the suite
+<parameter name="string">
+<parameter_description> the destination #GString. Its current contents
+are destroyed.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="rval">
+<parameter_description> the string to copy into @string
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> A newly allocated #GTestSuite instance.
-
-Since: 2.16
+<return> @string
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_key_file_get_locale_string_list">
+<function name="g_node_insert">
<description>
-Return value: a newly allocated %NULL-terminated string array
+Inserts a #GNode beneath the parent at the given position.
+
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="key_file">
-<parameter_description> a #GKeyFile
+<parameter name="parent">
+<parameter_description> the #GNode to place @node under
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="group_name">
-<parameter_description> a group name
+<parameter name="position">
+<parameter_description> the position to place @node at, with respect to its siblings
+If position is -1, @node is inserted as the last child of @parent
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="key">
-<parameter_description> a key
+<parameter name="node">
+<parameter_description> the #GNode to insert
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="locale">
-<parameter_description> a locale identifier or %NULL
+</parameters>
+<return> the inserted #GNode
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_variant_iter_free">
+<description>
+Frees a heap-allocated #GVariantIter. Only call this function on
+iterators that were returned by g_variant_iter_new() or
+g_variant_iter_copy().
+
+Since: 2.24
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="iter">
+<parameter_description> a heap-allocated #GVariantIter
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="length">
-<parameter_description> return location for the number of returned strings or %NULL
+</parameters>
+<return></return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_fopen">
+<description>
+A wrapper for the stdio fopen() function. The fopen() function
+opens a file and associates a new stream with it.
+
+Because file descriptors are specific to the C library on Windows,
+and a file descriptor is partof the <type>FILE</type> struct, the
+<type>FILE</type> pointer returned by this function makes sense
+only to functions in the same C library. Thus if the GLib-using
+code uses a different C library than GLib does, the
+<type>FILE</type> pointer returned by this function cannot be
+passed to C library functions like fprintf() or fread().
+
+See your C library manual for more details about fopen().
+
+Since: 2.6
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="filename">
+<parameter_description> a pathname in the GLib file name encoding (UTF-8 on Windows)
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="error">
-<parameter_description> return location for a #GError or %NULL
+<parameter name="mode">
+<parameter_description> a string describing the mode in which the file should be
+opened
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a newly allocated %NULL-terminated string array
-or %NULL if the key isn't found. The string array should be freed
-with g_strfreev().
+<return> A <type>FILE</type> pointer if the file was successfully
+opened, or %NULL if an error occurred
-Since: 2.6
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_cclosure_new_object">
+<function name="g_static_mutex_get_mutex">
<description>
-A variant of g_cclosure_new() which uses @object as @user_data and
-calls g_object_watch_closure() on @object and the created
-closure. This function is useful when you have a callback closely
-associated with a #GObject, and want the callback to no longer run
-after the object is is freed.
+For some operations (like g_cond_wait()) you must have a #GMutex
+instead of a #GStaticMutex. This function will return the
+corresponding #GMutex for @mutex.
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="mutex">
+<parameter_description> a #GStaticMutex.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> the #GMutex corresponding to @mutex.
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_match_info_fetch_named_pos">
+<description>
+Retrieves the position in bytes of the capturing parentheses named @name.
+
+If @name is a valid sub pattern name but it didn't match anything
+(e.g. sub pattern "X", matching "b" against "(?P<X>a)?b")
+then @start_pos and @end_pos are set to -1 and %TRUE is returned.
+
+Since: 2.14
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="callback_func">
-<parameter_description> the function to invoke
+<parameter name="match_info">
+<parameter_description> #GMatchInfo structure
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="object">
-<parameter_description> a #GObject pointer to pass to @callback_func
+<parameter name="name">
+<parameter_description> name of the subexpression
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="start_pos">
+<parameter_description> pointer to location where to store the start position
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="end_pos">
+<parameter_description> pointer to location where to store the end position
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a new #GCClosure
+<return> %TRUE if the position was fetched, %FALSE otherwise. If
+the position cannot be fetched, @start_pos and @end_pos are left
+unchanged
+
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_sequence_append">
+<function name="g_regex_split">
<description>
-Adds a new item to the end of @seq.
+Breaks the string on the pattern, and returns an array of the tokens.
+If the pattern contains capturing parentheses, then the text for each
+of the substrings will also be returned. If the pattern does not match
+anywhere in the string, then the whole string is returned as the first
+token.
+
+As a special case, the result of splitting the empty string "" is an
+empty vector, not a vector containing a single string. The reason for
+this special case is that being able to represent a empty vector is
+typically more useful than consistent handling of empty elements. If
+you do need to represent empty elements, you'll need to check for the
+empty string before calling this function.
+
+A pattern that can match empty strings splits @string into separate
+characters wherever it matches the empty string between characters.
+For example splitting "ab c" using as a separator "\s*", you will get
+"a", "b" and "c".
+Since: 2.14
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="seq">
-<parameter_description> a #GSequencePointer
+<parameter name="regex">
+<parameter_description> a #GRegex structure
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="data">
-<parameter_description> the data for the new item
+<parameter name="string">
+<parameter_description> the string to split with the pattern
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="match_options">
+<parameter_description> match time option flags
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> an iterator pointing to the new item
+<return> a %NULL-terminated gchar ** array. Free it using g_strfreev()
-Since: 2.14
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_async_queue_sort_unlocked">
+<function name="g_variant_get_fixed_array">
<description>
-Sorts @queue using @func.
+Provides access to the serialised data for an array of fixed-sized
+items.
-This function is called while holding the @queue's lock.
+ value must be an array with fixed-sized elements. Numeric types are
+fixed-size as are tuples containing only other fixed-sized types.
-Since: 2.10
+ element_size must be the size of a single element in the array. For
+example, if calling this function for an array of 32 bit integers,
+you might say <code>sizeof (gint32)</code>. This value isn't used
+except for the purpose of a double-check that the form of the
+seralised data matches the caller's expectation.
+
+ n_elements, which must be non-%NULL is set equal to the number of
+items in the array.
+
+Since: 2.24
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="queue">
-<parameter_description> a #GAsyncQueue
+<parameter name="value">
+<parameter_description> a #GVariant array with fixed-sized elements
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="func">
-<parameter_description> the #GCompareDataFunc is used to sort @queue. This
-function is passed two elements of the @queue. The function
-should return 0 if they are equal, a negative value if the
-first element should be higher in the @queue or a positive
-value if the first element should be lower in the @queue than
-the second element.
+<parameter name="n_elements">
+<parameter_description> a pointer to the location to store the number of items
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="user_data">
-<parameter_description> user data passed to @func
+<parameter name="element_size">
+<parameter_description> the size of each element
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> a pointer to the fixed array
+</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_string_prepend_c">
+<function name="g_type_plugin_complete_type_info">
<description>
-Adds a byte onto the start of a #GString,
-expanding it if necessary.
-
+Calls the @complete_type_info function from the #GTypePluginClass of @plugin.
+There should be no need to use this function outside of the GObject
+type system itself.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="string">
-<parameter_description> a #GString
+<parameter name="plugin">
+<parameter_description> a #GTypePlugin
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="c">
-<parameter_description> the byte to prepend on the start of the #GString
+<parameter name="g_type">
+<parameter_description> the #GType whose info is completed
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="info">
+<parameter_description> the #GTypeInfo struct to fill in
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="value_table">
+<parameter_description> the #GTypeValueTable to fill in
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> @string
-</return>
+<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_sequence_iter_move">
+<function name="g_queue_find">
<description>
-Return value: a #GSequenceIter which is @delta positions away from @iter.
+Finds the first link in @queue which contains @data.
+
+Since: 2.4
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="iter">
-<parameter_description> a #GSequenceIter
+<parameter name="queue">
+<parameter_description> a #GQueue
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="delta">
-<parameter_description> A positive or negative number indicating how many positions away
-from @iter the returned #GSequenceIter will be.
+<parameter name="data">
+<parameter_description> data to find
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a #GSequenceIter which is @delta positions away from @iter.
+<return> The first link in @queue which contains @data.
-Since: 2.14
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_test_init">
+<function name="g_param_spec_uint">
<description>
-Initialize the GLib testing framework, e.g. by seeding the
-test random number generator, the name for g_get_prgname()
-and parsing test related command line args.
-So far, the following arguments are understood:
-&lt;variablelist&gt;
-&lt;varlistentry&gt;
-&lt;term&gt;&lt;option&gt;-l&lt;/option&gt;&lt;/term&gt;
-&lt;listitem&gt;&lt;para&gt;
-list test cases available in a test executable.
-&lt;/para&gt;&lt;/listitem&gt;
-&lt;/varlistentry&gt;
-&lt;varlistentry&gt;
-&lt;term&gt;&lt;option&gt;--seed=&lt;replaceable&gt;RANDOMSEED&lt;/replaceable&gt;&lt;/option&gt;&lt;/term&gt;
-&lt;listitem&gt;&lt;para&gt;
-provide a random seed to reproduce test runs using random numbers.
-&lt;/para&gt;&lt;/listitem&gt;
-&lt;/varlistentry&gt;
-&lt;varlistentry&gt;
-&lt;term&gt;&lt;option&gt;--verbose&lt;/option&gt;&lt;/term&gt;
-&lt;listitem&gt;&lt;para&gt;run tests verbosely.&lt;/para&gt;&lt;/listitem&gt;
-&lt;/varlistentry&gt;
-&lt;varlistentry&gt;
-&lt;term&gt;&lt;option&gt;-q&lt;/option&gt;, &lt;option&gt;--quiet&lt;/option&gt;&lt;/term&gt;
-&lt;listitem&gt;&lt;para&gt;run tests quietly.&lt;/para&gt;&lt;/listitem&gt;
-&lt;/varlistentry&gt;
-&lt;varlistentry&gt;
-&lt;term&gt;&lt;option&gt;-p &lt;replaceable&gt;TESTPATH&lt;/replaceable&gt;&lt;/option&gt;&lt;/term&gt;
-&lt;listitem&gt;&lt;para&gt;
-execute all tests matching &lt;replaceable&gt;TESTPATH&lt;/replaceable&gt;.
-&lt;/para&gt;&lt;/listitem&gt;
-&lt;/varlistentry&gt;
-&lt;varlistentry&gt;
-&lt;term&gt;&lt;option&gt;-m {perf|slow|thorough|quick}&lt;/option&gt;&lt;/term&gt;
-&lt;listitem&gt;&lt;para&gt;
-execute tests according to these test modes:
-&lt;variablelist&gt;
-&lt;varlistentry&gt;
-&lt;term&gt;perf&lt;/term&gt;
-&lt;listitem&gt;&lt;para&gt;
-performance tests, may take long and report results.
-&lt;/para&gt;&lt;/listitem&gt;
-&lt;/varlistentry&gt;
-&lt;varlistentry&gt;
-&lt;term&gt;slow, thorough&lt;/term&gt;
-&lt;listitem&gt;&lt;para&gt;
-slow and thorough tests, may take quite long and
-maximize coverage.
-&lt;/para&gt;&lt;/listitem&gt;
-&lt;/varlistentry&gt;
-&lt;varlistentry&gt;
-&lt;term&gt;quick&lt;/term&gt;
-&lt;listitem&gt;&lt;para&gt;
-quick tests, should run really quickly and give good coverage.
-&lt;/para&gt;&lt;/listitem&gt;
-&lt;/varlistentry&gt;
-&lt;/variablelist&gt;
-&lt;/para&gt;&lt;/listitem&gt;
-&lt;/varlistentry&gt;
-&lt;varlistentry&gt;
-&lt;term&gt;&lt;option&gt;--debug-log&lt;/option&gt;&lt;/term&gt;
-&lt;listitem&gt;&lt;para&gt;debug test logging output.&lt;/para&gt;&lt;/listitem&gt;
-&lt;/varlistentry&gt;
-&lt;varlistentry&gt;
-&lt;term&gt;&lt;option&gt;-k&lt;/option&gt;, &lt;option&gt;--keep-going&lt;/option&gt;&lt;/term&gt;
-&lt;listitem&gt;&lt;para&gt;gtester-specific argument.&lt;/para&gt;&lt;/listitem&gt;
-&lt;/varlistentry&gt;
-&lt;varlistentry&gt;
-&lt;term&gt;&lt;option&gt;--GTestLogFD &lt;replaceable&gt;N&lt;/replaceable&gt;&lt;/option&gt;&lt;/term&gt;
-&lt;listitem&gt;&lt;para&gt;gtester-specific argument.&lt;/para&gt;&lt;/listitem&gt;
-&lt;/varlistentry&gt;
-&lt;varlistentry&gt;
-&lt;term&gt;&lt;option&gt;--GTestSkipCount &lt;replaceable&gt;N&lt;/replaceable&gt;&lt;/option&gt;&lt;/term&gt;
-&lt;listitem&gt;&lt;para&gt;gtester-specific argument.&lt;/para&gt;&lt;/listitem&gt;
-&lt;/varlistentry&gt;
-&lt;/variablelist&gt;
+Creates a new #GParamSpecUInt instance specifying a %G_TYPE_UINT property.
+
+See g_param_spec_internal() for details on property names.
-Since: 2.16
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="argc">
-<parameter_description> Address of the @argc parameter of the main() function.
-Changed if any arguments were handled.
+<parameter name="name">
+<parameter_description> canonical name of the property specified
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="argv">
-<parameter_description> Address of the @argv parameter of main().
-Any parameters understood by g_test_init() stripped before return.
+<parameter name="nick">
+<parameter_description> nick name for the property specified
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="Varargs">
-<parameter_description> Reserved for future extension. Currently, you must pass %NULL.
+<parameter name="blurb">
+<parameter_description> description of the property specified
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="minimum">
+<parameter_description> minimum value for the property specified
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="maximum">
+<parameter_description> maximum value for the property specified
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="default_value">
+<parameter_description> default value for the property specified
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="flags">
+<parameter_description> flags for the property specified
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> a newly created parameter specification
+</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_key_file_set_locale_string">
+<function name="g_bookmark_file_to_data">
<description>
-Associates a string value for @key and @locale under @group_name.
-If the translation for @key cannot be found then it is created.
+This function outputs @bookmark as a string.
-Since: 2.6
+Since: 2.12
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="key_file">
-<parameter_description> a #GKeyFile
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="group_name">
-<parameter_description> a group name
+<parameter name="bookmark">
+<parameter_description> a #GBookmarkFile
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="key">
-<parameter_description> a key
+<parameter name="length">
+<parameter_description> return location for the length of the returned string, or %NULL
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="locale">
-<parameter_description> a locale identifier
+<parameter name="error">
+<parameter_description> return location for a #GError, or %NULL
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="string">
-<parameter_description> a string
+</parameters>
+<return> a newly allocated string holding
+the contents of the #GBookmarkFile
+
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_main_loop_get_context">
+<description>
+Returns the #GMainContext of @loop.
+
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="loop">
+<parameter_description> a #GMainLoop.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> the #GMainContext of @loop
+</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_string_insert_unichar">
+<function name="g_io_channel_seek_position">
<description>
-Converts a Unicode character into UTF-8, and insert it
-into the string at the given position.
+Replacement for g_io_channel_seek() with the new API.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="string">
-<parameter_description> a #GString
+<parameter name="channel">
+<parameter_description> a #GIOChannel
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="pos">
-<parameter_description> the position at which to insert character, or -1 to
-append at the end of the string
+<parameter name="offset">
+<parameter_description> The offset in bytes from the position specified by @type
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="wc">
-<parameter_description> a Unicode character
+<parameter name="type">
+<parameter_description> a #GSeekType. The type %G_SEEK_CUR is only allowed in those
+cases where a call to g_io_channel_set_encoding ()
+is allowed. See the documentation for
+g_io_channel_set_encoding () for details.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="error">
+<parameter_description> A location to return an error of type #GIOChannelError
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> @string
+<return> the status of the operation.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_bookmark_file_free">
+<function name="g_node_last_sibling">
<description>
-Frees a #GBookmarkFile.
+Gets the last sibling of a #GNode.
+This could possibly be the node itself.
-Since: 2.12
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="bookmark">
-<parameter_description> a #GBookmarkFile
+<parameter name="node">
+<parameter_description> a #GNode
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> the last sibling of @node
+</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_regex_match_full">
+<function name="g_variant_new_int32">
<description>
-Scans for a match in string for the pattern in @regex.
-The @match_options are combined with the match options specified
-when the @regex structure was created, letting you have more
-flexibility in reusing #GRegex structures.
+Creates a new int32 #GVariant instance.
-Setting @start_position differs from just passing over a shortened
-string and setting #G_REGEX_MATCH_NOTBOL in the case of a pattern
-that begins with any kind of lookbehind assertion, such as "\b".
+Since: 2.24
-A #GMatchInfo structure, used to get information on the match, is
-stored in @match_info if not %NULL. Note that if @match_info is
-not %NULL then it is created even if the function returns %FALSE,
-i.e. you must free it regardless if regular expression actually
-matched.
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="int32">
+<parameter_description> a #gint32 value
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> a new int32 #GVariant instance
+</return>
+</function>
- string is not copied and is used in #GMatchInfo internally. If
-you use any #GMatchInfo method (except g_match_info_free()) after
-freeing or modifying @string then the behaviour is undefined.
+<function name="g_regex_replace_eval">
+<description>
+Replaces occurrences of the pattern in regex with the output of
+ eval for that occurrence.
-To retrieve all the non-overlapping matches of the pattern in
-string you can use g_match_info_next().
+Setting @start_position differs from just passing over a shortened
+string and setting #G_REGEX_MATCH_NOTBOL in the case of a pattern
+that begins with any kind of lookbehind assertion, such as "\b".
+The following example uses g_regex_replace_eval() to replace multiple
+strings at once:
|[
-static void
-print_uppercase_words (const gchar *string)
-{
-/&ast; Print all uppercase-only words. &ast;/
-GRegex *regex;
-GMatchInfo *match_info;
-GError *error = NULL;
-&nbsp;
-regex = g_regex_new ("[A-Z]+", 0, 0, NULL);
-g_regex_match_full (regex, string, -1, 0, 0, &amp;match_info, &amp;error);
-while (g_match_info_matches (match_info))
-{
-gchar *word = g_match_info_fetch (match_info, 0);
-g_print ("Found: %s\n", word);
-g_free (word);
-g_match_info_next (match_info, &amp;error);
-}
-g_match_info_free (match_info);
-g_regex_unref (regex);
-if (error != NULL)
+static gboolean
+eval_cb (const GMatchInfo *info,
+GString *res,
+gpointer data)
{
-g_printerr ("Error while matching: %s\n", error-&gt;message);
-g_error_free (error);
-}
+gchar *match;
+gchar *r;
+
+match = g_match_info_fetch (info, 0);
+r = g_hash_table_lookup ((GHashTable *)data, match);
+g_string_append (res, r);
+g_free (match);
+
+return FALSE;
}
+
+/* ... */
+
+GRegex *reg;
+GHashTable *h;
+gchar *res;
+
+h = g_hash_table_new (g_str_hash, g_str_equal);
+
+g_hash_table_insert (h, "1", "ONE");
+g_hash_table_insert (h, "2", "TWO");
+g_hash_table_insert (h, "3", "THREE");
+g_hash_table_insert (h, "4", "FOUR");
+
+reg = g_regex_new ("1|2|3|4", 0, 0, NULL);
+res = g_regex_replace_eval (reg, text, -1, 0, 0, eval_cb, h, NULL);
+g_hash_table_destroy (h);
+
+/* ... */
]|
+Since: 2.14
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -28277,7 +35436,7 @@ g_error_free (error);
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="string">
-<parameter_description> the string to scan for matches
+<parameter_description> string to perform matches against
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="string_len">
@@ -28289,12 +35448,15 @@ g_error_free (error);
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="match_options">
-<parameter_description> match options
+<parameter_description> options for the match
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="match_info">
-<parameter_description> pointer to location where to store the #GMatchInfo,
-or %NULL if you do not need it
+<parameter name="eval">
+<parameter_description> a function to call for each match
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="user_data">
+<parameter_description> user data to pass to the function
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="error">
@@ -28302,610 +35464,1134 @@ or %NULL if you do not need it
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> %TRUE is the string matched, %FALSE otherwise
+<return> a newly allocated string containing the replacements
-Since: 2.14
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_get_charset">
+<function name="g_hash_table_lookup_extended">
<description>
-Obtains the character set for the &lt;link linkend="setlocale"&gt;current
-locale&lt;/link&gt;; you might use this character set as an argument to
-g_convert(), to convert from the current locale's encoding to some
-other encoding. (Frequently g_locale_to_utf8() and g_locale_from_utf8()
-are nice shortcuts, though.)
-
-On Windows the character set returned by this function is the
-so-called system default ANSI code-page. That is the character set
-used by the "narrow" versions of C library and Win32 functions that
-handle file names. It might be different from the character set
-used by the C library's current locale.
-
-The return value is %TRUE if the locale's encoding is UTF-8, in that
-case you can perhaps avoid calling g_convert().
+Looks up a key in the #GHashTable, returning the original key and the
+associated value and a #gboolean which is %TRUE if the key was found. This
+is useful if you need to free the memory allocated for the original key,
+for example before calling g_hash_table_remove().
-The string returned in @charset is not allocated, and should not be
-freed.
+You can actually pass %NULL for @lookup_key to test
+whether the %NULL key exists.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="charset">
-<parameter_description> return location for character set name
+<parameter name="hash_table">
+<parameter_description> a #GHashTable
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="lookup_key">
+<parameter_description> the key to look up
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="orig_key">
+<parameter_description> return location for the original key, or %NULL
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="value">
+<parameter_description> return location for the value associated with the key, or %NULL
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> %TRUE if the returned charset is UTF-8
+<return> %TRUE if the key was found in the #GHashTable.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_key_file_set_string_list">
+<function name="g_bookmark_file_get_mime_type">
<description>
-Associates a list of string values for @key under @group_name.
-If @key cannot be found then it is created.
-If @group_name cannot be found then it is created.
+Retrieves the MIME type of the resource pointed by @uri.
-Since: 2.6
+In the event the URI cannot be found, %NULL is returned and
+ error is set to #G_BOOKMARK_FILE_ERROR_URI_NOT_FOUND. In the
+event that the MIME type cannot be found, %NULL is returned and
+ error is set to #G_BOOKMARK_FILE_ERROR_INVALID_VALUE.
+
+Since: 2.12
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="key_file">
-<parameter_description> a #GKeyFile
+<parameter name="bookmark">
+<parameter_description> a #GBookmarkFile
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="group_name">
-<parameter_description> a group name
+<parameter name="uri">
+<parameter_description> a valid URI
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="key">
-<parameter_description> a key
+<parameter name="error">
+<parameter_description> return location for a #GError, or %NULL
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="list">
-<parameter_description> an array of string values
+</parameters>
+<return> a newly allocated string or %NULL if the specified
+URI cannot be found.
+
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_strrstr_len">
+<description>
+Searches the string @haystack for the last occurrence
+of the string @needle, limiting the length of the search
+to @haystack_len.
+
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="haystack">
+<parameter_description> a nul-terminated string.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="length">
-<parameter_description> number of string values in @list
+<parameter name="haystack_len">
+<parameter_description> the maximum length of @haystack.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="needle">
+<parameter_description> the nul-terminated string to search for.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> a pointer to the found occurrence, or
+%NULL if not found.
+</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_markup_escape_text">
+<function name="g_variant_type_element">
<description>
-Escapes text so that the markup parser will parse it verbatim.
-Less than, greater than, ampersand, etc. are replaced with the
-corresponding entities. This function would typically be used
-when writing out a file to be parsed with the markup parser.
+Determines the element type of an array or maybe type.
-Note that this function doesn't protect whitespace and line endings
-from being processed according to the XML rules for normalization
-of line endings and attribute values.
+This function may only be used with array or maybe types.
-Note also that if given a string containing them, this function
-will produce character references in the range of &amp;#x1; ..
-&amp;#x1f; for all control sequences except for tabstop, newline
-and carriage return. The character references in this range are
-not valid XML 1.0, but they are valid XML 1.1 and will be accepted
-by the GMarkup parser.
+Since 2.24
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="type">
+<parameter_description> an array or maybe #GVariantType
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> the element type of @type
+</return>
+</function>
+<function name="g_queue_peek_nth">
+<description>
+Returns the @n'th element of @queue.
+
+Since: 2.4
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="text">
-<parameter_description> some valid UTF-8 text
+<parameter name="queue">
+<parameter_description> a #GQueue
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="length">
-<parameter_description> length of @text in bytes, or -1 if the text is nul-terminated
+<parameter name="n">
+<parameter_description> the position of the element.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a newly allocated string with the escaped text
+<return> The data for the @n'th element of @queue, or %NULL if @n is
+off the end of @queue.
+
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_object_remove_toggle_ref">
+<function name="g_io_channel_flush">
<description>
-Removes a reference added with g_object_add_toggle_ref(). The
-reference count of the object is decreased by one.
+Flushes the write buffer for the GIOChannel.
-Since: 2.8
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="object">
-<parameter_description> a #GObject
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="notify">
-<parameter_description> a function to call when this reference is the
-last reference to the object, or is no longer
-the last reference.
+<parameter name="channel">
+<parameter_description> a #GIOChannel
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="data">
-<parameter_description> data to pass to @notify
+<parameter name="error">
+<parameter_description> location to store an error of type #GIOChannelError
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> the status of the operation: One of
+#G_IO_STATUS_NORMAL, #G_IO_STATUS_AGAIN, or
+#G_IO_STATUS_ERROR.
+</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_param_spec_override">
+<function name="g_variant_new_string">
<description>
-Creates a new property of type #GParamSpecOverride. This is used
-to direct operations to another paramspec, and will not be directly
-useful unless you are implementing a new base type similar to GObject.
+Creates a string #GVariant with the contents of @string.
-Since: 2.4
+Since: 2.24
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="string">
+<parameter_description> a normal C nul-terminated string
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> a new string #GVariant instance
+</return>
+</function>
+<function name="g_ptr_array_index">
+<description>
+Returns the pointer at the given index of the pointer array.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="name">
-<parameter_description> the name of the property.
+<parameter name="array">
+<parameter_description> a #GPtrArray.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="overridden">
-<parameter_description> The property that is being overridden
+<parameter name="index_">
+<parameter_description> the index of the pointer to return.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the newly created #GParamSpec
+<return> the pointer at the given index.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_type_value_table_peek">
+<function name="g_main_loop_ref">
<description>
-Returns: Location of the #GTypeValueTable associated with @type or
+Increases the reference count on a #GMainLoop object by one.
+
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="type">
-<parameter_description> A #GType value.
+<parameter name="loop">
+<parameter_description> a #GMainLoop
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> Location of the #GTypeValueTable associated with @type or
-%NULL if there is no #GTypeValueTable associated with @type.
+<return> @loop
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_option_context_parse">
+<function name="g_bookmark_file_move_item">
<description>
-Parses the command line arguments, recognizing options
-which have been added to @context. A side-effect of
-calling this function is that g_set_prgname() will be
-called.
+Changes the URI of a bookmark item from @old_uri to @new_uri. Any
+existing bookmark for @new_uri will be overwritten. If @new_uri is
+%NULL, then the bookmark is removed.
-If the parsing is successful, any parsed arguments are
-removed from the array and @argc and @argv are updated
-accordingly. A '--' option is stripped from @argv
-unless there are unparsed options before and after it,
-or some of the options after it start with '-'. In case
-of an error, @argc and @argv are left unmodified.
+In the event the URI cannot be found, %FALSE is returned and
+ error is set to #G_BOOKMARK_FILE_ERROR_URI_NOT_FOUND.
-If automatic &lt;option&gt;--help&lt;/option&gt; support is enabled
-(see g_option_context_set_help_enabled()), and the
- argv array contains one of the recognized help options,
-this function will produce help output to stdout and
-call &lt;literal&gt;exit (0)&lt;/literal&gt;.
+Since: 2.12
-Note that function depends on the
-&lt;link linkend="setlocale"&gt;current locale&lt;/link&gt; for
-automatic character set conversion of string and filename
-arguments.
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="bookmark">
+<parameter_description> a #GBookmarkFile
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="old_uri">
+<parameter_description> a valid URI
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="new_uri">
+<parameter_description> a valid URI, or %NULL
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="error">
+<parameter_description> return location for a #GError or %NULL
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> %TRUE if the URI was successfully changed
+
+</return>
+</function>
+<function name="g_byte_array_sort">
+<description>
+Sorts a byte array, using @compare_func which should be a
+qsort()-style comparison function (returns less than zero for first
+arg is less than second arg, zero for equal, greater than zero if
+first arg is greater than second arg).
+
+If two array elements compare equal, their order in the sorted array
+is undefined.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="context">
-<parameter_description> a #GOptionContext
+<parameter name="array">
+<parameter_description> a #GByteArray.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="argc">
-<parameter_description> a pointer to the number of command line arguments
+<parameter name="compare_func">
+<parameter_description> comparison function.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="argv">
-<parameter_description> a pointer to the array of command line arguments
+</parameters>
+<return></return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_match_info_fetch_pos">
+<description>
+Retrieves the position in bytes of the @match_num<!-- -->'th capturing
+parentheses. 0 is the full text of the match, 1 is the first
+paren set, 2 the second, and so on.
+
+If @match_num is a valid sub pattern but it didn't match anything
+(e.g. sub pattern 1, matching "b" against "(a)?b") then @start_pos
+and @end_pos are set to -1 and %TRUE is returned.
+
+If the match was obtained using the DFA algorithm, that is using
+g_regex_match_all() or g_regex_match_all_full(), the retrieved
+position is not that of a set of parentheses but that of a matched
+substring. Substrings are matched in reverse order of length, so
+0 is the longest match.
+
+Since: 2.14
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="match_info">
+<parameter_description> #GMatchInfo structure
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="error">
-<parameter_description> a return location for errors
+<parameter name="match_num">
+<parameter_description> number of the sub expression
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="start_pos">
+<parameter_description> pointer to location where to store the start position
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="end_pos">
+<parameter_description> pointer to location where to store the end position
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> %TRUE if the parsing was successful,
-%FALSE if an error occurred
+<return> %TRUE if the position was fetched, %FALSE otherwise. If
+the position cannot be fetched, @start_pos and @end_pos are left
+unchanged
-Since: 2.6
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_strdup_value_contents">
+<function name="g_type_from_name">
<description>
-Return a newly allocated string, which describes the contents of a
-#GValue. The main purpose of this function is to describe #GValue
-contents for debugging output, the way in which the contents are
-described may change between different GLib versions.
+Lookup the type ID from a given type name, returning 0 if no type
+has been registered under this name (this is the preferred method
+to find out by name whether a specific type has been registered
+yet).
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="value">
-<parameter_description> #GValue which contents are to be described.
+<parameter name="name">
+<parameter_description> Type name to lookup.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> Newly allocated string.
+<return> Corresponding type ID or 0.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_param_spec_uint">
+<function name="g_queue_pop_head_link">
<description>
-Creates a new #GParamSpecUInt instance specifying a %G_TYPE_UINT property.
+Removes the first element of the queue.
-See g_param_spec_internal() for details on property names.
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="queue">
+<parameter_description> a #GQueue.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> the #GList element at the head of the queue, or %NULL if the queue
+is empty.
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_list_remove_all">
+<description>
+Removes all list nodes with data equal to @data.
+Returns the new head of the list. Contrast with
+g_list_remove() which removes only the first node
+matching the given data.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="name">
-<parameter_description> canonical name of the property specified
+<parameter name="list">
+<parameter_description> a #GList
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="nick">
-<parameter_description> nick name for the property specified
+<parameter name="data">
+<parameter_description> data to remove
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="blurb">
-<parameter_description> description of the property specified
+</parameters>
+<return> new head of @list
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_value_unset">
+<description>
+Clears the current value in @value and "unsets" the type,
+this releases all resources associated with this GValue.
+An unset value is the same as an uninitialized (zero-filled)
+#GValue structure.
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="value">
+<parameter_description> An initialized #GValue structure.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="minimum">
-<parameter_description> minimum value for the property specified
+</parameters>
+<return></return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_static_mutex_unlock">
+<description>
+Works like g_mutex_unlock(), but for a #GStaticMutex.
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="mutex">
+<parameter_description> a #GStaticMutex.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="maximum">
-<parameter_description> maximum value for the property specified
+</parameters>
+<return></return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_bookmark_file_set_icon">
+<description>
+Sets the icon for the bookmark for @uri. If @href is %NULL, unsets
+the currently set icon. @href can either be a full URL for the icon
+file or the icon name following the Icon Naming specification.
+
+If no bookmark for @uri is found one is created.
+
+Since: 2.12
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="bookmark">
+<parameter_description> a #GBookmarkFile
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="default_value">
-<parameter_description> default value for the property specified
+<parameter name="uri">
+<parameter_description> a valid URI
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="flags">
-<parameter_description> flags for the property specified
+<parameter name="href">
+<parameter_description> the URI of the icon for the bookmark, or %NULL
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="mime_type">
+<parameter_description> the MIME type of the icon for the bookmark
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a newly created parameter specification
+<return></return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_mutex_new">
+<description>
+Creates a new #GMutex.
+
+<note><para>This function will abort if g_thread_init() has not been
+called yet.</para></note>
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+</parameters>
+<return> a new #GMutex.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_signal_stop_emission_by_name">
+<function name="g_type_class_unref_uncached">
+<description>
+A variant of g_type_class_unref() for use in #GTypeClassCacheFunc
+implementations. It unreferences a class without consulting the chain
+of #GTypeClassCacheFunc<!-- -->s, avoiding the recursion which would occur
+otherwise.
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="g_class">
+<parameter_description> The #GTypeClass structure to unreference.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return></return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_sequence_get">
<description>
-Stops a signal's current emission.
+Returns the data that @iter points to.
-This is just like g_signal_stop_emission() except it will look up the
-signal id for you.
+Since: 2.14
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="instance">
-<parameter_description> the object whose signal handlers you wish to stop.
+<parameter name="iter">
+<parameter_description> a #GSequenceIter
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="detailed_signal">
-<parameter_description> a string of the form "signal-name::detail".
+</parameters>
+<return> the data that @iter points to
+
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_array_remove_index_fast">
+<description>
+Removes the element at the given index from a #GArray. The last
+element in the array is used to fill in the space, so this function
+does not preserve the order of the #GArray. But it is faster than
+g_array_remove_index().
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="array">
+<parameter_description> a @GArray.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="index_">
+<parameter_description> the index of the element to remove.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> the #GArray.
+</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_closure_unref">
+<function name="g_test_rand_int_range">
<description>
-Decrements the reference count of a closure after it was previously
-incremented by the same caller. If no other callers are using the
-closure, then the closure will be destroyed and freed.
+Get a reproducible random integer number out of a specified range,
+see g_test_rand_int() for details on test case random numbers.
+
+Since: 2.16
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="closure">
-<parameter_description> #GClosure to decrement the reference count on
+<parameter name="begin">
+<parameter_description> the minimum value returned by this function
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="end">
+<parameter_description> the smallest value not to be returned by this function
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> a number with @begin <= number < @end.
+
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_datalist_remove_data">
+<description>
+Removes an element using its string identifier. The data element's
+destroy function is called if it has been set.
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="dl">
+<parameter_description> a datalist.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="k">
+<parameter_description> the string identifying the data element.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_strsplit">
+<function name="g_main_loop_new">
<description>
-Splits a string into a maximum of @max_tokens pieces, using the given
- delimiter If @max_tokens is reached, the remainder of @string is appended
-to the last token.
+Creates a new #GMainLoop structure.
-As a special case, the result of splitting the empty string "" is an empty
-vector, not a vector containing a single string. The reason for this
-special case is that being able to represent a empty vector is typically
-more useful than consistent handling of empty elements. If you do need
-to represent empty elements, you'll need to check for the empty string
-before calling g_strsplit().
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="context">
+<parameter_description> a #GMainContext (if %NULL, the default context will be used).
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="is_running">
+<parameter_description> set to %TRUE to indicate that the loop is running. This
+is not very important since calling g_main_loop_run() will set this to
+%TRUE anyway.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> a new #GMainLoop.
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_key_file_load_from_file">
+<description>
+Loads a key file into an empty #GKeyFile structure.
+If the file could not be loaded then %error is set to
+either a #GFileError or #GKeyFileError.
+
+Since: 2.6
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="string">
-<parameter_description> a string to split.
+<parameter name="key_file">
+<parameter_description> an empty #GKeyFile struct
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="delimiter">
-<parameter_description> a string which specifies the places at which to split the string.
-The delimiter is not included in any of the resulting strings, unless
- max_tokens is reached.
+<parameter name="file">
+<parameter_description> the path of a filename to load, in the GLib filename encoding
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="max_tokens">
-<parameter_description> the maximum number of pieces to split @string into. If this is
-less than 1, the string is split completely.
+<parameter name="flags">
+<parameter_description> flags from #GKeyFileFlags
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="error">
+<parameter_description> return location for a #GError, or %NULL
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a newly-allocated %NULL-terminated array of strings. Use
-g_strfreev() to free it.
+<return> %TRUE if a key file could be loaded, %FALSE otherwise
+
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_queue_is_empty">
+<function name="g_test_log_buffer_pop">
+<description>
+Internal function for gtester to retrieve test log messages, no ABI guarantees provided.
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+</parameters>
+<return></return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_tree_height">
<description>
-Returns: %TRUE if the queue is empty.
+Gets the height of a #GTree.
+
+If the #GTree contains no nodes, the height is 0.
+If the #GTree contains only one root node the height is 1.
+If the root node has children the height is 2, etc.
+
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="queue">
-<parameter_description> a #GQueue.
+<parameter name="tree">
+<parameter_description> a #GTree.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> %TRUE if the queue is empty.
+<return> the height of the #GTree.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_bookmark_file_set_mime_type">
+<function name="g_object_get_property">
<description>
-Sets @mime_type as the MIME type of the bookmark for @uri.
+Gets a property of an object.
-If a bookmark for @uri cannot be found then it is created.
+In general, a copy is made of the property contents and the caller is
+responsible for freeing the memory by calling g_value_unset().
-Since: 2.12
+Note that g_object_get_property() is really intended for language
+bindings, g_object_get() is much more convenient for C programming.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="bookmark">
-<parameter_description> a #GBookmarkFile
+<parameter name="object">
+<parameter_description> a #GObject
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="uri">
-<parameter_description> a valid URI
+<parameter name="property_name">
+<parameter_description> the name of the property to get
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="mime_type">
-<parameter_description> a MIME type
+<parameter name="value">
+<parameter_description> return location for the property value
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_error_free">
+<function name="g_main_loop_quit">
<description>
-Frees a #GError and associated resources.
+Stops a #GMainLoop from running. Any calls to g_main_loop_run()
+for the loop will return.
+Note that sources that have already been dispatched when
+g_main_loop_quit() is called will still be executed.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="error">
-<parameter_description> a #GError
+<parameter name="loop">
+<parameter_description> a #GMainLoop
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_test_queue_destroy">
+<function name="g_unichar_to_utf8">
<description>
-This function enqueus a callback @destroy_func() to be executed
-during the next test case teardown phase. This is most useful
-to auto destruct allocted test resources at the end of a test run.
-Resources are released in reverse queue order, that means enqueueing
-callback A before callback B will cause B() to be called before
-A() during teardown.
+Converts a single character to UTF-8.
-Since: 2.16
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="destroy_func">
-<parameter_description> Destroy callback for teardown phase.
+<parameter name="c">
+<parameter_description> a Unicode character code
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="destroy_data">
-<parameter_description> Destroy callback data.
+<parameter name="outbuf">
+<parameter_description> output buffer, must have at least 6 bytes of space.
+If %NULL, the length will be computed and returned
+and nothing will be written to @outbuf.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> number of bytes written
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_signal_parse_name">
+<description>
+Internal function to parse a signal name into its @signal_id
+and @detail quark.
+
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="detailed_signal">
+<parameter_description> a string of the form "signal-name::detail".
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="itype">
+<parameter_description> The interface/instance type that introduced "signal-name".
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="signal_id_p">
+<parameter_description> Location to store the signal id.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="detail_p">
+<parameter_description> Location to store the detail quark.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="force_detail_quark">
+<parameter_description> %TRUE forces creation of a #GQuark for the detail.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> Whether the signal name could successfully be parsed and @signal_id_p and @detail_p contain valid return values.
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_variant_iter_n_children">
+<description>
+Queries the number of child items in the container that we are
+iterating over. This is the total number of items -- not the number
+of items remaining.
+
+This function might be useful for preallocation of arrays.
+
+Since: 2.24
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="iter">
+<parameter_description> a #GVariantIter
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> the number of children in the container
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_main_context_default">
+<description>
+Returns the global default main context. This is the main context
+used for main loop functions when a main loop is not explicitly
+specified, and corresponds to the "main" main loop. See also
+g_main_context_get_thread_default().
+
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+</parameters>
+<return> the global default main context.
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_string_chunk_free">
+<description>
+Frees all memory allocated by the #GStringChunk.
+After calling g_string_chunk_free() it is not safe to
+access any of the strings which were contained within it.
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="chunk">
+<parameter_description> a #GStringChunk
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_type_class_add_private">
+<function name="g_get_current_dir">
<description>
-Registers a private structure for an instantiatable type;
-when an object is allocated, the private structures for
-the type and all of its parent types are allocated
-sequentially in the same memory block as the public
-structures. This function should be called in the
-type's class_init() function. The private structure can
-be retrieved using the G_TYPE_INSTANCE_GET_PRIVATE() macro.
-The following example shows attaching a private structure
-&lt;structname&gt;MyObjectPrivate&lt;/structname&gt; to an object
-&lt;structname&gt;MyObject&lt;/structname&gt; defined in the standard GObject
-fashion.
+Gets the current directory.
+The returned string should be freed when no longer needed. The encoding
+of the returned string is system defined. On Windows, it is always UTF-8.
-|[
-typedef struct _MyObjectPrivate MyObjectPrivate;
-struct _MyObjectPrivate {
-int some_field;
-};
+</description>
+<parameters>
+</parameters>
+<return> the current directory.
+</return>
+</function>
-#define MY_OBJECT_GET_PRIVATE(o) \
-(G_TYPE_INSTANCE_GET_PRIVATE ((o), MY_TYPE_OBJECT, MyObjectPrivate))
+<function name="g_datalist_id_get_data">
+<description>
+Retrieves the data element corresponding to @key_id.
-static void
-my_object_class_init (MyObjectClass *klass)
-{
-g_type_class_add_private (klass, sizeof (MyObjectPrivate));
-}
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="datalist">
+<parameter_description> a datalist.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="key_id">
+<parameter_description> the #GQuark identifying a data element.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> the data element, or %NULL if it is not found.
+</return>
+</function>
-static int
-my_object_get_some_field (MyObject *my_object)
-{
-MyObjectPrivate *priv = MY_OBJECT_GET_PRIVATE (my_object);
+<function name="g_string_set_size">
+<description>
+Sets the length of a #GString. If the length is less than
+the current length, the string will be truncated. If the
+length is greater than the current length, the contents
+of the newly added area are undefined. (However, as
+always, string->str[string->len] will be a nul byte.)
-return priv-&gt;some_field;
-}
-]|
-Since: 2.4
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="string">
+<parameter_description> a #GString
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="len">
+<parameter_description> the new length
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> @string
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_bookmark_file_remove_group">
+<description>
+Removes @group from the list of groups to which the bookmark
+for @uri belongs to.
+
+In the event the URI cannot be found, %FALSE is returned and
+ error is set to #G_BOOKMARK_FILE_ERROR_URI_NOT_FOUND.
+In the event no group was defined, %FALSE is returned and
+ error is set to #G_BOOKMARK_FILE_ERROR_INVALID_VALUE.
+
+Since: 2.12
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="g_class">
-<parameter_description> class structure for an instantiatable type
+<parameter name="bookmark">
+<parameter_description> a #GBookmarkFile
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="private_size">
-<parameter_description> size of private structure.
+<parameter name="uri">
+<parameter_description> a valid URI
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="group">
+<parameter_description> the group name to be removed
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="error">
+<parameter_description> return location for a #GError, or %NULL
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> %TRUE if @group was successfully removed.
+
+</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_signal_list_ids">
+<function name="g_bookmark_file_set_app_info">
<description>
-Lists the signals by id that a certain instance or interface type
-created. Further information about the signals can be acquired through
-g_signal_query().
+Sets the meta-data of application @name inside the list of
+applications that have registered a bookmark for @uri inside
+ bookmark
+
+You should rarely use this function; use g_bookmark_file_add_application()
+and g_bookmark_file_remove_application() instead.
+
+ name can be any UTF-8 encoded string used to identify an
+application.
+ exec can have one of these two modifiers: "%f", which will
+be expanded as the local file name retrieved from the bookmark's
+URI; "%u", which will be expanded as the bookmark's URI.
+The expansion is done automatically when retrieving the stored
+command line using the g_bookmark_file_get_app_info() function.
+ count is the number of times the application has registered the
+bookmark; if is < 0, the current registration count will be increased
+by one, if is 0, the application with @name will be removed from
+the list of registered applications.
+ stamp is the Unix time of the last registration; if it is -1, the
+current time will be used.
+
+If you try to remove an application by setting its registration count to
+zero, and no bookmark for @uri is found, %FALSE is returned and
+ error is set to #G_BOOKMARK_FILE_ERROR_URI_NOT_FOUND; similarly,
+in the event that no application @name has registered a bookmark
+for @uri, %FALSE is returned and error is set to
+#G_BOOKMARK_FILE_ERROR_APP_NOT_REGISTERED. Otherwise, if no bookmark
+for @uri is found, one is created.
+Since: 2.12
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="itype">
-<parameter_description> Instance or interface type.
+<parameter name="bookmark">
+<parameter_description> a #GBookmarkFile
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="n_ids">
-<parameter_description> Location to store the number of signal ids for @itype.
+<parameter name="uri">
+<parameter_description> a valid URI
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="name">
+<parameter_description> an application's name
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="exec">
+<parameter_description> an application's command line
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="count">
+<parameter_description> the number of registrations done for this application
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="stamp">
+<parameter_description> the time of the last registration for this application
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="error">
+<parameter_description> return location for a #GError or %NULL
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> Newly allocated array of signal IDs.
+<return> %TRUE if the application's meta-data was successfully
+changed.
+
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_signal_new">
+<function name="g_strsplit_set">
<description>
-Creates a new signal. (This is usually done in the class initializer.)
+Splits @string into a number of tokens not containing any of the characters
+in @delimiter. A token is the (possibly empty) longest string that does not
+contain any of the characters in @delimiters. If @max_tokens is reached, the
+remainder is appended to the last token.
-A signal name consists of segments consisting of ASCII letters and
-digits, separated by either the '-' or '_' character. The first
-character of a signal name must be a letter. Names which violate these
-rules lead to undefined behaviour of the GSignal system.
+For example the result of g_strsplit_set ("abc:def/ghi", ":/", -1) is a
+%NULL-terminated vector containing the three strings "abc", "def",
+and "ghi".
-When registering a signal and looking up a signal, either separator can
-be used, but they cannot be mixed.
+The result if g_strsplit_set (":def/ghi:", ":/", -1) is a %NULL-terminated
+vector containing the four strings "", "def", "ghi", and "".
+As a special case, the result of splitting the empty string "" is an empty
+vector, not a vector containing a single string. The reason for this
+special case is that being able to represent a empty vector is typically
+more useful than consistent handling of empty elements. If you do need
+to represent empty elements, you'll need to check for the empty string
+before calling g_strsplit_set().
+
+Note that this function works on bytes not characters, so it can't be used
+to delimit UTF-8 strings for anything but ASCII characters.
+
+Since: 2.4
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="signal_name">
-<parameter_description> the name for the signal
+<parameter name="string">
+<parameter_description> The string to be tokenized
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="itype">
-<parameter_description> the type this signal pertains to. It will also pertain to
-types which are derived from this type.
+<parameter name="delimiters">
+<parameter_description> A nul-terminated string containing bytes that are used
+to split the string.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="signal_flags">
-<parameter_description> a combination of #GSignalFlags specifying detail of when
-the default handler is to be invoked. You should at least specify
-%G_SIGNAL_RUN_FIRST or %G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST.
+<parameter name="max_tokens">
+<parameter_description> The maximum number of tokens to split @string into.
+If this is less than 1, the string is split completely
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="class_offset">
-<parameter_description> The offset of the function pointer in the class structure
-for this type. Used to invoke a class method generically. Pass 0 to
-not associate a class method with this signal.
+</parameters>
+<return> a newly-allocated %NULL-terminated array of strings. Use
+g_strfreev() to free it.
+
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_cclosure_new_swap">
+<description>
+Creates a new closure which invokes @callback_func with @user_data as
+the first parameter.
+
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="callback_func">
+<parameter_description> the function to invoke
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="accumulator">
-<parameter_description> the accumulator for this signal; may be %NULL.
+<parameter name="user_data">
+<parameter_description> user data to pass to @callback_func
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="accu_data">
-<parameter_description> user data for the @accumulator.
+<parameter name="destroy_data">
+<parameter_description> destroy notify to be called when @user_data is no longer used
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="c_marshaller">
-<parameter_description> the function to translate arrays of parameter values to
-signal emissions into C language callback invocations.
+</parameters>
+<return> a new #GCClosure
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_key_file_load_from_dirs">
+<description>
+This function looks for a key file named @file in the paths
+specified in @search_dirs, loads the file into @key_file and
+returns the file's full path in @full_path. If the file could not
+be loaded then an %error is set to either a #GFileError or
+#GKeyFileError.
+
+Since: 2.14
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="key_file">
+<parameter_description> an empty #GKeyFile struct
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="return_type">
-<parameter_description> the type of return value, or #G_TYPE_NONE for a signal
-without a return value.
+<parameter name="file">
+<parameter_description> a relative path to a filename to open and parse
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="n_params">
-<parameter_description> the number of parameter types to follow.
+<parameter name="search_dirs">
+<parameter_description> %NULL-terminated array of directories to search
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="Varargs">
-<parameter_description> a list of types, one for each parameter.
+<parameter name="full_path">
+<parameter_description> return location for a string containing the full path
+of the file, or %NULL
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="flags">
+<parameter_description> flags from #GKeyFileFlags
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="error">
+<parameter_description> return location for a #GError, or %NULL
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the signal id
+<return> %TRUE if a key file could be loaded, %FALSE otherwise
+
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_remove">
+<function name="g_variant_get_handle">
<description>
-A wrapper for the POSIX remove() function. The remove() function
-deletes a name from the filesystem.
+Returns the 32-bit signed integer value of @value.
-See your C library manual for more details about how remove() works
-on your system. On Unix, remove() removes also directories, as it
-calls unlink() for files and rmdir() for directories. On Windows,
-although remove() in the C library only works for files, this
-function tries first remove() and then if that fails rmdir(), and
-thus works for both files and directories. Note however, that on
-Windows, it is in general not possible to remove a file that is
-open to some process, or mapped into memory.
+It is an error to call this function with a @value of any type other
+than %G_VARIANT_TYPE_HANDLE.
-If this function fails on Windows you can't infer too much from the
-errno value. rmdir() is tried regardless of what caused remove() to
-fail. Any errno value set by remove() will be overwritten by that
-set by rmdir().
+By convention, handles are indexes into an array of file descriptors
+that are sent alongside a DBus message. If you're not interacting
+with DBus, you probably don't need them.
+Since: 2.24
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="value">
+<parameter_description> a handle #GVariant instance
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> a #gint32
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_timer_new">
+<description>
+Creates a new timer, and starts timing (i.e. g_timer_start() is
+implicitly called for you).
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+</parameters>
+<return> a new #GTimer.
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_creat">
+<description>
+A wrapper for the POSIX creat() function. The creat() function is
+used to convert a pathname into a file descriptor, creating a file
+if necessary.
+
+On POSIX systems file descriptors are implemented by the operating
+system. On Windows, it's the C library that implements creat() and
+file descriptors. The actual Windows API for opening files is
+different, see MSDN documentation for CreateFile(). The Win32 API
+uses file handles, which are more randomish integers, not small
+integers like file descriptors.
+
+Because file descriptors are specific to the C library on Windows,
+the file descriptor returned by this function makes sense only to
+functions in the same C library. Thus if the GLib-using code uses a
+different C library than GLib does, the file descriptor returned by
+this function cannot be passed to C library functions like write()
+or read().
+
+See your C library manual for more details about creat().
+
+Since: 2.8
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -28913,66 +36599,182 @@ set by rmdir().
<parameter_description> a pathname in the GLib file name encoding (UTF-8 on Windows)
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
+<parameter name="mode">
+<parameter_description> as in creat()
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> 0 if the file was successfully removed, -1 if an error
-occurred
+<return> a new file descriptor, or -1 if an error occurred. The
+return value can be used exactly like the return value from creat().
-Since: 2.6
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_regex_get_string_number">
+<function name="g_test_trap_has_passed">
<description>
-Retrieves the number of the subexpression named @name.
+Check the result of the last g_test_trap_fork() call.
+Since: 2.16
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="regex">
-<parameter_description> #GRegex structure
+</parameters>
+<return> %TRUE if the last forked child terminated successfully.
+
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_utf8_get_char_validated">
+<description>
+Convert a sequence of bytes encoded as UTF-8 to a Unicode character.
+This function checks for incomplete characters, for invalid characters
+such as characters that are out of the range of Unicode, and for
+overlong encodings of valid characters.
+
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="p">
+<parameter_description> a pointer to Unicode character encoded as UTF-8
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="name">
-<parameter_description> name of the subexpression
+<parameter name="max_len">
+<parameter_description> the maximum number of bytes to read, or -1, for no maximum or
+if @p is nul-terminated
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> The number of the subexpression or -1 if @name
-does not exists
+<return> the resulting character. If @p points to a partial
+sequence at the end of a string that could begin a valid
+character (or if @max_len is zero), returns (gunichar)-2;
+otherwise, if @p does not point to a valid UTF-8 encoded
+Unicode character, returns (gunichar)-1.
+</return>
+</function>
-Since: 2.14
+<function name="g_value_get_object">
+<description>
+Get the contents of a %G_TYPE_OBJECT derived #GValue.
+
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="value">
+<parameter_description> a valid #GValue of %G_TYPE_OBJECT derived type
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> object contents of @value
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_main_context_check">
+<function name="g_io_add_watch_full">
<description>
-Passes the results of polling back to the main loop.
+Adds the #GIOChannel into the default main loop context
+with the given priority.
+
+This internally creates a main loop source using g_io_create_watch()
+and attaches it to the main loop context with g_source_attach().
+You can do these steps manuallt if you need greater control.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="context">
-<parameter_description> a #GMainContext
+<parameter name="channel">
+<parameter_description> a #GIOChannel
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="max_priority">
-<parameter_description> the maximum numerical priority of sources to check
+<parameter name="priority">
+<parameter_description> the priority of the #GIOChannel source
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="fds">
-<parameter_description> array of #GPollFD's that was passed to the last call to
-g_main_context_query()
+<parameter name="condition">
+<parameter_description> the condition to watch for
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="n_fds">
-<parameter_description> return value of g_main_context_query()
+<parameter name="func">
+<parameter_description> the function to call when the condition is satisfied
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="user_data">
+<parameter_description> user data to pass to @func
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="notify">
+<parameter_description> the function to call when the source is removed
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> %TRUE if some sources are ready to be dispatched.
+<return> the event source id
</return>
</function>
+<function name="g_sequence_iter_is_end">
+<description>
+Returns whether @iter is the end iterator
+
+Since: 2.14
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="iter">
+<parameter_description> a #GSequenceIter
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> Whether @iter is the end iterator.
+
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_path_get_basename">
+<description>
+Gets the last component of the filename. If @file_name ends with a
+directory separator it gets the component before the last slash. If
+ file_name consists only of directory separators (and on Windows,
+possibly a drive letter), a single separator is returned. If
+ file_name is empty, it gets ".".
+
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="file_name">
+<parameter_description> the name of the file.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> a newly allocated string containing the last component of
+the filename.
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_string_append_vprintf">
+<description>
+Appends a formatted string onto the end of a #GString.
+This function is similar to g_string_append_printf()
+except that the arguments to the format string are passed
+as a va_list.
+
+Since: 2.14
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="string">
+<parameter_description> a #GString
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="format">
+<parameter_description> the string format. See the printf() documentation
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="args">
+<parameter_description> the list of arguments to insert in the output
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return></return>
+</function>
+
<function name="g_spawn_command_line_sync">
<description>
A simple version of g_spawn_sync() with little-used parameters
@@ -28996,7 +36798,7 @@ special. Thus you cannot simply pass a @command_line containing
canonical Windows paths, like "c:\\program files\\app\\app.exe", as
the backslashes will be eaten, and the space will act as a
separator. You need to enclose such paths with single quotes, like
-"'c:\\program files\\app\\app.exe' 'e:\\folder\\argument.txt'".
+"'c:\\program files\\app\\app.exe' 'e:\\folder\\argument.txt'".
</description>
@@ -29026,31 +36828,79 @@ separator. You need to enclose such paths with single quotes, like
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_strcmp0">
+<function name="g_test_suite_add_suite">
<description>
-Compares @str1 and @str2 like strcmp(). Handles %NULL strings gracefully.
+Adds @nestedsuite to @suite.
+Since: 2.16
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="str1">
-<parameter_description> a C string or %NULL
+<parameter name="suite">
+<parameter_description> a #GTestSuite
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="str2">
-<parameter_description> another C string or %NULL
+<parameter name="nestedsuite">
+<parameter_description> another #GTestSuite
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> -1, 0 or 1, if @str1 is &lt;, == or &gt; than @str2.
+<return></return>
+</function>
-Since: 2.16
+<function name="g_async_queue_timed_pop">
+<description>
+Pops data from the @queue. If no data is received before @end_time,
+%NULL is returned.
+
+To easily calculate @end_time a combination of g_get_current_time()
+and g_time_val_add() can be used.
+
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="queue">
+<parameter_description> a #GAsyncQueue.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="end_time">
+<parameter_description> a #GTimeVal, determining the final time.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> data from the queue or %NULL, when no data is
+received before @end_time.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_sequence_sort">
+<function name="g_type_interface_get_plugin">
<description>
-Sorts @seq using @cmp_func.
+Returns the #GTypePlugin structure for the dynamic interface
+ interface_type which has been added to @instance_type, or %NULL if
+ interface_type has not been added to @instance_type or does not
+have a #GTypePlugin structure. See g_type_add_interface_dynamic().
+
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="instance_type">
+<parameter_description> the #GType value of an instantiatable type.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="interface_type">
+<parameter_description> the #GType value of an interface type.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> the #GTypePlugin for the dynamic interface @interface_type
+of @instance_type.
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_sequence_get_iter_at_pos">
+<description>
+Returns the iterator at position @pos. If @pos is negative or larger
+than the number of items in @seq, the end iterator is returned.
Since: 2.14
@@ -29060,216 +36910,428 @@ Since: 2.14
<parameter_description> a #GSequence
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="cmp_func">
-<parameter_description> the #GCompareDataFunc used to sort @seq. This function is
-passed two items of @seq and should return 0 if they are equal,
-a negative value fi the first comes before the second, and a
-positive value if the second comes before the first.
+<parameter name="pos">
+<parameter_description> a position in @seq, or -1 for the end.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="cmp_data">
-<parameter_description> user data passed to @cmp_func
+</parameters>
+<return> The #GSequenceIter at position @pos
+
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_mem_chunk_create">
+<description>
+A convenience macro for creating a new #GMemChunk. It calls
+g_mem_chunk_new(), using the given type to create the #GMemChunk
+name. The atom size is determined using
+<function>sizeof()</function>, and the area size is calculated by
+multiplying the @pre_alloc parameter with the atom size.
+
+Deprecated:2.10: Use the <link linkend="glib-Memory-Slices">slice
+allocator</link> instead
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="type">
+<parameter_description> the type of the atoms, typically a structure name.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="pre_alloc">
+<parameter_description> the number of atoms to store in each block of memory.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="alloc_type">
+<parameter_description> the type of the #GMemChunk. #G_ALLOC_AND_FREE is used
+if the atoms will be freed individually. #G_ALLOC_ONLY
+should be used if atoms will never be freed
+individually. #G_ALLOC_ONLY is quicker, since it does
+not need to track free atoms, but it obviously wastes
+memory if you no longer need many of the atoms.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> the new #GMemChunk.
+</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_option_context_set_summary">
+<function name="g_variant_builder_add_value">
<description>
-Adds a string to be displayed in &lt;option&gt;--help&lt;/option&gt; output
-before the list of options. This is typically a summary of the
-program functionality.
+Adds @value to @builder.
-Note that the summary is translated (see
-g_option_context_set_translate_func(), g_option_context_set_translation_domain()).
+It is an error to call this function in any way that would create an
+inconsistent value to be constructed. Some examples of this are
+putting different types of items into an array, putting the wrong
+types or number of items in a tuple, putting more than one value into
+a variant, etc.
-Since: 2.12
+Since: 2.24
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="context">
-<parameter_description> a #GOptionContext
+<parameter name="builder">
+<parameter_description> a #GVariantBuilder
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="summary">
-<parameter_description> a string to be shown in &lt;option&gt;--help&lt;/option&gt; output
-before the list of options, or %NULL
+<parameter name="value">
+<parameter_description> a #GVariant
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_build_filenamev">
+<function name="g_object_steal_qdata">
<description>
-Behaves exactly like g_build_filename(), but takes the path elements
-as a string array, instead of varargs. This function is mainly
-meant for language bindings.
+This function gets back user data pointers stored via
+g_object_set_qdata() and removes the @data from object
+without invoking its destroy() function (if any was
+set).
+Usually, calling this function is only required to update
+user data pointers with a destroy notifier, for example:
+|[
+void
+object_add_to_user_list (GObject *object,
+const gchar *new_string)
+{
+// the quark, naming the object data
+GQuark quark_string_list = g_quark_from_static_string ("my-string-list");
+// retrive the old string list
+GList *list = g_object_steal_qdata (object, quark_string_list);
+
+// prepend new string
+list = g_list_prepend (list, g_strdup (new_string));
+// this changed 'list', so we need to set it again
+g_object_set_qdata_full (object, quark_string_list, list, free_string_list);
+}
+static void
+free_string_list (gpointer data)
+{
+GList *node, *list = data;
+
+for (node = list; node; node = node->next)
+g_free (node->data);
+g_list_free (list);
+}
+]|
+Using g_object_get_qdata() in the above example, instead of
+g_object_steal_qdata() would have left the destroy function set,
+and thus the partial string list would have been freed upon
+g_object_set_qdata_full().
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="args">
-<parameter_description> %NULL-terminated array of strings containing the path elements.
+<parameter name="object">
+<parameter_description> The GObject to get a stored user data pointer from
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="quark">
+<parameter_description> A #GQuark, naming the user data pointer
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a newly-allocated string that must be freed with g_free().
-
-Since: 2.8
+<return> The user data pointer set, or %NULL
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_value_set_string">
+<function name="g_object_new_valist">
<description>
-Set the contents of a %G_TYPE_STRING #GValue to @v_string.
+Creates a new instance of a #GObject subtype and sets its properties.
+
+Construction parameters (see #G_PARAM_CONSTRUCT, #G_PARAM_CONSTRUCT_ONLY)
+which are not explicitly specified are set to their default values.
+
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="value">
-<parameter_description> a valid #GValue of type %G_TYPE_STRING
+<parameter name="object_type">
+<parameter_description> the type id of the #GObject subtype to instantiate
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="v_string">
-<parameter_description> caller-owned string to be duplicated for the #GValue
+<parameter name="first_property_name">
+<parameter_description> the name of the first property
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="var_args">
+<parameter_description> the value of the first property, followed optionally by more
+name/value pairs, followed by %NULL
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> a new instance of @object_type
+</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_io_channel_write_chars">
+<function name="g_utf16_to_utf8">
<description>
-Replacement for g_io_channel_write() with the new API.
+Convert a string from UTF-16 to UTF-8. The result will be
+terminated with a 0 byte.
-On seekable channels with encodings other than %NULL or UTF-8, generic
-mixing of reading and writing is not allowed. A call to g_io_channel_write_chars ()
-may only be made on a channel from which data has been read in the
-cases described in the documentation for g_io_channel_set_encoding ().
+Note that the input is expected to be already in native endianness,
+an initial byte-order-mark character is not handled specially.
+g_convert() can be used to convert a byte buffer of UTF-16 data of
+ambiguous endianess.
+
+Further note that this function does not validate the result
+string; it may e.g. include embedded NUL characters. The only
+validation done by this function is to ensure that the input can
+be correctly interpreted as UTF-16, i.e. it doesn't contain
+things unpaired surrogates.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="channel">
-<parameter_description> a #GIOChannel
+<parameter name="str">
+<parameter_description> a UTF-16 encoded string
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="buf">
-<parameter_description> a buffer to write data from
+<parameter name="len">
+<parameter_description> the maximum length (number of <type>gunichar2</type>) of @str to use.
+If @len < 0, then the string is nul-terminated.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="count">
-<parameter_description> the size of the buffer. If -1, the buffer
-is taken to be a nul-terminated string.
+<parameter name="items_read">
+<parameter_description> location to store number of words read, or %NULL.
+If %NULL, then %G_CONVERT_ERROR_PARTIAL_INPUT will be
+returned in case @str contains a trailing partial
+character. If an error occurs then the index of the
+invalid input is stored here.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="bytes_written">
-<parameter_description> The number of bytes written. This can be nonzero
-even if the return value is not %G_IO_STATUS_NORMAL.
-If the return value is %G_IO_STATUS_NORMAL and the
-channel is blocking, this will always be equal
-to @count if @count &gt;= 0.
+<parameter name="items_written">
+<parameter_description> location to store number of bytes written, or %NULL.
+The value stored here does not include the trailing
+0 byte.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="error">
-<parameter_description> a location to return an error of type #GConvertError
-or #GIOChannelError
+<parameter_description> location to store the error occuring, or %NULL to ignore
+errors. Any of the errors in #GConvertError other than
+%G_CONVERT_ERROR_NO_CONVERSION may occur.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the status of the operation.
+<return> a pointer to a newly allocated UTF-8 string.
+This value must be freed with g_free(). If an
+error occurs, %NULL will be returned and
+ error set.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_object_notify">
+<function name="g_option_context_set_ignore_unknown_options">
<description>
-Emits a "notify" signal for the property @property_name on @object.
+Sets whether to ignore unknown options or not. If an argument is
+ignored, it is left in the @argv array after parsing. By default,
+g_option_context_parse() treats unknown options as error.
+
+This setting does not affect non-option arguments (i.e. arguments
+which don't start with a dash). But note that GOption cannot reliably
+determine whether a non-option belongs to a preceding unknown option.
+
+Since: 2.6
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="object">
-<parameter_description> a #GObject
+<parameter name="context">
+<parameter_description> a #GOptionContext
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="property_name">
-<parameter_description> the name of a property installed on the class of @object.
+<parameter name="ignore_unknown">
+<parameter_description> %TRUE to ignore unknown options, %FALSE to produce
+an error when unknown options are met
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_io_channel_get_flags">
+<function name="g_value_register_transform_func">
<description>
-Gets the current flags for a #GIOChannel, including read-only
-flags such as %G_IO_FLAG_IS_READABLE.
+Registers a value transformation function for use in g_value_transform().
+A previously registered transformation function for @src_type and @dest_type
+will be replaced.
-The values of the flags %G_IO_FLAG_IS_READABLE and %G_IO_FLAG_IS_WRITEABLE
-are cached for internal use by the channel when it is created.
-If they should change at some later point (e.g. partial shutdown
-of a socket with the UNIX shutdown() function), the user
-should immediately call g_io_channel_get_flags() to update
-the internal values of these flags.
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="src_type">
+<parameter_description> Source type.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="dest_type">
+<parameter_description> Target type.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="transform_func">
+<parameter_description> a function which transforms values of type @src_type
+into value of type @dest_type
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return></return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_object_ref">
+<description>
+Increases the reference count of @object.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="channel">
-<parameter_description> a #GIOChannel
+<parameter name="object">
+<parameter_description> a #GObject
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the flags which are set on the channel
+<return> the same @object
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_param_spec_double">
+<function name="g_checksum_copy">
<description>
-Creates a new #GParamSpecDouble instance specifying a %G_TYPE_DOUBLE
-property.
+Copies a #GChecksum. If @checksum has been closed, by calling
+g_checksum_get_string() or g_checksum_get_digest(), the copied
+checksum will be closed as well.
-See g_param_spec_internal() for details on property names.
+Since: 2.16
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="checksum">
+<parameter_description> the #GChecksum to copy
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> the copy of the passed #GChecksum. Use g_checksum_free()
+when finished using it.
+
+</return>
+</function>
+<function name="g_test_log_set_fatal_handler">
+<description>
+Installs a non-error fatal log handler which can be
+used to decide whether log messages which are counted
+as fatal abort the program.
+
+The use case here is that you are running a test case
+that depends on particular libraries or circumstances
+and cannot prevent certain known critical or warning
+messages. So you install a handler that compares the
+domain and message to precisely not abort in such a case.
+
+Note that the handler is reset at the beginning of
+any test case, so you have to set it inside each test
+function which needs the special behavior.
+
+This handler has no effect on g_error messages.
+
+Since: 2.22
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="name">
-<parameter_description> canonical name of the property specified
+<parameter name="log_func">
+<parameter_description> the log handler function.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="nick">
-<parameter_description> nick name for the property specified
+<parameter name="user_data">
+<parameter_description> data passed to the log handler.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="blurb">
-<parameter_description> description of the property specified
+</parameters>
+<return></return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_markup_collect_attributes">
+<description>
+Collects the attributes of the element from the
+data passed to the #GMarkupParser start_element
+function, dealing with common error conditions
+and supporting boolean values.
+
+This utility function is not required to write
+a parser but can save a lot of typing.
+
+The @element_name, @attribute_names,
+ attribute_values and @error parameters passed
+to the start_element callback should be passed
+unmodified to this function.
+
+Following these arguments is a list of
+"supported" attributes to collect. It is an
+error to specify multiple attributes with the
+same name. If any attribute not in the list
+appears in the @attribute_names array then an
+unknown attribute error will result.
+
+The #GMarkupCollectType field allows specifying
+the type of collection to perform and if a
+given attribute must appear or is optional.
+
+The attribute name is simply the name of the
+attribute to collect.
+
+The pointer should be of the appropriate type
+(see the descriptions under
+#GMarkupCollectType) and may be %NULL in case a
+particular attribute is to be allowed but
+ignored.
+
+This function deals with issuing errors for missing attributes
+(of type %G_MARKUP_ERROR_MISSING_ATTRIBUTE), unknown attributes
+(of type %G_MARKUP_ERROR_UNKNOWN_ATTRIBUTE) and duplicate
+attributes (of type %G_MARKUP_ERROR_INVALID_CONTENT) as well
+as parse errors for boolean-valued attributes (again of type
+%G_MARKUP_ERROR_INVALID_CONTENT). In all of these cases %FALSE
+will be returned and @error will be set as appropriate.
+
+Since: 2.16
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="element_name">
+<parameter_description> the current tag name
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="minimum">
-<parameter_description> minimum value for the property specified
+<parameter name="attribute_names">
+<parameter_description> the attribute names
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="maximum">
-<parameter_description> maximum value for the property specified
+<parameter name="attribute_values">
+<parameter_description> the attribute values
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="default_value">
-<parameter_description> default value for the property specified
+<parameter name="error">
+<parameter_description> a pointer to a #GError or %NULL
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="flags">
-<parameter_description> flags for the property specified
+<parameter name="first_type">
+<parameter_description> the #GMarkupCollectType of the
+first attribute
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="first_attr">
+<parameter_description> the name of the first attribute
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="Varargs">
+<parameter_description> a pointer to the storage location of the
+first attribute (or %NULL), followed by
+more types names and pointers, ending
+with %G_MARKUP_COLLECT_INVALID.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a newly created parameter specification
+<return> %TRUE if successful
+
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_io_channel_read_to_end">
+<function name="g_io_channel_get_line_term">
<description>
-Reads all the remaining data from the file.
+This returns the string that #GIOChannel uses to determine
+where in the file a line break occurs. A value of %NULL
+indicates autodetection.
</description>
@@ -29278,286 +37340,499 @@ Reads all the remaining data from the file.
<parameter_description> a #GIOChannel
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="str_return">
-<parameter_description> Location to store a pointer to a string holding
-the remaining data in the #GIOChannel. This data should
-be freed with g_free() when no longer needed. This
-data is terminated by an extra nul character, but there
-may be other nuls in the intervening data.
+<parameter name="length">
+<parameter_description> a location to return the length of the line terminator
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="length">
-<parameter_description> location to store length of the data
+</parameters>
+<return> The line termination string. This value
+is owned by GLib and must not be freed.
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_cclosure_marshal_VOID__BOOLEAN">
+<description>
+A marshaller for a #GCClosure with a callback of type
+<literal>void (*callback) (gpointer instance, gboolean arg1, gpointer user_data)</literal>.
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="closure">
+<parameter_description> the #GClosure to which the marshaller belongs
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="error">
-<parameter_description> location to return an error of type #GConvertError
-or #GIOChannelError
+<parameter name="return_value">
+<parameter_description> ignored
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="n_param_values">
+<parameter_description> 2
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="param_values">
+<parameter_description> a #GValue array holding the instance and the #gboolean parameter
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="invocation_hint">
+<parameter_description> the invocation hint given as the last argument
+to g_closure_invoke()
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="marshal_data">
+<parameter_description> additional data specified when registering the marshaller
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> %G_IO_STATUS_NORMAL on success.
-This function never returns %G_IO_STATUS_EOF.
-</return>
+<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_signal_handlers_block_matched">
+<function name="g_param_spec_get_name">
<description>
-Blocks all handlers on an instance that match a certain selection criteria.
-The criteria mask is passed as an OR-ed combination of #GSignalMatchType
-flags, and the criteria values are passed as arguments.
-Passing at least one of the %G_SIGNAL_MATCH_CLOSURE, %G_SIGNAL_MATCH_FUNC
-or %G_SIGNAL_MATCH_DATA match flags is required for successful matches.
-If no handlers were found, 0 is returned, the number of blocked handlers
-otherwise.
+Get the name of a #GParamSpec.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="instance">
-<parameter_description> The instance to block handlers from.
+<parameter name="pspec">
+<parameter_description> a valid #GParamSpec
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="mask">
-<parameter_description> Mask indicating which of @signal_id, @detail, @closure, @func
-and/or @data the handlers have to match.
+</parameters>
+<return> the name of @pspec.
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_cclosure_marshal_VOID__VOID">
+<description>
+A marshaller for a #GCClosure with a callback of type
+<literal>void (*callback) (gpointer instance, gpointer user_data)</literal>.
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="closure">
+<parameter_description> the #GClosure to which the marshaller belongs
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="signal_id">
-<parameter_description> Signal the handlers have to be connected to.
+<parameter name="return_value">
+<parameter_description> ignored
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="detail">
-<parameter_description> Signal detail the handlers have to be connected to.
+<parameter name="n_param_values">
+<parameter_description> 1
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="closure">
-<parameter_description> The closure the handlers will invoke.
+<parameter name="param_values">
+<parameter_description> a #GValue array holding only the instance
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="func">
-<parameter_description> The C closure callback of the handlers (useless for non-C closures).
+<parameter name="invocation_hint">
+<parameter_description> the invocation hint given as the last argument
+to g_closure_invoke()
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="data">
-<parameter_description> The closure data of the handlers' closures.
+<parameter name="marshal_data">
+<parameter_description> additional data specified when registering the marshaller
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> The number of handlers that matched.
-</return>
+<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_random_double">
+<function name="g_basename">
<description>
-Return value: A random number.
+Gets the name of the file without any leading directory components.
+It returns a pointer into the given file name string.
+
+Deprecated:2.2: Use g_path_get_basename() instead, but notice that
+g_path_get_basename() allocates new memory for the returned string, unlike
+this function which returns a pointer into the argument.
</description>
<parameters>
+<parameter name="file_name">
+<parameter_description> the name of the file.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> A random number.
+<return> the name of the file without any leading directory components.
+
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_object_get_property">
+<function name="g_value_set_static_boxed">
<description>
-Gets a property of an object.
+Set the contents of a %G_TYPE_BOXED derived #GValue to @v_boxed.
+The boxed value is assumed to be static, and is thus not duplicated
+when setting the #GValue.
-In general, a copy is made of the property contents and the caller is
-responsible for freeing the memory by calling g_value_unset().
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="value">
+<parameter_description> a valid #GValue of %G_TYPE_BOXED derived type
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="v_boxed">
+<parameter_description> static boxed value to be set
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return></return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_async_queue_try_pop_unlocked">
+<description>
+Tries to pop data from the @queue. If no data is available, %NULL is
+returned. This function must be called while holding the @queue's
+lock.
-Note that g_object_get_property() is really intended for language
-bindings, g_object_get() is much more convenient for C programming.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="object">
-<parameter_description> a #GObject
+<parameter name="queue">
+<parameter_description> a #GAsyncQueue.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="property_name">
-<parameter_description> the name of the property to get
+</parameters>
+<return> data from the queue or %NULL, when no data is
+available immediately.
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_value_dup_boxed">
+<description>
+Get the contents of a %G_TYPE_BOXED derived #GValue. Upon getting,
+the boxed value is duplicated and needs to be later freed with
+g_boxed_free(), e.g. like: g_boxed_free (G_VALUE_TYPE (@value),
+return_value);
+
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="value">
+<parameter_description> a valid #GValue of %G_TYPE_BOXED derived type
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="value">
-<parameter_description> return location for the property value
+</parameters>
+<return> boxed contents of @value
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_node_reverse_children">
+<description>
+Reverses the order of the children of a #GNode.
+(It doesn't change the order of the grandchildren.)
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="node">
+<parameter_description> a #GNode.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_string_sprintf">
+<function name="g_error_new">
<description>
-Writes a formatted string into a #GString.
-This is similar to the standard sprintf() function,
-except that the #GString buffer automatically expands
-to contain the results. The previous contents of the
-#GString are destroyed.
+Creates a new #GError with the given @domain and @code,
+and a message formatted with @format.
-Deprecated: This function has been renamed to g_string_printf().
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="string">
-<parameter_description> a #GString
+<parameter name="domain">
+<parameter_description> error domain
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="code">
+<parameter_description> error code
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="format">
-<parameter_description> the string format. See the sprintf() documentation
+<parameter_description> printf()-style format for error message
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="Varargs">
-<parameter_description> the parameters to insert into the format string
+<parameter_description> parameters for message format
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> a new #GError
+</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_value_set_uint64">
+<function name="g_poll">
<description>
-Set the contents of a %G_TYPE_UINT64 #GValue to @v_uint64.
+Polls @fds, as with the poll() system call, but portably. (On
+systems that don't have poll(), it is emulated using select().)
+This is used internally by #GMainContext, but it can be called
+directly if you need to block until a file descriptor is ready, but
+don't want to run the full main loop.
+
+Each element of @fds is a #GPollFD describing a single file
+descriptor to poll. The %fd field indicates the file descriptor,
+and the %events field indicates the events to poll for. On return,
+the %revents fields will be filled with the events that actually
+occurred.
+
+On POSIX systems, the file descriptors in @fds can be any sort of
+file descriptor, but the situation is much more complicated on
+Windows. If you need to use g_poll() in code that has to run on
+Windows, the easiest solution is to construct all of your
+#GPollFD<!-- -->s with g_io_channel_win32_make_pollfd().
+
+Since: 2.20
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="value">
-<parameter_description> a valid #GValue of type %G_TYPE_UINT64
+<parameter name="fds">
+<parameter_description> file descriptors to poll
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="v_uint64">
-<parameter_description> unsigned 64bit integer value to be set
+<parameter name="nfds">
+<parameter_description> the number of file descriptors in @fds
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="timeout">
+<parameter_description> amount of time to wait, in milliseconds, or -1 to wait forever
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> the number of entries in @fds whose %revents fields
+were filled in, or 0 if the operation timed out, or -1 on error or
+if the call was interrupted.
+
+</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_closure_add_finalize_notifier">
+<function name="g_relation_new">
<description>
-Registers a finalization notifier which will be called when the
-reference count of @closure goes down to 0. Multiple finalization
-notifiers on a single closure are invoked in unspecified order. If
-a single call to g_closure_unref() results in the closure being
-both invalidated and finalized, then the invalidate notifiers will
-be run before the finalize notifiers.
+Creates a new #GRelation with the given number of fields. Note that
+currently the number of fields must be 2.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="closure">
-<parameter_description> a #GClosure
+<parameter name="fields">
+<parameter_description> the number of fields.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="notify_data">
-<parameter_description> data to pass to @notify_func
+</parameters>
+<return> a new #GRelation.
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_regex_ref">
+<description>
+Increases reference count of @regex by 1.
+
+Since: 2.14
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="regex">
+<parameter_description> a #GRegex
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="notify_func">
-<parameter_description> the callback function to register
+</parameters>
+<return> @regex
+
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_sequence_sort_changed">
+<description>
+Moves the data pointed to a new position as indicated by @cmp_func. This
+function should be called for items in a sequence already sorted according
+to @cmp_func whenever some aspect of an item changes so that @cmp_func
+may return different values for that item.
+
+Since: 2.14
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="iter">
+<parameter_description> A #GSequenceIter
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="cmp_func">
+<parameter_description> the #GCompareDataFunc used to compare items in the sequence. It
+is called with two items of the @seq and @user_data. It should
+return 0 if the items are equal, a negative value if the first
+item comes before the second, and a positive value if the second
+item comes before the first.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="cmp_data">
+<parameter_description> user data passed to @cmp_func.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_tree_new">
+<function name="g_string_ascii_up">
<description>
-Creates a new #GTree.
+Converts all lower case ASCII letters to upper case ASCII letters.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="key_compare_func">
-<parameter_description> the function used to order the nodes in the #GTree.
-It should return values similar to the standard strcmp() function -
-0 if the two arguments are equal, a negative value if the first argument
-comes before the second, or a positive value if the first argument comes
-after the second.
+<parameter name="string">
+<parameter_description> a GString
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a new #GTree.
+<return> passed-in @string pointer, with all the lower case
+characters converted to upper case in place, with
+semantics that exactly match g_ascii_toupper().
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_param_spec_object">
+<function name="g_slist_last">
<description>
-Creates a new #GParamSpecBoxed instance specifying a %G_TYPE_OBJECT
-derived property.
+Gets the last element in a #GSList.
-See g_param_spec_internal() for details on property names.
+<note><para>
+This function iterates over the whole list.
+</para></note>
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="name">
-<parameter_description> canonical name of the property specified
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="nick">
-<parameter_description> nick name for the property specified
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="blurb">
-<parameter_description> description of the property specified
+<parameter name="list">
+<parameter_description> a #GSList
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="object_type">
-<parameter_description> %G_TYPE_OBJECT derived type of this property
+</parameters>
+<return> the last element in the #GSList,
+or %NULL if the #GSList has no elements
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_thread_pool_get_max_threads">
+<description>
+Returns the maximal number of threads for @pool.
+
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="pool">
+<parameter_description> a #GThreadPool
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="flags">
-<parameter_description> flags for the property specified
+</parameters>
+<return> the maximal number of threads
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_variant_builder_new">
+<description>
+Allocates and initialises a new #GVariantBuilder.
+
+You should call g_variant_builder_unref() on the return value when it
+is no longer needed. The memory will not be automatically freed by
+any other call.
+
+In most cases it is easier to place a #GVariantBuilder directly on
+the stack of the calling function and initialise it with
+g_variant_builder_init().
+
+Since: 2.24
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="type">
+<parameter_description> a container type
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a newly created parameter specification
+<return> a #GVariantBuilder
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_closure_remove_finalize_notifier">
+<function name="g_test_trap_reached_timeout">
<description>
-Removes a finalization notifier.
+Check the result of the last g_test_trap_fork() call.
-Notice that notifiers are automatically removed after they are run.
+Since: 2.16
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="closure">
-<parameter_description> a #GClosure
+</parameters>
+<return> %TRUE if the last forked child got killed due to a fork timeout.
+
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_cache_value_foreach">
+<description>
+Calls the given function for each of the values in the #GCache.
+
+Deprecated:2.10: The reason is that it passes pointers to internal
+data structures to @func; use g_cache_key_foreach()
+instead
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="cache">
+<parameter_description> a #GCache.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="notify_data">
-<parameter_description> data which was passed to g_closure_add_finalize_notifier()
-when registering @notify_func
+<parameter name="func">
+<parameter_description> the function to call with each #GCache value.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="notify_func">
-<parameter_description> the callback function to remove
+<parameter name="user_data">
+<parameter_description> user data to pass to the function.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_timeout_add">
+<function name="g_object_interface_list_properties">
<description>
-Sets a function to be called at regular intervals, with the default
-priority, #G_PRIORITY_DEFAULT. The function is called repeatedly
-until it returns %FALSE, at which point the timeout is automatically
-destroyed and the function will not be called again. The first call
-to the function will be at the end of the first @interval.
+Lists the properties of an interface.Generally, the interface
+vtable passed in as @g_iface will be the default vtable from
+g_type_default_interface_ref(), or, if you know the interface has
+already been loaded, g_type_default_interface_peek().
+
+Since: 2.4
+
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="g_iface">
+<parameter_description> any interface vtable for the interface, or the default
+vtable for the interface
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="n_properties_p">
+<parameter_description> location to store number of properties returned.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> a pointer to an array of pointers to #GParamSpec
+structures. The paramspecs are owned by GLib, but the
+array should be freed with g_free() when you are done with
+it.
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_timeout_add_full">
+<description>
+Sets a function to be called at regular intervals, with the given
+priority. The function is called repeatedly until it returns
+%FALSE, at which point the timeout is automatically destroyed and
+the function will not be called again. The @notify function is
+called when the timeout is destroyed. The first call to the
+function will be at the end of the first @interval.
Note that timeout functions may be delayed, due to the processing of other
event sources. Thus they should not be relied on for precise timing.
After each call to the timeout function, the time of the next
timeout is recalculated based on the current time and the given interval
-(it does not try to 'catch up' time lost in delays).
-
-If you want to have a timer in the "seconds" range and do not care
-about the exact time of the first call of the timer, use the
-g_timeout_add_seconds() function; this function allows for more
-optimizations and more efficient system power usage.
+(it does not try to 'catch up' time lost in delays).
This internally creates a main loop source using g_timeout_source_new()
and attaches it to the main loop context using g_source_attach(). You can
@@ -29566,6 +37841,11 @@ do these steps manually if you need greater control.
</description>
<parameters>
+<parameter name="priority">
+<parameter_description> the priority of the timeout source. Typically this will be in
+the range between #G_PRIORITY_DEFAULT and #G_PRIORITY_HIGH.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
<parameter name="interval">
<parameter_description> the time between calls to the function, in milliseconds
(1/1000ths of a second)
@@ -29579,568 +37859,951 @@ do these steps manually if you need greater control.
<parameter_description> data to pass to @function
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
+<parameter name="notify">
+<parameter_description> function to call when the timeout is removed, or %NULL
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the ID (greater than 0) of the event source.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_param_spec_param">
+<function name="g_bit_trylock">
<description>
-Creates a new #GParamSpecParam instance specifying a %G_TYPE_PARAM
-property.
+Sets the indicated @lock_bit in @address, returning %TRUE if
+successful. If the bit is already set, returns %FALSE immediately.
-See g_param_spec_internal() for details on property names.
+Attempting to lock on two different bits within the same integer is
+not supported.
+
+The value of the bit that is set is (1u << @bit). If @bit is not
+between 0 and 31 then the result is undefined.
+This function accesses @address atomically. All other accesses to
+ address must be atomic in order for this function to work
+reliably.
+
+Since: 2.24
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="name">
-<parameter_description> canonical name of the property specified
+<parameter name="address">
+<parameter_description> a pointer to an integer
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="nick">
-<parameter_description> nick name for the property specified
+<parameter name="lock_bit">
+<parameter_description> a bit value between 0 and 31
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="blurb">
-<parameter_description> description of the property specified
+</parameters>
+<return> %TRUE if the lock was acquired
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_unichar_iszerowidth">
+<description>
+Determines if a given character typically takes zero width when rendered.
+The return value is %TRUE for all non-spacing and enclosing marks
+(e.g., combining accents), format characters, zero-width
+space, but not U+00AD SOFT HYPHEN.
+
+A typical use of this function is with one of g_unichar_iswide() or
+g_unichar_iswide_cjk() to determine the number of cells a string occupies
+when displayed on a grid display (terminals). However, note that not all
+terminals support zero-width rendering of zero-width marks.
+
+Since: 2.14
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="c">
+<parameter_description> a Unicode character
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="param_type">
-<parameter_description> a #GType derived from %G_TYPE_PARAM
+</parameters>
+<return> %TRUE if the character has zero width
+
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_test_run">
+<description>
+Runs all tests under the toplevel suite which can be retrieved
+with g_test_get_root(). Similar to g_test_run_suite(), the test
+cases to be run are filtered according to
+test path arguments (-p <replaceable>testpath</replaceable>) as
+parsed by g_test_init().
+g_test_run_suite() or g_test_run() may only be called once
+in a program.
+
+Since: 2.16
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+</parameters>
+<return> 0 on success
+
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_list_position">
+<description>
+Gets the position of the given element
+in the #GList (starting from 0).
+
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="list">
+<parameter_description> a #GList
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="flags">
-<parameter_description> flags for the property specified
+<parameter name="llink">
+<parameter_description> an element in the #GList
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a newly created parameter specification
+<return> the position of the element in the #GList,
+or -1 if the element is not found
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_mapped_file_get_length">
+<function name="g_ptr_array_new">
<description>
-Returns: the length of the contents of @file.
+Creates a new #GPtrArray with a reference count of 1.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="file">
-<parameter_description> a #GMappedFile
+</parameters>
+<return> the new #GPtrArray.
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_strreverse">
+<description>
+Reverses all of the bytes in a string. For example,
+<literal>g_strreverse ("abcdef")</literal> will result
+in "fedcba".
+
+Note that g_strreverse() doesn't work on UTF-8 strings
+containing multibyte characters. For that purpose, use
+g_utf8_strreverse().
+
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="string">
+<parameter_description> the string to reverse
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the length of the contents of @file.
-
-Since: 2.8
+<return> the same pointer passed in as @string
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_compute_checksum_for_data">
+<function name="g_tree_replace">
<description>
-Computes the checksum for a binary @data of @length. This is a
-convenience wrapper for g_checksum_new(), g_checksum_get_string()
-and g_checksum_free().
+Inserts a new key and value into a #GTree similar to g_tree_insert().
+The difference is that if the key already exists in the #GTree, it gets
+replaced by the new key. If you supplied a @value_destroy_func when
+creating the #GTree, the old value is freed using that function. If you
+supplied a @key_destroy_func when creating the #GTree, the old key is
+freed using that function.
+The tree is automatically 'balanced' as new key/value pairs are added,
+so that the distance from the root to every leaf is as small as possible.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="checksum_type">
-<parameter_description> a #GChecksumType
+<parameter name="tree">
+<parameter_description> a #GTree.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="data">
-<parameter_description> binary blob to compute the digest of
+<parameter name="key">
+<parameter_description> the key to insert.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="length">
-<parameter_description> length of @data
+<parameter name="value">
+<parameter_description> the value corresponding to the key.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the digest of the binary data as a string in hexadecimal.
-The returned string should be freed with g_free() when done using it.
-
-Since: 2.16
-</return>
+<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_key_file_load_from_file">
+<function name="g_node_find_child">
<description>
-Loads a key file into an empty #GKeyFile structure.
-If the file could not be loaded then %error is set to
-either a #GFileError or #GKeyFileError.
+Finds the first child of a #GNode with the given data.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="key_file">
-<parameter_description> an empty #GKeyFile struct
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="file">
-<parameter_description> the path of a filename to load, in the GLib filename encoding
+<parameter name="node">
+<parameter_description> a #GNode
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="flags">
-<parameter_description> flags from #GKeyFileFlags
+<parameter_description> which types of children are to be searched, one of
+%G_TRAVERSE_ALL, %G_TRAVERSE_LEAVES and %G_TRAVERSE_NON_LEAVES
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="error">
-<parameter_description> return location for a #GError, or %NULL
+<parameter name="data">
+<parameter_description> the data to find
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> %TRUE if a key file could be loaded, %FALSE otherwise
-
-Since: 2.6
+<return> the found child #GNode, or %NULL if the data is not found
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_cclosure_marshal_VOID__FLAGS">
+<function name="g_closure_remove_invalidate_notifier">
<description>
-A marshaller for a #GCClosure with a callback of type
-&lt;literal&gt;void (*callback) (gpointer instance, gint arg1, gpointer user_data)&lt;/literal&gt; where the #gint parameter denotes a flags type.
+Removes an invalidation notifier.
+
+Notice that notifiers are automatically removed after they are run.
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="closure">
-<parameter_description> the #GClosure to which the marshaller belongs
+<parameter_description> a #GClosure
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="return_value">
-<parameter_description> ignored
+<parameter name="notify_data">
+<parameter_description> data which was passed to g_closure_add_invalidate_notifier()
+when registering @notify_func
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="n_param_values">
-<parameter_description> 2
+<parameter name="notify_func">
+<parameter_description> the callback function to remove
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="param_values">
-<parameter_description> a #GValue array holding the instance and the flags parameter
+</parameters>
+<return></return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_signal_override_class_closure">
+<description>
+Overrides the class closure (i.e. the default handler) for the given signal
+for emissions on instances of @instance_type. @instance_type must be derived
+from the type to which the signal belongs.
+
+See g_signal_chain_from_overridden() and
+g_signal_chain_from_overridden_handler() for how to chain up to the
+parent class closure from inside the overridden one.
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="signal_id">
+<parameter_description> the signal id
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="invocation_hint">
-<parameter_description> the invocation hint given as the last argument
-to g_closure_invoke()
+<parameter name="instance_type">
+<parameter_description> the instance type on which to override the class closure
+for the signal.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="marshal_data">
-<parameter_description> additional data specified when registering the marshaller
+<parameter name="class_closure">
+<parameter_description> the closure.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_queue_free">
+<function name="g_slist_concat">
<description>
-Frees the memory allocated for the #GQueue. Only call this function if
- queue was created with g_queue_new(). If queue elements contain
-dynamically-allocated memory, they should be freed first.
+Adds the second #GSList onto the end of the first #GSList.
+Note that the elements of the second #GSList are not copied.
+They are used directly.
+
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="queue">
-<parameter_description> a #GQueue.
+<parameter name="list1">
+<parameter_description> a #GSList
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="list2">
+<parameter_description> the #GSList to add to the end of the first #GSList
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> the start of the new #GSList
+</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_list_free_1">
+<function name="g_ascii_strtoull">
<description>
-Frees one #GList element.
-It is usually used after g_list_remove_link().
+Converts a string to a #guint64 value.
+This function behaves like the standard strtoull() function
+does in the C locale. It does this without actually
+changing the current locale, since that would not be
+thread-safe.
+
+This function is typically used when reading configuration
+files or other non-user input that should be locale independent.
+To handle input from the user you should normally use the
+locale-sensitive system strtoull() function.
+
+If the correct value would cause overflow, %G_MAXUINT64
+is returned, and %ERANGE is stored in %errno. If the base is
+outside the valid range, zero is returned, and %EINVAL is stored
+in %errno. If the string conversion fails, zero is returned, and
+ endptr returns @nptr (if @endptr is non-%NULL).
+
+Since: 2.2
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="list">
-<parameter_description> a #GList element
+<parameter name="nptr">
+<parameter_description> the string to convert to a numeric value.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="endptr">
+<parameter_description> if non-%NULL, it returns the character after
+the last character used in the conversion.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="base">
+<parameter_description> to be used for the conversion, 2..36 or 0
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> the #guint64 value or zero on error.
+
+</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_queue_reverse">
+<function name="g_type_add_interface_dynamic">
<description>
-Reverses the order of the items in @queue.
-
-Since: 2.4
+Adds the dynamic @interface_type to @instantiable_type. The information
+contained in the #GTypePlugin structure pointed to by @plugin
+is used to manage the relationship.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="queue">
-<parameter_description> a #GQueue
+<parameter name="instance_type">
+<parameter_description> the #GType value of an instantiable type.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="interface_type">
+<parameter_description> the #GType value of an interface type.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="plugin">
+<parameter_description> the #GTypePlugin structure to retrieve the #GInterfaceInfo from.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_param_spec_string">
+<function name="g_tree_ref">
<description>
-Creates a new #GParamSpecString instance.
-
-See g_param_spec_internal() for details on property names.
+Increments the reference count of @tree by one. It is safe to call
+this function from any thread.
+Since: 2.22
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="name">
-<parameter_description> canonical name of the property specified
+<parameter name="tree">
+<parameter_description> a #GTree.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="nick">
-<parameter_description> nick name for the property specified
+</parameters>
+<return> the passed in #GTree.
+
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_timeout_source_new">
+<description>
+Creates a new timeout source.
+
+The source will not initially be associated with any #GMainContext
+and must be added to one with g_source_attach() before it will be
+executed.
+
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="interval">
+<parameter_description> the timeout interval in milliseconds.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="blurb">
-<parameter_description> description of the property specified
+</parameters>
+<return> the newly-created timeout source
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_main_context_get_poll_func">
+<description>
+Gets the poll function set by g_main_context_set_poll_func().
+
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="context">
+<parameter_description> a #GMainContext
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="default_value">
-<parameter_description> default value for the property specified
+</parameters>
+<return> the poll function
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_array_set_size">
+<description>
+Sets the size of the array, expanding it if necessary. If the array
+was created with @clear_ set to %TRUE, the new elements are set to 0.
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="array">
+<parameter_description> a #GArray.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="flags">
-<parameter_description> flags for the property specified
+<parameter name="length">
+<parameter_description> the new size of the #GArray.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a newly created parameter specification
+<return> the #GArray.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_async_queue_length">
+<function name="g_unichar_toupper">
<description>
-Return value: the length of the @queue.
+Converts a character to uppercase.
+
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="queue">
-<parameter_description> a #GAsyncQueue.
+<parameter name="c">
+<parameter_description> a Unicode character
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the length of the @queue.
+<return> the result of converting @c to uppercase.
+If @c is not an lowercase or titlecase character,
+or has no upper case equivalent @c is returned unchanged.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_list_last">
+<function name="g_byte_array_prepend">
<description>
-Gets the last element in a #GList.
-
+Adds the given data to the start of the #GByteArray. The array will
+grow in size automatically if necessary.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="list">
-<parameter_description> a #GList
+<parameter name="array">
+<parameter_description> a #GByteArray.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="data">
+<parameter_description> the byte data to be added.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="len">
+<parameter_description> the number of bytes to add.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the last element in the #GList,
-or %NULL if the #GList has no elements
+<return> the #GByteArray.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_ascii_strtoll">
+<function name="g_param_spec_internal">
<description>
-Converts a string to a #gint64 value.
-This function behaves like the standard strtoll() function
-does in the C locale. It does this without actually
-changing the current locale, since that would not be
-thread-safe.
+Creates a new #GParamSpec instance.
-This function is typically used when reading configuration
-files or other non-user input that should be locale independent.
-To handle input from the user you should normally use the
-locale-sensitive system strtoll() function.
+A property name consists of segments consisting of ASCII letters and
+digits, separated by either the '-' or '_' character. The first
+character of a property name must be a letter. Names which violate these
+rules lead to undefined behaviour.
-If the correct value would cause overflow, %G_MAXINT64 or %G_MININT64
-is returned, and %ERANGE is stored in %errno. If the base is
-outside the valid range, zero is returned, and %EINVAL is stored
-in %errno. If the string conversion fails, zero is returned, and
- endptr returns @nptr (if @endptr is non-%NULL).
+When creating and looking up a #GParamSpec, either separator can be
+used, but they cannot be mixed. Using '-' is considerably more
+efficient and in fact required when using property names as detail
+strings for signals.
+
+Beyond the name, #GParamSpec<!-- -->s have two more descriptive
+strings associated with them, the @nick, which should be suitable
+for use as a label for the property in a property editor, and the
+ blurb, which should be a somewhat longer description, suitable for
+e.g. a tooltip. The @nick and @blurb should ideally be localized.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="nptr">
-<parameter_description> the string to convert to a numeric value.
+<parameter name="param_type">
+<parameter_description> the #GType for the property; must be derived from #G_TYPE_PARAM
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="endptr">
-<parameter_description> if non-%NULL, it returns the character after
-the last character used in the conversion.
+<parameter name="name">
+<parameter_description> the canonical name of the property
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="base">
-<parameter_description> to be used for the conversion, 2..36 or 0
+<parameter name="nick">
+<parameter_description> the nickname of the property
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="blurb">
+<parameter_description> a short description of the property
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="flags">
+<parameter_description> a combination of #GParamFlags
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the #gint64 value or zero on error.
-
-Since: 2.12
+<return> a newly allocated #GParamSpec instance
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_regex_escape_string">
+<function name="g_io_channel_set_line_term">
<description>
-Escapes the special characters used for regular expressions
-in @string, for instance "a.b*c" becomes "a\.b\*c". This
-function is useful to dynamically generate regular expressions.
+This sets the string that #GIOChannel uses to determine
+where in the file a line break occurs.
- string can contain nul characters that are replaced with "\0",
-in this case remember to specify the correct length of @string
-in @length.
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="channel">
+<parameter_description> a #GIOChannel
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="line_term">
+<parameter_description> The line termination string. Use %NULL for autodetect.
+Autodetection breaks on "\n", "\r\n", "\r", "\0", and
+the Unicode paragraph separator. Autodetection should
+not be used for anything other than file-based channels.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="length">
+<parameter_description> The length of the termination string. If -1 is passed, the
+string is assumed to be nul-terminated. This option allows
+termination strings with embedded nuls.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return></return>
+</function>
+<function name="g_boxed_free">
+<description>
+Free the boxed structure @boxed which is of type @boxed_type.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="string">
-<parameter_description> the string to escape
+<parameter name="boxed_type">
+<parameter_description> The type of @boxed.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="length">
-<parameter_description> the length of @string, or -1 if @string is nul-terminated
+<parameter name="boxed">
+<parameter_description> The boxed structure to be freed.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a newly-allocated escaped string
+<return></return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_sequence_get_begin_iter">
+<description>
+Returns the begin iterator for @seq.
Since: 2.14
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="seq">
+<parameter_description> a #GSequence
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> the begin iterator for @seq.
+
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_value_get_flags">
+<function name="g_type_register_dynamic">
<description>
-Get the contents of a %G_TYPE_FLAGS #GValue.
+Registers @type_name as the name of a new dynamic type derived from
+ parent_type The type system uses the information contained in the
+#GTypePlugin structure pointed to by @plugin to manage the type and its
+instances (if not abstract). The value of @flags determines the nature
+(e.g. abstract or not) of the type.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="value">
-<parameter_description> a valid #GValue whose type is derived from %G_TYPE_FLAGS
+<parameter name="parent_type">
+<parameter_description> Type from which this type will be derived.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="type_name">
+<parameter_description> 0-terminated string used as the name of the new type.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="plugin">
+<parameter_description> The #GTypePlugin structure to retrieve the #GTypeInfo from.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="flags">
+<parameter_description> Bitwise combination of #GTypeFlags values.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> flags contents of @value
+<return> The new type identifier or #G_TYPE_INVALID if registration failed.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_test_rand_double_range">
+<function name="g_option_context_set_translate_func">
<description>
-Get a reproducible random floating pointer number out of a specified range,
-see g_test_rand_int() for details on test case random numbers.
+Sets the function which is used to translate the contexts
+user-visible strings, for <option>--help</option> output.
+If @func is %NULL, strings are not translated.
+Note that option groups have their own translation functions,
+this function only affects the @parameter_string (see g_option_context_new()),
+the summary (see g_option_context_set_summary()) and the description
+(see g_option_context_set_description()).
+
+If you are using gettext(), you only need to set the translation
+domain, see g_option_context_set_translation_domain().
+
+Since: 2.12
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="range_start">
-<parameter_description> the minimum value returned by this function
+<parameter name="context">
+<parameter_description> a #GOptionContext
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="range_end">
-<parameter_description> the minimum value not returned by this function
+<parameter name="func">
+<parameter_description> the #GTranslateFunc, or %NULL
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="data">
+<parameter_description> user data to pass to @func, or %NULL
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="destroy_notify">
+<parameter_description> a function which gets called to free @data, or %NULL
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a number with @range_start &lt;= number &lt; @range_end.
-
-Since: 2.16
-</return>
+<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_io_channel_read_unichar">
+<function name="g_io_channel_get_buffer_condition">
<description>
-Reads a Unicode character from @channel.
-This function cannot be called on a channel with %NULL encoding.
+This function returns a #GIOCondition depending on whether there
+is data to be read/space to write data in the internal buffers in
+the #GIOChannel. Only the flags %G_IO_IN and %G_IO_OUT may be set.
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="channel">
-<parameter_description> a #GIOChannel
+<parameter_description> A #GIOChannel
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="thechar">
-<parameter_description> a location to return a character
+</parameters>
+<return> A #GIOCondition
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_variant_type_equal">
+<description>
+Compares @type1 and @type2 for equality.
+
+Only returns %TRUE if the types are exactly equal. Even if one type
+is an indefinite type and the other is a subtype of it, %FALSE will
+be returned if they are not exactly equal. If you want to check for
+subtypes, use g_variant_type_is_subtype_of().
+
+The argument types of @type1 and @type2 are only #gconstpointer to
+allow use with #GHashTable without function pointer casting. For
+both arguments, a valid #GVariantType must be provided.
+
+Since 2.24
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="type1">
+<parameter_description> a #GVariantType
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="error">
-<parameter_description> a location to return an error of type #GConvertError
-or #GIOChannelError
+<parameter name="type2">
+<parameter_description> a #GVariantType
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a #GIOStatus
+<return> %TRUE if @type1 and @type2 are exactly equal
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_type_next_base">
+<function name="g_sequence_iter_move">
<description>
-Given a @leaf_type and a @root_type which is contained in its
-anchestry, return the type that @root_type is the immediate parent
-of. In other words, this function determines the type that is
-derived directly from @root_type which is also a base class of
- leaf_type Given a root type and a leaf type, this function can
-be used to determine the types and order in which the leaf type is
-descended from the root type.
+Returns the #GSequenceIter which is @delta positions away from @iter.
+If @iter is closer than - delta positions to the beginning of the sequence,
+the begin iterator is returned. If @iter is closer than @delta positions
+to the end of the sequence, the end iterator is returned.
+Since: 2.14
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="leaf_type">
-<parameter_description> Descendant of @root_type and the type to be returned.
+<parameter name="iter">
+<parameter_description> a #GSequenceIter
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="root_type">
-<parameter_description> Immediate parent of the returned type.
+<parameter name="delta">
+<parameter_description> A positive or negative number indicating how many positions away
+from @iter the returned #GSequenceIter will be.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> Immediate child of @root_type and anchestor of @leaf_type.
+<return> a #GSequenceIter which is @delta positions away from @iter.
+
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_mkdir">
+<function name="g_get_charset">
<description>
-A wrapper for the POSIX mkdir() function. The mkdir() function
-attempts to create a directory with the given name and permissions.
-The mode argument is ignored on Windows.
+Obtains the character set for the <link linkend="setlocale">current
+locale</link>; you might use this character set as an argument to
+g_convert(), to convert from the current locale's encoding to some
+other encoding. (Frequently g_locale_to_utf8() and g_locale_from_utf8()
+are nice shortcuts, though.)
-See your C library manual for more details about mkdir().
+On Windows the character set returned by this function is the
+so-called system default ANSI code-page. That is the character set
+used by the "narrow" versions of C library and Win32 functions that
+handle file names. It might be different from the character set
+used by the C library's current locale.
+
+The return value is %TRUE if the locale's encoding is UTF-8, in that
+case you can perhaps avoid calling g_convert().
+
+The string returned in @charset is not allocated, and should not be
+freed.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="filename">
-<parameter_description> a pathname in the GLib file name encoding (UTF-8 on Windows)
+<parameter name="charset">
+<parameter_description> return location for character set name
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="mode">
-<parameter_description> permissions to use for the newly created directory
+</parameters>
+<return> %TRUE if the returned charset is UTF-8
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_object_thaw_notify">
+<description>
+Reverts the effect of a previous call to
+g_object_freeze_notify(). The freeze count is decreased on @object
+and when it reaches zero, all queued "notify" signals are emitted.
+
+It is an error to call this function when the freeze count is zero.
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="object">
+<parameter_description> a #GObject
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> 0 if the directory was successfully created, -1 if an error
-occurred
+<return></return>
+</function>
-Since: 2.6
+<function name="g_queue_is_empty">
+<description>
+Returns %TRUE if the queue is empty.
+
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="queue">
+<parameter_description> a #GQueue.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> %TRUE if the queue is empty.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_option_context_get_summary">
+<function name="g_test_queue_destroy">
<description>
-Returns: the summary
+This function enqueus a callback @destroy_func() to be executed
+during the next test case teardown phase. This is most useful
+to auto destruct allocted test resources at the end of a test run.
+Resources are released in reverse queue order, that means enqueueing
+callback A before callback B will cause B() to be called before
+A() during teardown.
+
+Since: 2.16
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="context">
-<parameter_description> a #GOptionContext
+<parameter name="destroy_func">
+<parameter_description> Destroy callback for teardown phase.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="destroy_data">
+<parameter_description> Destroy callback data.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the summary
+<return></return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_regex_get_string_number">
+<description>
+Retrieves the number of the subexpression named @name.
+
+Since: 2.14
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="regex">
+<parameter_description> #GRegex structure
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="name">
+<parameter_description> name of the subexpression
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> The number of the subexpression or -1 if @name
+does not exists
-Since: 2.12
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_closure_set_marshal">
+<function name="g_array_sort_with_data">
<description>
-Sets the marshaller of @closure. The &lt;literal&gt;marshal_data&lt;/literal&gt;
-of @marshal provides a way for a meta marshaller to provide additional
-information to the marshaller. (See g_closure_set_meta_marshal().) For
-GObject's C predefined marshallers (the g_cclosure_marshal_*()
-functions), what it provides is a callback function to use instead of
- closure-&gt;callback.
+Like g_array_sort(), but the comparison function receives an extra
+user data argument.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="closure">
-<parameter_description> a #GClosure
+<parameter name="array">
+<parameter_description> a #GArray.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="marshal">
-<parameter_description> a #GClosureMarshal function
+<parameter name="compare_func">
+<parameter_description> comparison function.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="user_data">
+<parameter_description> data to pass to @compare_func.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_time_val_to_iso8601">
+<function name="g_variant_n_children">
<description>
-Converts @time_ into an ISO 8601 encoded string, relative to the
-Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).
+Determines the number of children in a container #GVariant instance.
+This includes variants, maybes, arrays, tuples and dictionary
+entries. It is an error to call this function on any other type of
+#GVariant.
+
+For variants, the return value is always 1. For values with maybe
+types, it is always zero or one. For arrays, it is the length of the
+array. For tuples it is the number of tuple items (which depends
+only on the type). For dictionary entries, it is always 2
+This function is O(1).
+
+Since: 2.24
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="time_">
-<parameter_description> a #GTimeVal
+<parameter name="value">
+<parameter_description> a container #GVariant
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a newly allocated string containing an ISO 8601 date
-
-Since: 2.12
+<return> the number of children in the container
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_get_user_special_dir">
+<function name="g_unichar_istitle">
<description>
-Return value: the path to the specified special directory, or %NULL
+Determines if a character is titlecase. Some characters in
+Unicode which are composites, such as the DZ digraph
+have three case variants instead of just two. The titlecase
+form is used at the beginning of a word where only the
+first letter is capitalized. The titlecase form of the DZ
+digraph is U+01F2 LATIN CAPITAL LETTTER D WITH SMALL LETTER Z.
+
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="directory">
-<parameter_description> the logical id of special directory
+<parameter name="c">
+<parameter_description> a Unicode character
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the path to the specified special directory, or %NULL
-if the logical id was not found. The returned string is owned by
-GLib and should not be modified or freed.
-
-Since: 2.14
+<return> %TRUE if the character is titlecase
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_type_interfaces">
+<function name="g_io_channel_write_chars">
<description>
-Return a newly allocated and 0-terminated array of type IDs, listing the
-interface types that @type conforms to. The return value has to be
-g_free()ed after use.
+Replacement for g_io_channel_write() with the new API.
+
+On seekable channels with encodings other than %NULL or UTF-8, generic
+mixing of reading and writing is not allowed. A call to g_io_channel_write_chars ()
+may only be made on a channel from which data has been read in the
+cases described in the documentation for g_io_channel_set_encoding ().
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="type">
-<parameter_description> The type to list interface types for.
+<parameter name="channel">
+<parameter_description> a #GIOChannel
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="n_interfaces">
-<parameter_description> Optional #guint pointer to contain the number of
-interface types.
+<parameter name="buf">
+<parameter_description> a buffer to write data from
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="count">
+<parameter_description> the size of the buffer. If -1, the buffer
+is taken to be a nul-terminated string.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="bytes_written">
+<parameter_description> The number of bytes written. This can be nonzero
+even if the return value is not %G_IO_STATUS_NORMAL.
+If the return value is %G_IO_STATUS_NORMAL and the
+channel is blocking, this will always be equal
+to @count if @count >= 0.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="error">
+<parameter_description> a location to return an error of type #GConvertError
+or #GIOChannelError
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> Newly allocated and 0-terminated array of interface types.
+<return> the status of the operation.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_source_set_funcs">
+<function name="g_source_get_can_recurse">
<description>
-Sets the source functions (can be used to override
-default implementations) of an unattached source.
+Checks whether a source is allowed to be called recursively.
+see g_source_set_can_recurse().
-Since: 2.12
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -30148,217 +38811,420 @@ Since: 2.12
<parameter_description> a #GSource
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="funcs">
-<parameter_description> the new #GSourceFuncs
+</parameters>
+<return> whether recursion is allowed.
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_variant_builder_clear">
+<description>
+Releases all memory associated with a #GVariantBuilder without
+freeing the #GVariantBuilder structure itself.
+
+It typically only makes sense to do this on a stack-allocated
+#GVariantBuilder if you want to abort building the value part-way
+through. This function need not be called if you call
+g_variant_builder_end() and it also doesn't need to be called on
+builders allocated with g_variant_builder_new (see
+g_variant_builder_free() for that).
+
+This function leaves the #GVariantBuilder structure set to all-zeros.
+It is valid to call this function on either an initialised
+#GVariantBuilder or one that is set to all-zeros but it is not valid
+to call this function on uninitialised memory.
+
+Since: 2.24
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="builder">
+<parameter_description> a #GVariantBuilder
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="g_regex_match_all">
+<function name="g_tree_new">
<description>
-Using the standard algorithm for regular expression matching only
-the longest match in the string is retrieved. This function uses
-a different algorithm so it can retrieve all the possible matches.
-For more documentation see g_regex_match_all_full().
+Creates a new #GTree.
-A #GMatchInfo structure, used to get information on the match, is
-stored in @match_info if not %NULL. Note that if @match_info is
-not %NULL then it is created even if the function returns %FALSE,
-i.e. you must free it regardless if regular expression actually
-matched.
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="key_compare_func">
+<parameter_description> the function used to order the nodes in the #GTree.
+It should return values similar to the standard strcmp() function -
+0 if the two arguments are equal, a negative value if the first argument
+comes before the second, or a positive value if the first argument comes
+after the second.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> a new #GTree.
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_param_spec_object">
+<description>
+Creates a new #GParamSpecBoxed instance specifying a %G_TYPE_OBJECT
+derived property.
+
+See g_param_spec_internal() for details on property names.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="regex">
-<parameter_description> a #GRegex structure from g_regex_new()
+<parameter name="name">
+<parameter_description> canonical name of the property specified
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="string">
-<parameter_description> the string to scan for matches
+<parameter name="nick">
+<parameter_description> nick name for the property specified
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="match_options">
-<parameter_description> match options
+<parameter name="blurb">
+<parameter_description> description of the property specified
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="match_info">
-<parameter_description> pointer to location where to store the #GMatchInfo,
-or %NULL if you do not need it
+<parameter name="object_type">
+<parameter_description> %G_TYPE_OBJECT derived type of this property
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="flags">
+<parameter_description> flags for the property specified
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> %TRUE is the string matched, %FALSE otherwise
+<return> a newly created parameter specification
+</return>
+</function>
-Since: 2.14
+<function name="g_timeout_add">
+<description>
+Sets a function to be called at regular intervals, with the default
+priority, #G_PRIORITY_DEFAULT. The function is called repeatedly
+until it returns %FALSE, at which point the timeout is automatically
+destroyed and the function will not be called again. The first call
+to the function will be at the end of the first @interval.
+
+Note that timeout functions may be delayed, due to the processing of other
+event sources. Thus they should not be relied on for precise timing.
+After each call to the timeout function, the time of the next
+timeout is recalculated based on the current time and the given interval
+(it does not try to 'catch up' time lost in delays).
+
+If you want to have a timer in the "seconds" range and do not care
+about the exact time of the first call of the timer, use the
+g_timeout_add_seconds() function; this function allows for more
+optimizations and more efficient system power usage.
+
+This internally creates a main loop source using g_timeout_source_new()
+and attaches it to the main loop context using g_source_attach(). You can
+do these steps manually if you need greater control.
+
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="interval">
+<parameter_description> the time between calls to the function, in milliseconds
+(1/1000ths of a second)
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="function">
+<parameter_description> function to call
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="data">
+<parameter_description> data to pass to @function
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> the ID (greater than 0) of the event source.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_direct_hash">
+<function name="g_mapped_file_get_length">
<description>
-Converts a gpointer to a hash value.
-It can be passed to g_hash_table_new() as the @hash_func parameter,
-when using pointers as keys in a #GHashTable.
+Returns the length of the contents of a #GMappedFile.
+Since: 2.8
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="v">
-<parameter_description> a #gpointer key
+<parameter name="file">
+<parameter_description> a #GMappedFile
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a hash value corresponding to the key.
+<return> the length of the contents of @file.
+
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_object_class_override_property">
+<function name="g_param_spec_string">
<description>
-Registers @property_id as referring to a property with the
-name @name in a parent class or in an interface implemented
-by @oclass. This allows this class to &lt;firstterm&gt;override&lt;/firstterm&gt;
-a property implementation in a parent class or to provide
-the implementation of a property from an interface.
+Creates a new #GParamSpecString instance.
-&lt;note&gt;
-Internally, overriding is implemented by creating a property of type
-#GParamSpecOverride; generally operations that query the properties of
-the object class, such as g_object_class_find_property() or
-g_object_class_list_properties() will return the overridden
-property. However, in one case, the @construct_properties argument of
-the @constructor virtual function, the #GParamSpecOverride is passed
-instead, so that the @param_id field of the #GParamSpec will be
-correct. For virtually all uses, this makes no difference. If you
-need to get the overridden property, you can call
-g_param_spec_get_redirect_target().
-&lt;/note&gt;
+See g_param_spec_internal() for details on property names.
-Since: 2.4
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="oclass">
-<parameter_description> a #GObjectClass
+<parameter name="name">
+<parameter_description> canonical name of the property specified
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="property_id">
-<parameter_description> the new property ID
+<parameter name="nick">
+<parameter_description> nick name for the property specified
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="name">
-<parameter_description> the name of a property registered in a parent class or
-in an interface of this class.
+<parameter name="blurb">
+<parameter_description> description of the property specified
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="default_value">
+<parameter_description> default value for the property specified
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="flags">
+<parameter_description> flags for the property specified
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> a newly created parameter specification
+</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_unichar_isalpha">
+<function name="g_test_rand_double_range">
<description>
-Determines whether a character is alphabetic (i.e. a letter).
-Given some UTF-8 text, obtain a character value with
-g_utf8_get_char().
+Get a reproducible random floating pointer number out of a specified range,
+see g_test_rand_int() for details on test case random numbers.
+Since: 2.16
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="c">
-<parameter_description> a Unicode character
+<parameter name="range_start">
+<parameter_description> the minimum value returned by this function
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="range_end">
+<parameter_description> the minimum value not returned by this function
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> %TRUE if @c is an alphabetic character
+<return> a number with @range_start <= number < @range_end.
+
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_queue_unlink">
+<function name="g_io_channel_read_unichar">
<description>
-Unlinks @link_ so that it will no longer be part of @queue. The link is
-not freed.
-
- link_ must be part of @queue,
+Reads a Unicode character from @channel.
+This function cannot be called on a channel with %NULL encoding.
-Since: 2.4
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="queue">
-<parameter_description> a #GQueue
+<parameter name="channel">
+<parameter_description> a #GIOChannel
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="link_">
-<parameter_description> a #GList link that &lt;emphasis&gt;must&lt;/emphasis&gt; be part of @queue
+<parameter name="thechar">
+<parameter_description> a location to return a character
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="error">
+<parameter_description> a location to return an error of type #GConvertError
+or #GIOChannelError
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> a #GIOStatus
+</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_bookmark_file_get_visited">
+<function name="g_once">
<description>
-Gets the time the bookmark for @uri was last visited.
+The first call to this routine by a process with a given #GOnce
+struct calls @func with the given argument. Thereafter, subsequent
+calls to g_once() with the same #GOnce struct do not call @func
+again, but return the stored result of the first call. On return
+from g_once(), the status of @once will be %G_ONCE_STATUS_READY.
-In the event the URI cannot be found, -1 is returned and
- error is set to #G_BOOKMARK_FILE_ERROR_URI_NOT_FOUND.
+For example, a mutex or a thread-specific data key must be created
+exactly once. In a threaded environment, calling g_once() ensures
+that the initialization is serialized across multiple threads.
+
+<note><para>Calling g_once() recursively on the same #GOnce struct in
+ func will lead to a deadlock.</para></note>
+
+<informalexample>
+<programlisting>
+gpointer
+get_debug_flags (void)
+{
+static GOnce my_once = G_ONCE_INIT;
+
+g_once (&my_once, parse_debug_flags, NULL);
+return my_once.retval;
+}
+</programlisting>
+</informalexample>
+
+Since: 2.4
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="bookmark">
-<parameter_description> a #GBookmarkFile
+<parameter name="once">
+<parameter_description> a #GOnce structure
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="uri">
-<parameter_description> a valid URI
+<parameter name="func">
+<parameter_description> the #GThreadFunc function associated to @once. This function
+is called only once, regardless of the number of times it and
+its associated #GOnce struct are passed to g_once().
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="error">
-<parameter_description> return location for a #GError, or %NULL
+<parameter name="arg">
+<parameter_description> data to be passed to @func
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a timestamp.
+<return></return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="g_time_val_to_iso8601">
+<description>
+Converts @time_ into an ISO 8601 encoded string, relative to the
+Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).
Since: 2.12
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="time_">
+<parameter_description> a #GTimeVal
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> a newly allocated string containing an ISO 8601 date
+
</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_test_queue_free">
+<function name="g_regex_match_all">
<description>
-Enqueue a pointer to be released with g_free() during the next
-teardown phase. This is equivalent to calling g_test_queue_destroy()
-with a destroy callback of g_free().
+Using the standard algorithm for regular expression matching only
+the longest match in the string is retrieved. This function uses
+a different algorithm so it can retrieve all the possible matches.
+For more documentation see g_regex_match_all_full().
-Since: 2.16
+A #GMatchInfo structure, used to get information on the match, is
+stored in @match_info if not %NULL. Note that if @match_info is
+not %NULL then it is created even if the function returns %FALSE,
+i.e. you must free it regardless if regular expression actually
+matched.
+
+ string is not copied and is used in #GMatchInfo internally. If
+you use any #GMatchInfo method (except g_match_info_free()) after
+freeing or modifying @string then the behaviour is undefined.
+
+Since: 2.14
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="gfree_pointer">
-<parameter_description> the pointer to be stored.
+<parameter name="regex">
+<parameter_description> a #GRegex structure from g_regex_new()
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="string">
+<parameter_description> the string to scan for matches
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="match_options">
+<parameter_description> match options
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="match_info">
+<parameter_description> pointer to location where to store the #GMatchInfo,
+or %NULL if you do not need it
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> %TRUE is the string matched, %FALSE otherwise
+
+</return>
</function>
-<function name="g_key_file_new">
+<function name="g_signal_handlers_block_matched">
<description>
-Creates a new empty #GKeyFile object. Use
-g_key_file_load_from_file(), g_key_file_load_from_data(),
-g_key_file_load_from_dirs() or g_key_file_load_from_data_dirs() to
-read an existing key file.
+Blocks all handlers on an instance that match a certain selection criteria.
+The criteria mask is passed as an OR-ed combination of #GSignalMatchType
+flags, and the criteria values are passed as arguments.
+Passing at least one of the %G_SIGNAL_MATCH_CLOSURE, %G_SIGNAL_MATCH_FUNC
+or %G_SIGNAL_MATCH_DATA match flags is required for successful matches.
+If no handlers were found, 0 is returned, the number of blocked handlers
+otherwise.
</description>
<parameters>
+<parameter name="instance">
+<parameter_description> The instance to block handlers from.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="mask">
+<parameter_description> Mask indicating which of @signal_id, @detail, @closure, @func
+and/or @data the handlers have to match.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="signal_id">
+<parameter_description> Signal the handlers have to be connected to.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="detail">
+<parameter_description> Signal detail the handlers have to be connected to.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="closure">
+<parameter_description> The closure the handlers will invoke.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="func">
+<parameter_description> The C closure callback of the handlers (useless for non-C closures).
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="data">
+<parameter_description> The closure data of the handlers' closures.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> an empty #GKeyFile.
-
-Since: 2.6
+<return> The number of handlers that matched.
</return>
</function>
+<function name="g_ptr_array_set_size">
+<description>
+Sets the size of the array. When making the array larger,
+newly-added elements will be set to %NULL. When making it smaller,
+if @array has a non-%NULL #GDestroyNotify function then it will be
+called for the removed elements.
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="array">
+<parameter_description> a #GPtrArray.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="length">
+<parameter_description> the new length of the pointer array.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return></return>
+</function>
+
</root>
[
Date Prev][
Date Next] [
Thread Prev][
Thread Next]
[
Thread Index]
[
Date Index]
[
Author Index]
